diff --git a/.github/workflows/build-nightly.yml b/.github/workflows/build-nightly.yml index 0c206627a9..245d801147 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/build-nightly.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/build-nightly.yml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ on: - cron: '0 0 * * *' jobs: - + windows: runs-on: windows-latest steps: @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ jobs: run: | "C:/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/2022/Enterprise/MSBuild/Current/Bin/MSBuild.exe" WickedEngine.sln /t:clean /m /p:Configuration=Release /p:Platform=x64 "C:/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/2022/Enterprise/MSBuild/Current/Bin/MSBuild.exe" WickedEngine.sln /t:Editor_Windows /m /p:Configuration=Release /p:Platform=x64 - + - name: Move files shell: cmd run: | @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ jobs: move Editor\startup.lua .\ move Editor\languages .\ move Editor\fonts .\ - + - name: Package Editor uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ jobs: startup.lua Editor_Windows.exe - + linux: runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: @@ -54,7 +54,14 @@ jobs: - name: Install dependencies run: | sudo apt update - sudo apt install libsdl2-dev + # sudo apt install libsdl3-dev + git clone https://github.com/libsdl-org/SDL + cd SDL + mkdir build + cd build + cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release .. + cmake --build . --config Release --parallel + sudo cmake --install . --config Release - name: Initial compile run: | @@ -62,7 +69,7 @@ jobs: cd build cmake .. -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release make -j$(nproc) - + - name: Generate shader dump run: | cd build/WickedEngine @@ -73,7 +80,7 @@ jobs: run: | cd build make -B -j $(nproc) - + - name: Move files run: | mv build/Editor/WickedEngineEditor ./Editor_Linux @@ -81,7 +88,7 @@ jobs: mv Editor/startup.lua ./ mv Editor/languages ./ mv Editor/fonts ./ - + - name: Package Editor uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: diff --git a/.github/workflows/build-pr.yml b/.github/workflows/build-pr.yml index a966627c64..00b8bb73a6 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/build-pr.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/build-pr.yml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ jobs: run: | "C:/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/2022/Enterprise/MSBuild/Current/Bin/MSBuild.exe" WickedEngine.sln /t:clean /m /p:Configuration=Release /p:Platform=x64 "C:/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/2022/Enterprise/MSBuild/Current/Bin/MSBuild.exe" WickedEngine.sln /t:Editor_Windows /m /p:Configuration=Release /p:Platform=x64 - + - name: Move files shell: cmd run: | @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ jobs: move Editor\startup.lua .\ move Editor\languages .\ move Editor\fonts .\ - + - name: Package Editor uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ jobs: startup.lua Editor_Windows.exe - + linux: runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: @@ -60,7 +60,16 @@ jobs: - name: Install dependencies run: | sudo apt update - sudo apt install libsdl2-dev ccache + # sudo apt install libsdl3-dev ccache + sudo apt install ccache + git clone https://github.com/libsdl-org/SDL + cd SDL + mkdir build + cd build + cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release .. + cmake --build . --config Release --parallel + sudo cmake --install . --config Release + - name: Initial compile run: | @@ -68,7 +77,7 @@ jobs: cd build cmake .. -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DCMAKE_C_COMPILER_LAUNCHER=ccache -DCMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_LAUNCHER=ccache CCACHE_NODIRECT=1 make -j$(nproc) - + - name: Generate shader dump run: | cd build/WickedEngine @@ -80,7 +89,7 @@ jobs: cd build CCACHE_NODIRECT=1 make -B -j $(nproc) - + - name: Move binaries run: | mv build/Editor/WickedEngineEditor ./Editor_Linux @@ -88,7 +97,7 @@ jobs: mv Editor/startup.lua ./ mv Editor/languages ./ mv Editor/fonts ./ - + - name: Package Editor uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: diff --git a/.github/workflows/build.yml b/.github/workflows/build.yml index 8c14e467f8..93c8ed5cc0 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/build.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/build.yml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ jobs: run: | "C:/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/2022/Enterprise/MSBuild/Current/Bin/MSBuild.exe" WickedEngine.sln /t:clean /m /p:Configuration=Release /p:Platform=x64 "C:/Program Files/Microsoft Visual Studio/2022/Enterprise/MSBuild/Current/Bin/MSBuild.exe" WickedEngine.sln /t:Editor_Windows /m /p:Configuration=Release /p:Platform=x64 - + - name: Move files shell: cmd run: | @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ jobs: move Editor\startup.lua .\ move Editor\languages .\ move Editor\fonts .\ - + - name: Package Editor uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ jobs: startup.lua Editor_Windows.exe - + linux: runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: @@ -62,7 +62,15 @@ jobs: - name: Install dependencies run: | sudo apt update - sudo apt install libsdl2-dev ccache + # sudo apt install libsdl3-dev ccache + sudo apt install ccache + git clone https://github.com/libsdl-org/SDL + cd SDL + mkdir build + cd build + cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release .. + cmake --build . --config Release --parallel + sudo cmake --install . --config Release - name: Initial compile run: | @@ -70,7 +78,7 @@ jobs: cd build cmake .. -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DCMAKE_C_COMPILER_LAUNCHER=ccache -DCMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_LAUNCHER=ccache CCACHE_NODIRECT=1 make -j$(nproc) - + - name: Generate shader dump run: | cd build/WickedEngine @@ -82,7 +90,7 @@ jobs: cd build CCACHE_NODIRECT=1 make -B -j $(nproc) - + - name: Move files run: | mv build/Editor/WickedEngineEditor ./Editor_Linux @@ -90,7 +98,7 @@ jobs: mv Editor/startup.lua ./ mv Editor/languages ./ mv Editor/fonts ./ - + - name: Package Editor uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index f6129ef853..0753a6c98a 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ if (WIN32) # add_compile_definitions(_WIN32=1) this is a given from the compiler set(DXC_TARGET "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/WickedEngine/dxc.exe") elseif(UNIX) - set(PLATFORM "SDL2") - add_compile_definitions(SDL2=1) + set(PLATFORM "SDL3") set(DXC_TARGET "dxc") endif() diff --git a/Editor/Editor.cpp b/Editor/Editor.cpp index ee67e38c67..bfb597d43f 100644 --- a/Editor/Editor.cpp +++ b/Editor/Editor.cpp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ using namespace wi::ecs; extern BOOL CreateEditorWindow(int nCmdShow); extern bool window_recreating; #elif defined(PLATFORM_LINUX) -#include "sdl2.h" +#include "sdl3.h" #endif // PLATFORM_WINDOWS enum class FileType @@ -1068,7 +1068,8 @@ void EditorComponent::Load() main->window = {}; CreateEditorWindow(SW_SHOWNORMAL); #elif defined(PLATFORM_LINUX) - SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(main->window, fullscreen ? SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP : 0); + // wi::graphics::GetDevice()->WaitForGPU(); + SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(main->window, fullscreen); #endif // PLATFORM_WINDOWS_DESKTOP }); diff --git a/Editor/main_SDL2.cpp b/Editor/main_SDL3.cpp similarity index 54% rename from Editor/main_SDL2.cpp rename to Editor/main_SDL3.cpp index 38d0cf2ed2..4b8645fddd 100644 --- a/Editor/main_SDL2.cpp +++ b/Editor/main_SDL3.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ #include "stdafx.h" #include "Editor.h" -#include "sdl2.h" +#include "sdl3.h" +#include +#include +#include #include #include "icon.c" @@ -18,37 +21,32 @@ int sdl_loop(Editor &editor) while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ bool textinput_action_delete = false; switch(event.type){ - case SDL_QUIT: + case SDL_EVENT_QUIT: quit = true; break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - switch (event.window.event) { - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE: // exit editor - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED: - // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) - editor.SetWindow(editor.window); - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST: - editor.is_window_active = false; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED: - editor.is_window_active = true; - editor.HotReload(); - break; - default: - break; - } - case SDL_KEYDOWN: - if(event.key.keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSPACE - || event.key.keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_DELETE - || event.key.keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE){ + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED: // exit editor + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED: + // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) + editor.SetWindow(editor.window); + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_LOST: + editor.is_window_active = false; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED: + editor.is_window_active = true; + editor.HotReload(); + break; + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN: + if(event.key.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSPACE + || event.key.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_DELETE + || event.key.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE){ wi::gui::TextInputField::DeleteFromInput(); textinput_action_delete = true; } break; - case SDL_TEXTINPUT: + case SDL_EVENT_TEXT_INPUT: if(!textinput_action_delete){ if(event.text.text[0] >= 21){ wi::gui::TextInputField::AddInput(event.text.text[0]); @@ -81,13 +79,15 @@ void set_window_icon(SDL_Window *window) { bmask = 0x00ff0000; amask = (gimp_image.bytes_per_pixel == 3) ? 0 : 0xff000000; #endif - SDL_Surface* icon = SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom((void*)gimp_image.pixel_data, gimp_image.width, - gimp_image.height, gimp_image.bytes_per_pixel*8, gimp_image.bytes_per_pixel*gimp_image.width, - rmask, gmask, bmask, amask); + const int depth = gimp_image.bytes_per_pixel*8; + const int pitch = gimp_image.bytes_per_pixel*gimp_image.width; + SDL_Surface* icon = SDL_CreateSurfaceFrom(gimp_image.width, gimp_image.height, + SDL_GetPixelFormatForMasks(depth, rmask, gmask, bmask, amask), + (void*)gimp_image.pixel_data, pitch); SDL_SetWindowIcon(window, icon); - - SDL_FreeSurface(icon); + + SDL_DestroySurface(icon); } int main(int argc, char *argv[]) @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); - sdl2::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl2::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING | SDL_INIT_EVENTS); - if (*system) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating SDL2 system"); + sdl3::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl3::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | SDL_INIT_GAMEPAD); + if (!system) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating SDL3 system"); } int width = 1920; @@ -122,22 +122,20 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) width = std::max(100, width); height = std::max(100, height); - sdl2::window_ptr_t window = sdl2::make_window( + sdl3::window_ptr_t window = sdl3::make_window( "Wicked Engine Editor", - SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, width, height, - SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN | SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); + SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_HIGH_PIXEL_DENSITY); if (!window) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating window"); + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating window"); } set_window_icon(window.get()); if (fullscreen) { - //SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(window.get(), SDL_TRUE); - //SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(window.get(), SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN); - SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(window.get(), SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP); + // SDL_SetWindowFullscreenMode(window.get(), TODO); + SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(window.get(), true); } editor.SetWindow(window.get()); diff --git a/Editor/tiny_gltf.h b/Editor/tiny_gltf.h index 8964be5057..320e208266 100644 --- a/Editor/tiny_gltf.h +++ b/Editor/tiny_gltf.h @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ class TinyGLTF { bool preserve_image_channels_ = false; /// Default false(expand channels to /// RGBA) for backward compatibility. - // Warning & error messages + // Warning & error messages std::string warn_; std::string err_; diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/CMakeLists.txt b/Samples/Example_ImGui/CMakeLists.txt index 81f389babd..9f8e6710fe 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/CMakeLists.txt @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ if (WIN32) set(LIB_DXCOMPILER "dxcompiler.dll") else() list (APPEND SOURCE_FILES - main_SDL2.cpp - ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp - ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h + main_SDL3.cpp + ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp + ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h ) add_executable(Example_ImGui ${SOURCE_FILES}) diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/Example_ImGui.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/Example_ImGui.cpp index 8775afc658..40bebad4db 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/Example_ImGui.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/Example_ImGui.cpp @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ #ifdef _WIN32 #include "ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h" -#elif defined(SDL2) -#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h" +#elif defined(SDL3) +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h" #endif #include @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ Example_ImGui::~Example_ImGui() //ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); #ifdef _WIN32 ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); -#elif defined(SDL2) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown(); +#elif defined(SDL3) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown(); #endif ImGui::DestroyContext(); } @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ void Example_ImGui::Initialize() #ifdef _WIN32 ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(window); -#elif defined(SDL2) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(window); +#elif defined(SDL3) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(window); #endif IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); @@ -376,8 +376,8 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) #ifdef _WIN32 ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); -#elif defined(SDL2) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); +#elif defined(SDL3) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame(); #endif ImGui::NewFrame(); diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imconfig.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imconfig.h index ed265082d1..b8d55842b9 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imconfig.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imconfig.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ // You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp // files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. -// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #pragma once @@ -21,27 +21,29 @@ //---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows // Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. -// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() -// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) +// - Windows DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() +// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec(dllexport) // MSVC Windows: DLL export +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec(dllimport) // MSVC Windows: DLL import +//#define IMGUI_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) // GCC/Clang: override visibility when set is hidden -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87+ disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This is automatically done by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS. //---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools. // It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty (this was called IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW before 1.88). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowIDStackToolWindow() will be empty. //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement default platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn() handler (Win32: ShellExecute(), require shell32.lib/.a, Mac/Linux: use system("")). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies) @@ -49,22 +51,28 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available +//---- Enable Test Engine / Automation features. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE // Enable imgui_test_engine hooks. Generally set automatically by include "imgui_te_config.h", see Test Engine for details. + //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience +// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +//#define IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME "my_folder/my_imgui_user.h" //---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) //#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR -//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support Unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) //#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 //---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) // Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. @@ -75,6 +83,12 @@ // On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) +// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided). +// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE. +// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement) +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) // The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -90,6 +104,8 @@ constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */ +//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators. +//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS //---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. // Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). @@ -103,7 +119,7 @@ //typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); //#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback -//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase) // (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() @@ -111,10 +127,10 @@ //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. +//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files) /* namespace ImGui { - void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); + void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx); } */ diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.cpp index 3faca98f12..0b2d787c4a 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,30 +1,37 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (main code and documentation) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - See links below. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. +// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) -// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) -// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary -// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues - -// Getting Started? -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: -// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. - +// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md) +// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues?q=label%3Agallery (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code) +// - Third-party Extensions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more) +// - Bindings/Backends https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Debug Tools https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Software using Dear ImGui https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui +// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps) + +// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there. + +// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). // This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". -// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. +// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding +// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. // It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. // Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without @@ -39,17 +46,16 @@ Index of this file: DOCUMENTATION - MISSION STATEMENT -- END-USER GUIDE +- CONTROLS GUIDE - PROGRAMMER GUIDE - READ FIRST - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE - - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) - - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) CODE (search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ CODE // [SECTION] INCLUDES // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS // [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS -// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO, ImGuiPlatformIO) // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) @@ -71,8 +77,10 @@ CODE // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS // [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] ID STACK // [SECTION] INPUTS -// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING, STATE RECOVERY +// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION // [SECTION] LAYOUT // [SECTION] SCROLLING // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS @@ -86,7 +94,7 @@ CODE // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW // [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW -// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL) */ @@ -108,33 +116,80 @@ CODE - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: + Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! + Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes: - - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Doesn't look fancy. - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. - END-USER GUIDE + CONTROLS GUIDE ============== - - Double-click on title bar to collapse window. - - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). - - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). - - Click and drag on any empty space to move window. - - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields. - - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text. - - Use mouse wheel to scroll. - - Text editor: - - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. - - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. - - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. - - CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all. - - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ - - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. - - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - MOUSE CONTROLS + - Mouse wheel: Scroll vertically. + - SHIFT+Mouse wheel: Scroll horizontally. + - Click [X]: Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). + - Click ^, Double-Click title: Collapse window. + - Drag on corner/border: Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). + - Drag on any empty space: Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true). + - Left-click outside popup: Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack). + + - TEXT EDITOR + - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse: Select text. + - CTRL+Left/Right: Word jump. + - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right: Select words. + - CTRL+A or Double-Click: Select All. + - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V: Use OS clipboard. + - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y: Undo, Redo. + - ESCAPE: Revert text to its original value. + - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing 2ts and behaviors. + + - KEYBOARD CONTROLS + - Basic: + - Tab, SHIFT+Tab Cycle through text editable fields. + - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab Cycle through windows. + - CTRL+Click Input text into a Slider or Drag widget. + - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`: + - Tab, SHIFT+Tab: Cycle through every items. + - Arrow keys Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value. + - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys). + - Enter Activate item (prefer text input when possible). + - Space Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible). + - Escape Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup. + - Page Up, Page Down Previous page, next page. + - Home, End Scroll to top, scroll to bottom. + - Alt Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer. + - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving. + - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set, + - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed. + - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. + - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used). + + - GAMEPAD CONTROLS + - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. + - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! + - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets + - Backend support: backend needs to: + - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. + - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. + Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, + with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + + - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION + - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) + in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard. + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions. + - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. + Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. + When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!) + (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want + to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) PROGRAMMER GUIDE @@ -143,9 +198,11 @@ CODE READ FIRST ---------- - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or - destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. + - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! + The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous + data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. + Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version. - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. @@ -153,18 +210,38 @@ CODE For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. - - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. - - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. - - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. - See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. - However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. - - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + - This codebase aims to be highly optimized: + - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free. + - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible. + - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well. + Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all. + - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible: + - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve. + - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers, + and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now). + This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction + (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!). + - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library. + This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup. + This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value. + The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends. HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI ---------------------------------------------- + - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file. + - About imconfig.h: + - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it. + - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest. + - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to + specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one. + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. @@ -173,11 +250,12 @@ CODE from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. - - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date! GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE --------------------------------------------------------------- + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. @@ -241,7 +319,7 @@ CODE // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) int width, height; - unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + unsigned char* pixels = nullptr; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system: @@ -285,7 +363,7 @@ CODE To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application, you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! + Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this. HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE @@ -344,40 +422,6 @@ CODE } - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - ------------------------------------------ - - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. - - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! - - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - - Keyboard: - - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. - - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), - the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: - - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. - - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). - - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. - Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Gamepad: - - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. - - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. - Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets - - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, - with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Mouse: - - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. - - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. - - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. - Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. - When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. - When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. - (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!) - (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want - to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) - - API BREAKING CHANGES ==================== @@ -386,21 +430,161 @@ CODE When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. - - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. - - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. - - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). - - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl - - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift - - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt - - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super - the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. - the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. - exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. - - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers. - this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g. - - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A); - - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A') - - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now! + - 2024/10/10 (1.91.4) - the typedef for ImTextureID now defaults to ImU64 instead of void*. (#1641) + this removes the requirement to redefine it for backends which are e.g. storing descriptor sets or other 64-bits structures when building on 32-bits archs. It therefore simplify various building scripts/helpers. + you may have compile-time issues if you were casting to 'void*' instead of 'ImTextureID' when passing your types to functions taking ImTextureID values, e.g. ImGui::Image(). + in doubt it is almost always better to do an intermediate intptr_t cast, since it allows casting any pointer/integer type without warning: + - May warn: ImGui::Image((void*)MyTextureData, ...); + - May warn: ImGui::Image((void*)(intptr_t)MyTextureData, ...); + - Won't warn: ImGui::Image((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)MyTextureData), ...); + - note that you can always define ImTextureID to be your own high-level structures (with dedicated constructors) if you like. + - 2024/10/03 (1.91.3) - drags: treat v_min==v_max as a valid clamping range when != 0.0f. Zero is a still special value due to legacy reasons, unless using ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange. (#7968, #3361, #76) + - drags: extended behavior of ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to include _ClampZeroRange. It considers v_min==v_max==0.0f as a valid clamping range (aka edits not allowed). + although unlikely, it you wish to only clamp on text input but want v_min==v_max==0.0f to mean unclamped drags, you can use _ClampOnInput instead of _AlwaysClamp. (#7968, #3361, #76) + - 2024/09/10 (1.91.2) - internals: using multiple overlayed ButtonBehavior() with same ID will now have io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts=true feature emit a warning. (#8030) + it was one of the rare case where using same ID is legal. workarounds: (1) use single ButtonBehavior() call with multiple _MouseButton flags, or (2) surround the calls with PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag() + - 2024/08/23 (1.91.1) - renamed ImGuiChildFlags_Border to ImGuiChildFlags_Borders for consistency. kept inline redirection flag. + - 2024/08/22 (1.91.1) - moved some functions from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO structure: + - io.GetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn + changed 'void* user_data' to 'ImGuiContext* ctx'. Pull your user data from platform_io.ClipboardUserData. + - io.SetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn + same as above line. + - io.PlatformOpenInShellFn -> platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn (#7660) + - io.PlatformSetImeDataFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn + - io.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint -> platform_io.Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint (#7389, #6719, #2278) + - access those via GetPlatformIO() instead of GetIO(). + some were introduced very recently and often automatically setup by core library and backends, so for those we are exceptionally not maintaining a legacy redirection symbol. + - commented the old ImageButton() signature obsoleted in 1.89 (~August 2022). As a reminder: + - old ImageButton() before 1.89 used ImTextureId as item id (created issue with e.g. multiple buttons in same scope, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) + - new ImageButton() since 1.89 requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' + - old ImageButton() before 1.89 had frame_padding' override argument. + - new ImageButton() since 1.89 always use style.FramePadding, which you can freely override with PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar(). + - 2024/07/25 (1.91.0) - obsoleted GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegionMin() and GetWindowContentRegionMax(). (see #7838 on GitHub for more info) + you should never need those functions. you can do everything with GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() in a more simple way. + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetCursorPos().x + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail().x + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x + GetWindowPos().x + - you can use: GetCursorScreenPos().x + GetContentRegionAvail().x // when called from left edge of window + - instead of: GetContentRegionMax() + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail() + GetCursorScreenPos() - GetWindowPos() // right edge in local coordinates + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail() // when called from left edge of window + - 2024/07/15 (1.91.0) - renamed ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups to ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups. (#1379, #1468, #2200, #4936, #5216, #7302, #7573) + (internals: also renamed ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup into ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups with inverted behaviors) + - 2024/07/15 (1.91.0) - obsoleted PushButtonRepeat()/PopButtonRepeat() in favor of using new PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, ...)/PopItemFlag(). + - 2024/07/02 (1.91.0) - commented out obsolete ImGuiModFlags (renamed to ImGuiKeyChord in 1.89). (#4921, #456) + - commented out obsolete ImGuiModFlags_XXX values (renamed to ImGuiMod_XXX in 1.89). (#4921, #456) + - ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift etc. + - 2024/07/02 (1.91.0) - IO, IME: renamed platform IME hook and added explicit context for consistency and future-proofness. + - old: io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + - new: io.PlatformSetImeDataFn(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - BeginChild: added ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened as a replacement for the window flag ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, 0); + - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - io: ClearInputKeys() (first exposed in 1.89.8) doesn't clear mouse data, newly added ClearInputMouse() does. + - 2024/06/20 (1.90.9) - renamed ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload to ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire. + - 2024/06/18 (1.90.9) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_TabActive -> ImGuiCol_TabSelected, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected. + - 2024/06/10 (1.90.9) - removed old nested structure: renaming ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair type to ImGuiStoragePair (simpler for many languages). + - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - reordered ImGuiInputTextFlags values. This should not be breaking unless you are using generated headers that have values not matching the main library. + - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - removed 'ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft', was mostly unused and misleading. + - 2024/05/27 (1.90.7) - commented out obsolete symbols marked obsolete in 1.88 (May 2022): + - old: CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool) + - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool) + - old: CaptureMouseFromApp(bool) + - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool) + - 2024/05/22 (1.90.7) - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiKeyOwner_None to ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner, to make use more explicit and reduce confusion with the default it is a non-zero value and cannot be the default value (never made public, but disclosing as I expect a few users caught on owner-aware inputs). + - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalOverFocused, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHighest. + - inputs (internals): Shortcut(), SetShortcutRouting(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures: + - old: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + - new: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + - inputs (internals): owner-aware versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures. + - old: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + - new: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + - old: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + - new: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + for various reasons those changes makes sense. They are being made because making some of those API public. + only past users of imgui_internal.h with the extra parameters will be affected. Added asserts for valid flags in various functions to detect _some_ misuses, BUT NOT ALL. + - 2024/05/16 (1.90.7) - inputs: on macOS X, Cmd and Ctrl keys are now automatically swapped by io.AddKeyEvent() as this naturally align with how macOS X uses those keys. + - it shouldn't really affect you unless you had custom shortcut swapping in place for macOS X apps. + - removed ImGuiMod_Shortcut which was previously dynamically remapping to Ctrl or Cmd/Super. It is now unnecessary to specific cross-platform idiomatic shortcuts. (#2343, #4084, #5923, #456) + - 2024/05/14 (1.90.7) - backends: SDL_Renderer2 and SDL_Renderer3 backend now take a SDL_Renderer* in their RenderDrawData() functions. + - 2024/04/18 (1.90.6) - TreeNode: Fixed a layout inconsistency when using an empty/hidden label followed by a SameLine() call. (#7505, #282) + - old: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(); Text("Hello"); // <-- This was actually incorrect! BUT appeared to look ok with the default style where ItemSpacing.x == FramePadding.x * 2 (it didn't look aligned otherwise). + - new: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(0, 0); Text("Hello"); // <-- This is correct for all styles values. + with the fix, IF you were successfully using TreeNode("")+SameLine(); you will now have extra spacing between your TreeNode and the following item. + You'll need to change the SameLine() call to SameLine(0,0) to remove this extraneous spacing. This seemed like the more sensible fix that's not making things less consistent. + (Note: when using this idiom you are likely to also use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth). + - 2024/03/18 (1.90.5) - merged the radius_x/radius_y parameters in ImDrawList::AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled() and PathEllipticalArcTo() into a single ImVec2 parameter. Exceptionally, because those functions were added in 1.90, we are not adding inline redirection functions. The transition is easy and should affect few users. (#2743, #7417) + - 2024/03/08 (1.90.5) - inputs: more formally obsoleted GetKeyIndex() when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is set. It has been unnecessary and a no-op since 1.87 (it returns the same value as passed when used with a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent() function). (#4921) + - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - 2024/01/15 (1.90.2) - commented out obsolete ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle marked obsolete in 1.87, favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'. + - 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter. + - 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. + - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls. + - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80. + - 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete). + - 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features. + - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, true) + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border) + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, false) + - new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None) + **AMEND FROM THE FUTURE: from 1.91.1, 'ImGuiChildFlags_Border' is called 'ImGuiChildFlags_Borders'** + - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0); + - 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user). + - 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631) + - 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...) + - new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + - old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...); + - new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + - 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions: + - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources. + - commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry! + - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878) + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15). + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete). + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior. + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610) + - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage. + - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. + - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago: + - ListBoxHeader() -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference) + - ListBoxFooter() -> use EndListBox() + - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin(). + - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices(). + - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago: + - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp + - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite + - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic() + - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo() -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo() + - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete). + - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner. + - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h. + Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA, + it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was + previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164) + - OK: #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h" + - Error: #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h" + - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. + - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. + - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. + - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). + - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl + - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift + - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt + - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super + the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. + the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. + exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. + - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers. + this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g. + - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A); + - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A') + - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now! - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr); - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020): - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. @@ -444,7 +628,7 @@ CODE - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only] note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current. read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details. - - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. + - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unnecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). @@ -758,7 +942,7 @@ CODE ================================ Read all answers online: - https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): docs/FAQ.md Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. @@ -768,11 +952,12 @@ CODE Q: Where is the documentation? A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. - - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - Run the examples/ applications and explore them. + - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide. - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. - - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. @@ -782,24 +967,24 @@ CODE Q: What is this library called? Q: Which version should I get? >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details. Q&A: Integration ================ Q: How to get started? - A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. - Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? - Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls? + Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display) Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Usage ---------- @@ -810,10 +995,10 @@ CODE - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? - Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Fonts, Text ================ @@ -823,7 +1008,7 @@ CODE Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? Q: How can I load multiple fonts? Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md Q&A: Concerns ============= @@ -832,18 +1017,18 @@ CODE Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Community ============== Q: How can I help? - A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. - This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. - - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. - - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt - and see how you want to help and can help! + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project. + >>> See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding + - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. @@ -859,21 +1044,17 @@ CODE #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -881,7 +1062,7 @@ CODE #endif // [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) -#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS #endif #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) @@ -896,9 +1077,11 @@ CODE #else #include #endif -#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions +#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP || WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_GAMES) +// The UWP and GDK Win32 API subsets don't support clipboard nor IME functions #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #endif #endif @@ -936,6 +1119,7 @@ CODE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) // We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -950,29 +1134,33 @@ CODE #endif // Debug options -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Hold CTRL to display for all candidates. CTRL+Arrow to change last direction. #define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower) // When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear +static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER = 0.10f; // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut. + // Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. +// Tooltip offset +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE = ImVec2(16, 10); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH = ImVec2(0, -20); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH = ImVec2(0.5f, 1.0f); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS //------------------------------------------------------------------------- static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void FindHoveredWindow(); static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); // Settings @@ -982,13 +1170,17 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSetti static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); -// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +// Platform Dependents default implementation for ImGuiPlatformIO functions +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx); +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text); +static void Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); namespace ImGui { +// Item +static void ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id); + // Navigation static void NavUpdate(); static void NavUpdateWindowing(); @@ -1003,12 +1195,11 @@ static void NavEndFrame(); static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result); static void NavProcessItem(); -static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id); +static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); -static void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); // Error Checking and Debug Tools @@ -1016,6 +1207,7 @@ static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); +static void UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor(); // Inputs static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); @@ -1025,15 +1217,16 @@ static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt); // Misc static void UpdateSettings(); -static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); +static int UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); -static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect); // Viewports +const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter. static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); } @@ -1081,51 +1274,65 @@ static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper; static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO, ImGuiPlatformIO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() { - Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. - DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. - WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window - WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. - WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size - WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text - WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. - ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows - ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows - PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) - FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). - FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines - ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) - CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell - TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! - IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). - ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). - ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar - ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar - GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar - GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. - LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. - TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. - TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. - ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. - ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. - SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. - DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. - MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. - AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). - AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). - CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. + WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window + WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size + WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text + WindowMenuButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. + ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) + FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). + FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines + ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. + TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! + IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). + ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar + ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + TabBarOverlineSize = 2.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. + TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees). + TableAngledHeadersTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f);// Alignment of angled headers within the cell + ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. + ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. + SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickness of border in SeparatorText() + SeparatorTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). + SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. + DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. + MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). + AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). + CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + + // Behaviors + HoverStationaryDelay = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. + HoverDelayShort = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. + HoverDelayNormal = 0.40f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " + HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. // Default theme ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); @@ -1135,29 +1342,31 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() // Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times. void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) { - WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor); - WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor); - WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); - ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor); - PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor); - FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor); - FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); - ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); - ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); - CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); - TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); - IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); - ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); - ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); - ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); - GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); - GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); - LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); - TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; - DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); - MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); + WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor); + WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor); + WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); + ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor); + PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor); + FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor); + FrameRounding = ImTrunc(FrameRounding * scale_factor); + ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); + ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImTrunc(CellPadding * scale_factor); + TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); + IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); + ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); + ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); + ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); + GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); + GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); + TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + TabBarOverlineSize = ImTrunc(TabBarOverlineSize * scale_factor); + SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); + DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); + MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); } ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() @@ -1174,16 +1383,10 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() IniSavingRate = 5.0f; IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; - MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; - MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) KeyMap[i] = -1; #endif - KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; - KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; - HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; - HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; UserData = NULL; Fonts = NULL; @@ -1199,26 +1402,41 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #else ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif + ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons = false; ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; ConfigDragClickToInputText = false; ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; + ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage = true; ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = false; + ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts = true; + ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false; + ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false; + + ConfigErrorRecovery = true; + ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert = true; + ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog = true; + ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip = true; + + // Inputs Behaviors + MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; + MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; + MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; + KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; // Platform Functions + // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers. BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; - GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations - SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; - ClipboardUserData = NULL; - SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } AppAcceptingEvents = true; @@ -1232,14 +1450,15 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() // FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.Text.Char = c; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1288,18 +1507,19 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { unsigned int c = 0; utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); - if (c != 0) - AddInputCharacter(c); + AddInputCharacter(c); } } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? -void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +// Clear all incoming events. +void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue() { - InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsQueue.clear(); } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? +// Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1307,12 +1527,26 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() #endif for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++) { + if (ImGui::IsMouseKey((ImGuiKey)(n + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET))) + continue; KeysData[n].Down = false; KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f; KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters(). +} + +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputMouse() +{ + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; + key_data->Down = false; + key_data->DownDuration = -1.0f; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; + } MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++) { @@ -1322,9 +1556,18 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; } -static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue. +// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys(). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); +} +#endif + +static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) { ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n]; @@ -1343,16 +1586,28 @@ static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = // - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) // - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release. // - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f +// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE. +// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT. void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) { //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. - IM_ASSERT(!ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. - IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself) + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. + + // MacOS: swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl + if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) + { + if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) { key = ImGuiMod_Ctrl; } + else if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { key = ImGuiMod_Super; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) { key = ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper){ key = ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) { key = ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl) { key = ImGuiKey_RightSuper; } + } // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1366,8 +1621,8 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false; // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed) - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key); const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down; const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue; if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value) @@ -1377,6 +1632,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key; e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.Key.Key = key; e.Key.Down = down; e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value; @@ -1424,16 +1680,16 @@ void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) // Queue a mouse move event void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() - ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y); + ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(y) : y); // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos; if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y) return; @@ -1441,38 +1697,66 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; + e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; + // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click: handle held button. + if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick) + { + // Order of both statements matterns: this event will still release mouse button 1 + mouse_button = 1; + if (!down) + MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = false; + } + // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]; if (latest_button_down == down) return; + // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click. + // - Note that this is actual physical Ctrl which is ImGuiMod_Super for us. + // - At this point we want from !down to down, so this is handling the initial press. + if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && down) + { + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_super_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)ImGuiMod_Super); + if (latest_super_event ? latest_super_event->Key.Down : g.IO.KeySuper) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Super+Left Click aliased into Right Click\n"); + MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = true; + AddMouseButtonEvent(1, true); // This is just quicker to write that passing through, as we need to filter duplicate again. + return; + } + } + ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; e.MouseButton.Down = down; + e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } -// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component) +// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component) void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter) if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)) @@ -1481,28 +1765,47 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x; e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y; + e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } +// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events. +// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes. +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source) +{ + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source; +} + void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost; - if (latest_focused == focused) + if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused)) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.AppFocused.Focused = focused; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } +ImGuiPlatformIO::ImGuiPlatformIO() +{ + // Most fields are initialized with zero + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1693,7 +1996,7 @@ const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) return p ? p : str_end; } -const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line +const char* ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line { while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') buf_mid_line--; @@ -1755,13 +2058,15 @@ const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) // and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif -#endif +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -1803,21 +2108,45 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args); va_end(args); } +// FIXME: Should rework API toward allowing multiple in-flight temp buffers (easier and safer for caller) +// by making the caller acquire a temp buffer token, with either explicit or destructor release, e.g. +// ImGuiTempBufferToken token; +// ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(token, ...); void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + { + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s" + if (buf == NULL) + buf = "(null)"; + *out_buf = buf; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } + } + else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0) + { + int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s" + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); + if (buf == NULL) + { + buf = "(null)"; + buf_len = ImMin(buf_len, 6); + } + *out_buf = buf; + *out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it. + } + else + { + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + } } // CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) @@ -1846,7 +2175,7 @@ static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = // Known size hash // It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed) { ImU32 crc = ~seed; const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; @@ -1862,7 +2191,7 @@ ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed) { seed = ~seed; ImU32 crc = seed; @@ -1904,11 +2233,18 @@ ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); - ImVector buf; - buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); - return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); + + // Use stack buffer if possible, otherwise heap buffer. Sizes include zero terminator. + // We don't rely on current ImGuiContext as this is implied to be a helper function which doesn't depend on it (see #7314). + wchar_t local_temp_stack[FILENAME_MAX]; + ImVector local_temp_heap; + if (filename_wsize + mode_wsize > IM_ARRAYSIZE(local_temp_stack)) + local_temp_heap.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + wchar_t* filename_wbuf = local_temp_heap.Data ? local_temp_heap.Data : local_temp_stack; + wchar_t* mode_wbuf = filename_wbuf + filename_wsize; + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, filename_wbuf, filename_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, mode_wbuf, mode_wsize); + return ::_wfopen(filename_wbuf, mode_wbuf); #else return fopen(filename, mode); #endif @@ -1967,6 +2303,8 @@ void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_f // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF + // Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. // A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. @@ -1978,7 +2316,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; - int wanted = len + !len; + int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1); if (in_text_end == NULL) in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. @@ -2030,8 +2368,6 @@ int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const cha { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; } *buf_out = 0; @@ -2047,8 +2383,6 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; char_count++; } return char_count; @@ -2143,6 +2477,33 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e return bytes_count; } +const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr) +{ + while (in_text_curr > in_text_start) + { + in_text_curr--; + if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80) + return in_text_curr; + } + return in_text_start; +} + +int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + if (in_text_end == NULL) + in_text_end = in_text + strlen(in_text); // FIXME-OPT: Not optimal approach, discourage use for now. + int count = 0; + while (in_text < in_text_end) + { + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(in_text, '\n', in_text_end - in_text); + in_text = line_end ? line_end + 1 : in_text_end; + count++; + } + return count; +} + +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) // Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. @@ -2234,18 +2595,16 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // std::lower_bound but without the bullshit -static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) +ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key) { - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data; - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size; - size_t count = (size_t)(last - first); - while (count > 0) + ImGuiStoragePair* in_p = in_begin; + for (size_t count = (size_t)(in_end - in_p); count > 0; ) { size_t count2 = count >> 1; - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2; + ImGuiStoragePair* mid = in_p + count2; if (mid->key < key) { - first = ++mid; + in_p = ++mid; count -= count2 + 1; } else @@ -2253,29 +2612,28 @@ static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVectorkey; + ImGuiID rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key; + return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0); } // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() { - struct StaticFunc - { - static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) - { - // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. - if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; - if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1; - return 0; - } - }; - ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID); + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByID); } int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_i; } @@ -2287,16 +2645,16 @@ bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_f; } void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return NULL; return it->val_p; } @@ -2304,8 +2662,8 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const // References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_i; } @@ -2317,16 +2675,16 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_f; } void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_p; } @@ -2334,13 +2692,11 @@ void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) // FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame) void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_i = val; + else + it->val_i = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) @@ -2350,24 +2706,20 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_f = val; + else + it->val_f = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_p = val; + else + it->val_p = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) @@ -2375,6 +2727,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++) Data[i].val_i = v; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter @@ -2427,32 +2780,30 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() input_range.split(',', &Filters); CountGrep = 0; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) f.b++; while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) f.e--; if (f.empty()) continue; - if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') + if (f.b[0] != '-') CountGrep += 1; } } bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const { - if (Filters.empty()) + if (Filters.Size == 0) return true; if (text == NULL) - text = ""; + text = text_end = ""; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; - if (f.empty()) + if (f.b == f.e) continue; if (f.b[0] == '-') { @@ -2560,8 +2911,6 @@ void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper -// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed -// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. @@ -2572,54 +2921,6 @@ static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. -// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. -void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping - *out_items_display_start = 0; - *out_items_display_end = items_count; - return; - } - if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) - { - *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; - return; - } - - // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect - // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly. - ImRect rect = window->ClipRect; - if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) - rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect); - if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) - rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel - - const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); - - // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to - // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing - const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); - if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) - start--; - if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - end++; - - start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); - end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); - *out_items_display_start = start; - *out_items_display_end = end; -} -#endif - static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0) { if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1) @@ -2669,19 +2970,9 @@ static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_ } } -static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n) -{ - // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction - // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges - ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; - float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight); - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight); -} - ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - ItemsCount = -1; } ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() @@ -2691,7 +2982,10 @@ ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (Ctx == NULL) + Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); + + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); @@ -2712,17 +3006,18 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) data->Reset(this); data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y; TempData = data; + StartSeekOffsetY = data->LossynessOffset; } void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) { // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + SeekCursorForItem(ItemsCount); // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); @@ -2737,18 +3032,29 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End() ItemsCount = -1; } -void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) +void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end) { ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. - IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max); - if (item_min < item_max) - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); + IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end); + if (item_begin < item_end) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end)); +} + +// This is already called while stepping. +// The ONLY reason you may want to call this is if you passed INT_MAX to ImGuiListClipper::Begin() because you couldn't step item count beforehand. +void ImGuiListClipper::SeekCursorForItem(int item_n) +{ + // - Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges. + // - StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen, by adding SeekOffsetY we generally cancel that out (SeekOffsetY == LossynessOffset - ItemsFrozen * ItemsHeight). + // - The reason we store SeekOffsetY instead of inferring it, is because we want to allow user to perform Seek after the last step, where ImGuiListClipperData is already done. + float pos_y = (float)((double)StartPosY + StartSeekOffsetY + (double)item_n * ItemsHeight); + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, ItemsHeight); } static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); @@ -2800,7 +3106,8 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. - + if (clipper->ItemsHeight == 0.0f && clipper->ItemsCount == INT_MAX) // Accept that no item have been submitted if in indeterminate mode. + return false; IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. } @@ -2809,6 +3116,9 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; if (calc_clipping) { + // Record seek offset, this is so ImGuiListClipper::Seek() can be called after ImGuiListClipperData is done + clipper->StartSeekOffsetY = (double)data->LossynessOffset - data->ItemsFrozen * (double)clipper->ItemsHeight; + if (g.LogEnabled) { // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping @@ -2820,7 +3130,7 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); if (is_nav_request) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); - if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); // Add focused/active item @@ -2829,49 +3139,69 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0)); // Add visible range + float min_y = window->ClipRect.Min.y; + float max_y = window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + // Add box selection range + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + if (bs->IsActive && bs->Window == window) + { + // FIXME: Selectable() use of half-ItemSpacing isn't consistent in matter of layout, as ItemAdd(bb) stray above ItemSize()'s CursorPos. + // RangeSelect's BoxSelect relies on comparing overlap of previous and current rectangle and is sensitive to that. + // As a workaround we currently half ItemSpacing worth on each side. + min_y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + max_y += g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + + // Box-select on 2D area requires different clipping. + if (bs->UnclipMode) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(bs->UnclipRect.Min.y, bs->UnclipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); + } + const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0; const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0; - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max)); + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(min_y, max_y, off_min, off_max)); } // Convert position ranges to item index ranges // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. - for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) - if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges) + if (range.PosToIndexConvert) { - int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); - int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); - data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); - data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); - data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + range.PosToIndexConvert = false; } ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); } // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. - if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) { clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; + if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + continue; return true; } // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->ItemsCount); return false; } bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) @@ -2924,13 +3254,14 @@ const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) return style.Colors[idx]; } -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul) { ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f) + alpha_mul *= style.Alpha; + if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f) return col; ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; - a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. + a = (ImU32)(a * alpha_mul); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because alpha is in 0..1 range. return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); } @@ -2942,7 +3273,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx) + g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); } void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) @@ -2952,7 +3284,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx) + g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; } void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) @@ -2960,7 +3293,7 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ColorStack.Size < count) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow."); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times!"); count = g.ColorStack.Size; } while (count > 0) @@ -2972,76 +3305,104 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) } } -struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo -{ - ImGuiDataType Type; - ImU32 Count; - ImU32 Offset; - void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } -}; - -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = -{ - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign +static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = +{ + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarOverlineSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding }; -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) +const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 1) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); - *pvar = val; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); + return; + } + float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_x) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); + return; + } + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + pvar->x = val_x; +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + pvar->y = val_y; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); - *pvar = val; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; } void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) @@ -3049,14 +3410,14 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow."); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times!"); count = g.StyleVarStack.Size; } while (count > 0) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } @@ -3103,11 +3464,13 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip"; case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered"; case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive"; - case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive"; - case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused"; - case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; + case ImGuiCol_TabSelected: return "TabSelected"; + case ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline: return "TabSelectedOverline"; + case ImGuiCol_TabDimmed: return "TabDimmed"; + case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected: return "TabDimmedSelected"; + case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline: return "TabDimmedSelectedOverline"; case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines"; case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; @@ -3117,6 +3480,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; + case ImGuiCol_TextLink: return "TextLink"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; @@ -3193,6 +3557,9 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end // Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) // Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) +// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList. +// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take +// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping. void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) { // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state @@ -3236,7 +3603,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, cons LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); } - // Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. // This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. // This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. @@ -3260,30 +3626,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; + const float font_scale = draw_list->_Data->FontScale; const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; - - ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; - int ellipsis_char_count = 1; - if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) - { - ellipsis_char = font->DotChar; - ellipsis_char_count = 3; - } - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); - - float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side - float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis - - if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) - { - // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. - const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); - ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; - ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; - } + const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale; // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x - const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); + const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) { @@ -3300,13 +3648,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con // Render text, render ellipsis RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; - if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) - for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) - { - font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); - ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; - } + ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y)); + if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x) + for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale) + font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar); } else { @@ -3318,13 +3663,13 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con } // Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders -void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) +void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool borders, float rounding) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; - if (border && border_size > 0.0f) + if (borders && border_size > 0.0f) { window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); @@ -3357,46 +3702,48 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding; ImRect display_rect = bb; display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault) + const float thickness = 2.0f; + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness); + } + else { - const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; - const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; - display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE)); + const float distance = 3.0f + thickness * 0.5f; + display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(distance, distance)); bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } - if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f); - } } void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + if (mouse_cursor <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || mouse_cursor >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) // We intentionally accept out of bound values. + mouse_cursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); - ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor. ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) - { - const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; - const float scale = base_scale; - ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; - draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); - draw_list->PopTextureID(); - } + if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + continue; + const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; + const float scale = base_scale; + if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale))) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); + ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); } } @@ -3457,9 +3804,10 @@ void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) IM_DELETE(ctx); } -// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages +// IMPORTANT: interactive elements requires a fixed ###xxx suffix, it must be same in ALL languages to allow for automation. static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { + { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, "Size column to fit###SizeOne" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" }, @@ -3467,8 +3815,224 @@ static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s, "Open '%s'" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, "Copy Link###CopyLink" }, }; +ImGuiContext::ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + IO.Ctx = this; + InputTextState.Ctx = this; + + Initialized = false; + FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; + Font = NULL; + FontSize = FontBaseSize = FontScale = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; + IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); + Time = 0.0f; + FrameCount = 0; + FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; + WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + GcCompactAll = false; + TestEngineHookItems = false; + TestEngine = NULL; + memset(ContextName, 0, sizeof(ContextName)); + + InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; + InputEventsNextEventId = 1; + + WindowsActiveCount = 0; + CurrentWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindowBeforeClear = NULL; + MovingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindowStartFrame = WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = -1; + WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + + DebugDrawIdConflicts = 0; + DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount = 0; + HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + HoveredIdIsDisabled = false; + HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + ItemUnclipByLog = false; + ActiveId = 0; + ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + ActiveIdFromShortcut = false; + ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); + ActiveIdWindow = NULL; + ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; + ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + LastActiveId = 0; + LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + + LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = LastKeyModsChangeTime = LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = -1.0; + + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; + + CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + DebugShowGroupRects = false; + + NavWindow = NULL; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0; + NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + NavHighlightActivatedId = 0; + NavHighlightActivatedTimer = 0.0f; + NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + NavIdIsAlive = false; + NavMousePosDirty = false; + NavDisableHighlight = true; + NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + NavAnyRequest = false; + NavInitRequest = false; + NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + NavMoveSubmitted = false; + NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavScoringDebugCount = 0; + NavTabbingDir = 0; + NavTabbingCounter = 0; + + NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false; + NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = false; + + // All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac... + // FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this.. + ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab); + ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab); + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; + NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + NavWindowingToggleKey = ImGuiKey_None; + + DimBgRatio = 0.0f; + + DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; + DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; + DragDropMouseButton = -1; + DragDropTargetId = 0; + DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; + DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + + ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; + + CurrentTable = NULL; + TablesTempDataStacked = 0; + CurrentTabBar = NULL; + CurrentMultiSelect = NULL; + MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; + + HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + + MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f; + + TempInputId = 0; + memset(&DataTypeZeroValue, 0, sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue)); + BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0; + ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; + ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0; + ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f; + ColorEditSavedColor = 0; + WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; + ScrollbarSeekMode = 0; + ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; + DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; + DisabledStackSize = 0; + LockMarkEdited = 0; + TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + TooltipPreviousWindow = NULL; + + PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission + + SettingsLoaded = false; + SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + HookIdNext = 0; + + memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable)); + + LogEnabled = false; + LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; + LogFile = NULL; + LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + LogLineFirstItem = false; + LogDepthRef = 0; + LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + + ErrorCallback = NULL; + ErrorCallbackUserData = NULL; + ErrorFirst = true; + ErrorCountCurrentFrame = 0; + StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = NULL; + + DebugDrawIdConflictsCount = 0; + DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; + DebugLocateId = 0; + DebugLogSkippedErrors = 0; + DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; + DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 0; + DebugLocateFrames = 0; + DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; + DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.0f; + DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; + + // Same as DebugBreakClearData(). Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations + DebugBreakInWindow = 0; + DebugBreakInTable = 0; + DebugBreakInLocateId = false; + DebugBreakKeyChord = ImGuiKey_Pause; + DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; + + memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); + FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; + FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; + WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + memset(TempKeychordName, 0, sizeof(TempKeychordName)); +} + void ImGui::Initialize() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -3491,11 +4055,26 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() // Setup default localization table LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS)); + // Setup default ImGuiPlatformIO clipboard/IME handlers. + g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; + g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn = Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl; + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeDataFn = Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; + // Create default viewport ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); + viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); + // Build KeysMayBeCharInput[] lookup table (1 bool per named key) + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + if ((key >= ImGuiKey_0 && key <= ImGuiKey_9) || (key >= ImGuiKey_A && key <= ImGuiKey_Z) || (key >= ImGuiKey_Keypad0 && key <= ImGuiKey_Keypad9) + || key == ImGuiKey_Tab || key == ImGuiKey_Space || key == ImGuiKey_Apostrophe || key == ImGuiKey_Comma || key == ImGuiKey_Minus || key == ImGuiKey_Period + || key == ImGuiKey_Slash || key == ImGuiKey_Semicolon || key == ImGuiKey_Equal || key == ImGuiKey_LeftBracket || key == ImGuiKey_RightBracket || key == ImGuiKey_GraveAccent + || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual) + g.KeysMayBeCharInput.SetBit(key); + #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK #endif @@ -3505,8 +4084,11 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() // This function is merely here to free heap allocations. void ImGui::Shutdown() { - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?"); + + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) { g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; @@ -3544,6 +4126,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + g.TreeNodeStack.clear(); g.Viewports.clear_delete(); @@ -3557,9 +4140,13 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + g.MultiSelectStorage.Clear(); + g.MultiSelectTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory(); g.SettingsWindows.clear(); g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); @@ -3594,9 +4181,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) - g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.HookId == hook_id) + hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; } // Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) @@ -3604,9 +4191,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) - g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.Type == hook_type) + hook.Callback(&g, &hook); } @@ -3615,9 +4202,10 @@ void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Ctx = ctx; Name = ImStrdup(name); NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; ID = ImHashStr(name); @@ -3627,15 +4215,16 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = 0; SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); LastFrameActive = -1; LastTimeActive = -1.0f; FontWindowScale = 1.0f; SettingsOffset = -1; DrawList = &DrawListInst; - DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; + DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData; DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() @@ -3645,52 +4234,19 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); - return id; -} - -// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - return id; -} - static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = g.CurrentWindow ? &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesInBegin : NULL; g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; + g.CurrentDpiScale = 1.0f; // FIXME-DPI: WIP this is modified in docking if (window) + { g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + g.FontScale = g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; + ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); + } } void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() @@ -3698,6 +4254,8 @@ void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); g.GroupStack.clear(); + g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; + g.MultiSelectTempData.clear_destruct(); TableGcCompactSettings(); } @@ -3731,14 +4289,24 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, - // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch - // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. - if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + // Clear previous active id + if (g.ActiveId != 0) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - } + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId), + // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is. + // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId() + if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId) + InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId); + } // Set active id g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); @@ -3760,19 +4328,18 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; g.ActiveIdWindow = window; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = false; if (id) { g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None); } // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif } void ImGui::ClearActiveID() @@ -3795,31 +4362,28 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; } -// This is called by ItemAdd(). -// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). -void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; -} - void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) { // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); - IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0) + return; + if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0) + { + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + } + + // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343) + // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714) + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id || (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; } -static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. @@ -3838,12 +4402,30 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup if (want_inhibit) - if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) return false; } return true; } +static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + return g.Style.HoverDelayShort; + return 0.0f; +} + +static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags) +{ + // Allow instance flags to override shared flags + if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + return user_flags | shared_flags; +} + // This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() // - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() // - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId @@ -3851,12 +4433,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!"); + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) { if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) return false; if (!IsItemFocused()) return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav); } else { @@ -3864,6 +4451,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now @@ -3873,13 +4464,15 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was // the test that has been running for a long while. if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0) return false; // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) - return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + return false; // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. @@ -3891,81 +4484,129 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return false; // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. - // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item (always ->MoveId submitted by Begin) + // will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. + if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) return false; + + // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0) + if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) + return false; } // Handle hover delay // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) - float delay; - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) - delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; - else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) - delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; - else - delay = 0.0f; - if (delay > 0.0f) - { - ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) - g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; - return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags); + if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) + { + ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id; + + // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer, + // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving. + //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); } + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id) + return false; + + if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay) + return false; } return true; } // Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). -bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call) +// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28. +// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code: +// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'. +// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable. +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Detect ID conflicts +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId) == 0) + { + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount++; + if (g.DebugDrawIdConflicts == id) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max + ImVec2(1,1), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + } +#endif + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) return false; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) - return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (!g.ActiveIdFromShortcut) + return false; + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now. - ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) { - g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true; return false; } // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. if (id != 0) + { + // Drag source doesn't report as hovered + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) + return false; + SetHoveredID(id); + // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. + // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test. + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) + { + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; + if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + return false; + } + + // Display shortcut (only works with mouse) + // (ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut in LastItemData denotes we want a tooltip) + if (id == g.LastItemData.ID && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) && g.ActiveId != id) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%s", GetKeyChordName(g.LastItemData.Shortcut)); + } + // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) { // Release active id if turning disabled - if (g.ActiveId == id) + if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0) ClearActiveID(); - g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true; return false; } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (id != 0) { // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! - // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making - // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered - // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + // We perform the check here because reaching is path is rare (1~ time a frame), + // making the cost of this tool near-zero! We could get better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a bigger runtime cost. if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); } +#endif if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) return false; @@ -3974,26 +4615,27 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) } // FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd() +// FIXME: The id != 0 path is not used by our codebase, may get rid of it? bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) - if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) - if (!g.LogEnabled) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId)) + if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog) return true; return false; } // This is also inlined in ItemAdd() -// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! +// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect. void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.LastItemData.ID = item_id; g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags; - g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect; + g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect; } float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) @@ -4023,31 +4665,62 @@ float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) // IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) { + void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); + DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size); +#endif + return ptr; } // IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) { - if (ptr) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (ptr != NULL) if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, (size_t)-1); +#endif return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); } +// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames" +void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size) +{ + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx]; + IM_UNUSED(ptr); + if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count) + { + info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf); + entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx]; + entry->FrameCount = frame_count; + entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0; + } + if (size != (size_t)-1) + { + entry->AllocCount++; + info->TotalAllocCount++; + //printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr); + } + else + { + entry->FreeCount++; + info->TotalFreeCount++; + //printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr); + } +} + const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; + return g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn ? g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn(&g) : ""; } void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) - g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn != NULL) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn(&g, text); } const char* ImGui::GetVersion() @@ -4061,6 +4734,12 @@ ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() return GImGui->IO; } +ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); + return GImGui->PlatformIO; +} + // Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() { @@ -4079,33 +4758,33 @@ int ImGui::GetFrameCount() return GImGui->FrameCount; } -static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) { // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); - ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no]; if (draw_list == NULL) { draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; - viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; } // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command - if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) { draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); - viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; } return draw_list; } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() @@ -4116,7 +4795,7 @@ ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() @@ -4215,18 +4894,19 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595 // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar - if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) - g.MovingWindow = NULL; + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) + if (!(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already) - if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) + if (g.HoveredIdIsDisabled) g.MovingWindow = NULL; } - else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL) { // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); } } @@ -4253,6 +4933,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // FIXME-DPI: This storage was added on 2021/03/31 for test engine, but if we want to multiply WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING + // by DpiScale, we need to make this window-agnostic anyhow, maybe need storing inside ImGuiWindow. g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); // Find the window hovered by mouse: @@ -4260,14 +4943,15 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. bool clear_hovered_windows = false; - FindHoveredWindow(); + FindHoveredWindowEx(g.IO.MousePos, false, &g.HoveredWindow, &g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow); + g.HoveredWindowBeforeClear = g.HoveredWindow; // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) clear_hovered_windows = true; - // Disabled mouse? + // Disabled mouse hovering (we don't currently clear MousePos, we could) if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) clear_hovered_windows = true; @@ -4285,7 +4969,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal; } mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i]; - if (io.MouseDown[i]) + if (io.MouseDown[i] || io.MouseReleased[i]) // Increase release frame for our evaluation of earliest button (#1392) if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down]) mouse_earliest_down = i; } @@ -4314,17 +4998,42 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() } // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app) - if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = false; + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) == 0) + { + if ((g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL)) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + else if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + } + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); - else - io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); - if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) - io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; } +// Calling SetupDrawListSharedData() is followed by SetCurrentFont() which sets up the remaining data. +static void SetupDrawListSharedData() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); + g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.IO.Fonts->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; + if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; +} + void ImGui::NewFrame() { IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); @@ -4358,39 +5067,33 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame)); g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX; + // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure + g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); + UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + + // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set) UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); // Setup current font and draw list shared data g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; + SetupDrawListSharedData(); SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); - ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); - g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; - if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); - } + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false; // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + // [DEBUG] + if (!g.IO.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts || !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Count is locked while holding CTRL + g.DebugDrawIdConflicts = 0; + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount > 1) + g.DebugDrawIdConflicts = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + // Update HoveredId data if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; @@ -4401,9 +5104,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount = 0; g.HoveredId = 0; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; + g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = false; // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd(). @@ -4431,40 +5135,35 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - if (g.ActiveId == 0) - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; - else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) - { - // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } - // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); } - if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); - if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported - } -#endif + // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item. + // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values. + // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function. + if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay) + g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId; + else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0) + g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay) + g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID; + else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips - g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; - if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId; + if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0) { - //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags - g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoverDelayId = 0; + g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverItemDelayId = 0; } - else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f) { // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps - g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate - g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. + // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle. + g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. } // Drag and drop @@ -4474,15 +5173,12 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.DragDropWithinSource = false; g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + g.TooltipPreviousWindow = NULL; // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in) //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) // ClosePopupsExceptModals(); - // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible) - g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); - UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); - // Update keyboard input state UpdateKeyboardInputs(); @@ -4497,8 +5193,25 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Update mouse input state UpdateMouseInputs(); + // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + { + window->WasActive = window->Active; + window->Active = false; + window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; + window->BeginCount = 0; + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows + if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); + } + // Find hovered window // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) + // (currently needs to be done after the WasActive=Active loop and FindHoveredWindowEx uses ->Active) UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) @@ -4520,51 +5233,47 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale UpdateMouseWheel(); - // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. - IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); - const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->Active = false; - window->WriteAccessed = false; - window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; - window->BeginCount = 0; - - // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows - if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); - } - // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); - for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) - if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); + for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData) + if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data); if (g.GcCompactAll) GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); g.GcCompactAll = false; // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); - g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups); // Default flags + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); g.GroupStack.resize(0); // [DEBUG] Update debug features +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor(); if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0) + { g.DebugLocateId = 0; + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false; + } + if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0) + { + DebugLog("(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n"); + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; + } +#endif // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. @@ -4574,6 +5283,19 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() Begin("Debug##Default"); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); + // Store stack sizes + g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame = 0; + ErrorRecoveryStoreState(&g.StackSizesInNewFrame); + + // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack, + // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop) + g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10); + else + g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; +#endif + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } @@ -4605,53 +5327,17 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im } } -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - return; - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) - return; - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. - // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. - // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. - // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. - // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. - // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching - // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_list->push_back(draw_list); -} - static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1) + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows. + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows) if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); - } } static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -4665,42 +5351,41 @@ static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); } -void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder) { - int n = Layers[0].Size; - int size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) - size += Layers[i].Size; - Layers[0].resize(size); - for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size; + int full_size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++) + full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size; + builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++) { - ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; - if (layer.empty()) + ImVector* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer->empty()) continue; - memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - layer.resize(0); + memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer->Size; + layer->resize(0); } } -static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) +static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0); + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0); + draw_data->Valid = true; - draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; - draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0; draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size; draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; - for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) - { - ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; - draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; - } + draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport; } // Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. @@ -4709,6 +5394,8 @@ static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVectorRootWindow->DrawList; if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); - draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that) draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + draw_list->PopClipRect(); } } @@ -4782,11 +5469,11 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() { // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order. ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window); - RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(modal_window->DC.ModalDimBgColor, g.DimBgRatio)); } else if (dim_bg_for_window_list) { - // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window + // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window and behind CTRL+Tab UI window RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window @@ -4818,11 +5505,20 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre); + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecovery) + ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(&g.StackSizesInNewFrame); ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); + ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip(); // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) - g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData); + ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData; + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeDataFn != NULL && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling Platform_SetImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); + ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeDataFn(&g, viewport, ime_data); + } // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; @@ -4837,13 +5533,17 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() if (g.DragDropActive) { bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; - bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); + bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire) || g.DragDropMouseButton == -1 || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) ClearDragDrop(); } - // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + // Drag and Drop: Fallback for missing source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. + // If you want to handle source item disappearing: instead of submitting your description tooltip + // in the BeginDragDropSource() block of the dragged item, you can submit them from a safe single spot + // (e.g. end of your item loop, or before EndFrame) by reading payload data. + // In the typical case, the contents of drag tooltip should be possible to infer solely from payload data. + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) { g.DragDropWithinSource = true; SetTooltip("..."); @@ -4861,9 +5561,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it continue; AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); @@ -4878,6 +5577,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); @@ -4895,32 +5595,30 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) EndFrame(); - const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); + if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount) + return; g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + InitViewportDrawData(viewport); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); } // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds - if (first_render_of_frame) - RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); - for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); @@ -4930,22 +5628,25 @@ void ImGui::Render() AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder); // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); - SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); + // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch). ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists) + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; } @@ -4976,22 +5677,24 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html - text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); + text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f); return text_size; } // Find window given position, search front-to-back -// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically -// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is -// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. -static void FindHoveredWindow() +// - Typically write output back to g.HoveredWindow and g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow. +// - FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically +// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is +// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. +// - The 'find_first_and_in_any_viewport = true' mode is only used by TestEngine. It is simpler to maintain here. +void ImGui::FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; - ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL; - if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_under_moving_window = NULL; + + if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport == false && g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; @@ -5000,18 +5703,14 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. - if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) + if (!window->WasActive || window->Hidden) continue; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) continue; // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) - ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - bb.Expand(padding_regular); - else - bb.Expand(padding_for_resize); - if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize; + if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(pos, hit_padding)) continue; // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window @@ -5020,21 +5719,30 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() { ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y); ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y); - if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(pos)) continue; } - if (hovered_window == NULL) + if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport) + { hovered_window = window; - IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. - if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow)) - hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window; - if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window) break; + } + else + { + if (hovered_window == NULL) + hovered_window = window; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (hovered_window_under_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow)) + hovered_window_under_moving_window = window; + if (hovered_window && hovered_window_under_moving_window) + break; + } } - g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; - g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; + *out_hovered_window = hovered_window; + if (out_hovered_window_under_moving_window != NULL) + *out_hovered_window_under_moving_window = hovered_window_under_moving_window; } bool ImGui::IsItemActive() @@ -5090,12 +5798,21 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; } +// Call after a Selectable() or TreeNode() involved in multi-selection. +// Useful if you need the per-item information before reaching EndMultiSelect(), e.g. for rendering purpose. +// This is only meant to be called inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block. +// (Outside of multi-select, it would be misleading/ambiguous to report this signal, as widgets +// return e.g. a pressed event and user code is in charge of altering selection in ways we cannot predict.) bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL); // Can only be used inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; } +// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, +// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! +// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5126,19 +5843,31 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; } +// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items. +// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames, +// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled. +void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. -// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. +// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead. void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (g.HoveredId == id) g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == id) + if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } +#endif -// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. +// This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations. +// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version if needed? void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5172,40 +5901,124 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize(); } -bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'. +// ImGuiChildFlags_Borders is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. Read comments in imgui.h for details! +bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str_id); + return BeginChildEx(str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; - flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag - - // Size - const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); - const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); + // Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument. + const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened; + IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_); + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?"); + IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + { + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; + if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened; +#endif + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX; + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; + + // Set window flags + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; + window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; + if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // Special framed style + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, g.Style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding); + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + + // Forward size + // Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set. + // (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code) + const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); + const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, size_default.x, size_default.y); + + // A SetNextWindowSize() call always has priority (#8020) + // (since the code in Begin() never supported SizeVal==0.0f aka auto-resize via SetNextWindowSize() call, we don't support it here for now) + // FIXME: We only support ImGuiCond_Always in this path. Supporting other paths would requires to obtain window pointer. + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond & ImGuiCond_Always) != 0) + { + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f) + { + size.x = g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x; + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX; + } + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f) + { + size.y = g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y; + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; + } + } SetNextWindowSize(size); + // Forward child flags + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags; + g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags; + // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround. + // e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it. const char* temp_window_name; + /*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID) + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack + else*/ if (name) ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); else ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + // Set style const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; - if (!border) + if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Borders) == 0) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); + + // Begin into window + const bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, window_flags); + + // Restore style g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + { + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + } ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; child_window->ChildId = id; - child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. @@ -5213,94 +6026,64 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled. + const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id); + if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)) { FocusWindow(child_window); NavInitWindow(child_window, false); - SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item + g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; } return ret; } -bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - void ImGui::EndChild() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls + IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls g.WithinEndChild = true; - if (window->BeginCount > 1) + ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size; + End(); + if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) { - End(); - } - else - { - ImVec2 sz = window->Size; - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f - sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) - sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); - End(); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); - ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size); + ItemSize(child_size); + const bool nav_flattened = (child_window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) != 0; + if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !nav_flattened) { - ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); + ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, child_window->ChildId); // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying) - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) - RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow) + RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); } else { // Not navigable into - ItemAdd(bb, 0); + // - This is a bit of a fringe use case, mostly useful for undecorated, non-scrolling contents childs, or empty childs. + // - We could later decide to not apply this path if ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle or ImGuiChildFlags_Borders is set. + ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + + // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly + if (nav_flattened) + parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; } - if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; } g.WithinEndChild = false; g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } -// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. -bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); - PopStyleVar(3); - PopStyleColor(); - return ret; -} - -void ImGui::EndChildFrame() -{ - EndChild(); -} - static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) { window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); @@ -5322,9 +6105,9 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { - window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y)); if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) - window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; } @@ -5351,32 +6134,23 @@ static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child; } -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); - - // Create window the first time - ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); - window->Flags = flags; - g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); - - // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. + // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position + // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0); + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) - { - // Retrieve settings from .ini file - window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); - ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); - } + if (settings != NULL) + { + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + } window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; @@ -5389,6 +6163,23 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); } +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + // Create window the first time + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); + window->Flags = flags; + g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL; + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0) + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + + InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once @@ -5398,13 +6189,37 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) return window; } +static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // We give windows non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + // FIXME: Essentially we want to restrict manual resizing to WindowMinSize+Decoration, and allow api resizing to be smaller. + // Perhaps should tend further a neater test for this. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size_min; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + { + size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f; + size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f; + } + else + { + size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f; + size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f; + } + + // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; + size_min.y = ImMax(size_min.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); + return size_min; +} + static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { - // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. + // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max. ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; @@ -5418,19 +6233,13 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); new_size = data.DesiredSize; } - new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); - new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); + new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x); + new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y); } // Minimum size - if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) - { - ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window; - new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - const float minimum_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, minimum_height); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows - } - return new_size; + ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window); + return ImMax(new_size, size_min); } static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) @@ -5447,10 +6256,10 @@ static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_cur return; } - content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); - content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); } static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) @@ -5469,19 +6278,22 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont else { // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size - const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; - const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; - ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; - if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) - size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - - ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize; - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window); + ImVec2 size_max = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) : ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f; + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, size_max); + + // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one axis may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars, + // we may need to compute/store three variants of size_auto_fit, for x/y/xy. + // Here we implement a workaround for child windows only, but a full solution would apply to normal windows as well: + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + size_auto_fit.y = window->SizeFull.y; + else if (!(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + size_auto_fit.x = window->SizeFull.x; // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); if (will_have_scrollbar_x) size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; @@ -5524,7 +6336,7 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co *out_size = size_constrained; } -// Data for resizing from corner +// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner struct ImGuiResizeGripDef { ImVec2 CornerPosN; @@ -5542,9 +6354,9 @@ static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = // Data for resizing from borders struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef { - ImVec2 InnerDir; - ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; - float OuterAngle; + ImVec2 InnerDir; // Normal toward inside + ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left) + float OuterAngle; // Angle toward outside }; static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = { @@ -5590,7 +6402,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad // Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) -static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) +static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; @@ -5600,12 +6412,16 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. return false; - bool ret_auto_fit = false; - const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; - const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); - const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); + int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00; + const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float grip_hover_inner_size = (resize_grip_count > 0) ? IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f) : 0.0f; const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; + ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect; + const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); + if (window_move_from_title_bar) + clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight; + ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); @@ -5629,21 +6445,21 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; + SetMouseCursor((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE); - if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0) + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) { - // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking + // Auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - ret_auto_fit = true; + ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises ClearActiveID(); } else if (held) { // Resize from any of the four corners // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position - ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); @@ -5653,8 +6469,16 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); } - for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) + + int resize_border_mask = 0x00; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0); + else + resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00; + for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++) { + if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0) + continue; const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; @@ -5663,22 +6487,78 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) + hovered = false; + if (hovered || held) + SetMouseCursor((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS); + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) { - g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; - if (held) - *border_held = border_n; + // Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis + // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one side may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars. + // FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases. + if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border + { + size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit)[axis]; + ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis); + hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position + } + ClearActiveID(); } - if (held) + else if (held) { - ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + // Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop. + // Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually. + // FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it! + const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, g.WheelingWindow, false)); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing) + { + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect; + g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; + } + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(&g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, &border_rect, sizeof(ImRect)) != 0) + g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true; + + const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size); + const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; + const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above. + + // Use absolute mode position ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; - border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; + border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis; + + // Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position. + bool ignore_resize = false; + if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode) + { + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode"); + border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis)) + ignore_resize = true; + } + + // Clamp, apply + ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent + { + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow; + ImGuiWindowFlags parent_flags = parent_window->Flags; + ImRect border_limit_rect = parent_window->InnerRect; + border_limit_rect.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.x, parent_window->WindowBorderSize), -ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.y, parent_window->WindowBorderSize))); + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) && ((parent_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))) + border_target.x = ImClamp(border_target.x, border_limit_rect.Min.x, border_limit_rect.Max.x); + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) + border_target.y = ImClamp(border_target.y, border_limit_rect.Min.y, border_limit_rect.Max.y); + } + if (!ignore_resize) + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); } + if (hovered) + *border_hovered = border_n; + if (held) + *border_held = border_n; } PopID(); @@ -5700,11 +6580,11 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; - g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) { // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. @@ -5715,19 +6595,24 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s } // Apply back modified position/size to window - if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->SizeFull = size_target; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); + const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos; + const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull; + if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x)) + window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x; + if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y)) + window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y; + if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(pos_target.x)) + window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(pos_target.x); + if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(pos_target.y)) + window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(pos_target.y); + if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - window->Size = window->SizeFull; - return ret_auto_fit; + // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates + if (*border_held != -1) + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + + return ret_auto_fit_mask; } static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) @@ -5735,31 +6620,44 @@ static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight(); + size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight; window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); } +static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size) +{ + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; + const float rounding = window->WindowRounding; + const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); +} + static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float rounding = window->WindowRounding; - float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); - - int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; - if (border_held != -1) + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border); + if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0) + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize); + else if (border_size > 0.0f) { - const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; - ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border. + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 1, border_col, border_size); + if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 3, border_col, border_size); + } + if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) + { + const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered; + const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32((window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col_resizing, ImMax(2.0f, window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual } if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) { - float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight - 1; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize); } } @@ -5782,7 +6680,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar if (window->Collapsed) { // Title bar only - float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; + const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); @@ -5803,7 +6701,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar } if (override_alpha) bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); } // Title bar @@ -5834,12 +6732,15 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar { for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) { + const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]; + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + continue; const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); - window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); + window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col); } } @@ -5874,18 +6775,18 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; if (has_close_button) { - pad_r += button_sz; - close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - pad_r += button_sz; - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - pad_l += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) @@ -5948,41 +6849,82 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree; if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; - while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + while (window->RootWindowForNav->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) { IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL); window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; } } +// [EXPERIMENTAL] Called by Begin(). NextWindowData is valid at this point. +// This is designed as a toy/test-bed for +void ImGui::UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window->SkipRefresh = false; + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy) == 0) + return; + if (g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh) + { + // FIXME-IDLE: Tests for e.g. mouse clicks or keyboard while focused. + if (window->Appearing) // If currently appearing + return; + if (window->Hidden) // If was hidden (previous frame) + return; + if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover) && g.HoveredWindow) + if (window->RootWindow == g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow || IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, window)) + return; + if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus) && g.NavWindow) + if (window->RootWindow == g.NavWindow->RootWindow || IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.NavWindow->RootWindow, window)) + return; + window->DrawList = NULL; + window->SkipRefresh = true; + } +} + +static void SetWindowActiveForSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->Active = true; + for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows) + if (!child->Hidden) + { + child->Active = child->SkipRefresh = true; + SetWindowActiveForSkipRefresh(child); + } +} + // When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) // should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack. // In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent. -// - Window // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 -// - Window // .. returns Modal1 +// - WindowA // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 +// - WindowB // .. returns Modal1 // - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2 -// - Window // .. returns Modal2 -// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - WindowC // .. returns Modal2 +// - WindowD // .. returns Modal2 // - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 -static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +// - WindowE // .. returns NULL +// Notes: +// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL. +// Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unnecessary. +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) return NULL; // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. - for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window; if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) continue; if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. continue; - if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. - break; - for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) - if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent)) - return popup_window; // Place window above its begin stack parent. + if (window == NULL) // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click. + return popup_window; + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window may be over modal + continue; + return popup_window; // Place window right below first block modal } return NULL; } @@ -6008,13 +6950,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window_just_created) window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); - const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow); @@ -6036,6 +6979,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; + window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; @@ -6056,29 +7000,33 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); // Add to stack - // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() g.CurrentWindow = window; - ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; + g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); window_stack_data.Window = window; window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; - window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); - g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data); + window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled); + ErrorRecoveryStoreState(&window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin); + g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = &window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - g.BeginMenuCount++; + g.BeginMenuDepth++; // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; + + // There's little point to expose a flag to set this: because the interesting cases won't be using parent_window_in_stack, + // e.g. linking a tool window in a standalone viewport to a document window, regardless of their Begin() stack parenting. (#6798) + window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL; } // Add to focus scope stack - PushFocusScope(window->ID); + PushFocusScope((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? g.CurrentFocusScopeId : window->ID); window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - // Add to popup stack + // Add to popup stacks: update OpenPopupStack[] data, push to BeginPopupStack[] if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; @@ -6112,6 +7060,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild() + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x; + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y; SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); } if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) @@ -6138,8 +7090,18 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window->Appearing) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Skip Refresh mode + UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(window); + + // Nested root windows (typically tooltips) override disabled state + if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window) + BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); + + // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh) { // Initialize const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) @@ -6211,24 +7173,34 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) else window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size. window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + window->TitleBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + window->MenuBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; + // Depending on condition we use previous or current window size to compare against contents size to decide if a scrollbar should be visible. + // Those flags will be altered further down in the function depending on more conditions. bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + if (window_size_x_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + if (window_size_y_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) // #7252 + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) { - // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. + // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), + // so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) - window->WantCollapseToggle = true; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max)) + if (g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; if (window->WantCollapseToggle) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; @@ -6246,11 +7218,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // SIZE // Outer Decoration Sizes - // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations). + // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediately as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations). const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes; window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f; window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f; - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight + window->MenuBarHeight; window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f; window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); @@ -6334,7 +7306,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); - window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(window->Pos); // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. @@ -6352,44 +7324,34 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) want_focus = true; else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0) want_focus = true; - - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) - { - // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. - // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. - // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. - // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. - want_focus = false; - if (window == window->RootWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); - IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); - BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); - } - } } - // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system + // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations) #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (g.TestEngineHookItems) { IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1); window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself. - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0); window->IDStack.Size = 1; } #endif // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad - int border_held = -1; + int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1; ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; - const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. - const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const int resize_grip_count = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); if (!window->Collapsed) - if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_hovered, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) + { + if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered; window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY @@ -6409,7 +7371,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) - window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values. @@ -6444,24 +7406,30 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2; // Inner clipping rectangle. - // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. - // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. - // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. + // - Extend a outside of normal work region up to borders. + // - This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. + // - It also makes clipped items be more noticeable. + // - And is consistent on both axis (prior to 2024/05/03 ClipRect used WindowPadding.x * 0.5f on left and right edge), see #3312 + // - Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: // - Begin() initial clip rect float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); + + // Try to match the fact that our border is drawn centered over the window rectangle, rather than inner. + // This is why we do a *0.5f here. We don't currently even technically support large values for WindowBorderSize, + // see e.g #7887 #7888, but may do after we move the window border to become an inner border (and then we can remove the 0.5f here). + window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size * 0.5f); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f); else - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f); // SCROLLING @@ -6494,8 +7462,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL; bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false; - bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0; - if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) + bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0); + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) render_decorations_in_parent = true; } if (render_decorations_in_parent) @@ -6522,14 +7490,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); - window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; // [LEGACY] Content Region // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling. // Used by: // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; @@ -6560,13 +7529,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true; window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask = 0x00; window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; @@ -6577,6 +7547,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + window->DC.ModalDimBgColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg)); if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) window->AutoFitFramesX--; @@ -6584,11 +7556,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitFramesY--; // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to: + // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. if (want_focus) - { - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow) NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls - } // Title bar if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) @@ -6597,6 +7571,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Clear hit test shape every frame window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + g.TooltipPreviousWindow = window; + // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? @@ -6609,7 +7586,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. - SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, title_bar_rect); // [DEBUG] #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS @@ -6617,19 +7594,25 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); #endif - // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab + // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId. #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData); #endif } else { + // Skip refresh always mark active + if (window->SkipRefresh) + SetWindowActiveForSkipRefresh(window); + // Append SetCurrentWindow(window); + SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, window->TitleBarRect()); } - PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); + if (!window->SkipRefresh) + PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) window->WriteAccessed = false; @@ -6637,20 +7620,22 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // Update visibility - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh) { - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? - { - const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); - if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) - if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + const bool nav_request = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + { + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + else window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } + } // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) @@ -6681,10 +7666,33 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) skip_items = true; window->SkipItems = skip_items; } + else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + // Skip refresh mode + window->SkipItems = true; + } + + // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (!window->IsFallbackWindow) + if ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size)) + { + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; } + if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; } + return false; + } +#endif return !window->SkipItems; } +static void ImGui::SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(rect.Min, rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, rect); +} + void ImGui::End() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6696,7 +7704,7 @@ void ImGui::End() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!"); return; } - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); + ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) @@ -6705,8 +7713,17 @@ void ImGui::End() // Close anything that is open if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) EndColumns(); - PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle + if (!window->SkipRefresh) + PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle PopFocusScope(); + if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window) + EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); + + if (window->SkipRefresh) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList == NULL); + window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; + } // Stop logging if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging @@ -6716,12 +7733,16 @@ void ImGui::End() ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); // Pop from window stack - g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup; + g.LastItemData = window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - g.BeginMenuCount--; + g.BeginMenuDepth--; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + + // Error handling, state recovery + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecovery) + ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(&window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin); + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window); } @@ -6805,10 +7826,29 @@ int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) } // Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) -void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Modal check? + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case. + if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window)) + { + // This block would typically be reached in two situations: + // - API call to FocusWindow() with a window under a modal and ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal flag. + // - User clicking on void or anything behind a modal while a modal is open (window == NULL) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "", blocking_modal->Name); + if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring right under modal. (FIXME: Could move in focus list too?) + ClosePopupsOverWindow(GetTopMostPopupModal(), false); // Note how we need to use GetTopMostPopupModal() aad NOT blocking_modal, to handle nested modals + return; + } + + // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL) + window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + + // Apply focus if (g.NavWindow != window) { SetNavWindow(window); @@ -6816,8 +7856,9 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0; + SetNavFocusScope(window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0); g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; // Close popups if any ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); @@ -6845,9 +7886,10 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); } -void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(filter_viewport); // Unused in master branch. int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; if (under_this_window != NULL) { @@ -6864,16 +7906,15 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind { // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; - IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); - if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive) - if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - return; - } + if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive) + continue; + if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + FocusWindow(window, flags); + return; + } } - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, flags); } // Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. @@ -6885,30 +7926,45 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) g.Font = font; g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; + g.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines; g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; + g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontScale; } +// Use ImDrawList::_SetTextureID(), making our shared g.FontStack[] authorative against window-local ImDrawList. +// - Whereas ImDrawList::PushTextureID()/PopTextureID() is not to be used across Begin() calls. +// - Note that we don't propagate current texture id when e.g. Begin()-ing into a new window, we never really did... +// - Some code paths never really fully worked with multiple atlas textures. +// - The right-ish solution may be to remove _SetTextureID() and make AddText/RenderText lazily call PushTextureID()/PopTextureID() +// the same way AddImage() does, but then all other primitives would also need to? I don't think we should tackle this problem +// because we have a concrete need and a test bed for multiple atlas textures. void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!font) + if (font == NULL) font = GetDefaultFont(); - SetCurrentFont(font); g.FontStack.push_back(font); - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->_SetTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); } void ImGui::PopFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); + if (g.FontStack.Size <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopFont() too many times!"); + return; + } g.FontStack.pop_back(); - SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); + ImFont* font = g.FontStack.Size == 0 ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back(); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->_SetTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); } void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) @@ -6927,7 +7983,11 @@ void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) void ImGui::PopItemFlag() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack. + if (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size <= 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopItemFlag() too many times!"); + return; + } g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); } @@ -6936,8 +7996,9 @@ void ImGui::PopItemFlag() // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) // - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently. // - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 -// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. -// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag() +// - BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() essentially does nothing but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. +// (as a micro-optimization: if you have tens of thousands of BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() pairs, you might want to reformulate your code to avoid making those calls) +// - Note: mixing up BeginDisabled() and PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) is currently NOT SUPPORTED. void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6949,14 +8010,18 @@ void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) } if (was_disabled || disabled) g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; - g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); // FIXME-OPT: can we simply skip this and use DisabledStackSize? g.DisabledStackSize++; } void ImGui::EndDisabled() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + if (g.DisabledStackSize <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling EndDisabled() too many times!"); + return; + } g.DisabledStackSize--; bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; //PopItemFlag(); @@ -6966,37 +8031,46 @@ void ImGui::EndDisabled() g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar(); } -// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. -void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); -} - -void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() +// Could have been called BeginDisabledDisable() but it didn't want to be award nominated for most awkward function name. +// Ideally we would use a shared e.g. BeginDisabled()->BeginDisabledEx() but earlier needs to be optimal. +// The whole code for this is awkward, will reevaluate if we find a way to implement SetNextItemDisabled(). +void ImGui::BeginDisabledOverrideReenable() { - PopItemFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled); + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; + g.CurrentItemFlags &= ~ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.DisabledStackSize++; } -void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() +void ImGui::EndDisabledOverrideReenable() { - PopItemFlag(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DisabledStackSize--; + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup * g.Style.DisabledAlpha; } void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos); window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; } void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.Size <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopTextWrapPos() too many times!"); + return; + } window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); } @@ -7063,9 +8137,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_b return false; } +// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. +// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, +// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! +// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow; ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -7093,6 +8172,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId) return false; + + // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer. + // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way + // to fulfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true + // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache. + // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow. + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID) + return false; + return true; } @@ -7157,7 +8247,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) // Set const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(pos); ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) return; @@ -7195,18 +8285,22 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + // Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + // Set ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; - window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; - window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; if (size.x <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; else - window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x); if (size.y <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; else - window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y); if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } @@ -7240,6 +8334,12 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const I window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos); } +void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; +} + void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); @@ -7300,6 +8400,10 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } +// For each axis: +// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width. +// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint. +// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples. void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7315,7 +8419,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; - g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size); } void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) @@ -7347,6 +8451,14 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha) g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha; } +// This is experimental and meant to be a toy for exploring a future/wider range of features. +void ImGui::SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy; + g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal = flags; +} + ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -7375,59 +8487,115 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->FontWindowScale = scale; g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} - -void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavNextActivateId = id; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + g.FontScale = g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; } void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(id); + ImGuiFocusScopeData data; + data.ID = id; + data.WindowID = g.CurrentWindow->ID; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(data); g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id; } void ImGui::PopFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + if (g.FocusScopeStack.Size <= g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopFocusScope() too many times!"); + return; + } g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); - g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0; + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0; } -// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! -void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); - - // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. - // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. - // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but - // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. - if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) - { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + g.NavFocusRoute.resize(0); // Invalidate + if (focus_scope_id == 0) return; - } - - SetNavWindow(window); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); - ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. - if (offset == -1) + // Store current path (in reverse order) + if (focus_scope_id == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) { - NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); + // Top of focus stack contains local focus scopes inside current window + for (int n = g.FocusScopeStack.Size - 1; n >= 0 && g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n].WindowID == g.CurrentWindow->ID; n--) + g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n]); } + else if (focus_scope_id == g.NavWindow->NavRootFocusScopeId) + g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ focus_scope_id, g.NavWindow->ID }); else - { - g.NavTabbingDir = 1; + return; + + // Then follow on manually set ParentWindowForFocusRoute field (#6798) + for (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindowForFocusRoute; window != NULL; window = window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute) + g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ window->NavRootFocusScopeId, window->ID }); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavFocusRoute.Size < 100); // Maximum depth is technically 251 as per CalcRoutingScore(): 254 - 3 +} + +// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window. +void ImGui::FocusItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name); + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this? + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + SetNavWindow(window); + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags); + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); +} + +void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; +} + +// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! +// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus? +void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + + // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. + // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. + // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but + // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + SetNavWindow(window); + + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + if (offset == -1) + { + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); + } + else + { + g.NavTabbingDir = 1; g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1; } } @@ -7438,16 +8606,15 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!window->Appearing) return; - if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) return; g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult); NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) - if (!IsItemVisible()) + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect)) ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); } @@ -7463,6 +8630,80 @@ ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() return window->DC.StateStorage; } +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ID STACK +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is one of the very rare legacy case where we use ImGuiWindow methods, +// it should ideally be flattened at some point but it's been used a lots by widgets. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); +#endif + return id; +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +// FIXME: Consider instead storing last non-zero ID + count of successive zero-ID, and combine those? +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromPos(const ImVec2& p_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImVec2 p_rel = ImGui::WindowPosAbsToRel(this, p_abs); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&p_rel, sizeof(p_rel), seed); + return id; +} + +// " +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + return id; +} + void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7500,27 +8741,46 @@ void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); +#endif window->IDStack.push_back(id); } // Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call -// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. // for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) { ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); +#endif return id; } void ImGui::PopID() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? + if (window->IDStack.Size <= 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopID() too many times!"); + return; + } window->IDStack.pop_back(); } @@ -7542,22 +8802,18 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) return window->GetID(ptr_id); } -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); -} - -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(int int_id) { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); + return window->GetID(int_id); } - +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] INPUTS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetModForLRModKey() [Internal] +// - FixupKeyChord() [Internal] // - GetKeyData() [Internal] // - GetKeyIndex() [Internal] // - GetKeyName() @@ -7587,6 +8843,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal] // - IsMouseDragging() // - GetMousePos() +// - SetMousePos() [Internal] // - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() // - IsMousePosValid() // - IsAnyMouseDown() @@ -7618,29 +8875,48 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // - Shortcut() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) +static ImGuiKeyChord GetModForLRModKey(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl) + return ImGuiMod_Ctrl; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftShift || key == ImGuiKey_RightShift) + return ImGuiMod_Shift; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftAlt || key == ImGuiKey_RightAlt) + return ImGuiMod_Alt; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper || key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper) + return ImGuiMod_Super; + return ImGuiMod_None; +} + +ImGuiKeyChord ImGui::FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified. + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (IsLRModKey(key)) + key_chord |= GetModForLRModKey(key); + return key_chord; +} + +ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; // Special storage location for mods if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); - int index; #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); - if (IsLegacyKey(key)) - index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native - else - index = key; + if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) + key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native #else IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); - index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; #endif - return &g.IO.KeysData[index]; + return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +// Formally moved to obsolete section in 1.90.5 in spite of documented as obsolete since 1.87 ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7659,11 +8935,13 @@ static const char* const GKeyNames[] = "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24", "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "AppBack", "AppForward", "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", @@ -7677,20 +8955,20 @@ IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) { + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return "None"; #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); #else + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (IsLegacyKey(key)) { - ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); - if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1) + if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1) return "N/A"; - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key])); - key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key])); + key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; } #endif - if (key == ImGuiKey_None) - return "None"; if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); if (!IsNamedKey(key)) @@ -7699,18 +8977,26 @@ const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } -// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super. -void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) +// Return untranslated names: on macOS, Cmd key will show as Ctrl, Ctrl key will show as super. +// Lifetime of return value: valid until next call to same function. +const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) - key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); - ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s", + + const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (IsLRModKey(key)) + key_chord &= ~GetModForLRModKey(key); // Return "Ctrl+LeftShift" instead of "Ctrl+Shift+LeftShift" + ImFormatString(g.TempKeychordName, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempKeychordName), "%s%s%s%s%s", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", - (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", - GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_))); + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? "Super+" : "", + (key != ImGuiKey_None || key_chord == ImGuiKey_None) ? GetKeyName(key) : ""); + size_t len; + if (key == ImGuiKey_None && key_chord != 0) + if ((len = strlen(g.TempKeychordName)) != 0) // Remove trailing '+' + g.TempKeychordName[len - 1] = 0; + return g.TempKeychordName; } // t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) @@ -7777,19 +9063,24 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex) { routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx]; + routing_entry->RoutingCurrScore = routing_entry->RoutingNextScore; routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry - routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255; - if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) continue; rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point) + // This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call. if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods) { - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = ImGui::GetKeyOwnerData(key); - if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) + { owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr); + } } } @@ -7805,7 +9096,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) @@ -7819,8 +9110,6 @@ ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data; - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) - key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (key == ImGuiKey_None) @@ -7847,20 +9136,18 @@ ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) } // Current score encoding (lower is highest priority): -// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) -// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal +// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive +// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_ActiveItem or ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) +// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused // - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack) -// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow +// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal // - 255: never route // 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy -static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiID focus_scope_id, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* focused = g.NavWindow; - // ActiveID gets top priority // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it) if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) @@ -7872,65 +9159,139 @@ static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputF // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best) // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request, // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score. - if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow) - for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) - { - if (focused == location) - { - IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); - return next_score; - } - focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path - } + // This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain. + if (focus_scope_id == 0) + return 255; + for (int index_in_focus_path = 0; index_in_focus_path < g.NavFocusRoute.Size; index_in_focus_path++) + if (g.NavFocusRoute.Data[index_in_focus_path].ID == focus_scope_id) + return 3 + index_in_focus_path; return 255; } - - // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional - if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) - return 2; - if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow) + else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive) + { + if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) + return 1; + return 255; + } + else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive) + return 0; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused) + return 2; return 254; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); return 0; } +// - We need this to filter some Shortcut() routes when an item e.g. an InputText() is active +// e.g. ImGuiKey_G won't be considered a shortcut when item is active, but ImGuiMod|ImGuiKey_G can be. +// - This is also used by UpdateInputEvents() to avoid trickling in the most common case of e.g. pressing ImGuiKey_G also emitting a G character. +static bool IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + // Mimic 'ignore_char_inputs' logic in InputText() + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // When the right mods are pressed it cannot be a char input so we won't filter the shortcut out. + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + const bool ignore_char_inputs = ((mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && !(mods & ImGuiMod_Alt)) || (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && (mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl)); + if (ignore_char_inputs) + return false; + + // Return true for A-Z, 0-9 and other keys associated to char inputs. Other keys such as F1-F12 won't be filtered. + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return false; + return g.KeysMayBeCharInput.TestBit(key); +} + // Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods). // Return true if the route is available this frame. // - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state. // (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame". // As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.) -// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) -// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None': allows disabling/locking a shortcut. -bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() else - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + IM_ASSERT(owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)) + IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal); + + // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified. + key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord); + + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused) if (g.NavWindow == NULL) return false; + + // Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this? if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> always, no register\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id); return true; + } + + // Specific culling when there's an active item. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != owner_id) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive) + return false; + + // Cull shortcuts with no modifiers when it could generate a character. + // e.g. Shortcut(ImGuiKey_G) also generates 'g' character, should not trigger when InputText() is active. + // but Shortcut(Ctrl+G) should generally trigger when InputText() is active. + // TL;DR: lettered shortcut with no mods or with only Alt mod will not trigger while an item reading text input is active. + // (We cannot filter based on io.InputQueueCharacters[] contents because of trickling and key<>chars submission order are undefined) + if (g.IO.WantTextInput && IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(key_chord)) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> filtered as potential char input\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id); + return false; + } + + // ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys trumps all for ActiveId + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive) == 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys) + { + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_)); + if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) + return false; + } + } - const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentWindow, owner_id, flags); + // Where do we evaluate route for? + ImGuiID focus_scope_id = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow) + focus_scope_id = g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow->ID; // See PushFocusScope() call in Begin() + + const int score = CalcRoutingScore(focus_scope_id, owner_id, flags); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> score %d\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id, score); if (score == 255) return false; // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient) // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <). ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); - const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore); if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore) { - routing_data->RoutingNext = routing_id; + routing_data->RoutingNext = owner_id; routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score; } // Return routing state for CURRENT frame - return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; + if (routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("--> granting current route\n"); + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id; } // Currently unused by core (but used by tests) @@ -7938,6 +9299,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiI bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id) { const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord); ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry. return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; } @@ -7961,11 +9323,11 @@ bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) { - return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); + return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +// Important: unlike legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) { const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) @@ -7974,13 +9336,28 @@ bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) if (t < 0.0f) return false; IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); - if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0) { float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) + { + // Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value. + // Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + } } if (!pressed) return false; @@ -8020,10 +9397,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) { - return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); + return IsMouseClicked(button, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); @@ -8032,7 +9409,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInput const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; if (t < 0.0f) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here. const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0; const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); @@ -8066,6 +9443,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); +} + int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8085,9 +9469,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool c if (clip) rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + // Hit testing, expanded for touch input + if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)) return false; return true; } @@ -8118,6 +9501,17 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() return g.IO.MousePos; } +// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well. +// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend. +void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos; + g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); +} + // NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() { @@ -8182,6 +9576,9 @@ ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() return g.MouseCursor; } +// We intentionally accept values of ImGuiMouseCursor that are outside our bounds, in case users needs to hack-in a custom cursor value. +// Custom cursors may be handled by custom backends. If you are using a standard backend and want to hack in a custom cursor, you may +// handle it before the backend _NewFrame() call and temporarily set ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange during the backend _NewFrame() call. void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8212,6 +9609,9 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) + io.ClearInputKeys(); + // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) @@ -8253,7 +9653,9 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper; } } +#endif + // Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) @@ -8276,7 +9678,6 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); #undef NAV_MAP_KEY } -#endif #endif // Update aliases @@ -8285,15 +9686,20 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); - // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyXXX values. + // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values. // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. // - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing. + const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods; io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0; io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0; + if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods) + g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time; + if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0) + g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time; // Clear gamepad data if disabled if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) @@ -8309,6 +9715,14 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f) + { + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i); + if (IsKeyboardKey(key)) + g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time; + else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper) + g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time; + } } // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key @@ -8318,10 +9732,11 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext; if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp. - owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore } + // Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts) UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable); } @@ -8330,9 +9745,16 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + // Mouse Wheel swapping flag + // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead + // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already. + // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature. + // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source. + io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) - io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(io.MousePos); // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) @@ -8340,11 +9762,17 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() else io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Update stationary timer. + // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates. + const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework. + const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold); + g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer); + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) { io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; @@ -8395,7 +9823,7 @@ static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount) g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; if (g.WheelingWindow == window) return; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); g.WheelingWindow = window; g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; if (window == NULL) @@ -8460,8 +9888,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() } ImVec2 wheel; - wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; - wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; + wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y); ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; @@ -8481,8 +9909,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale); } return; } @@ -8490,14 +9918,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() return; // Mouse wheel scrolling - // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead - // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) - const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - if (swap_axis) - { - wheel.x = wheel.y; - wheel.y = 0.0f; - } + // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs() + if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap) + wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f); // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter @@ -8523,15 +9946,17 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step); + g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount; } if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) { LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step); + g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount; } } } @@ -8551,19 +9976,25 @@ void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); return input_source_names[source]; } +static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source) +{ + const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT); + return mouse_source_names[source]; +} static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } } #endif @@ -8579,9 +10010,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText() // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail? // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters) - const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); + const bool trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); - bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false; + bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, key_changed_nonchar = false, text_inputted = false; int mouse_button_changed = 0x00; ImBitArray key_changed_mask; @@ -8591,11 +10022,14 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { + if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos) + continue; // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) break; io.MousePos = event_pos; + io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource; mouse_moved = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) @@ -8605,7 +10039,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) break; + if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover. + break; io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; + io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource; mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) @@ -8615,21 +10052,31 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) break; io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; + io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource; mouse_wheeled = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) + continue; ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key; IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None); ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); - if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + + const bool key_is_potentially_for_char_input = IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(GetMergedModsFromKeys() | key); + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text && (text_inputted && !key_is_potentially_for_char_input)) break; + key_data->Down = e->Key.Down; key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; key_changed = true; key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index); + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text && !key_is_potentially_for_char_input) + key_changed_nonchar = true; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -8640,12 +10087,16 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) + continue; // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with - if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text && key_changed_nonchar) break; unsigned int c = e->Text.Char; io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); - if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text) text_inputted = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) @@ -8684,21 +10135,24 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag // (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event). if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + { g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); + g.IO.ClearInputMouse(); + } } ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) { - if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) - return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr; if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) - return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; return owner_id; } @@ -8709,7 +10163,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) // All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags. bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) { - if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)) return true; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8717,7 +10171,7 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) return false; - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false); @@ -8728,7 +10182,7 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) { if (owner_data->LockThisFrame) return false; - if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) return false; } @@ -8742,10 +10196,12 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) // - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags); - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id; // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code. @@ -8754,6 +10210,16 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease); } +// Rarely used helper +void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_) { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); } +} + // This is more or less equivalent to: // if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) // SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID()); @@ -8775,18 +10241,22 @@ void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) } } -bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetItemKeyOwner(key, ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} - // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. - if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; - if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) - return false; +// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements. +bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) - key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); +// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed() +bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord); ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods) return false; @@ -8795,37 +10265,119 @@ bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (key == ImGuiKey_None) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods); - - if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)))) + if (!IsKeyPressed(key, (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_), owner_id)) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! - return true; } - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +void ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut; + g.NextItemData.Shortcut = key_chord; + g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags = flags; +} + +// Called from within ItemAdd: at this point we can read from NextItemData and write to LastItemData +void ImGui::ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputFlags flags = g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by SetNextItemShortcut()! + + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + return; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip) + { + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut; + g.LastItemData.Shortcut = g.NextItemData.Shortcut; + } + if (!Shortcut(g.NextItemData.Shortcut, flags & ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut, id) || g.NavActivateId != 0) + return; + + // FIXME: Generalize Activation queue? + g.NavActivateId = id; // Will effectively disable clipping. + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut; + //if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id) + g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = id; + NavHighlightActivated(id); +} + +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + return Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, flags=%X, owner_id=0x%08X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), flags, owner_id); + + // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + + // Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) + // Effectively makes Shortcut() always input-owner aware. + if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) + owner_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + + if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + return false; + + // Submit route + if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, flags, owner_id)) + return false; + + // Default repeat behavior for Shortcut() + // So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange; + + if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, flags, owner_id)) + return false; + + // Claim mods during the press + SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id); + + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + return true; +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING, STATE RECOVERY +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() (called via IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macros) +// - ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries() +// - ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() +// - ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() +// - ErrorRecoveryStoreState() +// - ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState() +// - ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState() +// - ErrorLog() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. +// Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues. +// Called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(). // Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If this triggers you have an issue: -// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version. -// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. -// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui, -// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h). -// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout +// If this triggers you have mismatched headers and compiled code versions. +// - It could be because of a build issue (using new headers with old compiled code) +// - It could be because of mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. +// THE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS MENTIONED IN imconfig.h MUST BE SET FOR ALL COMPILATION UNITS INVOLVED WITH DEAR IMGUI. +// Which is why it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and NOT only before including imgui.h). +// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout. +// If you don't want to modify imconfig.h you can use the IMGUI_USER_CONFIG define to change filename. bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) { bool error = false; if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } - if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } return !error; } @@ -8873,6 +10425,13 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); + // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644) + // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it. +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0) + g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f; +#endif + // Check user data // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); @@ -8895,252 +10454,307 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); #endif - // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. - if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) - g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; + // Error handling: we do not accept 100% silent recovery! Please contact me if you feel this is getting in your way. + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecovery) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert || g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog || g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip || g.ErrorCallback != NULL); + + // Remap legacy clipboard handlers (OBSOLETED in 1.91.1, August 2024) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn != NULL && (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn == NULL || g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn == Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl)) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext* ctx) { return ctx->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(ctx->IO.ClipboardUserData); }; + if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn != NULL && (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn == NULL || g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn == Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl)) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text) { return ctx->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(ctx->IO.ClipboardUserData, text); }; +#endif } static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); + IM_UNUSED(g); + IM_UNUSED(key_mods); IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); IM_UNUSED(key_mods); - // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame(). - //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); - - // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you - // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1) - { - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); - while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) - End(); - } - else - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); - } - } + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack[0].Window->IsFallbackWindow); +} - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!"); +// Save current stack sizes. Called e.g. by NewFrame() and by Begin() but may be called for manual recovery. +void ImGui::ErrorRecoveryStoreState(ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_out) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + state_out->SizeOfWindowStack = (short)g.CurrentWindowStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfIDStack = (short)g.CurrentWindow->IDStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfTreeStack = (short)g.CurrentWindow->DC.TreeDepth; // NOT g.TreeNodeStack.Size which is a partial stack! + state_out->SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; } -// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. -// Must be called during or before EndFrame(). -// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order. -// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. -// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin -void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +// Chosen name "Try to recover" over e.g. "Restore" to suggest this is not a 100% guaranteed recovery. +// Called by e.g. EndFrame() but may be called for manual recovery. +// Attempt to recover full window stack. +void ImGui::ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in) { // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044 + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfWindowStack) //-V1044 { - ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data); + // Recap: + // - Begin()/BeginChild() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped. + // - Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! + // - Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild logic is KNOWN TO BE INCONSISTENT WITH ALL OTHER BEGIN/END FUNCTIONS. + // - We will fix that in a future major update. ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) - { - IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow); - break; - } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndChild()"); EndChild(); } else { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing End()"); End(); } } + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == state_in->SizeOfWindowStack) + ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(state_in); } -// Must be called before End()/EndChild() -void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +// Called by e.g. End() but may be called for manual recovery. +// Read '// Error Handling [BETA]' block in imgui_internal.h for details. +// Attempt to recover from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. +void ImGui::ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + + while (g.CurrentTable != NULL && g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndTable()"); EndTable(); } ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin; - IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); - while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + + // FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL && g.CurrentTabBar->Window == window) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndTabBar()"); EndTabBar(); } - while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + while (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.CurrentMultiSelect->Storage->Window == window) //-V1044 + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndMultiSelect()"); + EndMultiSelect(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > state_in->SizeOfTreeStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing TreePop()"); TreePop(); } - while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 + while (g.GroupStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndGroup()"); EndGroup(); } - while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size == state_in->SizeOfGroupStack); + while (window->IDStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfIDStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopID()"); PopID(); } - while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 + while (g.DisabledStackSize > state_in->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name); - EndDisabled(); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndDisabled()"); + if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + EndDisabled(); + else + { + EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().DisabledOverrideReenable = false; + } } - while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack) + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize == state_in->SizeOfDisabledStack); + while (g.ColorStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfColorStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopStyleColor()"); PopStyleColor(); } - while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 + while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopItemFlag()"); PopItemFlag(); } - while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopStyleVar()"); PopStyleVar(); } - while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044 + while (g.FontStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopFont()"); + PopFont(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) //-V1044 + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopFocusScope()"); PopFocusScope(); } + //IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size == state_in->SizeOfFocusScopeStack); } -// Save current stack sizes for later compare -void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() +bool ImGui::ErrorLog(const char* msg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Output to debug log +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; - SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; - SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; - SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; - SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; - SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; - SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; - SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; - SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; + + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog) + { + if (g.ErrorFirst) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR("[imgui-error] (current settings: Assert=%d, Log=%d, Tooltip=%d)\n", + g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert, g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog, g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR("[imgui-error] In window '%s': %s\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL", msg); + } + g.ErrorFirst = false; + + // Output to tooltip + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip) + { + if (BeginErrorTooltip()) + { + if (g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame < 20) + { + Text("In window '%s': %s", window ? window->Name : "NULL", msg); + if (window && (!window->IsFallbackWindow || window->WasActive)) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + } + if (g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame == 20) + Text("(and more errors)"); + // EndFrame() will amend debug buttons to this window, after all errors have been submitted. + EndErrorTooltip(); + } + g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame++; + } +#endif + + // Output to callback + if (g.ErrorCallback != NULL) + g.ErrorCallback(&g, g.ErrorCallbackUserData, msg); + + // Return whether we should assert + return g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert; } -// Compare to detect usage errors -void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip() { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_UNUSED(window); + if (g.DebugDrawIdConflicts != 0 && g.IO.KeyCtrl == false) + g.DebugDrawIdConflictsCount = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount; + if (g.DebugDrawIdConflicts != 0 && g.DebugItemPickerActive == false && BeginErrorTooltip()) + { + Text("Programmer error: %d visible items with conflicting ID!", g.DebugDrawIdConflictsCount); + BulletText("Code should use PushID()/PopID() in loops, or append \"##xx\" to same-label identifiers!"); + BulletText("Empty label e.g. Button(\"\") == same ID as parent widget/node. Use Button(\"##xx\") instead!"); + //BulletText("Code intending to use duplicate ID may use e.g. PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag()"); // Not making this too visible for fear of it being abused. + BulletText("Set io.ConfigDebugDetectIdConflicts=false to disable this warning in non-programmers builds."); + Separator(); + Text("(Hold CTRL to: use"); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Item Picker")) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); + Text("to break in item call-stack, or"); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Open FAQ->About ID Stack System") && g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn != NULL) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn(&g, "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#qa-usage"); + EndErrorTooltip(); + } - // Window stacks - // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); + if (g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame > 0 && BeginErrorTooltip()) // Amend at end of frame + { + Separator(); + Text("(Hold CTRL to:"); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Enable Asserts")) + g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert = true; + //SameLine(); + //if (SmallButton("Hide Error Tooltips")) + // g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip = false; // Too dangerous + SameLine(0, 0); + Text(")"); + EndErrorTooltip(); + } +#endif +} - // Global stacks - // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!"); +// Pseudo-tooltip. Follow mouse until CTRL is held. When CTRL is held we lock position, allowing to click it. +bool ImGui::BeginErrorTooltip() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName("##Tooltip_Error"); + const bool use_locked_pos = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && window && window->WasActive); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_PopupBg, ImLerp(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg], ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), 0.15f)); + if (use_locked_pos) + SetNextWindowPos(g.ErrorTooltipLockedPos); + bool is_visible = Begin("##Tooltip_Error", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize); + PopStyleColor(); + if (is_visible && g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1) + { + SeparatorText("MESSAGE FROM DEAR IMGUI"); + BringWindowToDisplayFront(g.CurrentWindow); + BringWindowToFocusFront(g.CurrentWindow); + g.ErrorTooltipLockedPos = GetWindowPos(); + } + else if (!is_visible) + { + End(); + } + return is_visible; } +void ImGui::EndErrorTooltip() +{ + End(); +} //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] LAYOUT +// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ItemSize() +// - KeepAliveID() // - ItemAdd() -// - SameLine() -// - GetCursorScreenPos() -// - SetCursorScreenPos() -// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY() -// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY() -// - GetCursorStartPos() -// - Indent() -// - Unindent() -// - SetNextItemWidth() -// - PushItemWidth() -// - PushMultiItemsWidths() -// - PopItemWidth() -// - CalcItemWidth() -// - CalcItemSize() -// - GetTextLineHeight() -// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() -// - GetFrameHeight() -// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() -// - GetContentRegionMax() -// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] -// - GetContentRegionAvail(), -// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() -// - BeginGroup() -// - EndGroup() -// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Advance cursor given item size for layout. -// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. -// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) +// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). +void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset. - // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, - // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. - const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; - - const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y; - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); - - // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] - - window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; - window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; - window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; - - // Horizontal layout mode - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - SameLine(); + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; } // Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. // Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface // declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. +// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN) +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9151,14 +10765,15 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu g.LastItemData.ID = id; g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; - g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + // Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared. - // Directional navigation processing if (id != 0) { KeepAliveID(id); + // Directional navigation processing // Runs prior to clipping early-out // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests @@ -9170,42 +10785,52 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) { + // FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test. window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)) NavProcessItem(); } - // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". - // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". - // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq - IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut) + ItemHandleShortcut(id); } + + // Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data. g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (id != 0) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData); #endif // Clipping test - // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) - //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); - //if (is_clipped) - // return false; + // (this is an inline copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value, otherwise we'd do 'if (IsClippedEx(bb, id)) return false') + // g.NavActivateId is not necessarily == g.NavId, in the case of remote activation (e.g. shortcuts) const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect); if (!is_rect_visible) - if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) - if (!g.LogEnabled) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId)) + if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog) return false; // [DEBUG] #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS - if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId) - DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); -#endif + if (id != 0) + { + if (id == g.DebugLocateId) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); + + // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". + // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq + IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + } //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0) + // window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG] +#endif // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) if (is_rect_visible) @@ -9214,11 +10839,83 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LAYOUT +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ItemSize() +// - SameLine() +// - GetCursorScreenPos() +// - SetCursorScreenPos() +// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY() +// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY() +// - GetCursorStartPos() +// - Indent() +// - Unindent() +// - SetNextItemWidth() +// - PushItemWidth() +// - PushMultiItemsWidths() +// - PopItemWidth() +// - CalcItemWidth() +// - CalcItemSize() +// - GetTextLineHeight() +// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetFrameHeight() +// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() +// - GetContentRegionMax() +// - GetContentRegionAvail(), +// - BeginGroup() +// - EndGroup() +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Advance cursor given item size for layout. +// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. +// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. +// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset. + // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, + // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. + const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; + + const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + + // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] + + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; + + // Horizontal layout mode + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + SameLine(); +} +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout // offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item // offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) -// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0 // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { @@ -9252,9 +10949,6 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } -// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. -// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) -// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -9351,20 +11045,30 @@ void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(components > 0); const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; + float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1); + float prev_split = w_items; + for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--) + { + float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(ImMax(prev_split - next_split, 1.0f)); + prev_split = next_split; + } + window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(prev_split, 1.0f); g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } void ImGui::PopItemWidth() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopItemWidth() too many times!"); + return; + } window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); } @@ -9382,10 +11086,10 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() w = window->DC.ItemWidth; if (w < 0.0f) { - float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; - w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); + float region_avail_x = GetContentRegionAvail().x; + w = ImMax(1.0f, region_avail_x + w); } - w = IM_FLOOR(w); + w = IM_TRUNC(w); return w; } @@ -9395,22 +11099,19 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() // The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - ImVec2 region_max; + ImVec2 avail; if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) - region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); if (size.x == 0.0f) size.x = default_w; else if (size.x < 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); + size.x = ImMax(4.0f, avail.x + size.x); // <-- size.x is negative here so we are subtracting if (size.y == 0.0f) size.y = default_h; else if (size.y < 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); + size.y = ImMax(4.0f, avail.y + size.y); // <-- size.y is negative here so we are subtracting return size; } @@ -9439,37 +11140,23 @@ float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; } -// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience! - -// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; - return mx; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + return mx - window->DC.CursorPos; } -// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; - return mx; -} +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() +// You should never need those functions. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! +// They are bizarre local-coordinates which don't play well with scrolling. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; + return GetContentRegionAvail() + GetCursorScreenPos() - GetWindowPos(); } -// In window space (not screen space!) ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; @@ -9481,6 +11168,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; } +#endif // Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) // Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. @@ -9494,6 +11182,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); group_data.WindowID = window->ID; group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine; group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; @@ -9501,6 +11190,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; + group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine; group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; group_data.EmitItem = true; @@ -9524,14 +11214,16 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() if (window->DC.IsSetPos) ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); - ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); - + // Include LastItemData.Rect.Max as a workaround for e.g. EndTable() undershooting with CursorMaxPos report. (#7543) + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max), group_data.BackupCursorPos)); window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, group_bb.Max); window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine; if (g.LogEnabled) g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return @@ -9541,7 +11233,7 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() return; } - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); @@ -9572,7 +11264,8 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; g.GroupStack.pop_back(); - //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] + if (g.DebugShowGroupRects) + window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] } @@ -9611,7 +11304,7 @@ static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) } scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]); } - scroll[axis] = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); + scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]); } @@ -9666,7 +11359,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) { if (can_be_fully_visible_x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); else SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); } @@ -9681,7 +11374,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) { if (can_be_fully_visible_y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); else SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); } @@ -9766,7 +11459,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; } @@ -9774,7 +11467,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; } @@ -9821,41 +11514,62 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +bool ImGui::BeginTooltip() { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip() +{ + if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + return false; + return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); } -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) +bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget) + const bool is_dragdrop_tooltip = g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget; + if (is_dragdrop_tooltip) { - // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) - // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. - // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips: + // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse. + // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary. + // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping. + // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones). //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; - ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); - SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); + const bool is_touchscreen = (g.IO.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen); + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + { + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = is_touchscreen ? (g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH * g.Style.MouseCursorScale) : (g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + ImVec2 tooltip_pivot = is_touchscreen ? TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos, ImGuiCond_None, tooltip_pivot); + } + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( - tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip; + tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious; } - char window_name[16]; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); - if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) - if (window->Active) - { - // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - window->Hidden = true; - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); - } + const char* window_name_template = is_dragdrop_tooltip ? "##Tooltip_DragDrop_%02d" : "##Tooltip_%02d"; + char window_name[32]; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), window_name_template, g.TooltipOverrideCount); + if ((tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious) && g.TooltipPreviousWindow != NULL && g.TooltipPreviousWindow->Active) + { + // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[tooltip] '%s' already active, using +1 for this frame\n", window_name); + SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.TooltipPreviousWindow); + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), window_name_template, ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); + } ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags); + // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true. + // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly. + //if (!ret) + // End(); + //return ret; + return true; } void ImGui::EndTooltip() @@ -9864,21 +11578,40 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip() End(); } +void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; TextV(fmt, args); EndTooltip(); } -void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'. +// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse. +void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) { va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); va_end(args); } +void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] POPUPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -9924,6 +11657,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); } +// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL) ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9934,6 +11668,7 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() return NULL; } +// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for. ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9948,7 +11683,7 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id); OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } @@ -9968,13 +11703,13 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) - if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) return; ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. popup_ref.PopupId = id; popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). + popup_ref.RestoreNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); @@ -9987,17 +11722,23 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) } else { - // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui - // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing - // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. - if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) + // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frames: it is likely a programming mistake! + // However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui would become completely unusable because the popup will always be + // in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which is extremely confusing situation for the programmer. + // Instead, for successive frames calls to OpenPopup(), we silently avoid reopening even if ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen is not specified. + bool keep_existing = false; + if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) + if ((g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) || (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen)) + keep_existing = true; + if (keep_existing) { + // No reopen g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; } else { - // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen - ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false); + // Reopen: close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen (set position, focus, init navigation) + ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, true); g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); } @@ -10017,6 +11758,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to return; // Don't close our own child popup windows. + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") restore_under=%d\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "", restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); int popup_count_to_keep = 0; if (ref_window) { @@ -10027,14 +11769,15 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to if (!popup.Window) continue; IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); - if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - continue; // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) - // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: - // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3 + // - Clicking/Focusing Window2 won't close Popup1: + // Window -> Popup1 -> Window2(Ref) + // - Clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: + // Window -> Popup1(Ref) -> Popup2 -> Popup3 // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow! // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child + // We step through every popup from bottom to top to validate their position relative to reference window. bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false; for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window) @@ -10062,7 +11805,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; - if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) break; } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below @@ -10072,28 +11815,25 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_under=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) + for (int n = remaining; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] - Closing PopupID 0x%08X Window \"%s\"\n", g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId, g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window ? g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window->Name : NULL); // Trim open popup stack - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; - ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow; + ImGuiPopupData prev_popup = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining]; g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); - if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) + // Restore focus (unless popup window was not yet submitted, and didn't have a chance to take focus anyhow. See #7325 for an edge case) + if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup && prev_popup.Window) { - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; - if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) - { - // Fallback - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); - } + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = prev_popup.Window; + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : prev_popup.RestoreNavWindow; + if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback else - { - if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) - focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - } + FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None); } } @@ -10128,8 +11868,8 @@ void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; } -// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()! -bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags when calling BeginPopupEx()! +bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) @@ -10139,16 +11879,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } char name[20]; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth + if (extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth else ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup; - bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags); + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_window_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) EndPopup(); + //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack; + return is_open; } @@ -10166,7 +11907,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } // If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. -// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. +// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup). +// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open. +// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup. bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10175,6 +11918,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) { g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + if (p_open && *p_open) + *p_open = false; return false; } @@ -10406,15 +12151,32 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { - // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) - float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; - ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries) + // FIXME: + // - Too many paths. One problem is that FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx() doesn't allow passing a suggested position (so touch screen path doesn't use it by default). + // - Drag and drop tooltips are not using this path either: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position. + // - Require some tidying up. In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling + // as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetNextWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin(). + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + + if (g.IO.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen) + { + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH * scale - (TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH * window->Size); + if (r_outer.Contains(ImRect(tooltip_pos, tooltip_pos + window->Size))) + return tooltip_pos; + } + + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE * scale; ImRect r_avoid; if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); else - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); + + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); } IM_ASSERT(0); return window->Pos; @@ -10435,11 +12197,25 @@ void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); g.NavWindow = window; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +void ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavHighlightActivatedId = id; + g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER; +} + +void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX; +} + void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10447,9 +12223,13 @@ void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + SetNavFocusScope(focus_scope_id); g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; + + // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it) + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); } void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -10465,47 +12245,37 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; if (g.LastItemData.ID == id) window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; else g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + + // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it) + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); } -ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) { if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; } -static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max) { - if (a1 < b0) - return a1 - b0; - if (b1 < a0) - return a0 - b1; + if (cand_max < curr_min) + return cand_max - curr_min; + if (curr_max < cand_min) + return cand_min - curr_max; return 0.0f; } -static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - } - else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None - { - r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - } -} - // Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { @@ -10522,16 +12292,12 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) { - IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + IM_ASSERT((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened); if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand)) return false; cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window } - // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensures that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. - NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); - // Compute distance between boxes // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); @@ -10551,6 +12317,9 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) { // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Quadrant may be incorrect because of (1) dbx bias and (2) curr.Max.y bias applied by NavBiasScoringRect() where typically curr.Max.y==curr.Min.y + // One typical case where this happens, with style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right, pressing Left to navigate from Close to Collapse tends to fail. + // Also see #6344. Calling ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta() with unbiased values may be good but side-effects are plenty. dax = dbx; day = dby; dist_axial = dist_box; @@ -10570,32 +12339,41 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; } + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - char buf[128]; - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + char buf[200]; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate. { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); - draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); - } - else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. - { - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + if (quadrant == move_dir) { ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } + const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max); + const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)); + if (debug_hovering || debug_tty) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "d-box (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c", + dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]); + if (debug_hovering) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); } + } #endif // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? bool new_best = false; - const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; if (quadrant == move_dir) { // Does it beat the current best candidate? @@ -10649,27 +12427,47 @@ static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); + if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData. + } +} + +// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. +// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent. +void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); } // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -// This is called after LastItemData is set. +// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid. static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; - const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221) + if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false) + { + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + } + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + // Process Init Request if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; - if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) { - g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult); } if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus) { @@ -10680,20 +12478,18 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { - const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; - const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; - if (is_tabbing) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) == 0) { - if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)) - NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id); - } - else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) - { - ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; - if (!is_tabbing) + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0; + if (is_tabbing) + { + NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags); + } + else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) { + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; if (NavScoreItem(result)) NavApplyItemToResult(result); @@ -10707,15 +12503,21 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() } } - // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + // Update information for currently focused/navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { if (g.NavWindow != window) SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); // Will set g.NavFocusScopeId AND store g.NavFocusScopePath g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData. + } + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) } } @@ -10726,18 +12528,35 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request // - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing // - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested -void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0) + { + if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + return; + } + + // - Can always land on an item when using API call. + // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item. + // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only. + bool can_stop; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) + can_stop = true; + else + can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)); + // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows) ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal; if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1) { // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0 - if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); - if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); else if (g.NavId == id) g.NavTabbingCounter = 1; @@ -10753,16 +12572,18 @@ void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } } - else + else if (can_stop) { + // Keep applying until reaching NavId NavApplyItemToResult(result); } } else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0) { - // Tab Init - if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) - NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + if (can_stop && g.NavId == id) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); } } @@ -10777,8 +12598,9 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestSubmit: dir %c, window \"%s\"\n", "-WENS"[move_dir + 1], g.NavWindow->Name); - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; @@ -10788,7 +12610,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags; g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; - g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods; g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); @@ -10805,6 +12627,19 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper). + g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect; + NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult() + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10830,10 +12665,12 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNav void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY - // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test + IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it: + // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(). if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; + g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags; } // FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). @@ -10863,6 +12700,7 @@ void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) { ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; if (prev_nav_window) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); } @@ -10902,7 +12740,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) { g.NavId = 0; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; + SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId); return; } @@ -10915,14 +12753,13 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } else { g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; + SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId); } } @@ -10930,7 +12767,10 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) + const bool activated_shortcut = g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdFromShortcut && g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID; + + // Testing for !activated_shortcut here could in theory be removed if we decided that activating a remote shortcut altered one of the g.NavDisableXXX flag. + if ((g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) && !activated_shortcut) { // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard. @@ -10941,16 +12781,21 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() else { // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item + ImRect ref_rect; + if (activated_shortcut) + ref_rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + else + ref_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); + // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?) - ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX)) { ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); - rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); + ref_rect.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); } - ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(ref_rect.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, ref_rect.GetWidth()), ref_rect.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, ref_rect.GetHeight())); ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + return ImTrunc(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. } } @@ -11001,12 +12846,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0; + if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0) NavInitRequestApplyResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; // Process navigation move request if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) @@ -11039,14 +12885,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() NavUpdateCancelRequest(); // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); - const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); - const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); - const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); + const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)); + const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; @@ -11054,27 +12900,33 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() } if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed) { - g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; } - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down)) g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed)) + { g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; + NavHighlightActivated(g.NavId); + } } if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; if (g.NavActivateId != 0) IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); + // Highlight + if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer > 0.0f) + g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = ImMax(0.0f, g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer - io.DeltaTime); + if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer == 0.0f) + g.NavHighlightActivatedId = 0; + // Process programmatic activation request // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others) if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) { - if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) - g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; - else - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags; } g.NavNextActivateId = 0; @@ -11093,12 +12945,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); } // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick @@ -11108,9 +12960,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); } } @@ -11124,20 +12976,16 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // Update mouse position if requested // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied) if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { - io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - io.WantSetMousePos = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); - } + TeleportMousePos(NavCalcPreferredRefPos()); // [DEBUG] g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS - if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow) { - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); - if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG] - if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window); + int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } + //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } } #endif } @@ -11149,15 +12997,53 @@ void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() if (!g.NavWindow) return; + ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult; + if (g.NavId != result->ID) + { + g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = g.NavFocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false; + g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0; + } + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result + if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData; if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } +// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position +static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + // Bias initial rect + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos; + + // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias. + // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column. + // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse. + if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + { + if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX) + preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x; + if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX) + preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y; + } + + // Apply general bias on the other axis + if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX) + r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x; + else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX) + r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y; +} + void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11183,10 +13069,10 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } } g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); @@ -11203,13 +13089,15 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); } - // [DEBUG] Always send a request + // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction. #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) - g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); - if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + // g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl) { - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; } #endif @@ -11224,21 +13112,26 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; g.NavDisableHighlight = false; } // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. - // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad all movements are relative - // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, + // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded)) { bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0; bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0; ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); + + // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171) + // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame. + inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll); + if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; @@ -11257,9 +13150,9 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel); scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); - scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); - scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) + NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags); + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] } @@ -11275,19 +13168,22 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) return; - const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; + const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; if (!tab_pressed) return; // Initiate tabbing request // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) - // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. - //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything - g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + else + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; } @@ -11304,17 +13200,20 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; // Tabbing forward wrap - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL) if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (result == NULL) { - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; - if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n"); return; } @@ -11332,55 +13231,73 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { + ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); + ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY) { - // FIXME: Should remove this + // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge? float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); } - else - { - ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); - ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); - } } if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); g.NavWindow = result->Window; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } - if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) + + // Clear active id unless requested not to + // FIXME: ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId is currently unused as we don't have a clear strategy to preserve active id after interaction, + // so this is mostly provided as a gateway for further experiments (see #1418, #2890) + if (g.ActiveId != result->ID && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId) == 0) ClearActiveID(); - if (g.NavId != result->ID) + + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior. + if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0) { - // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = g.NavFocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; + g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0; + g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0x%08X, NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0x%08X\n", g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId, g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId); } - // Focus + // Apply new NavID/Focus IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer]; SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData; - // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + // Restore last preferred position for current axis + // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0) { - g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis]; + g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel; } + // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0) + g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; + // Activate if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate) { g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing; } // Enable nav highlight - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } @@ -11393,7 +13310,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) + if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) return; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n"); @@ -11407,15 +13324,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } - else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow) { // Exit child window - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window->ParentWindow; IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); - ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_window->Rect())); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) @@ -11443,22 +13359,22 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) return 0.0f; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out return 0.0f; if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) { // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); else if (home_pressed) SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); @@ -11475,14 +13391,14 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) { nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (home_pressed) { @@ -11521,8 +13437,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() // Perform wrap-around in menus // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. - const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; - if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); } @@ -11534,7 +13449,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() bool do_forward = false; ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags; + //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) { bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; @@ -11578,6 +13495,8 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() if (!do_forward) return; window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); } @@ -11631,7 +13550,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() bool apply_toggle_layer = false; ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal. if (!allow_windowing) g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; @@ -11644,11 +13563,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection + // (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab) + const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing"); const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); - const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); - const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None); + const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id); + const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id); + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, ImGuiInputFlags_None); const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard! if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) @@ -11658,6 +13579,10 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + + // Manually register ownership of our mods. Using a global route in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects. + if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window) + SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id); } // Gamepad update @@ -11701,28 +13626,37 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. - // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. - if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) - { - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; - } + const ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_RightAlt }; + bool windowing_toggle_layer_start = false; + for (ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_key : windowing_toggle_keys) + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(windowing_toggle_key, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) + { + windowing_toggle_layer_start = true; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; + g.NavWindowingToggleKey = windowing_toggle_key; + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + break; + } if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) { // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370) // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439) + // - AltGR is Alt+Ctrl on some layout but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key. - if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false) + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + else if (windowing_toggle_layer_start == false && g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime == g.Time) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + else if (TestKeyOwner(g.NavWindowingToggleKey, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - // Apply layer toggle on release + // Apply layer toggle on Alt release // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. - if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiMod_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (IsKeyReleased(g.NavWindowingToggleKey) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) apply_toggle_layer = true; - if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) + if (!IsKeyDown(g.NavWindowingToggleKey)) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } @@ -11740,7 +13674,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) { ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; @@ -11755,9 +13689,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() { ClearActiveID(); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); - apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow; if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); @@ -11832,6 +13766,8 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + if (g.ContextName[0] != 0) + SeparatorText(g.ContextName); for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; @@ -11861,6 +13797,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive() void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DragDropActive) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] ClearDragDrop()\n"); g.DragDropActive = false; g.DragDropPayload.Clear(); g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; @@ -11872,6 +13810,14 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } +bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool ret = Begin("##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize); + SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow); + return ret; +} + // When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() // If the item has an identifier: // - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). @@ -11891,7 +13837,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) bool source_drag_active = false; ImGuiID source_id = 0; ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + if ((flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) == 0) { source_id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (source_id != 0) @@ -11928,7 +13874,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); KeepAliveID(source_id); - bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { SetActiveID(source_id, window); @@ -11947,48 +13893,55 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) } else { + // When ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern is set: window = NULL; source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern"); source_drag_active = true; + mouse_button = g.IO.MouseDown[0] ? 0 : -1; + KeepAliveID(source_id); + SetActiveID(source_id, NULL); } - if (source_drag_active) - { - if (!g.DragDropActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); - ClearDragDrop(); - ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; - payload.SourceId = source_id; - payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; - g.DragDropActive = true; - g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; - g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; - if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) - g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; - } - g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() + if (!source_drag_active) + return false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) - // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. - BeginTooltip(); - if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; - tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; - tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } - } + // Activate drag and drop + if (!g.DragDropActive) + { + IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); + ClearDragDrop(); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] BeginDragDropSource() DragDropActive = true, source_id = 0x%08X%s\n", + source_id, (flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) ? " (EXTERN)" : ""); + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + payload.SourceId = source_id; + payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; + g.DragDropActive = true; + g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; + g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + } + g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) + // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. + bool ret; + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) + ret = BeginTooltipHidden(); + else + ret = BeginTooltip(); + IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(). + IM_UNUSED(ret); + } - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; - return true; - } - return false; + return true; } void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() @@ -12018,7 +13971,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); - IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() + IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1) { @@ -12067,15 +14020,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) if (window->SkipItems) return false; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overridden by user depending on use case? g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; } // We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. // 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. // Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() @@ -12101,8 +14055,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect; g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; @@ -12117,7 +14072,6 @@ bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted() const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? @@ -12129,31 +14083,47 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) - { - g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; - } + if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + return NULL; + + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId); // Render default drop visuals payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + RenderDragDropTargetRect(r, g.DragDropTargetClipRect); g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() + if ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) && g.DragDropMouseButton == -1) + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount); + else + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery)) return NULL; + if (payload.Delivery) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] AcceptDragDropPayload(): 0x%08X: payload delivery\n", g.DragDropTargetId); return &payload; } -// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. -void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb) +// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. +void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect) { - GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImRect bb_display = bb; + bb_display.ClipWith(item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible. + bb_display.Expand(3.5f); + bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display); + if (push_clip_rect) + window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb_display.Min, bb_display.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + if (push_clip_rect) + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() @@ -12162,13 +14132,16 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; } -// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget); g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + + // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery + if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery) + ClearDragDrop(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12283,7 +14256,7 @@ void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false); IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); - g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = true; g.LogType = type; g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; @@ -12382,7 +14355,7 @@ void ImGui::LogFinish() break; } - g.LogEnabled = false; + g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = false; g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; g.LogFile = NULL; g.LogBuffer.clear(); @@ -12402,10 +14375,10 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() #endif const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); - PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopItemFlag(); PopID(); // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log @@ -12423,15 +14396,17 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - UpdateSettings() [Internal] // - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] -// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] -// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] -// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] // - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] // - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] // - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() // - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() // - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() // - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal] +// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal] // - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12478,44 +14453,6 @@ void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; } -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - -#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) - name = p; -#endif - const size_t name_len = strlen(name); - - // Allocate chunk - const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); - settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); - memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator - - return settings; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - if (settings->ID == id) - return settings; - return NULL; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) - return settings; - return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); -} - void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -12534,19 +14471,20 @@ ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash) + return &handler; return NULL; } +// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.) void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.SettingsIniData.clear(); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL) + handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -12561,6 +14499,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) } // Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty! void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -12580,9 +14519,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) // Call pre-read handlers // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL) + handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler); void* entry_data = NULL; ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; @@ -12626,57 +14565,114 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); // Call post-read handlers - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL) + handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler); +} + +void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + if (!ini_filename) + return; + + size_t ini_data_size = 0; + const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); + ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); + if (!f) + return; + ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); + ImFileClose(f); +} + +// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer +const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData); + if (out_size) + *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); + return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false) + { + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; + } + const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + + // Allocate chunk + const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); + settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); + memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + + return settings; +} + +// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names. +// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window. +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete) + return settings; + return NULL; } -void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) +// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search. +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - if (!ini_filename) - return; - - size_t ini_data_size = 0; - const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); - ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); - if (!f) - return; - ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); - ImFileClose(f); + if (window->SettingsOffset != -1) + return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset); + return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID); } -// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer -const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) +// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more. +void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); - g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name); + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); + if (window != NULL) { - ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL); } - if (out_size) - *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); - return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name))) + settings->WantDelete = true; } static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + window->SettingsOffset = -1; g.SettingsWindows.clear(); } static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) { - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); - ImGuiID id = settings->ID; - *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id); + if (settings) + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + else + settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name); settings->ID = id; settings->WantApply = true; return (void*)settings; @@ -12690,6 +14686,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } + else if (sscanf(line, "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); } } // Apply to existing windows (if any) @@ -12710,13 +14707,12 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl // Gather data from windows that were active during this session // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) continue; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window); if (!settings) { settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); @@ -12725,19 +14721,31 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos); settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull); - + settings->IsChild = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0; settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + settings->WantDelete = false; } // Write to text buffer buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) { + if (settings->WantDelete) + continue; const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); - buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); - buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); - buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + if (settings->IsChild) + { + buf->appendf("IsChild=1\n"); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + } + else + { + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + if (settings->Collapsed) + buf->appendf("Collapsed=1\n"); + } buf->append("\n"); } } @@ -12788,14 +14796,13 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - - // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. - viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin; - viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax; - viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars + // Setup initial value for functions like BeginMainMenuBar(), DockSpaceOverViewport() etc. + viewport->WorkInsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin; + viewport->WorkInsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax; + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); } } @@ -12810,6 +14817,10 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Default clipboard handlers +// - Default shell function handlers +// - Default IME handlers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) @@ -12820,9 +14831,9 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // Win32 clipboard implementation // We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown() -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return NULL; @@ -12843,7 +14854,7 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; } -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* text) { if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return; @@ -12870,7 +14881,7 @@ static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0; // OSX clipboard implementation // If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line! -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* text) { if (!main_clipboard) PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); @@ -12883,8 +14894,9 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) } } -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx) { + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; if (!main_clipboard) PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); @@ -12902,7 +14914,6 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) CFDataRef cf_data; if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1); @@ -12919,15 +14930,15 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) #else // Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin(); } -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); @@ -12935,7 +14946,61 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; } +#endif // Default clipboard handlers + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#if defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include // ShellExecuteA() +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "shell32") +#endif +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) +{ + return (INT_PTR)::ShellExecuteA(NULL, "open", path, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWDEFAULT) > 32; +} +#else +#include +#include +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) +{ +#if defined(__APPLE__) + const char* args[] { "open", "--", path, NULL }; +#else + const char* args[] { "xdg-open", path, NULL }; +#endif + pid_t pid = fork(); + if (pid < 0) + return false; + if (!pid) + { + execvp(args[0], const_cast(args)); + exit(-1); + } + else + { + int status; + waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return WEXITSTATUS(status) == 0; + } +} #endif +#else +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char*) { return false; } +#endif // Default shell handlers + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -12945,14 +15010,10 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) #pragma comment(lib, "imm32") #endif -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +static void Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) { // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (hwnd == 0) - hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle; -#endif if (hwnd == 0) return; @@ -12975,14 +15036,14 @@ static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatf #else -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} +static void Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} -#endif +#endif // Default IME handlers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] +// - DebugRenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] // - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] // - DebugTextEncoding() // - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] @@ -13013,16 +15074,15 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; float alpha_mul = 1.0f; window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) continue; ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); - thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); - title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y + title_r.GetHeight() * 3.0f) * scale)); // Exaggerate title bar height thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); @@ -13032,6 +15092,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name)); } draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + if (viewport->ID == g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); } static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() @@ -13039,16 +15101,14 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; - ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + ImRect bb_full(g.Viewports[0]->Pos, g.Viewports[0]->Pos + g.Viewports[0]->Size); ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + + // Draw viewports + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); } @@ -13058,14 +15118,15 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) { - const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); - const float key_rounding = 3.0f; - const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); - const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); - const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; - const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f; + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale; + const float key_rounding = 3.0f * scale; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale; + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale; + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale; const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); - const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale; ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); @@ -13098,7 +15159,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); - if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); } draw_list->PopClipRect(); @@ -13108,7 +15169,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) { Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); - if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) return; TableSetupColumn("Offset"); TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); @@ -13140,13 +15201,41 @@ void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) EndTable(); } +static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT) + g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; +} + +// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls. +void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + DebugFlashStyleColorStop(); + g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx]; +} + +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f) + return; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(ImCos(g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z); + g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f; + if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f) + DebugFlashStyleColorStop(); +} + // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); @@ -13157,17 +15246,19 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) // [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; PushID(font); DebugNodeFont(font); PopID(); } - if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons + ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); TreePop(); } @@ -13180,8 +15271,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); - if (cfg->ShowStackTool) - ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); + if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool) + ShowIDStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowIDStackTool); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -13189,11 +15280,19 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) return; } + // [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle. + DebugBreakClearData(); + // Basic info - Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); + Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + if (g.ContextName[0] != 0) + { + SameLine(); + Text("(Context Name: \"%s\")", g.ContextName); + } Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + Text("%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount); //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } Separator(); @@ -13222,8 +15321,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -13237,7 +15336,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -13248,34 +15347,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Tools if (TreeNode("Tools")) { - bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); - SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); - if (show_encoding_viewer) - { - static char buf[100] = ""; - SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - if (buf[0] != 0) - DebugTextEncoding(buf); - TreePop(); - } - + // Debug Break features // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) - DebugStartItemPicker(); + SeparatorTextEx(0, "Debug breaks", NULL, CalcTextSize("(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + Checkbox("Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections (io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)", &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent); + + SeparatorText("Visualize"); - // Stack Tool is your best friend! Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); - // Stack Tool is your best friend! - Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + Checkbox("Show ID Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowIDStackTool); SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code."); Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); @@ -13338,6 +15427,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Unindent(); } } + Checkbox("Show groups rectangles", &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data + + SeparatorText("Validate"); + + Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + + Checkbox("UTF-8 Encoding viewer", &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer) + { + static char buf[64] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + } TreePop(); } @@ -13353,9 +15461,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; temp_buffer.resize(0); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) - temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(window); struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); @@ -13367,44 +15475,44 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // DrawLists int drawlist_count = 0; - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) - drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size; if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) { Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); - } + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); TreePop(); } // Viewports if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) { - Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - RenderViewportsThumbnails(); - Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (TreeNode("Windows Minimap")) + { + RenderViewportsThumbnails(); + TreePop(); + } + cfg->HighlightViewportID = 0; + + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + DebugNodeViewport(viewport); TreePop(); } // Details for Popups if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. - const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; - ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; - BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", - popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", - popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), RestoreNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", + popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data.RestoreNavWindow ? popup_data.RestoreNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } TreePop(); } @@ -13446,6 +15554,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Details for TypingSelect + if (TreeNode("TypingSelect", "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0)) + { + DebugNodeTypingSelectState(&g.TypingSelectState); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for MultiSelect + if (TreeNode("MultiSelect", "MultiSelect (%d)", g.MultiSelectStorage.GetAliveCount())) + { + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + BulletText("BoxSelect ID=0x%08X, Starting = %d, Active %d", bs->ID, bs->IsStarting, bs->IsActive); + for (int n = 0; n < g.MultiSelectStorage.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiMultiSelectState* state = g.MultiSelectStorage.TryGetMapData(n)) + DebugNodeMultiSelectState(state); + TreePop(); + } + // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK if (TreeNode("Docking")) @@ -13470,11 +15596,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); else TextUnformatted(""); + Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings); Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) - BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName); TreePop(); } if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) @@ -13502,17 +15629,38 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Settings + if (TreeNode("Memory allocations")) + { + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo; + Text("%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount); + if (SmallButton("GC now")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } + Text("Recent frames with allocations:"); + int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf); + for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size]; + BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d alloc, %2d free )", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount); + if (n == 0) + { + SameLine(); + Text("<- %d frames ago", g.FrameCount - entry->FrameCount); + } + } + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("Inputs")) { Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS"); { // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. - // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. Indent(); #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; #else - struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array //Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } } #endif Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } @@ -13537,6 +15685,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); } Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); } Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer); + Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource)); Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused Unindent(); } @@ -13553,41 +15703,44 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("KEY OWNERS"); { Indent(); - if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) - { + if (BeginChild("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); - if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) continue; Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr, owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : ""); DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr); } - EndListBox(); - } + EndChild(); Unindent(); } Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches."); { Indent(); - if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) - { + if (BeginChild("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; ) { - char key_chord_name[64]; ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; - GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)); - Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr); + ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods; + Text("%s: 0x%08X (scored %d)", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), routing_data->RoutingCurr, routing_data->RoutingCurrScore); DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) + { + SameLine(); + if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord")) + g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord; + } idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex; } } - EndListBox(); - } + EndChild(); Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Unindent(); } @@ -13611,7 +15764,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame - Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); + Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer); Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); Unindent(); @@ -13622,11 +15775,20 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId); Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); + Text("NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData); Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId); + Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId); Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); + Text("NavFocusRoute[] = "); + for (int path_n = g.NavFocusRoute.Size - 1; path_n >= 0; path_n--) + { + const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope = g.NavFocusRoute[path_n]; + SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + Text("0x%08X/", focus_scope.ID); + SetItemTooltip("In window \"%s\"", FindWindowByID(focus_scope.WindowID)->Name); + } Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); Unindent(); @@ -13636,9 +15798,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; if (!window->WasActive) continue; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); @@ -13695,21 +15856,90 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) End(); } +void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData() +{ + // Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0; + g.DebugBreakInTable = 0; + g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; +} + +void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location) +{ + if (!BeginItemTooltip()) + return; + Text("To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location); + Separator(); + TextUnformatted(keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space."); + Separator(); + TextUnformatted("Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!"); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc. +// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into. +bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y); + + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + // WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects. + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, g.CurrentItemFlags); + bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(0) || g.NavActivateId == id); + DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, description_of_location); + + ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImVec4 hsv; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z, hsv.x, hsv.y, hsv.z); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv.x + 0.20f, hsv.y, hsv.z, col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z); + + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col4f), true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) { if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) return; BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm)); TreePop(); } +static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id) +{ + union { void* ptr; int integer; } tex_id_opaque; + memcpy(&tex_id_opaque, &tex_id, ImMin(sizeof(void*), sizeof(tex_id))); + if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*)) + ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%p", tex_id_opaque.ptr); + else + ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%04X", tex_id_opaque.integer); +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList -void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(viewport); // Used in docking branch ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) @@ -13741,10 +15971,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, continue; } + char texid_desc[20]; + FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), pcmd->TextureId); char buf[300]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", - pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, - pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); @@ -13824,8 +16055,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, co // Draw bounding boxes if (show_aabb) { - out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU - out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(clip_rect.Min), ImTrunc(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Min), ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles } out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; } @@ -13850,7 +16081,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8); DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker( - "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" + "Note that the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. " "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. " "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n" @@ -13907,9 +16138,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) if (!glyph) continue; font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip()) { - BeginTooltip(); DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); EndTooltip(); } @@ -13937,10 +16167,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) { if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + for (const ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data) { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + DebugLocateItemOnHover(p.key); } TreePop(); } @@ -13953,13 +16183,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) char* p = buf; const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", - tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???"); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab)); } p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } @@ -13976,12 +16204,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) { for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { - const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; PushID(tab); if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f", - tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); PopID(); } TreePop(); @@ -13990,20 +16218,23 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0)) + bool open = TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0); + if (IsItemHovered()) + g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID; + if (open) { ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; - BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f", + BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Inset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f", viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, - viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y); + viewport->WorkInsetMin.x, viewport->WorkInsetMin.y, viewport->WorkInsetMax.x, viewport->WorkInsetMax.y); BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : ""); - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); TreePop(); } } @@ -14030,13 +16261,22 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) if (window->MemoryCompacted) TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in Begin()")) + g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + BulletText("ChildFlags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s..)", window->ChildFlags, + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_Borders) ? "Borders " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? "ResizeX " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? "ResizeY " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? "NavFlattened " : ""); BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); @@ -14049,14 +16289,18 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]); } + const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel; + for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++) + BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater. BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } - if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } + if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } + if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute, "ParentWindowForFocusRoute"); } + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage) + DebugNodeColumns(&columns); TreePop(); } DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); @@ -14065,8 +16309,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { + if (settings->WantDelete) + BeginDisabled(); Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); + if (settings->WantDelete) + EndDisabled(); } void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) @@ -14116,17 +16364,62 @@ void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); - g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); + if (g.ContextName[0] != 0) + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%s] [%05d] ", g.ContextName, g.FrameCount); + else + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); - g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + // IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG() adds a trailing \n automatically + const int new_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); + const bool trailing_carriage_return = (g.DebugLogBuf[new_size - 1] == '\n'); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%.*s", new_size - old_size - (trailing_carriage_return ? 1 : 0), g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); +#endif +} + +// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout. +static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y); + if (window->WorkRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + ImGui::SameLine(); +} + +static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout. + + bool highlight_errors = (flags == ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError && g.DebugLogSkippedErrors > 0); + if (highlight_errors) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImLerp(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text], ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), 0.30f)); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(name, &g.DebugLogFlags, flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0) + { + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2; + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags; + } + if (highlight_errors) + { + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("%d past errors skipped.", g.DebugLogSkippedErrors); + } + else + { + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)"); + } } void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -14134,49 +16427,56 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) return; } - AlignTextToFramePadding(); - Text("Log events:"); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + ImGuiDebugLogFlags all_enable_flags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ & ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting; + CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, all_enable_flags); + SetItemTooltip("(except InputRouting which is spammy)"); + + ShowDebugLogFlag("Errors", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError); + ShowDebugLogFlag("ActiveId", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Clipper", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Focus", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); + ShowDebugLogFlag("InputRouting", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting); if (SmallButton("Clear")) { g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + g.DebugLogSkippedErrors = 0; } SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Copy")) SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); - BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Configure Outputs..")) + OpenPopup("Outputs"); + if (BeginPopup("Outputs")) + { + CheckboxFlags("OutputToTTY", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY); +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + BeginDisabled(); +#endif + CheckboxFlags("OutputToTestEngine", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine); +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + EndDisabled(); +#endif + EndPopup(); + } + + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + + const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags; + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper; ImGuiListClipper clipper; clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size()); while (clipper.Step()) for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) - { - const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); - const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); - TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); - ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; - if (IsItemHovered()) - for (const char* p = line_begin; p < line_end - 10; p++) - { - ImGuiID id = 0; - if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) - continue; - ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); - ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); - g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) - DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); - p += 10; - } - } + DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no), g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no)); + g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags; if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) SetScrollHereY(1.0f); EndChild(); @@ -14184,10 +16484,64 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) End(); } +// Display line, search for 0xXXXXXXXX identifiers and call DebugLocateItemOnHover() when hovered. +void ImGui::DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end) +{ + TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); + if (!IsItemHovered()) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; + for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) + { + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1 || ImCharIsXdigitA(p[10])) + continue; + ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); + ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); + g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) + DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); + p += 10; + } +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y); + float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible) +void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); +} + +// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID. static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) @@ -14195,8 +16549,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugLocateId = target_id; g.DebugLocateFrames = 2; + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false; } +// FIXME: Doesn't work over through a modal window, because they clear HoveredWindow. void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) { if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) @@ -14204,11 +16560,24 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; DebugLocateItem(target_id); GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); + + // Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc. + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f) + { + DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, "in ItemAdd()"); + if (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord)) + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true; + } } void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData; g.DebugLocateId = 0; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow); @@ -14220,6 +16589,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); } +void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; +} + // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() { @@ -14242,7 +16617,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button; SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f); - BeginTooltip(); + if (!BeginTooltip()) + return; Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" }; @@ -14253,13 +16629,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() EndTooltip(); } -// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() +// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; - // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible + // Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0; if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1) return; @@ -14293,12 +16669,12 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() } } -// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions +// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; // Step 0: stack query // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. @@ -14341,7 +16717,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* dat info->DataType = data_type; } -static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) { ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; @@ -14358,20 +16734,20 @@ static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); } -// Stack Tool: Display UI -void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) +// ID Stack Tool: Display UI +void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { End(); return; } // Display hovered/active status - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -14387,7 +16763,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); SameLine(); TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); - if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused)) { tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; @@ -14440,7 +16816,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {} -void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {} @@ -14450,13 +16826,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} -void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} -void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} -void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {} void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.h index 152f4f09db..d18879ce13 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui.h @@ -1,29 +1,35 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (headers) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - See links below. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. +// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments. +// - Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' before including this file (or in imconfig.h) to access courtesy maths operators for ImVec2 and ImVec4. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) -// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) -// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary -// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues - -// Getting Started? -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: -// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md) +// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues?q=label%3Agallery (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code) +// - Third-party Extensions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more) +// - Bindings/Backends https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Debug Tools https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Software using Dear ImGui https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui +// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps) + +// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there. // Library Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.2" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18920 +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.91.4 WIP" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19133 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE /* @@ -33,15 +39,17 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types // [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions // [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations -// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Helpers: Debug log, Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> // [SECTION] ImGuiStyle // [SECTION] ImGuiIO -// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) -// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Multi-Select API flags and structures (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags, ImGuiMultiSelectIO, ImGuiSelectionRequest, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage, ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage) // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) // [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) -// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData) +// [SECTION] ImGuiPlatformIO + other Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData) // [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types */ @@ -49,7 +57,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma once // Configuration file with compile-time options -// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') +// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system) #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif @@ -69,7 +77,7 @@ Index of this file: // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended: we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility + this is a call-heavy library and function call overhead adds up. #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API #endif @@ -84,10 +92,13 @@ Index of this file: #endif #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 + +// Check that version and structures layouts are matching between compiled imgui code and caller. Read comments above DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() for details. #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. +// (MSVC provides an equivalent mechanism via SAL Annotations but it would require the macros in a different +// location. e.g. #include + void myprintf(_Printf_format_string_ const char* format, ...)) #if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__) #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) @@ -115,10 +126,15 @@ Index of this file: #endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" -#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -129,6 +145,17 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Scalar data types +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) +typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int +typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer + // Forward declarations struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit() struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback) @@ -145,15 +172,21 @@ struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordin struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using) struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) -struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui +struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui (also see: ImGuiPlatformIO) struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items +struct ImGuiMultiSelectIO; // Structure to interact with a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations -struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiPlatformIO; // Interface between platform/renderer backends and ImGui (e.g. Clipboard, IME hooks). Extends ImGuiIO. In docking branch, this gets extended to support multi-viewports. +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage; // Optional helper to store multi-selection state + apply multi-selection requests. +struct ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage;//Optional helper to apply multi-selection requests to existing randomly accessible storage. +struct ImGuiSelectionRequest; // A selection request (stored in ImGuiMultiSelectIO) struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) -struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage +struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage (container sorted by key) +struct ImGuiStoragePair; // Helper for key->value storage (pair) struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table @@ -164,37 +197,44 @@ struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'ma // Enumerations // - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. +enum ImGuiDir : int; // -> enum ImGuiDir // Enum: A cardinal direction (Left, Right, Up, Down) enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value) +enum ImGuiMouseSource : int; // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen) +enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type -typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape -typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() -// Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() +typedef int ImGuiChildFlags; // -> enum ImGuiChildFlags_ // Flags: for BeginChild() typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload() typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. +typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut() typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for storage only for now: an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), shared by all items +typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() +typedef int ImGuiMultiSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_// Flags: for BeginMultiSelect() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() @@ -209,8 +249,10 @@ typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: f // ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type] // - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file. // - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +// - You can make this a structure with various constructors if you need. You will have to implement ==/!= operators. +// - (note: before v1.91.4 (2024/10/08) the default type for ImTextureID was void*. Use intermediary intptr_t cast and read FAQ if you have casting warnings) #ifndef ImTextureID -typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that) +typedef ImU64 ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that) #endif // ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type] @@ -220,27 +262,21 @@ typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fi typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends) #endif -// Scalar data types -typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) -typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer -typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer -typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int -typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) -typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer - // Character types // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) -typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. #ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; #else typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; #endif +// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using BeginMultiSelect() +// - Used by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + and inside ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// - Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER/ID as well. Read comments near ImGuiMultiSelectIO for details. +typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData; + // Callback and functions types typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() @@ -248,15 +284,16 @@ typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() // ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type] -// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +// - This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +// - Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' before including this file (or in imconfig.h) to access courtesy maths operators for ImVec2 and ImVec4. IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { float x, y; constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } - float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. - float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((float*)(void*)(char*)this)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, so the assert overhead is fine. + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((const float*)(const void*)(const char*)this)[idx]; } #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. #endif @@ -291,8 +328,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); // Main - IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) - IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the ImGuiIO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) + IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(); // access the ImGuiPlatformIO structure (mostly hooks/functions to connect to platform/renderer and OS Clipboard, IME etc.) + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleColor(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). @@ -302,7 +340,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. - IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. + IMGUI_API void ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. @@ -323,23 +361,33 @@ namespace ImGui // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! - // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, - // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function - // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions + // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding + // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug". IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void End(); // Child Windows // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. - // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). - // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. - // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. - // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, - // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function - // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + // - Before 1.90 (November 2023), the "ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0" parameter was "bool border = false". + // This API is backward compatible with old code, as we guarantee that ImGuiChildFlags_Borders == true. + // Consider updating your old code: + // BeginChild("Name", size, false) -> Begin("Name", size, 0); or Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None); + // BeginChild("Name", size, true) -> Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); + // - Manual sizing (each axis can use a different setting e.g. ImVec2(0.0f, 400.0f)): + // == 0.0f: use remaining parent window size for this axis. + // > 0.0f: use specified size for this axis. + // < 0.0f: right/bottom-align to specified distance from available content boundaries. + // - Specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY makes the sizing automatic based on child contents. + // Combining both ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX _and_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY defeats purpose of a scrolling region and is NOT recommended. + // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting + // anything to the window. Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions + // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding + // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); // Windows Utilities @@ -347,18 +395,18 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options. - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size - IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) - IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS. Consider always using GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() instead) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS. Consider always using GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() instead) + IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS). Shortcut for GetWindowSize().x. + IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS). Shortcut for GetWindowSize().y. // Window manipulation // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use 0.0f or FLT_MAX if you don't want limits. Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size (which itself is a constraint). Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() @@ -374,14 +422,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. - // Content region - // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. - // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - // Windows Scrolling // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin(). // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY(). @@ -402,13 +442,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame()! + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. " + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_x); // modify X component of a style ImVec2 variable. " + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_y); // modify Y component of a style ImVec2 variable. " IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets - IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. - IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); // modify specified shared item flag, e.g. PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true) + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); // Parameters stacks (current window) IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). @@ -422,19 +462,34 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors. IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a white pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. - // Cursor / Layout + // Layout cursor positioning // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. + // - YOU CAN DO 99% OF WHAT YOU NEED WITH ONLY GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail(). // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: - // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() - // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. + // - Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward. + // - Window-local coordinates: SameLine(offset), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), PushTextWrapPos() + // - Window-local coordinates: GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() --> all obsoleted. YOU DON'T NEED THEM. + // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates. Try not to use it. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position, absolute coordinates. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND (prefer using this rather than GetCursorPos(), also more useful to work with ImDrawList API). + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position, absolute coordinates. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // available space from current position. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // [window-local] cursor position in window-local coordinates. This is not your best friend. + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window-local coordinates. Call GetCursorScreenPos() after Begin() to get the absolute coordinates version. + + // Other layout functions IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. @@ -444,15 +499,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc. - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList:: - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // are using the main, absolute coordinate system. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) @@ -460,7 +506,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) // ID stack/scopes - // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. + // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.com/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system: // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?" // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?" @@ -478,6 +524,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(int int_id); // Widgets: Text IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text. @@ -493,12 +540,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorText(const char* label); // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line // Widgets: Main // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button - IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text + IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with (FramePadding.y == 0) to easily embed within text IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); @@ -508,11 +556,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + IMGUI_API bool TextLink(const char* label); // hyperlink text button, return true when clicked + IMGUI_API void TextLinkOpenURL(const char* label, const char* url = NULL); // hyperlink text button, automatically open file/url when clicked // Widgets: Images // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); + // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. + // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. @@ -521,7 +573,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" - IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Drag Sliders // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. @@ -609,13 +661,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushID(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " - IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() + IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopID() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemStorageID(ImGuiID storage_id); // set id to use for open/close storage (default to same as item id). // Widgets: Selectables // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. @@ -623,23 +676,35 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + // Multi-selection system for Selectable(), Checkbox(), TreeNode() functions [BETA] + // - This enables standard multi-selection/range-selection idioms (CTRL+Mouse/Keyboard, SHIFT+Mouse/Keyboard, etc.) in a way that also allow a clipper to be used. + // - ImGuiSelectionUserData is often used to store your item index within the current view (but may store something else). + // - Read comments near ImGuiMultiSelectIO for instructions/details and see 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select' for demo. + // - TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated. You need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, + // which is suited to advanced trees setups already implementing filters and clipper. We will work simplifying the current demo. + // - 'selection_size' and 'items_count' parameters are optional and used by a few features. If they are costly for you to compute, you may avoid them. + IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectIO* BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int selection_size = -1, int items_count = -1); + IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectIO* EndMultiSelect(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data); + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection state toggled? Useful if you need the per-item information _before_ reaching EndMultiSelect(). We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly. + // Widgets: List Boxes - // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. - // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items. // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Data Plotting // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better! IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // Widgets: Value() Helpers. // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) @@ -663,12 +728,22 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL // Tooltips - // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). - IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); - IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types. + // - SetTooltip() is more or less a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom (with a subtlety that it discard any previously submitted tooltip) + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true! + IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item + // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom. + // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom. + // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + IMGUI_API bool BeginItemTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered. + IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Popups, Modals // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. @@ -677,9 +752,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. - - // Popups: begin/end functions - // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards if returned true. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. @@ -729,14 +802,12 @@ namespace ImGui // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! // - Summary of possible call flow: - // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK - // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK - // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! - // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! - // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // - TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // - TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // - TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! // - 5. Call EndTable() - IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. @@ -752,8 +823,9 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. - IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit a row with headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRow(); // submit a row with angled headers for every column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. MUST BE FIRST ROW. // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. @@ -768,11 +840,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. Can also use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!) // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. - IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); + IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool borders = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column @@ -811,12 +884,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! - IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. returns NULL when drag and drop is finished or inactive. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. // Disabling [BETA API] // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors) // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) - // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. + // - Tooltips windows by exception are opted out of disabling. + // - BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() essentially does nothing but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions (as a micro-optimization: if you have tens of thousands of BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() pairs, you might want to reformulate your code to avoid making those calls) IMGUI_API void BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true); IMGUI_API void EndDisabled(); @@ -830,6 +904,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. + // Overlapping mode + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); // allow next item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Useful with invisible buttons, selectable, treenode covering an area where subsequent items may need to be added. Note that both Selectable() and TreeNode() have dedicated flags doing this. + // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. @@ -850,7 +927,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item - IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. // Viewports // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -871,8 +947,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame - IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) // Text Utilities IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); @@ -891,10 +965,37 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead. IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. + // Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA] + // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey + optional ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. + // ImGuiKey_C // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord arguments) + // ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord arguments) + // only ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to combine with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT combine two ImGuiKey values. + // - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. + // Parent -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut. + // Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts) + // Child2 -> no call // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut. + // The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical. + // This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase. + // - To understand the difference: + // - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods and call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect. + // - Shortcut() submits a route, routes are resolved, if it currently can be routed it calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects as it can prevents another call from getting the route. + // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + + // Inputs Utilities: Key/Input Ownership [BETA] + // - One common use case would be to allow your items to disable standard inputs behaviors such + // as Tab or Alt key handling, Mouse Wheel scrolling, etc. + // e.g. Button(...); SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); to make hovering/activating a button disable wheel for scrolling. + // - Reminder ImGuiKey enum include access to mouse buttons and gamepad, so key ownership can apply to them. + // - Many related features are still in imgui_internal.h. For instance, most IsKeyXXX()/IsMouseXXX() functions have an owner-id-aware version. + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); // Set key owner to last item ID if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. @@ -909,8 +1010,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f) IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape @@ -931,8 +1032,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. // Debug Utilities + // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); + IMGUI_API void DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx); + IMGUI_API void DebugStartItemPicker(); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // Call via IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG() for maximum stripping in caller code! + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); +#endif // Memory Allocators // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. @@ -970,54 +1078,106 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x) - ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) - ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 16, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 17, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 18, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] - ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() + + // Obsolete names +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30, // Obsoleted in 1.90.0: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 31, // Obsoleted in 1.90.9: Use ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened in BeginChild() call. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginChild() +// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImGuiChildFlags_Borders to be backward compatible with old API using 'bool border = false'. +// About using AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY flags: +// - May be combined with SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() to set a min/max size for each axis (see "Demo->Child->Auto-resize with Constraints"). +// - Size measurement for a given axis is only performed when the child window is within visible boundaries, or is just appearing. +// - This allows BeginChild() to return false when not within boundaries (e.g. when scrolling), which is more optimal. BUT it won't update its auto-size while clipped. +// While not perfect, it is a better default behavior as the always-on performance gain is more valuable than the occasional "resizing after becoming visible again" glitch. +// - You may also use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize to force an update even when child window is not in view. +// HOWEVER PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT DOING SO WILL PREVENT BeginChild() FROM EVER RETURNING FALSE, disabling benefits of coarse clipping. +enum ImGuiChildFlags_ +{ + ImGuiChildFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiChildFlags_Borders = 1 << 0, // Show an outer border and enable WindowPadding. (IMPORTANT: this is always == 1 == true for legacy reason) + ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 1, // Pad with style.WindowPadding even if no border are drawn (no padding by default for non-bordered child windows because it makes more sense) + ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX = 1 << 2, // Allow resize from right border (layout direction). Enable .ini saving (unless ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings passed to window flags) + ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY = 1 << 3, // Allow resize from bottom border (layout direction). " + ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX = 1 << 4, // Enable auto-resizing width. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. + ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY = 1 << 5, // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. + ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED. + ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle = 1 << 7, // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding. + ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 8, // [BETA] Share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. + + // Obsolete names +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiChildFlags_Border = ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, // Renamed in 1.91.1 (August 2024) for consistency. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::PushItemFlag() +// (Those are shared by all items) +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, // (Default) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav. + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 1, // false // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls). + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 2, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items). + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 3, // false // Any button-like behavior will have repeat mode enabled (based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate values). Note that you can also call IsItemActive() after any button to tell if it is being held. + ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups = 1 << 4, // true // MenuItem()/Selectable() automatically close their parent popup window. + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId = 1 << 5, // false // Allow submitting an item with the same identifier as an item already submitted this frame without triggering a warning tooltip if io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts is set. }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() // (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive) enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ { + // Basic filters (also see ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus - ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). - ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode - ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode - ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 2, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 3, // Turn a..z into A..Z + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 4, // Filter out spaces, tabs + + // Inputs + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 5, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 6, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 7, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 8, // In multi-line mode, validate with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: validate with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). + + // Other options + ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 9, // Read-only mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 10, // Password mode, display all characters as '*', disable copy + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 11, // Overwrite mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 12, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus + ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal = 1 << 13, // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: parse empty string as zero value. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal = 1 << 14, // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: when value is zero, do not display it. Generally used with ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 15, // Disable following the cursor horizontally ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior -#endif + // Callback features + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 17, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 18, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 19, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 20, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 21, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 22, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() @@ -1026,25 +1186,31 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Open on double-click instead of simple click (default for multi-select unless any _OpenOnXXX behavior is set explicitly). Both behaviors may be combined. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Open when clicking on the arrow part (default for multi-select unless any _OpenOnXXX behavior is set explicitly). Both behaviors may be combined. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding(). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default. - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) - //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag! + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding() before the node. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line without using AllowOverlap mode. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (cover the indent area). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth = 1 << 13, // Narrow hit box + narrow hovering highlight, will only cover the label text. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 14, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 15, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) + //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 16, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 +#endif }; // Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. -// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat -// small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. +// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument instead of 'ImGuiPopupFlags flags', +// we need to treat small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. // It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. // - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. // IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter @@ -1058,10 +1224,12 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, - ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack - ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space - ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. - ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't reopen same popup if already open (won't reposition, won't reinitialize navigation) + //ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit = 1 << 6, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): focus and initialize navigation even when not reopening. + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 7, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 8, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 10, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 11, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel, }; @@ -1069,11 +1237,17 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window (overrides ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight = 1 << 5, // Make the item be displayed as if it is hovered + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups, // Renamed in 1.91.0 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -1087,6 +1261,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button + ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview = 1 << 7, // Width dynamically calculated from preview contents ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; @@ -1097,11 +1272,12 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup - ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline = 1 << 6, // Draw selected overline markers over selected tab + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 7, // Resize tabs when they don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 8, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown, }; @@ -1110,147 +1286,15 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + set ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure. ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID()/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() -// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. -// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. -// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: -// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. -// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. -// - When ScrollX is off: -// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. -// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. -// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). -// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. -// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. -// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. -// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). -// - When ScrollX is on: -// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed -// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. -// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. -// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. -// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). -// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. -// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. -enum ImGuiTableFlags_ -{ - // Features - ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. - ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. - ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). - // Decorations - ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style - // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). - // Sizing Extra Options - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. - ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. - // Clipping - ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). - // Padding - ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). - // Scrolling - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. - // Sorting - ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). - ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). - - // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() -enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ -{ - // Input configuration flags - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. - - // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse - - // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() -enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ -{ - ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) -}; - -// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() -// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: -// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. -// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. -// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. -// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. -// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. -// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. -// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. -enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ -{ - ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure = 1 << 8, // Tab is selected when trying to close + closure is not immediately assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() @@ -1279,16 +1323,30 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item uses AllowOverlap mode and is overlapped by another hoverable item. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 10, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 11, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, - // Hovering delays (for tooltips) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) + // Tooltips mode + // - typically used in IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + // - this is a shortcut to pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' where you can reconfigure desired behavior. + // e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often. + // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip = 1 << 12, // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + + // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays. + // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags. + // - use those if you need specific overrides. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary = 1 << 13, // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone = 1 << 14, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 15, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 16, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 17, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -1301,12 +1359,18 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) + ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) + ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossContext = 1 << 6, // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current dear imgui context. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossProcess = 1 << 7, // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current process. // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire, // Renamed in 1.90.9 +#endif }; // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. @@ -1326,11 +1390,12 @@ enum ImGuiDataType_ ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64 ImGuiDataType_Float, // float ImGuiDataType_Double, // double + ImGuiDataType_Bool, // bool (provided for user convenience, not supported by scalar widgets) ImGuiDataType_COUNT }; // A cardinal direction -enum ImGuiDir_ +enum ImGuiDir : int { ImGuiDir_None = -1, ImGuiDir_Left = 0, @@ -1341,17 +1406,24 @@ enum ImGuiDir_ }; // A sorting direction -enum ImGuiSortDirection_ +enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8 { ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc. ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. }; +// Since 1.90, defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO as well. +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +#endif + // A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values. // All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87). // Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey. // Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 +// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter(). +// The keyboard key enum values are named after the keys on a standard US keyboard, and on other keyboard types the keys reported may not match the keycaps. enum ImGuiKey : int { // Keyboard @@ -1380,6 +1452,8 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z, ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6, ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12, + ImGuiKey_F13, ImGuiKey_F14, ImGuiKey_F15, ImGuiKey_F16, ImGuiKey_F17, ImGuiKey_F18, + ImGuiKey_F19, ImGuiKey_F20, ImGuiKey_F21, ImGuiKey_F22, ImGuiKey_F23, ImGuiKey_F24, ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // ' ImGuiKey_Comma, // , ImGuiKey_Minus, // - @@ -1405,9 +1479,11 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd, ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, + ImGuiKey_AppBack, // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back" + ImGuiKey_AppForward, // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION - // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets) + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) @@ -1449,33 +1525,60 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... + // - On macOS, we swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl keys at the time of the io.AddKeyEvent() call. ImGuiMod_None = 0, - ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl + ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl (non-macOS), Cmd (macOS) ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, // Shift ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu - ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows - ImGuiMod_Shortcut = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS). - ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF800, // 5-bits + ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Windows/Super (non-macOS), Ctrl (macOS) + ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF000, // 4-bits // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array. // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE) + // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512, ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index. #else - ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index. #endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiMod_Shortcut = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, // Removed in 1.90.7, you can now simply use ImGuiMod_Ctrl ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89 - ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 + //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 #endif }; +// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(), +// (and for upcoming extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() that are still in imgui_internal.h) +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlags_ +{ + ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. + + // Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut() + // - Routing policies: RouteGlobal+OverActive >> RouteActive or RouteFocused (if owner is active item) >> RouteGlobal+OverFocused >> RouteFocused (if in focused window stack) >> RouteGlobal. + // - Default policy is RouteFocused. Can select only 1 policy among all available. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive = 1 << 10, // Route to active item only. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 11, // Route to windows in the focus stack (DEFAULT). Deep-most focused window takes inputs. Active item takes inputs over deep-most focused window. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 12, // Global route (unless a focused window or active item registered the route). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 13, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. + // - Routing options + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused = 1 << 14, // Option: global route: higher priority than focused route (unless active item in focused route). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive = 1 << 15, // Option: global route: higher priority than active item. Unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overridden by this. May not be fully honored as user/internal code is likely to always assume they can access keys when active. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused = 1 << 16, // Option: global route: will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow = 1 << 17, // Option: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window. + + // Flags for SetNextItemShortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 18, // Automatically display a tooltip when hovering item [BETA] Unsure of right api (opt-in/opt-out) +}; + #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[]. // Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. @@ -1492,12 +1595,13 @@ enum ImGuiNavInput enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct dear imgui to disable mouse inputs and interactions. ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard = 1 << 6, // Instruct dear imgui to disable keyboard inputs and interactions. This is done by ignoring keyboard events and clearing existing states. // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. @@ -1527,15 +1631,15 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, - ImGuiCol_TitleBg, - ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, - ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, + ImGuiCol_TitleBg, // Title bar + ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, // Title bar when focused + ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, // Title bar when collapsed ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive, - ImGuiCol_CheckMark, + ImGuiCol_CheckMark, // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, ImGuiCol_Button, @@ -1550,11 +1654,13 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows. ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar - ImGuiCol_TabHovered, - ImGuiCol_TabActive, - ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, - ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive, + ImGuiCol_TabHovered, // Tab background, when hovered + ImGuiCol_Tab, // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is unselected + ImGuiCol_TabSelected, // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected + ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline, // Tab horizontal overline, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected + ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is unselected + ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected, // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected + ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline,//..horizontal overline, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected ImGuiCol_PlotLines, ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, @@ -1564,50 +1670,66 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) + ImGuiCol_TextLink, // Hyperlink color ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active - ImGuiCol_COUNT + ImGuiCol_COUNT, + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiCol_TabActive = ImGuiCol_TabSelected, // [renamed in 1.90.9] + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused = ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, // [renamed in 1.90.9] + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive = ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected, // [renamed in 1.90.9] +#endif }; // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. // - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. // During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. // - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ { - // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) - ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha - ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding - ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing - ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing - ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing - ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding - ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize - ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize - ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign - ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + // Enum name -------------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) + ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha + ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding + ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize, // float TabBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize, // float TabBarBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize, // float TabBarOverlineSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle, // float TableAngledHeadersAngle + ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize, // float SeparatorTextBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT }; @@ -1618,10 +1740,8 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default) ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button - - // [Internal] - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, // [Internal] + //ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, }; // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() @@ -1664,26 +1784,24 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, - // Obsolete names (will be removed) - // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] }; // Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. // We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. -// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) +// (Those are per-item flags. There is shared behavior flag too: ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ { - ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. - ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. - ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) - ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget - ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79] -#endif + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits). + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget. + ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround = 1 << 8, // Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max. Only supported by DragXXX() functions for now. + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = 1 << 9, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange = 1 << 10, // Clamp even if min==max==0.0f. Otherwise due to legacy reason DragXXX functions don't clamp with those values. When your clamping limits are dynamic you almost always want to use it. + ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput | ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange, + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. }; // Identify a mouse button. @@ -1713,7 +1831,19 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT }; -// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions +// Enumeration for AddMouseSourceEvent() actual source of Mouse Input data. +// Historically we use "Mouse" terminology everywhere to indicate pointer data, e.g. MousePos, IsMousePressed(), io.AddMousePosEvent() +// But that "Mouse" data can come from different source which occasionally may be useful for application to know about. +// You can submit a change of pointer type using io.AddMouseSourceEvent(). +enum ImGuiMouseSource : int +{ + ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse = 0, // Input is coming from an actual mouse. + ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen, // Input is coming from a touch screen (no hovering prior to initial press, less precise initial press aiming, dual-axis wheeling possible). + ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, // Input is coming from a pressure/magnetic pen (often used in conjunction with high-sampling rates). + ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT +}; + +// Enumeration for ImGui::SetNextWindow***(), SetWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions // Represent a condition. // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. enum ImGuiCond_ @@ -1726,57 +1856,231 @@ enum ImGuiCond_ }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() -// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. -// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -struct ImNewWrapper {}; -inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; } -inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() -#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE) -#define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR) -#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR) -#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE -template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImVector<> -// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. -// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase. -// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs. -// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that, -// Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset. +// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF -template -struct ImVector -{ - int Size; - int Capacity; - T* Data; - - // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves. - typedef T value_type; - typedef value_type* iterator; - typedef const value_type* const_iterator; - - // Constructors, destructor - inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } - inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } - inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } - inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything - - inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything - inline void clear_delete() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. - inline void clear_destruct() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + // Miscellaneous + ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn = 1 << 28, // Highlight column headers when hovered (may evolve into a fuller highlight) + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will submit an empty label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu or in angled headers. You may append into this cell by calling TableSetColumnIndex() right after the TableHeadersRow() call. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader = 1 << 18, // TableHeadersRow() will submit an angled header row for this column. Note this will add an extra row. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) +}; + +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ +{ + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) +}; + +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs +{ + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs +{ + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers: Debug log, memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Debug Logging into ShowDebugLogWindow(), tty and more. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() +// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. +// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImNewWrapper {}; +inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; } +inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() +#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE) +#define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR) +#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR) +#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE +template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ImVector<> +// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. +// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase. +// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs. +// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that, +// Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +template +struct ImVector +{ + int Size; + int Capacity; + T* Data; + + // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves. + typedef T value_type; + typedef value_type* iterator; + typedef const value_type* const_iterator; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } + inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything + + inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything + inline void clear_delete() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. + inline void clear_destruct() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } inline int size() const { return Size; } @@ -1814,6 +2118,7 @@ struct ImVector inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline int find_index(const T& v) const { const T* data_end = Data + Size; const T* it = find(v); if (it == data_end) return -1; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; } inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } @@ -1847,7 +2152,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). - ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1859,12 +2164,19 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabBarBorderSize; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + float TabBarOverlineSize; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. + float TableAngledHeadersAngle; // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees). + ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;// Alignment of angled headers within the cell ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. - ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. - ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! - float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickness of border in SeparatorText() + ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign; // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). + ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. + ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen. + ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured). + float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). @@ -1872,6 +2184,14 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; + // Behaviors + // (It is possible to modify those fields mid-frame if specific behavior need it, unlike e.g. configuration fields in ImGuiIO) + float HoverStationaryDelay; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. + float HoverDelayShort; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. + float HoverDelayNormal; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " + ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;// Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); }; @@ -1881,6 +2201,11 @@ struct ImGuiStyle //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. +// It is generally expected that: +// - initialization: backends and user code writes to ImGuiIO. +// - main loop: backends writes to ImGuiIO, user code and imgui code reads from ImGuiIO. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Also see ImGui::GetPlatformIO() and ImGuiPlatformIO struct for OS/platform related functions: clipboard, IME etc. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. @@ -1906,15 +2231,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). - float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. - float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. - float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). - float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. - float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. - float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data. + // Font system ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel. @@ -1922,18 +2241,79 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale. // Miscellaneous options + // (you can visualize and interact with all options in 'Demo->Configuration') bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. - bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons; // = false // Swap Activate<>Cancel (A<>B) buttons, matching typical "Nintendo/Japanese style" gamepad layout. bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. + bool ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage; // = true // Enable scrolling page by page when clicking outside the scrollbar grab. When disabled, always scroll to clicked location. When enabled, Shift+Click scrolls to clicked location. float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + // Inputs Behaviors + // (other variables, ones which are expected to be tweaked within UI code, are exposed in ImGuiStyle) + float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. + float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. + float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Debug options + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Options to configure Error Handling and how we handle recoverable errors [EXPERIMENTAL] + // - Error recovery is provided as a way to facilitate: + // - Recovery after a programming error (native code or scripting language - the later tends to facilitate iterating on code while running). + // - Recovery after running an exception handler or any error processing which may skip code after an error has been detected. + // - Error recovery is not perfect nor guaranteed! It is a feature to ease development. + // You not are not supposed to rely on it in the course of a normal application run. + // - Functions that support error recovery are using IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR() instead of IM_ASSERT(). + // - By design, we do NOT allow error recovery to be 100% silent. One of the three options needs to be checked! + // - Always ensure that on programmers seats you have at minimum Asserts or Tooltips enabled when making direct imgui API calls! + // Otherwise it would severely hinder your ability to catch and correct mistakes! + // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling for details. + // - Programmer seats: keep asserts (default), or disable asserts and keep error tooltips (new and nice!) + // - Non-programmer seats: maybe disable asserts, but make sure errors are resurfaced (tooltips, visible log entries, use callback etc.) + // - Recovery after error/exception: record stack sizes with ErrorRecoveryStoreState(), disable assert, set log callback (to e.g. trigger high-level breakpoint), recover with ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(), restore settings. + bool ConfigErrorRecovery; // = true // Enable error recovery support. Some errors won't be detected and lead to direct crashes if recovery is disabled. + bool ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert; // = true // Enable asserts on recoverable error. By default call IM_ASSERT() when returning from a failing IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR() + bool ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog; // = true // Enable debug log output on recoverable errors. + bool ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip; // = true // Enable tooltip on recoverable errors. The tooltip include a way to enable asserts if they were disabled. + + // Option to enable various debug tools showing buttons that will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro. + // - The Item Picker tool will be available regardless of this being enabled, in order to maximize its discoverability. + // - Requires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application. + // e.g. io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = ::IsDebuggerPresent() on Win32, or refer to ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version). + bool ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; // = false // Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK(). + + // Tools to detect code submitting items with conflicting/duplicate IDs + // - Code should use PushID()/PopID() in loops, or append "##xx" to same-label identifiers. + // - Empty label e.g. Button("") == same ID as parent widget/node. Use Button("##xx") instead! + // - See FAQ https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#q-about-the-id-stack-system + bool ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts;// = true // Highlight and show an error message when multiple items have conflicting identifiers. + + // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() + // - This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. + // - We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running. + + // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. + // - May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data. + // - Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them. + bool ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss; // = false // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys()/io.ClearInputMouse() in input processing. + + // Option to audit .ini data + bool ConfigDebugIniSettings; // = false // Save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower) + //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Platform Functions + // Platform Identifiers // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1944,21 +2324,6 @@ struct ImGuiIO void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend - // Optional: Access OS clipboard - // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) - const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data); - void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); - void* ClipboardUserData; - - // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) - // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) - void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. -#else - void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. -#endif - //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1968,7 +2333,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend. IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered) IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change - IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update + IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left. + IMGUI_API void AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source); // Queue a mouse source change (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen) IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window) IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate @@ -1976,8 +2342,12 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually - IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys + IMGUI_API void ClearEventsQueue(); // Clear all incoming events. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputMouse(); // Clear current mouse state. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Obsoleted in 1.89.8] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys(). +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -1997,36 +2367,29 @@ struct ImGuiIO int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows - int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. - // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. - // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). - // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. - bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. - float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. -#endif - //------------------------------------------------------------------ // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). + // Main Input State // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead) // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere) ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; // Mouse actual input peripheral (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen). bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier down: Alt bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls - ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame() + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. Read-only, updated by NewFrame() ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) @@ -2039,6 +2402,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + bool MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap; // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system. + bool MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick; // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds) @@ -2050,11 +2415,29 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16() ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. + // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). + // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. + bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. + //void* ImeWindowHandle; // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. +#endif + + // Legacy: before 1.91.1, clipboard functions were stored in ImGuiIO instead of ImGuiPlatformIO. + // As this is will affect all users of custom engines/backends, we are providing proper legacy redirection (will obsolete). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data); + void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); + void* ClipboardUserData; +#endif + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Misc data structures +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. @@ -2068,11 +2451,14 @@ struct ImGuiIO // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only // Arguments for the different callback events + // - During Resize callback, Buf will be same as your input buffer. + // - However, during Completion/History/Always callback, Buf always points to our own internal data (it is not the same as your buffer)! Changes to it will be reflected into your own buffer shortly after the callback. // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary. // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state. ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0; @@ -2127,32 +2513,8 @@ struct ImGuiPayload bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } }; -// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) -struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs -{ - ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) - ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column - ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) - ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) - - ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) -// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). -// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. -// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! -struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs -{ - const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. - int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. - bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. - - ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Unicode defines @@ -2219,6 +2581,16 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); }; +// [Internal] Key+Value for ImGuiStorage +struct ImGuiStoragePair +{ + ImGuiID key; + union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val) { key = _key; val_i = _val; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val) { key = _key; val_f = _val; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val) { key = _key; val_p = _val; } +}; + // Helper: Key->Value storage // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window. // We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1) @@ -2230,15 +2602,6 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer struct ImGuiStorage { // [Internal] - struct ImGuiStoragePair - { - ImGuiID key; - union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; } - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; } - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; } - }; - ImVector Data; // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N) @@ -2263,11 +2626,14 @@ struct ImGuiStorage IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL); - // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) + // Advanced: for quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. + IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); + // Obsolete: use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val); - // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. - IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //typedef ::ImGuiStoragePair ImGuiStoragePair; // 1.90.8: moved type outside struct +#endif }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. @@ -2292,14 +2658,16 @@ struct ImGuiStorage // - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc. struct ImGuiListClipper { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step() int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive) int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed + double StartSeekOffsetY; // [Internal] Account for frozen rows in a table and initial loss of precision in very large windows. void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data - // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step, and you can call SeekCursorForItem() manually if you need) // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); @@ -2307,14 +2675,53 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility. - IMGUI_API void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range. + // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility. + // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range). + inline void IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); } + IMGUI_API void IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped. + + // Seek cursor toward given item. This is automatically called while stepping. + // - The only reason to call this is: you can use ImGuiListClipper::Begin(INT_MAX) if you don't know item count ahead of time. + // - In this case, after all steps are done, you'll want to call SeekCursorForItem(item_count). + IMGUI_API void SeekCursorForItem(int item_index); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] + inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9] + inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6] + //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] #endif }; +// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space. +// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h) +// - Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' before including this file (or in imconfig.h) to access courtesy maths operators for ImVec2 and ImVec4. +#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs) { return ImVec2(-lhs.x, -lhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline bool operator==(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y; } +static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y; } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +static inline bool operator==(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y && lhs.z == rhs.z && lhs.w == rhs.w; } +static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y || lhs.z != rhs.z || lhs.w != rhs.w; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE +#endif + // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors // User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. #ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT @@ -2348,8 +2755,8 @@ struct ImColor constexpr ImColor() { } constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) : Value(r, g, b, a) { } constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col) : Value(col) {} - ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } - ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } + constexpr ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) : Value((float)r * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)g * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)b * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)a* (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} + constexpr ImColor(ImU32 rgba) : Value((float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } @@ -2358,6 +2765,154 @@ struct ImColor static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-Select API flags and structures (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags, ImGuiSelectionRequestType, ImGuiSelectionRequest, ImGuiMultiSelectIO, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Multi-selection system +// Documentation at: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +// - Refer to 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select' for demos using this. +// - This system implements standard multi-selection idioms (CTRL+Mouse/Keyboard, SHIFT+Mouse/Keyboard, etc) +// with support for clipper (skipping non-visible items), box-select and many other details. +// - Selectable(), Checkbox() are supported but custom widgets may use it as well. +// - TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated: you need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, +// which is suited to advanced trees setups also implementing filters and clipper. We will work toward simplifying and demoing it. +// - In the spirit of Dear ImGui design, your code owns actual selection data. +// This is designed to allow all kinds of selection storage you may use in your application e.g. set/map/hash. +// About ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage: +// - This is an optional helper to store a selection state and apply selection requests. +// - It is used by our demos and provided as a convenience to quickly implement multi-selection. +// Usage: +// - Identify submitted items with SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), most likely using an index into your current data-set. +// - Store and maintain actual selection data using persistent object identifiers. +// - Usage flow: +// BEGIN - (1) Call BeginMultiSelect() and retrieve the ImGuiMultiSelectIO* result. +// - (2) Honor request list (SetAll/SetRange requests) by updating your selection data. Same code as Step 6. +// - (3) [If using clipper] You need to make sure RangeSrcItem is always submitted. Calculate its index and pass to clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(). If storing indices in ImGuiSelectionUserData, a simple clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(ms_io->RangeSrcItem) call will work. +// LOOP - (4) Submit your items with SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + Selectable()/TreeNode() calls. +// END - (5) Call EndMultiSelect() and retrieve the ImGuiMultiSelectIO* result. +// - (6) Honor request list (SetAll/SetRange requests) by updating your selection data. Same code as Step 2. +// If you submit all items (no clipper), Step 2 and 3 are optional and will be handled by each item themselves. It is fine to always honor those steps. +// About ImGuiSelectionUserData: +// - This can store an application-defined identifier (e.g. index or pointer) submitted via SetNextItemSelectionUserData(). +// - In return we store them into RangeSrcItem/RangeFirstItem/RangeLastItem and other fields in ImGuiMultiSelectIO. +// - Most applications will store an object INDEX, hence the chosen name and type. Storing an index is natural, because +// SetRange requests will give you two end-points and you will need to iterate/interpolate between them to update your selection. +// - However it is perfectly possible to store a POINTER or another IDENTIFIER inside ImGuiSelectionUserData. +// Our system never assume that you identify items by indices, it never attempts to interpolate between two values. +// - If you enable ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect then it is guaranteed that you will never have to interpolate +// between two ImGuiSelectionUserData, which may be a convenient way to use part of the feature with less code work. +// - As most users will want to store an index, for convenience and to reduce confusion we use ImS64 instead of void*, +// being syntactically easier to downcast. Feel free to reinterpret_cast and store a pointer inside. + +// Flags for BeginMultiSelect() +enum ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ +{ + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect = 1 << 0, // Disable selecting more than one item. This is available to allow single-selection code to share same code/logic if desired. It essentially disables the main purpose of BeginMultiSelect() tho! + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll = 1 << 1, // Disable CTRL+A shortcut to select all. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect = 1 << 2, // Disable Shift+selection mouse/keyboard support (useful for unordered 2D selection). With BoxSelect is also ensure contiguous SetRange requests are not combined into one. This allows not handling interpolation in SetRange requests. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect = 1 << 3, // Disable selecting items when navigating (useful for e.g. supporting range-select in a list of checkboxes). + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear = 1 << 4, // Disable clearing selection when navigating or selecting another one (generally used with ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect. useful for e.g. supporting range-select in a list of checkboxes). + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect = 1 << 5, // Disable clearing selection when clicking/selecting an already selected item. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d = 1 << 6, // Enable box-selection with same width and same x pos items (e.g. full row Selectable()). Box-selection works better with little bit of spacing between items hit-box in order to be able to aim at empty space. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d = 1 << 7, // Enable box-selection with varying width or varying x pos items support (e.g. different width labels, or 2D layout/grid). This is slower: alters clipping logic so that e.g. horizontal movements will update selection of normally clipped items. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll = 1 << 8, // Disable scrolling when box-selecting near edges of scope. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape = 1 << 9, // Clear selection when pressing Escape while scope is focused. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid = 1 << 10, // Clear selection when clicking on empty location within scope. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow = 1 << 11, // Scope for _BoxSelect and _ClearOnClickVoid is whole window (Default). Use if BeginMultiSelect() covers a whole window or used a single time in same window. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect = 1 << 12, // Scope for _BoxSelect and _ClearOnClickVoid is rectangle encompassing BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect(). Use if BeginMultiSelect() is called multiple times in same window. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 13, // Apply selection on mouse down when clicking on unselected item. (Default) + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease = 1 << 14, // Apply selection on mouse release when clicking an unselected item. Allow dragging an unselected item without altering selection. + //ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_RangeSelect2d = 1 << 15, // Shift+Selection uses 2d geometry instead of linear sequence, so possible to use Shift+up/down to select vertically in grid. Analogous to what BoxSelect does. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX = 1 << 16, // [Temporary] Enable navigation wrapping on X axis. Provided as a convenience because we don't have a design for the general Nav API for this yet. When the more general feature be public we may obsolete this flag in favor of new one. +}; + +// Main IO structure returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect(). +// This mainly contains a list of selection requests. +// - Use 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see requests as they happen. +// - Some fields are only useful if your list is dynamic and allows deletion (getting post-deletion focus/state right is shown in the demo) +// - Below: who reads/writes each fields? 'r'=read, 'w'=write, 'ms'=multi-select code, 'app'=application/user code. +struct ImGuiMultiSelectIO +{ + //------------------------------------------// BeginMultiSelect / EndMultiSelect + ImVector Requests; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w app:r // Requests to apply to your selection data. + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // ms:w app:r / // (If using clipper) Begin: Source item (often the first selected item) must never be clipped: use clipper.IncludeItemByIndex() to ensure it is submitted. + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // ms:w, app:r / // (If using deletion) Last known SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items). + bool NavIdSelected; // ms:w, app:r / app:r // (If using deletion) Last known selection state for NavId (if part of submitted items). + bool RangeSrcReset; // app:w / ms:r // (If using deletion) Set before EndMultiSelect() to reset ResetSrcItem (e.g. if deleted selection). + int ItemsCount; // ms:w, app:r / app:r // 'int items_count' parameter to BeginMultiSelect() is copied here for convenience, allowing simpler calls to your ApplyRequests handler. Not used internally. +}; + +// Selection request type +enum ImGuiSelectionRequestType +{ + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_None = 0, + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll, // Request app to clear selection (if Selected==false) or select all items (if Selected==true). We cannot set RangeFirstItem/RangeLastItem as its contents is entirely up to user (not necessarily an index) + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, // Request app to select/unselect [RangeFirstItem..RangeLastItem] items (inclusive) based on value of Selected. Only EndMultiSelect() request this, app code can read after BeginMultiSelect() and it will always be false. +}; + +// Selection request item +struct ImGuiSelectionRequest +{ + //------------------------------------------// BeginMultiSelect / EndMultiSelect + ImGuiSelectionRequestType Type; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w, app:r // Request type. You'll most often receive 1 Clear + 1 SetRange with a single-item range. + bool Selected; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetAll/SetRange requests (true = select, false = unselect) + ImS8 RangeDirection; // / ms:w app:r // Parameter for SetRange request: +1 when RangeFirstItem comes before RangeLastItem, -1 otherwise. Useful if you want to preserve selection order on a backward Shift+Click. + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeFirstItem; // / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetRange request (this is generally == RangeSrcItem when shift selecting from top to bottom). + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeLastItem; // / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetRange request (this is generally == RangeSrcItem when shift selecting from bottom to top). Inclusive! +}; + +// Optional helper to store multi-selection state + apply multi-selection requests. +// - Used by our demos and provided as a convenience to easily implement basic multi-selection. +// - Iterate selection with 'void* it = NULL; ImGuiID id; while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) { ... }' +// Or you can check 'if (Contains(id)) { ... }' for each possible object if their number is not too high to iterate. +// - USING THIS IS NOT MANDATORY. This is only a helper and not a required API. +// To store a multi-selection, in your application you could: +// - Use this helper as a convenience. We use our simple key->value ImGuiStorage as a std::set replacement. +// - Use your own external storage: e.g. std::set, std::vector, interval trees, intrusively stored selection etc. +// In ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage we: +// - always use indices in the multi-selection API (passed to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), retrieved in ImGuiMultiSelectIO) +// - use the AdapterIndexToStorageId() indirection layer to abstract how persistent selection data is derived from an index. +// - use decently optimized logic to allow queries and insertion of very large selection sets. +// - do not preserve selection order. +// Many combinations are possible depending on how you prefer to store your items and how you prefer to store your selection. +// Large applications are likely to eventually want to get rid of this indirection layer and do their own thing. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select for details and pseudo-code using this helper. +struct ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +{ + // Members + int Size; // // Number of selected items, maintained by this helper. + bool PreserveOrder; // = false // GetNextSelectedItem() will return ordered selection (currently implemented by two additional sorts of selection. Could be improved) + void* UserData; // = NULL // User data for use by adapter function // e.g. selection.UserData = (void*)my_items; + ImGuiID (*AdapterIndexToStorageId)(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx); // e.g. selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { return ((MyItems**)self->UserData)[idx]->ID; }; + int _SelectionOrder;// [Internal] Increasing counter to store selection order + ImGuiStorage _Storage; // [Internal] Selection set. Think of this as similar to e.g. std::set. Prefer not accessing directly: iterate with GetNextSelectedItem(). + + // Methods + IMGUI_API ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage(); + IMGUI_API void ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io); // Apply selection requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect() functions. It uses 'items_count' passed to BeginMultiSelect() + IMGUI_API bool Contains(ImGuiID id) const; // Query if an item id is in selection. + IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear selection + IMGUI_API void Swap(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& r); // Swap two selections + IMGUI_API void SetItemSelected(ImGuiID id, bool selected); // Add/remove an item from selection (generally done by ApplyRequests() function) + IMGUI_API bool GetNextSelectedItem(void** opaque_it, ImGuiID* out_id); // Iterate selection with 'void* it = NULL; ImGuiId id; while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) { ... }' + inline ImGuiID GetStorageIdFromIndex(int idx) { return AdapterIndexToStorageId(this, idx); } // Convert index to item id based on provided adapter. +}; + +// Optional helper to apply multi-selection requests to existing randomly accessible storage. +// Convenient if you want to quickly wire multi-select API on e.g. an array of bool or items storing their own selection state. +struct ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage +{ + // Members + void* UserData; // User data for use by adapter function // e.g. selection.UserData = (void*)my_items; + void (*AdapterSetItemSelected)(ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int idx, bool selected); // e.g. AdapterSetItemSelected = [](ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int idx, bool selected) { ((MyItems**)self->UserData)[idx]->Selected = selected; } + + // Methods + IMGUI_API ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage(); + IMGUI_API void ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io); // Apply selection requests by using AdapterSetItemSelected() calls +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. @@ -2381,9 +2936,9 @@ typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* c // Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. // The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. -// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. -// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). -#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) +// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. +// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). +#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-8) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) // - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, @@ -2398,9 +2953,11 @@ struct ImDrawCmd unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. - void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this. + void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // Callback user data (when UserCallback != NULL). If called AddCallback() with size == 0, this is a copy of the AddCallback() argument. If called AddCallback() with size > 0, this is pointing to a buffer where data is stored. + int UserCallbackDataSize; // 4 // Size of callback user data when using storage, otherwise 0. + int UserCallbackDataOffset;// 4 // [Internal] Offset of callback user data when using storage, otherwise -1. - ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed + ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature) inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; } @@ -2506,15 +3063,16 @@ struct ImDrawList // [Internal, used while building lists] unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) - const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) - ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] - ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] + ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] + ImVector _CallbacksDataBuf; // [Internal] float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content + const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } @@ -2547,13 +3105,20 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); + IMGUI_API void AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) + // General polygon + // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes). + // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience fo user but not used by main library. + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); + // Image primitives // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle. @@ -2563,27 +3128,40 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() - // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. + // - Important: filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order! The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. + // so e.g. 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI * -0.5f, PI)' is ok, whereas 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI, PI * -0.5f)' won't have correct anti-aliasing when followed by PathFillConvex(). inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } + inline void PathFillConcave(ImU32 col) { AddConcavePolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); - // Advanced - IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. + // Advanced: Draw Callbacks + // - May be used to alter render state (change sampler, blending, current shader). May be used to emit custom rendering commands (difficult to do correctly, but possible). + // - Use special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to instruct backend to reset its render state to the default. + // - Your rendering loop must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. All standard backends are honoring this. + // - For some backends, the callback may access selected render-states exposed by the backend in a ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState structure pointed to by platform_io.Renderer_RenderState. + // - IMPORTANT: please be mindful of the different level of indirection between using size==0 (copying argument) and using size>0 (copying pointed data into a buffer). + // - If userdata_size == 0: we copy/store the 'userdata' argument as-is. It will be available unmodified in ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackData during render. + // - If userdata_size > 0, we copy/store 'userdata_size' bytes pointed to by 'userdata'. We store them in a buffer stored inside the drawlist. ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackData will point inside that buffer so you have to retrieve data from there. Your callback may need to use ImDrawCmd::UserCallbackDataSize if you expect dynamically-sized data. + // - Support for userdata_size > 0 was added in v1.91.4, October 2024. So earlier code always only allowed to copy/store a simple void*. + IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* userdata, size_t userdata_size = 0); + + // Advanced: Miscellaneous IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer. // Advanced: Channels // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) - // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } @@ -2602,10 +3180,12 @@ struct ImDrawList inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) - inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) -#endif + // Obsolete names + //inline void AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddEllipse(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments, thickness); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024) + //inline void AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0) { AddEllipseFilled(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024) + //inline void PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0) { PathEllipticalArcTo(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), rot, a_min, a_max, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024) + //inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) + //inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) // [Internal helpers] IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); @@ -2615,6 +3195,7 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + IMGUI_API void _SetTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const; IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step); IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments); @@ -2625,18 +3206,20 @@ struct ImDrawList // as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList) struct ImDrawData { - bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render - int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size - int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. + int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render (should always be == CmdLists.size) + int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size + int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size + ImVector CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). // Functions ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + IMGUI_API void Clear(); + IMGUI_API void AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list); // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData. IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; @@ -2652,17 +3235,18 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleH; // 2 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. - const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. + const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. - float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. + float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future. + float RasterizerDensity; // 1.0f // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered. ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. // [Internal] @@ -2746,8 +3330,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter. IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts. IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory. @@ -2770,7 +3354,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas //------------------------------------------- // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list) - // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. + // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. + // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md/#about-utf-8-encoding for details. // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic @@ -2788,7 +3373,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. - // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format. + // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of preferred texture format. // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. @@ -2845,7 +3430,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas struct ImFont { // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize) - ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI). + ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI). float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) @@ -2859,11 +3444,13 @@ struct ImFont const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found. - ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...' // Character used for ellipsis rendering. - ImWchar DotChar; // 2 // out // = '.' // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found) + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering. + short EllipsisCharCount; // 1 // out // 1 or 3 + float EllipsisWidth; // 4 // out // Width + float EllipsisCharStep; // 4 // out // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0 bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() - float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] + float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] (unscaled) int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. @@ -2903,7 +3490,7 @@ enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) - ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: Is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) }; // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -2915,6 +3502,7 @@ enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport. struct ImGuiViewport { + ImGuiID ID; // Unique identifier for the viewport ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_ ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates) ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport. @@ -2922,6 +3510,7 @@ struct ImGuiViewport ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size) // Platform/Backend Dependent Data + void* PlatformHandle; // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*) void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms) ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } @@ -2935,7 +3524,45 @@ struct ImGuiViewport // [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +// Access via ImGui::GetPlatformIO() +struct ImGuiPlatformIO +{ + IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO(); + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Interface with OS and Platform backend + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Optional: Access OS clipboard + // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) + const char* (*Platform_GetClipboardTextFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx); + void (*Platform_SetClipboardTextFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text); + void* Platform_ClipboardUserData; + + // Optional: Open link/folder/file in OS Shell + // (default to use ShellExecuteA() on Windows, system() on Linux/Mac) + bool (*Platform_OpenInShellFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); + void* Platform_OpenInShellUserData; + + // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) + // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) + void (*Platform_SetImeDataFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + void* Platform_ImeUserData; + //void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); // [Renamed to platform_io.PlatformSetImeDataFn in 1.91.1] + + // Optional: Platform locale + // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point + ImWchar Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Interface with Renderer Backend + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Written by some backends during ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() call to point backend_specific ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState* structure. + void* Renderer_RenderState; +}; + +// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiPlatformImeData { bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible @@ -2951,33 +3578,48 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformImeData // Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -namespace ImGui -{ -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] -#else - static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } -#endif -} - #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { - // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) - // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) - static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) - IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. - // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) - static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items - static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } - static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.91.0 (from July 2024) + static inline void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); } + static inline void PopButtonRepeat() { PopItemFlag(); } + static inline void PushTabStop(bool tab_stop) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } + static inline void PopTabStop() { PopItemFlag(); } + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // Content boundaries max (e.g. window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries). You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // Content boundaries min for the window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window-local coordinates. You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // Content boundaries max for the window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll), in window-local coordinates. You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023) + static inline bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0) { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); } + static inline void EndChildFrame() { EndChild(); } + //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool borders, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, borders ? ImGuiChildFlags_Borders : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Borders + //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool borders, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, borders ? ImGuiChildFlags_Borders : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Borders + static inline void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL) { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); } + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023) + IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item. + // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023) + static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } + static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopItemFlag(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024) + IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value! + //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; } // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) + //IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // --> Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding). Refer to code in 1.91 if you want to grab a copy of this version. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) + //static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + //static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) + //IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) + //static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + //static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. @@ -3024,29 +3666,31 @@ namespace ImGui //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 } -// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() -typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ -{ - ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, -}; +//-- OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +//typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +//enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +//{ +// ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit +// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). +// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +//}; // RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) // RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. -typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there. -enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", so you may store mods in there. +//enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; //typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int //enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // OBSOLETED IN 1.90 (now using C++11 standard version) + #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) @@ -3069,9 +3713,14 @@ enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl #pragma warning (pop) #endif -// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) +// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h +// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +#ifdef IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME +#else #include "imgui_user.h" #endif +#endif #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp index c1b7dbe5ac..a85e28e54f 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (demo code) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. +// - Need help integrating Dear ImGui in your codebase? +// - Read Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started +// - Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// Read top of imgui.cpp and imgui.h for many details, documentation, comments, links. // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// ------------------------------------------------- +// How to easily locate code? +// - Use Tools->Item Picker to debug break in code by clicking any widgets: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Browse an online version the demo with code linked to hovered widgets: https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html +// - Find a visible string and search for it in the code! + +//--------------------------------------------------- // PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! -// ------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------- // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: // Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. // Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! @@ -24,27 +31,38 @@ // Thank you, // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: -// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, -// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to -// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller -// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function -// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, -// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. - +//-------------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE MEANING OF THE 'static' KEYWORD: +//-------------------------------------------- +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. +// A static variable persists across calls. It is essentially a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. +// Think of "static int n = 0;" as "global int n = 0;" ! +// We do this IN THE DEMO because we want: +// - to gather code and data in the same place. +// - to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to change, smaller in size. +// - it is also a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. +// This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the data you would be working +// with in a complex codebase is likely going to be stored outside your functions. + +//----------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE CODING STYLE OF OUR DEMO CODE +//----------------------------------------- // The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! // Because of this: // - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. // - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. // - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API. // - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided -// by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional +// by imgui.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional // and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. // Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. +// - You can search/grep for all sections listed in the index to find the section. /* @@ -52,13 +70,15 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward Declarations // [SECTION] Helpers +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos) // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() -// - ShowDemoWindow() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() // [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() @@ -75,6 +95,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() // [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() +// [SECTION] Example App: Assets Browser / ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() */ @@ -91,10 +112,12 @@ Index of this file: #include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER >= 1800 +#include // PRId64/PRIu64, not avail in some MinGW headers. +#endif +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#include // __EMSCRIPTEN_major__ etc. #endif // Visual Studio warnings @@ -120,6 +143,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size @@ -144,14 +168,13 @@ Index of this file: #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif -// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... -// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" -#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" -#else -#define IM_PRId64 "lld" -#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +// Format specifiers for 64-bit values (hasn't been decently standardized before VS2013) +#if !defined(PRId64) && defined(_MSC_VER) +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#define PRIu64 "I64u" +#elif !defined(PRId64) +#define PRId64 "lld" +#define PRIu64 "llu" #endif // Helpers macros @@ -162,7 +185,8 @@ Index of this file: #define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) #define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V)) -// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, +// in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifndef IMGUI_CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl @@ -172,30 +196,34 @@ Index of this file: #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Forward Declarations -static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); +struct ImGuiDemoWindowData; static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); +static void ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions -// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +// (because the link time of very large functions tends to grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); @@ -211,9 +239,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); @@ -230,73 +257,161 @@ void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; #define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor etc.) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Simple representation for a tree +// (this is designed to be simple to understand for our demos, not to be fancy or efficient etc.) +struct ExampleTreeNode +{ + // Tree structure + char Name[28] = ""; + int UID = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* Parent = NULL; + ImVector Childs; + unsigned short IndexInParent = 0; // Maintaining this allows us to implement linear traversal more easily + + // Leaf Data + bool HasData = false; // All leaves have data + bool DataMyBool = true; + int DataMyInt = 128; + ImVec2 DataMyVec2 = ImVec2(0.0f, 3.141592f); +}; + +// Simple representation of struct metadata/serialization data. +// (this is a minimal version of what a typical advanced application may provide) +struct ExampleMemberInfo +{ + const char* Name; // Member name + ImGuiDataType DataType; // Member type + int DataCount; // Member count (1 when scalar) + int Offset; // Offset inside parent structure +}; + +// Metadata description of ExampleTreeNode struct. +static const ExampleMemberInfo ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] +{ + { "MyBool", ImGuiDataType_Bool, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyBool) }, + { "MyInt", ImGuiDataType_S32, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyInt) }, + { "MyVec2", ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyVec2) }, +}; + +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateNode(const char* name, int uid, ExampleTreeNode* parent) +{ + ExampleTreeNode* node = IM_NEW(ExampleTreeNode); + snprintf(node->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(node->Name), "%s", name); + node->UID = uid; + node->Parent = parent; + node->IndexInParent = parent ? (unsigned short)parent->Childs.Size : 0; + if (parent) + parent->Childs.push_back(node); + return node; +} + +// Create example tree data +// (this allocates _many_ more times than most other code in either Dear ImGui or others demo) +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree() +{ + static const char* root_names[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pear", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + const size_t NAME_MAX_LEN = sizeof(ExampleTreeNode::Name); + char name_buf[NAME_MAX_LEN]; + int uid = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* node_L0 = ExampleTree_CreateNode("", ++uid, NULL); + const int root_items_multiplier = 2; + for (int idx_L0 = 0; idx_L0 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(root_names) * root_items_multiplier; idx_L0++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "%s %d", root_names[idx_L0 / root_items_multiplier], idx_L0 % root_items_multiplier); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L1 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L0); + const int number_of_childs = (int)strlen(node_L1->Name); + for (int idx_L1 = 0; idx_L1 < number_of_childs; idx_L1++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Child %d", idx_L1); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L2 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L1); + node_L2->HasData = true; + if (idx_L1 == 0) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Sub-child %d", 0); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L3 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L2); + node_L3->HasData = true; + } + } + } + return node_L0; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowDemoWindow() -// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data to be shared accross different functions of the demo. +struct ImGuiDemoWindowData +{ + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) + bool ShowMainMenuBar = false; + bool ShowAppAssetsBrowser = false; + bool ShowAppConsole = false; + bool ShowAppCustomRendering = false; + bool ShowAppDocuments = false; + bool ShowAppLog = false; + bool ShowAppLayout = false; + bool ShowAppPropertyEditor = false; + bool ShowAppSimpleOverlay = false; + bool ShowAppAutoResize = false; + bool ShowAppConstrainedResize = false; + bool ShowAppFullscreen = false; + bool ShowAppLongText = false; + bool ShowAppWindowTitles = false; + + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + bool ShowMetrics = false; + bool ShowDebugLog = false; + bool ShowIDStackTool = false; + bool ShowStyleEditor = false; + bool ShowAbout = false; + + // Other data + ExampleTreeNode* DemoTree = NULL; +}; + // Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) // You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. // You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup - // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); + // Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!"); + + // Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues. + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); + + // Stored data + static ImGuiDemoWindowData demo_data; // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) - static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; - static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; - static bool show_app_log = false; - static bool show_app_layout = false; - static bool show_app_property_editor = false; - static bool show_app_long_text = false; - static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; - static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; - static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; - static bool show_app_window_titles = false; - static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; - - if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); - if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); - if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); - if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); - if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); - if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); - if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); - if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); - if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); - if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); - if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); - if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - - // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_debug_log = false; - static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - - if (show_app_metrics) - ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); - if (show_app_debug_log) - ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); - if (show_app_stack_tool) - ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); - if (show_app_about) - ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); - if (show_app_style_editor) - { - ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + if (demo_data.ShowMainMenuBar) { ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppDocuments) { ShowExampleAppDocuments(&demo_data.ShowAppDocuments); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser) { ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(&demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppConsole) { ShowExampleAppConsole(&demo_data.ShowAppConsole); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering) { ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLog) { ShowExampleAppLog(&demo_data.ShowAppLog); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLayout) { ShowExampleAppLayout(&demo_data.ShowAppLayout); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor) { ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor, &demo_data); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppSimpleOverlay) { ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&demo_data.ShowAppSimpleOverlay); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppAutoResize) { ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&demo_data.ShowAppAutoResize); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppConstrainedResize) { ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&demo_data.ShowAppConstrainedResize); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppFullscreen) { ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&demo_data.ShowAppFullscreen); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLongText) { ShowExampleAppLongText(&demo_data.ShowAppLongText); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppWindowTitles) { ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&demo_data.ShowAppWindowTitles); } + + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + if (demo_data.ShowMetrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&demo_data.ShowMetrics); } + if (demo_data.ShowDebugLog) { ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&demo_data.ShowDebugLog); } + if (demo_data.ShowIDStackTool) { ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(&demo_data.ShowIDStackTool); } + if (demo_data.ShowAbout) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&demo_data.ShowAbout); } + if (demo_data.ShowStyleEditor) + { + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &demo_data.ShowStyleEditor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -342,56 +457,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. - // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); - // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) // Menu Bar - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); - ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); - ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); - ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); - ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); - ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); - ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); - ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); - ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS - const bool has_debug_tools = true; -#else - const bool has_debug_tools = false; -#endif - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } + ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(&demo_data); ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -399,23 +469,23 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { - ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); - ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at "); + ImGui::SameLine(0, 0); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("USER GUIDE:"); ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } @@ -426,6 +496,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); @@ -433,21 +504,32 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct dear imgui to disable mouse inputs and interactions."); + + // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) { - // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("<>"); } - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) + // Prevent both being checked + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)) io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; } - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct dear imgui to disable keyboard inputs and interactions."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive); @@ -457,11 +539,48 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage", &io.ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable scrolling page by page when clicking outside the scrollbar grab.\nWhen disabled, always scroll to clicked location.\nWhen enabled, Shift+Click scrolls to clicked location."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys, enable various MacOS style behaviors."); ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); + + // Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling + ImGui::SeparatorText("Error Handling"); + + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecovery", &io.ConfigErrorRecovery); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Options to configure how we handle recoverable errors.\n" + "- Error recovery is not perfect nor guaranteed! It is a feature to ease development.\n" + "- You not are not supposed to rely on it in the course of a normal application run.\n" + "- Possible usage: facilitate recovery from errors triggered from a scripting language or after specific exceptions handlers.\n" + "- Always ensure that on programmers seat you have at minimum Asserts or Tooltips enabled when making direct imgui API call!" + "Otherwise it would severely hinder your ability to catch and correct mistakes!"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip); + if (!io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert && !io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog && !io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip) + io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert = io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog = io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip = true; + + // Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools + ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent", &io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().\n\nRequires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts", &io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Highlight and show an error message when multiple items have conflicting identifiers."); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss", &io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags"); @@ -471,24 +590,26 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n" "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); - // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. - // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent.. - ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + // FIXME: Maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent to keep label bright? + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) { + ImGui::Checkbox("Style Editor", &demo_data.ShowStyleEditor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); - ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging"); @@ -532,7 +653,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // All demo contents - ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); + ShowDemoWindowWidgets(&demo_data); ShowDemoWindowLayout(); ShowDemoWindowPopups(); ShowDemoWindowTables(); @@ -543,9 +664,82 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &demo_data->ShowMainMenuBar); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Assets Browser", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppAssetsBrowser); + ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppConsole); + ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppCustomRendering); + ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDocuments); + ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLog); + ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppPropertyEditor); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLayout); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppSimpleOverlay); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppAutoResize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppConstrainedResize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppFullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLongText); + ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppWindowTitles); + + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; +#endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &demo_data->ShowMetrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowDebugLog, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &demo_data->ShowIDStackTool, has_debug_tools); + bool is_debugger_present = io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Item Picker", NULL, false, has_debug_tools && is_debugger_present)) + ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); + if (!is_debugger_present) + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Requires io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent=true to be set.\n\nWe otherwise disable the menu option to avoid casual users crashing the application.\n\nYou can however always access the Item Picker in Metrics->Tools."); + ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowStyleEditor); + ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAbout); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug Options"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Highlight ID Conflicts", NULL, &io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) return; @@ -556,6 +750,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button"); static int clicked = 0; if (ImGui::Button("Button")) @@ -602,27 +798,20 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)"); static int counter = 0; float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, true); if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Button("Tooltip"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); - { - // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here - // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; - static int item_current = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); - } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs"); { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, @@ -666,22 +855,27 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat"); - static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; + static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42, i3 = 128; ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "Click and drag to edit value.\n" "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n" "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value."); - ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::DragInt("drag int wrap 100..200", &i3, 1, 100, 200, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f; ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); + //ImGui::DragFloat("drag wrap -1..1", &f3, 0.005f, -1.0f, 1.0f, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat"); static int i1 = 0; @@ -704,10 +898,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int elem = Element_Fire; const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown"; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); + ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); // Use ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput flag to disable CTRL+Click here. ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selectors/Pickers"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4"); static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; @@ -722,6 +918,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); } + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here + // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; + static int item_current = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\n" + "Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); + } + { // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. @@ -730,43 +938,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int item_current = 1; ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); + "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\n" + "Refer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); } - { - // Tooltips - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Button"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tooltips"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltips")) + { + // Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Fancy"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } + // Typical use cases: + // - Short-form (text only): SetItemTooltip("Hello"); + // - Short-form (any contents): if (BeginItemTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Delayed"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // Delay best used on items that highlight on hover, so this not a great example! - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); + // - Full-form (text only): if (IsItemHovered(...)) { SetTooltip("Hello"); } + // - Full-form (any contents): if (IsItemHovered(...) && BeginTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker( - "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are typically created by using a IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.\n\n" + "We provide a helper SetItemTooltip() function to perform the two with standards flags."); + + ImVec2 sz = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f); + + ImGui::Button("Basic", sz); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::Button("Fancy", sz); + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) + { + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Always On"); + + // Showcase NOT relying on a IsItemHovered() to emit a tooltip. + // Here the tooltip is always emitted when 'always_on == true'. + static int always_on = 0; + ImGui::RadioButton("Off", &always_on, 0); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Simple)", &always_on, 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Advanced)", &always_on, 2); + if (always_on == 1) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am following you around."); + else if (always_on == 2 && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::ProgressBar(sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()) * 0.5f + 0.5f, ImVec2(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25, 0.0f)); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom"); + + HelpMarker( + "Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() is the preferred way to standardize" + "tooltip activation details across your application. You may however decide to use custom" + "flags for a specific tooltip instance."); + + // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users. + // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from + // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or gamepad/keyboard is being used. + // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. + ImGui::Button("Manual", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with no delay."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayShort", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a short delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayShort); + + ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); + + ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating."); + + // Using ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip will pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav', + // which default value include the ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled flag. + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item."); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -776,10 +1043,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // if (once) // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree Nodes")) { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) { for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) @@ -789,18 +1056,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (i == 0) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i)) + // Here we use PushID() to generate a unique base ID, and then the "" used as TreeNode id won't conflict. + // An alternative to using 'PushID() + TreeNode("", ...)' to generate a unique ID is to use 'TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, ...)', + // aka generate a dummy pointer-sized value to be hashed. The demo below uses that technique. Both are fine. + ImGui::PushID(i); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("", "Child %d", i)) { ImGui::Text("blah blah"); ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} ImGui::TreePop(); } + ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) { HelpMarker( @@ -813,6 +1085,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Reduce hit area to the text label and a bit of margin."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere); ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); ImGui::Text("Hello!"); @@ -845,9 +1122,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); } + if (i == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth)) + { + // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanTextWidth. + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} + } if (node_open) { ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); ImGui::TreePop(); } } @@ -988,7 +1273,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); - ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. + ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis @@ -1026,16 +1311,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; { + static bool use_text_color_for_tint = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Use Text Color for Tint", &use_text_color_for_tint); ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white + ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); float region_sz = 32.0f; float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; @@ -1090,23 +1376,36 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear incompatible flags if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview); // Clear incompatible flags + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; + + // Override default popup height + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. - const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything) + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + + // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[]) + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_selected_idx]; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + item_selected_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1115,6 +1414,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndCombo(); } + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("One-liner variants"); + HelpMarker("Flags above don't apply to this section."); + // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. static int item_current_2 = 0; @@ -1126,9 +1429,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function - struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } }; static int item_current_4 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, [](void* data, int n) { return ((const char**)data)[n]; }, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1136,18 +1438,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) { + // BeginListBox() is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild()/EndChild() + // using the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // You may be tempted to simply use BeginChild() directly. However note that BeginChild() requires EndChild() + // to always be called (inconsistent with BeginListBox()/EndListBox()). + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selected data as an index. + + static bool item_highlight = false; + int item_highlighted_idx = -1; // Here we store our highlighted data as an index. + ImGui::Checkbox("Highlight hovered item in second listbox", &item_highlight); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + item_selected_idx = n; + + if (item_highlight && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + item_highlighted_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1155,6 +1470,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::EndListBox(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we are sharing selection state between both boxes."); // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); @@ -1162,9 +1478,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = (item_highlighted_idx == n) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight : 0; + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected, flags)) + item_selected_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1177,6 +1494,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) { // Selectable() has 2 overloads: @@ -1188,60 +1506,30 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { - static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); - ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selection[4] = !selection[4]; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) - { - static int selected = -1; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) - selected = n; - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) - { - HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); - static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) - { - if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held - memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); - selection[n] ^= 1; - } - } + selection[3] = !selection[3]; ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) { - // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, - // this function toggle your bool value automatically. + // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() + // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically. static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3"); ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In Tables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("In Tables")) { static bool selected[10] = {}; @@ -1275,6 +1563,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) { @@ -1334,6 +1623,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(demo_data); + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); @@ -1360,6 +1651,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When _AllowTabInput is set, passing through the widget with Tabbing doesn't automatically activate it, in order to also cycling through subsequent widgets."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1370,7 +1662,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { struct TextFilters { - // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i' + // Modify character input by altering 'data->Eventchar' (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter callback) + static int FilterCasingSwap(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar >= 'a' && data->EventChar <= 'z') { data->EventChar -= 'a' - 'A'; } // Lowercase becomes uppercase + else if (data->EventChar >= 'A' && data->EventChar <= 'Z') { data->EventChar += 'a' - 'A'; } // Uppercase becomes lowercase + return 0; + } + + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i', otherwise return 1 (filter out) static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) @@ -1379,12 +1679,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } }; - static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); - static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + static char buf1[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 32); + static char buf2[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("casing swap", buf6, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterCasingSwap); // Use CharFilter callback to replace characters. + static char buf7[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\"", buf7, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); // Use CharFilter callback to disable some characters. ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1399,6 +1700,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) { struct Funcs @@ -1440,16 +1742,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() }; static char buf1[64]; ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); static char buf2[64]; ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); static char buf3[64]; static int edit_count = 0; ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1498,6 +1805,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous")) + { + static char buf1[16]; + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo); + ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1541,6 +1860,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline); if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) @@ -1549,11 +1869,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); // Tab Bar + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Opened:"); const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) { - if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); } @@ -1612,8 +1934,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndPopup(); } - // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") - // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab. + // (In your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // We submit it before the regular tabs, but thanks to the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. if (show_trailing_button) if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab @@ -1654,10 +1977,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); // Plot as lines and plot as histogram - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram"); static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Consider using ImPlot instead!"); // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float @@ -1689,7 +2012,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. struct Funcs { @@ -1697,25 +2020,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } }; static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions"); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::Text("Need better plotting and graphing? Consider using ImPlot:"); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://github.com/epezent/implot"); ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Progress Bars"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Progress Bars")) + { // Animate a simple progress bar - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar"); static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; - if (animate) - { - progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; - if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - } + progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; + if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. @@ -1727,7 +2056,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() char buf[32]; sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); - ImGui::TreePop(); + + // Pass an animated negative value, e.g. -1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime() is the recommended value. + // Adjust the factor if you want to adjust the animation speed. + ImGui::ProgressBar(-1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime(), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), "Searching.."); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Text("Indeterminate"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color"); @@ -1740,6 +2076,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static bool drag_and_drop = true; static bool options_menu = true; static bool hdr = false; + ImGui::SeparatorText("Options"); ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop); @@ -1748,6 +2085,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inline color editor"); ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" @@ -1845,7 +2183,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker"); - ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Color picker"); static bool alpha = true; static bool alpha_bar = true; static bool side_preview = true; @@ -1895,7 +2233,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); - // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + // Always display a small version of both types of pickers + // (that's in order to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) ImGui::Text("Both types:"); float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); @@ -1926,13 +2265,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp even if min==max==0.0f. Otherwise DragXXX functions don't clamp."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max (only supported by DragXXX() functions)"); // Drags static float drag_f = 0.5f; @@ -1942,14 +2286,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 0)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.3f", flags); // To test ClampZeroRange + //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (100 -> 100)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 100.0f, 100.0f, "%.3f", flags); ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); // Sliders static float slider_f = 0.5f; static int slider_i = 50; + const ImGuiSliderFlags flags_for_sliders = flags & ~ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround; ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); - ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); - ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags_for_sliders); + ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags_for_sliders); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2016,7 +2363,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() const float drag_speed = 0.2f; static bool drag_clamp = false; IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags"); - ImGui::Text("Drags:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags"); ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" @@ -2036,7 +2383,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders"); - ImGui::Text("Sliders"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); @@ -2048,12 +2395,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); @@ -2061,30 +2408,34 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams"); - ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders (reverse)"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; - ImGui::Text("Inputs"); + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None; + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs"); ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2095,22 +2446,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; + ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); @@ -2275,6 +2627,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) { + // FIXME: there is temporary (usually single-frame) ID Conflict during reordering as a same item may be submitting twice. + // This code was always slightly faulty but in a way which was not easily noticeable. + // Until we fix this, enable ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId to disable detecting the issue. + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); + // Simple reordering HelpMarker( "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! " @@ -2296,6 +2653,36 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } } } + + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Tooltip at target location"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltip at target location")) + { + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + // Drop targets + ImGui::Button(n ? "drop here##1" : "drop here##0"); + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + ImGuiDragDropFlags drop_target_flags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip; + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, drop_target_flags)) + { + IM_UNUSED(payload); + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed); + ImGui::SetTooltip("Cannot drop here!"); + } + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + // Drop source + static ImVec4 col4 = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f, 1.0f }; + if (n == 0) + ImGui::ColorButton("drag me", col4); + + } ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2327,7 +2714,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button - if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) + if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopItemFlag(); } // Testing button (with repeater) if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) @@ -2343,8 +2730,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_stationary = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + bool hovered_delay_tooltip = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip); // = Normal + Stationary // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. @@ -2356,7 +2745,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" "IsItemActive() = %d\n" @@ -2375,7 +2765,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), ImGui::IsItemActive(), @@ -2391,7 +2782,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); ImGui::BulletText( - "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); + "with Hovering Delay or Stationary test:\n" + "IsItemHovered() = = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_DelayShort) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_DelayNormal) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_Tooltip) = %d", + hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_stationary, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal, hovered_delay_tooltip); if (item_disabled) ImGui::EndDisabled(); @@ -2410,7 +2807,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. ImGui::BulletText( @@ -2443,7 +2840,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), @@ -2454,9 +2852,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); ImGui::EndChild(); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) @@ -2518,191 +2917,1210 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } } -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() +static const char* ExampleNames[] = { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) - return; + "Artichoke", "Arugula", "Asparagus", "Avocado", "Bamboo Shoots", "Bean Sprouts", "Beans", "Beet", "Belgian Endive", "Bell Pepper", + "Bitter Gourd", "Bok Choy", "Broccoli", "Brussels Sprouts", "Burdock Root", "Cabbage", "Calabash", "Capers", "Carrot", "Cassava", + "Cauliflower", "Celery", "Celery Root", "Celcuce", "Chayote", "Chinese Broccoli", "Corn", "Cucumber" +}; - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) +// Extra functions to add deletion support to ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +struct ExampleSelectionWithDeletion : ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +{ + // Find which item should be Focused after deletion. + // Call _before_ item submission. Retunr an index in the before-deletion item list, your item loop should call SetKeyboardFocusHere() on it. + // The subsequent ApplyDeletionPostLoop() code will use it to apply Selection. + // - We cannot provide this logic in core Dear ImGui because we don't have access to selection data. + // - We don't actually manipulate the ImVector<> here, only in ApplyDeletionPostLoop(), but using similar API for consistency and flexibility. + // - Important: Deletion only works if the underlying ImGuiID for your items are stable: aka not depend on their index, but on e.g. item id/ptr. + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Doesn't take account of the possibility focus target will be moved during deletion. Need refocus or scroll offset. + int ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, int items_count) { - HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); - static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; - static bool disable_menu = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu); + if (Size == 0) + return -1; - // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar + // If focused item is not selected... + const int focused_idx = (int)ms_io->NavIdItem; // Index of currently focused item + if (ms_io->NavIdSelected == false) // This is merely a shortcut, == Contains(adapter->IndexToStorage(items, focused_idx)) { - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; - if (disable_mouse_wheel) - window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); - ImGui::EndChild(); + ms_io->RangeSrcReset = true; // Request to recover RangeSrc from NavId next frame. Would be ok to reset even when NavIdSelected==true, but it would take an extra frame to recover RangeSrc when deleting a selected item. + return focused_idx; // Request to focus same item after deletion. } - ImGui::SameLine(); + // If focused item is selected: land on first unselected item after focused item. + for (int idx = focused_idx + 1; idx < items_count; idx++) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + return idx; - // Child 2: rounded border + // If focused item is selected: otherwise return last unselected item before focused item. + for (int idx = IM_MIN(focused_idx, items_count) - 1; idx >= 0; idx--) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + return idx; + + return -1; + } + + // Rewrite item list (delete items) + update selection. + // - Call after EndMultiSelect() + // - We cannot provide this logic in core Dear ImGui because we don't have access to your items, nor to selection data. + template + void ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, ImVector& items, int item_curr_idx_to_select) + { + // Rewrite item list (delete items) + convert old selection index (before deletion) to new selection index (after selection). + // If NavId was not part of selection, we will stay on same item. + ImVector new_items; + new_items.reserve(items.Size - Size); + int item_next_idx_to_select = -1; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items.Size; idx++) { - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; - if (disable_mouse_wheel) - window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; - if (!disable_menu) - window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); - if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + new_items.push_back(items[idx]); + if (item_curr_idx_to_select == idx) + item_next_idx_to_select = new_items.Size - 1; + } + items.swap(new_items); + + // Update selection + Clear(); + if (item_next_idx_to_select != -1 && ms_io->NavIdSelected) + SetItemSelected(GetStorageIdFromIndex(item_next_idx_to_select), true); + } +}; + +// Example: Implement dual list box storage and interface +struct ExampleDualListBox +{ + ImVector Items[2]; // ID is index into ExampleName[] + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage Selections[2]; // Store ExampleItemId into selection + bool OptKeepSorted = true; + + void MoveAll(int src, int dst) + { + IM_ASSERT((src == 0 && dst == 1) || (src == 1 && dst == 0)); + for (ImGuiID item_id : Items[src]) + Items[dst].push_back(item_id); + Items[src].clear(); + SortItems(dst); + Selections[src].Swap(Selections[dst]); + Selections[src].Clear(); + } + void MoveSelected(int src, int dst) + { + for (int src_n = 0; src_n < Items[src].Size; src_n++) + { + ImGuiID item_id = Items[src][src_n]; + if (!Selections[src].Contains(item_id)) + continue; + Items[src].erase(&Items[src][src_n]); // FIXME-OPT: Could be implemented more optimally (rebuild src items and swap) + Items[dst].push_back(item_id); + src_n--; + } + if (OptKeepSorted) + SortItems(dst); + Selections[src].Swap(Selections[dst]); + Selections[src].Clear(); + } + void ApplySelectionRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, int side) + { + // In this example we store item id in selection (instead of item index) + Selections[side].UserData = Items[side].Data; + Selections[side].AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { ImGuiID* items = (ImGuiID*)self->UserData; return items[idx]; }; + Selections[side].ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareItemsByValue(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const int* a = (const int*)lhs; + const int* b = (const int*)rhs; + return (*a - *b) > 0 ? +1 : -1; + } + void SortItems(int n) + { + qsort(Items[n].Data, (size_t)Items[n].Size, sizeof(Items[n][0]), CompareItemsByValue); + } + void Show() + { + //ImGui::Checkbox("Sorted", &OptKeepSorted); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); // Left side + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Buttons + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); // Right side + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + int request_move_selected = -1; + int request_move_all = -1; + float child_height_0 = 0.0f; + for (int side = 0; side < 2; side++) { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Dual List Box: Add context menus + // FIXME-NAV: Using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened exhibit many issues. + ImVector& items = Items[side]; + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& selection = Selections[side]; + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex((side == 0) ? 0 : 2); + ImGui::Text("%s (%d)", (side == 0) ? "Available" : "Basket", items.Size); + + // Submit scrolling range to avoid glitches on moving/deletion + const float items_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + + bool child_visible; + if (side == 0) { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); + // Left child is resizable + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 4), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + child_visible = ImGui::BeginChild("0", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY); + child_height_0 = ImGui::GetWindowSize().y; } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + else { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); - ImGui::TableNextColumn(); - ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + // Right child use same height as left one + child_visible = ImGui::BeginChild("1", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, child_height_0), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); } - ImGui::EndTable(); + if (child_visible) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, side); + + for (int item_n = 0; item_n < items.Size; item_n++) + { + ImGuiID item_id = items[item_n]; + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains(item_id); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(item_n); + ImGui::Selectable(ExampleNames[item_id], item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick); + if (ImGui::IsItemFocused()) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Dual List Box: Transfer focus + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter)) + request_move_selected = side; + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Double-click on multi-selection? + request_move_selected = side; + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, side); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); } - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); + // Buttons columns + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::NewLine(); + //ImVec2 button_sz = { ImGui::CalcTextSize(">>").x + ImGui::GetStyle().FramePadding.x * 2.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + padding.y * 2.0f }; + ImVec2 button_sz = { ImGui::GetFrameHeight(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight() }; - // Demonstrate a few extra things - // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) - // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window) - // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively - // layout from this position. - // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from - // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. - { - static int offset_x = 0; - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); - ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); + // (Using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() works but feels distracting given how it is currently visualized) + if (ImGui::Button(">>", button_sz)) + request_move_all = 0; + if (ImGui::Button(">", button_sz)) + request_move_selected = 0; + if (ImGui::Button("<", button_sz)) + request_move_selected = 1; + if (ImGui::Button("<<", button_sz)) + request_move_all = 1; - ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); - ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); - for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) - ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); - ImGui::EndChild(); - bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); - ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); - ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); - ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); - } + // Process requests + if (request_move_all != -1) + MoveAll(request_move_all, request_move_all ^ 1); + if (request_move_selected != -1) + MoveSelected(request_move_selected, request_move_selected ^ 1); - ImGui::TreePop(); + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Support action from outside + /* + if (OptKeepSorted == false) + { + ImGui::NewLine(); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("MoveUp", ImGuiDir_Up)) {} + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("MoveDown", ImGuiDir_Down)) {} + } + */ + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } } +}; - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) - { - static float f = 0.0f; - static bool show_indented_items = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items); +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Multi-selection demos +// Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item. - // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items. - // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size - // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc. +static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State & Multi-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State & Multi-Select")) + { + HelpMarker("Selections can be built using Selectable(), TreeNode() or other widgets. Selection state is owned by application code/data."); - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width."); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f); - if (show_indented_items) + // Without any fancy API: manage single-selection yourself. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Single-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Single-Select")) { - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f); - ImGui::Unindent(); + static int selected = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) + selected = n; + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f); - if (show_indented_items) + // Demonstrate implementation a most-basic form of multi-selection manually + // This doesn't support the SHIFT modifier which requires BeginMultiSelect()! + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (manual/simplified, without BeginMultiSelect)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (manual/simplified, without BeginMultiSelect)")) { - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f); - ImGui::Unindent(); + HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); + static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) + { + if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held + memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); + selection[n] ^= 1; // Toggle current item + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f); - if (show_indented_items) + // Demonstrate handling proper multi-selection using the BeginMultiSelect/EndMultiSelect API. + // SHIFT+Click w/ CTRL and other standard features are supported. + // We use the ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage helper which you may freely reimplement. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select")) { - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f); - ImGui::Unindent(); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::Text("Supported features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Keyboard navigation (arrows, page up/down, home/end, space)."); + ImGui::BulletText("Ctrl modifier to preserve and toggle selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift modifier for range selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to clear selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag to box-select."); + ImGui::Text("Tip: Use 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see selection requests as they happen."); - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f); - if (show_indented_items) - { - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f); - ImGui::Unindent(); + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 50; + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + + // The BeginChild() has no purpose for selection logic, other that offering a scrolling region. + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + for (int n = 0; n < ITEMS_COUNT; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. - // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f); - if (show_indented_items) + // Demonstrate using the clipper with BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (with clipper)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (with clipper)")) { - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f); - ImGui::Unindent(); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + ImGui::Text("Added features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Using ImGuiListClipper."); - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 10000; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); - // Text - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); - ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int n = clipper.DisplayStart; n < clipper.DisplayEnd; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + } - // Adjust spacing - ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - // Button - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + // Demonstrate dynamic item list + deletion support using the BeginMultiSelect/EndMultiSelect API. + // In order to support Deletion without any glitches you need to: + // - (1) If items are submitted in their own scrolling area, submit contents size SetNextWindowContentSize() ahead of time to prevent one-frame readjustment of scrolling. + // - (2) Items needs to have persistent ID Stack identifier = ID needs to not depends on their index. PushID(index) = KO. PushID(item_id) = OK. This is in order to focus items reliably after a selection. + // - (3) BeginXXXX process + // - (4) Focus process + // - (5) EndXXXX process + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (with deletion)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (with deletion)")) + { + // Storing items data separately from selection data. + // (you may decide to store selection data inside your item (aka intrusive storage) if you don't need multiple views over same items) + // Use a custom selection.Adapter: store item identifier in Selection (instead of index) + static ImVector items; + static ExampleSelectionWithDeletion selection; + selection.UserData = (void*)&items; + selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { ImVector* p_items = (ImVector*)self->UserData; return (*p_items)[idx]; }; // Index -> ID + + ImGui::Text("Added features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Dynamic list with Delete key support."); + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection.Size, items.Size); + + // Initialize default list with 50 items + button to add/remove items. + static ImGuiID items_next_id = 0; + if (items_next_id == 0) + for (ImGuiID n = 0; n < 50; n++) + items.push_back(items_next_id++); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add 20 items")) { for (int n = 0; n < 20; n++) { items.push_back(items_next_id++); } } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Remove 20 items")) { for (int n = IM_MIN(20, items.Size); n > 0; n--) { selection.SetItemSelected(items.back(), false); items.pop_back(); } } + + // (1) Extra to support deletion: Submit scrolling range to avoid glitches on deletion + const float items_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (selection.Size > 0); + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, items.Size) : -1; + + for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiID item_id = items[n]; + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05u: %s", item_id, ExampleNames[item_id % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains(item_id); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == n) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Implement a Dual List Box (#6648) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (dual list box)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (dual list box)")) + { + // Init default state + static ExampleDualListBox dlb; + if (dlb.Items[0].Size == 0 && dlb.Items[1].Size == 0) + for (int item_id = 0; item_id < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames); item_id++) + dlb.Items[0].push_back((ImGuiID)item_id); + + // Show + dlb.Show(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using the clipper with BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (in a table)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (in a table)")) + { + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 10000; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##Basket", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action"); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int n = clipper.DisplayStart; n < clipper.DisplayEnd; n++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SmallButton("hello"); + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (checkboxes)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (checkboxes)")) + { + ImGui::Text("In a list of checkboxes (not selectable):"); + ImGui::BulletText("Using _NoAutoSelect + _NoAutoClear flags."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift+Click to check multiple boxes."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift+Keyboard to copy current value to other boxes."); + + // If you have an array of checkboxes, you may want to use NoAutoSelect + NoAutoClear and the ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage helper. + static bool items[20] = {}; + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d); // Cannot use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d as checkboxes are varying width. + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, -1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage storage_wrapper; + storage_wrapper.UserData = (void*)items; + storage_wrapper.AdapterSetItemSelected = [](ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int n, bool selected) { bool* array = (bool*)self->UserData; array[n] = selected; }; + storage_wrapper.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + for (int n = 0; n < 20; n++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Checkbox(label, &items[n]); + } + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + storage_wrapper.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate individual selection scopes in same window + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (multiple scopes)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (multiple scopes)")) + { + // Use default select: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + const int SCOPES_COUNT = 3; + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 8; // Per scope + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selections_data[SCOPES_COUNT]; + + // Use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect to not affect other selections in same window. + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape;// | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + + for (int selection_scope_n = 0; selection_scope_n < SCOPES_COUNT; selection_scope_n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(selection_scope_n); + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection = &selections_data[selection_scope_n]; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection->Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection->ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selection scope"); + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection->Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + + for (int n = 0; n < ITEMS_COUNT; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection->Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection->ApplyRequests(ms_io); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // See ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (tiled assets browser)")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Assets Browser", &demo_data->ShowAppAssetsBrowser); + ImGui::Text("(also access from 'Examples->Assets Browser' in menu)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate supporting multiple-selection in a tree. + // - We don't use linear indices for selection user data, but our ExampleTreeNode* pointer directly! + // This showcase how SetNextItemSelectionUserData() never assume indices! + // - The difficulty here is to "interpolate" from RangeSrcItem to RangeDstItem in the SetAll/SetRange request. + // We want this interpolation to match what the user sees: in visible order, skipping closed nodes. + // This is implemented by our TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder() user-space helper. + // - Important: In a real codebase aiming to implement full-featured selectable tree with custom filtering, you + // are more likely to build an array mapping sequential indices to visible tree nodes, since your + // filtering/search + clipping process will benefit from it. Having this will make this interpolation much easier. + // - Consider this a prototype: we are working toward simplifying some of it. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (trees)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (trees)")) + { + HelpMarker( + "This is rather advanced and experimental. If you are getting started with multi-select," + "please don't start by looking at how to use it for a tree!\n\n" + "Future versions will try to simplify and formalize some of this."); + + struct ExampleTreeFuncs + { + static void DrawNode(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection) + { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere; // Enable pressing left to jump to parent + if (node->Childs.Size == 0) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf; + if (selection->Contains((ImGuiID)node->UID)) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + + // Using SetNextItemStorageID() to specify storage id, so we can easily peek into + // the storage holding open/close stage, using our TreeNodeGetOpen/TreeNodeSetOpen() functions. + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData((ImGuiSelectionUserData)(intptr_t)node); + ImGui::SetNextItemStorageID((ImGuiID)node->UID); + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + DrawNode(child, selection); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + else if (ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + { + TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(node, selection); + } + } + + static bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ExampleTreeNode* node) + { + return ImGui::GetStateStorage()->GetBool((ImGuiID)node->UID); + } + + static void TreeNodeSetOpen(ExampleTreeNode* node, bool open) + { + ImGui::GetStateStorage()->SetBool((ImGuiID)node->UID, open); + } + + // When closing a node: 1) close and unselect all child nodes, 2) select parent if any child was selected. + // FIXME: This is currently handled by user logic but I'm hoping to eventually provide tree node + // features to do this automatically, e.g. a ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AutoCloseChildNodes etc. + static int TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, int depth = 0) + { + // Recursive close (the test for depth == 0 is because we call this on a node that was just closed!) + int unselected_count = selection->Contains((ImGuiID)node->UID) ? 1 : 0; + if (depth == 0 || TreeNodeGetOpen(node)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + unselected_count += TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(child, selection, depth + 1); + TreeNodeSetOpen(node, false); + } + + // Select root node if any of its child was selected, otherwise unselect + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, (depth == 0 && unselected_count > 0)); + return unselected_count; + } + + // Apply multi-selection requests + static void ApplySelectionRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, ExampleTreeNode* tree, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection) + { + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + { + if (req.Selected) + TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(tree, selection, req.Selected); + else + selection->Clear(); + } + else if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + { + ExampleTreeNode* first_node = (ExampleTreeNode*)(intptr_t)req.RangeFirstItem; + ExampleTreeNode* last_node = (ExampleTreeNode*)(intptr_t)req.RangeLastItem; + for (ExampleTreeNode* node = first_node; node != NULL; node = TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder(node, last_node)) + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, req.Selected); + } + } + } + + static void TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, bool selected) + { + if (node->Parent != NULL) // Root node isn't visible nor selectable in our scheme + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, selected); + if (node->Parent == NULL || TreeNodeGetOpen(node)) + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(child, selection, selected); + } + + // Interpolate in *user-visible order* AND only *over opened nodes*. + // If you have a sequential mapping tables (e.g. generated after a filter/search pass) this would be simpler. + // Here the tricks are that: + // - we store/maintain ExampleTreeNode::IndexInParent which allows implementing a linear iterator easily, without searches, without recursion. + // this could be replaced by a search in parent, aka 'int index_in_parent = curr_node->Parent->Childs.find_index(curr_node)' + // which would only be called when crossing from child to a parent, aka not too much. + // - we call SetNextItemStorageID() before our TreeNode() calls with an ID which doesn't relate to UI stack, + // making it easier to call TreeNodeGetOpen()/TreeNodeSetOpen() from any location. + static ExampleTreeNode* TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder(ExampleTreeNode* curr_node, ExampleTreeNode* last_node) + { + // Reached last node + if (curr_node == last_node) + return NULL; + + // Recurse into childs. Query storage to tell if the node is open. + if (curr_node->Childs.Size > 0 && TreeNodeGetOpen(curr_node)) + return curr_node->Childs[0]; + + // Next sibling, then into our own parent + while (curr_node->Parent != NULL) + { + if (curr_node->IndexInParent + 1 < curr_node->Parent->Childs.Size) + return curr_node->Parent->Childs[curr_node->IndexInParent + 1]; + curr_node = curr_node->Parent; + } + return NULL; + } + + }; // ExampleTreeFuncs + + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + if (demo_data->DemoTree == NULL) + demo_data->DemoTree = ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree(); // Create tree once + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d", selection.Size); + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Tree", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ExampleTreeNode* tree = demo_data->DemoTree; + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ms_flags, selection.Size, -1); + ExampleTreeFuncs::ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, tree, &selection); + for (ExampleTreeNode* node : tree->Childs) + ExampleTreeFuncs::DrawNode(node, &selection); + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + ExampleTreeFuncs::ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, tree, &selection); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Advanced demonstration of BeginMultiSelect() + // - Showcase clipping. + // - Showcase deletion. + // - Showcase basic drag and drop. + // - Showcase TreeNode variant (note that tree node don't expand in the demo: supporting expanding tree nodes + clipping a separate thing). + // - Showcase using inside a table. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (advanced)"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (advanced)")) + { + // Options + enum WidgetType { WidgetType_Selectable, WidgetType_TreeNode }; + static bool use_clipper = true; + static bool use_deletion = true; + static bool use_drag_drop = true; + static bool show_in_table = false; + static bool show_color_button = true; + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + static WidgetType widget_type = WidgetType_Selectable; + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) + { + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Selectables", widget_type == WidgetType_Selectable)) { widget_type = WidgetType_Selectable; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Tree nodes", widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode)) { widget_type = WidgetType_TreeNode; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated (you need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, which is suited to advanced trees setups already implementing filters and clipper. We will work toward simplifying and demoing this.\n\nFor now the tree demo is actually a little bit meaningless because it is an empty tree with only root nodes."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable clipper", &use_clipper); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable deletion", &use_deletion); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable drag & drop", &use_drag_drop); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show in a table", &show_in_table); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show color button", &show_color_button); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick; + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Allow dragging an unselected item without altering selection."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Initialize default list with 1000 items. + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + static ImVector items; + static int items_next_id = 0; + if (items_next_id == 0) { for (int n = 0; n < 1000; n++) { items.push_back(items_next_id++); } } + static ExampleSelectionWithDeletion selection; + static bool request_deletion_from_menu = false; // Queue deletion triggered from context menu + + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection.Size, items.Size); + + const float items_height = (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) ? ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() : ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImVec2 color_button_sz(ImGui::GetFontSize(), ImGui::GetFontSize()); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, 0.0f); + + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = (ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (selection.Size > 0)) || request_deletion_from_menu; + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, items.Size) : -1; + request_deletion_from_menu = false; + + if (show_in_table) + { + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::BeginTable("##Split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.70f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.30f); + //ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacingY, 0.0f); + } + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + if (use_clipper) + { + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(item_curr_idx_to_focus); // Ensure focused item is not clipped. + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + } + + while (!use_clipper || clipper.Step()) + { + const int item_begin = use_clipper ? clipper.DisplayStart : 0; + const int item_end = use_clipper ? clipper.DisplayEnd : items.Size; + for (int n = item_begin; n < item_end; n++) + { + if (show_in_table) + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + + const int item_id = items[n]; + const char* item_category = ExampleNames[item_id % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]; + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", item_id, item_category); + + // IMPORTANT: for deletion refocus to work we need object ID to be stable, + // aka not depend on their index in the list. Here we use our persistent item_id + // instead of index to build a unique ID that will persist. + // (If we used PushID(index) instead, focus wouldn't be restored correctly after deletion). + ImGui::PushID(item_id); + + // Emit a color button, to test that Shift+LeftArrow landing on an item that is not part + // of the selection scope doesn't erroneously alter our selection. + if (show_color_button) + { + ImU32 dummy_col = (ImU32)((unsigned int)n * 0xC250B74B) | IM_COL32_A_MASK; + ImGui::ColorButton("##", ImColor(dummy_col), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, color_button_sz); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + + // Submit item + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + bool item_is_open = false; + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_Selectable) + { + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_None); + } + else if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; + if (item_is_selected) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + item_is_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags); + } + + // Focus (for after deletion) + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == n) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + + // Drag and Drop + if (use_drag_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + // Create payload with full selection OR single unselected item. + // (the later is only possible when using ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) + if (ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == NULL) + { + ImVector payload_items; + void* it = NULL; + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (!item_is_selected) + payload_items.push_back(item_id); + else + while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) + payload_items.push_back((int)id); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("MULTISELECT_DEMO_ITEMS", payload_items.Data, (size_t)payload_items.size_in_bytes()); + } + + // Display payload content in tooltip + const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload(); + const int* payload_items = (int*)payload->Data; + const int payload_count = (int)payload->DataSize / (int)sizeof(int); + if (payload_count == 1) + ImGui::Text("Object %05d: %s", payload_items[0], ExampleNames[payload_items[0] % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + else + ImGui::Text("Dragging %d objects", payload_count); + + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode && item_is_open) + ImGui::TreePop(); + + // Right-click: context menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::BeginDisabled(!use_deletion || selection.Size == 0); + sprintf(label, "Delete %d item(s)###DeleteSelected", selection.Size); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) + request_deletion_from_menu = true; + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::Selectable("Close"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo content within a table + if (show_in_table) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::InputText("###NoLabel", (char*)(void*)item_category, strlen(item_category), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (!use_clipper) + break; + } + + if (show_in_table) + { + ImGui::EndTable(); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) + return; + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) + { + ImGui::SeparatorText("Child windows"); + + HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); + static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; + static bool disable_menu = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu); + + // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar + { + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Child 2: rounded border + { + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + if (!disable_menu) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, window_flags); + if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + // Child 3: manual-resize + ImGui::SeparatorText("Manual-resize"); + { + HelpMarker("Drag bottom border to resize. Double-click bottom border to auto-fit to vertical contents."); + //if (ImGui::Button("Set Height to 200")) + // ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 200.0f)); + + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_FrameBg)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ResizableChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + for (int n = 0; n < 10; n++) + ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + // Child 4: auto-resizing height with a limit + ImGui::SeparatorText("Auto-resize with constraints"); + { + static int draw_lines = 3; + static int max_height_in_lines = 10; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines Count", &draw_lines, 0.2f); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Max Height (in Lines)", &max_height_in_lines, 0.2f); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * max_height_in_lines)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ConstrainedChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lines; n++) + ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc/Advanced"); + + // Demonstrate a few extra things + // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) + // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window) + // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively + // layout from this position. + // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from + // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. + { + static int offset_x = 0; + static bool override_bg_color = true; + static ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); + ImGui::Checkbox("Override ChildBg color", &override_bg_color); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_Borders", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding."); + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + override_bg_color = false; + + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); + if (override_bg_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (override_bg_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + + for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) + ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); + ImGui::EndChild(); + bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); + ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); + ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) + { + static float f = 0.0f; + static bool show_indented_items = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items); + + // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item. + // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items. + // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size + // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc. + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width."); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. + // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); + + // Text + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); + ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); + + // Adjust spacing + ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); + + // Button + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2750,7 +4168,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushID(i); ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::PopID(); - //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); + //ImGui::SetItemTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); } ImGui::PopItemWidth(); @@ -2767,7 +4185,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:"); ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); int buttons_count = 20; - float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; + float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos().x + ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) { ImGui::PushID(n); @@ -2803,8 +4221,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("EEE"); ImGui::EndGroup(); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("First group hovered"); } // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); @@ -2849,7 +4266,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time) ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Some framed item##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y"); // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text @@ -2992,7 +4409,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); + const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, child_flags); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); @@ -3039,7 +4456,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); + bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, child_flags); if (scroll_to_off) ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); if (scroll_to_pos) @@ -3081,7 +4498,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) { // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine() @@ -3150,7 +4567,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); - HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); + HelpMarker( + "Test how different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\n" + "Use 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar); ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten) ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width @@ -3225,7 +4644,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } if (show_child) { - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); @@ -3234,8 +4653,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Clipping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Clipping")) { static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f); @@ -3298,8 +4717,43 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Overlap Mode"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Overlap Mode")) + { + static bool enable_allow_overlap = true; + + HelpMarker( + "Hit-testing is by default performed in item submission order, which generally is perceived as 'back-to-front'.\n\n" + "By using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() you can notify that an item may be overlapped by another. " + "Doing so alters the hovering logic: items using AllowOverlap mode requires an extra frame to accept hovered state."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable AllowOverlap", &enable_allow_overlap); + + ImVec2 button1_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 button2_pos = ImVec2(button1_pos.x + 50.0f, button1_pos.y + 50.0f); + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Button("Button 1", ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(button2_pos); + ImGui::Button("Button 2", ImVec2(80, 80)); + + // This is typically used with width-spanning items. + // (note that Selectable() has a dedicated flag ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, which is a shortcut + // for using SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). For demo purpose we use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() here.) + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Selectable("Some Selectable", false); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("++"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); @@ -3343,8 +4797,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup")) { - ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Aquarium"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) selected_fish = i; @@ -3366,8 +4819,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); @@ -3451,8 +4903,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); ImGui::EndPopup(); } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); } } @@ -3521,7 +4972,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { - ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); + ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!"); ImGui::Separator(); //static int unused_i = 0; @@ -3558,7 +5009,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() static int item = 1; static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color); if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); @@ -3570,6 +5021,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open)) { ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color); // Allow opening another nested popup if (ImGui::Button("Close")) ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); ImGui::EndPopup(); @@ -3632,6 +5084,14 @@ struct MyItem // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, MyItem* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + // Compare function to be used by qsort() static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { @@ -3658,7 +5118,8 @@ struct MyItem } // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items. - // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. + // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs. + // e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. return (a->ID - b->ID); } }; @@ -3669,8 +5130,8 @@ const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; static void PushStyleCompact() { ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f))); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f))); + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f)); + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f)); } static void PopStyleCompact() @@ -3704,9 +5165,8 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) } ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) { @@ -3743,6 +5203,7 @@ static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_AngledHeader", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader); } static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) @@ -3753,6 +5214,10 @@ static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); @@ -3767,10 +5232,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PushID("Tables"); int open_action = -1; - if (ImGui::Button("Open all")) + if (ImGui::Button("Expand all")) open_action = 1; ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Close all")) + if (ImGui::Button("Collapse all")) open_action = 0; ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -3841,8 +5306,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. HelpMarker( - "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" - "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains " + "the same type of contents.\n This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the " + "Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) { for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++) @@ -3870,7 +5336,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); @@ -3898,8 +5364,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) { - // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders. - // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details) + // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders + // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them now. See other sections for details) if (display_headers) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); @@ -3938,7 +5404,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, " + "this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4056,6 +5524,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4078,7 +5547,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::EndTable(); } - // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) + // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible + // (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f))) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); @@ -4111,7 +5581,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() "e.g.:\n" "- BorderOuterV\n" "- any form of row selection\n" - "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" + "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. " + "Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); @@ -4227,7 +5698,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]); // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy, - // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width. + // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, + // and one where the columns have different contents width. if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) { for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) @@ -4256,7 +5728,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced"); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); + HelpMarker( + "This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies " + "depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText }; static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; @@ -4271,7 +5745,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) { ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); + HelpMarker( + "Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop " + "where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); } ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); @@ -4317,7 +5793,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) { - HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); + HelpMarker( + "Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\n" + "We also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4363,8 +5841,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker( "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, " "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n" - "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX," - "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions)."); + "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX, " + "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents " + "(this may be improved in future versions)."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; static int freeze_cols = 1; static int freeze_rows = 1; @@ -4421,7 +5900,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker( "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: " "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n" - "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense."); + "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns " + "along with ScrollX doesn't make sense."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; static float inner_width = 1000.0f; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4479,8 +5959,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // Create the real table we care about for the example! - // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in - // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down) + // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, + // otherwise in a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + // + resizing the parent window down). const ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV @@ -4488,15 +5969,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size)) { + bool has_angled_header = false; for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + has_angled_header |= (column_flags[column] & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0; ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]); + } + if (has_angled_header) + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column); float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2); for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { - ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + ImGui::Indent(indent_step); ImGui::TableNextRow(); for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) { @@ -4545,7 +6033,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::EndTable(); } - HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); + HelpMarker( + "Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, " + "fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4555,7 +6045,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2)) { - // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and then all columns + // will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f); @@ -4627,10 +6118,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) { - HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + HelpMarker( + "You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, " + "so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\n" + "We cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { - for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); @@ -4639,6 +6133,48 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } ImGui::EndTable(); } + + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using SameLine(0,0) to share Current Line Height between cells.\n\n" + "Please note that Tables Row Height is not the same thing as Current Line Height, " + "as a table cell may contains multiple lines."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_share_lineheight", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##1", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Line 1"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##2", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); // Reuse line height from previous column + ImGui::Text("Line 1, with SameLine(0,0)"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Showcase altering CellPadding.y between rows. Note that CellPadding.x is locked for the entire table."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_changing_cellpadding_y", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, 20.0f); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("CellPadding.y = %.2f", style.CellPadding.y); + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -4774,6 +6310,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); + + HelpMarker("See \"Columns flags\" section to configure how indentation is applied to individual columns."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags)) { // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On @@ -4797,7 +6339,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0); if (is_folder) { - bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::TextDisabled("--"); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); @@ -4811,7 +6353,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } else { - ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); @@ -4846,7 +6388,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { HelpMarker( "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n" - "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); + "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for " + "e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small"); @@ -4901,7 +6444,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox. static bool column_selected[3] = {}; - // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves + // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves. + // (A different approach is also possible: + // - Specify ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel in some TableSetupColumn() call. + // - Call TableHeadersRow() normally. This will submit TableHeader() with no name. + // - Then call TableSetColumnIndex() to position yourself in the column and submit your stuff e.g. Checkbox().) ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) { @@ -4916,6 +6463,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PopID(); } + // Submit table contents for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) { ImGui::TableNextRow(); @@ -4932,13 +6480,84 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TreePop(); } - // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() + // Demonstrate using ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag to create angled headers + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Angled headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Angled headers")) + { + const char* column_names[] = { "Track", "cabasa", "ride", "smash", "tom-hi", "tom-mid", "tom-low", "hihat-o", "hihat-c", "snare-s", "snare-c", "clap", "rim", "kick" }; + const int columns_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(column_names); + const int rows_count = 12; + + static ImGuiTableFlags table_flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + static bool bools[columns_count * rows_count] = {}; // Dummy storage selection storage + static int frozen_cols = 1; + static int frozen_rows = 2; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollX", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollY", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Resizable", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Sortable", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoBordersInBody", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_HighlightHoveredColumn", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen columns", &frozen_cols, 0, 2); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen rows", &frozen_rows, 0, 2); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Disable header contributing to column width", &column_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style settings")) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Giving access to some ImGuiStyle value in this demo for convenience."); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderAngle("style.TableAngledHeadersAngle", &ImGui::GetStyle().TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&ImGui::GetStyle().TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_angled_headers", columns_count, table_flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[0], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder); + for (int n = 1; n < columns_count; n++) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[n], column_flags); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(frozen_cols, frozen_rows); + + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); // Draw angled headers for all columns with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Draw remaining headers and allow access to context-menu and other functions. + for (int row = 0; row < rows_count; row++) + { + ImGui::PushID(row); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Track %d", row); + for (int column = 1; column < columns_count; column++) + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column)) + { + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::Checkbox("", &bools[row * columns_count + column]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, + // while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) { - HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); + HelpMarker( + "By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\n" + "Using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4975,7 +6594,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup - HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body)."); + HelpMarker( + "Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) " + "and custom per-colunm context menu (over column body)."); ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2)) { @@ -5048,8 +6669,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { char buf[32]; @@ -5130,14 +6753,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) - if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - if (items.Size > 1) - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5180,6 +6800,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags columns_base_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow }; static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow; @@ -5273,9 +6894,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Headers:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) { ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader", &columns_base_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable AngledHeader on all columns. Best enabled on selected narrow columns (see \"Angled headers\" section of the demo)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text); ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x); @@ -5336,24 +6965,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Declare columns // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", columns_base_flags | ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch), 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); - if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsDirty) items_need_sort = true; - if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + if (sort_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } items_need_sort = false; @@ -5362,12 +6989,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0; // Show headers + if (show_headers && (columns_base_flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0) + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); if (show_headers) ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Show data // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here? - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); #if 1 // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists ImGuiListClipper clipper; @@ -5403,7 +7031,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) { - ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; + ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height))) { if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) @@ -5427,7 +7055,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity, // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity. // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released. - // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. + // You will probably need some extra logic if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2)) { if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; } @@ -5452,7 +7080,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PopID(); } } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); // Store some info to display debug details below table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY()); @@ -5562,12 +7189,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() { if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0) ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::PushID(i); ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i); ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset()); ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip"); ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::NextColumn(); } ImGui::Columns(1); @@ -5629,7 +7258,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() { ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); ImGui::Columns(10); // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5690,7 +7319,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } -namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { @@ -5702,12 +7333,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() // Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs"); ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs")) + bool inputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n" + "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n" + "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'."); + if (inputs_opened) { - HelpMarker( - "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n" - "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n" - "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'."); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); else @@ -5717,14 +7350,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); - // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. - // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges. This is a little unusual/odd but this allows + // displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! + // You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; + ImGuiKey start_key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; #else - struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + ImGuiKey start_key = (ImGuiKey)0; #endif - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%.02f)", ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = start_key; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. @@ -5734,15 +7371,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() // Display ImGuiIO output flags IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs"); ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs")) + bool outputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " + "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " + "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" + "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " + "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " + "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); + if (outputs_opened) { - HelpMarker( - "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " - "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " - "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" - "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " - "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " - "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); @@ -5755,7 +7394,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { HelpMarker( "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" - "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering " + "and true when clicking."); static int capture_override_mouse = -1; static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; @@ -5775,6 +7415,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::TreePop(); } + // Demonstrate using Shortcut() and Routing Policies. + // The general flow is: + // - Code interested in a chord (e.g. "Ctrl+A") declares their intent. + // - Multiple locations may be interested in same chord! Routing helps find a winner. + // - Every frame, we resolve all claims and assign one owner if the modifiers are matching. + // - The lower-level function is 'bool SetShortcutRouting()', returns true when caller got the route. + // - Most of the times, SetShortcutRouting() is not called directly. User mostly calls Shortcut() with routing flags. + // - If you call Shortcut() WITHOUT any routing option, it uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused. + // TL;DR: Most uses will simply be: + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A); // Use ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused policy. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Shortcuts"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Shortcuts")) + { + static ImGuiInputFlags route_options = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; + static ImGuiInputFlags route_type = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default)", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + ImGuiInputFlags flags = route_type | route_options; // Merged flags + if (route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + flags &= ~(ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Using SetNextItemShortcut()"); + ImGui::Text("Ctrl+S"); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + ImGui::Button("Save"); + ImGui::Text("Alt+F"); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Alt | ImGuiKey_F, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + static float f = 0.5f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("Factor", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Using Shortcut()"); + const float line_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + const ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A; + + ImGui::Text("Ctrl+A"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.1f)); + + ImGui::BeginChild("WindowA", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 14), true); + ImGui::Text("Press CTRL+A and see who receives it!"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // 1: Window polling for CTRL+A + ImGui::Text("(in WindowA)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + + // 2: InputText also polling for CTRL+A: it always uses _RouteFocused internally (gets priority when active) + // (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h) + //char str[16] = "Press CTRL+A"; + //ImGui::Spacing(); + //ImGui::InputText("InputTextB", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + //ImGuiID item_id = ImGui::GetItemID(); + //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Internal widgets always use _RouteFocused"); + //ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, item_id) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + + // 3: Dummy child is not claiming the route: focusing them shouldn't steal route away from WindowA + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildD", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true); + ImGui::Text("(in ChildD: not using same Shortcut)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d", ImGui::IsWindowFocused()); + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // 4: Child window polling for CTRL+A. It is deeper than WindowA and gets priority when focused. + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildE", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true); + ImGui::Text("(in ChildE: using same Shortcut)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // 5: In a popup + if (ImGui::Button("Open Popup")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("PopupF"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("PopupF")) + { + ImGui::Text("(in PopupF)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + // (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h) + //ImGui::InputText("InputTextG", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + //ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGui::GetItemID()) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + // Display mouse cursors IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) @@ -5783,7 +7519,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); + const char* cursor_name = (current >= ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow) && (current < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) ? mouse_cursors_names[current] : "N/A"; + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, cursor_name); ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); ImGui::EndDisabled(); @@ -5812,10 +7549,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -5837,12 +7574,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2; - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); if (has_focus) ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); @@ -5906,10 +7643,22 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) return; } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Homepage", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("FAQ", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Wiki", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Releases", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Funding", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding"); + ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); + ImGui::Text("If your company uses this, please consider funding the project."); static bool show_config_info = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info); @@ -5920,7 +7669,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18); - ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); if (copy_to_clipboard) { ImGui::LogToClipboard(); @@ -5993,6 +7742,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #endif #ifdef __clang_version__ ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__); +#endif +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + ImGui::Text("define: __EMSCRIPTEN__"); + ImGui::Text("Emscripten: %d.%d.%d", __EMSCRIPTEN_major__, __EMSCRIPTEN_minor__, __EMSCRIPTEN_tiny__); #endif ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL"); @@ -6033,7 +7786,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::LogText("\n```\n"); ImGui::LogFinish(); } - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); } @@ -6057,9 +7810,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont(); if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) { - for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) + for (ImFont* font : io.Fonts->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; ImGui::PushID((void*)font); if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) io.FontDefault = font; @@ -6142,44 +7894,72 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes")) { - ImGui::Text("Main"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Main"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Borders"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Borders"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Rounding"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarOverlineSize", &style.TabBarOverlineSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Overline is only drawn over the selected tab when ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline is set."); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Alignment"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tables"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderAngle("TableAngledHeadersAngle", &style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) - style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1; + style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = (ImGuiDir)(window_menu_button_position - 1); ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SeparatorTextBorderSize", &style.SeparatorTextBorderSize, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tooltips"); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(n == 0 ? "HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse" : "HoverFlagsForTooltipNav")) + { + ImGuiHoveredFlags* p = (n == 0) ? &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse : &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplayWindowPadding", (float*)&style.DisplayWindowPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -6219,14 +7999,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n" "Right-click to open edit options menu."); - ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 10), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) { const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) continue; ImGui::PushID(i); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (ImGui::Button("?")) + ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor((ImGuiCol)i); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Flash given color to identify places where it is used."); + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { @@ -6289,14 +8076,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles. ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - { + const bool show_samples = ImGui::IsItemActive(); + if (show_samples) ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()); - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)"); + if (show_samples && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = approx number of segments)"); ImGui::Spacing(); ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x; + const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("R: MMM\nN: MMM").x; for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++) { const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f; @@ -6305,6 +8093,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::BeginGroup(); + // N is not always exact here due to how PathArcTo() function work internally ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad)); const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f); @@ -6445,7 +8234,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { static bool enabled = true; ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i); ImGui::EndChild(); @@ -6489,6 +8278,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() IM_ASSERT(0); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {} + ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} } @@ -6529,19 +8319,19 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole { ClearLog(); for (int i = 0; i < History.Size; i++) - free(History[i]); + ImGui::MemFree(History[i]); } // Portable helpers static int Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; } static int Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; } - static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } + static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = ImGui::MemAlloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } static void Strtrim(char* s) { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } void ClearLog() { for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - free(Items[i]); + ImGui::MemFree(Items[i]); Items.clear(); } @@ -6602,6 +8392,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole } // Options, Filter + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); if (ImGui::Button("Options")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -6610,7 +8401,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { @@ -6645,9 +8436,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing if (copy_to_clipboard) ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + for (const char* item : Items) { - const char* item = Items[i]; if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) continue; @@ -6708,7 +8498,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0) { - free(History[i]); + ImGui::MemFree(History[i]); History.erase(History.begin() + i); break; } @@ -6922,7 +8712,7 @@ struct ExampleAppLog ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { if (clear) Clear(); @@ -7041,7 +8831,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) // Left static int selected = 0; { - ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav @@ -7081,62 +8871,136 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndGroup(); } } - ImGui::End(); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) -{ - // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. - ImGui::PushID(uid); - - // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); - ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some of the interactions are a bit lack-luster: +// - We would want pressing validating or leaving the filter to somehow restore focus. +// - We may want more advanced filtering (child nodes) and clipper support: both will need extra work. +// - We would want to customize some keyboard interactions to easily keyboard navigate between the tree and the properties. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ExampleAppPropertyEditor +{ + ImGuiTextFilter Filter; + ExampleTreeNode* VisibleNode = NULL; + + void Draw(ExampleTreeNode* root_node) + { + // Left side: draw tree + // - Currently using a table to benefit from RowBg feature + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##tree", ImVec2(300, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)) + { + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + if (ImGui::InputTextWithHint("##Filter", "incl,-excl", Filter.InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(Filter.InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)) + Filter.Build(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##bg", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* node : root_node->Childs) + if (Filter.PassFilter(node->Name)) // Filter root node + DrawTreeNode(node); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // Right side: draw properties + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position + if (ExampleTreeNode* node = VisibleNode) + { + ImGui::Text("%s", node->Name); + ImGui::TextDisabled("UID: 0x%08X", node->UID); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##properties", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 2.0f); // Default twice larger + if (node->HasData) + { + // In a typical application, the structure description would be derived from a data-driven system. + // - We try to mimic this with our ExampleMemberInfo structure and the ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] array. + // - Limits and some details are hard-coded to simplify the demo. + for (const ExampleMemberInfo& field_desc : ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::PushID(field_desc.Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(field_desc.Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + void* field_ptr = (void*)(((unsigned char*)node) + field_desc.Offset); + switch (field_desc.DataType) + { + case ImGuiDataType_Bool: + { + IM_ASSERT(field_desc.DataCount == 1); + ImGui::Checkbox("##Editor", (bool*)field_ptr); + break; + } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + { + int v_min = INT_MIN, v_max = INT_MAX; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragScalarN("##Editor", field_desc.DataType, field_ptr, field_desc.DataCount, 1.0f, &v_min, &v_max); + break; + } + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + { + float v_min = 0.0f, v_max = 1.0f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::SliderScalarN("##Editor", field_desc.DataType, field_ptr, field_desc.DataCount, &v_min, &v_max); + break; + } + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } - if (node_open) - { - static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f }; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + void DrawTreeNode(ExampleTreeNode* node) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::PushID(node->UID); + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; // Standard opening mode as we are likely to want to add selection afterwards + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere; // Left arrow support + if (node == VisibleNode) + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + if (node->Childs.Size == 0) + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; + if (node->DataMyBool == false) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImGui::GetStyle().Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("", tree_flags, "%s", node->Name); + if (node->DataMyBool == false) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + if (ImGui::IsItemFocused()) + VisibleNode = node; + if (node_open) { - ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. - if (i < 2) - { - ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242); - } - else - { - // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; - ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i); - - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - if (i >= 5) - ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f); - else - ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + DrawTreeNode(child); + ImGui::TreePop(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::PopID(); } - ImGui::PopID(); -} +}; -// Demonstrate create a simple property editor. -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) +// Demonstrate creating a simple property editor. +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) @@ -7144,26 +9008,13 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); - HelpMarker( - "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" - "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" - "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" - "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); + static ExampleAppPropertyEditor property_editor; + if (demo_data->DemoTree == NULL) + demo_data->DemoTree = ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree(); + property_editor.Draw(demo_data->DemoTree); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) - { - // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) - for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) - { - ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); - //ImGui::Separator(); - } - ImGui::EndTable(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -7267,18 +9118,31 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) { // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. - static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + // FIXME: None of the three demos works consistently when resizing from borders. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; + data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); + } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); + } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + float step = *(float*)data->UserData; + data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); + } }; const char* test_desc[] = { "Between 100x100 and 500x500", "At least 100x100", - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", + "Resize vertical + lock current width", + "Resize horizontal + lock current height", "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Height at least 400", "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", "Custom: Always Square", "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", @@ -7287,7 +9151,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) // Options static bool auto_resize = false; static bool window_padding = true; - static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio + static int type = 6; // Aspect Ratio static int display_lines = 10; // Submit constraint @@ -7295,12 +9159,13 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) float fixed_step = 100.0f; if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Resize vertical + lock current width + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Resize horizontal + lock current height if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Height at least 400 + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 8) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step // Submit window if (!window_padding) @@ -7407,7 +9272,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) - // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. + // Based on your use case you may want one or the other. const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos); ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size); @@ -7472,6 +9337,14 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Add a |_| looking shape +static void PathConcaveShape(ImDrawList* draw_list, float x, float y, float sz) +{ + const ImVec2 pos_norms[] = { { 0.0f, 0.0f }, { 0.3f, 0.0f }, { 0.3f, 0.7f }, { 0.7f, 0.7f }, { 0.7f, 0.0f }, { 1.0f, 0.0f }, { 1.0f, 1.0f }, { 0.0f, 1.0f } }; + for (const ImVec2& p : pos_norms) + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + 0.5f + (int)(sz * p.x), y + 0.5f + (int)(sz * p.y))); +} + // Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) { @@ -7544,6 +9417,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) const float rounding = sz / 5.0f; const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0; const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0; + const ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(0.0f, sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, -sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(sz, sz) }; // Control points for curves + const ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(sz * 1.3f, sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz - sz * 1.3f, sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz, sz) }; + float x = p.x + 4.0f; float y = p.y + 4.0f; for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) @@ -7552,39 +9428,63 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), ImVec2(sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Ellipse draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th); x += sz + spacing; // Concave Shape + //draw_list->AddPolyline(concave_shape, IM_ARRAYSIZE(concave_shape), col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th); draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line + // Path + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, 3.141592f, 3.141592f * -0.5f); + draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_None, th); + x += sz + spacing; + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) - ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; - draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing; + draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), col, th, curve_segments); + x += sz + spacing; // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points) - ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; - draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments); + draw_list->AddBezierCubic(ImVec2(x + cp4[0].x, y + cp4[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[1].x, y + cp4[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[2].x, y + cp4[2].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[3].x, y + cp4[3].y), col, th, curve_segments); x = p.x + 4; y += sz + spacing; } - draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + + // Filled shapes + draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddEllipseFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, sz * 0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing;// Ellipse draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathFillConcave(col); x += sz + spacing; // Concave shape draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) + + // Path + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, 3.141592f * -0.5f, 3.141592f); + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); + x += sz + spacing; + + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y)); + draw_list->PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), curve_segments); + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); + x += sz + spacing; + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + x += sz + spacing; - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 13.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -7606,7 +9506,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g: // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color - // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // ImGui::PopStyleColor(); // ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // [...] @@ -7704,6 +9604,43 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + // Demonstrate out-of-order rendering via channels splitting + // We use functions in ImDrawList as each draw list contains a convenience splitter, + // but you can also instantiate your own ImDrawListSplitter if you need to nest them. + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Draw Channels")) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first: appears in back"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after: appears in front"); + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x, p0.y), ImVec2(p0.x + 50, p0.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x + 25, p0.y + 25), ImVec2(p0.x + 75, p0.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first, into channel 1: appears in front"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after, into channel 0: appears in back"); + ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + + // Create 2 channels and draw a Blue shape THEN a Red shape. + // You can create any number of channels. Tables API use 1 channel per column in order to better batch draw calls. + draw_list->ChannelsSplit(2); + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x, p1.y), ImVec2(p1.x + 50, p1.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x + 25, p1.y + 25), ImVec2(p1.x + 75, p1.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + + // Flatten/reorder channels. Red shape is in channel 0 and it appears below the Blue shape in channel 1. + // This works by copying draw indices only (vertices are not copied). + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + ImGui::Text("After reordering, contents of channel 0 appears below channel 1."); + } + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); } @@ -7717,93 +9654,119 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // Simplified structure to mimic a Document model struct MyDocument { - const char* Name; // Document title + char Name[32]; // Document title + int UID; // Unique ID (necessary as we can change title) bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!) bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified - bool WantClose; // Set when the document ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document - MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) + MyDocument(int uid, const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) { - Name = name; + UID = uid; + snprintf(Name, sizeof(Name), "%s", name); Open = OpenPrev = open; Dirty = false; - WantClose = false; Color = color; } void DoOpen() { Open = true; } - void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; } void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; } void DoSave() { Dirty = false; } +}; + +struct ExampleAppDocuments +{ + ImVector Documents; + ImVector CloseQueue; + MyDocument* RenamingDoc = NULL; + bool RenamingStarted = false; + + ExampleAppDocuments() + { + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(0, "Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(1, "Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(2, "Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(3, "Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(4, "A Rather Long Title", false, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(5, "Some Document", false, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); + } + + // As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document ID so tabs are stable + void GetTabName(MyDocument* doc, char* out_buf, size_t out_buf_size) + { + snprintf(out_buf, out_buf_size, "%s###doc%d", doc->Name, doc->UID); + } // Display placeholder contents for the Document - static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc) + void DisplayDocContents(MyDocument* doc) { ImGui::PushID(doc); ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name); ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color); ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua."); ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0))) + + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Rename..")) + { + RenamingDoc = doc; + RenamingStarted = true; + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Modify")) doc->Dirty = true; + ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0))) + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Save")) doc->DoSave(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + CloseQueue.push_back(doc); ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior. ImGui::PopID(); } // Display context menu for the Document - static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) + void DisplayDocContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) { if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) return; char buf[256]; sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name); - if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open)) + if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "Ctrl+S", false, doc->Open)) doc->DoSave(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open)) - doc->DoQueueClose(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Rename...", "Ctrl+R", false, doc->Open)) + RenamingDoc = doc; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W", false, doc->Open)) + CloseQueue.push_back(doc); ImGui::EndPopup(); } -}; - -struct ExampleAppDocuments -{ - ImVector Documents; - ExampleAppDocuments() + // [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. + // If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, + // as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for + // the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has + // disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively + // give the impression of a flicker for one frame. + // We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. + // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. + void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere() { - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false)); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false)); + for (MyDocument& doc : Documents) + { + if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev) + ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name); + doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open; + } } }; -// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. -// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, -// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for -// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has -// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively -// give the impression of a flicker for one frame. -// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. -// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. -static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) -{ - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) - ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); - doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; - } -} - void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { static ExampleAppDocuments app; @@ -7825,24 +9788,20 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { int open_count = 0; - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + open_count += doc.Open ? 1 : 0; if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) - if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) - doc->DoOpen(); - } + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + if (!doc.Open && ImGui::MenuItem(doc.Name)) + doc.DoOpen(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit") && p_open) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); } @@ -7852,13 +9811,13 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + MyDocument& doc = app.Documents[doc_n]; if (doc_n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(doc); - if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) - if (!doc->Open) - doc->DoForceClose(); + ImGui::PushID(&doc); + if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc.Name, &doc.Open)) + if (!doc.Open) + doc.DoForceClose(); ImGui::PopID(); } @@ -7877,36 +9836,39 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs { ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0); + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline; if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags)) { if (opt_reorderable) - NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app); + app.NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(); // [DEBUG] Stress tests //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on. //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. // Submit Tabs - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) + if (!doc.Open) continue; - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); - bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); + // As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document id so tabs are stable + char doc_name_buf[64]; + app.GetTabName(&doc, doc_name_buf, sizeof(doc_name_buf)); + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc_name_buf, &doc.Open, tab_flags); // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. - if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) + if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty) { - doc->Open = true; - doc->DoQueueClose(); + doc.Open = true; + app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc); } - MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + app.DisplayDocContextMenu(&doc); if (visible) { - MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + app.DisplayDocContents(&doc); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } } @@ -7915,36 +9877,44 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) } } - // Update closing queue - static ImVector close_queue; - if (close_queue.empty()) + // Display renaming UI + if (app.RenamingDoc != NULL) { - // Close queue is locked once we started a popup - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + if (app.RenamingStarted) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Rename"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Rename")) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (doc->WantClose) + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 30); + if (ImGui::InputText("###Name", app.RenamingDoc->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(app.RenamingDoc->Name), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue)) { - doc->WantClose = false; - close_queue.push_back(doc); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + app.RenamingDoc = NULL; } + if (app.RenamingStarted) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + ImGui::EndPopup(); } + else + { + app.RenamingDoc = NULL; + } + app.RenamingStarted = false; } // Display closing confirmation UI - if (!close_queue.empty()) + if (!app.CloseQueue.empty()) { int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++) + if (app.CloseQueue[n]->Dirty) close_queue_unsaved_documents++; if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0) { // Close documents when all are unsaved - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - close_queue.clear(); + for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++) + app.CloseQueue[n]->DoForceClose(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); } else { @@ -7954,38 +9924,36 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height))) - { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); - } + if (ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)) + for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue) + if (doc->Dirty) + ImGui::Text("%s", doc->Name); + ImGui::EndChild(); ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue) { - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - close_queue[n]->DoSave(); - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + if (doc->Dirty) + doc->DoSave(); + doc->DoForceClose(); } - close_queue.clear(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - close_queue.clear(); + for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue) + doc->DoForceClose(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size)) { - close_queue.clear(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::EndPopup(); @@ -7996,6 +9964,404 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Assets Browser / ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//#include "imgui_internal.h" // NavMoveRequestTryWrapping() + +struct ExampleAsset +{ + ImGuiID ID; + int Type; + + ExampleAsset(ImGuiID id, int type) { ID = id; Type = type; } + + static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, ExampleAsset* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), ExampleAsset::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + + // Compare function to be used by qsort() + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const ExampleAsset* a = (const ExampleAsset*)lhs; + const ExampleAsset* b = (const ExampleAsset*)rhs; + for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++) + { + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n]; + int delta = 0; + if (sort_spec->ColumnIndex == 0) + delta = ((int)a->ID - (int)b->ID); + else if (sort_spec->ColumnIndex == 1) + delta = (a->Type - b->Type); + if (delta > 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1; + if (delta < 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1; + } + return ((int)a->ID - (int)b->ID); + } +}; +const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ExampleAsset::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + +struct ExampleAssetsBrowser +{ + // Options + bool ShowTypeOverlay = true; + bool AllowSorting = true; + bool AllowDragUnselected = false; + bool AllowBoxSelect = true; + float IconSize = 32.0f; + int IconSpacing = 10; + int IconHitSpacing = 4; // Increase hit-spacing if you want to make it possible to clear or box-select from gaps. Some spacing is required to able to amend with Shift+box-select. Value is small in Explorer. + bool StretchSpacing = true; + + // State + ImVector Items; // Our items + ExampleSelectionWithDeletion Selection; // Our selection (ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage + helper funcs to handle deletion) + ImGuiID NextItemId = 0; // Unique identifier when creating new items + bool RequestDelete = false; // Deferred deletion request + bool RequestSort = false; // Deferred sort request + float ZoomWheelAccum = 0.0f; // Mouse wheel accumulator to handle smooth wheels better + + // Calculated sizes for layout, output of UpdateLayoutSizes(). Could be locals but our code is simpler this way. + ImVec2 LayoutItemSize; + ImVec2 LayoutItemStep; // == LayoutItemSize + LayoutItemSpacing + float LayoutItemSpacing = 0.0f; + float LayoutSelectableSpacing = 0.0f; + float LayoutOuterPadding = 0.0f; + int LayoutColumnCount = 0; + int LayoutLineCount = 0; + + // Functions + ExampleAssetsBrowser() + { + AddItems(10000); + } + void AddItems(int count) + { + if (Items.Size == 0) + NextItemId = 0; + Items.reserve(Items.Size + count); + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++, NextItemId++) + Items.push_back(ExampleAsset(NextItemId, (NextItemId % 20) < 15 ? 0 : (NextItemId % 20) < 18 ? 1 : 2)); + RequestSort = true; + } + void ClearItems() + { + Items.clear(); + Selection.Clear(); + } + + // Logic would be written in the main code BeginChild() and outputing to local variables. + // We extracted it into a function so we can call it easily from multiple places. + void UpdateLayoutSizes(float avail_width) + { + // Layout: when not stretching: allow extending into right-most spacing. + LayoutItemSpacing = (float)IconSpacing; + if (StretchSpacing == false) + avail_width += floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f); + + // Layout: calculate number of icon per line and number of lines + LayoutItemSize = ImVec2(floorf(IconSize), floorf(IconSize)); + LayoutColumnCount = IM_MAX((int)(avail_width / (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing)), 1); + LayoutLineCount = (Items.Size + LayoutColumnCount - 1) / LayoutColumnCount; + + // Layout: when stretching: allocate remaining space to more spacing. Round before division, so item_spacing may be non-integer. + if (StretchSpacing && LayoutColumnCount > 1) + LayoutItemSpacing = floorf(avail_width - LayoutItemSize.x * LayoutColumnCount) / LayoutColumnCount; + + LayoutItemStep = ImVec2(LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing, LayoutItemSize.y + LayoutItemSpacing); + LayoutSelectableSpacing = IM_MAX(floorf(LayoutItemSpacing) - IconHitSpacing, 0.0f); + LayoutOuterPadding = floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f); + } + + void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(IconSize * 25, IconSize * 15), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Menu bar + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Add 10000 items")) + AddItems(10000); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Clear items")) + ClearItems(); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", NULL, false, p_open != NULL)) + *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Delete", "Del", false, Selection.Size > 0)) + RequestDelete = true; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) + { + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 10); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Contents"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Type Overlay", &ShowTypeOverlay); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow Sorting", &AllowSorting); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selection Behavior"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow dragging unselected item", &AllowDragUnselected); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow box-selection", &AllowBoxSelect); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Layout"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Icon Size", &IconSize, 16.0f, 128.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use CTRL+Wheel to zoom"); + ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Spacing", &IconSpacing, 0, 32); + ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Hit Spacing", &IconHitSpacing, 0, 32); + ImGui::Checkbox("Stretch Spacing", &StretchSpacing); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + // Show a table with ONLY one header row to showcase the idea/possibility of using this to provide a sorting UI + if (AllowSorting) + { + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiTableFlags table_flags_for_sort_specs = ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("for_sort_specs_only", 2, table_flags_for_sort_specs, ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeight()))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Index"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty || RequestSort) + { + ExampleAsset::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, Items.Data, Items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = RequestSort = false; + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, LayoutOuterPadding + LayoutLineCount * (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing))); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("Assets", ImVec2(0.0f, -ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + const float avail_width = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; + UpdateLayoutSizes(avail_width); + + // Calculate and store start position. + ImVec2 start_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + start_pos = ImVec2(start_pos.x + LayoutOuterPadding, start_pos.y + LayoutOuterPadding); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(start_pos); + + // Multi-select + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid; + + // - Enable box-select (in 2D mode, so that changing box-select rectangle X1/X2 boundaries will affect clipped items) + if (AllowBoxSelect) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d; + + // - This feature allows dragging an unselected item without selecting it (rarely used) + if (AllowDragUnselected) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease; + + // - Enable keyboard wrapping on X axis + // (FIXME-MULTISELECT: We haven't designed/exposed a general nav wrapping api yet, so this flag is provided as a courtesy to avoid doing: + // ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX); + // When we finish implementing a more general API for this, we will obsolete this flag in favor of the new system) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX; + + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ms_flags, Selection.Size, Items.Size); + + // Use custom selection adapter: store ID in selection (recommended) + Selection.UserData = this; + Selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self_, int idx) { ExampleAssetsBrowser* self = (ExampleAssetsBrowser*)self_->UserData; return self->Items[idx].ID; }; + Selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = (ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (Selection.Size > 0)) || RequestDelete; + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? Selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, Items.Size) : -1; + RequestDelete = false; + + // Push LayoutSelectableSpacing (which is LayoutItemSpacing minus hit-spacing, if we decide to have hit gaps between items) + // Altering style ItemSpacing may seem unnecessary as we position every items using SetCursorScreenPos()... + // But it is necessary for two reasons: + // - Selectables uses it by default to visually fill the space between two items. + // - The vertical spacing would be measured by Clipper to calculate line height if we didn't provide it explicitly (here we do). + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(LayoutSelectableSpacing, LayoutSelectableSpacing)); + + // Rendering parameters + const ImU32 icon_type_overlay_colors[3] = { 0, IM_COL32(200, 70, 70, 255), IM_COL32(70, 170, 70, 255) }; + const ImU32 icon_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg); + const ImVec2 icon_type_overlay_size = ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f); + const bool display_label = (LayoutItemSize.x >= ImGui::CalcTextSize("999").x); + + const int column_count = LayoutColumnCount; + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LayoutLineCount, LayoutItemStep.y); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(item_curr_idx_to_focus / column_count); // Ensure focused item line is not clipped. + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem / column_count); // Ensure RangeSrc item line is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_idx = clipper.DisplayStart; line_idx < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_idx++) + { + const int item_min_idx_for_current_line = line_idx * column_count; + const int item_max_idx_for_current_line = IM_MIN((line_idx + 1) * column_count, Items.Size); + for (int item_idx = item_min_idx_for_current_line; item_idx < item_max_idx_for_current_line; ++item_idx) + { + ExampleAsset* item_data = &Items[item_idx]; + ImGui::PushID((int)item_data->ID); + + // Position item + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(start_pos.x + (item_idx % column_count) * LayoutItemStep.x, start_pos.y + line_idx * LayoutItemStep.y); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(pos); + + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(item_idx); + bool item_is_selected = Selection.Contains((ImGuiID)item_data->ID); + bool item_is_visible = ImGui::IsRectVisible(LayoutItemSize); + ImGui::Selectable("", item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, LayoutItemSize); + + // Update our selection state immediately (without waiting for EndMultiSelect() requests) + // because we use this to alter the color of our text/icon. + if (ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()) + item_is_selected = !item_is_selected; + + // Focus (for after deletion) + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == item_idx) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + + // Drag and drop + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + // Create payload with full selection OR single unselected item. + // (the later is only possible when using ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) + if (ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == NULL) + { + ImVector payload_items; + void* it = NULL; + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (!item_is_selected) + payload_items.push_back(item_data->ID); + else + while (Selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) + payload_items.push_back(id); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("ASSETS_BROWSER_ITEMS", payload_items.Data, (size_t)payload_items.size_in_bytes()); + } + + // Display payload content in tooltip, by extracting it from the payload data + // (we could read from selection, but it is more correct and reusable to read from payload) + const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload(); + const int payload_count = (int)payload->DataSize / (int)sizeof(ImGuiID); + ImGui::Text("%d assets", payload_count); + + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + + // Render icon (a real app would likely display an image/thumbnail here) + // Because we use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d, clipping vertical may occasionally be larger, so we coarse-clip our rendering as well. + if (item_is_visible) + { + ImVec2 box_min(pos.x - 1, pos.y - 1); + ImVec2 box_max(box_min.x + LayoutItemSize.x + 2, box_min.y + LayoutItemSize.y + 2); // Dubious + draw_list->AddRectFilled(box_min, box_max, icon_bg_color); // Background color + if (ShowTypeOverlay && item_data->Type != 0) + { + ImU32 type_col = icon_type_overlay_colors[item_data->Type % IM_ARRAYSIZE(icon_type_overlay_colors)]; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(box_max.x - 2 - icon_type_overlay_size.x, box_min.y + 2), ImVec2(box_max.x - 2, box_min.y + 2 + icon_type_overlay_size.y), type_col); + } + if (display_label) + { + ImU32 label_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(item_is_selected ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%d", item_data->ID); + draw_list->AddText(ImVec2(box_min.x, box_max.y - ImGui::GetFontSize()), label_col, label); + } + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + } + clipper.End(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + + // Context menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d items", Selection.Size); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Delete", "Del", false, Selection.Size > 0)) + RequestDelete = true; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + Selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + Selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, Items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + + // Zooming with CTRL+Wheel + if (ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()) + ZoomWheelAccum = 0.0f; + if (ImGui::IsWindowHovered() && io.MouseWheel != 0.0f && ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() == false) + { + ZoomWheelAccum += io.MouseWheel; + if (fabsf(ZoomWheelAccum) >= 1.0f) + { + // Calculate hovered item index from mouse location + // FIXME: Locking aiming on 'hovered_item_idx' (with a cool-down timer) would ensure zoom keeps on it. + const float hovered_item_nx = (io.MousePos.x - start_pos.x + LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f) / LayoutItemStep.x; + const float hovered_item_ny = (io.MousePos.y - start_pos.y + LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f) / LayoutItemStep.y; + const int hovered_item_idx = ((int)hovered_item_ny * LayoutColumnCount) + (int)hovered_item_nx; + //ImGui::SetTooltip("%f,%f -> item %d", hovered_item_nx, hovered_item_ny, hovered_item_idx); // Move those 4 lines in block above for easy debugging + + // Zoom + IconSize *= powf(1.1f, (float)(int)ZoomWheelAccum); + IconSize = IM_CLAMP(IconSize, 16.0f, 128.0f); + ZoomWheelAccum -= (int)ZoomWheelAccum; + UpdateLayoutSizes(avail_width); + + // Manipulate scroll to that we will land at the same Y location of currently hovered item. + // - Calculate next frame position of item under mouse + // - Set new scroll position to be used in next ImGui::BeginChild() call. + float hovered_item_rel_pos_y = ((float)(hovered_item_idx / LayoutColumnCount) + fmodf(hovered_item_ny, 1.0f)) * LayoutItemStep.y; + hovered_item_rel_pos_y += ImGui::GetStyle().WindowPadding.y; + float mouse_local_y = io.MousePos.y - ImGui::GetWindowPos().y; + ImGui::SetScrollY(hovered_item_rel_pos_y - mouse_local_y); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::Text("Selected: %d/%d items", Selection.Size, Items.Size); + ImGui::End(); + } +}; + +void ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(bool* p_open) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Assets Browser"); + static ExampleAssetsBrowser assets_browser; + assets_browser.Draw("Example: Assets Browser", p_open); +} + // End of Demo code #else diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp index 2d423cd874..efee2ec9c5 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] STB libraries implementation // [SECTION] Style functions // [SECTION] ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill // [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter // [SECTION] ImDrawData // [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions @@ -26,13 +27,12 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE #include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" @@ -64,6 +64,8 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) #define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) #define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) -#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x)) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloor(x)) #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -209,11 +211,13 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; - colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); @@ -223,6 +227,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); @@ -269,11 +274,13 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; - colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); @@ -283,6 +290,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -330,11 +338,13 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; - colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 1.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); @@ -344,6 +354,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -383,12 +394,15 @@ void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) } // Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. +// In the majority of cases, you would want to call PushClipRect() and PushTextureID() after this. void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() { // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + if (_Splitter._Count > 1) + _Splitter.Merge(this); CmdBuffer.resize(0); IdxBuffer.resize(0); @@ -400,6 +414,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() _IdxWritePtr = NULL; _ClipRectStack.resize(0); _TextureIdStack.resize(0); + _CallbacksDataBuf.resize(0); _Path.resize(0); _Splitter.Clear(); CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); @@ -417,6 +432,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() _IdxWritePtr = NULL; _ClipRectStack.clear(); _TextureIdStack.clear(); + _CallbacksDataBuf.clear(); _Path.clear(); _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory(); } @@ -456,7 +472,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() } } -void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) +void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* userdata, size_t userdata_size) { IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; @@ -466,14 +482,32 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) AddDrawCmd(); curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; } + curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback; - curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; + if (userdata_size == 0) + { + // Store user data directly in command (no indirection) + curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = userdata; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackDataSize = 0; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackDataOffset = -1; + } + else + { + // Copy and store user data in a buffer + IM_ASSERT(userdata != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(userdata_size < (1u << 31)); + curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = NULL; // Will be resolved during Render() + curr_cmd->UserCallbackDataSize = (int)userdata_size; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackDataOffset = _CallbacksDataBuf.Size; + _CallbacksDataBuf.resize(_CallbacksDataBuf.Size + (int)userdata_size); + memcpy(_CallbacksDataBuf.Data + (size_t)curr_cmd->UserCallbackDataOffset, userdata, userdata_size); + } AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below) } // Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() -#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset #define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset) @@ -512,7 +546,6 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() CmdBuffer.pop_back(); return; } - curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; } @@ -535,7 +568,6 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() CmdBuffer.pop_back(); return; } - curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; } @@ -559,7 +591,7 @@ int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const { // Automatic segment count const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value else return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); @@ -611,6 +643,15 @@ void ImDrawList::PopTextureID() _OnChangedTextureID(); } +// This is used by ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont(). It works because we never use _TextureIdStack[] elsewhere than in PushTextureID()/PopTextureID(). +void ImDrawList::_SetTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id) +{ + if (_CmdHeader.TextureId == texture_id) + return; + _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id; + _OnChangedTextureID(); +} + // Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices. // You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or // submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations. @@ -639,7 +680,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size; } -// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). +// Release the number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) { IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); @@ -706,7 +747,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { - if (points_count < 2) + if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; @@ -964,7 +1005,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { - if (points_count < 3) + if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; @@ -1189,8 +1230,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f); const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f); - const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); - const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f); + const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloor(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); + const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloor(a_max_sample_f); const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; @@ -1215,6 +1256,26 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa } } +void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1)); + + const float cos_rot = ImCos(rot); + const float sin_rot = ImSin(rot); + for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++) + { + const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min); + ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius.x, ImSin(a) * radius.y); + const ImVec2 rel((point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot), (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot)); + point.x = rel.x + center.x; + point.y = rel.y + center.y; + _Path.push_back(point); + } +} + ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) { float u = 1.0f - t; @@ -1310,33 +1371,22 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, } } -IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) { + /* + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021) - // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) - // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 - if (flags == ~0) - return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; - - // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) - // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) - // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight - // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight - // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft - // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft - // ... - // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 - // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) - if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) - return (flags << 4); - + // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023) + // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + if (flags == ~0) { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; } + // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code. + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); } // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' #endif - - // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. - // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + */ + // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway. + // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section. IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) @@ -1347,10 +1397,12 @@ static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { - flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - + if (rounding >= 0.5f) + { + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + } if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); @@ -1543,6 +1595,35 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in PathFillConvex(col); } +// Ellipse +void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + // Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { @@ -1570,10 +1651,11 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; + // Accept null ranges + if (text_begin == text_end || text_begin[0] == 0) + return; if (text_end == NULL) text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); - if (text_begin == text_end) - return; // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance if (font == NULL) @@ -1657,6 +1739,316 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi PopTextureID(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Triangulate concave polygons. Based on "Triangulation by Ear Clipping" paper, O(N^2) complexity. +// Reference: https://www.geometrictools.com/Documentation/TriangulationByEarClipping.pdf +// Provided as a convenience for user but not used by main library. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImTriangulator [Internal] +// - AddConcavePolyFilled() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImTriangulatorNodeType +{ + ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex, + ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear, + ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex +}; + +struct ImTriangulatorNode +{ + ImTriangulatorNodeType Type; + int Index; + ImVec2 Pos; + ImTriangulatorNode* Next; + ImTriangulatorNode* Prev; + + void Unlink() { Next->Prev = Prev; Prev->Next = Next; } +}; + +struct ImTriangulatorNodeSpan +{ + ImTriangulatorNode** Data = NULL; + int Size = 0; + + void push_back(ImTriangulatorNode* node) { Data[Size++] = node; } + void find_erase_unsorted(int idx) { for (int i = Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Data[i]->Index == idx) { Data[i] = Data[Size - 1]; Size--; return; } } +}; + +struct ImTriangulator +{ + static int EstimateTriangleCount(int points_count) { return (points_count < 3) ? 0 : points_count - 2; } + static int EstimateScratchBufferSize(int points_count) { return sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode) * points_count + sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode*) * points_count * 2; } + + void Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer); + void GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]); // Return relative indexes for next triangle + + // Internal functions + void BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count); + void BuildReflexes(); + void BuildEars(); + void FlipNodeList(); + bool IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const; + void ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* node); + + // Internal members + int _TrianglesLeft = 0; + ImTriangulatorNode* _Nodes = NULL; + ImTriangulatorNodeSpan _Ears; + ImTriangulatorNodeSpan _Reflexes; +}; + +// Distribute storage for nodes, ears and reflexes. +// FIXME-OPT: if everything is convex, we could report it to caller and let it switch to an convex renderer +// (this would require first building reflexes to bail to convex if empty, without even building nodes) +void ImTriangulator::Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer) +{ + IM_ASSERT(scratch_buffer != NULL && points_count >= 3); + _TrianglesLeft = EstimateTriangleCount(points_count); + _Nodes = (ImTriangulatorNode*)scratch_buffer; // points_count x Node + _Ears.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count); // points_count x Node* + _Reflexes.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count) + points_count; // points_count x Node* + BuildNodes(points, points_count); + BuildReflexes(); + BuildEars(); +} + +void ImTriangulator::BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _Nodes[i].Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex; + _Nodes[i].Index = i; + _Nodes[i].Pos = points[i]; + _Nodes[i].Next = _Nodes + i + 1; + _Nodes[i].Prev = _Nodes + i - 1; + } + _Nodes[0].Prev = _Nodes + points_count - 1; + _Nodes[points_count - 1].Next = _Nodes; +} + +void ImTriangulator::BuildReflexes() +{ + ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes; + for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next) + { + if (ImTriangleIsClockwise(n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos)) + continue; + n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex; + _Reflexes.push_back(n1); + } +} + +void ImTriangulator::BuildEars() +{ + ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes; + for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next) + { + if (n1->Type != ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex) + continue; + if (!IsEar(n1->Prev->Index, n1->Index, n1->Next->Index, n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos)) + continue; + n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear; + _Ears.push_back(n1); + } +} + +void ImTriangulator::GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]) +{ + if (_Ears.Size == 0) + { + FlipNodeList(); + + ImTriangulatorNode* node = _Nodes; + for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, node = node->Next) + node->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex; + _Reflexes.Size = 0; + BuildReflexes(); + BuildEars(); + + // If we still don't have ears, it means geometry is degenerated. + if (_Ears.Size == 0) + { + // Return first triangle available, mimicking the behavior of convex fill. + IM_ASSERT(_TrianglesLeft > 0); // Geometry is degenerated + _Ears.Data[0] = _Nodes; + _Ears.Size = 1; + } + } + + ImTriangulatorNode* ear = _Ears.Data[--_Ears.Size]; + out_triangle[0] = ear->Prev->Index; + out_triangle[1] = ear->Index; + out_triangle[2] = ear->Next->Index; + + ear->Unlink(); + if (ear == _Nodes) + _Nodes = ear->Next; + + ReclassifyNode(ear->Prev); + ReclassifyNode(ear->Next); + _TrianglesLeft--; +} + +void ImTriangulator::FlipNodeList() +{ + ImTriangulatorNode* prev = _Nodes; + ImTriangulatorNode* temp = _Nodes; + ImTriangulatorNode* current = _Nodes->Next; + prev->Next = prev; + prev->Prev = prev; + while (current != _Nodes) + { + temp = current->Next; + + current->Next = prev; + prev->Prev = current; + _Nodes->Next = current; + current->Prev = _Nodes; + + prev = current; + current = temp; + } + _Nodes = prev; +} + +// A triangle is an ear is no other vertex is inside it. We can test reflexes vertices only (see reference algorithm) +bool ImTriangulator::IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const +{ + ImTriangulatorNode** p_end = _Reflexes.Data + _Reflexes.Size; + for (ImTriangulatorNode** p = _Reflexes.Data; p < p_end; p++) + { + ImTriangulatorNode* reflex = *p; + if (reflex->Index != i0 && reflex->Index != i1 && reflex->Index != i2) + if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(v0, v1, v2, reflex->Pos)) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void ImTriangulator::ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* n1) +{ + // Classify node + ImTriangulatorNodeType type; + const ImTriangulatorNode* n0 = n1->Prev; + const ImTriangulatorNode* n2 = n1->Next; + if (!ImTriangleIsClockwise(n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos)) + type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex; + else if (IsEar(n0->Index, n1->Index, n2->Index, n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos)) + type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear; + else + type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex; + + // Update lists when a type changes + if (type == n1->Type) + return; + if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex) + _Reflexes.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index); + else if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear) + _Ears.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index); + if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex) + _Reflexes.push_back(n1); + else if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear) + _Ears.push_back(n1); + n1->Type = type; +} + +// Use ear-clipping algorithm to triangulate a simple polygon (no self-interaction, no holes). +// (Reminder: we don't perform any coarse clipping/culling in ImDrawList layer! +// It is up to caller to ensure not making costly calls that will be outside of visible area. +// As concave fill is noticeably more expensive than other primitives, be mindful of this... +// Caller can build AABB of points, and avoid filling if 'draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect.Overlays(points_bb) == false') +void ImDrawList::AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) +{ + if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + ImTriangulator triangulator; + unsigned int triangle[3]; + if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) + { + // Anti-aliased Fill + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; + const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3 + points_count * 6; + const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2); + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + + // Add indexes for fill + unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx; + unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1; + + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2)); + triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data); + while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0) + { + triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[0] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[1] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[2] << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr += 3; + } + + // Compute normals + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + { + const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; + const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; + float dx = p1.x - p0.x; + float dy = p1.y - p0.y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + temp_normals[i0].x = dy; + temp_normals[i0].y = -dx; + } + + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + { + // Average normals + const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0]; + const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1]; + float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + + // Add vertices + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer + _VtxWritePtr += 2; + + // Add indexes for fringes + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } + else + { + // Non Anti-aliased Fill + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3; + const int vtx_count = points_count; + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr++; + } + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2)); + triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data); + while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0) + { + triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[0]); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[1]); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[2]); + _IdxWritePtr += 3; + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } +} //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter @@ -1807,6 +2199,69 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) // [SECTION] ImDrawData //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ImDrawData::Clear() +{ + Valid = false; + CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0; + CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them. + DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + OwnerViewport = NULL; +} + +// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list +// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[]. +void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + // Resolve callback data pointers + if (draw_list->_CallbacksDataBuf.Size > 0) + for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer) + if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL && cmd.UserCallbackDataOffset != -1 && cmd.UserCallbackDataSize > 0) + cmd.UserCallbackData = draw_list->_CallbacksDataBuf.Data + cmd.UserCallbackDataOffset; + + // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData + out_list->push_back(draw_list); + draw_data->CmdListsCount++; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; +} + +void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list); +} + // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() { @@ -1831,15 +2286,9 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() // or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale) { - for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) - { - ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i]; - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); - } - } + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists) + for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer) + cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1895,6 +2344,14 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve } } +void ImGui::ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out) +{ + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) + vertex->pos = ImRotate(vertex->pos- pivot_in, cos_a, sin_a) + pivot_out; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImFontConfig //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1903,10 +2360,11 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? + OversampleH = 2; OversampleV = 1; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; + RasterizerDensity = 1.0f; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; } @@ -1980,19 +2438,19 @@ ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) - if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData) + if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { - IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData); - ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL; + IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData); + font_cfg.FontData = NULL; } // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) + for (ImFont* font : Fonts) + if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) { - Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL; - Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0; + font->ConfigData = NULL; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); @@ -2067,13 +2525,14 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0); - IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f && "Is ImFontConfig struct correctly initialized?"); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->OversampleH > 0 && font_cfg->OversampleV > 0 && "Is ImFontConfig struct correctly initialized?"); // Create new font if (!font_cfg->MergeMode) Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont)); else - IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. + IM_ASSERT(Fonts.Size > 0 && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg); ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back(); @@ -2089,6 +2548,8 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; + ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this); + // Invalidate texture TexReady = false; ClearTexData(); @@ -2125,7 +2586,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; - font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_TRUNC(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); @@ -2155,13 +2616,14 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, } // NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build(). -ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); - font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; - font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; + IM_ASSERT(font_data_size > 100 && "Incorrect value for font_data_size!"); // Heuristic to prevent accidentally passing a wrong value to font_data_size. + font_cfg.FontData = font_data; + font_cfg.FontDataSize = font_data_size; font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels; if (glyph_ranges) font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; @@ -2376,13 +2838,22 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + { + IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize."); return false; + } // Measure highest codepoints ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + { + // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common + // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent, + // or to forget to zero-terminate the glyph range array. + IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1] && "Invalid range: is your glyph range array persistent? it is zero-terminated?"); src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]); + } dst_tmp.SrcCount++; dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest); } @@ -2453,7 +2924,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels; + src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity; src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0; src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data; src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; @@ -2462,7 +2933,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV; // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects) - const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels); + const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity); const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) { @@ -2547,13 +3018,10 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) - continue; - // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; @@ -2561,12 +3029,14 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); - const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); - const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + const float ascent = ImCeil(unscaled_ascent * font_scale); + const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale); ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { // Register glyph @@ -2575,7 +3045,11 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) stbtt_aligned_quad q; float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f; stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0); - dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); + float x0 = q.x0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; + float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; + float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; + float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale); } } @@ -2595,19 +3069,31 @@ const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() #endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + { + ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont; + if (!font_cfg.MergeMode) + { + font->ConfigData = &font_cfg; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + } + font->ConfigDataCount++; + } +} + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) { font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; - font->ConfigData = font_config; - font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config); font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; } - font->ConfigDataCount++; } void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque) @@ -2617,6 +3103,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects; IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong. +#ifdef __GNUC__ + if (user_rects.Size < 1) { __builtin_unreachable(); } // Workaround for GCC bug if IM_ASSERT() is defined to conditionally throw (see #5343) +#endif ImVector pack_rects; pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size); @@ -2751,6 +3240,13 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { + // Round font size + // - We started rounding in 1.90 WIP (18991) as our layout system currently doesn't support non-rounded font size well yet. + // - Note that using io.FontGlobalScale or SetWindowFontScale(), with are legacy-ish, partially supported features, can still lead to unrounded sizes. + // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding. + for (ImFontConfig& cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(cfg.SizePixels); + // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0) { @@ -2792,9 +3288,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) } // Build all fonts lookup tables - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) - atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) + if (font->DirtyLookupTables) + font->BuildLookupTable(); atlas->TexReady = true; } @@ -2937,19 +3433,19 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points - // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan - // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ - // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). - // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en - // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode - // - You can generate this code by the script at: - // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan: + // - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs + // - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/ + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice + // - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji // - References: // - List of Joyo Kanji - // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji - // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. @@ -3112,7 +3608,8 @@ ImFont::ImFont() FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - DotChar = (ImWchar)-1; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f; + EllipsisCharCount = 0; FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -3158,6 +3655,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint); // Build lookup table + IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size > 0 && "Font has not loaded glyph!"); IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved IndexAdvanceX.clear(); IndexLookup.clear(); @@ -3193,17 +3691,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); - // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). - // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. - // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. - const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; - const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; - if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) - EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); - if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1) - DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); - - // Setup fallback character + // Setup Fallback character const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) @@ -3216,11 +3704,32 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; } } - FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; + + // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; + if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); + const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) + { + EllipsisCharCount = 1; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1; + } + else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1) + { + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char); + EllipsisChar = dot_char; + EllipsisCharCount = 3; + EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f; + } } // API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size @@ -3263,7 +3772,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, floa advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); if (advance_x != advance_x_original) { - float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; x0 += char_off_x; x1 += char_off_x; } @@ -3369,6 +3878,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c bool inside_word = true; const char* s = text; + IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL); while (s < text_end) { unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; @@ -3377,8 +3887,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c next_s = s + 1; else next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; if (c < 32) { @@ -3484,15 +3992,9 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons const char* prev_s = s; unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; if (c < 0x80) - { s += 1; - } else - { s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? - break; - } if (c < 32) { @@ -3538,8 +4040,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im if (glyph->Colored) col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x); + float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } @@ -3551,8 +4053,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x); + float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; @@ -3567,18 +4069,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) { const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); - const char* line_next = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; if (word_wrap_enabled) { // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA(). // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both. // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward! - s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_next, wrap_width); + s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width); s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); } else { - s = line_next; + s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; } y += line_height; } @@ -3605,10 +4106,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6; const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max; draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max); - - ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; - ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; - unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; + ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; + unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; @@ -3625,6 +4125,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im { x = start_x; y += line_height; + if (y > clip_rect.w) + break; // break out of main loop word_wrap_eol = NULL; s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; @@ -3634,15 +4136,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im // Decode and advance source unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; if (c < 0x80) - { s += 1; - } else - { s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? - break; - } if (c < 32) { @@ -3713,14 +4209,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: { - idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); - idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); + idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3); vtx_write += 4; - vtx_current_idx += 4; + vtx_index += 4; idx_write += 6; } } @@ -3734,7 +4230,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; - draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; + draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3786,6 +4282,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir d void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) { + // FIXME-OPT: This should be baked in font. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); } @@ -3859,8 +4356,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im } else { - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b, 3); // BL - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e, 3); // TR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b); // BL + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e); // TR } if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding) { @@ -3879,8 +4376,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im } else { - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b, 3); // TR - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e, 3); // BR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b); // TR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e); // BR } } draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); @@ -4067,8 +4564,8 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ProggyClean.ttf // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer -// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip) -// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net +// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.proggyfonts.net/index.php?menu=download) +// Download and more information at http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes) // Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a5151f3c49..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,571 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2 -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) -// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) -// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. -// Missing features: -// [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME. - -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - -// CHANGELOG -// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. -// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Disable SDL 2.0.22 new "auto capture" (SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE) which prevents drag and drop across windows for multi-viewport support + don't capture when drag and dropping. (#5710) -// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). -// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations. -// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2). -// 2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer. -// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. -// 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. -// 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). -// 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates. -// 2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API. -// 2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted. -// 2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range. -// 2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST. -// 2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+) -// 2021-06-29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary. -// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). -// 2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950) -// 2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends. -// 2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2). -// 2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state). -// 2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor. -// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter. -// 2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application). -// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized. -// 2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls. -// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window. -// 2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'. -// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls. -// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter. -// 2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText). -// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag. -// 2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value. -// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. -// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. -// 2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS). -// 2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes. -// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support. -// 2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS. -// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert. -// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1). -// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. - -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_sdl.h" - -// SDL -#include -#include -#if defined(__APPLE__) -#include -#endif - -#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) -#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 -#else -#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 0 -#endif -#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6) - -// SDL Data -struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data -{ - SDL_Window* Window; - SDL_Renderer* Renderer; - Uint64 Time; - int MouseButtonsDown; - SDL_Cursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; - int PendingMouseLeaveFrame; - char* ClipboardTextData; - bool MouseCanUseGlobalState; - - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts -// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. -// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. -// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. -static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData() -{ - return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; -} - -// Functions -static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->ClipboardTextData) - SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); - bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText(); - return bd->ClipboardTextData; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text) -{ - SDL_SetClipboardText(text); -} - -static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) -{ - switch (keycode) - { - case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; - case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; - case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; - case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow; - case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; - case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; - case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; - case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home; - case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End; - case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert; - case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete; - case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace; - case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; - case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; - case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; - case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; - case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; - case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; - case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; - case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; - case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; - case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; - case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; - case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; - case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; - case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; - case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; - case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; - case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; - case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; - case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; - case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; - case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; - case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; - case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; - case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; - case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; - case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; - case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; - case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; - case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; - case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; - case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; - case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; - case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; - case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; - case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; - case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; - case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; - case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; - case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; - case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; - case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; - case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift; - case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; - case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; - case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu; - case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0; - case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1; - case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2; - case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3; - case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4; - case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5; - case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6; - case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7; - case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8; - case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9; - case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A; - case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B; - case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C; - case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D; - case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E; - case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F; - case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G; - case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H; - case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I; - case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J; - case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K; - case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L; - case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M; - case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N; - case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O; - case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P; - case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q; - case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R; - case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S; - case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T; - case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U; - case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V; - case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W; - case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X; - case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y; - case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z; - case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; - case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; - case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; - case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; - case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; - case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; - case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; - case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; - case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; - case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; - case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; - case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; - } - return ImGuiKey_None; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0); -} - -// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs. -// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data. -// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data. -// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags. -// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field. -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - - switch (event->type) - { - case SDL_MOUSEMOTION: - { - io.AddMousePosEvent((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y); - return true; - } - case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL: - { - float wheel_x = (event->wheel.x > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.x < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f; - float wheel_y = (event->wheel.y > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.y < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f; - io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y); - return true; - } - case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN: - case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: - { - int mouse_button = -1; - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; } - if (mouse_button == -1) - break; - io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)); - bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button)); - return true; - } - case SDL_TEXTINPUT: - { - io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text); - return true; - } - case SDL_KEYDOWN: - case SDL_KEYUP: - { - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod); - ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym); - io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN)); - io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. - return true; - } - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - { - // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right. - // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window. - // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late, - // causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why - // we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details. - Uint8 window_event = event->window.event; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER) - bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE) - bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) - io.AddFocusEvent(true); - else if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST) - io.AddFocusEvent(false); - return true; - } - } - return false; -} - -static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); - - // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position - // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list) - bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false; -#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(); - const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" }; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++) - if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0) - mouse_can_use_global_state = true; -#endif - - // Setup backend capabilities flags - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)(); - io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; - io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl"; - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) - - bd->Window = window; - bd->Renderer = renderer; - bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state; - - io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText; - io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText; - io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr; - - // Load mouse cursors - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO); - - // Set platform dependent data in viewport -#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS) - SDL_SysWMinfo info; - SDL_VERSION(&info.version); - if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info)) - ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window; -#else - (void)window; -#endif - - // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event. - // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered. - // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application. - // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click: - // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) -#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH - SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1"); -#endif - - // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710) -#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE - SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0"); -#endif - - return true; -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) -{ - IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this. - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window) -{ -#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); -#endif - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window) -{ -#if !defined(_WIN32) - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); -#endif - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window) -{ - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) -{ - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer); -} - -void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown() -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - if (bd->ClipboardTextData) - SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); - for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) - SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); - - io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; - io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; - IM_DELETE(bd); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData() -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below) -#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside - SDL_CaptureMouse((bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0 && ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == nullptr) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE); - SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(); - const bool is_app_focused = (bd->Window == focused_window); -#else - const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only -#endif - if (is_app_focused) - { - // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) - if (io.WantSetMousePos) - SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y); - - // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) - { - int window_x, window_y, mouse_x_global, mouse_y_global; - SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x_global, &mouse_y_global); - SDL_GetWindowPosition(bd->Window, &window_x, &window_y); - io.AddMousePosEvent((float)(mouse_x_global - window_x), (float)(mouse_y_global - window_y)); - } - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) - return; - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - - ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - { - // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor - SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE); - } - else - { - // Show OS mouse cursor - SDL_SetCursor(bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]); - SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE); - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. - return; - - // Get gamepad - io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; - SDL_GameController* game_controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(0); - if (!game_controller) - return; - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; - - // Update gamepad inputs - #define IM_SATURATE(V) (V < 0.0f ? 0.0f : V > 1.0f ? 1.0f : V) - #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO) { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, SDL_GameControllerGetButton(game_controller, BUTTON_NO) != 0); } - #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(game_controller, AXIS_NO) - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); vn = IM_SATURATE(vn); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.1f, vn); } - const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000; // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value. - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X); // Xbox X, PS Square - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B); // Xbox B, PS Circle - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A); // Xbox A, PS Cross - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT, 0.0f, 32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - #undef MAP_BUTTON - #undef MAP_ANALOG -} - -void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?"); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) - int w, h; - int display_w, display_h; - SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h); - if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) - w = h = 0; - if (bd->Renderer != nullptr) - SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h); - else - SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h); - io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); - if (w > 0 && h > 0) - io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); - - // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution) - static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(); - Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(); - io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); - bd->Time = current_time; - - if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) - { - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0; - } - - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor(); - - // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads(); -} diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc18c2cc9c..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2 -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) -// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. -// Missing features: -// [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME. - -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - -#pragma once -#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API - -struct SDL_Window; -struct SDL_Renderer; -typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event; - -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(SDL_Window*) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); } // 1.84: removed unnecessary parameter -#endif diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..599d3fc445 --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,771 @@ +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*) +// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) +// (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) + +// (**IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED AND CURRENTLY HAS A FAST CHANGING API. THIS CODE BREAKS OFTEN AS SDL3 CHANGES.**) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] +// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + +// CHANGELOG +// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2024-09-03: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetGamepads() memory ownership revert. (#7918, #7898, #7807) +// 2024-08-22: moved some OS/backend related function pointers from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO: +// - io.GetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn +// - io.SetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn +// - io.PlatformSetImeDataFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn +// 2024-08-19: Storing SDL_WindowID inside ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle instead of SDL_Window*. +// 2024-08-19: ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent() now ignores events intended for other SDL windows. (#7853) +// 2024-07-22: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetGamepads() memory ownership change. (#7807) +// 2024-07-18: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetClipboardText() memory ownership change. (#7801) +// 2024-07-15: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetProperty() change to SDL_GetPointerProperty(). (#7794) +// 2024-07-02: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDLK_x renames and SDLK_KP_x removals (#7761, #7762). +// 2024-07-01: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_SetTextInputRect() changed to SDL_SetTextInputArea(). +// 2024-06-26: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput()/SDL_SetTextInputRect() functions signatures. +// 2024-06-24: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN/SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP contents. +// 2024-06-03; Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ renames. +// 2024-05-15: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDLK_ renames. +// 2024-04-15: Inputs: Re-enable calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as SDL3 no longer enables it by default and should play nicer with IME. +// 2024-02-13: Inputs: Fixed gamepad support. Handle gamepad disconnection. Added ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(). +// 2023-11-13: Updated for recent SDL3 API changes. +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. +// 2023-05-04: Fixed build on Emscripten/iOS/Android. (#6391) +// 2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306) +// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen. (#2702) +// 2023-02-23: Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. (#6189, #6114, #3644) +// 2023-02-07: Forked "imgui_impl_sdl2" into "imgui_impl_sdl3". Removed version checks for old feature. Refer to imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp for older changelog. + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +#include "imgui_impl_sdl3.h" + +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#endif + +// SDL +#include +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include +#endif + +#if !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) +#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 +#else +#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 0 +#endif + +// FIXME-LEGACY: remove when SDL 3.1.3 preview is released. +#ifndef SDLK_APOSTROPHE +#define SDLK_APOSTROPHE SDLK_QUOTE +#endif +#ifndef SDLK_GRAVE +#define SDLK_GRAVE SDLK_BACKQUOTE +#endif + +// SDL Data +struct ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data +{ + SDL_Window* Window; + SDL_WindowID WindowID; + SDL_Renderer* Renderer; + Uint64 Time; + char* ClipboardTextData; + + // IME handling + SDL_Window* ImeWindow; + + // Mouse handling + Uint32 MouseWindowID; + int MouseButtonsDown; + SDL_Cursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; + SDL_Cursor* MouseLastCursor; + int MousePendingLeaveFrame; + bool MouseCanUseGlobalState; + + // Gamepad handling + ImVector Gamepads; + ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode GamepadMode; + bool WantUpdateGamepadsList; + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts +// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. +// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. +// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. +static ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData() +{ + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; +} + +// Functions +static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText(ImGuiContext*) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->ClipboardTextData) + SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); + const char* sdl_clipboard_text = SDL_GetClipboardText(); + bd->ClipboardTextData = sdl_clipboard_text ? SDL_strdup(sdl_clipboard_text) : NULL; + return bd->ClipboardTextData; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText(ImGuiContext*, const char* text) +{ + SDL_SetClipboardText(text); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + SDL_WindowID window_id = (SDL_WindowID)(intptr_t)viewport->PlatformHandle; + SDL_Window* window = SDL_GetWindowFromID(window_id); + if ((data->WantVisible == false || bd->ImeWindow != window) && bd->ImeWindow != NULL) + { + SDL_StopTextInput(bd->ImeWindow); + bd->ImeWindow = nullptr; + } + if (data->WantVisible) + { + SDL_Rect r; + r.x = (int)data->InputPos.x; + r.y = (int)data->InputPos.y; + r.w = 1; + r.h = (int)data->InputLineHeight; + SDL_SetTextInputArea(window, &r, 0); + SDL_StartTextInput(window); + bd->ImeWindow = window; + } +} + +// Not static to allow third-party code to use that if they want to (but undocumented) +ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode) +{ + // Keypad doesn't have individual key values in SDL3 + switch (scancode) + { + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; + default: break; + } + switch (keycode) + { + case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; + case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; + case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; + case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; + case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; + case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home; + case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End; + case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert; + case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete; + case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace; + case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; + case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; + case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; + case SDLK_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case SDLK_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; + case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; + case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; + case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; + case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; + case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; + case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; + case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; + case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; + case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; + case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift; + case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; + case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; + case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu; + case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0; + case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1; + case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2; + case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3; + case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4; + case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5; + case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6; + case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7; + case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8; + case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9; + case SDLK_A: return ImGuiKey_A; + case SDLK_B: return ImGuiKey_B; + case SDLK_C: return ImGuiKey_C; + case SDLK_D: return ImGuiKey_D; + case SDLK_E: return ImGuiKey_E; + case SDLK_F: return ImGuiKey_F; + case SDLK_G: return ImGuiKey_G; + case SDLK_H: return ImGuiKey_H; + case SDLK_I: return ImGuiKey_I; + case SDLK_J: return ImGuiKey_J; + case SDLK_K: return ImGuiKey_K; + case SDLK_L: return ImGuiKey_L; + case SDLK_M: return ImGuiKey_M; + case SDLK_N: return ImGuiKey_N; + case SDLK_O: return ImGuiKey_O; + case SDLK_P: return ImGuiKey_P; + case SDLK_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q; + case SDLK_R: return ImGuiKey_R; + case SDLK_S: return ImGuiKey_S; + case SDLK_T: return ImGuiKey_T; + case SDLK_U: return ImGuiKey_U; + case SDLK_V: return ImGuiKey_V; + case SDLK_W: return ImGuiKey_W; + case SDLK_X: return ImGuiKey_X; + case SDLK_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y; + case SDLK_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z; + case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; + case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; + case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; + case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; + case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; + case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; + case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; + case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; + case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; + case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; + case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; + case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case SDLK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case SDLK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case SDLK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case SDLK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case SDLK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case SDLK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case SDLK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case SDLK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case SDLK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case SDLK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case SDLK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; + default: break; + } + return ImGuiKey_None; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_CTRL) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_SHIFT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_ALT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_GUI) != 0); +} + + +static ImGuiViewport* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(SDL_WindowID window_id) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + return (window_id == bd->WindowID) ? ImGui::GetMainViewport() : NULL; +} + +// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs. +// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data. +// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data. +// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags. +// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field. +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + switch (event->type) + { + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->motion.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + ImVec2 mouse_pos((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y); + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->motion.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse); + io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_pos.x, mouse_pos.y); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_WHEEL: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->wheel.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("wheel %.2f %.2f, precise %.2f %.2f\n", (float)event->wheel.x, (float)event->wheel.y, event->wheel.preciseX, event->wheel.preciseY); + float wheel_x = -event->wheel.x; + float wheel_y = event->wheel.y; + #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + wheel_x /= 100.0f; + #endif + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->wheel.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN: + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_UP: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->button.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + int mouse_button = -1; + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; } + if (mouse_button == -1) + break; + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->button.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse); + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN)); + bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button)); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_TEXT_INPUT: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->text.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN: + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->key.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SDL_EVENT_KEY_%d: key=%d, scancode=%d, mod=%X\n", (event->type == SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN) ? "DOWN" : "UP", event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.mod); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.mod); + ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(event->key.key, event->key.scancode); + io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN)); + io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOUSE_ENTER: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + bd->MouseWindowID = event->window.windowID; + bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame = 0; + return true; + } + // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late, + // causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why + // we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details. + // FIXME: Unconfirmed whether this is still needed with SDL3. + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOUSE_LEAVE: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1; + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED: + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_LOST: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + io.AddFocusEvent(event->type == SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_ADDED: + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_REMOVED: + { + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true; + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(ImGuiViewport* viewport, SDL_Window* window) +{ + viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)(intptr_t)SDL_GetWindowID(window); + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__WINRT__) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (HWND)SDL_GetPointerProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), SDL_PROP_WINDOW_WIN32_HWND_POINTER, nullptr); +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = SDL_GetPointerProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), SDL_PROP_WINDOW_COCOA_WINDOW_POINTER, nullptr); +#endif +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Unused in this branch + + // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position + // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list) + bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false; +#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE + const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(); + const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++) + if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0) + mouse_can_use_global_state = true; +#endif + + // Setup backend capabilities flags + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data)(); + io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; + io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl3"; + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) + + bd->Window = window; + bd->WindowID = SDL_GetWindowID(window); + bd->Renderer = renderer; + bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state; + + ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); + platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText; + platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText; + platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData; + + // Gamepad handling + bd->GamepadMode = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst; + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true; + + // Load mouse cursors + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_DEFAULT); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_TEXT); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_MOVE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NS_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_EW_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NESW_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NWSE_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_POINTER); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NOT_ALLOWED); + + // Set platform dependent data in viewport + // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport + ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(main_viewport, window); + + // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event. + // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered. + // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application. + // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click: + // you can ignore SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) +#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH + SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1"); +#endif + + // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710) +#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE + SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0"); +#endif + + return true; +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) +{ + IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this. + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, sdl_gl_context); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window) +{ +#if !defined(_WIN32) + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); +#endif + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, renderer, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + +void ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (bd->ClipboardTextData) + SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); + for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) + SDL_DestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + + io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; + io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + IM_DELETE(bd); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseData() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION) or when focused (below) +#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE + // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside + SDL_CaptureMouse(bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0); + SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(); + const bool is_app_focused = (bd->Window == focused_window); +#else + SDL_Window* focused_window = bd->Window; + const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only +#endif + if (is_app_focused) + { + // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) + if (io.WantSetMousePos) + SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + + // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION already provides this when hovered or captured) + if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + { + // Single-viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) + float mouse_x_global, mouse_y_global; + int window_x, window_y; + SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x_global, &mouse_y_global); + SDL_GetWindowPosition(focused_window, &window_x, &window_y); + io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x_global - window_x, mouse_y_global - window_y); + } + } +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) + return; + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + + ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + { + // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor + SDL_HideCursor(); + } + else + { + // Show OS mouse cursor + SDL_Cursor* expected_cursor = bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]; + if (bd->MouseLastCursor != expected_cursor) + { + SDL_SetCursor(expected_cursor); // SDL function doesn't have an early out (see #6113) + bd->MouseLastCursor = expected_cursor; + } + SDL_ShowCursor(); + } +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->GamepadMode != ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) + for (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad : bd->Gamepads) + SDL_CloseGamepad(gamepad); + bd->Gamepads.resize(0); +} + +void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode mode, SDL_Gamepad** manual_gamepads_array, int manual_gamepads_count) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + if (mode == ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) + { + IM_ASSERT(manual_gamepads_array != nullptr && manual_gamepads_count > 0); + for (int n = 0; n < manual_gamepads_count; n++) + bd->Gamepads.push_back(manual_gamepads_array[n]); + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(manual_gamepads_array == nullptr && manual_gamepads_count <= 0); + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true; + } + bd->GamepadMode = mode; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd, ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiKey key, SDL_GamepadButton button_no) +{ + bool merged_value = false; + for (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad : bd->Gamepads) + merged_value |= SDL_GetGamepadButton(gamepad, button_no) != 0; + io.AddKeyEvent(key, merged_value); +} + +static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; } +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd, ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiKey key, SDL_GamepadAxis axis_no, float v0, float v1) +{ + float merged_value = 0.0f; + for (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad : bd->Gamepads) + { + float vn = Saturate((float)(SDL_GetGamepadAxis(gamepad, axis_no) - v0) / (float)(v1 - v0)); + if (merged_value < vn) + merged_value = vn; + } + io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, merged_value > 0.1f, merged_value); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Update list of gamepads to use + if (bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList && bd->GamepadMode != ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) + { + ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + int sdl_gamepads_count = 0; + SDL_JoystickID* sdl_gamepads = SDL_GetGamepads(&sdl_gamepads_count); + for (int n = 0; n < sdl_gamepads_count; n++) + if (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad = SDL_OpenGamepad(sdl_gamepads[n])) + { + bd->Gamepads.push_back(gamepad); + if (bd->GamepadMode == ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst) + break; + } + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = false; + SDL_free(sdl_gamepads); + } + + // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) + return; + io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; + if (bd->Gamepads.Size == 0) + return; + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; + + // Update gamepad inputs + const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000; // SDL_gamepad.h suggests using this value. + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_WEST); // Xbox X, PS Square + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_EAST); // Xbox B, PS Circle + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_NORTH); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_SOUTH); // Xbox A, PS Cross + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER, 0.0f, 32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER, 0.0f, 32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); +} + +void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) + int w, h; + int display_w, display_h; + SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h); + if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) + w = h = 0; + SDL_GetWindowSizeInPixels(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h); + io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); + if (w > 0 && h > 0) + io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); + + // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution) + // (Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Happens in VMs and Emscripten, see #6189, #6114, #3644) + static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(); + Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(); + if (current_time <= bd->Time) + current_time = bd->Time + 1; + io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); + bd->Time = current_time; + + if (bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame && bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + { + bd->MouseWindowID = 0; + bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseData(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseCursor(); + + // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..880ba9615b --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*) +// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) +// (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) + +// (**IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED AND CURRENTLY HAS A FAST CHANGING API. THIS CODE BREAKS OFTEN AS SDL3 CHANGES.**) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] +// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + +#pragma once +#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +struct SDL_Window; +struct SDL_Renderer; +struct SDL_Gamepad; +typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event; + +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); + +// Gamepad selection automatically starts in AutoFirst mode, picking first available SDL_Gamepad. You may override this. +// When using manual mode, caller is responsible for opening/closing gamepad. +enum ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode { ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst, ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoAll, ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual }; +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode mode, SDL_Gamepad** manual_gamepads_array = NULL, int manual_gamepads_count = -1); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp index b7b941fde6..0e9164efe5 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp @@ -3,37 +3,32 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui) +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_win32.h" -#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#endif -#include -#include // GET_X_LPARAM(), GET_Y_LPARAM() -#include -#include - -// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig.h file: +// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig file: //#define IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD // Disable gamepad support. This was meaningful before <1.81 but we now load XInput dynamically so the option is now less relevant. -// Using XInput for gamepad (will load DLL dynamically) -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD -#include -typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetCapabilities)(DWORD, DWORD, XINPUT_CAPABILITIES*); -typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); -#endif - // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2024-07-08: Inputs: Fixed ImGuiMod_Super being mapped to VK_APPS instead of VK_LWIN||VK_RWIN. (#7768) +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. +// 2023-09-25: Inputs: Synthesize key-down event on key-up for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit it (same behavior as GLFW/SDL). +// 2023-09-07: Inputs: Added support for keyboard codepage conversion for when application is compiled in MBCS mode and using a non-Unicode window. +// 2023-04-19: Added ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL() to facilitate combining raw Win32/Winapi with OpenGL. (#3218) +// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. (#2702) +// 2023-02-15: Inputs: Use WM_NCMOUSEMOVE / WM_NCMOUSELEAVE to track mouse position over non-client area (e.g. OS decorations) when app is not focused. (#6045, #6162) +// 2023-02-02: Inputs: Flipping WM_MOUSEHWHEEL (horizontal mouse-wheel) value to match other backends and offer consistent horizontal scrolling direction. (#4019, #6096, #1463) // 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. // 2022-09-28: Inputs: Convert WM_CHAR values with MultiByteToWideChar() when window class was registered as MBCS (not Unicode). // 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). @@ -79,15 +74,45 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); // 2017-10-23: Inputs: Using Win32 ::SetCapture/::GetCapture() to retrieve mouse positions outside the client area when dragging. // 2016-11-12: Inputs: Only call Win32 ::SetCursor(nullptr) when io.MouseDrawCursor is set. +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +#include "imgui_impl_win32.h" +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include +#include // GET_X_LPARAM(), GET_Y_LPARAM() +#include +#include + +// Using XInput for gamepad (will load DLL dynamically) +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD +#include +typedef DWORD(WINAPI* PFN_XInputGetCapabilities)(DWORD, DWORD, XINPUT_CAPABILITIES*); +typedef DWORD(WINAPI* PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) +#endif +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) +#endif + struct ImGui_ImplWin32_Data { HWND hWnd; HWND MouseHwnd; - bool MouseTracked; + int MouseTrackedArea; // 0: not tracked, 1: client area, 2: non-client area int MouseButtonsDown; INT64 Time; INT64 TicksPerSecond; ImGuiMouseCursor LastMouseCursor; + UINT32 KeyboardCodePage; #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD bool HasGamepad; @@ -110,9 +135,20 @@ static ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData() } // Functions -bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage() +{ + // Retrieve keyboard code page, required for handling of non-Unicode Windows. + ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); + HKL keyboard_layout = ::GetKeyboardLayout(0); + LCID keyboard_lcid = MAKELCID(HIWORD(keyboard_layout), SORT_DEFAULT); + if (::GetLocaleInfoA(keyboard_lcid, (LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER | LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE), (LPSTR)&bd->KeyboardCodePage, sizeof(bd->KeyboardCodePage)) == 0) + bd->KeyboardCodePage = CP_ACP; // Fallback to default ANSI code page when fails. +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(void* hwnd, bool platform_has_own_dc) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); INT64 perf_frequency, perf_counter; @@ -132,9 +168,12 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) bd->TicksPerSecond = perf_frequency; bd->Time = perf_counter; bd->LastMouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage(); // Set platform dependent data in viewport - ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)hwnd; + ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + main_viewport->PlatformHandle = main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)bd->hWnd; + IM_UNUSED(platform_has_own_dc); // Used in 'docking' branch // Dynamically load XInput library #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD @@ -160,6 +199,17 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) return true; } +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) +{ + return ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(hwnd, false); +} + +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd) +{ + // OpenGL needs CS_OWNDC + return ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(hwnd, true); +} + void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); @@ -174,6 +224,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown() io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -244,7 +295,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyModifiers() io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, IsVkDown(VK_CONTROL)); io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, IsVkDown(VK_SHIFT)); io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, IsVkDown(VK_MENU)); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_APPS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_LWIN) || IsVkDown(VK_RWIN)); } static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseData() @@ -253,7 +304,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseData() ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); IM_ASSERT(bd->hWnd != 0); - const bool is_app_focused = (::GetForegroundWindow() == bd->hWnd); + HWND focused_window = ::GetForegroundWindow(); + const bool is_app_focused = (focused_window == bd->hWnd); if (is_app_focused) { // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) @@ -265,7 +317,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseData() } // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (WM_MOUSEMOVE already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (!io.WantSetMousePos && !bd->MouseTracked) + // This also fills a short gap when clicking non-client area: WM_NCMOUSELEAVE -> modal OS move -> gap -> WM_NCMOUSEMOVE + if (!io.WantSetMousePos && bd->MouseTrackedArea == 0) { POINT pos; if (::GetCursorPos(&pos) && ::ScreenToClient(bd->hWnd, &pos)) @@ -333,9 +386,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateGamepads() void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame() { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized? Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) RECT rect = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; @@ -366,12 +419,14 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateGamepads(); } -// There is no distinct VK_xxx for keypad enter, instead it is VK_RETURN + KF_EXTENDED, we assign it an arbitrary value to make code more readable (VK_ codes go up to 255) -#define IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER (VK_RETURN + 256) - // Map VK_xxx to ImGuiKey_xxx. -static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) +// Not static to allow third-party code to use that if they want to (but undocumented) +ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { + // There is no distinct VK_xxx for keypad enter, instead it is VK_RETURN + KF_EXTENDED. + if ((wParam == VK_RETURN) && (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED)) + return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + switch (wParam) { case VK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -420,7 +475,6 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) case VK_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; case VK_SUBTRACT: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; case VK_ADD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; - case IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; case VK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; case VK_LCONTROL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; case VK_LMENU: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; @@ -478,6 +532,20 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) case VK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; case VK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case VK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case VK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case VK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case VK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case VK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case VK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case VK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case VK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case VK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case VK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case VK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case VK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case VK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case VK_BROWSER_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case VK_BROWSER_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; default: return ImGuiKey_None; } } @@ -502,38 +570,82 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) // Copy this line into your .cpp file to forward declare the function. extern IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); #endif + +// See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/tablet/system-events-and-mouse-messages +// Prefer to call this at the top of the message handler to avoid the possibility of other Win32 calls interfering with this. +static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo() +{ + LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo(); + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700) + return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen; + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780) + return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen; + return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; +} + IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { - if (ImGui::GetCurrentContext() == nullptr) + // Most backends don't have silent checks like this one, but we need it because WndProc are called early in CreateWindow(). + // We silently allow both context or just only backend data to be nullptr. + ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); + if (bd == nullptr) return 0; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); switch (msg) { case WM_MOUSEMOVE: + case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE: + { // We need to call TrackMouseEvent in order to receive WM_MOUSELEAVE events + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); + const int area = (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE) ? 1 : 2; bd->MouseHwnd = hwnd; - if (!bd->MouseTracked) + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea != area) { - TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme = { sizeof(tme), TME_LEAVE, hwnd, 0 }; - ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme); - bd->MouseTracked = true; + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_cancel = { sizeof(tme_cancel), TME_CANCEL, hwnd, 0 }; + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_track = { sizeof(tme_track), (DWORD)((area == 2) ? (TME_LEAVE | TME_NONCLIENT) : TME_LEAVE), hwnd, 0 }; + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea != 0) + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_cancel); + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_track); + bd->MouseTrackedArea = area; } - io.AddMousePosEvent((float)GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), (float)GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); - break; + POINT mouse_pos = { (LONG)GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), (LONG)GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam) }; + if (msg == WM_NCMOUSEMOVE && ::ScreenToClient(hwnd, &mouse_pos) == FALSE) // WM_NCMOUSEMOVE are provided in absolute coordinates. + return 0; + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); + io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_pos.x, (float)mouse_pos.y); + return 0; + } case WM_MOUSELEAVE: - if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd) + case WM_NCMOUSELEAVE: + { + const int area = (msg == WM_MOUSELEAVE) ? 1 : 2; + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea == area) + { + if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd) + bd->MouseHwnd = nullptr; + bd->MouseTrackedArea = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + return 0; + } + case WM_DESTROY: + if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd && bd->MouseTrackedArea != 0) + { + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_cancel = { sizeof(tme_cancel), TME_CANCEL, hwnd, 0 }; + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_cancel); bd->MouseHwnd = nullptr; - bd->MouseTracked = false; - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - break; + bd->MouseTrackedArea = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + return 0; case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: { + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); int button = 0; if (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 0; } if (msg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 1; } @@ -542,6 +654,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == nullptr) ::SetCapture(hwnd); bd->MouseButtonsDown |= 1 << button; + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, true); return 0; } @@ -550,6 +663,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA case WM_MBUTTONUP: case WM_XBUTTONUP: { + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); int button = 0; if (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) { button = 0; } if (msg == WM_RBUTTONUP) { button = 1; } @@ -558,6 +672,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA bd->MouseButtonsDown &= ~(1 << button); if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == hwnd) ::ReleaseCapture(); + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, false); return 0; } @@ -565,7 +680,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA io.AddMouseWheelEvent(0.0f, (float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA); return 0; case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: - io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA, 0.0f); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent(-(float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA, 0.0f); return 0; case WM_KEYDOWN: case WM_KEYUP: @@ -578,15 +693,16 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA // Submit modifiers ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyModifiers(); - // Obtain virtual key code - // (keypad enter doesn't have its own... VK_RETURN with KF_EXTENDED flag means keypad enter, see IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER definition for details, it is mapped to ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.) - int vk = (int)wParam; - if ((wParam == VK_RETURN) && (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED)) - vk = IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER; + // Obtain virtual key code and convert to ImGuiKey + const ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(wParam, lParam); + const int vk = (int)wParam; + const int scancode = (int)LOBYTE(HIWORD(lParam)); + + // Special behavior for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit the key down event. + if (key == ImGuiKey_PrintScreen && !is_key_down) + ImGui_ImplWin32_AddKeyEvent(key, true, vk, scancode); // Submit key event - const ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(vk); - const int scancode = (int)LOBYTE(HIWORD(lParam)); if (key != ImGuiKey_None) ImGui_ImplWin32_AddKeyEvent(key, is_key_down, vk, scancode); @@ -614,6 +730,9 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA case WM_KILLFOCUS: io.AddFocusEvent(msg == WM_SETFOCUS); return 0; + case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage(); + return 0; case WM_CHAR: if (::IsWindowUnicode(hwnd)) { @@ -624,7 +743,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA else { wchar_t wch = 0; - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(bd->KeyboardCodePage, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); io.AddInputCharacter(wch); } return 0; @@ -803,3 +922,12 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h index b74b43878e..3ad1a7eaf1 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h @@ -3,19 +3,26 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui) +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); @@ -42,3 +49,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(void* monitor); // // - Use to enable alpha compositing transparency with the desktop. // - Use together with e.g. clearing your framebuffer with zero-alpha. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd); // HWND hwnd + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_internal.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_internal.h index e57eab7757..05378c3d9b 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (internal structures/api) -// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! -// Set: -// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators) +// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. /* @@ -17,16 +14,21 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Macros // [SECTION] Generic helpers // [SECTION] ImDrawList support +// [SECTION] Data types support // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +// [SECTION] Popup support // [SECTION] Inputs support // [SECTION] Clipper support // [SECTION] Navigation support +// [SECTION] Typing-select support // [SECTION] Columns support +// [SECTION] Box-select support // [SECTION] Multi-select support // [SECTION] Docking support // [SECTION] Viewport support // [SECTION] Settings support // [SECTION] Localization support +// [SECTION] Error handling, State recovery support // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools // [SECTION] Generic context hooks // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) @@ -79,7 +81,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #endif #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned() +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor() #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" @@ -87,10 +89,19 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#endif + +// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h +// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h +#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED) +#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h! #endif // Legacy defines @@ -115,15 +126,21 @@ struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +struct ImGuiBoxSelectState; // Box-selection state (currently used by multi-selection, could potentially be used by others) struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine +struct ImGuiDataVarInfo; // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum) struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum +struct ImGuiErrorRecoveryState; // Storage of stack sizes for error handling and recovery struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only +struct ImGuiMultiSelectState; // Multi-selection persistent state (for focused selection). +struct ImGuiMultiSelectTempData; // Multi-selection temporary state (while traversing). struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions @@ -132,16 +149,19 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for lega struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file -struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table +struct ImGuiTableHeaderData; // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow() struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings +struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData; // Temporary storage for TreeNode(). +struct ImGuiTypingSelectState; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() +struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public) struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) @@ -154,8 +174,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // E // Flags typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags -typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc. -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags +typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow() typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() @@ -166,8 +185,8 @@ typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // F typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() - -typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); +typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest() +typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Context pointer @@ -178,24 +197,6 @@ typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer #endif -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] STB libraries includes -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -namespace ImStb -{ - -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 -#include "imstb_textedit.h" - -} // namespace ImStb - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Macros //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -216,12 +217,15 @@ namespace ImStb #else #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) #endif -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR(...) do { ImGuiContext& g2 = *GImGui; if (g2.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); else g2.DebugLogSkippedErrors++; } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Static Asserts #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") @@ -235,12 +239,6 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) #endif -// Error handling -// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. -#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR -#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error -#endif - // Misc Macros #define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f #ifdef _WIN32 @@ -254,8 +252,13 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 -#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds +#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds #define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // +#define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) #_X +#define IM_STRINGIFY(_X) IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC +#endif // Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -280,16 +283,28 @@ namespace ImStb #elif defined(__clang__) #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int $0x03") +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int3;nop") #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__) #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01") #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0"); +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0") #else #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! #endif #endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... +// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" +#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" +#define IM_PRIX64 "I64X" +#else +#define IM_PRId64 "lld" +#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +#define IM_PRIX64 "llX" +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Generic helpers // Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. @@ -313,11 +328,12 @@ namespace ImStb // - Helper: ImPool<> // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> // - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex +// - Helper: ImGuiStorage //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers: Hashing -IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); -IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0); // Helpers: Sorting #ifndef ImQsort @@ -333,22 +349,23 @@ static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } // Helpers: String -IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); -IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); -IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); -IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); +IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); // Case insensitive compare. +IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); // Case insensitive compare to a certain count. +IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't). +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); // Duplicate a string. +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed. +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range. IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line -IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line -IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); -IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); // Find a substring in a string range. +IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer. +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); // Find first non-blank character. +IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); // Computer string length (ImWchar string) +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +static inline bool ImCharIsXdigitA(char c) { return (c >= '0' && c <= '9') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); } IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Formatting @@ -371,29 +388,8 @@ IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, co IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 - -// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators -// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) -// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. -#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE -#endif +IMGUI_API const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr); // return previous UTF-8 code-point. +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line. // Helpers: File System #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS @@ -429,7 +425,6 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF #define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) #define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) #define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) -//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned() #define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } @@ -459,7 +454,7 @@ template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) // - Misc maths helpers static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } @@ -467,14 +462,15 @@ static inline float ImSaturate(float f) static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } -static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } -static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() -static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } -static inline ImVec2 ImFloorSigned(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(v.x), ImFloorSigned(v.y)); } +static inline float ImTrunc(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() +static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); } static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } +static inline float ImLinearRemapClamp(float s0, float s1, float d0, float d1, float x) { return ImSaturate((x - s0) / (s1 - s0)) * (d1 - d0) + d0; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; } @@ -489,8 +485,8 @@ IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); -inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } -IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); +inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } +inline bool ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; } // Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) // (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) @@ -534,6 +530,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } + bool ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; } bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } @@ -544,13 +541,16 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. - void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } + void Floor() { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); } bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } }; -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helper: ImBitArray +#define IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! +#define IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31)))) // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! +inline size_t ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount) { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); } inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } @@ -567,6 +567,8 @@ inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on ran } } +typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs + // Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) // Store 1-bit per value. template @@ -576,11 +578,11 @@ struct ImBitArray ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) - bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } }; // Helper: ImBitVector @@ -590,10 +592,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector ImVector Storage; void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); } void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helper: ImSpan<> // Pointing to a span of data we don't own. @@ -677,9 +680,6 @@ struct ImPool int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; } int GetMapSize() const { return Map.Data.Size; } // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - int GetSize() { return GetMapSize(); } // For ImPlot: should use GetMapSize() from (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18304) -#endif }; // Helper: ImChunkStream<> @@ -703,10 +703,9 @@ struct ImChunkStream int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } - }; -// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<> +// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex // Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API. struct ImGuiTextIndex { @@ -720,6 +719,8 @@ struct ImGuiTextIndex void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size); }; +// Helper: ImGuiStorage +IMGUI_API ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key); //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImDrawList support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -756,6 +757,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float FontScale; // Current/default font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize) float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() @@ -776,39 +778,71 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData struct ImDrawDataBuilder { - ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + ImVector* Layers[2]; // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData. + ImVector LayerData1; + + ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Data types support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiDataVarInfo +{ + ImGuiDataType Type; + ImU32 Count; // 1+ + ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure + void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); } +}; - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } - int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } - IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); +struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage +{ + ImU8 Data[8]; // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; // Size in bytes + const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging + const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type + const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type +}; + +// Extend ImGuiDataType_ +enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer, + ImGuiDataType_ID, }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags used by upcoming items +// Extend ImGuiItemFlags // - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. // - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags -// Current window shared by all windows. -// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. -enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +enum ImGuiItemFlagsPrivate_ { // Controlled by user - ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav) - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop) - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) - ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. - ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 10, // false // Disable interactions (DOES NOT affect visuals. DO NOT mix direct use of this with BeginDisabled(). See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() for full disable feature, and github #211). + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 11, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 12, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 13, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 14, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. // Controlled by widget code - ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 20, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 21, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect = 1 << 22, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + + ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Please don't change, use PushItemFlag() instead. + + // Obsolete + //ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = !ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Can't have a redirect as we inverted the behavior }; // Status flags for an already submitted item @@ -824,17 +858,28 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 9, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 8, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 10, // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd(). + // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // Opened status ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // Checked status + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable = 1 << 24, // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX) #endif }; +// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_ +enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_ = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_, +}; + // Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ { @@ -842,6 +887,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 29, // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar() }; // Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ @@ -855,13 +901,13 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping - ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable. ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) @@ -879,7 +925,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? - ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead. }; // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ @@ -899,7 +945,9 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 28,// FIXME-WIP: Hard-coded for CollapsingHeader() + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 29,// FIXME-WIP: Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_ = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow, }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ @@ -907,7 +955,17 @@ enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set. +}; + +// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags. +// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf() +// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in. +enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ +{ + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild = 1 << 0, // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal = 1 << 1, // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal. }; enum ImGuiTextFlags_ @@ -919,7 +977,7 @@ enum ImGuiTextFlags_ enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ { ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious = 1 << 1, // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. @@ -953,35 +1011,6 @@ enum ImGuiPlotType ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, }; -enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy -{ - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, -}; - -struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage -{ - ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT -}; - -// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). -struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo -{ - size_t Size; // Size in bytes - const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging - const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type - const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type -}; - -// Extend ImGuiDataType_ -enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ -{ - ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, - ImGuiDataType_Pointer, - ImGuiDataType_ID, -}; - // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiColorMod { @@ -1018,6 +1047,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData ImGuiID WindowID; ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; ImVec1 BackupIndent; ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; @@ -1025,6 +1055,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; + bool BackupIsSameLine; bool EmitItem; }; @@ -1046,57 +1077,83 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); }; +// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState +{ + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated) + ImVector TextA; // text buffer + + ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); } +}; + +// Forward declare imstb_textedit.h structure + make its main configuration define accessible +#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING +#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE char +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +namespace ImStb { struct STB_TexteditState; } +typedef ImStb::STB_TexteditState ImStbTexteditState; + // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box // For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState { - ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent dear imgui context + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). + ImStbTexteditState* Stb; // State for stb_textedit.h ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state - int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. - ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. - ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. - ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) - bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) + int CurLenA; // UTF-8 length of the string in TextA (in bytes) + ImVector TextA; // main UTF8 buffer. + ImVector InitialTextA; // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + ImVector CallbackTextBackup; // temporary storage for callback to support automatic reconcile of undo-stack int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity - float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset - ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h + ImVec2 Scroll; // horizontal offset (managed manually) + vertical scrolling (pulled from child window's own Scroll.y) float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection bool Edited; // edited this frame ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set. - - ImGuiInputTextState(ImGuiContext* ctx) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Ctx = ctx;} - void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } - int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } - int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + bool ReloadUserBuf; // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version. + int ReloadSelectionStart; // POSITIONS ARE IN IMWCHAR units *NOT* UTF-8 this is why this is not exposed yet. + int ReloadSelectionEnd; + + ImGuiInputTextState(); + ~ImGuiInputTextState(); + void ClearText() { CurLenA = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation + void OnCharPressed(unsigned int c); // Cursor & Selection - void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking - void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } - bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } - void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } - int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; } - int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; } - int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; } - void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } -}; - -// Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiPopupData -{ - ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close - int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value - int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) - ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) - ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - - ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } + void CursorAnimReset(); + void CursorClamp(); + bool HasSelection() const; + void ClearSelection(); + int GetCursorPos() const; + int GetSelectionStart() const; + int GetSelectionEnd() const; + void SelectAll(); + + // Reload user buf (WIP #2890) + // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this) + // strcpy(my_buf, "hello"); + // if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item + // state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll(); + void ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll(); + void ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection(); + void ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd(); +}; + +enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ +{ + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh = 1 << 0, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND. + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover = 1 << 1, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus = 1 << 2, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus + // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc. }; enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ @@ -1110,6 +1167,8 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 8, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy = 1 << 9, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions @@ -1124,12 +1183,14 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImVec2 SizeVal; ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; ImVec2 ScrollVal; + ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; bool CollapsedVal; ImRect SizeConstraintRect; ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; void* SizeCallbackUserData; float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?) + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags RefreshFlagsVal; ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } @@ -1137,21 +1198,31 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 2, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal = 1 << 3, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID = 1 << 4, }; struct ImGuiNextItemData { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; - float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() - ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) - ImGuiCond OpenCond; - bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() - - ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap and ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData. + // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem() + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values) + float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() + ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags ShortcutFlags; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() + bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + ImU8 OpenCond; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + ImGuiDataTypeStorage RefVal; // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal + ImGuiID StorageId; // Set by SetNextItemStorageID() + + ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! }; // Status storage for the last submitted item @@ -1162,14 +1233,32 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) - ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (only if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set. + ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set. + ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set.. + ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set.. ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() +// - To implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere: store the minimum amount of data +// which we can't infer in TreePop(), to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult(). +// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. +struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData { + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags TreeFlags; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // Used for nav landing + ImRect NavRect; // Used for nav landing +}; + +// sizeof() = 20 +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiErrorRecoveryState +{ + short SizeOfWindowStack; short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfTreeStack; short SizeOfColorStack; short SizeOfStyleVarStack; short SizeOfFontStack; @@ -1179,9 +1268,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; short SizeOfDisabledStack; - ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void SetToCurrentState(); - void CompareWithCurrentState(); + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; // Data saved for each window pushed into the stack @@ -1189,7 +1276,8 @@ struct ImGuiWindowStackData { ImGuiWindow* Window; ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; - ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting + bool DisabledOverrideReenable; // Non-child window override disabled flag }; struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem @@ -1208,10 +1296,37 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Popup support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, +}; + +// Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack) +struct ImGuiPopupData +{ + ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close + int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value + int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) + ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) + ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup + + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Inputs support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Bit array for named keys typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; // [Internal] Key ranges @@ -1231,8 +1346,8 @@ typedef ImBitArray ImBitAr #define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 -#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown -#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown) +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight) #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp @@ -1251,19 +1366,17 @@ enum ImGuiInputEventType enum ImGuiInputSource { ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, - ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them. ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, - ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only ImGuiInputSource_COUNT }; // FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? // Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' -struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; }; -struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; }; -struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused { bool Focused; }; @@ -1272,6 +1385,7 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent { ImGuiInputEventType Type; ImGuiInputSource Source; + ImU32 EventId; // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data). union { ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos @@ -1288,7 +1402,8 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent // Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior. #define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. -#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. +//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit. typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; @@ -1296,12 +1411,13 @@ typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData { ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex; - ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super. + ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. + ImU8 RoutingCurrScore; // [DEBUG] For debug display ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score) ImGuiID RoutingCurr; ImGuiID RoutingNext; - ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; } + ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; } }; // Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching. @@ -1325,53 +1441,47 @@ struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame. bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well. - ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } + ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } }; +// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() -// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) -enum ImGuiInputFlags_ -{ - // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() - ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, - - // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner() - ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 4, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) - ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 5, // Only set if item is active (default to both) - ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, - ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() + // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster + // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted. + // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() - ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 6, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. - ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 7, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 20, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 21, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. - // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting() - // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. - // - When a policy (other than _RouteAlways) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), - // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. - // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default: meaning that a simple Shortcut() poll - // will register a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus stack and if no-one - // with a higher priority is claiming the shortcut. - // - Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(key) + testing mods. - // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow. - // - Can select only 1 policy among all available. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 8, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 9, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 10, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 11, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this! - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 12, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 13, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused, + // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 22, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 23, // Only set if item is active (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags - ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_, - ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip, ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, }; @@ -1380,6 +1490,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // [SECTION] Clipper support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention. struct ImGuiListClipperRange { int Min; @@ -1412,9 +1523,11 @@ struct ImGuiListClipperData enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ { ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available. - ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used. ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) + ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing = 1 << 3, // Activation requested by a tabbing request + ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut = 1 << 4, // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function. }; // Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() @@ -1435,8 +1548,7 @@ enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ { ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact = 1 << 1, // Compact highlight, no padding ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, }; @@ -1448,15 +1560,19 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove = 1 << 11, // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 12, // Activate/select target item. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 13, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 14, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId = 1 << 15, // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result }; enum ImGuiNavLayer @@ -1466,6 +1582,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavLayer ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT }; +// Storage for navigation query/results struct ImGuiNavItemData { ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) @@ -1476,16 +1593,61 @@ struct ImGuiNavItemData float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId + ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value. Valid if (InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + +// Storage for PushFocusScope() +struct ImGuiFocusScopeData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiID WindowID; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Typing-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest() +enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace = 1 << 0, // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state) + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode = 1 << 1, // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times. +}; + +// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags Flags; // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest() + int SearchBufferLen; + const char* SearchBuffer; // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize). + bool SelectRequest; // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection. + bool SingleCharMode; // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication. + ImS8 SingleCharSize; // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input. +}; + +// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request; // User-facing data + char SearchBuffer[64]; // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient. + ImGuiID FocusScope; + int LastRequestFrame = 0; + float LastRequestTime = 0.0f; + bool SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing. + + ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Clear() { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Columns support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays! enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ { ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, @@ -1493,16 +1655,16 @@ enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, #endif }; @@ -1537,13 +1699,80 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Box-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiBoxSelectState +{ + // Active box-selection data (persistent, 1 active at a time) + ImGuiID ID; + bool IsActive; + bool IsStarting; + bool IsStartedFromVoid; // Starting click was not from an item. + bool IsStartedSetNavIdOnce; + bool RequestClear; + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods : 16; // Latched key-mods for box-select logic. + ImVec2 StartPosRel; // Start position in window-contents relative space (to support scrolling) + ImVec2 EndPosRel; // End position in window-contents relative space + ImVec2 ScrollAccum; // Scrolling accumulator (to behave at high-frame spaces) + ImGuiWindow* Window; + + // Temporary/Transient data + bool UnclipMode; // (Temp/Transient, here in hot area). Set/cleared by the BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() owning active box-select. + ImRect UnclipRect; // Rectangle where ItemAdd() clipping may be temporarily disabled. Need support by multi-select supporting widgets. + ImRect BoxSelectRectPrev; // Selection rectangle in absolute coordinates (derived every frame from BoxSelectStartPosRel and MousePos) + ImRect BoxSelectRectCurr; + + ImGuiBoxSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Multi-select support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT -// -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers) +#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1) + +// Temporary storage for multi-select +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectTempData +{ + ImGuiMultiSelectIO IO; // MUST BE FIRST FIELD. Requests are set and returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + written to by user during the loop. + ImGuiMultiSelectState* Storage; + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Copied from g.CurrentFocusScopeId (unless another selection scope was pushed manually) + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags Flags; + ImVec2 ScopeRectMin; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImGuiSelectionUserData LastSubmittedItem; // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges. + ImGuiID BoxSelectId; + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; + ImS8 LoopRequestSetAll; // -1: no operation, 0: clear all, 1: select all. + bool IsEndIO; // Set when switching IO from BeginMultiSelect() to EndMultiSelect() state. + bool IsFocused; // Set if currently focusing the selection scope (any item of the selection). May be used if you have custom shortcut associated to selection. + bool IsKeyboardSetRange; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() when using Shift+Navigation. Because scrolling may be affected we can't afford a frame of lag with Shift+Navigation. + bool NavIdPassedBy; + bool RangeSrcPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches RangeSrcItem. + bool RangeDstPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches NavJustMovedToId when IsSetRange is set. + + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { size_t io_sz = sizeof(IO); ClearIO(); memset((void*)(&IO + 1), 0, sizeof(*this) - io_sz); } // Zero-clear except IO as we preserve IO.Requests[] buffer allocation. + void ClearIO() { IO.Requests.resize(0); IO.RangeSrcItem = IO.NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; IO.NavIdSelected = IO.RangeSrcReset = false; } +}; + +// Persistent storage for multi-select (as long as selection is alive) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectState +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiID ID; + int LastFrameActive; // Last used frame-count, for GC. + int LastSelectionSize; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() based on optional info provided by user. May be -1 if unknown. + ImS8 RangeSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false + ImS8 NavIdSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items) + + ImGuiMultiSelectState() { Window = NULL; ID = 0; LastFrameActive = LastSelectionSize = 0; RangeSelected = NavIdSelected = -1; RangeSrcItem = NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Docking support @@ -1561,28 +1790,32 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns // Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport { - int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used - ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + int BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* BgFgDrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. ImDrawData DrawDataP; - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData - ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) - ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). - ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. - ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. + // Per-viewport work area + // - Insets are >= 0.0f values, distance from viewport corners to work area. + // - BeginMainMenuBar() and DockspaceOverViewport() tend to use work area to avoid stepping over existing contents. + // - Generally 'safeAreaInsets' in iOS land, 'DisplayCutout' in Android land. + ImVec2 WorkInsetMin; // Work Area inset locked for the frame. GetWorkRect() always fits within GetMainRect(). + ImVec2 WorkInsetMax; // " + ImVec2 BuildWorkInsetMin; // Work Area inset accumulator for current frame, to become next frame's WorkInset + ImVec2 BuildWorkInsetMax; // " - ImGuiViewportP() { DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; } - ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + ImGuiViewportP() { BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); } // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) - ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } - ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); } - void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& inset_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + inset_min.x, Pos.y + inset_min.y); } + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& inset_min, const ImVec2& inset_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - inset_min.x - inset_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - inset_min.y - inset_max.y)); } + void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkInsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkInsetMin, WorkInsetMax); } // Update public fields // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry) ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } - ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } + ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkInsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkInsetMin, BuildWorkInsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1598,7 +1831,9 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings ImVec2ih Pos; ImVec2ih Size; bool Collapsed; + bool IsChild; bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + bool WantDelete; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } @@ -1626,6 +1861,7 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler // This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack. enum ImGuiLocKey : int { + ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, @@ -1633,6 +1869,8 @@ enum ImGuiLocKey : int ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, + ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s, + ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, ImGuiLocKey_COUNT }; @@ -1642,6 +1880,21 @@ struct ImGuiLocEntry const char* Text; }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Error handling, State recovery support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Macros used by Recoverable Error handling +// - Only dispatch error if _EXPR: evaluate as assert (similar to an assert macro). +// - The message will always be a string literal, in order to increase likelihood of being display by an assert handler. +// - See 'Demo->Configuration->Error Handling' and ImGuiIO definitions for details on error handling. +// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling for details on error handling. +#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR +#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXPR,_MSG) do { if (!(_EXPR) && ImGui::ErrorLog(_MSG)) { IM_ASSERT((_EXPR) && _MSG); } } while (0) // Recoverable User Error +#endif + +// The error callback is currently not public, as it is expected that only advanced users will rely on it. +typedef void (*ImGuiErrorCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, void* user_data, const char* msg); // Function signature for g.ErrorCallback //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools @@ -1650,36 +1903,56 @@ struct ImGuiLocEntry enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ { // Event types - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 5, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError = 1 << 0, // Error submitted by IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR() + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 6, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 7, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting = 1 << 8, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking = 1 << 9, // Unused in this branch + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport = 1 << 10, // Unused in this branch + + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 20, // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine = 1 << 21, // Also send output to Test Engine +}; + +struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry +{ + int FrameCount; + ImS16 AllocCount; + ImS16 FreeCount; +}; + +struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo +{ + int TotalAllocCount; // Number of call to MemAlloc(). + int TotalFreeCount; + ImS16 LastEntriesIdx; // Current index in buffer + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations + + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; struct ImGuiMetricsConfig { - bool ShowDebugLog; - bool ShowStackTool; - bool ShowWindowsRects; - bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; - bool ShowTablesRects; - bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; - bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; - int ShowWindowsRectsType; - int ShowTablesRectsType; - - ImGuiMetricsConfig() - { - ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; - ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; - ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; - ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; - } + bool ShowDebugLog = false; + bool ShowIDStackTool = false; + bool ShowWindowsRects = false; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; + bool ShowTablesRects = false; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + bool ShowTextEncodingViewer = false; + bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false; + int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; + int ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + int HighlightMonitorIdx = -1; + ImGuiID HighlightViewportID = 0; }; struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo @@ -1693,8 +1966,8 @@ struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// State for Stack tool queries -struct ImGuiStackTool +// State for ID Stack tool queries +struct ImGuiIDStackTool { int LastActiveFrame; int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level @@ -1703,7 +1976,7 @@ struct ImGuiStackTool bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; float CopyToClipboardLastTime; - ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } + ImGuiIDStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1733,12 +2006,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool Initialized; bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; - ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be tricked/written into IO structure. - ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. + ImGuiPlatformIO PlatformIO; ImGuiStyle Style; ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. + float FontScale; // == FontSize / Font->FontSize + float CurrentDpiScale; // Current window/viewport DpiScale ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; double Time; int FrameCount; @@ -1750,6 +2024,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data + char ContextName[16]; // Storage for a context name (to facilitate debugging multi-context setups) + + // Inputs + ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure. + ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. + ImGuiMouseSource InputEventsNextMouseSource; + ImU32 InputEventsNextEventId; // Windows state ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front @@ -1758,26 +2039,32 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentWindowStack; ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame - ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) + ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING). + ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call. ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowBeforeClear; // Window the mouse is hovering. Filled even with _NoMouse. This is currently useful for multi-context compositors. ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL + int WheelingWindowScrolledFrame; float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg; // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] + ImGuiID DebugDrawIdConflicts; // Set when we detect multiple items with the same identifier + ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; - bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. + int HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount; // Count numbers of items using the same ID as last frame's hovered id float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active + bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + bool HoveredIdIsDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. + bool ItemUnclipByLog; // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) float ActiveIdTimer; @@ -1787,10 +2074,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; + bool ActiveIdFromShortcut; + int ActiveIdMouseButton : 8; ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; - ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) - int ActiveIdMouseButton; + ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; @@ -1798,36 +2086,41 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. - // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system + // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. - // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID. // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). + double LastKeyModsChangeTime; // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) + double LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime; // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) + double LastKeyboardKeyPressTime; // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed. + ImBitArrayForNamedKeys KeysMayBeCharInput; // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' -#endif + bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (this is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations) + ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakInShortcutRouting; // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls. + //ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // [OBSOLETE] Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes --> 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' // Next window/item data - ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // == g.FocusScopeStack.back() - ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId. + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + bool DebugShowGroupRects; // Shared stacks - ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() - ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() - ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) - ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) - int BeginMenuCount; + ImGuiCol DebugFlashStyleColorIdx; // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line) + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() + ImVector ItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector GroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() + ImVector OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) + ImVector BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + ImVectorTreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() // Viewports ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. @@ -1835,19 +2128,19 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation - ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) - ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() - ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) - ImGuiID NavActivateInputId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0. + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope) + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Focused layer (main scrolling layer, or menu/title bar layer) + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; - ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImVector NavFocusRoute; // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain. + ImGuiID NavHighlightActivatedId; + float NavHighlightActivatedTimer; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; - ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. - ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. + ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavLastValidSelectionUserData; // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data. bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) @@ -1857,8 +2150,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item bool NavInitRequestFromMove; - ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) - ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + ImGuiNavItemData NavInitResult; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; @@ -1878,21 +2170,29 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy + // Navigation: record of last move request + ImGuiID NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId; // Just navigated from this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + bool NavJustMovedToIsTabbing; // Copy of ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing. Maybe we should store whole flags. + bool NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData; // Copy of move result's InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData). Maybe we should just store ImGuiNavItemData. + // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) - ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828) - ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X) ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents float NavWindowingTimer; float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; + ImGuiKey NavWindowingToggleKey; ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; // Render float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) - ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; // Drag and Drop bool DragDropActive; @@ -1903,6 +2203,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext int DragDropMouseButton; ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) + ImRect DragDropTargetClipRect; // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) @@ -1919,6 +2220,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Tables ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + ImGuiID DebugBreakInTable; // Set to break in BeginTable() call. int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) ImPool Tables; // Persistent table data @@ -1931,40 +2233,64 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + // Multi-Select state + ImGuiBoxSelectState BoxSelectState; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* CurrentMultiSelect; + int MultiSelectTempDataStacked; // Temporary multi-select data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use MultiSelectTempData.Size) + ImVector MultiSelectTempData; + ImPool MultiSelectStorage; + // Hover Delay system - ImGuiID HoverDelayId; - ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; - float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. - float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + ImGuiID HoverItemDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverItemDelayTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered() + float HoverItemDelayClearTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + ImGuiID HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item. + ImGuiID HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window. + + // Mouse state + ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; + float MouseStationaryTimer; // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic) + ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; // Widget state - ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; + ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. + ImGuiDataTypeStorage DataTypeZeroValue; // 0 for all data types + int BeginMenuDepth; + int BeginComboDepth; ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. + ImGuiID ColorEditCurrentID; // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others). + ImGuiID ColorEditSavedID; // ID we are saving/restoring HS for + float ColorEditSavedHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditSavedSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + ImU32 ColorEditSavedColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + ImRect WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect; // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving + bool WindowResizeRelativeMode; + short ScrollbarSeekMode; // 0: scroll to clicked location, -1/+1: prev/next page. + float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // When scrolling to mouse location: distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. float SliderGrabClickOffset; float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio - float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() short DisabledStackSize; + short LockMarkEdited; short TooltipOverrideCount; + ImGuiWindow* TooltipPreviousWindow; // Window of last tooltip submitted during the frame ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once + ImGuiTypingSelectState TypingSelectState; // State for GetTypingSelectRequest() // Platform support ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame - ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn - char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data. When changed we call the platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn() handler. // Settings bool SettingsLoaded; @@ -1992,16 +2318,36 @@ struct ImGuiContext int LogDepthToExpand; int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. + // Error Handling + ImGuiErrorCallback ErrorCallback; // = NULL. May be exposed in public API eventually. + void* ErrorCallbackUserData; // = NULL + ImVec2 ErrorTooltipLockedPos; + bool ErrorFirst; + int ErrorCountCurrentFrame; // [Internal] Number of errors submitted this frame. + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInNewFrame; // [Internal] + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState*StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow; // [Internal] + // Debug Tools + // (some of the highly frequently used data are interleaved in other structures above: DebugBreakXXX fields, DebugHookIdInfo, DebugLocateId etc.) + int DebugDrawIdConflictsCount; // Locked count (preserved when holding CTRL) ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; + int DebugLogSkippedErrors; + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; + ImU8 DebugLogAutoDisableFrames; ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. + bool DebugBreakInLocateId; // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId. + ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakKeyChord; // = ImGuiKey_Pause + ImS8 DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth; // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around. bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID + float DebugFlashStyleColorTime; + ImVec4 DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; - ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool DebugIDStackTool; + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo DebugAllocInfo; // Misc float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. @@ -2012,169 +2358,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " int WantTextInputNextFrame; ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer + char TempKeychordName[64]; - ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) - : InputTextState(this) - { - Initialized = false; - FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; - Font = NULL; - FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; - IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); - Time = 0.0f; - FrameCount = 0; - FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; - WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; - GcCompactAll = false; - TestEngineHookItems = false; - TestEngine = NULL; - - WindowsActiveCount = 0; - CurrentWindow = NULL; - HoveredWindow = NULL; - HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; - MovingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; - WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; - - DebugHookIdInfo = 0; - HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdDisabled = false; - HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveId = 0; - ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; - ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; - ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); - ActiveIdWindow = NULL; - ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; - ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - LastActiveId = 0; - LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - - ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif - - CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; - CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; - BeginMenuCount = 0; - - NavWindow = NULL; - NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; - NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; - NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; - NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; - NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavIdIsAlive = false; - NavMousePosDirty = false; - NavDisableHighlight = true; - NavDisableMouseHover = false; - NavAnyRequest = false; - NavInitRequest = false; - NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - NavInitResultId = 0; - NavMoveSubmitted = false; - NavMoveScoringItems = false; - NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; - NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; - NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; - NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; - NavScoringDebugCount = 0; - NavTabbingDir = 0; - NavTabbingCounter = 0; - - ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab; - ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab; - NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; - NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - - DimBgRatio = 0.0f; - MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - - DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; - DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; - DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; - DragDropMouseButton = -1; - DragDropTargetId = 0; - DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; - DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; - DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; - DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; - DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; - memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - - ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; - - CurrentTable = NULL; - TablesTempDataStacked = 0; - CurrentTabBar = NULL; - - HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; - - TempInputId = 0; - ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; - ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; - ColorEditLastColor = 0; - SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; - SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; - SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; - DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; - DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; - ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; - DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; - DisabledStackSize = 0; - TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - - PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission - PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; - - SettingsLoaded = false; - SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - HookIdNext = 0; - - memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable)); - - LogEnabled = false; - LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; - LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; - LogFile = NULL; - LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; - LogLineFirstItem = false; - LogDepthRef = 0; - LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; - - DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; - DebugLocateId = 0; - DebugLocateFrames = 0; - DebugItemPickerActive = false; - DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; - DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; - - memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); - FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; - FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; - WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - } + ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2201,27 +2387,29 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; - ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) + bool NavIsScrollPushableX; // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; - bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + bool NavWindowHasScrollY; // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f) // Miscellaneous bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. - ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. + ImU32 TreeHasStackDataDepthMask; // Store whether given depth has ImGuiTreeNodeStackData data. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. ImVector ChildWindows; ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() + ImU32 ModalDimBgColor; // Local parameters stacks // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. @@ -2234,9 +2422,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData // Storage for one window struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_ ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) @@ -2247,12 +2437,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + float TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight; // Note that those used to be function before 2024/05/28. If you have old code calling TitleBarHeight() you can change it to TitleBarHeight. float DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1; // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin(). float DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2; // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y). float DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1; // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes). int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) + ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) ImVec2 Scroll; ImVec2 ScrollMax; ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) @@ -2266,20 +2458,20 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar bool WantCollapseToggle; bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) + bool SkipRefresh; // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false. bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + signed char ResizeBorderHovered; // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. - ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; - ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames @@ -2323,10 +2515,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiWindow* RootWindowPopupTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowForFocusRoute; // Set to manual link a window to its logical parent so that Shortcut() chain are honoerd (e.g. Tool linked to Document) ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + ImVec2 NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX. ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy @@ -2340,15 +2534,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetID(int n); + ImGuiID GetIDFromPos(const ImVec2& p_abs); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } - float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } - float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } - ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } - float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } - ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); } + ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2384,15 +2577,16 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable - ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions. bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } }; -// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 160 bytes) struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar { + ImGuiWindow* Window; ImVector Tabs; ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking @@ -2412,6 +2606,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar float ScrollingSpeed; float ScrollingRectMinX; float ScrollingRectMaxX; + float SeparatorMinX; + float SeparatorMaxX; ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; ImS8 BeginCount; @@ -2426,12 +2622,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. ImGuiTabBar(); - int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } - const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const - { - IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); - return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; - } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2439,14 +2629,13 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. -#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. -#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 512 // May be further lifted // Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. -typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; -typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; +typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; -// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 112 // We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. // We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. // This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". @@ -2458,6 +2647,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn float MaxX; float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() float WidthAuto; // Automatic width + float WidthMax; // Maximum width (FIXME: overwritten by each instance) float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column @@ -2492,7 +2682,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) - ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits) ImGuiTableColumn() { @@ -2508,24 +2698,39 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn }; // Transient cell data stored per row. -// sizeof() ~ 6 +// sizeof() ~ 6 bytes struct ImGuiTableCellData { ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number }; -// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +// Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx() +// This may end up being refactored for more general purpose. +// sizeof() ~ 12 bytes +struct ImGuiTableHeaderData +{ + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; // Column index + ImU32 TextColor; + ImU32 BgColor0; + ImU32 BgColor1; +}; + +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?) +// sizeof() ~ 24 bytes struct ImGuiTableInstanceData { + ImGuiID TableInstanceID; float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame - float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked) + float LastTopHeadersRowHeight; // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set) float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame + int HoveredRowLast; // Index of row which was hovered last frame. + int HoveredRowNext; // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it. - ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; } + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; } }; -// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData +// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { ImGuiID ID; @@ -2535,10 +2740,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. - ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map - ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data - ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) - ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImBitArrayPtr VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables int LastFrameActive; @@ -2550,6 +2754,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float RowPosY1; float RowPosY2; float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowCellPaddingY; // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change. float RowTextBaseline; float RowIndentOffsetX; ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ @@ -2563,9 +2768,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float HostIndentX; float MinColumnWidth; float OuterPaddingX; - float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders - float CellPaddingY; - float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. float CellSpacingX2; float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width @@ -2574,6 +2778,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float ResizedColumnNextWidth; float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + float AngledHeadersHeight; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() + float AngledHeadersSlope; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is ImRect WorkRect; @@ -2594,10 +2800,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) - ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount) ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AngledHeadersCount; // Count columns with angled headers ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HighlightColumnHeader; // Index of column which should be highlighted. ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. @@ -2623,6 +2831,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsSortSpecsDirty; bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool DisableDefaultContextMenu; // Disable default context menu contents. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup() bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) @@ -2630,6 +2839,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable; + bool IsActiveIdInTable; bool HasScrollbarYCurr; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame. bool HasScrollbarYPrev; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous. bool MemoryCompacted; @@ -2642,10 +2853,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs. +// sizeof() ~ 136 bytes. struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData { int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used + float AngledHeadersExtraWidth; // Used in EndTable() + ImVector AngledHeadersRequests; // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow() ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; @@ -2709,7 +2924,7 @@ namespace ImGui { // Windows // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) - // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either + // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either: // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } @@ -2717,6 +2932,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); @@ -2726,12 +2942,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); + inline void SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = parent_window; } inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } + inline ImVec2 WindowPosAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x - off.x, p.y - off.y); } + inline ImVec2 WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order - IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2739,12 +2959,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API int FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window); + // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL] + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags); + // Fonts, drawing IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API void AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); // Init IMGUI_API void Initialize(); @@ -2753,6 +2977,7 @@ namespace ImGui // NewFrame IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + IMGUI_API void FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window); IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); @@ -2769,13 +2994,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + // Settings - Windows + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearWindowSettings(const char* name); + // Localization IMGUI_API void LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count); inline const char* LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; } @@ -2795,7 +3023,7 @@ namespace ImGui //#endif // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } @@ -2808,24 +3036,25 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed); // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); - IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); // Parameter stacks (shared) - IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); - IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); + IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); + IMGUI_API void BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); + IMGUI_API void EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); // Logging/Capture IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. @@ -2833,21 +3062,27 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); - // Popups, Modals, Tooltips - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + // Childs + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); + + // Popups, Modals + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); + // Tooltips + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipHidden(); + // Menus IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true); @@ -2865,49 +3100,61 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + IMGUI_API void NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); + IMGUI_API void SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id); + + // Focus/Activation + // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are + // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones. + IMGUI_API void FocusItem(); // Focus last item (no selection/activation). + IMGUI_API void ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id); // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. - inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } - inline bool IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super || key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut; } - inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } - inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } - inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } - inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } - inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } - inline ImGuiKeyChord ConvertShortcutMod(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut); return (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Shortcut) | (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiMod_Super : ImGuiMod_Ctrl); } + inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } + inline bool IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; } + inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } + inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } + inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } + inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } + inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } + inline bool IsLRModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; } + ImGuiKeyChord FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl; if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift; if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt; if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper; - if (key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut) return (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper : ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl); return key; } - IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); - IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key); + inline ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); } + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id. // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead). - // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID. // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0). // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore: // - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case). @@ -2915,11 +3162,12 @@ namespace ImGui // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state. // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step. // Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved. - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); - IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. - IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' - inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &GImGui->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' + inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag. @@ -2927,26 +3175,32 @@ namespace ImGui // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'. // Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API. - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); - - // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing - // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. - // ImGuiKey_C (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord) - // ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord) - // ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values. - // - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. - // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. - // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route. - // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route. - // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location. - IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + + // Shortcut Testing & Routing + // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h + // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), + // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. + // (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check) + // - When using one of the routing option: + // - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.) + // - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. + // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. + // - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window). + // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route. + // - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location. + // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute() + // e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0 + IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope @@ -2966,7 +3220,25 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); - IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb); + IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect); + + // Typing-Select API + IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data); + + // Box-Select API + IMGUI_API bool BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); + IMGUI_API void EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); + + // Multi-Select API + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item); + inline ImGuiBoxSelectState* GetBoxSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.BoxSelectState.ID == id && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive) ? &g.BoxSelectState : NULL; } + inline ImGuiMultiSelectState* GetMultiSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.MultiSelectStorage.GetByKey(id); } // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); @@ -2984,10 +3256,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); - IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredRow(); // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet. IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count); // Tables: Internals inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } @@ -3000,10 +3274,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); - IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display); IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); - inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + inline ImGuiID TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; } IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); @@ -3015,8 +3290,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); - IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API float TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); @@ -3034,12 +3309,19 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); // Tab Bars + inline ImGuiTabBar* GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; } IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + inline int TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } + IMGUI_API const char* TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* tab_name); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker); @@ -3055,10 +3337,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); - IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool borders = true, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight + IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); @@ -3074,8 +3356,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); - IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); @@ -3094,10 +3377,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0); + + // Widgets: Tree Nodes IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). @@ -3113,16 +3399,19 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); - IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL); IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeIsZero(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data); // InputText IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data); // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); @@ -3130,34 +3419,44 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // Plot - IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); + IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg); // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out); // Garbage collection IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); - // Debug Log - IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); - IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Error handling, State Recovery + IMGUI_API bool ErrorLog(const char* msg); + IMGUI_API void ErrorRecoveryStoreState(ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_out); + IMGUI_API void ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in); + IMGUI_API void ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip(); + IMGUI_API bool BeginErrorTooltip(); + IMGUI_API void EndErrorTooltip(); // Debug Tools - IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end); IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } - inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + IMGUI_API void DebugBreakClearData(); + IMGUI_API bool DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location); + IMGUI_API void DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location); IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); - IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); @@ -3166,6 +3465,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); @@ -3179,16 +3480,14 @@ namespace ImGui inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89 inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 - // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + //inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! + + // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister(): // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' - // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' - // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP) - // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() - inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() - inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem -#endif -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))' + //inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() + //inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem #endif } // namespace ImGui @@ -3208,6 +3507,7 @@ struct ImFontBuilderIO #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); #endif +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); @@ -3222,14 +3522,15 @@ IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data); // item_data may be NULL extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log #else #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp index 47fc8a2873..3ba15fef5a 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ Index of this file: */ // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Commentary @@ -48,7 +49,8 @@ Index of this file: // - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). // | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels // | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission -// | TableDrawContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu +// | TableBeginContextMenuPopup() +// | - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu contents //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) // | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction @@ -80,20 +82,20 @@ Index of this file: // - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. // - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window -// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) -// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling -// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. // - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. -// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// Important to note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. // In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. -// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not useful and not easily noticeable). //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About 'inner_width': // With ScrollX disabled: @@ -112,15 +114,16 @@ Index of this file: //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +// (Reference: ImGuiTableFlags_SizingXXX flags and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXX flags) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): -// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// We use a default parameter of -1 for 'init_width'/'init_weight'. // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom // Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) -// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with padding honored. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width @@ -134,10 +137,10 @@ Index of this file: // - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! // that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. // - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. -// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weights/widths. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About using column width: -// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// If a column is manually resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): // - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. // - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. // If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): @@ -151,7 +154,7 @@ Index of this file: // TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: -// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to submit only visible rows. // ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. // See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. // - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. @@ -168,7 +171,7 @@ Index of this file: // - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). // // [A] [B] [C] -// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() returns false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. // SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. // ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. // ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). @@ -188,20 +191,16 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -229,6 +228,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked @@ -315,28 +315,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG return false; // Sanity checks - IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); - // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve. + // FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues: + // - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine. + // - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers. + // The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be: + // - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations. + // - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[]. const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); - ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); - if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0)) + const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f)); + const ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + const bool outer_window_is_measuring_size = (outer_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (outer_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); // Doesn't apply to AlwaysAutoResize windows! + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size) { ItemSize(outer_rect); + ItemAdd(outer_rect, id); return false; } + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInTable == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // Acquire storage for the table ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); - const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; - const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; - const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; - if (instance_no > 0) - IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); // Acquire temporary buffers const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); @@ -352,17 +359,34 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); // Initialize + const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive; + const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags; table->ID = id; table->Flags = flags; - table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; table->IsLayoutLocked = false; table->InnerWidth = inner_width; temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; - if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) - table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + + // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID) + ImGuiID instance_id; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + if (instance_no > 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instances" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack. + } + else + { + instance_id = id; + } + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id; // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. if (use_child_window) @@ -384,35 +408,42 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it - if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) + if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) - ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; - BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + ImGuiWindowFlags child_window_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_None, child_window_flags); table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + // Allow submitting when host is measuring + if (table->InnerWindow->SkipItems && outer_window_is_measuring_size) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned) if (instance_no == 0) { table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; } - table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= (table->InnerWindow->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY; } else { // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; + table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; } // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables - PushOverrideID(instance_id); + PushOverrideID(id); + if (instance_no > 0) + PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol. // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -429,6 +460,29 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Make borders not overlap our contents by offsetting HostClipRect (#6765, #7428, #3752) + // (we normally shouldn't alter HostClipRect as we rely on TableMergeDrawChannels() expanding non-clipped column toward the + // limits of that rectangle, in order for ImDrawListSplitter::Merge() to merge the draw commands. However since the overlap + // problem only affect scrolling tables in this case we can get away with doing it without extra cost). + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + // FIXME: Because inner_window's Scrollbar doesn't know about border size, since it's not encoded in window->WindowBorderSize, + // it already overlaps it and doesn't need an extra offset. Ideally we should be able to pass custom border size with + // different x/y values to BeginChild(). + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + { + table->HostClipRect.Min.x = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.x + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.x); + if (inner_window->DecoOuterSizeX2 == 0.0f) + table->HostClipRect.Max.x = ImMax(table->HostClipRect.Max.x - TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Min.x); + } + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + { + table->HostClipRect.Min.y = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.y + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.y); + if (inner_window->DecoOuterSizeY2 == 0.0f) + table->HostClipRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->HostClipRect.Max.y - TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Min.y); + } + } + // Padding and Spacing // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | @@ -442,7 +496,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; - table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; @@ -455,29 +508,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); - table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y; + table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : table->HostClipRect.Max.y; table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f; table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0; + if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount) + table->IsActiveIdInTable = false; + table->AngledHeadersHeight = 0.0f; + temp_data->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = 0.0f; - // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders() table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); // Make table current g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; - if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; - // Mark as used + // Mark as used to avoid GC if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; @@ -570,34 +629,40 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG } // For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: -// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables[]) // + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) // + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) -// Shared allocations per number of nested tables +// Shared allocations for the maximum number of simultaneously nested tables (generally a very small number) // + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) // + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) -// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or == columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. // Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) { // Allocate single buffer for our arrays - ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count); + ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator; span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++) + span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size); table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3); + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4); + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5); } // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) { // Handle resizing request - // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // (We process this in the TableBegin() of the first instance of each table) // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) { @@ -642,8 +707,7 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); - // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], - // rebuild the later from the former. + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[]. Rebuild later from the former. for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; @@ -717,8 +781,8 @@ static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, I } } -// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). -// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable() and this is our largest function. +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() and other TableSetupXXXXX() functions to be called first. // FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. // Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) @@ -729,8 +793,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; - table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; - table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount); + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, table->ColumnsCount); table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE @@ -795,14 +859,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) else table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; - table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; - table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n); + ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder); prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. - if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto && table->InstanceCurrent == 0) column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) @@ -830,8 +894,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); - // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible - // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible to avoid + // the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). Also see #6510. // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; @@ -839,12 +903,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->IsSettingsDirty = true; // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. - float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. - float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -860,7 +924,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) column->WidthRequest = width_auto; - else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput) column->WidthRequest = width_auto; // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets @@ -908,7 +972,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -916,7 +980,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) { float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; - column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + column->WidthRequest = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; } @@ -926,7 +990,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink - column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->WidthGiven = ImTrunc(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; } @@ -935,7 +999,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) @@ -951,23 +1015,30 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); - table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; - table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext; + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; g.ActiveId = 0; - const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None); g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; + // Determine skewed MousePos.x to support angled headers. + float mouse_skewed_x = g.IO.MousePos.x; + if (table->AngledHeadersHeight > 0.0f) + if (g.IO.MousePos.y >= table->OuterRect.Min.y && g.IO.MousePos.y <= table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + mouse_skewed_x += ImTrunc((table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight - g.IO.MousePos.y) * table->AngledHeadersSlope); + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. int visible_n = 0; + bool has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = false; bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; - table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; - table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount); for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -984,7 +1055,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // Clear status flags column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; - if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) { // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. @@ -999,16 +1070,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) continue; } - // Detect hovered column - if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) - table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; - // Lock start position column->MinX = offset_x; // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position - float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); - column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width); + column->WidthMax = TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); + column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, column->WidthMax); column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; @@ -1017,9 +1084,10 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. + const float previous_instance_work_min_x = column->WorkMinX; column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max - column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; @@ -1037,17 +1105,18 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; if (is_visible) - table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n); // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; - if (column->IsRequestOutput) - table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + // (table->HostSkipItems is a copy of inner_window->SkipItems before we cleared it above in Part 2) column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + if (column->IsRequestOutput && !column->IsSkipItems) + has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = true; // Update status flags column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; @@ -1055,8 +1124,13 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; if (column->SortOrder != -1) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; - if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) + + // Detect hovered column + if (is_hovering_table && mouse_skewed_x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && mouse_skewed_x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + { column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + } // Alignment // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in @@ -1068,11 +1142,25 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); // Reset content width variables - column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; - column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + } + else + { + // As we store an absolute value to make per-cell updates faster, we need to offset values used for width computation. + const float offset_from_previous_instance = column->WorkMinX - previous_instance_work_min_x; + column->ContentMaxXFrozen += offset_from_previous_instance; + column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen += offset_from_previous_instance; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed += offset_from_previous_instance; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal += offset_from_previous_instance; + } // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items - if (table->HostSkipItems == false) + if (table->HostSkipItems == false && table->InstanceCurrent == 0) { column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1; column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1; @@ -1085,18 +1173,26 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) visible_n++; } + // In case the table is visible (e.g. decorations) but all columns clipped, we keep a column visible. + // Else if give no chance to a clipper-savy user to submit rows and therefore total contents height used by scrollbar. + if (has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output == false) + { + table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsRequestOutput = true; + table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsSkipItems = false; + } + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) - { - if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + if (mouse_skewed_x >= unused_x1) table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; - } if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0); + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. @@ -1108,8 +1204,16 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); } table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; - table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); - table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x; + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x; + + // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call. + float window_content_max_y; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) + window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y; + else + window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y); // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect TableSetupDrawChannels(table); @@ -1117,23 +1221,35 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) TableUpdateBorders(table); - table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight = 0.0f; table->IsLayoutLocked = true; table->IsUsingHeaders = false; - // [Part 11] Context menu - if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) + // Highlight header + table->HighlightColumnHeader = -1; + if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn != -1 && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->ContextPopupColumn; + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn) && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != table->ColumnsCount && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1) + if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)) + table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->HoveredColumnBody; + + // [Part 11] Default context menu + // - To append to this menu: you can call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). + // - To modify or replace this: set table->IsContextPopupNoDefaultContents = true, then call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). + // - You may call TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() with selected flags to display specific sections of the default menu, + // e.g. TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) will display everything EXCEPT columns visibility options. + if (table->DisableDefaultContextMenu == false && TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) { - TableDrawContextMenu(table); + TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags); EndPopup(); } - // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a chance to use them for display. // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) TableSortSpecsBuild(table); - // [Part 14] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) + // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0) table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x; if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0) @@ -1145,13 +1261,11 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); else - inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false); + inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->InnerClipRect.Min, inner_window->InnerClipRect.Max, false); // FIXME: use table->InnerClipRect? } // Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() -// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise -// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets -// overlapping the same area. +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise. void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1162,14 +1276,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); - const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; - const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; - const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); - const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; + const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale); + const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight; for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -1191,12 +1305,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); bool hovered = false, held = false; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) { TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); ClearActiveID(); - held = hovered = false; + held = false; } if (held) { @@ -1268,7 +1382,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); - table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth; } // Pop clipping rect @@ -1305,7 +1419,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) - if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); @@ -1339,14 +1453,18 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; - const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); - const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale)); + const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; } + table->IsActiveIdInTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0 && table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable == false); + // Pop from id stack - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + PopID(); PopID(); // Restore window data that we modified @@ -1364,7 +1482,12 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) if (inner_window != outer_window) { + short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask; + inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently. + g.CurrentTable = NULL; // To avoid error recovery recursing EndChild(); + g.CurrentTable = table; + inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask; } else { @@ -1382,9 +1505,13 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() } else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) { - const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; - outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); - outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); + // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block + // - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags. + // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback. + const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y + const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f); + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size)); } else { @@ -1392,9 +1519,9 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() } if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) { - const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y); - outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y)); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size)); } else { @@ -1418,9 +1545,10 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; } outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } -// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file // If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) { @@ -1448,6 +1576,11 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) + { + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel; + table->AngledHeadersCount++; + } TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); column->UserID = user_id; @@ -1481,6 +1614,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo } // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) + // FIXME: If we recorded the number of \n in names we could compute header row height column->NameOffset = -1; if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) { @@ -1529,6 +1663,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] // - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal] // - TableSetBgColor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1616,14 +1751,14 @@ ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) } // Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. -ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) { IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); - ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; - return id; + ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no); + return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal } -// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if hovering the unused space at the right of the right-most visible column. int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1633,6 +1768,19 @@ int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; } +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row. +// *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value. +// This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast; +} + void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1651,7 +1799,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n return; if (column_n == -1) column_n = table->CurrentColumn; - if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) return; if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) table->RowCellDataCurrent++; @@ -1707,19 +1855,20 @@ void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; TableBeginRow(table); // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. - table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f; table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; } -// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +// [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow() void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -1740,8 +1889,10 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. + window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too. window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; @@ -1778,12 +1929,17 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); - if (table->CurrentRow == 0) - TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) && (table->CurrentRow == 0 || (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight += bg_y2 - bg_y1; const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); if (is_visible) { + // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow() + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2 && table_instance->HoveredRowNext < 0) + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow; + // Decide of background color for the row ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; @@ -1795,15 +1951,14 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; // Decide of top border color - ImU32 border_col = 0; + ImU32 top_border_col = 0; const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; - if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) - border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH)) + top_border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; - if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | top_border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) { // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. @@ -1837,13 +1992,14 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); + if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); } } // Draw top border - if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), top_border_col, border_size); // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) @@ -1854,34 +2010,37 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and // get the new cursor position. if (unfreeze_rows_request) - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) - table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - if (unfreeze_rows_actual) { - IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); - const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); - table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; - - // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect - table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); - table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; - table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; - IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); - - float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; - table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; - table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y); + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) { - ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; - column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; - } + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = table->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } - // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); - table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } } if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) @@ -1926,7 +2085,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. - return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; + return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput; } // [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column @@ -1951,8 +2110,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. - int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; - return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; + return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput; } @@ -1961,6 +2119,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; table->CurrentColumn = column_n; @@ -1971,25 +2130,22 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; - // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height - if (!column->IsEnabled) - window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); - window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.LastItemData.ID = 0; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; } @@ -2008,7 +2164,6 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) } // Logging - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) { LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); @@ -2032,7 +2187,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) else p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); - table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + if (column->IsEnabled) + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; // Propagate text baseline for the entire row @@ -2050,9 +2206,11 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) // - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] // - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Note that actual columns widths are computed in TableUpdateLayout(). +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis. -float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value differs on a per-column basis. +float ImGui::TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) { const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; float max_width = FLT_MAX; @@ -2114,7 +2272,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; - const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n)); + const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, column_0->WidthMax); // Don't use TableCalcMaxColumnWidth() here as it would rely on MinX from last instance (#7933) column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) return; @@ -2127,7 +2285,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) // - All stretch: easy. // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. - // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only supports a single _trailing_ stretch column, we support more cases here. // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. @@ -2210,7 +2368,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) { IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); - // Measure existing quantity + // Measure existing quantities float visible_weight = 0.0f; float visible_width = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) @@ -2242,6 +2400,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) // - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] // - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] // - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnBorderCol() [Internal] // - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2292,7 +2451,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; - const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0; const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); @@ -2366,19 +2525,26 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. struct MergeGroup { - ImRect ClipRect; - int ChannelsCount; - ImBitArray ChannelsMask; - - MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; } + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount = 0; + ImBitArrayPtr ChannelsMask = NULL; }; int merge_group_mask = 0x00; MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized. + const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2); + const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels); + g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); + memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); n++) + merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n)); + ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4)); + // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -2410,11 +2576,11 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) } const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); - IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels); MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no); merge_group->ChannelsCount++; merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); @@ -2450,9 +2616,8 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; - ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage - remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); - remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; @@ -2479,20 +2644,18 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); -#if 0 - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); -#endif + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) - remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++) + remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n]; for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) { // Copy + overwrite new clip rect - if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n)) continue; - merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n); merge_channels_count--; ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; @@ -2510,7 +2673,7 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) { - if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n)) continue; ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); @@ -2521,6 +2684,18 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) } } +static ImU32 TableGetColumnBorderCol(ImGuiTable* table, int order_n, int column_n) +{ + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (is_resized || is_hovered) + return ImGui::GetColorU32(is_resized ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); + if (is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize))) + return table->BorderColorStrong; + return table->BorderColorLight; +} + // FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { @@ -2535,14 +2710,14 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Draw inner border and resizing feedback ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; - const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y1 = ImMax(table->InnerRect.Min.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; - const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight) : draw_y1; if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) { for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -2563,21 +2738,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. - ImU32 col; - float draw_y2; - if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) - { - draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; - col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; - } - else - { - draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; - col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; - } - + float draw_y2 = (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) == 0) ? draw_y2_body : draw_y2_head; if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) - inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size); } } @@ -2609,7 +2772,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) } if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) { - // Draw bottom-most row border + // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border. const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); @@ -2630,8 +2793,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) -// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since -// last call, or the first time. +// When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have +// changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, +// else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! // Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() { @@ -2647,14 +2811,13 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() TableUpdateLayout(table); TableSortSpecsBuild(table); - return &table->SortSpecs; } static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); - return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03; + return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03); } // Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) @@ -2766,7 +2929,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) } } - // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + // Fallback default sort order (if no column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { @@ -2795,6 +2958,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) } // Write output + // May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable() ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) @@ -2807,7 +2971,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID; sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; - sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection; } table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; @@ -2818,8 +2982,11 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) // [SECTION] Tables: Headers //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] +// - TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() [Internal] // - TableHeadersRow() // - TableHeader() +// - TableAngledHeadersRow() +// - TableAngledHeadersRowEx() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() @@ -2828,23 +2995,34 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... - float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) - { - ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n); - if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel)) - row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); - } - row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; - return row_height; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + float row_height = g.FontSize; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) + if ((table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) == 0) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n)).y); + return row_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; +} + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + float width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) + if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) + width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x); + return width + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; // Swap padding } // [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). // The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper -// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. +// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. // See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. -// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy. +// This code is intentionally written to not make much use of internal functions, to give you better direction +// if you need to write your own. // FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() { @@ -2852,14 +3030,15 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); - // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout) + // Call layout if not already done. This is automatically done by TableNextRow: we do it here _only_ to make + // it easier to debug-step in TableUpdateLayout(). Your own version of this function doesn't need this. if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) TableUpdateLayout(table); // Open row - const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. return; @@ -2869,11 +3048,9 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n)) continue; - // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) - // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide - // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + // Push an id to allow empty/unnamed headers. This is also idiomatic as it ensure there is a consistent ID path to access columns (for e.g. automation) const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); - PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + PushID(column_n); TableHeader(name); PopID(); } @@ -2882,7 +3059,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) - TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. + TableOpenContextMenu(columns_count); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. } // Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) @@ -2911,16 +3088,19 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) // If we already got a row height, there's use that. // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); - float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f); // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow float w_arrow = 0.0f; float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + bool sort_arrow = false; char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { - w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + w_arrow = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + sort_arrow = true; if (column->SortOrder > 0) { ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); @@ -2928,13 +3108,12 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } } - // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considered for merging. float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; - column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, sort_arrow ? cell_r.Max.x : ImMin(max_pos_x, cell_r.Max.x)); column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. - const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal @@ -2944,12 +3123,11 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + const bool highlight = (table->HighlightColumnHeader == column_n); bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - if (held || hovered || selected) + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); + if (held || hovered || highlight) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); @@ -2961,7 +3139,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); if (held) table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; @@ -2988,7 +3166,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } // Sort order arrow - const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text, label_pos.x); if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { if (column->SortOrder != -1) @@ -3019,19 +3197,190 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); - if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0) + SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); } +// Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets. +// FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header. +void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; + temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.resize(0); + temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsEnabledCount); + + // Which column needs highlight? + const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders"); + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader; + if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive))) + highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody; + + // Build up request + ImU32 col_header_bg = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg); + ImU32 col_text = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here. + continue; + ImGuiTableHeaderData request = { (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n, col_text, col_header_bg, (column_n == highlight_column_n) ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header) : 0 }; + temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.push_back(request); + } + + // Render row + TableAngledHeadersRowEx(row_id, g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Data, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Size); +} + +// Important: data must be fed left to right +void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentRow == -1 && "Must be first row"); + + if (max_label_width == 0.0f) + max_label_width = TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); + + // Angle argument expressed in (-IM_PI/2 .. +IM_PI/2) as it is easier to think about for user. + const bool flip_label = (angle < 0.0f); + angle -= IM_PI * 0.5f; + const float cos_a = ImCos(angle); + const float sin_a = ImSin(angle); + const float label_cos_a = flip_label ? ImCos(angle + IM_PI) : cos_a; + const float label_sin_a = flip_label ? ImSin(angle + IM_PI) : sin_a; + const ImVec2 unit_right = ImVec2(cos_a, sin_a); + + // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow() + // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other. + const float header_height = g.FontSize + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f; + const float row_height = ImTrunc(ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y)); + table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height; + table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); // vector from bottom-left to top-left, and from bottom-right to top-right + + // Declare row, override and draw our own background + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + TableNextColumn(); + const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, table->RowPosY2); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x; + if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) + clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1].MaxX); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel + PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Min.x, row_r.Min.y), ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Max.x, row_r.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color. + PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns + + ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL); + KeepAliveID(row_id); + + const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * g.FontScale; // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better + const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); + const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component + const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign; + + // Draw background and labels in first pass, then all borders. + float max_x = 0.0f; + for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++) + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < data_count; order_n++) + { + const ImGuiTableHeaderData* request = &data[order_n]; + const int column_n = request->Index; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + ImVec2 bg_shape[4]; + bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y); + bg_shape[1] = ImVec2(column->MinX, row_r.Max.y); + bg_shape[2] = bg_shape[1] + header_angled_vector; + bg_shape[3] = bg_shape[0] + header_angled_vector; + if (pass == 0) + { + // Draw shape + draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor0); + draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor1); // Optional highlight + max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x); + + // Draw label + // - First draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset. + // - Handle multiple lines manually, as we want each lines to follow on the horizontal border, rather than see a whole block rotated. + const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); + const char* label_name_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label_name); + const float line_off_step_x = (g.FontSize / -sin_a); + const int label_lines = ImTextCountLines(label_name, label_name_end); + + // Left<>Right alignment + float line_off_curr_x = flip_label ? (label_lines - 1) * line_off_step_x : 0.0f; + float line_off_for_align_x = ImMax((((column->MaxX - column->MinX) - padding.x * 2.0f) - (label_lines * line_off_step_x)), 0.0f) * align.x; + line_off_curr_x += line_off_for_align_x - line_off_for_ascent_x; + + // Register header width + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX + ImCeil(label_lines * line_off_step_x - line_off_for_align_x); + + while (label_name < label_name_end) + { + const char* label_name_eol = strchr(label_name, '\n'); + if (label_name_eol == NULL) + label_name_eol = label_name_end; + + // FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles. + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol); + float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text. + float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x); + ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height)); + int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, request->TextColor); + RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, clip_r.Max.x, clip_r.Max.x, label_name, label_name_eol, &label_size); + PopStyleColor(); + int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + + // Up<>Down alignment + const float available_space = ImMax(clip_width - label_size.x + ImAbs(padding.x * cos_a) * 2.0f - ImAbs(padding.y * sin_a) * 2.0f, 0.0f); + const float vertical_offset = available_space * align.y * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); + + // Rotate and offset label + ImVec2 pivot_in = ImVec2(window->ClipRect.Min.x - vertical_offset, window->ClipRect.Min.y + label_size.y); + ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y); + line_off_curr_x += flip_label ? -line_off_step_x : line_off_step_x; + pivot_out += unit_right * padding.y; + if (flip_label) + pivot_out += unit_right * (clip_width - ImMax(0.0f, clip_width - label_size.x)); + pivot_out.x += flip_label ? line_off_curr_x + line_off_step_x : line_off_curr_x; + ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { ImDrawList* fg_dl = GetForegroundDrawList(); vtx_idx_begin = fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx; fg_dl->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); ShadeVertsTransformPos(fg_dl, vtx_idx_begin, fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); } + + label_name = label_name_eol + 1; + } + } + if (pass == 1) + { + // Draw border + draw_list->AddLine(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[3], TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n)); + } + } + PopClipRect(); + PopClipRect(); + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX); +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] -// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableBeginContextMenuPopup() [Internal] +// - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. @@ -3067,7 +3416,13 @@ bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) // Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) // FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? -void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +// Sections to display are pulled from 'flags_for_section_to_display', which is typically == table->Flags. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable -> display Sizing menu items +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable -> display "Reset Order" +////- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable -> display sorting options (disabled) +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable -> display columns visibility menu items +// It means if you have a custom context menus you can call this section and omit some sections, and add your own. +void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -3079,7 +3434,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; // Sizing - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) { if (column != NULL) { @@ -3099,7 +3454,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) } // Ordering - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) { if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; @@ -3113,7 +3468,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) // Sorting // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) #if 0 - if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + if ((flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) { if (want_separator) Separator(); @@ -3128,13 +3483,13 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) #endif // Hiding / Visibility - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) { if (want_separator) Separator(); want_separator = true; - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, false); for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) { ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; @@ -3458,12 +3813,12 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle if (!save_column) continue; buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); - if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); - if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); - if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); - if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); - if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); - if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + if (column->UserID != 0) { buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); } + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); } + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); } + if (save_visible) { buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); } + if (save_order) { buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); } + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) { buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); } buf->append("\n"); } buf->append("\n"); @@ -3511,7 +3866,7 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); - table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: In theory shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort on resume. table->ColumnsNames.clear(); table->MemoryCompacted = true; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3564,13 +3919,10 @@ static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_poli void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { - char buf[512]; - char* p = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. - ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= g.FrameCount - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } - bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } if (IsItemHovered()) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); @@ -3579,13 +3931,25 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) if (!open) return; if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) - ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) + { + if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in BeginTable()")) + g.DebugBreakInTable = table->ID; + SameLine(); + } + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n); + BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + } //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); float sum_weights = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3595,6 +3959,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + char buf[512]; ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" @@ -3710,7 +4075,7 @@ float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offse return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); } -static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) { @@ -3721,7 +4086,7 @@ static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); - float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x; x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); @@ -3883,6 +4248,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl columns->Count = columns_count; columns->Flags = flags; window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; @@ -3893,7 +4259,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl // Set state for first column // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImTrunc(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); @@ -3940,8 +4306,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl float width = offset_1 - offset_0; PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y; } void ImGui::NextColumn() @@ -3955,7 +4322,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() if (columns->Count == 1) { - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); return; } @@ -3987,7 +4354,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() window->DC.IsSameLine = false; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; @@ -4034,7 +4401,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); - const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale); const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) continue; @@ -4044,14 +4411,14 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() { ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) dragging_column = n; } // Draw column const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x); window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); } @@ -4072,15 +4439,16 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } -void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool borders) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); + ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (borders ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp index 0a1ea6789d..9d4ef66dab 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (widgets code) /* @@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Box-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select helpers // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox // [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram // [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers @@ -32,20 +36,16 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Warnings @@ -72,11 +72,13 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked @@ -124,9 +126,9 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For InputTextEx() -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); -static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard = false); +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSize(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. @@ -274,7 +276,6 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) if (window->SkipItems) return; - // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? const char* text, *text_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); @@ -291,10 +292,7 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -310,10 +308,7 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -328,13 +323,10 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + const bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set if (need_backup) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); if (need_backup) PopTextWrapPos(); } @@ -433,6 +425,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // - RadioButton() // - ProgressBar() // - Bullet() +// - Hyperlink() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets. @@ -489,6 +482,14 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N true true - true //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - FIXME: For refactor we could output flags, incl mouse hovered vs nav keyboard vs nav triggered etc. +// And better standardize how widgets use 'GetColor32((held && hovered) ? ... : hovered ? ...)' vs 'GetColor32(held ? ... : hovered ? ...);' +// For mouse feedback we typically prefer the 'held && hovered' test, but for nav feedback not always. Outputting hovered=true on Activation may be misleading. +// - Since v1.91.2 (Sept 2024) we included io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts feature. +// One idiom which was previously valid which will now emit a warning is when using multiple overlayed ButtonBehavior() +// with same ID and different MouseButton (see #8030). You can fix it by: +// (1) switching to use a single ButtonBehavior() with multiple _MouseButton flags. +// or (2) surrounding those calls with PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag() bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -496,28 +497,33 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Default only reacts to left mouse button if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft; // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; + // Default behavior inherited from item flags + // Note that _both_ ButtonFlags and ItemFlags are valid sources, so copy one into the item_flags and only check that. + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap) + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat; + ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow == window; if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = window; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); + // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd() + if (g.LastItemData.ID != id) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL); #endif bool pressed = false; - bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); - - // Drag source doesn't report as hovered - if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) - hovered = false; + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, item_flags); // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) @@ -536,14 +542,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; - // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) - hovered = false; - // Mouse handling const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id; if (hovered) { + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // Lazily check inside rare path. + // Poll mouse buttons // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId. // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine. @@ -552,7 +556,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here. { - if (IsMouseClicked(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; } + if (IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiInputFlags_None, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; } if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; } } @@ -568,8 +572,14 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool SetActiveID(id, window); g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + { SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Still need to focus and bring to front, but try to avoid losing NavId when navigating a child + } } if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2)) { @@ -578,17 +588,23 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool ClearActiveID(); else SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + { SetFocusID(id, window); - g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Still need to focus and bring to front, but try to avoid losing NavId when navigating a child + } } } if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { if (mouse_button_released != -1) { - const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) pressed = true; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) @@ -599,8 +615,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. - if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) - if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, test_owner_id)) pressed = true; } @@ -608,21 +624,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } - // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation - // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. - if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) + // Gamepad/Keyboard handling + // We report navigated and navigation-activated items as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. + if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover) if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus)) hovered = true; if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); - if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)) { - // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events + // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); - const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); - const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration); + const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Enter); + const ImGuiKeyData* key3 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); + const float t1 = ImMax(ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration), key3->DownDuration); nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; } if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) @@ -630,9 +647,11 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. pressed = true; SetActiveID(id, window); - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus) && !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut)) SetFocusID(id, window); + if (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut) + g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = true; } } @@ -646,7 +665,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; - if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) + if (mouse_button == -1) + { + // Fallback for the rare situation were g.ActiveId was set programmatically or from another widget (e.g. #6304). + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) { held = true; } @@ -658,7 +682,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; - bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps + bool is_repeating_already = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id); if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned) pressed = true; @@ -668,16 +692,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released - if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) + if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) + held = true; // hovered == true not true as we are already likely hovered on direct activation. + else ClearActiveID(); } if (pressed) g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true; } + // Activation highlight (this may be a remote activation) + if (g.NavHighlightActivatedId == id) + hovered = true; + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; if (out_held) *out_held = held; @@ -705,9 +735,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -784,9 +811,6 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -815,14 +839,14 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? - const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); ImRect bb_interact = bb; const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) - bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + bb_interact.Expand(ImTrunc(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // (this isn't the common behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user because navigation tends to keep items visible in scrolling layer). bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; @@ -831,17 +855,15 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) return pressed; // Render - // FIXME: Clarify this mess - ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); if (hovered) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12); - - float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + ImVec2 cross_center = bb.GetCenter() - ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddLine(cross_center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(cross_center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); return pressed; } @@ -851,17 +873,20 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; // Render ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter()/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) @@ -884,9 +909,9 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) - return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size); else - return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size, inner_rect.Max.y - border_size); } void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) @@ -911,10 +936,10 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) if (!window->ScrollbarX) rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } - float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; + float size_visible = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis]; - ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_visible, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll; } @@ -924,7 +949,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. // Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. -bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_visible_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -947,16 +972,16 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f); ImRect bb = bb_frame; - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. - IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. + const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). @@ -965,7 +990,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_visible_v); float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) @@ -975,31 +1000,41 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); - SetHoveredID(id); - bool seek_absolute = false; + const int held_dir = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm) ? -1 : (clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) ? +1 : 0; if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { - // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab - seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm); - if (seek_absolute) - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; - else - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + // On initial click when held_dir == 0 (clicked over grab): calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab + const bool scroll_to_clicked_location = (g.IO.ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage == false || g.IO.KeyShift || held_dir == 0); + g.ScrollbarSeekMode = scroll_to_clicked_location ? 0 : (short)held_dir; + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = (held_dir == 0 && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f : 0.0f; } // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position - const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); + if (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0) + { + // Absolute seeking + const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); + *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); + } + else + { + // Page by page + if (IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && held_dir == g.ScrollbarSeekMode) + { + float page_dir = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f; + *p_scroll_v = ImClamp(*p_scroll_v + (ImS64)(page_dir * size_visible_v), (ImS64)0, scroll_max); + } + } // Update values for rendering scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; - // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated - if (seek_absolute) - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + // Update distance to grab now that we have seek'ed and saturated + //if (seek_absolute) + // g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; } // Render @@ -1016,33 +1051,30 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 return held; } -void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +// - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples +// - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2); + const float border_size = (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 padding(border_size, border_size); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } + // Render + if (border_size > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); } // ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) // We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. -bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1050,13 +1082,13 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return false; const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); // Render const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); @@ -1069,40 +1101,37 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return pressed; } -bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +// Note that ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. This is in order to facilitate fitting an image in a button. +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; - return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton() -// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) -// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding Old ImageButton() had an override argument. -// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions. +// - old ImageButton() used ImTextureId as item id (created issue with multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) +// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' +// - old ImageButton() had frame_padding' override argument. +// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding. +/* bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); - PopID(); - + PushID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); if (frame_padding >= 0) PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding)); - bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + bool ret = ImageButton("", user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); if (frame_padding >= 0) PopStyleVar(); + PopID(); return ret; } +*/ #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) @@ -1120,42 +1149,60 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - { - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); - return false; - } + const bool is_visible = ItemAdd(total_bb, id); + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (!is_visible) + if (!is_multi_select || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipRect.Overlaps(total_bb)) // Extra layer of "no logic clip" for box-select support + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return false; + } + + // Range-Selection/Multi-selection support (header) + bool checked = *v; + if (is_multi_select) + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &checked, NULL); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (pressed) + + // Range-Selection/Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &checked, &pressed); + else if (pressed) + checked = !checked; + + if (*v != checked) { - *v = !(*v); + *v = checked; + pressed = true; // return value MarkItemEdited(id); } const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz)); - RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); - bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; - if (mixed_value) - { - // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) - // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) - ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); - } - else if (*v) + const bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + if (is_visible) { - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); + if (mixed_value) + { + // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) + ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f))); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); + } + else if (*v) + { + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f)); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); + } } - - ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + const ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + if (is_visible && label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(label_pos, label); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); @@ -1171,10 +1218,8 @@ bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) if (!all_on && any_on) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; } else { @@ -1241,17 +1286,18 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) MarkItemEdited(id); RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); + const int num_segment = window->DrawList->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), num_segment); if (active) { - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f)); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark)); } if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize); } ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); @@ -1290,24 +1336,47 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; + // Fraction < 0.0f will display an indeterminate progress bar animation + // The value must be animated along with time, so e.g. passing '-1.0f * ImGui::GetTime()' as fraction works. + const bool is_indeterminate = (fraction < 0.0f); + if (!is_indeterminate) + fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); + + // Out of courtesy we accept a NaN fraction without crashing + float fill_n0 = 0.0f; + float fill_n1 = (fraction == fraction) ? fraction : 0.0f; + + if (is_indeterminate) + { + const float fill_width_n = 0.2f; + fill_n0 = ImFmod(-fraction, 1.0f) * (1.0f + fill_width_n) - fill_width_n; + fill_n1 = ImSaturate(fill_n0 + fill_width_n); + fill_n0 = ImSaturate(fill_n0); + } + // Render - fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); - const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); - RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); + RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), fill_n0, fill_n1, style.FrameRounding); // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it + // Don't display text for indeterminate bars by default char overlay_buf[32]; - if (!overlay) + if (!is_indeterminate || overlay != NULL) { - ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); - overlay = overlay_buf; - } + if (!overlay) + { + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); + overlay = overlay_buf; + } - ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); - if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); + ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); + if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) + { + float text_x = is_indeterminate ? (bb.Min.x + bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x) * 0.5f : ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fill_n1) + style.ItemSpacing.x; + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(text_x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); + } + } } void ImGui::Bullet() @@ -1333,6 +1402,79 @@ void ImGui::Bullet() SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); } +// This is provided as a convenience for being an often requested feature. +// FIXME-STYLE: we delayed adding as there is a larger plan to revamp the styling system. +// Because of this we currently don't provide many styling options for this widget +// (e.g. hovered/active colors are automatically inferred from a single color). +bool ImGui::TextLink(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); + + if (hovered) + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + + ImVec4 text_colf = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink]; + ImVec4 line_colf = text_colf; + { + // FIXME-STYLE: Read comments above. This widget is NOT written in the same style as some earlier widgets, + // as we are currently experimenting/planning a different styling system. + float h, s, v; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(text_colf.x, text_colf.y, text_colf.z, h, s, v); + if (held || hovered) + { + v = ImSaturate(v + (held ? 0.4f : 0.3f)); + h = ImFmod(h + 0.02f, 1.0f); + } + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, text_colf.x, text_colf.y, text_colf.z); + v = ImSaturate(v - 0.20f); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, line_colf.x, line_colf.y, line_colf.z); + } + + float line_y = bb.Max.y + ImFloor(g.Font->Descent * g.FontScale * 0.20f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, line_y), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, line_y), GetColorU32(line_colf)); // FIXME-TEXT: Underline mode. + + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(text_colf)); + RenderText(bb.Min, label, label_end); + PopStyleColor(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +void ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL(const char* label, const char* url) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (url == NULL) + url = label; + if (TextLink(label)) + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn != NULL) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn(&g, url); + SetItemTooltip(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s), url); // It is more reassuring for user to _always_ display URL when we same as label + if (BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink))) + SetClipboardText(url); + EndPopup(); + } +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1394,7 +1536,9 @@ void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() } // Horizontal/vertical separating line -void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) +// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly trivial widget is a victim of many different legacy/tricky layout issues. +// Note how thickness == 1.0f is handled specifically as not moving CursorPos by 'thickness', but other values are. +void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -1402,55 +1546,50 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))); // Check that only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(thickness > 0.0f); - float thickness_draw = 1.0f; - float thickness_layout = 0.0f; if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) { - // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. + // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y; - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f)); + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness, y2)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness, 0.0f)); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) LogText(" |"); } else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal) { // Horizontal Separator - float x1 = window->Pos.x; - float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - - // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator - if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) - x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; - - // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want, - // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787) - if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) - { - x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX; - x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; - } + float x1 = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float x2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + // Preserve legacy behavior inside Columns() + // Before Tables API happened, we relied on Separator() to span all columns of a Columns() set. + // We currently don't need to provide the same feature for tables because tables naturally have border features. ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) + { + x1 = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x; // Used to be Pos.x before 2023/10/03 + x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; PushColumnsBackground(); + } // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); - const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); - if (item_visible) + const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change. + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout)); + + if (ItemAdd(bb, 0)) { // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); @@ -1470,10 +1609,80 @@ void ImGui::Separator() if (window->SkipItems) return; - // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user + // Those flags should eventually be configurable by the user + // FIXME: We cannot g.Style.SeparatorTextBorderSize for thickness as it relates to SeparatorText() which is a decorated separator, not defaulting to 1.0f. ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. - SeparatorEx(flags); + + // Only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + + SeparatorEx(flags, 1.0f); +} + +void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImVec2 padding = style.SeparatorTextPadding; + + const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize; + const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness)); + const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y)); + const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImFloor((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f)); + ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + const float sep1_x1 = pos.x; + const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x; + const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f); + + const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f); + const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN + + // This allows using SameLine() to position something in the 'extra_w' + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = label_pos.x + label_size.x; + + const ImU32 separator_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x; + if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size); + } + else + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogText("---"); + if (separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + } +} + +void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want: + // - allow separator-text to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight) + // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (which in turns may require ID separate from formatted string) + // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...' + // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item, + // and then we can turn this into a format function. + SeparatorTextEx(0, label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label), 0.0f); } // Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. @@ -1485,14 +1694,20 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return false; + // FIXME: AFAIK the only leftover reason for passing ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap here is + // to allow caller of SplitterBehavior() to call SetItemAllowOverlap() after the item. + // Nowadays we would instead want to use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before the item. + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; +#endif + bool hovered, held; ImRect bb_interact = bb; bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); - ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (hovered) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); @@ -1500,8 +1715,7 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float ImRect bb_render = bb; if (held) { - ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; - float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; + float mouse_delta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min)[axis]; // Minimum pane size float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1); @@ -1514,12 +1728,8 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float // Apply resize if (mouse_delta != 0.0f) { - if (mouse_delta < 0.0f) - IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1); - if (mouse_delta > 0.0f) - IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2); - *size1 += mouse_delta; - *size2 -= mouse_delta; + *size1 = ImMax(*size1 + mouse_delta, min_size1); + *size2 = ImMax(*size2 - mouse_delta, min_size2); bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); MarkItemEdited(id); } @@ -1573,7 +1783,7 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) { - float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width); + float width_rounded = ImTrunc(items[n].Width); width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } @@ -1619,10 +1829,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | (ImGuiComboFlags)ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)) == 0); const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); + const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, true).x : 0.0f; + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) ? (arrow_size + preview_width + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : CalcItemWidth()); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); @@ -1705,12 +1918,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size + constraint_min.x = w; + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f) + constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max); } // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx() char name[16]; - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginComboDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it) // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function? @@ -1728,7 +1946,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text + PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding.x); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(); if (!ret) @@ -1737,12 +1955,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above return false; } + g.BeginComboDepth++; return true; } void ImGui::EndCombo() { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; EndPopup(); + g.BeginComboDepth--; } // Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements @@ -1756,7 +1977,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)) return false; IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? - if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) + if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) return false; // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api @@ -1799,18 +2020,15 @@ void ImGui::EndComboPreview() } // Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] -static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +static const char* Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) { const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; - if (out_text) - *out_text = items[idx]; - return true; + return items[idx]; } // Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0" -static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +static const char* Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx) { - // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; int items_count = 0; const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; @@ -1821,22 +2039,18 @@ static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) p += strlen(p) + 1; items_count++; } - if (!*p) - return false; - if (out_text) - *out_text = p; - return true; + return *p ? p : NULL; } // Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo() const char* preview_value = NULL; if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) - items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value); + preview_value = getter(user_data, *current_item); // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) @@ -1846,27 +2060,30 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi return false; // Display items - // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) bool value_changed = false; - for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) - { - PushID(i); - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items_count); + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - value_changed = true; - *current_item = i; + const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i); + if (item_text == NULL) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + + PushID(i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i) + { + value_changed = true; + *current_item = i; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); } - if (item_selected) - SetItemDefaultFocus(); - PopID(); - } EndCombo(); - if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); @@ -1894,13 +2111,37 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa return value_changed; } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +struct ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData { void* UserData; bool (*OldCallback)(void*, int, const char**); }; +static const char* ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback(void* user_data, int idx) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData* data = (ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData*)user_data; + const char* s = NULL; + data->OldCallback(data->UserData, idx, &s); + return s; +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter }; + return ListBox(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, height_in_items); +} +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter }; + return Combo(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, popup_max_height_in_items); +} + +#endif + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - DataTypeGetInfo() // - DataTypeFormatString() // - DataTypeApplyOp() -// - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeApplyFromText() // - DataTypeCompare() // - DataTypeClamp() // - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision @@ -1924,6 +2165,7 @@ static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = #endif { sizeof(float), "float", "%.3f","%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double + { sizeof(bool), "bool", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_Bool }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -2008,20 +2250,28 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. -bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty) { + // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); + ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) buf++; if (!buf[0]) + { + if (p_data_when_empty != NULL) + { + memcpy(p_data, p_data_when_empty, type_info->Size); + return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; + } return false; - - // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); - ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; - memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + } // Sanitize format - // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + // - In theory could treat empty format as using default, but this would only cover rare/bizarre case of using InputScalar() + integer + format string without %. char format_sanitized[32]; if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; @@ -2106,6 +2356,12 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_m return false; } +bool ImGui::DataTypeIsZero(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, &g.DataTypeZeroValue) == 0; +} + static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) { static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; @@ -2164,12 +2420,13 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); + const bool is_bounded = (v_min < v_max) || ((v_min == v_max) && (v_min != 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange))); + const bool is_wrapped = is_bounded && (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); // Default tweak speed - if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) + if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_bounded && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio); // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings @@ -2182,12 +2439,12 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (g.IO.KeyShift) adjust_delta *= 10.0f; } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); - const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 10.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } @@ -2203,8 +2460,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Clear current value on activation // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. - bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; - bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); + const bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; + const bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_bounded && !is_wrapped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) { g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; @@ -2262,13 +2519,24 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0) v_cur = (TYPE)0; - // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) - if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) + if (*v != v_cur && is_bounded) { - if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) - v_cur = v_min; - if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) - v_cur = v_max; + if (is_wrapped) + { + // Wrap values + if (v_cur < v_min) + v_cur += v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1); + if (v_cur > v_max) + v_cur -= v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1); + } + else + { + // Clamp values + handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types. + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) + v_cur = v_min; + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) + v_cur = v_max; + } } // Apply result @@ -2281,7 +2549,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. - IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId == id) @@ -2289,7 +2557,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) ClearActiveID(); - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + else if ((g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) ClearActiveID(); } if (g.ActiveId != id) @@ -2341,26 +2609,25 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked)) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id; + g.NavActivateId = id; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; temp_input_is_active = true; } @@ -2376,9 +2643,17 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (temp_input_is_active) { - // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set - const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0); - return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput is set (generally via ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) + bool clamp_enabled = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput) && (p_min != NULL || p_max != NULL)) + { + const int clamp_range_dir = (p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL) ? DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) : 0; // -1 when *p_min < *p_max, == 0 when *p_min == *p_max + if (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || clamp_range_dir < 0) + clamp_enabled = true; + else if (clamp_range_dir == 0) + clamp_enabled = DataTypeIsZero(data_type, p_min) ? ((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange) != 0) : true; + } + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, clamp_enabled ? p_min : NULL, clamp_enabled ? p_max : NULL); } // Draw frame @@ -2401,7 +2676,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0)); return value_changed; } @@ -2704,14 +2979,14 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + const float v_range_f = (float)(v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); // We don't need high precision for what we do with it. // Calculate bounds const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range_f >= 0.0f) // v_range_f < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax(slider_sz / (v_range_f + 1), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; @@ -2758,7 +3033,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ set_new_value = true; } } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { @@ -2780,8 +3055,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) - input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + if ((v_range_f >= -100.0f && v_range_f <= 100.0f && v_range_f != 0.0f) || tweak_slow) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / v_range_f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else input_delta /= 100.0f; } @@ -2828,6 +3103,10 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } } + if (set_new_value) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + set_new_value = false; + if (set_new_value) { TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); @@ -2871,12 +3150,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. - IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); - - // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) - return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround) == 0); // Not supported by SliderXXX(), only by DragXXX() switch (data_type) { @@ -2934,18 +3209,17 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); + const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && clicked) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) @@ -2959,9 +3233,9 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (temp_input_is_active) { - // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set - const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0; - return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput is set (generally via ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) + const bool clamp_enabled = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput) != 0; + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, clamp_enabled ? p_min : NULL, clamp_enabled ? p_max : NULL); } // Draw frame @@ -2989,7 +3263,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0)); return value_changed; } @@ -3101,9 +3375,9 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); - if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); + if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id) { if (clicked) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); @@ -3204,7 +3478,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) } // Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations -// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt +// fmt = "blah blah" -> return "" // fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt // fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 // fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" @@ -3212,7 +3486,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_ { const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); if (fmt_start[0] != '%') - return fmt; + return ""; const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. return fmt_start; @@ -3237,7 +3511,7 @@ void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate } -// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields and flags "%+3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) { const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); @@ -3248,7 +3522,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, while (fmt_in < fmt_end) { char c = *fmt_in++; - if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.' || c == '+' || c == '#')) continue; has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. @@ -3297,6 +3571,8 @@ int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) // Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets) // FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations. +// FIXME: Among other things, setting ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId in LastItemData is currently correct but +// the expected relationship between TempInputXXX functions and LastItemData is a little fishy. bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id. @@ -3307,6 +3583,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* ClearActiveID(); g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + g.LastItemData.InFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId; bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem); if (init) { @@ -3317,38 +3594,34 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* return value_changed; } -static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; - return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; -} - // Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! // This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) { + // FIXME: May need to clarify display behavior if format doesn't contain %. + // "%d" -> "%d" / "There are %d items" -> "%d" / "items" -> "%d" (fallback). Also see #6405 + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); char fmt_buf[32]; char data_buf[32]; format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); + if (format[0] == 0) + format = type_info->PrintFmt; DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); - ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint; bool value_changed = false; if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { // Backup old value - size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; - ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size; + ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup; memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp - DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format); + DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format, NULL); if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) { if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) @@ -3364,6 +3637,13 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG return value_changed; } +void ImGui::SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal; + memcpy(&g.NextItemData.RefVal, p_data, DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size); +} + // Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional. // Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) @@ -3378,16 +3658,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + void* p_data_default = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal) ? &g.NextItemData.RefVal : &g.DataTypeZeroValue; + char buf[64]; - DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal) && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, p_data_default) == 0) + buf[0] = 0; + else + DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + flags |= (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint; bool value_changed = false; - if (p_step != NULL) + if (p_step == NULL) + { + if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL); + } + else { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -3395,8 +3683,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(label); SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable); // Step buttons const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; @@ -3430,11 +3718,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PopID(); EndGroup(); } - else - { - if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); - } if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); @@ -3478,7 +3761,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } @@ -3521,13 +3803,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - imstb_textedit.h include // - InputText() // - InputTextWithHint() // - InputTextMultiline() @@ -3538,6 +3820,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_f // - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace ImStb +{ +#include "imstb_textedit.h" +} + bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() @@ -3555,21 +3842,28 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, si return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } +// This is only used in the path where the multiline widget is inactivate. static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) { int line_count = 0; const char* s = text_begin; - while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding - if (c == '\n') - line_count++; - s--; - if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') + while (true) + { + const char* s_eol = strchr(s, '\n'); line_count++; + if (s_eol == NULL) + { + s = s + strlen(s); + break; + } + s = s_eol + 1; + } *out_text_end = s; return line_count; } -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +// FIXME: Ideally we'd share code with ImFont::CalcTextSizeA() +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSize(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; ImFont* font = g.Font; @@ -3579,10 +3873,15 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begi ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; - const ImWchar* s = text_begin; + const char* s = text_begin; while (s < text_end) { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; + if (c < 0x80) + s += 1; + else + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); + if (c == '\n') { text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); @@ -3595,7 +3894,7 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begi if (c == '\r') continue; - const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale; + const float char_width = ((int)c < font->IndexAdvanceX.Size ? font->IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : font->FallbackAdvanceX) * scale; line_width += char_width; } @@ -3615,19 +3914,21 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begi } // Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) +// With our UTF-8 use of stb_textedit: +// - STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR is nothing more than a a "GETBYTE". It's only used to compare to ascii or to copy blocks of text so we are fine. +// - One exception is the STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE feature which would expect a full char in order to handle full-width space such as 0x3000 (see ImCharIsBlankW). +// - ...but we don't use that feature. namespace ImStb { - -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenA; } +static char STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= obj->CurLenA); return obj->TextA[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { unsigned int c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, obj->TextA.Data + line_start_idx + char_idx, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); if ((ImWchar)c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * g.FontScale; } +static char STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) { - const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; - const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; - const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + const char* text = obj->TextA.Data; + const char* text_remaining = NULL; + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSize(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenA, &text_remaining, NULL, true); r->x0 = 0.0f; r->x1 = size.x; r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; @@ -3636,61 +3937,138 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* ob r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); } -// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX_IMPL +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX_IMPL + +static int IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if (idx >= obj->CurLenA) + return obj->CurLenA + 1; + unsigned int c; + return idx + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, obj->TextA.Data + idx, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); +} + +static int IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if (idx <= 0) + return -1; + const char* p = ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(obj->TextA.Data, obj->TextA.Data + idx); + return (int)(p - obj->TextA.Data); +} + +static bool ImCharIsSeparatorW(unsigned int c) +{ + static const unsigned int separator_list[] = + { + ',', 0x3001, '.', 0x3002, ';', 0xFF1B, '(', 0xFF08, ')', 0xFF09, '{', 0xFF5B, '}', 0xFF5D, + '[', 0x300C, ']', 0x300D, '|', 0xFF5C, '!', 0xFF01, '\\', 0xFFE5, '/', 0x30FB, 0xFF0F, + '\n', '\r', + }; + for (unsigned int separator : separator_list) + if (c == separator) + return true; + return false; +} + +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + // When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. + if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0) + return 0; + + const char* curr_p = obj->TextA.Data + idx; + const char* prev_p = ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(obj->TextA.Data, curr_p); + unsigned int curr_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&curr_c, curr_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + unsigned int prev_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&prev_c, prev_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + + bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(prev_c); + bool prev_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(prev_c); + bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(curr_c); + bool curr_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(curr_c); + return ((prev_white || prev_separ) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ); +} +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0) + return 0; + + const char* curr_p = obj->TextA.Data + idx; + const char* prev_p = ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(obj->TextA.Data, curr_p); + unsigned int prev_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&prev_c, curr_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + unsigned int curr_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&curr_c, prev_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + + bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(prev_c); + bool prev_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(prev_c); + bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(curr_c); + bool curr_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(curr_c); + return ((prev_white) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ); +} +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; +} +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + int len = obj->CurLenA; + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + return idx > len ? len : idx; +} +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + int len = obj->CurLenA; + while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + return idx > len ? len : idx; +} static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); } -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) { - ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; + char* dst = obj->TextA.Data + pos; - // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats obj->Edited = true; - obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); - obj->CurLenW -= n; + obj->CurLenA -= n; // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove) - const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n; - while (ImWchar c = *src++) + const char* src = obj->TextA.Data + pos + n; + while (char c = *src++) *dst++ = c; *dst = '\0'; } -static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const char* new_text, int new_text_len) { const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; - const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; + const int text_len = obj->CurLenA; IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); - const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); - if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) + if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) return false; // Grow internal buffer if needed - if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size) + if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextA.Size) { if (!is_resizable) return false; - IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size); - obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); + obj->TextA.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); } - ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + char* text = obj->TextA.Data; if (pos != text_len) - memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos)); + memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len); obj->Edited = true; - obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; - obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; - obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; + obj->CurLenA += new_text_len; + obj->TextA[obj->CurLenA] = '\0'; return true; } @@ -3714,15 +4092,16 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #include "imstb_textedit.h" // stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling // the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) -static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) { - stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); - ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenA, text_len); + ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenA); state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; if (text_len <= 0) return; @@ -3737,13 +4116,49 @@ static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* st } // namespace ImStb +// We added an extra indirection where 'Stb' is heap-allocated, in order facilitate the work of bindings generators. +ImGuiInputTextState::ImGuiInputTextState() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Stb = IM_NEW(ImStbTexteditState); +} + +ImGuiInputTextState::~ImGuiInputTextState() +{ + IM_DELETE(Stb); +} + void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key) { - stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key); + stb_textedit_key(this, Stb, key); CursorFollow = true; CursorAnimReset(); } +void ImGuiInputTextState::OnCharPressed(unsigned int c) +{ + // Convert the key to a UTF8 byte sequence. + // The changes we had to make to stb_textedit_key made it very much UTF-8 specific which is not too great. + char utf8[5]; + ImTextCharToUtf8(utf8, c); + stb_textedit_text(this, Stb, utf8, (int)strlen(utf8)); + CursorFollow = true; + CursorAnimReset(); +} + +// Those functions are not inlined in imgui_internal.h, allowing us to hide ImStbTexteditState from that header. +void ImGuiInputTextState::CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking +void ImGuiInputTextState::CursorClamp() { Stb->cursor = ImMin(Stb->cursor, CurLenA); Stb->select_start = ImMin(Stb->select_start, CurLenA); Stb->select_end = ImMin(Stb->select_end, CurLenA); } +bool ImGuiInputTextState::HasSelection() const { return Stb->select_start != Stb->select_end; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ClearSelection() { Stb->select_start = Stb->select_end = Stb->cursor; } +int ImGuiInputTextState::GetCursorPos() const { return Stb->cursor; } +int ImGuiInputTextState::GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb->select_start; } +int ImGuiInputTextState::GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb->select_end; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::SelectAll() { Stb->select_start = 0; Stb->cursor = Stb->select_end = CurLenA; Stb->has_preferred_x = 0; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = 0; ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = Stb->select_start; ReloadSelectionEnd = Stb->select_end; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; } + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); @@ -3772,6 +4187,10 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) { + // Accept null ranges + if (new_text == new_text_end) + return; + const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) @@ -3780,7 +4199,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons return; // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data); @@ -3803,9 +4222,8 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons } // Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard) { - IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); unsigned int c = *p_char; // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) @@ -3813,14 +4231,14 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) - pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); + pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) + pass |= (c == '\t') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) != 0; if (!pass) return false; apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted. } - if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard) + if (input_source_is_clipboard == false) { // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) if (c == 127) @@ -3836,16 +4254,19 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f return false; // Generic named filters - if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))) + if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint))) { // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'. // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. // Change the default decimal_point with: - // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // ImGui::GetPlatformIO()->Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformIO.Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint; + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint)) + if (c == '.' || c == ',') + c = c_decimal_point; // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may @@ -3884,8 +4305,9 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // Custom callback filter if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; callback_data.Flags = flags; @@ -3905,34 +4327,52 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly. static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data; - const int old_length = state->CurLenW; - const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); - g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; - ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); - - const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length); + const char* old_buf = state->CallbackTextBackup.Data; + const int old_length = state->CallbackTextBackup.Size - 1; + + const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length_a); int first_diff; for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++) - if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff]) + if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf_a[first_diff]) break; - if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length) + if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length_a) return; - int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; - int new_last_diff = new_length - 1; + int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; + int new_last_diff = new_length_a - 1; for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--) - if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff]) + if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf_a[new_last_diff]) break; const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + if (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb->undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) - p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); + p[i] = old_buf[first_diff + i]; +} + +// As InputText() retain textual data and we currently provide a path for user to not retain it (via local variables) +// we need some form of hook to reapply data back to user buffer on deactivation frame. (#4714) +// It would be more desirable that we discourage users from taking advantage of the "user not retaining data" trick, +// but that more likely be attractive when we do have _NoLiveEdit flag available. +void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputTextState* state = &g.InputTextState; + if (id == 0 || state->ID != id) + return; + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID; + if (state->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + { + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(0); // In theory this data won't be used, but clear to be neat. + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(state->TextA.Data != 0); + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); + memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1); + } } // Edit a string of text @@ -3959,12 +4399,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false; const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; - const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; - const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; - const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; - const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; - if (is_resizable) - IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar) BeginGroup(); @@ -3978,7 +4412,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; - ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0; ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup; if (is_multiline) { @@ -3989,17 +4422,25 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ EndGroup(); return false; } - item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; item_data_backup = g.LastItemData; window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos; + // Prevent NavActivation from Tabbing when our widget accepts Tab inputs: this allows cycling through widgets without stopping. + if (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) + g.NavActivateId = 0; + + // Prevent NavActivate reactivating in BeginChild() when we are already active. + const ImGuiID backup_activate_id = g.NavActivateId; + if (g.ActiveId == id) // Prevent reactivation + g.NavActivateId = 0; + // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. - // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre. PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges - bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id; PopStyleVar(3); PopStyleColor(); if (!child_visible) @@ -4020,17 +4461,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) return false; - item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (hovered) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput); // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly; + const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; + const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; + const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; + const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + if (is_resizable) + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! + + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); @@ -4040,35 +4488,40 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; - const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); - const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); + const bool init_reload_from_user_buf = (state != NULL && state->ReloadUserBuf); + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb->single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state. + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); - if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) + if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs || init_reload_from_user_buf) { // Access state even if we don't own it yet. state = &g.InputTextState; state->CursorAnimReset(); + state->ReloadUserBuf = false; + + // Backup state of deactivating item so they'll have a chance to do a write to output buffer on the same frame they report IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit (#4714) + InputTextDeactivateHook(state->ID); - // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) - // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) + // From the moment we focused we are normally ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); - state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. - memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + if (!init_reload_from_user_buf) + { + // Take a copy of the initial buffer value. + state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + } // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? - bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); - if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) + // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differentiate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? + bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs && !init_reload_from_user_buf); + if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) recycle_state = false; // Start edition - const char* buf_end = NULL; state->ID = id; - state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. - state->TextA.resize(0); - state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) - state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. + state->TextA.resize(buf_size + 1); // we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + state->CurLenA = (int)strlen(buf); + memcpy(state->TextA.Data, buf, state->CurLenA + 1); if (recycle_state) { @@ -4078,24 +4531,31 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - state->ScrollX = 0.0f; - stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); + state->Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + stb_textedit_initialize_state(state->Stb, !is_multiline); } - if (!is_multiline) + if (init_reload_from_user_buf) + { + state->Stb->select_start = state->ReloadSelectionStart; + state->Stb->cursor = state->Stb->select_end = state->ReloadSelectionEnd; + state->CursorClamp(); + } + else if (!is_multiline) { if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) select_all = true; if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState))) select_all = true; - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl) select_all = true; } if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) - state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) + state->Stb->insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) } + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) { IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id); @@ -4106,20 +4566,31 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (g.ActiveId == id) { // Declare some inputs, the other are registered and polled via Shortcut() routing system. + // FIXME: The reason we don't use Shortcut() is we would need a routing flag to specify multiple mods, or to all mods combinaison into individual shortcuts. + const ImGuiKey always_owned_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKey_End }; + for (ImGuiKey key : always_owned_keys) + SetKeyOwner(key, id); if (user_clicked) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) + { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id); - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, id); + } if (is_multiline) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id); } - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Tab, id); + // FIXME: May be a problem to always steal Alt on OSX, would ideally still allow an uninterrupted Alt down-up to toggle menu + if (is_osx) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id); + + // Expose scroll in a manner that is agnostic to us using a child window + if (is_multiline && state != NULL) + state->Scroll.y = draw_window->Scroll.y; } // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) @@ -4136,20 +4607,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ bool value_changed = false; bool validated = false; - // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function - // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( - if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection)) - { - const char* buf_end = NULL; - state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); - state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); - state->CursorClamp(); - render_selection &= state->HasSelection(); - } - // Select the buffer to render. - const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid; + const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state; const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph @@ -4169,11 +4628,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process mouse inputs and character inputs - int backup_current_text_length = 0; if (g.ActiveId == id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; state->Edited = false; state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; state->Flags = flags; @@ -4181,13 +4638,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; - g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Edit in progress - const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; + const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->Scroll.x; const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); - const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (select_all) { state->SelectAll(); @@ -4195,34 +4650,34 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift) { - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_click(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2); if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0) { // Double-click: Select word // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant: // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS) - const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n'; - if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol) + const bool is_bol = (state->Stb->cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb->cursor - 1) == '\n'; + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state->Stb) || !is_bol) state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb)) - ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb); - state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor); - state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor; - ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb); + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state->Stb)) + ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state->Stb); + state->Stb->cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb->cursor); + state->Stb->select_end = state->Stb->cursor; + ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, state->Stb); } else { // Triple-click: Select line - const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n'; + const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb->cursor) == '\n'; state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART); state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); if (!is_eol && is_multiline) { - ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); - state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end; + ImSwap(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end); + state->Stb->cursor = state->Stb->select_end; } state->CursorFollow = false; } @@ -4233,15 +4688,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (hovered) { if (io.KeyShift) - stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_drag(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); else - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_click(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); } } else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) { - stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_drag(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); state->CursorFollow = true; } @@ -4250,16 +4705,25 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) - const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && !is_readonly) { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id)) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnCharPressed(c); + } + // FIXME: Implement Shift+Tab + /* + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id)) + { + } + */ } // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. + const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl); if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) { if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav) @@ -4269,8 +4733,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnCharPressed(c); } // Consume characters @@ -4285,30 +4749,30 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); - state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; + state->Stb->row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); - const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl - const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End + const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText) // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active. const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; - const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly; - const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, f_repeat) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id); + const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id); // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true); const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)); - const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, f_repeat) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id, f_repeat)); + const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, f_repeat, id) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, f_repeat, id)); // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of. + // FIXME-OSX: Missing support for Alt(option)+Right/Left = go to end of line, or next line if already in end of line. if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } @@ -4317,14 +4781,23 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + { + // OSX doesn't seem to have Super+Delete to delete until end-of-line, so we don't emulate that (as opposed to Super+Backspace) + if (is_wordmove_key_down) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); + } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) { if (!state->HasSelection()) { if (is_wordmove_key_down) state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) + else if (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper) state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); } state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); @@ -4344,15 +4817,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (!is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnCharPressed(c); } } else if (is_cancel) { if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { - if (state->CurLenA > 0) + if (buf[0] != 0) { revert_edit = true; } @@ -4381,22 +4854,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (is_cut || is_copy) { // Cut, Copy - if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn != NULL) { - const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0; - const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW; - const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1; - char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char)); - ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie); - SetClipboardText(clipboard_data); - MemFree(clipboard_data); + const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end) : 0; + const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end) : state->CurLenA; + + char backup = state->TextA.Data[ie]; + state->TextA.Data[ie] = 0; // A bit of a hack since SetClipboardText only takes null terminated strings + SetClipboardText(state->TextA.Data + ib); + state->TextA.Data[ie] = backup; } if (is_cut) { if (!state->HasSelection()) state->SelectAll(); state->CursorFollow = true; - stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb); + stb_textedit_cut(state, state->Stb); } } else if (is_paste) @@ -4405,22 +4878,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { // Filter pasted buffer const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); - ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + char* clipboard_filtered = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_len + 1); int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; - for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) + for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; ) { unsigned int c; - s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (c == 0) - break; - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) + int len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); + s += len; + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, true)) continue; - clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; + memcpy(clipboard_filtered + clipboard_filtered_len, s - len, len); + clipboard_filtered_len += len; } clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation { - stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); + stb_textedit_paste(state, state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); state->CursorFollow = true; } MemFree(clipboard_filtered); @@ -4442,38 +4915,31 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { // Clear input + IM_ASSERT(buf[0] != 0); apply_new_text = ""; apply_new_text_length = 0; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; - stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); + value_changed = true; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; + stb_textedit_replace(state, state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); } else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) { - // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. - // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; - ImVector w_text; - if (apply_new_text_length > 0) - { - w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length); - } - stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0); - } - } - // Apply ASCII value - if (!is_readonly) - { - state->TextAIsValid = true; - state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. + // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself + value_changed = true; + stb_textedit_replace(state, state->Stb, state->InitialTextA.Data, state->InitialTextA.Size - 1); + } } - // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer + // before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. - // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage + // (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object + // unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { @@ -4490,7 +4956,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, 0, id)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -4517,11 +4983,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (event_flag) { ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + // FIXME-OPT: Undo stack reconcile needs a backup of the data until we rework API, see #7925 + state->CallbackTextBackup.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); + memcpy(state->CallbackTextBackup.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1); + char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; callback_data.EventKey = event_key; callback_data.Buf = callback_buf; @@ -4529,11 +4999,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; callback_data.BufDirty = false; - // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) - ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data; - const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor); - const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start); - const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end); + const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = state->Stb->cursor; + const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = state->Stb->select_start; + const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = state->Stb->select_end; // Call user code callback(&callback_data); @@ -4544,18 +5012,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb->cursor = callback_data.CursorPos; state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb->select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb->cursor : callback_data.SelectionStart; } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb->select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb->select_start : callback_data.SelectionEnd; } if (buf_dirty) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); + // Callback may update buffer and thus set buf_dirty even in read-only mode. IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? - if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) - state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize - state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() + state->TextA.Size = state->CurLenA + 1; state->CursorAnimReset(); } } @@ -4566,20 +5032,35 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; + value_changed = true; } } } + // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details) + if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id) + { + if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly && strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0) + { + apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1; + value_changed = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text); + } + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0; + } + // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id) if (apply_new_text != NULL) { - // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size - // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used - // without any storage on user's side. + //// We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + //// of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + //// without any storage on user's side. IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); if (is_resizable) { ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.Buf = buf; @@ -4596,12 +5077,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); - value_changed = true; } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) - if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + // Otherwise request text input ahead for next frame. + if (g.ActiveId == id && clear_active_id) ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Render frame if (!is_multiline) @@ -4641,52 +5124,40 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. - const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data; + const char* text_begin = state->TextA.Data; + const char* text_end = text_begin + state->CurLenA; ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; { - // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions. - const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL }; - int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 }; - int searches_remaining = 0; - if (render_cursor) - { - searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor; - searches_result_line_no[0] = -1; - searches_remaining++; - } - if (render_selection) + // Find lines numbers straddling cursor and selection min position + int cursor_line_no = render_cursor ? -1 : -1000; + int selmin_line_no = render_selection ? -1 : -1000; + const char* cursor_ptr = render_cursor ? text_begin + state->Stb->cursor : NULL; + const char* selmin_ptr = render_selection ? text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end) : NULL; + + // Count lines and find line number for cursor and selection ends + int line_count = 1; + if (is_multiline) { - searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); - searches_result_line_no[1] = -1; - searches_remaining++; - } - - // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers - // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. - searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; - int line_count = 0; - //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++) // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit - for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) - if (*s == '\n') + for (const char* s = text_begin; (s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', (size_t)(text_end - s))) != NULL; s++) { + if (cursor_line_no == -1 && s >= cursor_ptr) { cursor_line_no = line_count; } + if (selmin_line_no == -1 && s >= selmin_ptr) { selmin_line_no = line_count; } line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } - if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } } - line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1) - searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; - if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1) - searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; + } + if (cursor_line_no == -1) + cursor_line_no = line_count; + if (selmin_line_no == -1) + selmin_line_no = line_count; // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance - cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; - cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize; - if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0) + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSize(&g, ImStrbol(cursor_ptr, text_begin), cursor_ptr).x; + cursor_offset.y = cursor_line_no * g.FontSize; + if (selmin_line_no >= 0) { - select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; - select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize; + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSize(&g, ImStrbol(selmin_ptr, text_begin), selmin_ptr).x; + select_start_offset.y = selmin_line_no * g.FontSize; } // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) @@ -4702,14 +5173,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; - if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); - else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); + if (cursor_offset.x < state->Scroll.x) + state->Scroll.x = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); + else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->Scroll.x) + state->Scroll.x = IM_TRUNC(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); } else { - state->ScrollX = 0.0f; + state->Scroll.y = 0.0f; } // Vertical scroll @@ -4730,43 +5201,41 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Draw selection - const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f); + const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->Scroll.x, 0.0f); if (render_selection) { - const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); - const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + const char* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end); + const char* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end); ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests. float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll; - for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) + for (const char* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) { if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) break; if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) { - //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit - //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; - while (p < text_selected_end) - if (*p++ == '\n') - break; + p = (const char*)memchr((void*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); + p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; } else { - ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); - if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSize(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_TRUNC(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); + rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x; } - rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x; rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; } } // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash. + // FIXME-OPT: Multiline could submit a smaller amount of contents to AddText() since we already iterated through it. if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) { ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text); @@ -4778,7 +5247,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImTrunc(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); @@ -4814,18 +5283,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_multiline) { - // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)... + // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (see #4761, #7870)... Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= (ImGuiItemFlags)ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; EndChild(); item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active... // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window. EndGroup(); - if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0) + if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0 || g.LastItemData.ID != GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y)) { g.LastItemData.ID = id; g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags; @@ -4846,7 +5313,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) MarkItemEdited(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) return validated; else @@ -4857,27 +5324,26 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; + ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = state->Stb; ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID); - Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x); Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); - if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 10), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) // Visualize undo state { PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + for (int n = 0; n < IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) { ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; if (undo_rec_type == ' ') BeginDisabled(); - char buf[64] = ""; - if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) - ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length); - Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"", - undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf); + const int buf_preview_len = (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) ? undo_rec->insert_length : 0; + const char* buf_preview_str = undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage; + Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%.*s\"", + undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf_preview_len, buf_preview_str); if (undo_rec_type == ' ') EndDisabled(); } @@ -4909,28 +5375,32 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); } +static void ColorEditRestoreH(const float* col, float* H) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0); + if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + return; + *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue; +} + // ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation. // Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting. static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) { - // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined. - // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one. - // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined. - // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision. - // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined, - // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0); + if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) return; // When S == 0, H is undefined. // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0. - if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1)) - *H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditSavedHue == 1)) + *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue; // When V == 0, S is undefined. if (*V == 0.0f) - *S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + *S = g.ColorEditSavedSat; } // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). @@ -4945,14 +5415,15 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - const float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); - const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button; const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); BeginGroup(); PushID(label); + const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back(); // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; @@ -4979,6 +5450,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; + const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const float w_inputs = ImMax(w_full - w_button, 1.0f); + w_full = w_inputs + w_button; // Convert to the formats we need float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; @@ -4986,7 +5460,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) { - // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]); } @@ -5002,10 +5476,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + const float w_items = w_inputs - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1); - const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); + const bool hide_prefix = (IM_TRUNC(w_items / components) <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = { @@ -5021,11 +5494,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag }; const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1; + float prev_split = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) { if (n > 0) SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last); + float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * (n + 1) / components); + SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(next_split - prev_split, 1.0f)); + prev_split = next_split; // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) @@ -5050,7 +5526,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag else ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255)); SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); - if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) + if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) { value_changed = true; char* p = buf; @@ -5125,10 +5601,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) { - g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; - g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; + g.ColorEditSavedHue = f[0]; + g.ColorEditSavedSat = f[1]; ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); + g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID; + g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); @@ -5140,12 +5617,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag col[3] = f[3]; } + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0; PopID(); EndGroup(); // Drag and Drop Target // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) { bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) @@ -5210,9 +5689,13 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; const float width = CalcItemWidth(); + const bool is_readonly = ((g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | g.CurrentItemFlags) & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); PushID(label); + const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back(); BeginGroup(); if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) @@ -5241,7 +5724,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f); + float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_TRUNC(bars_width * 0.20f); float backup_initial_col[4]; memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); @@ -5261,7 +5744,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2]; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { - // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); } @@ -5277,7 +5760,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; @@ -5312,14 +5795,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // SV rectangle logic InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); - - // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. - if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + ColorEditRestoreH(col, &H); // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) @@ -5328,7 +5808,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = value_changed_h = true; @@ -5394,9 +5874,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - g.ColorEditLastHue = H; - g.ColorEditLastSat = S; - g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); + g.ColorEditSavedHue = H; + g.ColorEditSavedSat = S; + g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID; + g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -5411,7 +5892,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) @@ -5498,7 +5979,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f); float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; - int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); + int hue_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(hue_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); @@ -5508,13 +5989,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); + draw_list->PrimReserve(3, 3); draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0); draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f); sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); } @@ -5536,10 +6014,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) - float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); + float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? wheel_thickness * 0.55f : wheel_thickness * 0.40f; + int sv_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(sv_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, sv_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, sv_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, sv_cursor_segments); // Render alpha bar if (alpha_bar) @@ -5560,6 +6039,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0; PopID(); return value_changed; @@ -5643,7 +6124,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl } // Tooltip - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); return pressed; @@ -5673,7 +6154,8 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) { @@ -5710,6 +6192,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { @@ -5752,6 +6235,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) g.ColorEditOptions = opts; EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) @@ -5761,6 +6245,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; if (allow_opt_picker) { ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function @@ -5790,6 +6275,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -5830,7 +6316,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None, label, NULL); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5848,8 +6335,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, NULL); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -5876,9 +6363,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); const char* label, *label_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5887,24 +6375,32 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); const char* label, *label_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + return storage->GetInt(storage_id, 0) != 0; } -void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; - storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); + storage->SetInt(storage_id, open ? 1 : 0); } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; - // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function) + // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks, or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; @@ -5915,16 +6411,16 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(storage_id, is_open); } else { // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. - const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); + const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(storage_id, -1); if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(storage_id, is_open); } else { @@ -5934,7 +6430,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) } else { - is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; + is_open = storage->GetInt(storage_id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; } // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). @@ -5945,6 +6441,23 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) return is_open; } +// Store ImGuiTreeNodeStackData for just submitted node. +// Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase. +static void TreeNodeStoreStackData(ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + g.TreeNodeStack.resize(g.TreeNodeStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data = &g.TreeNodeStack.back(); + tree_node_data->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; + tree_node_data->TreeFlags = flags; + tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); +} + +// When using public API, currently 'id == storage_id' is always true, but we separate the values to facilitate advanced user code doing storage queries outside of UI loop. bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -5960,55 +6473,89 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it + const float text_width = g.FontSize + label_size.x + padding.x * 2; // Include collapsing arrow + // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2); + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0 && (g.CurrentTable != NULL); ImRect frame_bb; - frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; + frame_bb.Min.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth) ? window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_width + padding.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height; if (display_frame) { - // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect - // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); - frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + const float outer_extend = IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); // Framed header expand a little outside of current limits + frame_bb.Min.x -= outer_extend; + frame_bb.Max.x += outer_extend; } - const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing - const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb; - if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0) - interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f; + if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0) + interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f : 0.0f); - // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. - // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). - // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. - const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); - if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data. + ImGuiID storage_id = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID) ? g.NextItemData.StorageId : id; + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(storage_id, flags); - bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + bool is_visible; + if (span_all_columns) + { + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + is_visible = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; + } + else + { + is_visible = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + } g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; - if (!item_add) + // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled: + // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle. + bool store_tree_node_stack_data = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + store_tree_node_stack_data = true; + } + + const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; + if (!is_visible) { + if (store_tree_node_stack_data && is_open) + TreeNodeStoreStackData(flags); // Call before TreePushOverrideID() if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } + if (span_all_columns) + { + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect; + g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect; + } + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; if (!is_leaf) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; @@ -6018,8 +6565,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x; const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x; const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2); - if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (is_multi_select) // We absolutely need to distinguish open vs select so _OpenOnArrow comes by default + flags |= (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_) == 0 ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow; // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. @@ -6040,6 +6589,20 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0; const bool was_selected = selected; + // Multi-selection support (header) + if (is_multi_select) + { + // Handle multi-select + alter button flags for it + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &selected, &button_flags); + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags = (button_flags | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) & ~ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + } + else + { + if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + } + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); bool toggled = false; @@ -6047,87 +6610,110 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) { - if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) - toggled = true; + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id && !is_multi_select)) + toggled = true; // Single click if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) - toggled = true; + toggled = true; // Double click } else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) { IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold); if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. toggled = true; + else + pressed = false; // Cancel press so it doesn't trigger selection. } if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) { toggled = true; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? { toggled = true; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } if (toggled) { is_open = !is_open; - window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); + window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(storage_id, is_open); g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. - if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + // Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + { + bool pressed_copy = pressed && !toggled; + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &selected, &pressed_copy); + if (pressed) + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, interact_bb); + } + + if (selected != was_selected) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin; - if (display_frame) - { - // Framed type - const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); - else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); - else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text - text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) - frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } - else { - // Unframed typed for tree nodes - if (hovered || selected) + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact; + if (is_multi_select) + nav_highlight_flags |= ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw; // Always show the nav rectangle + if (display_frame) { + // Framed type const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text + text_pos.x -= text_offset_x - padding.x; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) + frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); } - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); - else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); - RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); + else + { + // Unframed typed for tree nodes + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + } + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); + } + + if (span_all_columns) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Label + if (display_frame) + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + else + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } + if (store_tree_node_stack_data && is_open) + TreeNodeStoreStackData(flags); // Call before TreePushOverrideID() if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushOverrideID(id); + TreePushOverrideID(id); // Could use TreePush(label) but this avoid computing twice + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -6166,14 +6752,19 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() window->DC.TreeDepth--; ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); - // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) + if (window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request + { + ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* data = &g.TreeNodeStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(data->ID == window->IDStack.back()); + if (data->TreeFlags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); + // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, data); } - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; + g.TreeNodeStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask &= ~tree_depth_mask; + } IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. PopID(); @@ -6194,7 +6785,17 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) return; g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen; g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open; - g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; + g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always); +} + +// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader storage id. +void ImGui::SetNextItemStorageID(ImGuiID storage_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) + return; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID; + g.NextItemData.StorageId = storage_id; } // CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). @@ -6204,8 +6805,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); } // p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header @@ -6224,7 +6825,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; if (p_visible) - flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags)ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); if (p_visible != NULL) { @@ -6234,8 +6835,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) *p_visible = false; @@ -6253,7 +6854,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl // Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. // But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. -// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. +// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap are also frequently used flags. // FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { @@ -6285,13 +6886,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + // FIXME: Not part of layout so not included in clipper calculation, but ItemSize currently doesn't allow offsetting CursorPos. ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) { const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; - const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); - const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + const float spacing_L = IM_TRUNC(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_TRUNC(spacing_y * 0.50f); bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); @@ -6299,25 +6901,29 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl } //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. - const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; - const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const ImGuiItemFlags extra_item_flags = disabled_item ? (ImGuiItemFlags)ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None; + bool is_visible; if (span_all_columns) { + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + is_visible = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_item_flags); + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } - - const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; - const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); - if (span_all_columns) + else { - window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; - window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; + is_visible = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_item_flags); } - if (!item_add) - return false; + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (!is_visible) + if (!is_multi_select || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipRect.Overlaps(bb)) // Extra layer of "no logic clip" for box-select support (would be more overhead to add to ItemAdd) + return false; const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization @@ -6325,10 +6931,15 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. - if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PushColumnsBackground(); - else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) - TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + if (span_all_columns) + { + if (g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect; + g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect; + } // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; @@ -6337,22 +6948,37 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; } + // Multi-selection support (header) const bool was_selected = selected; + if (is_multi_select) + { + // Handle multi-select + alter button flags for it + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &selected, &button_flags); + } + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - // Auto-select when moved into - // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch - // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control - // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons - // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) - // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items - // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) - if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) - selected = pressed = true; + // Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + { + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &selected, &pressed); + } + else + { + // Auto-select when moved into + // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch + // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control + // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons + // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) + // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items + // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + selected = pressed = true; + } // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) @@ -6366,35 +6992,53 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (pressed) MarkItemEdited(id); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - - // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. - if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + if (selected != was_selected) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - if (hovered || selected) + if (is_visible) { - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + const bool highlighted = hovered || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight); + if (highlighted || selected) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling: Color for 'selected' elements? ImGuiCol_HeaderSelected + ImU32 col; + if (selected && !highlighted) + col = GetColorU32(ImLerp(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Header), GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered), 0.5f)); + else + col = GetColorU32((held && highlighted) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : highlighted ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + } + if (g.NavId == id) + { + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding; + if (is_multi_select) + nav_highlight_flags |= ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw; // Always show the nav rectangle + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + } } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); - if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PopColumnsBackground(); - else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) - TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + if (span_all_columns) + { + if (g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + } - RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + if (is_visible) + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups) && (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups)) CloseCurrentPopup(); if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) EndDisabled(); + // Selectable() always returns a pressed state! + // Users of BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope: you may call ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() to retrieve + // selection toggle, only useful if you need that state updated (e.g. for rendering purpose) before reaching EndMultiSelect(). IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; //-V1020 } @@ -6409,6 +7053,1125 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags return false; } + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Experimental] Currently not exposed in public API. +// Consume character inputs and return search request, if any. +// This would typically only be called on the focused window or location you want to grab inputs for, e.g. +// if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused(...)) +// if (ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req = ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest()) +// focus_idx = ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(req, my_items.size(), [](void*, int n) { return my_items[n]->Name; }, &my_items, -1); +// However the code is written in a way where calling it from multiple locations is safe (e.g. to obtain buffer). +ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTypingSelectState* data = &g.TypingSelectState; + ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* out_request = &data->Request; + + // Clear buffer + const float TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER = 1.80f; // FIXME: Potentially move to IO config. + const int TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK = 4; // Lock single char matching when repeating same char 4 times + if (data->SearchBuffer[0] != 0) + { + bool clear_buffer = false; + clear_buffer |= (g.NavFocusScopeId != data->FocusScope); + clear_buffer |= (data->LastRequestTime + TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER < g.Time); + clear_buffer |= g.NavAnyRequest; + clear_buffer |= g.ActiveId != 0 && g.NavActivateId == 0; // Allow temporary SPACE activation to not interfere + clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter); + clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) == 0; + //if (clear_buffer) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("GetTypingSelectRequest(): Clear SearchBuffer.\n"); } + if (clear_buffer) + data->Clear(); + } + + // Append to buffer + const int buffer_max_len = IM_ARRAYSIZE(data->SearchBuffer) - 1; + int buffer_len = (int)strlen(data->SearchBuffer); + bool select_request = false; + for (ImWchar w : g.IO.InputQueueCharacters) + { + const int w_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(&w, &w + 1); + if (w < 32 || (buffer_len == 0 && ImCharIsBlankW(w)) || (buffer_len + w_len > buffer_max_len)) // Ignore leading blanks + continue; + char w_buf[5]; + ImTextCharToUtf8(w_buf, (unsigned int)w); + if (data->SingleCharModeLock && w_len == out_request->SingleCharSize && memcmp(w_buf, data->SearchBuffer, w_len) == 0) + { + select_request = true; // Same character: don't need to append to buffer. + continue; + } + if (data->SingleCharModeLock) + { + data->Clear(); // Different character: clear + buffer_len = 0; + } + memcpy(data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len, w_buf, w_len + 1); // Append + buffer_len += w_len; + select_request = true; + } + g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + + // Handle backspace + if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + { + char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len); + *p = 0; + buffer_len = (int)(p - data->SearchBuffer); + } + + // Return request if any + if (buffer_len == 0) + return NULL; + if (select_request) + { + data->FocusScope = g.NavFocusScopeId; + data->LastRequestFrame = g.FrameCount; + data->LastRequestTime = (float)g.Time; + } + out_request->Flags = flags; + out_request->SearchBufferLen = buffer_len; + out_request->SearchBuffer = data->SearchBuffer; + out_request->SelectRequest = (data->LastRequestFrame == g.FrameCount); + out_request->SingleCharMode = false; + out_request->SingleCharSize = 0; + + // Calculate if buffer contains the same character repeated. + // - This can be used to implement a special search mode on first character. + // - Performed on UTF-8 codepoint for correctness. + // - SingleCharMode is always set for first input character, because it usually leads to a "next". + if (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode) + { + const char* buf_begin = out_request->SearchBuffer; + const char* buf_end = out_request->SearchBuffer + out_request->SearchBufferLen; + const int c0_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(buf_begin, buf_end); + const char* p = buf_begin + c0_len; + for (; p < buf_end; p += c0_len) + if (memcmp(buf_begin, p, (size_t)c0_len) != 0) + break; + const int single_char_count = (p == buf_end) ? (out_request->SearchBufferLen / c0_len) : 0; + out_request->SingleCharMode = (single_char_count > 0 || data->SingleCharModeLock); + out_request->SingleCharSize = (ImS8)c0_len; + data->SingleCharModeLock |= (single_char_count >= TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK); // From now on we stop search matching to lock to single char mode. + } + + return out_request; +} + +static int ImStrimatchlen(const char* s1, const char* s1_end, const char* s2) +{ + int match_len = 0; + while (s1 < s1_end && ImToUpper(*s1++) == ImToUpper(*s2++)) + match_len++; + return match_len; +} + +// Default handler for finding a result for typing-select. You may implement your own. +// You might want to display a tooltip to visualize the current request SearchBuffer +// When SingleCharMode is set: +// - it is better to NOT display a tooltip of other on-screen display indicator. +// - the index of the currently focused item is required. +// if your SetNextItemSelectionUserData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData. +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) +{ + if (req == NULL || req->SelectRequest == false) // Support NULL parameter so both calls can be done from same spot. + return -1; + int idx = -1; + if (req->SingleCharMode && (req->Flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode)) + idx = TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data, nav_item_idx); + else + idx = TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data); + if (idx != -1) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + return idx; +} + +// Special handling when a single character is repeated: perform search on a single letter and goes to next. +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) +{ + // FIXME: Assume selection user data is index. Would be extremely practical. + //if (nav_item_idx == -1) + // nav_item_idx = (int)g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData; + + int first_match_idx = -1; + bool return_next_match = false; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++) + { + const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx); + if (ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SingleCharSize, item_name) < req->SingleCharSize) + continue; + if (return_next_match) // Return next matching item after current item. + return idx; + if (first_match_idx == -1 && nav_item_idx == -1) // Return first match immediately if we don't have a nav_item_idx value. + return idx; + if (first_match_idx == -1) // Record first match for wrapping. + first_match_idx = idx; + if (nav_item_idx == idx) // Record that we encountering nav_item so we can return next match. + return_next_match = true; + } + return first_match_idx; // First result +} + +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data) +{ + int longest_match_idx = -1; + int longest_match_len = 0; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++) + { + const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx); + const int match_len = ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SearchBufferLen, item_name); + if (match_len <= longest_match_len) + continue; + longest_match_idx = idx; + longest_match_len = match_len; + if (match_len == req->SearchBufferLen) + break; + } + return longest_match_idx; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* data) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + Text("SearchBuffer = \"%s\"", data->SearchBuffer); + Text("SingleCharMode = %d, Size = %d, Lock = %d", data->Request.SingleCharMode, data->Request.SingleCharSize, data->SingleCharModeLock); + Text("LastRequest = time: %.2f, frame: %d", data->LastRequestTime, data->LastRequestFrame); +#else + IM_UNUSED(data); +#endif +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Box-Select support +// This has been extracted away from Multi-Select logic in the hope that it could eventually be used elsewhere, but hasn't been yet. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Extra logic in MultiSelectItemFooter() and ImGuiListClipper::Step() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BoxSelectPreStartDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectActivateDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectDeactivateDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag() [Internal] +// - BeginBoxSelect() [Internal] +// - EndBoxSelect() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Call on the initial click. +static void BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ImGuiID id, ImGuiSelectionUserData clicked_item) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + bs->ID = id; + bs->IsStarting = true; // Consider starting box-select. + bs->IsStartedFromVoid = (clicked_item == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce = bs->IsStartedFromVoid; + bs->KeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + bs->StartPosRel = bs->EndPosRel = ImGui::WindowPosAbsToRel(g.CurrentWindow, g.IO.MousePos); + bs->ScrollAccum = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +static void BoxSelectActivateDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] BeginBoxSelect() 0X%08X: Activate\n", bs->ID); + bs->IsActive = true; + bs->Window = window; + bs->IsStarting = false; + ImGui::SetActiveID(bs->ID, window); + ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + if (bs->IsStartedFromVoid && (bs->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0) + bs->RequestClear = true; +} + +static void BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bs->IsActive = bs->IsStarting = false; + if (g.ActiveId == bs->ID) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] BeginBoxSelect() 0X%08X: Deactivate\n", bs->ID); + ImGui::ClearActiveID(); + } + bs->ID = 0; +} + +static void BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs, ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& inner_r) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(bs->Window == window); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) // each axis + { + const float mouse_pos = g.IO.MousePos[n]; + const float dist = (mouse_pos > inner_r.Max[n]) ? mouse_pos - inner_r.Max[n] : (mouse_pos < inner_r.Min[n]) ? mouse_pos - inner_r.Min[n] : 0.0f; + const float scroll_curr = window->Scroll[n]; + if (dist == 0.0f || (dist < 0.0f && scroll_curr < 0.0f) || (dist > 0.0f && scroll_curr >= window->ScrollMax[n])) + continue; + + const float speed_multiplier = ImLinearRemapClamp(g.FontSize, g.FontSize * 5.0f, 1.0f, 4.0f, ImAbs(dist)); // x1 to x4 depending on distance + const float scroll_step = g.FontSize * 35.0f * speed_multiplier * ImSign(dist) * g.IO.DeltaTime; + bs->ScrollAccum[n] += scroll_step; + + // Accumulate into a stored value so we can handle high-framerate + const float scroll_step_i = ImFloor(bs->ScrollAccum[n]); + if (scroll_step_i == 0.0f) + continue; + if (n == 0) + ImGui::SetScrollX(window, scroll_curr + scroll_step_i); + else + ImGui::SetScrollY(window, scroll_curr + scroll_step_i); + bs->ScrollAccum[n] -= scroll_step_i; + } +} + +bool ImGui::BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + KeepAliveID(box_select_id); + if (bs->ID != box_select_id) + return false; + + // IsStarting is set by MultiSelectItemFooter() when considering a possible box-select. We validate it here and lock geometry. + bs->UnclipMode = false; + bs->RequestClear = false; + if (bs->IsStarting && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0)) + BoxSelectActivateDrag(bs, window); + else if ((bs->IsStarting || bs->IsActive) && g.IO.MouseDown[0] == false) + BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(bs); + if (!bs->IsActive) + return false; + + // Current frame absolute prev/current rectangles are used to toggle selection. + // They are derived from positions relative to scrolling space. + ImVec2 start_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->StartPosRel); + ImVec2 prev_end_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->EndPosRel); // Clamped already + ImVec2 curr_end_pos_abs = g.IO.MousePos; + if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Box-select scrolling only happens with ScopeWindow + curr_end_pos_abs = ImClamp(curr_end_pos_abs, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max); + bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs); + + // Box-select 2D mode detects horizontal changes (vertical ones are already picked by Clipper) + // Storing an extra rect used by widgets supporting box-select. + if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d) + if (bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min.x || bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max.x) + { + bs->UnclipMode = true; + bs->UnclipRect = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev; // FIXME-OPT: UnclipRect x coordinates could be intersection of Prev and Curr rect on X axis. + bs->UnclipRect.Add(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr); + } + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->UnclipRect.Min, bs->UnclipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + IM_ASSERT(bs->IsActive); + bs->UnclipMode = false; + + // Render selection rectangle + bs->EndPosRel = WindowPosAbsToRel(window, ImClamp(g.IO.MousePos, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max)); // Clamp stored position according to current scrolling view + ImRect box_select_r = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr; + box_select_r.ClipWith(scope_rect); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, 0.30f)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling + window->DrawList->AddRect(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling + + // Scroll + const bool enable_scroll = (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll) == 0; + if (enable_scroll) + { + ImRect scroll_r = scope_rect; + scroll_r.Expand(-g.FontSize); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scroll_r.Min, scroll_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!scroll_r.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag(bs, window, scroll_r); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugLogMultiSelectRequests() [Internal] +// - CalcScopeRect() [Internal] +// - BeginMultiSelect() +// - EndMultiSelect() +// - SetNextItemSelectionUserData() +// - MultiSelectItemHeader() [Internal] +// - MultiSelectItemFooter() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeMultiSelectState() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DebugLogMultiSelectRequests(const char* function, const ImGuiMultiSelectIO* io) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(function); + for (const ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] %s: Request: SetAll %d (= %s)\n", function, req.Selected, req.Selected ? "SelectAll" : "Clear"); + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] %s: Request: SetRange %" IM_PRId64 "..%" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "..0x%" IM_PRIX64 ") = %d (dir %d)\n", function, req.RangeFirstItem, req.RangeLastItem, req.RangeFirstItem, req.RangeLastItem, req.Selected, req.RangeDirection); + } +} + +static ImRect CalcScopeRect(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) + { + // Warning: this depends on CursorMaxPos so it means to be called by EndMultiSelect() only + return ImRect(ms->ScopeRectMin, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, ms->ScopeRectMin)); + } + else + { + // When a table, pull HostClipRect, which allows us to predict ClipRect before first row/layout is performed. (#7970) + ImRect scope_rect = window->InnerClipRect; + if (g.CurrentTable != NULL) + scope_rect = g.CurrentTable->HostClipRect; + + // Add inner table decoration (#7821) // FIXME: Why not baking in InnerClipRect? + scope_rect.Min = ImMin(scope_rect.Min + ImVec2(window->DecoInnerSizeX1, window->DecoInnerSizeY1), scope_rect.Max); + return scope_rect; + } +} + +// Return ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// Lifetime: don't hold on ImGuiMultiSelectIO* pointers over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginMultiSelect() or EndMultiSelect(). +// Passing 'selection_size' and 'items_count' parameters is currently optional. +// - 'selection_size' is useful to disable some shortcut routing: e.g. ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape won't claim Escape key when selection_size 0, +// allowing a first press to clear selection THEN the second press to leave child window and return to parent. +// - 'items_count' is stored in ImGuiMultiSelectIO which makes it a convenient way to pass the information to your ApplyRequest() handler (but you may pass it differently). +// - If they are costly for you to compute (e.g. external intrusive selection without maintaining size), you may avoid them and pass -1. +// - If you can easily tell if your selection is empty or not, you may pass 0/1, or you may enable ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape flag dynamically. +ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int selection_size, int items_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (++g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > g.MultiSelectTempData.Size) + g.MultiSelectTempData.resize(g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked, ImGuiMultiSelectTempData()); + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1]; + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData, IO) == 0); // Clear() relies on that. + g.CurrentMultiSelect = ms; + if ((flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) + flags &= ~(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + + // FIXME: BeginFocusScope() + const ImGuiID id = window->IDStack.back(); + ms->Clear(); + ms->FocusScopeId = id; + ms->Flags = flags; + ms->IsFocused = (ms->FocusScopeId == g.NavFocusScopeId); + ms->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + ms->ScopeRectMin = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + PushFocusScope(ms->FocusScopeId); + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Mark parent child window as navigable into, with highlight. Assume user will always submit interactive items. + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + + // Use copy of keyboard mods at the time of the request, otherwise we would requires mods to be held for an extra frame. + ms->KeyMods = g.NavJustMovedToId ? (g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing ? 0 : g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods) : g.IO.KeyMods; + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) + ms->KeyMods &= ~ImGuiMod_Shift; + + // Bind storage + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = g.MultiSelectStorage.GetOrAddByKey(id); + storage->ID = id; + storage->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + storage->LastSelectionSize = selection_size; + storage->Window = window; + ms->Storage = storage; + + // Output to user + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + ms->IO.RangeSrcItem = storage->RangeSrcItem; + ms->IO.NavIdItem = storage->NavIdItem; + ms->IO.NavIdSelected = (storage->NavIdSelected == 1) ? true : false; + ms->IO.ItemsCount = items_count; + + // Clear when using Navigation to move within the scope + // (we compare FocusScopeId so it possible to use multiple selections inside a same window) + bool request_clear = false; + bool request_select_all = false; + if (g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == ms->FocusScopeId && g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData) + { + if (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) + ms->IsKeyboardSetRange = true; + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + IM_ASSERT(storage->RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); // Not ready -> could clear? + if ((ms->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect)) == 0) + request_clear = true; + } + else if (g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId == ms->FocusScopeId) + { + // Also clear on leaving scope (may be optional?) + if ((ms->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect)) == 0) + request_clear = true; + } + + // Box-select handling: update active state. + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + if (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + { + ms->BoxSelectId = GetID("##BoxSelect"); + if (BeginBoxSelect(CalcScopeRect(ms, window), window, ms->BoxSelectId, flags)) + request_clear |= bs->RequestClear; + } + + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + // Shortcut: Clear selection (Escape) + // - Only claim shortcut if selection is not empty, allowing further presses on Escape to e.g. leave current child window. + // - Box select also handle Escape and needs to pass an id to bypass ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys lock. + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape) + { + if (selection_size != 0 || bs->IsActive) + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiInputFlags_None, bs->IsActive ? bs->ID : 0)) + { + request_clear = true; + if (bs->IsActive) + BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(bs); + } + } + + // Shortcut: Select all (CTRL+A) + if (!(flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) && !(flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll)) + if (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A)) + request_select_all = true; + } + + if (request_clear || request_select_all) + { + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, request_select_all); + if (!request_select_all) + storage->LastSelectionSize = 0; + } + ms->LoopRequestSetAll = request_select_all ? 1 : request_clear ? 0 : -1; + ms->LastSubmittedItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) + DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("BeginMultiSelect", &ms->IO); + + return &ms->IO; +} + +// Return updated ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// Lifetime: don't hold on ImGuiMultiSelectIO* pointers over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginMultiSelect() or EndMultiSelect(). +ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::EndMultiSelect() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(ms->FocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId, "EndMultiSelect() FocusScope mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && storage->Window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > 0 && &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1] == g.CurrentMultiSelect); + + ImRect scope_rect = CalcScopeRect(ms, window); + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + // We currently don't allow user code to modify RangeSrcItem by writing to BeginIO's version, but that would be an easy change here. + if (ms->IO.RangeSrcReset || (ms->RangeSrcPassedBy == false && ms->IO.RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)) // Can't read storage->RangeSrcItem here -> we want the state at begining of the scope (see tests for easy failure) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] EndMultiSelect: Reset RangeSrcItem.\n"); // Will set be to NavId. + storage->RangeSrcItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + } + if (ms->NavIdPassedBy == false && storage->NavIdItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] EndMultiSelect: Reset NavIdItem.\n"); + storage->NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + storage->NavIdSelected = -1; + } + + if ((ms->Flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) && GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId)) + EndBoxSelect(scope_rect, ms->Flags); + } + + if (ms->IsEndIO == false) + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + + // Clear selection when clicking void? + // We specifically test for IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false to allow box-selection! + // The InnerRect test is necessary for non-child/decorated windows. + bool scope_hovered = IsWindowHovered() && window->InnerRect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + if (scope_hovered && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + scope_hovered &= scope_rect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + if (scope_hovered && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.ActiveId == 0) + { + if (ms->Flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + { + if (!g.BoxSelectState.IsActive && !g.BoxSelectState.IsStarting && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 1) + { + BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ms->BoxSelectId, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + SetHoveredID(ms->BoxSelectId); + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) + SetNavID(0, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, ms->FocusScopeId, ImRect(g.IO.MousePos, g.IO.MousePos)); // Automatically switch FocusScope for initial click from void to box-select. + } + } + + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid) + if (IsMouseReleased(0) && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false && g.IO.KeyMods == ImGuiMod_None) + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, false); + } + + // Courtesy nav wrapping helper flag + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX) + { + IM_ASSERT(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow); // Only supported at window scope + ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX); + } + + // Unwind + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(ms->BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + PopFocusScope(); + + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) + DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("EndMultiSelect", &ms->IO); + + ms->FocusScopeId = 0; + ms->Flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None; + g.CurrentMultiSelect = (--g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; + + return &ms->IO; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data) +{ + // Note that flags will be cleared by ItemAdd(), so it's only useful for Navigation code! + // This designed so widgets can also cheaply set this before calling ItemAdd(), so we are not tied to MultiSelect api. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData = selection_user_data; + g.NextItemData.FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + + if (ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect) + { + // Auto updating RangeSrcPassedBy for cases were clipper is not used (done before ItemAdd() clipping) + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData | ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect; + if (ms->IO.RangeSrcItem == selection_user_data) + ms->RangeSrcPassedBy = true; + } + else + { + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; + } +} + +// In charge of: +// - Applying SetAll for submitted items. +// - Applying SetRange for submitted items and record end points. +// - Altering button behavior flags to facilitate use with drag and drop. +void ImGui::MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + + bool selected = *p_selected; + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + ImGuiSelectionUserData item_data = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.FocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId && "Forgot to call SetNextItemSelectionUserData() prior to item, required in BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope"); + + // Apply SetAll (Clear/SelectAll) requests requested by BeginMultiSelect(). + // This is only useful if the user hasn't processed them already, and this only works if the user isn't using the clipper. + // If you are using a clipper you need to process the SetAll request after calling BeginMultiSelect() + if (ms->LoopRequestSetAll != -1) + selected = (ms->LoopRequestSetAll == 1); + + // When using SHIFT+Nav: because it can incur scrolling we cannot afford a frame of lag with the selection highlight (otherwise scrolling would happen before selection) + // For this to work, we need someone to set 'RangeSrcPassedBy = true' at some point (either clipper either SetNextItemSelectionUserData() function) + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + { + IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0); + const bool is_range_dst = (ms->RangeDstPassedBy == false) && g.NavJustMovedToId == id; // Assume that g.NavJustMovedToId is not clipped. + if (is_range_dst) + ms->RangeDstPassedBy = true; + if (is_range_dst && storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) // If we don't have RangeSrc, assign RangeSrc = RangeDst + { + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + storage->RangeSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + } + const bool is_range_src = storage->RangeSrcItem == item_data; + if (is_range_src || is_range_dst || ms->RangeSrcPassedBy != ms->RangeDstPassedBy) + { + // Apply range-select value to visible items + IM_ASSERT(storage->RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid && storage->RangeSelected != -1); + selected = (storage->RangeSelected != 0); + } + else if ((ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) == 0 && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear) == 0) + { + // Clear other items + selected = false; + } + } + *p_selected = selected; + } + + // Alter button behavior flags + // To handle drag and drop of multiple items we need to avoid clearing selection on click. + // Enabling this test makes actions using CTRL+SHIFT delay their effect on MouseUp which is annoying, but it allows drag and drop of multiple items. + if (p_button_flags != NULL) + { + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = *p_button_flags; + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus; + if ((!selected || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore)) && !(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease)) + button_flags = (button_flags | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) & ~ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + else + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + *p_button_flags = button_flags; + } +} + +// In charge of: +// - Auto-select on navigation. +// - Box-select toggle handling. +// - Right-click handling. +// - Altering selection based on Ctrl/Shift modifiers, both for keyboard and mouse. +// - Record current selection state for RangeSrc +// This is all rather complex, best to run and refer to "widgets_multiselect_xxx" tests in imgui_test_suite. +void ImGui::MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + bool selected = *p_selected; + bool pressed = *p_pressed; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + if (pressed) + ms->IsFocused = true; + + bool hovered = false; + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) + hovered = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); + if (!ms->IsFocused && !hovered) + return; + + ImGuiSelectionUserData item_data = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; + + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ms->Flags; + const bool is_singleselect = (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) != 0; + bool is_ctrl = (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; + bool is_shift = (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; + + bool apply_to_range_src = false; + + if (g.NavId == id && storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + apply_to_range_src = true; + if (ms->IsEndIO == false) + { + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + ms->IsEndIO = true; + } + + // Auto-select as you navigate a list + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + if (is_ctrl && is_shift) + pressed = true; + else if (!is_ctrl) + selected = pressed = true; + } + else + { + // With NoAutoSelect, using Shift+keyboard performs a write/copy + if (is_shift) + pressed = true; + else if (!is_ctrl) + apply_to_range_src = true; // Since if (pressed) {} main block is not running we update this + } + } + + if (apply_to_range_src) + { + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + storage->RangeSelected = selected; // Will be updated at the end of this function anyway. + } + + // Box-select toggle handling + if (ms->BoxSelectId != 0) + if (ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId)) + { + const bool rect_overlap_curr = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + const bool rect_overlap_prev = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((rect_overlap_curr && !rect_overlap_prev && !selected) || (rect_overlap_prev && !rect_overlap_curr)) + { + if (storage->LastSelectionSize <= 0 && bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce) + { + pressed = true; // First item act as a pressed: code below will emit selection request and set NavId (whatever we emit here will be overridden anyway) + bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce = false; + } + else + { + selected = !selected; + MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, selected, +1, item_data, item_data); + } + storage->LastSelectionSize = ImMax(storage->LastSelectionSize + 1, 1); + } + } + + // Right-click handling. + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Currently filtered out by ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect but maybe should be moved to Selectable(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/5816 + if (hovered && IsMouseClicked(1) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id) + ClearActiveID(); + SetFocusID(id, window); + if (!pressed && !selected) + { + pressed = true; + is_ctrl = is_shift = false; + } + } + + // Unlike Space, Enter doesn't alter selection (but can still return a press) unless current item is not selected. + // The later, "unless current item is not select", may become optional? It seems like a better default if Enter doesn't necessarily open something + // (unlike e.g. Windows explorer). For use case where Enter always open something, we might decide to make this optional? + const bool enter_pressed = pressed && (g.NavActivateId == id) && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput); + + // Alter selection + if (pressed && (!enter_pressed || !selected)) + { + // Box-select + ImGuiInputSource input_source = (g.NavJustMovedToId == id || g.NavActivateId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + if (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + if (selected == false && !g.BoxSelectState.IsActive && !g.BoxSelectState.IsStarting && input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 1) + BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ms->BoxSelectId, item_data); + + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // ACTION | Begin | Pressed/Activated | End + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Keys Navigated: | Clear | Src=item, Sel=1 SetRange 1 + // Keys Navigated: Ctrl | n/a | n/a + // Keys Navigated: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Keys Navigated: Ctrl+Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=Src => Clear + SetRange Src-Dst + // Keys Activated: | n/a | Src=item, Sel=1 => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Keys Activated: Ctrl | n/a | Src=item, Sel=!Sel => SetSange 1 + // Keys Activated: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1 => Clear + SetSange 1 + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Mouse Pressed: | n/a | Src=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Ctrl | n/a | Src=item, Sel=!Sel => SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Ctrl+Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=!Sel => SetRange Src-Dst + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear) == 0) + { + bool request_clear = false; + if (is_singleselect) + request_clear = true; + else if ((input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse || g.NavActivateId == id) && !is_ctrl) + request_clear = (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect) ? !selected : true; + else if ((input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && is_shift && !is_ctrl) + request_clear = true; // With is_shift==false the RequestClear was done in BeginIO, not necessary to do again. + if (request_clear) + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, false); + } + + int range_direction; + bool range_selected; + if (is_shift && !is_singleselect) + { + //IM_ASSERT(storage->HasRangeSrc && storage->HasRangeValue); + if (storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + // Shift+Arrow always select + // Ctrl+Shift+Arrow copy source selection state (already stored by BeginMultiSelect() in storage->RangeSelected) + range_selected = (is_ctrl && storage->RangeSelected != -1) ? (storage->RangeSelected != 0) : true; + } + else + { + // Shift+Arrow copy source selection state + // Shift+Click always copy from target selection state + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + range_selected = (storage->RangeSelected != -1) ? (storage->RangeSelected != 0) : true; + else + range_selected = !selected; + } + range_direction = ms->RangeSrcPassedBy ? +1 : -1; + } + else + { + // Ctrl inverts selection, otherwise always select + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + selected = is_ctrl ? !selected : true; + else + selected = !selected; + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + range_selected = selected; + range_direction = +1; + } + MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, range_selected, range_direction, storage->RangeSrcItem, item_data); + } + + // Update/store the selection state of the Source item (used by CTRL+SHIFT, when Source is unselected we perform a range unselect) + if (storage->RangeSrcItem == item_data) + storage->RangeSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + + // Update/store the selection state of focused item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + storage->NavIdItem = item_data; + storage->NavIdSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + } + if (storage->NavIdItem == item_data) + ms->NavIdPassedBy = true; + ms->LastSubmittedItem = item_data; + + *p_selected = selected; + *p_pressed = pressed; +} + +void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected) +{ + ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll, selected, 0, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid }; + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); // Can always clear previous requests + ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request +} + +void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item) +{ + // Merge contiguous spans into same request (unless NoRangeSelect is set which guarantees single-item ranges) + if (ms->IO.Requests.Size > 0 && first_item == last_item && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) == 0) + { + ImGuiSelectionRequest* prev = &ms->IO.Requests.Data[ms->IO.Requests.Size - 1]; + if (prev->Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange && prev->RangeLastItem == ms->LastSubmittedItem && prev->Selected == selected) + { + prev->RangeLastItem = last_item; + return; + } + } + + ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, selected, (ImS8)range_dir, (range_dir > 0) ? first_item : last_item, (range_dir > 0) ? last_item : first_item }; + ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool is_active = (storage->LastFrameActive >= GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)storage->ID, "MultiSelect 0x%08X in '%s'%s", storage->ID, storage->Window ? storage->Window->Name : "N/A", is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (!open) + return; + Text("RangeSrcItem = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "), RangeSelected = %d", storage->RangeSrcItem, storage->RangeSrcItem, storage->RangeSelected); + Text("NavIdItem = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "), NavIdSelected = %d", storage->NavIdItem, storage->NavIdItem, storage->NavIdSelected); + Text("LastSelectionSize = %d", storage->LastSelectionSize); // Provided by user + TreePop(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(storage); +#endif +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +// - ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage() +{ + Size = 0; + PreserveOrder = false; + UserData = NULL; + AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage*, int idx) { return (ImGuiID)idx; }; + _SelectionOrder = 1; // Always >0 +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Clear() +{ + Size = 0; + _SelectionOrder = 1; // Always >0 + _Storage.Data.resize(0); +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Swap(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& r) +{ + ImSwap(Size, r.Size); + ImSwap(_SelectionOrder, r._SelectionOrder); + _Storage.Data.swap(r._Storage.Data); +} + +bool ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Contains(ImGuiID id) const +{ + return _Storage.GetInt(id, 0) != 0; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByValueInt(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + int lhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->val_i; + int rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->val_i; + return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0); +} + +// GetNextSelectedItem() is an abstraction allowing us to change our underlying actual storage system without impacting user. +// (e.g. store unselected vs compact down, compact down on demand, use raw ImVector instead of ImGuiStorage...) +bool ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::GetNextSelectedItem(void** opaque_it, ImGuiID* out_id) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = (ImGuiStoragePair*)*opaque_it; + ImGuiStoragePair* it_end = _Storage.Data.Data + _Storage.Data.Size; + if (PreserveOrder && it == NULL && it_end != NULL) + ImQsort(_Storage.Data.Data, (size_t)_Storage.Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByValueInt); // ~ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByValueInt() + if (it == NULL) + it = _Storage.Data.Data; + IM_ASSERT(it >= _Storage.Data.Data && it <= it_end); + if (it != it_end) + while (it->val_i == 0 && it < it_end) + it++; + const bool has_more = (it != it_end); + *opaque_it = has_more ? (void**)(it + 1) : (void**)(it); + *out_id = has_more ? it->key : 0; + if (PreserveOrder && !has_more) + _Storage.BuildSortByKey(); + return has_more; +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::SetItemSelected(ImGuiID id, bool selected) +{ + int* p_int = _Storage.GetIntRef(id, 0); + if (selected && *p_int == 0) { *p_int = _SelectionOrder++; Size++; } + else if (!selected && *p_int != 0) { *p_int = 0; Size--; } +} + +// Optimized for batch edits (with same value of 'selected') +static void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, ImGuiID id, bool selected, int size_before_amends, int selection_order) +{ + ImGuiStorage* storage = &selection->_Storage; + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(storage->Data.Data, storage->Data.Data + size_before_amends, id); + const bool is_contained = (it != storage->Data.Data + size_before_amends) && (it->key == id); + if (selected == (is_contained && it->val_i != 0)) + return; + if (selected && !is_contained) + storage->Data.push_back(ImGuiStoragePair(id, selection_order)); // Push unsorted at end of vector, will be sorted in SelectionMultiAmendsFinish() + else if (is_contained) + it->val_i = selected ? selection_order : 0; // Modify in-place. + selection->Size += selected ? +1 : -1; +} + +static void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, bool selected, int size_before_amends) +{ + ImGuiStorage* storage = &selection->_Storage; + if (selected && selection->Size != size_before_amends) + storage->BuildSortByKey(); // When done selecting: sort everything +} + +// Apply requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect(). +// - Enable 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see selection requests as they happen. +// - Honoring SetRange requests requires that you can iterate/interpolate between RangeFirstItem and RangeLastItem. +// - In this demo we often submit indices to SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + store the same indices in persistent selection. +// - Your code may do differently. If you store pointers or objects ID in ImGuiSelectionUserData you may need to perform +// a lookup in order to have some way to iterate/interpolate between two items. +// - A full-featured application is likely to allow search/filtering which is likely to lead to using indices +// and constructing a view index <> object id/ptr data structure anyway. +// WHEN YOUR APPLICATION SETTLES ON A CHOICE, YOU WILL PROBABLY PREFER TO GET RID OF THIS UNNECESSARY 'ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage' INDIRECTION LOGIC. +// Notice that with the simplest adapter (using indices everywhere), all functions return their parameters. +// The most simple implementation (using indices everywhere) would look like: +// for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) +// { +// if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) { Clear(); if (req.Selected) { for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++) { SetItemSelected(n, true); } } +// if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) { for (int n = (int)ms_io->RangeFirstItem; n <= (int)ms_io->RangeLastItem; n++) { SetItemSelected(n, ms_io->Selected); } } +// } +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io) +{ + // For convenience we obtain ItemsCount as passed to BeginMultiSelect(), which is optional. + // It makes sense when using ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage to simply pass your items count to BeginMultiSelect(). + // Other scheme may handle SetAll differently. + IM_ASSERT(ms_io->ItemsCount != -1 && "Missing value for items_count in BeginMultiSelect() call!"); + IM_ASSERT(AdapterIndexToStorageId != NULL); + + // This is optimized/specialized to cope with very large selections (e.g. 100k+ items) + // - A simpler version could call SetItemSelected() directly instead of ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected() + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(). + // - Optimized select can append unsorted, then sort in a second pass. Optimized unselect can clear in-place then compact in a second pass. + // - A more optimal version wouldn't even use ImGuiStorage but directly a ImVector to reduce bandwidth, but this is a reasonable trade off to reuse code. + // - There are many ways this could be better optimized. The worse case scenario being: using BoxSelect2d in a grid, box-select scrolling down while wiggling + // left and right: it affects coarse clipping + can emit multiple SetRange with 1 item each.) + // FIXME-OPT: For each block of consecutive SetRange request: + // - add all requests to a sorted list, store ID, selected, offset in ImGuiStorage. + // - rewrite sorted storage a single time. + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + { + Clear(); + if (req.Selected) + { + _Storage.Data.reserve(ms_io->ItemsCount); + const int size_before_amends = _Storage.Data.Size; + for (int idx = 0; idx < ms_io->ItemsCount; idx++, _SelectionOrder++) + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(this, GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected, size_before_amends, _SelectionOrder); + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(this, req.Selected, size_before_amends); + } + } + else if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + { + const int selection_changes = (int)req.RangeLastItem - (int)req.RangeFirstItem + 1; + //ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("Req %d/%d: set %d to %d\n", ms_io->Requests.index_from_ptr(&req), ms_io->Requests.Size, selection_changes, req.Selected); + if (selection_changes == 1 || (selection_changes < Size / 100)) + { + // Multiple sorted insertion + copy likely to be faster. + // Technically we could do a single copy with a little more work (sort sequential SetRange requests) + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++) + SetItemSelected(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected); + } + else + { + // Append insertion + single sort likely be faster. + // Use req.RangeDirection to set order field so that shift+clicking from 1 to 5 is different than shift+clicking from 5 to 1 + const int size_before_amends = _Storage.Data.Size; + int selection_order = _SelectionOrder + ((req.RangeDirection < 0) ? selection_changes - 1 : 0); + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++, selection_order += req.RangeDirection) + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(this, GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected, size_before_amends, selection_order); + if (req.Selected) + _SelectionOrder += selection_changes; + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(this, req.Selected, size_before_amends); + } + } + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage::ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage() +{ + UserData = NULL; + AdapterSetItemSelected = NULL; +} + +// Apply requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect(). +// We also pull 'ms_io->ItemsCount' as passed for BeginMultiSelect() for consistency with ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +// This makes no assumption about underlying storage. +void ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage::ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io) +{ + IM_ASSERT(AdapterSetItemSelected); + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + for (int idx = 0; idx < ms_io->ItemsCount; idx++) + AdapterSetItemSelected(this, idx, req.Selected); + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++) + AdapterSetItemSelected(this, idx, req.Selected); + } +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6417,6 +8180,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags // - ListBox() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. +// This handle some subtleties with capturing info from the label, but for 99% uses it could essentially be rewritten as: +// if (ImGui::BeginChild("...", ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 7.5f), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)) +// { .... } +// ImGui::EndChild(); +// ImGui::SameLine(); +// ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); +// ImGui::Text("Label"); // Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" // Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) @@ -6432,7 +8203,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); @@ -6442,36 +8213,24 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb); + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return false; } - // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x == 0.0f but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. BeginGroup(); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) { ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); RenderText(label_pos, label); window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); + AlignTextToFramePadding(); } - BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); + BeginChild(id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); return true; } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; - ImVec2 size; - size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; - return BeginListBox(label, size); -} -#endif - void ImGui::EndListBox() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6479,7 +8238,7 @@ void ImGui::EndListBox() IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); IM_UNUSED(window); - EndChildFrame(); + EndChild(); EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label } @@ -6491,7 +8250,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const item // This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). // Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6499,7 +8258,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v if (height_in_items < 0) height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; - ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImTrunc(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) return false; @@ -6509,11 +8268,12 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v bool value_changed = false; ImGuiListClipper clipper; clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item); while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i); + if (item_text == NULL) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; PushID(i); @@ -6548,7 +8308,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v // - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) +int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -6559,18 +8319,16 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - if (frame_size.x == 0.0f) - frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); - if (frame_size.y == 0.0f) - frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return -1; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + bool hovered; + ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, NULL); // Determine scale from values if not specified if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) @@ -6863,12 +8621,18 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() PopClipRect(); PopID(); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; - EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 + + // FIXME: Extremely confusing, cleanup by (a) working on WorkRect stack system (b) not using a Group confusingly here. + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.EmitItem = false; + ImVec2 restore_cursor_max_pos = group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Scroll.x); // Convert ideal extents for scrolling layer equivalent. + EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = restore_cursor_max_pos; } // Important: calling order matters! @@ -6895,9 +8659,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, Im // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left) - viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size; + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin[axis] += axis_size; else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size; + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax[axis] += axis_size; } window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; @@ -6938,7 +8702,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); End(); } @@ -6952,9 +8716,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. - // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PushID() user code submitting menus. // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, - // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. @@ -6962,7 +8726,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent != upper_popup->ParentNavLayer) + return false; + return upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) && ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(upper_popup->Window, window, true); } bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) @@ -7016,21 +8782,21 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) bool pressed; // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. - const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f); float w = label_size.x; ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { @@ -7039,11 +8805,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); if (icon_w > 0.0f) RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); @@ -7057,6 +8823,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) PopItemFlag(); bool want_open = false; + bool want_open_nav_init = false; bool want_close = false; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { @@ -7067,18 +8834,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { - float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI - float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; - ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); + const float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + const float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; + const ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. + const float pad_farmost_h = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // Add a bit of extra slack. ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // Triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } @@ -7086,18 +8853,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.ActiveId == 0) want_close = true; // Open + // (note: at this point 'hovered' actually includes the NavDisableMouseHover == false test) if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= 0.30f && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 0.30f) // Hover to open (timer fallback) + want_open = true; if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { - want_open = true; + want_open = want_open_nav_init = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } } else @@ -7129,13 +8900,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) { - // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame if it is a different menu ID, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. OpenPopup(label); } else if (want_open) { menu_is_open = true; - OpenPopup(label); + OpenPopup(label, ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen);// | (want_open_nav_init ? ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit : 0)); } if (menu_is_open) @@ -7147,6 +8918,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) PopStyleVar(); if (menu_is_open) { + // Implement what ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit would do: + // Perform an init request in the case the popup was already open (via a previous mouse hover) + if (want_open && want_open_nav_init && !g.NavInitRequest) + { + FocusWindow(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + NavInitWindow(g.CurrentWindow, false); + } + // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu() // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent; @@ -7216,14 +8995,14 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. float w = label_size.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f); pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) RenderText(text_pos, label); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { @@ -7232,10 +9011,10 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) { RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); @@ -7287,11 +9066,17 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, // - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal] // - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal] // - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindTabByOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarGetCurrentTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarGetTabName() [Internal] // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] -// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueFocus() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueReorder() [Internal] +// - TabBarProcessReorderFromMousePos() [Internal] +// - TabBarProcessReorder() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -7371,7 +9156,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id); ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); tab_bar->ID = id; - return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused); + tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + //if (g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, window, false, false)) + flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused; + return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags); } bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) @@ -7381,12 +9170,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG if (window->SkipItems) return false; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ID != 0); if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID); // Add to stack g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + tab_bar->Window = window; // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs. tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -7416,18 +9207,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1; tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); // Draw separator - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); - const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f; + // (it would be misleading to draw this in EndTabBar() suggesting that it may be drawn over tabs, as tab bar are appendable) + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected); + if (g.Style.TabBarBorderSize > 0.0f) { - const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); - const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f); + const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMinX, y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize), ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX, y), col); } return true; } @@ -7464,6 +9256,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1; if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PopID(); @@ -7471,6 +9264,12 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back()); } +// Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) +static float TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) +{ + return tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; +} + // This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab() // The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions. static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -7573,7 +9372,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. - const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab); const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x; @@ -7627,7 +9426,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; - float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + float shrinked_width = IM_TRUNC(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) continue; @@ -7652,6 +9451,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n]; tab->Offset = tab_offset; + tab->NameOffset = -1; tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); } tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f); @@ -7659,6 +9459,9 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) section_tab_index += section->TabCount; } + // Clear name buffers + tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); + // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one if (found_selected_tab_id == false) tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; @@ -7669,9 +9472,23 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; - // Update scrolling + // Apply request requests if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); + else if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) && IsMouseHoveringRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, true) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.CurrentWindow)) + { + const float wheel = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH; + const ImGuiKey wheel_key = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY : ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX; + if (TestKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID) && wheel != 0.0f) + { + const float scroll_step = wheel * TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections) / 3.0f; + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - scroll_step); + } + SetKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID); + } + + // Update scrolling tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) @@ -7690,10 +9507,6 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; - // Clear name buffers - if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) - tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); - // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame) ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min; @@ -7734,7 +9547,30 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) return NULL; } -// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. +// Order = visible order, not submission order! (which is tab->BeginOrder) +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order) +{ + if (order < 0 || order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return NULL; + return &tab_bar->Tabs[order]; +} + +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx < 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return NULL; + return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; +} + +const char* ImGui::TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + if (tab->NameOffset == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset < tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Size); + return tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; +} + +// The *TabId fields are already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) { if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) @@ -7750,7 +9586,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). - if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + if ((tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure)) == 0) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure @@ -7765,7 +9601,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); } } @@ -7786,11 +9622,10 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) - int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); + int order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab); // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) - // FIXME: This is all confusing. - float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + float scrollable_width = TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections); // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); @@ -7810,7 +9645,19 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui } } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* tab_name) +{ + IM_ASSERT((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0); // Only supported for manual/explicit tab bars + ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, tab_name, NULL); + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_id; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) { IM_ASSERT(offset != 0); IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7818,7 +9665,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, in tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset; } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7861,7 +9708,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) return false; //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools - int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + int tab2_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) return false; @@ -7921,7 +9768,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (select_dir != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) { - int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); + int selected_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab_item); int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached @@ -7973,7 +9820,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) continue; - const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab); if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) tab_to_select = tab; } @@ -8137,9 +9984,9 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, { if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // New tabs gets activated if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); } // Lock visibility @@ -8173,7 +10020,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; size.x = tab->Width; if (is_central_section) - window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_TRUNC(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); else window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -8197,17 +10044,14 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Click to Select a tab - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + // Allow the close button to overlap + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); if (g.DragDropActive) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (pressed && !is_tab_button) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; - - // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // Drag and drop: re-order tabs if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0)) @@ -8230,7 +10074,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) { // Enlarge tab display when hovering - bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); + bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_TRUNC(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive)); } @@ -8238,15 +10082,22 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Render tab shape ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList; - const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused)); + const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabDimmed)); TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col); + if (tab_contents_visible && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline) && style.TabBarOverlineSize > 0.0f) + { + float x_offset = IM_TRUNC(0.4f * style.TabRounding); + if (x_offset < 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale) + x_offset = 0.0f; + float y_offset = 1.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale; + display_draw_list->AddLine(bb.GetTL() + ImVec2(x_offset, y_offset), bb.GetTR() + ImVec2(-x_offset, y_offset), GetColorU32(tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline), style.TabBarOverlineSize); + } RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); - if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) - if (!is_tab_button) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != tab->ID && hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)) && !is_tab_button) + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; @@ -8274,8 +10125,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected if (is_tab_button) @@ -8326,7 +10176,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; - const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f; + const float y2 = bb.Max.y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize; draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); @@ -8377,7 +10227,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } const float button_sz = g.FontSize; - const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - button_sz), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y); // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() @@ -8395,10 +10245,8 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, if (close_button_visible) { ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; - PopStyleVar(); g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button @@ -8407,7 +10255,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } else if (unsaved_marker_visible) { - const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz)); RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h index a8a823110b..b7a761c853 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -2,8 +2,11 @@ // This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) -// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000) +// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000 + #6783) +// - Added name to struct or it may be forward declared in our code. +// - Added UTF-8 support (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188 + https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/7925) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. +// - Also renamed macros used or defined outside of IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION block from STB_TEXTEDIT_* to IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_* // stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools @@ -30,7 +33,7 @@ // DEPENDENCIES // // Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override -// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. +// by defining IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. // Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations. // // @@ -40,7 +43,7 @@ // 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management // 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash // 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield -// 1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.10 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual // 1.9 (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word // 1.8 (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down // 1.7 (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0 @@ -208,6 +211,7 @@ // int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) // void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +// void stb_textedit_text(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int text_len) // // Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the // state. @@ -242,7 +246,12 @@ // various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit // set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is // clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to -// anything other type you wante before including. +// anything other type you want before including. +// if the STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT function is defined, selected keys are +// transformed into text and stb_textedit_text() is automatically called. +// +// text: [DEAR IMGUI] added 2024-09 +// call this to text inputs sent to the textfield. // // // When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from @@ -274,8 +283,8 @@ //// //// -#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H -#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#ifndef INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H +#define INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -286,38 +295,38 @@ // and undo state. // -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int #endif typedef struct { // private data - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; int char_storage; } StbUndoRecord; typedef struct { // private data - StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; + StbUndoRecord undo_rec [IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; short undo_point, redo_point; int undo_char_point, redo_char_point; } StbUndoState; -typedef struct +typedef struct STB_TexteditState { ///////////////////// // @@ -371,7 +380,7 @@ typedef struct float ymin,ymax; // height of row above and below baseline int num_chars; } StbTexteditRow; -#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#endif //INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -384,11 +393,11 @@ typedef struct // implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly // included just the "header" portion -#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove #include -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #endif @@ -398,7 +407,7 @@ typedef struct // // traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position -static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) +static int stb_text_locate_coord(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) { StbTexteditRow r; int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); @@ -437,13 +446,13 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) if (x < r.x1) { // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x' prev_x = r.x0; - for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; ++k) { + for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, i + k) - i) { float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, i, k); if (x < prev_x+w) { if (x < prev_x+w/2) return k+i; else - return k+i+1; + return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, i + k); } prev_x += w; } @@ -458,7 +467,7 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) } // API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection -static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +static void stb_textedit_click(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse // goes off the top or bottom of the text @@ -476,7 +485,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat } // API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location -static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +static void stb_textedit_drag(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { int p = 0; @@ -502,11 +511,11 @@ static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state // // forward declarations -static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); -static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); -static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); -static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); typedef struct { @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ typedef struct // find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in // case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan) -static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) +static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) { StbTexteditRow r; int prev_start = 0; @@ -549,7 +558,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s i += r.num_chars; find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI] + { + r.num_chars = 0; // [DEAR IMGUI] break; // [DEAR IMGUI] + } } find->first_char = first = i; @@ -559,14 +571,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s // now scan to find xpos find->x = r.x0; - for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i) + for (i=0; first+i < n; i = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, first + i) - first) find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i); } #define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s) ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end) // make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string -static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_clamp(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { @@ -580,7 +592,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat } // delete characters while updating undo -static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) +static void stb_textedit_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) { stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len); STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len); @@ -588,7 +600,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *sta } // delete the section -static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { @@ -625,7 +637,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state) } // move cursor to last character of selection -static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { stb_textedit_sortselection(state); @@ -636,14 +648,25 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditStat } } +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// Functions must be implemented for UTF8 support +// Code in this file that uses those functions is modified for [DEAR IMGUI] and deviates from the original stb_textedit. +// There is not necessarily a '[DEAR IMGUI]' at the usage sites. +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(obj, idx) (idx - 1) +#endif +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx) (idx + 1) +#endif + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE -static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) +static int is_word_boundary( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) { return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1; } #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT -static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) { --c; // always move at least one character while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) @@ -658,7 +681,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) #endif #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT -static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) { const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); ++c; // always move at least one character @@ -685,7 +708,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state) } // API cut: delete selection -static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static int stb_textedit_cut(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps @@ -696,7 +719,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) } // API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text -static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) { // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -716,36 +739,44 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta #define STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE int #endif +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added stb_textedit_text(), extracted out and called by stb_textedit_key() for backward compatibility. +static void stb_textedit_text(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +{ + // can't add newline in single-line mode + if (text[0] == '\n' && state->single_line) + return; + + if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) { + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1); + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1); + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, text_len)) { + state->cursor += text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } + else { + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state); // implicitly clamps + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, text_len)) { + stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, text_len); + state->cursor += text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } +} + // API key: process a keyboard input -static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +static void stb_textedit_key(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) { retry: switch (key) { default: { +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key); if (c > 0) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c; - - // can't add newline in single-line mode - if (c == '\n' && state->single_line) - break; - - if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) { - stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1); - STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1); - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { - ++state->cursor; - state->has_preferred_x = 0; - } - } else { - stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { - stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1); - ++state->cursor; - state->has_preferred_x = 0; - } - } + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)c; + stb_textedit_text(str, state, &ch, 1); } +#endif break; } @@ -771,7 +802,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); else if (state->cursor > 0) - --state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -780,7 +811,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); else - ++state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -790,7 +821,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); // move selection left if (state->select_end > 0) - --state->select_end; + state->select_end = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(str, state->select_end); state->cursor = state->select_end; state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -840,7 +871,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); // move selection right - ++state->select_end; + state->select_end = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->select_end); stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); state->cursor = state->select_end; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -889,14 +920,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, x = row.x0; for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i); - #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE - if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) break; #endif x += dx; if (x > goal_x) break; - ++state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); } stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -951,14 +982,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, x = row.x0; for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i); - #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE - if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) break; #endif x += dx; if (x > goal_x) break; - ++state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); } stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -986,7 +1017,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, else { int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); if (state->cursor < n) - stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, 1); + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor) - state->cursor); } state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -998,8 +1029,9 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, else { stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); if (state->cursor > 0) { - stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor-1, 1); - --state->cursor; + int prev = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, prev, state->cursor - prev); + state->cursor = prev; } } state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -1109,8 +1141,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state) { - state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; - state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; } // discard the oldest entry in the undo list @@ -1122,13 +1154,13 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i; // delete n characters from all other records state->undo_char_point -= n; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it } --state->undo_point; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); } } @@ -1138,7 +1170,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) // fill up even though the undo buffer didn't static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) { - int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; + int k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; if (state->redo_point <= k) { // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up @@ -1146,7 +1178,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i; // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer state->redo_char_point += n; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) @@ -1154,12 +1186,12 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) } // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' // [DEAR IMGUI] - size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); + size_t move_size = (size_t)((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin); IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end); - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); // now move redo_point to point to the new one ++state->redo_point; @@ -1173,32 +1205,32 @@ static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numch // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the // existing records down - if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (state->undo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo - if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + if (numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { state->undo_point = 0; state->undo_char_point = 0; return NULL; } // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room - while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) + while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++]; } -static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) +static IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) { StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len); if (r == NULL) return NULL; r->where = pos; - r->insert_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; - r->delete_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; + r->insert_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; + r->delete_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; if (insert_len == 0) { r->char_storage = -1; @@ -1210,7 +1242,7 @@ static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, } } -static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; StbUndoRecord u, *r; @@ -1237,7 +1269,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo // if the last is true, we have to bail - if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters r->insert_length = 0; } else { @@ -1246,7 +1278,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) { // should never happen: - if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); @@ -1278,11 +1310,11 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) s->redo_point--; } -static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; StbUndoRecord *u, r; - if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record @@ -1334,20 +1366,20 @@ static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int le stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length); } -static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) { int i; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); if (p) { for (i=0; i < length; ++i) p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); } } -static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) { int i; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); if (p) { for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i) p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); @@ -1359,8 +1391,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin { state->undostate.undo_point = 0; state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0; - state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; - state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; state->select_end = state->select_start = 0; state->cursor = 0; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -1383,16 +1415,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_singl #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" #endif -static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) { - return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); + return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); } #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif -#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif//IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h index 35c827e6b9..976f09cb92 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip); // If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which // there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then -// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph, +// codepoints without a glyph received the font's "missing character" glyph, // typically an empty box by convention. STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/main_SDL2.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/main_SDL2.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index baef9cde69..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui/main_SDL2.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -// WickedEngineTests.cpp : Defines the entry point for the application. -// - -#include "stdafx.h" -#include "sdl2.h" -#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h" - -int sdl_loop(Example_ImGui &tests) -{ - bool quit = false; - while (!quit) - { - tests.Run(); - SDL_Event event; - while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ - switch(event.type){ - case SDL_QUIT: - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - switch (event.window.event) { - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE: // exit tests - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED: - // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) - tests.SetWindow(tests.window); - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST: //TODO - tests.is_window_active = false; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED: - tests.is_window_active = true; - if (wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount() > 0) - { - std::thread([] { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Started checking " + std::to_string(wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount()) + " registered shaders for changes..."); - if (wi::shadercompiler::CheckRegisteredShadersOutdated()) - { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Changes detected, initiating reload..."); - wi::eventhandler::Subscribe_Once(wi::eventhandler::EVENT_THREAD_SAFE_POINT, [](uint64_t userdata) { - wi::renderer::ReloadShaders(); - }); - } - else - { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] All up to date"); - } - }).detach(); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - default: - break; - } - wi::input::sdlinput::ProcessEvent(event); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(&event); - } - } - - return 0; -} - -int main(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - Example_ImGui exampleImGui; - // TODO: Place code here. - - wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); - - sdl2::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl2::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING | SDL_INIT_EVENTS); - if (*system) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating SDL2 system"); - } - - sdl2::window_ptr_t window = sdl2::make_window( - "Wicked Engine Tests", - SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, - 1280, 800, - SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN | SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE); - if (!window) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating window"); - } - - exampleImGui.SetWindow(window.get()); - - int ret = sdl_loop(exampleImGui); - - SDL_Quit(); - return ret; -} diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui/main_SDL3.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui/main_SDL3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ba04260af --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui/main_SDL3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +// WickedEngineTests.cpp : Defines the entry point for the application. +// + +#include "stdafx.h" +#include "sdl3.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h" +#include +#include + +int sdl_loop(Example_ImGui &tests) +{ + bool quit = false; + while (!quit) + { + tests.Run(); + SDL_Event event; + while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ + switch(event.type){ + case SDL_EVENT_QUIT: + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED: // exit tests + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED: + // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) + tests.SetWindow(tests.window); + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_LOST: //TODO + tests.is_window_active = false; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED: + tests.is_window_active = true; + if (wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount() > 0) + { + std::thread([] { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Started checking " + std::to_string(wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount()) + " registered shaders for changes..."); + if (wi::shadercompiler::CheckRegisteredShadersOutdated()) + { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Changes detected, initiating reload..."); + wi::eventhandler::Subscribe_Once(wi::eventhandler::EVENT_THREAD_SAFE_POINT, [](uint64_t userdata) { + wi::renderer::ReloadShaders(); + }); + } + else + { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] All up to date"); + } + }).detach(); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + wi::input::sdlinput::ProcessEvent(event); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(&event); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + Example_ImGui exampleImGui; + // TODO: Place code here. + + wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); + + sdl3::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl3::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | SDL_INIT_GAMEPAD); + if (!system) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating SDL2 system"); + } + + sdl3::window_ptr_t window = sdl3::make_window( + "Wicked Engine Tests", + 1280, 800, + SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE); + if (!window) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating window"); + } + + exampleImGui.SetWindow(window.get()); + + int ret = sdl_loop(exampleImGui); + + SDL_Quit(); + return ret; +} diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/CMakeLists.txt b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/CMakeLists.txt index db4bb32778..e9e3eaabc5 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/CMakeLists.txt @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ if (WIN32) set(LIB_DXCOMPILER "dxcompiler.dll") else() list (APPEND SOURCE_FILES - main_SDL2.cpp - ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp - ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h + main_SDL3.cpp + ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp + ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h ) add_executable(Example_ImGui_Docking ${SOURCE_FILES}) diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/Example_ImGui_Docking.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/Example_ImGui_Docking.cpp index f4a1de0c43..3fab3efaef 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/Example_ImGui_Docking.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/Example_ImGui_Docking.cpp @@ -6,16 +6,16 @@ #include "stdafx.h" #include "Example_ImGui_Docking.h" -#include "ImGui/imgui.h" #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif +#include "ImGui/imgui.h" #include "ImGui/imgui_internal.h" #ifdef _WIN32 #include "ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h" -#elif defined(SDL2) -#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h" +#elif defined(SDL3) +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h" #endif #include "ImGui/ImGuizmo.h" #ifdef INCLUDEICONFONT @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ Example_ImGui::~Example_ImGui() //ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); #ifdef _WIN32 ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); -#elif defined(SDL2) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown(); +#elif defined(SDL3) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown(); #endif ImGui::DestroyContext(); } @@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ void Example_ImGui::Initialize() #ifdef _WIN32 hWnd = window; ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(window); -#elif defined(SDL2) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(window); +#elif defined(SDL3) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(window); #endif IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); @@ -457,11 +457,11 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) ImGui_Impl_CreateDeviceObjects(); } - + #ifdef _WIN32 ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); -#elif defined(SDL2) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); +#elif defined(SDL3) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame(); #endif ImGui::NewFrame(); @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) bool bUseChild = false; if (use_fixed_height > 0) bUseChild = true; if(bUseChild) ImGui::BeginChild("##objectsc", ImVec2(0.0f, use_fixed_height), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); //ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar - + for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) { Entity e = scene.objects.GetEntity(i); @@ -740,12 +740,12 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) float img_width = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 2;// -12; //Padding ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); - ImGui::ImageButton(lpTexture, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); + ImGui::ImageButton("imagebutton", lpTexture, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::ImageButton(lpTexture, ImVec2(300, 300 * height_ratio)); + ImGui::ImageButton("imagebutton", lpTexture, ImVec2(300, 300 * height_ratio)); std::string filename = wi::helper::GetFileNameFromPath(pScene->materials[i].textures[a].name); filename += " (" + std::to_string((int)iwidth) + "x" + std::to_string((int)iheight) + ")"; @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) ImGui::EndTabBar(); } } - + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader(ICON_MD_SETTINGS " Settings", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None)) //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen { ImGui::SetCursorPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos() + ImVec2(0.0f, 3.0f)); @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) float iwidth = (float) lpTexture->desc.width; float height_ratio = iheight / iwidth; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); - ImGui::ImageButton(lpTexture, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); + ImGui::ImageButton("lastPostprocessRT", lpTexture, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } ImGui::SetCursorPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos() + ImVec2((ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f) - (IMGUIBUTTONWIDE * 0.5f), 0.0f)); @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) float iwidth = (float) lpTex->desc.width; float height_ratio = iheight / iwidth; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); - ImGui::ImageButton(lpTex, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); + ImGui::ImageButton(screenshots[i].name.c_str(),lpTex, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } } @@ -1304,13 +1304,13 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) float iwidth = (float) lpTexture->desc.width; float height_ratio = iheight / iwidth; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); - ImGui::ImageButton(lpTexture, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); + ImGui::ImageButton(title.c_str(), lpTexture, ImVec2(img_width, img_width * height_ratio)); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::ImageButton(lpTexture, ImVec2(800, 800 * height_ratio)); + ImGui::ImageButton(title.c_str(), lpTexture, ImVec2(800, 800 * height_ratio)); ImGui::SetCursorPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos() + ImVec2((ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f) - (ImGui::CalcTextSize(title.c_str()).x * 0.5f), 0.0f)); ImGui::Text("%s", title.c_str()); ImGui::EndTooltip(); @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) if (ImGui::Selectable(lua_history[i].c_str(), is_selected)) { #ifdef _WIN32 strcpy_s(lua, lua_history[i].c_str()); - #elif __linux__ + #elif __linux__ strcpy(lua, lua_history[i].c_str()); #endif bSetKeyBoardFocus = true; @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ void Example_ImGuiRenderer::Update(float dt) } float movespeed = CAMERAMOVESPEED; - + if (imgui_io.KeyShift) { movespeed *= 3.0; //Speed up camera. diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/ImGuizmo.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/ImGuizmo.cpp index 0ba2f3979c..cf917a9aa5 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/ImGuizmo.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/ImGuizmo.cpp @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ // SOFTWARE. // -#include "imgui.h" #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif +#include "imgui.h" #include "imgui_internal.h" #include "ImGuizmo.h" @@ -2886,7 +2886,7 @@ namespace IMGUIZMO_NAMESPACE interpolationUp = referenceUp; } interpolationFrames = 40; - + } isClicking = false; isDraging = false; diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imconfig.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imconfig.h index ed265082d1..b8d55842b9 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imconfig.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imconfig.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ // You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp // files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. -// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #pragma once @@ -21,27 +21,29 @@ //---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows // Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. -// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() -// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) +// - Windows DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() +// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec(dllexport) // MSVC Windows: DLL export +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec(dllimport) // MSVC Windows: DLL import +//#define IMGUI_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) // GCC/Clang: override visibility when set is hidden -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87+ disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This is automatically done by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS. //---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools. // It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty (this was called IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW before 1.88). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowIDStackToolWindow() will be empty. //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement default platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn() handler (Win32: ShellExecute(), require shell32.lib/.a, Mac/Linux: use system("")). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies) @@ -49,22 +51,28 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available +//---- Enable Test Engine / Automation features. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE // Enable imgui_test_engine hooks. Generally set automatically by include "imgui_te_config.h", see Test Engine for details. + //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience +// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +//#define IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME "my_folder/my_imgui_user.h" //---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) //#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR -//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support Unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) //#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 //---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) // Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. @@ -75,6 +83,12 @@ // On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) +// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided). +// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE. +// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement) +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) // The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -90,6 +104,8 @@ constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */ +//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators. +//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS //---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. // Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). @@ -103,7 +119,7 @@ //typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); //#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback -//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase) // (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() @@ -111,10 +127,10 @@ //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. +//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files) /* namespace ImGui { - void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); + void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx); } */ diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.cpp index c4063eb552..10192fefa2 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,30 +1,37 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (main code and documentation) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - See links below. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. +// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) -// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) -// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary -// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues - -// Getting Started? -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: -// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. - +// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md) +// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues?q=label%3Agallery (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code) +// - Third-party Extensions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more) +// - Bindings/Backends https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Debug Tools https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Software using Dear ImGui https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui +// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps) + +// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there. + +// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). // This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". -// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. +// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding +// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. // It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. // Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without @@ -39,17 +46,16 @@ Index of this file: DOCUMENTATION - MISSION STATEMENT -- END-USER GUIDE +- CONTROLS GUIDE - PROGRAMMER GUIDE - READ FIRST - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE - - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) - - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) CODE (search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ CODE // [SECTION] INCLUDES // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS // [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS -// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO, ImGuiPlatformIO) // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions) // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions) @@ -71,8 +77,10 @@ CODE // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS // [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] ID STACK // [SECTION] INPUTS -// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING, STATE RECOVERY +// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION // [SECTION] LAYOUT // [SECTION] SCROLLING // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS @@ -87,7 +95,7 @@ CODE // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW // [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW -// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL) */ @@ -109,33 +117,80 @@ CODE - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: + Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! + Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes: - - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Doesn't look fancy. - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. - END-USER GUIDE + CONTROLS GUIDE ============== - - Double-click on title bar to collapse window. - - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). - - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). - - Click and drag on any empty space to move window. - - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields. - - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text. - - Use mouse wheel to scroll. - - Text editor: - - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. - - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. - - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. - - CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all. - - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ - - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. - - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - MOUSE CONTROLS + - Mouse wheel: Scroll vertically. + - SHIFT+Mouse wheel: Scroll horizontally. + - Click [X]: Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin(). + - Click ^, Double-Click title: Collapse window. + - Drag on corner/border: Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents). + - Drag on any empty space: Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true). + - Left-click outside popup: Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack). + + - TEXT EDITOR + - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse: Select text. + - CTRL+Left/Right: Word jump. + - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right: Select words. + - CTRL+A or Double-Click: Select All. + - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V: Use OS clipboard. + - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y: Undo, Redo. + - ESCAPE: Revert text to its original value. + - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing 2ts and behaviors. + + - KEYBOARD CONTROLS + - Basic: + - Tab, SHIFT+Tab Cycle through text editable fields. + - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab Cycle through windows. + - CTRL+Click Input text into a Slider or Drag widget. + - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`: + - Tab, SHIFT+Tab: Cycle through every items. + - Arrow keys Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value. + - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys). + - Enter Activate item (prefer text input when possible). + - Space Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible). + - Escape Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup. + - Page Up, Page Down Previous page, next page. + - Home, End Scroll to top, scroll to bottom. + - Alt Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer. + - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving. + - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set, + - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed. + - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. + - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used). + + - GAMEPAD CONTROLS + - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. + - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! + - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets + - Backend support: backend needs to: + - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. + - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. + Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, + with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + + - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION + - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) + in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard. + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions. + - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. + Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. + When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!) + (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want + to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) PROGRAMMER GUIDE @@ -144,9 +199,11 @@ CODE READ FIRST ---------- - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or - destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. + - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! + The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous + data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. + Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version. - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. @@ -154,18 +211,38 @@ CODE For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. - - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. - - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. - - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. - See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. - However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. - - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + - This codebase aims to be highly optimized: + - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free. + - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible. + - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well. + Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all. + - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible: + - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve. + - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers, + and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now). + This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction + (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!). + - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library. + This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup. + This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value. + The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends. HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI ---------------------------------------------- + - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file. + - About imconfig.h: + - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it. + - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest. + - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to + specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one. + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. @@ -174,11 +251,12 @@ CODE from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. - - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date! GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE --------------------------------------------------------------- + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. @@ -242,7 +320,7 @@ CODE // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) int width, height; - unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + unsigned char* pixels = nullptr; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system: @@ -286,7 +364,7 @@ CODE To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application, you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! + Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this. HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE @@ -345,40 +423,6 @@ CODE } - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - ------------------------------------------ - - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. - - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! - - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - - Keyboard: - - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. - - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), - the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: - - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. - - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). - - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. - Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Gamepad: - - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. - - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. - Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets - - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, - with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - - Mouse: - - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. - - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. - - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. - Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. - When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. - When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. - (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!) - (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want - to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) - - API BREAKING CHANGES ==================== @@ -388,27 +432,162 @@ CODE You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. (Docking/Viewport Branch) - - 2022/XX/XX (1.XX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that: - - reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore. - you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos) - - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. - If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. - - - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. - - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. - - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). - - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl - - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift - - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt - - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super - the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. - the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. - exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. - - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers. - this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g. - - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A); - - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A') - - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now! + - 2024/XX/XX (1.XXXX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that: + - reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore. + you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos) + - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. + If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. + + - 2024/10/03 (1.91.3) - drags: treat v_min==v_max as a valid clamping range when != 0.0f. Zero is a still special value due to legacy reasons, unless using ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange. (#7968, #3361, #76) + - drags: extended behavior of ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to include _ClampZeroRange. It considers v_min==v_max==0.0f as a valid clamping range (aka edits not allowed). + although unlikely, it you wish to only clamp on text input but want v_min==v_max==0.0f to mean unclamped drags, you can use _ClampOnInput instead of _AlwaysClamp. (#7968, #3361, #76) + - 2024/09/10 (1.91.2) - internals: using multiple overlayed ButtonBehavior() with same ID will now have io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts=true feature emit a warning. (#8030) + it was one of the rare case where using same ID is legal. workarounds: (1) use single ButtonBehavior() call with multiple _MouseButton flags, or (2) surround the calls with PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag() + - 2024/08/23 (1.91.1) - renamed ImGuiChildFlags_Border to ImGuiChildFlags_Borders for consistency. kept inline redirection flag. + - 2024/08/22 (1.91.1) - moved some functions from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO structure: + - io.GetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn + changed 'void* user_data' to 'ImGuiContext* ctx'. Pull your user data from platform_io.ClipboardUserData. + - io.SetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn + same as above line. + - io.PlatformOpenInShellFn -> platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn (#7660) + - io.PlatformSetImeDataFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn + - io.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint -> platform_io.Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint (#7389, #6719, #2278) + - access those via GetPlatformIO() instead of GetIO(). + some were introduced very recently and often automatically setup by core library and backends, so for those we are exceptionally not maintaining a legacy redirection symbol. + - commented the old ImageButton() signature obsoleted in 1.89 (~August 2022). As a reminder: + - old ImageButton() before 1.89 used ImTextureId as item id (created issue with e.g. multiple buttons in same scope, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) + - new ImageButton() since 1.89 requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' + - old ImageButton() before 1.89 had frame_padding' override argument. + - new ImageButton() since 1.89 always use style.FramePadding, which you can freely override with PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar(). + - 2024/07/25 (1.91.0) - obsoleted GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegionMin() and GetWindowContentRegionMax(). (see #7838 on GitHub for more info) + you should never need those functions. you can do everything with GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() in a more simple way. + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetCursorPos().x + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail().x + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x + GetWindowPos().x + - you can use: GetCursorScreenPos().x + GetContentRegionAvail().x // when called from left edge of window + - instead of: GetContentRegionMax() + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail() + GetCursorScreenPos() - GetWindowPos() // right edge in local coordinates + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail() // when called from left edge of window + - 2024/07/15 (1.91.0) - renamed ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups to ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups. (#1379, #1468, #2200, #4936, #5216, #7302, #7573) + (internals: also renamed ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup into ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups with inverted behaviors) + - 2024/07/15 (1.91.0) - obsoleted PushButtonRepeat()/PopButtonRepeat() in favor of using new PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, ...)/PopItemFlag(). + - 2024/07/02 (1.91.0) - commented out obsolete ImGuiModFlags (renamed to ImGuiKeyChord in 1.89). (#4921, #456) + - commented out obsolete ImGuiModFlags_XXX values (renamed to ImGuiMod_XXX in 1.89). (#4921, #456) + - ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift etc. + - 2024/07/02 (1.91.0) - IO, IME: renamed platform IME hook and added explicit context for consistency and future-proofness. + - old: io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + - new: io.PlatformSetImeDataFn(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - BeginChild: added ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened as a replacement for the window flag ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, 0); + - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - io: ClearInputKeys() (first exposed in 1.89.8) doesn't clear mouse data, newly added ClearInputMouse() does. + - 2024/06/20 (1.90.9) - renamed ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload to ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire. + - 2024/06/18 (1.90.9) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_TabActive -> ImGuiCol_TabSelected, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive -> ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected. + - 2024/06/10 (1.90.9) - removed old nested structure: renaming ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair type to ImGuiStoragePair (simpler for many languages). + - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - reordered ImGuiInputTextFlags values. This should not be breaking unless you are using generated headers that have values not matching the main library. + - 2024/06/06 (1.90.8) - removed 'ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft', was mostly unused and misleading. + - 2024/05/27 (1.90.7) - commented out obsolete symbols marked obsolete in 1.88 (May 2022): + - old: CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool) + - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool) + - old: CaptureMouseFromApp(bool) + - new: SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool) + - 2024/05/22 (1.90.7) - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiKeyOwner_None to ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner, to make use more explicit and reduce confusion with the default it is a non-zero value and cannot be the default value (never made public, but disclosing as I expect a few users caught on owner-aware inputs). + - inputs (internals): renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalOverFocused, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHighest. + - inputs (internals): Shortcut(), SetShortcutRouting(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures: + - old: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + - new: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + - inputs (internals): owner-aware versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(): swapped last two parameters order in function signatures. + - old: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + - new: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + - old: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + - new: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + for various reasons those changes makes sense. They are being made because making some of those API public. + only past users of imgui_internal.h with the extra parameters will be affected. Added asserts for valid flags in various functions to detect _some_ misuses, BUT NOT ALL. + - 2024/05/21 (1.90.7) - docking: changed signature of DockSpaceOverViewport() to add explicit dockspace id if desired. pass 0 to use old behavior. (#7611) + - old: DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, ...); + - new: DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGuiID dockspace_id = 0, const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, ...); + - 2024/05/16 (1.90.7) - inputs: on macOS X, Cmd and Ctrl keys are now automatically swapped by io.AddKeyEvent() as this naturally align with how macOS X uses those keys. + - it shouldn't really affect you unless you had custom shortcut swapping in place for macOS X apps. + - removed ImGuiMod_Shortcut which was previously dynamically remapping to Ctrl or Cmd/Super. It is now unnecessary to specific cross-platform idiomatic shortcuts. (#2343, #4084, #5923, #456) + - 2024/05/14 (1.90.7) - backends: SDL_Renderer2 and SDL_Renderer3 backend now take a SDL_Renderer* in their RenderDrawData() functions. + - 2024/04/18 (1.90.6) - TreeNode: Fixed a layout inconsistency when using an empty/hidden label followed by a SameLine() call. (#7505, #282) + - old: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(); Text("Hello"); // <-- This was actually incorrect! BUT appeared to look ok with the default style where ItemSpacing.x == FramePadding.x * 2 (it didn't look aligned otherwise). + - new: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(0, 0); Text("Hello"); // <-- This is correct for all styles values. + with the fix, IF you were successfully using TreeNode("")+SameLine(); you will now have extra spacing between your TreeNode and the following item. + You'll need to change the SameLine() call to SameLine(0,0) to remove this extraneous spacing. This seemed like the more sensible fix that's not making things less consistent. + (Note: when using this idiom you are likely to also use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth). + - 2024/03/18 (1.90.5) - merged the radius_x/radius_y parameters in ImDrawList::AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled() and PathEllipticalArcTo() into a single ImVec2 parameter. Exceptionally, because those functions were added in 1.90, we are not adding inline redirection functions. The transition is easy and should affect few users. (#2743, #7417) + - 2024/03/08 (1.90.5) - inputs: more formally obsoleted GetKeyIndex() when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is set. It has been unnecessary and a no-op since 1.87 (it returns the same value as passed when used with a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent() function). (#4921) + - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - 2024/01/15 (1.90.2) - commented out obsolete ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle marked obsolete in 1.87, favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'. + - 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter. + - 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. + - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls. + - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80. + - 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete). + - 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features. + - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, true) + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border) + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, false) + - new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None) + **AMEND FROM THE FUTURE: from 1.91.1, 'ImGuiChildFlags_Border' is called 'ImGuiChildFlags_Borders'** + - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow. + - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0); + - 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user). + - 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631) + - 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...) + - new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + - old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...); + - new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...); + - 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions: + - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources. + - commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry! + - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878) + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15). + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete). + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior. + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610) + - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage. + - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. + - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago: + - ListBoxHeader() -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference) + - ListBoxFooter() -> use EndListBox() + - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin(). + - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices(). + - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago: + - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp + - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite + - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic() + - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo() -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo() + - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete). + - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner. + - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h. + Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA, + it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was + previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164) + - OK: #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h" + - Error: #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h" + - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. + - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. + - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. + - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). + - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl + - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift + - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt + - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super + the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. + the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. + exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. + - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers. + this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g. + - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A); + - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A') + - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now! - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr); - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020): - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. @@ -452,7 +631,7 @@ CODE - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only] note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current. read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details. - - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. + - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unnecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). @@ -766,7 +945,7 @@ CODE ================================ Read all answers online: - https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): docs/FAQ.md Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. @@ -776,11 +955,12 @@ CODE Q: Where is the documentation? A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. - - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - Run the examples/ applications and explore them. + - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide. - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. - - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. @@ -790,24 +970,24 @@ CODE Q: What is this library called? Q: Which version should I get? >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details. Q&A: Integration ================ Q: How to get started? - A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. - Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? - Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls? + Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display) Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Usage ---------- @@ -818,10 +998,10 @@ CODE - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? - Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Fonts, Text ================ @@ -831,7 +1011,7 @@ CODE Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? Q: How can I load multiple fonts? Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md Q&A: Concerns ============= @@ -840,18 +1020,18 @@ CODE Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq Q&A: Community ============== Q: How can I help? - A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. - This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. - - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. - - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt - and see how you want to help and can help! + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project. + >>> See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding + - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. @@ -867,21 +1047,17 @@ CODE #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -889,7 +1065,7 @@ CODE #endif // [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) -#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS #endif #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) @@ -904,9 +1080,11 @@ CODE #else #include #endif -#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions +#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP || WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_GAMES) +// The UWP and GDK Win32 API subsets don't support clipboard nor IME functions #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #endif #endif @@ -944,6 +1122,7 @@ CODE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) // We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -958,33 +1137,36 @@ CODE #endif // Debug options -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Hold CTRL to display for all candidates. CTRL+Arrow to change last direction. #define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower) // When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear +static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER = 0.10f; // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut. + // Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. +// Tooltip offset +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE = ImVec2(16, 10); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH = ImVec2(0, -20); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH = ImVec2(0.5f, 1.0f); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale + // Docking static const float DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA = 0.50f; // For use with io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload. Apply to Viewport _or_ WindowBg in host viewport. -static const float DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE = 2.0f; //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS //------------------------------------------------------------------------- static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void FindHoveredWindow(); static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); // Settings @@ -994,13 +1176,17 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSetti static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); -// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +// Platform Dependents default implementation for ImGuiPlatformIO functions +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx); +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text); +static void Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); namespace ImGui { +// Item +static void ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id); + // Navigation static void NavUpdate(); static void NavUpdateWindowing(); @@ -1015,12 +1201,11 @@ static void NavEndFrame(); static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result); static void NavProcessItem(); -static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id); +static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); -static void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); // Error Checking and Debug Tools @@ -1028,6 +1213,7 @@ static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); +static void UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor(); // Inputs static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); @@ -1037,13 +1223,13 @@ static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt); // Misc static void UpdateSettings(); -static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); +static int UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); -static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect); // Viewports const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter. @@ -1105,51 +1291,66 @@ static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper; static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO, ImGuiPlatformIO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() { - Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. - DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. - WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window - WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. - WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size - WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text - WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. - ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows - ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows - PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) - FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). - FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. - ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines - ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) - CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell - TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! - IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). - ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). - ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar - ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar - GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar - GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. - LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. - TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. - TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. - ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. - ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. - SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. - DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. - MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. - AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). - AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). - CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. + WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window + WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size + WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text + WindowMenuButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. + ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows + PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets) + FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets). + FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines + ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. + TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! + IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). + ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). + ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar + ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. + TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + TabBarOverlineSize = 2.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. + TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees). + TableAngledHeadersTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f);// Alignment of angled headers within the cell + ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. + ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. + SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. + SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickness of border in SeparatorText() + SeparatorTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). + SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. + DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. + DockingSeparatorSize = 2.0f; // Thickness of resizing border between docked windows + MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. + AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). + AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). + CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. + CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + + // Behaviors + HoverStationaryDelay = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. + HoverDelayShort = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. + HoverDelayNormal = 0.40f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " + HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. // Default theme ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); @@ -1159,29 +1360,32 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() // Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times. void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) { - WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor); - WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor); - WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); - ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor); - PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor); - FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor); - FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); - ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); - ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); - CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); - TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); - IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); - ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); - ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); - ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); - GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); - GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); - LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); - TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; - DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); - DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); - MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); + WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor); + WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor); + WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); + ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor); + PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor); + FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor); + FrameRounding = ImTrunc(FrameRounding * scale_factor); + ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); + ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImTrunc(CellPadding * scale_factor); + TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); + IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); + ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); + ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor); + ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); + GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); + GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); + TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + TabBarOverlineSize = ImTrunc(TabBarOverlineSize * scale_factor); + SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); + DockingSeparatorSize = ImTrunc(DockingSeparatorSize * scale_factor); + DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); + DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); + MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); } ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() @@ -1198,16 +1402,10 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() IniSavingRate = 5.0f; IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; - MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; - MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) KeyMap[i] = -1; #endif - KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; - KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; - HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; - HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; UserData = NULL; Fonts = NULL; @@ -1235,26 +1433,41 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #else ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif + ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons = false; ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; ConfigDragClickToInputText = false; ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; + ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage = true; ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = false; + ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts = true; + ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false; + ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false; + + ConfigErrorRecovery = true; + ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert = true; + ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog = true; + ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip = true; + + // Inputs Behaviors + MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; + MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; + MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; + KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; // Platform Functions + // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers. BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; - GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations - SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; - ClipboardUserData = NULL; - SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } AppAcceptingEvents = true; @@ -1268,14 +1481,15 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() // FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.Text.Char = c; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1324,18 +1538,19 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { unsigned int c = 0; utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); - if (c != 0) - AddInputCharacter(c); + AddInputCharacter(c); } } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? -void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +// Clear all incoming events. +void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue() { - InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsQueue.clear(); } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? +// Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1343,12 +1558,26 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() #endif for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++) { + if (ImGui::IsMouseKey((ImGuiKey)(n + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET))) + continue; KeysData[n].Down = false; KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f; KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters(). +} + +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputMouse() +{ + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; + key_data->Down = false; + key_data->DownDuration = -1.0f; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; + } MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++) { @@ -1358,9 +1587,18 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; } -static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue. +// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys(). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); +} +#endif + +static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) { ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n]; @@ -1379,16 +1617,28 @@ static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = // - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) // - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release. // - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f +// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE. +// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT. void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) { //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. - IM_ASSERT(!ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. - IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself) + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. + + // MacOS: swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl + if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) + { + if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) { key = ImGuiMod_Ctrl; } + else if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { key = ImGuiMod_Super; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) { key = ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper){ key = ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) { key = ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; } + else if (key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl) { key = ImGuiKey_RightSuper; } + } // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1402,8 +1652,8 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false; // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed) - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); - const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key); const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down; const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue; if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value) @@ -1413,6 +1663,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key; e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.Key.Key = key; e.Key.Down = down; e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value; @@ -1460,16 +1711,16 @@ void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) // Queue a mouse move event void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() - ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y); + ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(y) : y); // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos; if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y) return; @@ -1477,38 +1728,66 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; + e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; + // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click: handle held button. + if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick) + { + // Order of both statements matterns: this event will still release mouse button 1 + mouse_button = 1; + if (!down) + MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = false; + } + // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]; if (latest_button_down == down) return; + // On MacOS X: Convert Ctrl(Super)+Left click into Right-click. + // - Note that this is actual physical Ctrl which is ImGuiMod_Super for us. + // - At this point we want from !down to down, so this is handling the initial press. + if (ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && mouse_button == 0 && down) + { + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_super_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)ImGuiMod_Super); + if (latest_super_event ? latest_super_event->Key.Down : g.IO.KeySuper) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Super+Left Click aliased into Right Click\n"); + MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick = true; + AddMouseButtonEvent(1, true); // This is just quicker to write that passing through, as we need to filter duplicate again. + return; + } + } + ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; e.MouseButton.Down = down; + e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } -// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component) +// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component) void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter) if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)) @@ -1517,21 +1796,32 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel; e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x; e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y; + e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } +// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events. +// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes. +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source) +{ + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source; +} + void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport); const ImGuiID latest_viewport_id = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID : g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport; if (latest_viewport_id == viewport_id) return; @@ -1545,21 +1835,29 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id) void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; // Filter duplicate - const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost; - if (latest_focused == focused) + if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused)) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus; + e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.AppFocused.Focused = focused; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } +ImGuiPlatformIO::ImGuiPlatformIO() +{ + // Most fields are initialized with zero + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1750,7 +2048,7 @@ const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) return p ? p : str_end; } -const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line +const char* ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line { while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') buf_mid_line--; @@ -1812,13 +2110,15 @@ const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) // and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif -#endif +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -1860,21 +2160,45 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args); va_end(args); } +// FIXME: Should rework API toward allowing multiple in-flight temp buffers (easier and safer for caller) +// by making the caller acquire a temp buffer token, with either explicit or destructor release, e.g. +// ImGuiTempBufferToken token; +// ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(token, ...); void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); - *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + { + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s" + if (buf == NULL) + buf = "(null)"; + *out_buf = buf; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } + } + else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0) + { + int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s" + const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); + if (buf == NULL) + { + buf = "(null)"; + buf_len = ImMin(buf_len, 6); + } + *out_buf = buf; + *out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it. + } + else + { + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + } } // CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) @@ -1903,7 +2227,7 @@ static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = // Known size hash // It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed) { ImU32 crc = ~seed; const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; @@ -1919,7 +2243,7 @@ ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed) { seed = ~seed; ImU32 crc = seed; @@ -1961,11 +2285,18 @@ ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32! const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0); const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0); - ImVector buf; - buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize); - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize); - return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); + + // Use stack buffer if possible, otherwise heap buffer. Sizes include zero terminator. + // We don't rely on current ImGuiContext as this is implied to be a helper function which doesn't depend on it (see #7314). + wchar_t local_temp_stack[FILENAME_MAX]; + ImVector local_temp_heap; + if (filename_wsize + mode_wsize > IM_ARRAYSIZE(local_temp_stack)) + local_temp_heap.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + wchar_t* filename_wbuf = local_temp_heap.Data ? local_temp_heap.Data : local_temp_stack; + wchar_t* mode_wbuf = filename_wbuf + filename_wsize; + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, filename_wbuf, filename_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, mode_wbuf, mode_wsize); + return ::_wfopen(filename_wbuf, mode_wbuf); #else return fopen(filename, mode); #endif @@ -2024,6 +2355,8 @@ void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_f // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF + // Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. // A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. @@ -2035,7 +2368,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; - int wanted = len + !len; + int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1); if (in_text_end == NULL) in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. @@ -2087,8 +2420,6 @@ int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const cha { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c; } *buf_out = 0; @@ -2104,8 +2435,6 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; char_count++; } return char_count; @@ -2200,6 +2529,33 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e return bytes_count; } +const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr) +{ + while (in_text_curr > in_text_start) + { + in_text_curr--; + if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80) + return in_text_curr; + } + return in_text_start; +} + +int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + if (in_text_end == NULL) + in_text_end = in_text + strlen(in_text); // FIXME-OPT: Not optimal approach, discourage use for now. + int count = 0; + while (in_text < in_text_end) + { + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(in_text, '\n', in_text_end - in_text); + in_text = line_end ? line_end + 1 : in_text_end; + count++; + } + return count; +} + +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) // Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. @@ -2291,18 +2647,16 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // std::lower_bound but without the bullshit -static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key) +ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key) { - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data; - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size; - size_t count = (size_t)(last - first); - while (count > 0) + ImGuiStoragePair* in_p = in_begin; + for (size_t count = (size_t)(in_end - in_p); count > 0; ) { size_t count2 = count >> 1; - ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2; + ImGuiStoragePair* mid = in_p + count2; if (mid->key < key) { - first = ++mid; + in_p = ++mid; count -= count2 + 1; } else @@ -2310,29 +2664,28 @@ static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVectorkey; + ImGuiID rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key; + return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0); } // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() { - struct StaticFunc - { - static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) - { - // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. - if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; - if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1; - return 0; - } - }; - ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID); + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByID); } int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_i; } @@ -2344,16 +2697,16 @@ bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_f; } void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return NULL; return it->val_p; } @@ -2361,8 +2714,8 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const // References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer. int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_i; } @@ -2374,16 +2727,16 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_f; } void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_p; } @@ -2391,13 +2744,11 @@ void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) // FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame) void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_i = val; + else + it->val_i = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) @@ -2407,24 +2758,20 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_f = val; + else + it->val_f = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) { - ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) - { + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); - return; - } - it->val_p = val; + else + it->val_p = val; } void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) @@ -2432,6 +2779,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++) Data[i].val_i = v; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter @@ -2484,32 +2832,30 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() input_range.split(',', &Filters); CountGrep = 0; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) f.b++; while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) f.e--; if (f.empty()) continue; - if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') + if (f.b[0] != '-') CountGrep += 1; } } bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const { - if (Filters.empty()) + if (Filters.Size == 0) return true; if (text == NULL) - text = ""; + text = text_end = ""; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; - if (f.empty()) + if (f.b == f.e) continue; if (f.b[0] == '-') { @@ -2617,8 +2963,6 @@ void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper -// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed -// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. @@ -2629,54 +2973,6 @@ static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. -// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. -void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping - *out_items_display_start = 0; - *out_items_display_end = items_count; - return; - } - if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) - { - *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; - return; - } - - // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect - // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly. - ImRect rect = window->ClipRect; - if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) - rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect); - if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) - rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel - - const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); - - // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to - // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing - const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); - if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) - start--; - if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - end++; - - start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); - end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count); - *out_items_display_start = start; - *out_items_display_end = end; -} -#endif - static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0) { if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1) @@ -2726,19 +3022,9 @@ static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_ } } -static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n) -{ - // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction - // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges - ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; - float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight); - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight); -} - ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - ItemsCount = -1; } ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() @@ -2748,7 +3034,10 @@ ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (Ctx == NULL) + Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); + + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); @@ -2769,17 +3058,18 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) data->Reset(this); data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y; TempData = data; + StartSeekOffsetY = data->LossynessOffset; } void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) { // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + SeekCursorForItem(ItemsCount); // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); @@ -2794,18 +3084,29 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End() ItemsCount = -1; } -void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) +void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end) { ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. - IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max); - if (item_min < item_max) - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); + IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end); + if (item_begin < item_end) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end)); +} + +// This is already called while stepping. +// The ONLY reason you may want to call this is if you passed INT_MAX to ImGuiListClipper::Begin() because you couldn't step item count beforehand. +void ImGuiListClipper::SeekCursorForItem(int item_n) +{ + // - Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges. + // - StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen, by adding SeekOffsetY we generally cancel that out (SeekOffsetY == LossynessOffset - ItemsFrozen * ItemsHeight). + // - The reason we store SeekOffsetY instead of inferring it, is because we want to allow user to perform Seek after the last step, where ImGuiListClipperData is already done. + float pos_y = (float)((double)StartPosY + StartSeekOffsetY + (double)item_n * ItemsHeight); + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, ItemsHeight); } static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); @@ -2857,7 +3158,8 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. - + if (clipper->ItemsHeight == 0.0f && clipper->ItemsCount == INT_MAX) // Accept that no item have been submitted if in indeterminate mode. + return false; IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. } @@ -2866,6 +3168,9 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; if (calc_clipping) { + // Record seek offset, this is so ImGuiListClipper::Seek() can be called after ImGuiListClipperData is done + clipper->StartSeekOffsetY = (double)data->LossynessOffset - data->ItemsFrozen * (double)clipper->ItemsHeight; + if (g.LogEnabled) { // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping @@ -2877,7 +3182,7 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); if (is_nav_request) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); - if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); // Add focused/active item @@ -2886,49 +3191,69 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0)); // Add visible range + float min_y = window->ClipRect.Min.y; + float max_y = window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + // Add box selection range + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + if (bs->IsActive && bs->Window == window) + { + // FIXME: Selectable() use of half-ItemSpacing isn't consistent in matter of layout, as ItemAdd(bb) stray above ItemSize()'s CursorPos. + // RangeSelect's BoxSelect relies on comparing overlap of previous and current rectangle and is sensitive to that. + // As a workaround we currently half ItemSpacing worth on each side. + min_y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + max_y += g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + + // Box-select on 2D area requires different clipping. + if (bs->UnclipMode) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(bs->UnclipRect.Min.y, bs->UnclipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); + } + const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0; const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0; - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max)); + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(min_y, max_y, off_min, off_max)); } // Convert position ranges to item index ranges // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. - for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) - if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges) + if (range.PosToIndexConvert) { - int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); - int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); - data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); - data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); - data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + range.PosToIndexConvert = false; } ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); } // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. - if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) { clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; + if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + continue; return true; } // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->ItemsCount); return false; } bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) @@ -2981,13 +3306,14 @@ const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) return style.Colors[idx]; } -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul) { ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f) + alpha_mul *= style.Alpha; + if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f) return col; ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; - a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. + a = (ImU32)(a * alpha_mul); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because alpha is in 0..1 range. return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); } @@ -2999,7 +3325,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx) + g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); } void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) @@ -3009,7 +3336,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); - g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx) + g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; } void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) @@ -3017,7 +3345,7 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ColorStack.Size < count) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow."); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times!"); count = g.ColorStack.Size; } while (count > 0) @@ -3029,81 +3357,110 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) } } -struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo -{ - ImGuiDataType Type; - ImU32 Count; - ImU32 Offset; - void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } -}; - static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] = { - ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive + ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabSelected, ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline, ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected, ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline, }; -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = -{ - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign +static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = +{ + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarOverlineSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DockingSeparatorSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize }; -static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) +const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 1) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); - *pvar = val; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); + return; + } + float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_x) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); + return; + } + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + pvar->x = val_x; +} + +void ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!"); + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + pvar->y = val_y; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); - *pvar = val; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; } - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!"); + ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + *pvar = val; } void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) @@ -3111,14 +3468,14 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow."); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times!"); count = g.StyleVarStack.Size; } while (count > 0) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); - const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); + const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } @@ -3165,11 +3522,13 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip"; case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered"; case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive"; - case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered"; - case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive"; - case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused"; - case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive"; + case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab"; + case ImGuiCol_TabSelected: return "TabSelected"; + case ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline: return "TabSelectedOverline"; + case ImGuiCol_TabDimmed: return "TabDimmed"; + case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected: return "TabDimmedSelected"; + case ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline: return "TabDimmedSelectedOverline"; case ImGuiCol_DockingPreview: return "DockingPreview"; case ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg: return "DockingEmptyBg"; case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines"; @@ -3181,6 +3540,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; + case ImGuiCol_TextLink: return "TextLink"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; @@ -3257,6 +3617,9 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end // Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max) // Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges) +// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList. +// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take +// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping. void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect) { // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state @@ -3300,7 +3663,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, cons LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end); } - // Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper. // This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display. // This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move. @@ -3324,30 +3686,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; + const float font_scale = draw_list->_Data->FontScale; const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; - - ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar; - int ellipsis_char_count = 1; - if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) - { - ellipsis_char = font->DotChar; - ellipsis_char_count = 3; - } - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); - - float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1; // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side - float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width; // Full width of entire ellipsis - - if (ellipsis_char_count > 1) - { - // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it. - const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize); - ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots; - ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots; - } + const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale; // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x - const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); + const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f); float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x; if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full) { @@ -3364,13 +3708,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con // Render text, render ellipsis RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x; - if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x) - for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++) - { - font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char); - ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width; - } + ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y)); + if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x) + for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale) + font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar); } else { @@ -3382,13 +3723,13 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con } // Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders -void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding) +void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool borders, float rounding) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding); const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; - if (border && border_size > 0.0f) + if (borders && border_size > 0.0f) { window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); @@ -3421,36 +3762,36 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding; ImRect display_rect = bb; display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault) + const float thickness = 2.0f; + if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness); + } + else { - const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; - const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; - display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE)); + const float distance = 3.0f + thickness * 0.5f; + display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(distance, distance)); bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } - if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f); - } } void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + if (mouse_cursor <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || mouse_cursor >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) // We intentionally accept out of bound values. + mouse_cursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor. ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) continue; - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; const float scale = base_scale * viewport->DpiScale; if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale))) @@ -3523,9 +3864,10 @@ void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) IM_DELETE(ctx); } -// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages +// IMPORTANT: interactive elements requires a fixed ###xxx suffix, it must be same in ALL languages to allow for automation. static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { + { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, "Size column to fit###SizeOne" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" }, @@ -3533,9 +3875,238 @@ static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" }, - { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s, "Open '%s'" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, "Copy Link###CopyLink" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, "Hold SHIFT to enable Docking window." }, + { ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode,"Click and drag to move or undock whole node." }, }; +ImGuiContext::ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + IO.Ctx = this; + InputTextState.Ctx = this; + + Initialized = false; + ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = ConfigFlagsLastFrame = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; + FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; + Font = NULL; + FontSize = FontBaseSize = FontScale = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; + IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); + Time = 0.0f; + FrameCount = 0; + FrameCountEnded = FrameCountPlatformEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; + WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + GcCompactAll = false; + TestEngineHookItems = false; + TestEngine = NULL; + memset(ContextName, 0, sizeof(ContextName)); + + InputEventsNextMouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; + InputEventsNextEventId = 1; + + WindowsActiveCount = 0; + CurrentWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + HoveredWindowBeforeClear = NULL; + MovingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindow = NULL; + WheelingWindowStartFrame = WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = -1; + WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + + DebugDrawIdConflicts = 0; + DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount = 0; + HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + HoveredIdIsDisabled = false; + HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; + ItemUnclipByLog = false; + ActiveId = 0; + ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + ActiveIdFromShortcut = false; + ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); + ActiveIdWindow = NULL; + ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; + ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; + ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + LastActiveId = 0; + LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + + LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = LastKeyModsChangeTime = LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = -1.0; + + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; + + CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + DebugShowGroupRects = false; + + CurrentViewport = NULL; + MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; + PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = 0; + ViewportCreatedCount = PlatformWindowsCreatedCount = 0; + ViewportFocusedStampCount = 0; + + NavWindow = NULL; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = 0; + NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + NavHighlightActivatedId = 0; + NavHighlightActivatedTimer = 0.0f; + NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + NavIdIsAlive = false; + NavMousePosDirty = false; + NavDisableHighlight = true; + NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + NavAnyRequest = false; + NavInitRequest = false; + NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + NavMoveSubmitted = false; + NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavScoringDebugCount = 0; + NavTabbingDir = 0; + NavTabbingCounter = 0; + + NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false; + NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = false; + + // All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac... + // FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this.. + ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab); + ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab); + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; + NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + NavWindowingToggleKey = ImGuiKey_None; + + DimBgRatio = 0.0f; + + DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; + DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; + DragDropMouseButton = -1; + DragDropTargetId = 0; + DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; + DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; + DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + + ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; + + CurrentTable = NULL; + TablesTempDataStacked = 0; + CurrentTabBar = NULL; + CurrentMultiSelect = NULL; + MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; + + HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + + MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f; + + TempInputId = 0; + memset(&DataTypeZeroValue, 0, sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue)); + BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0; + ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; + ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0; + ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f; + ColorEditSavedColor = 0; + WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; + ScrollbarSeekMode = 0; + ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; + DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; + DisabledStackSize = 0; + LockMarkEdited = 0; + TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + TooltipPreviousWindow = NULL; + + PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission + PlatformImeViewport = 0; + + DockNodeWindowMenuHandler = NULL; + + SettingsLoaded = false; + SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + HookIdNext = 0; + + memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable)); + + LogEnabled = false; + LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; + LogFile = NULL; + LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + LogLineFirstItem = false; + LogDepthRef = 0; + LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + + ErrorCallback = NULL; + ErrorCallbackUserData = NULL; + ErrorFirst = true; + ErrorCountCurrentFrame = 0; + StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = NULL; + + DebugDrawIdConflictsCount = 0; + DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; + DebugLocateId = 0; + DebugLogSkippedErrors = 0; + DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; + DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 0; + DebugLocateFrames = 0; + DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; + DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.0f; + DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; + DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL; + + // Same as DebugBreakClearData(). Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations + DebugBreakInWindow = 0; + DebugBreakInTable = 0; + DebugBreakInLocateId = false; + DebugBreakKeyChord = ImGuiKey_Pause; + DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; + + memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); + FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; + FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; + WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + memset(TempKeychordName, 0, sizeof(TempKeychordName)); +} + void ImGui::Initialize() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -3558,6 +4129,12 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() // Setup default localization table LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS)); + // Setup default ImGuiPlatformIO clipboard/IME handlers. + g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; + g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn = Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl; + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeDataFn = Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; + // Create default viewport ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; @@ -3566,8 +4143,17 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); + g.ViewportCreatedCount++; g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]); + // Build KeysMayBeCharInput[] lookup table (1 bool per named key) + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + if ((key >= ImGuiKey_0 && key <= ImGuiKey_9) || (key >= ImGuiKey_A && key <= ImGuiKey_Z) || (key >= ImGuiKey_Keypad0 && key <= ImGuiKey_Keypad9) + || key == ImGuiKey_Tab || key == ImGuiKey_Space || key == ImGuiKey_Apostrophe || key == ImGuiKey_Comma || key == ImGuiKey_Minus || key == ImGuiKey_Period + || key == ImGuiKey_Slash || key == ImGuiKey_Semicolon || key == ImGuiKey_Equal || key == ImGuiKey_LeftBracket || key == ImGuiKey_RightBracket || key == ImGuiKey_GraveAccent + || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual) + g.KeysMayBeCharInput.SetBit(key); + #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Initialize Docking DockContextInitialize(&g); @@ -3579,8 +4165,11 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() // This function is merely here to free heap allocations. void ImGui::Shutdown() { - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?"); + + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) { g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; @@ -3624,6 +4213,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + g.TreeNodeStack.clear(); g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; g.Viewports.clear_delete(); @@ -3638,9 +4228,13 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + g.MultiSelectStorage.Clear(); + g.MultiSelectTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory(); g.SettingsWindows.clear(); g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); @@ -3675,9 +4269,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) - g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.HookId == hook_id) + hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; } // Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) @@ -3685,9 +4279,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) - g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.Type == hook_type) + hook.Callback(&g, &hook); } @@ -3696,9 +4290,10 @@ void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Ctx = ctx; Name = ImStrdup(name); NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; ID = ImHashStr(name); @@ -3711,7 +4306,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = 0; SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); LastFrameActive = -1; LastFrameJustFocused = -1; @@ -3720,8 +4315,9 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst SettingsOffset = -1; DockOrder = -1; DrawList = &DrawListInst; - DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; + DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData; DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass(); } @@ -3732,52 +4328,18 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) - ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); - return id; -} - -// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - return id; -} - static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = g.CurrentWindow ? &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesInBegin : NULL; g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; if (window) + { g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + g.FontScale = g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; + ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); + } } void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() @@ -3785,6 +4347,8 @@ void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); g.GroupStack.clear(); + g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; + g.MultiSelectTempData.clear_destruct(); TableGcCompactSettings(); } @@ -3818,13 +4382,23 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, - // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch - // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. - if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + // Clear previous active id + if (g.ActiveId != 0) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); - g.MovingWindow = NULL; + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId), + // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is. + // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId() + if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId) + InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId); } // Set active id @@ -3847,19 +4421,18 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; g.ActiveIdWindow = window; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = false; if (id) { g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None); } // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif } void ImGui::ClearActiveID() @@ -3882,31 +4455,28 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; } -// This is called by ItemAdd(). -// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). -void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; -} - void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) { // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); - IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0) + return; + if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0) + { + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + } + + // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343) + // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714) + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id || (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; - g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; } -static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. @@ -3925,7 +4495,7 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup if (want_inhibit) - if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) return false; } @@ -3937,6 +4507,24 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla return true; } +static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + return g.Style.HoverDelayShort; + return 0.0f; +} + +static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags) +{ + // Allow instance flags to override shared flags + if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + return user_flags | shared_flags; +} + // This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() // - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() // - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId @@ -3944,12 +4532,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!"); + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) { if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) return false; if (!IsItemFocused()) return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav); } else { @@ -3957,6 +4550,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now @@ -3966,12 +4563,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was // the test that has been running for a long while. if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0) return false; // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) if (g.ActiveId != window->MoveId && g.ActiveId != window->TabId) return false; @@ -3987,80 +4585,127 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item (always ->MoveId submitted by Begin) // will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) return false; + + // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0) + if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) + return false; } // Handle hover delay // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) - float delay; - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) - delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; - else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) - delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; - else - delay = 0.0f; - if (delay > 0.0f) - { - ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) - g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; - return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags); + if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) + { + ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id; + + // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer, + // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving. + //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); } + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id) + return false; + + if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay) + return false; } return true; } // Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). -bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call) +// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28. +// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code: +// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'. +// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable. +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // Detect ID conflicts +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId) == 0) + { + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount++; + if (g.DebugDrawIdConflicts == id) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max + ImVec2(1,1), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + } +#endif + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) return false; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) - return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (!g.ActiveIdFromShortcut) + return false; + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now. - ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) { - g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true; return false; } // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. if (id != 0) + { + // Drag source doesn't report as hovered + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) + return false; + SetHoveredID(id); + // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. + // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test. + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) + { + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; + if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + return false; + } + + // Display shortcut (only works with mouse) + // (ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut in LastItemData denotes we want a tooltip) + if (id == g.LastItemData.ID && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) && g.ActiveId != id) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%s", GetKeyChordName(g.LastItemData.Shortcut)); + } + // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) { // Release active id if turning disabled - if (g.ActiveId == id) + if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0) ClearActiveID(); - g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = true; return false; } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (id != 0) { // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! - // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making - // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered - // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + // We perform the check here because reaching is path is rare (1~ time a frame), + // making the cost of this tool near-zero! We could get better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a bigger runtime cost. if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); } +#endif if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) return false; @@ -4069,26 +4714,27 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) } // FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd() +// FIXME: The id != 0 path is not used by our codebase, may get rid of it? bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) - if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) - if (!g.LogEnabled) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId)) + if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog) return true; return false; } // This is also inlined in ItemAdd() -// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! +// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect. void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.LastItemData.ID = item_id; g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags; - g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect; + g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect; } float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) @@ -4118,31 +4764,62 @@ float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) // IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc() void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) { + void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); + DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size); +#endif + return ptr; } // IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) { - if (ptr) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (ptr != NULL) if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) - ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, (size_t)-1); +#endif return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); } +// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames" +void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size) +{ + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx]; + IM_UNUSED(ptr); + if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count) + { + info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf); + entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx]; + entry->FrameCount = frame_count; + entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0; + } + if (size != (size_t)-1) + { + entry->AllocCount++; + info->TotalAllocCount++; + //printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr); + } + else + { + entry->FreeCount++; + info->TotalFreeCount++; + //printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr); + } +} + const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; + return g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn ? g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn(&g) : ""; } void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn) - g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text); + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn != NULL) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn(&g, text); } const char* ImGui::GetVersion() @@ -4158,7 +4835,7 @@ ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO() { - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); return GImGui->PlatformIO; } @@ -4180,50 +4857,42 @@ int ImGui::GetFrameCount() return GImGui->FrameCount; } -static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) { // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); - ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no]; if (draw_list == NULL) { draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; - viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; } // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command - if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) { draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); - viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; } return draw_list; } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); + if (viewport == NULL) + viewport = GImGui->CurrentWindow->Viewport; + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); + if (viewport == NULL) + viewport = GImGui->CurrentWindow->Viewport; + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); } ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() @@ -4254,26 +4923,23 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.MovingWindow = window; } -// We use 'undock_floating_node == false' when dragging from title bar to allow moving groups of floating nodes without undocking them. -// - undock_floating_node == true: when dragging from a floating node within a hierarchy, always undock the node. -// - undock_floating_node == false: when dragging from a floating node within a hierarchy, move root window. -void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock_floating_node) +// We use 'undock == false' when dragging from title bar to allow moving groups of floating nodes without undocking them. +void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; bool can_undock_node = false; - if (node != NULL && node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) == 0) + if (undock && node != NULL && node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) == 0 && (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking) == 0) { // Can undock if: - // - part of a floating node hierarchy with more than one visible node (if only one is visible, we'll just move the whole hierarchy) - // - part of a dockspace node hierarchy (trivia: undocking from a fixed/central node will create a new node and copy windows) + // - part of a hierarchy with more than one visible node (if only one is visible, we'll just move the root window) + // - part of a dockspace node hierarchy: so we can undock the last single visible node too (trivia: undocking from a fixed/central node will create a new node and copy windows) ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node); if (root_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows != node || root_node->CentralNode != NULL) // -V1051 PVS-Studio thinks node should be root_node and is wrong about that. - if (undock_floating_node || root_node->IsDockSpace()) - can_undock_node = true; + can_undock_node = true; } const bool clicked = IsMouseClicked(0); - const bool dragging = IsMouseDragging(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * 1.70f); + const bool dragging = IsMouseDragging(0); if (can_undock_node && dragging) DockContextQueueUndockNode(&g, node); // Will lead to DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow() -> StartMouseMovingWindow() being called next frame else if (!can_undock_node && (clicked || dragging) && g.MovingWindow != window) @@ -4297,14 +4963,14 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree; // When a window stop being submitted while being dragged, it may will its viewport until next Begin() - const bool window_disappared = ((!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active) || moving_window->Viewport == NULL); + const bool window_disappared = (!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active); if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && !window_disappared) { ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) { SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - if (moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window. + if (moving_window->Viewport && moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window. { moving_window->Viewport->Pos = pos; moving_window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); @@ -4322,11 +4988,12 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(moving_window, g.MouseViewport); // Restore the mouse viewport so that we don't hover the viewport _under_ the moved window during the frame we released the mouse button. - if (!IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()) + if (moving_window->Viewport && !IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()) g.MouseViewport = moving_window->Viewport; // Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system - moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Test engine managed to crash here because Viewport was NULL. + if (moving_window->Viewport) + moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; } g.MovingWindow = NULL; @@ -4377,13 +5044,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() g.MovingWindow = NULL; // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already) - if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) + if (g.HoveredIdIsDisabled) g.MovingWindow = NULL; } - else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL) { // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); } } @@ -4418,9 +5085,9 @@ static void ScaleWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float scale) { ImVec2 origin = window->Viewport->Pos; window->Pos = ImFloor((window->Pos - origin) * scale + origin); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); - window->ContentSize = ImFloor(window->ContentSize * scale); + window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale); + window->ContentSize = ImTrunc(window->ContentSize * scale); } static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -4433,6 +5100,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // FIXME-DPI: This storage was added on 2021/03/31 for test engine, but if we want to multiply WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING + // by DpiScale, we need to make this window-agnostic anyhow, maybe need storing inside ImGuiWindow. g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); // Find the window hovered by mouse: @@ -4440,15 +5110,16 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. bool clear_hovered_windows = false; - FindHoveredWindow(); + FindHoveredWindowEx(g.IO.MousePos, false, &g.HoveredWindow, &g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow); IM_ASSERT(g.HoveredWindow == NULL || g.HoveredWindow == g.MovingWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Viewport == g.MouseViewport); + g.HoveredWindowBeforeClear = g.HoveredWindow; // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) // FIXME-MERGE: RootWindowDockTree ? clear_hovered_windows = true; - // Disabled mouse? + // Disabled mouse hovering (we don't currently clear MousePos, we could) if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) clear_hovered_windows = true; @@ -4466,7 +5137,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal; } mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i]; - if (io.MouseDown[i]) + if (io.MouseDown[i] || io.MouseReleased[i]) // Increase release frame for our evaluation of earliest button (#1392) if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down]) mouse_earliest_down = i; } @@ -4495,17 +5166,37 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() } // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app) - if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); - else - io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; } +// Calling SetupDrawListSharedData() is followed by SetCurrentFont() which sets up the remaining data. +static void SetupDrawListSharedData() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); + g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.IO.Fonts->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; + if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; +} + void ImGui::NewFrame() { IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); @@ -4551,36 +5242,27 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Setup current font and draw list shared data // FIXME-VIEWPORT: the concept of a single ClipRectFullscreen is not ideal! g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; + SetupDrawListSharedData(); SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); - ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); - g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; - if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; - if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) - g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; viewport->DrawData = NULL; - viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); + viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false; } // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + // [DEBUG] + if (!g.IO.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts || !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Count is locked while holding CTRL + g.DebugDrawIdConflicts = 0; + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount > 1) + g.DebugDrawIdConflicts = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + // Update HoveredId data if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; @@ -4591,9 +5273,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount = 0; g.HoveredId = 0; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; + g.HoveredIdIsDisabled = false; // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd(). @@ -4621,40 +5304,35 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - if (g.ActiveId == 0) - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; - else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) - { - // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } - // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); } - if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); - if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported - } -#endif + // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item. + // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values. + // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function. + if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay) + g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId; + else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0) + g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay) + g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID; + else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips - g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; - if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId; + if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0) { - //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags - g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoverDelayId = 0; + g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverItemDelayId = 0; } - else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f) { // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps - g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate - g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. + // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle. + g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. } // Drag and drop @@ -4664,6 +5342,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.DragDropWithinSource = false; g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + g.TooltipPreviousWindow = NULL; // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in) //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) @@ -4687,8 +5366,25 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so the window is already offset and following the mouse on the detaching frame) DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(&g); + // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + { + window->WasActive = window->Active; + window->Active = false; + window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; + window->BeginCount = 0; + + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows + if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); + } + // Find hovered window // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) + // (currently needs to be done after the WasActive=Active loop and FindHoveredWindowEx uses ->Active) UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) @@ -4710,54 +5406,50 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale UpdateMouseWheel(); - // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. - IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); - const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->Active = false; - window->WriteAccessed = false; - window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; - window->BeginCount = 0; - - // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows - if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); - } - // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); - for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) - if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); + for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData) + if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data); if (g.GcCompactAll) GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); g.GcCompactAll = false; // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); - g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups); // Default flags + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); g.GroupStack.resize(0); // Docking DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(&g); // [DEBUG] Update debug features +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor(); if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0) + { g.DebugLocateId = 0; + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false; + } + if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0) + { + DebugLog("(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n"); + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None; + } +#endif // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. @@ -4767,6 +5459,19 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() Begin("Debug##Default"); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); + // Store stack sizes + g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame = 0; + ErrorRecoveryStoreState(&g.StackSizesInNewFrame); + + // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack, + // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop) + g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10); + else + g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1; +#endif + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } @@ -4798,55 +5503,18 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im } } -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - return; - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) - return; - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. - // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. - // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. - // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. - // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. - // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching - // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_list->push_back(draw_list); -} - static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport; + IM_ASSERT(viewport != NULL); g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) - window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1) + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows. + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows) if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); - } } static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -4860,51 +5528,49 @@ static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); } -void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder) { - int n = Layers[0].Size; - int size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) - size += Layers[i].Size; - Layers[0].resize(size); - for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size; + int full_size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++) + full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size; + builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++) { - ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; - if (layer.empty()) + ImVector* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer->empty()) continue; - memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - layer.resize(0); + memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer->Size; + layer->resize(0); } } -static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) +static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + + viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0); + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0); + // When minimized, we report draw_data->DisplaySize as zero to be consistent with non-viewport mode, // and to allow applications/backends to easily skip rendering. // FIXME: Note that we however do NOT attempt to report "zero drawlist / vertices" into the ImDrawData structure. // This is because the work has been done already, and its wasted! We should fix that and add optimizations for // it earlier in the pipeline, rather than pretend to hide the data at the end of the pipeline. - const bool is_minimized = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0; + const bool is_minimized = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; - viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible draw_data->Valid = true; - draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; - draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0; draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; draw_data->DisplaySize = is_minimized ? ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f) : viewport->Size; draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This may vary on a per-monitor/viewport basis? draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport; - for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) - { - ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; - draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; - } } // Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. @@ -4913,6 +5579,8 @@ static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVectorChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows, - // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. + // Draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order. ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindowDockTree->DrawList; + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); - draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that) draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + draw_list->PopClipRect(); } // Draw over sibling docking nodes in a same docking tree if (window->RootWindow->DockIsActive) { ImDrawList* draw_list = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree)->DrawList; + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, false); @@ -4990,6 +5659,8 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* par return bottom_most_visible_window; } +// Important: AddWindowToDrawData() has not been called yet, meaning DockNodeHost windows needs a DrawList->ChannelsMerge() before usage. +// We call ChannelsMerge() lazily here at it is faster that doing a full iteration of g.Windows[] prior to calling RenderDimmedBackgrounds(). static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5006,7 +5677,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() { // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order. ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window); - RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(modal_window->DC.ModalDimBgColor, g.DimBgRatio)); viewports_already_dimmed[0] = modal_window->Viewport; } else if (dim_bg_for_window_list) @@ -5026,6 +5697,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() bb.Expand(distance); if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y) bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd(); window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size); @@ -5034,9 +5706,8 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() } // Draw dimming background on _other_ viewports than the ones our windows are in - for (int viewport_n = 0; viewport_n < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_n]; if (viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[0] || viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[1]) continue; if (modal_window && viewport->Window && IsWindowAbove(viewport->Window, modal_window)) @@ -5060,13 +5731,21 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre); + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecovery) + ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(&g.StackSizesInNewFrame); ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); + ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip(); // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData; + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeDataFn != NULL && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformImeViewport); - g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport ? viewport : GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling Platform_SetImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); + if (viewport == NULL) + viewport = GetMainViewport(); + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeDataFn(&g, viewport, ime_data); } // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used @@ -5087,13 +5766,17 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() if (g.DragDropActive) { bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; - bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); + bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire) || g.DragDropMouseButton == -1 || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) ClearDragDrop(); } - // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + // Drag and Drop: Fallback for missing source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. + // If you want to handle source item disappearing: instead of submitting your description tooltip + // in the BeginDragDropSource() block of the dragged item, you can submit them from a safe single spot + // (e.g. end of your item loop, or before EndFrame) by reading payload data. + // In the typical case, the contents of drag tooltip should be possible to infer solely from payload data. + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) { g.DragDropWithinSource = true; SetTooltip("..."); @@ -5114,9 +5797,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it continue; AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); @@ -5131,6 +5813,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); @@ -5148,28 +5831,30 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) EndFrame(); - const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); + if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount) + return; g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + InitViewportDrawData(viewport); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); } + // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree : NULL; windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); - for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); @@ -5178,27 +5863,26 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); - // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds - if (first_render_of_frame) - RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder); // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + + // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch). + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists) + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); - SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); - ImDrawData* draw_data = viewport->DrawData; g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; } @@ -5229,28 +5913,32 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html - text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); + text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f); return text_size; } // Find window given position, search front-to-back -// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically -// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is -// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. -static void FindHoveredWindow() +// - Typically write output back to g.HoveredWindow and g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow. +// - FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically +// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is +// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. +// - The 'find_first_and_in_any_viewport = true' mode is only used by TestEngine. It is simpler to maintain here. +void ImGui::FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_under_moving_window = NULL; // Special handling for the window being moved: Ignore the mouse viewport check (because it may reset/lose its viewport during the undocking frame) - ImGuiViewportP* moving_window_viewport = g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Viewport : NULL; - if (g.MovingWindow) + ImGuiViewportP* backup_moving_window_viewport = NULL; + if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport == false && g.MovingWindow) + { + backup_moving_window_viewport = g.MovingWindow->Viewport; g.MovingWindow->Viewport = g.MouseViewport; - - ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; - ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL; - if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; + if (!(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; + } ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular; @@ -5258,7 +5946,7 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. - if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) + if (!window->WasActive || window->Hidden) continue; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) continue; @@ -5267,12 +5955,8 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() continue; // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) - ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped); - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - bb.Expand(padding_regular); - else - bb.Expand(padding_for_resize); - if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize; + if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(pos, hit_padding)) continue; // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window @@ -5281,24 +5965,32 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() { ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y); ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y); - if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(pos)) continue; } - if (hovered_window == NULL) + if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport) + { hovered_window = window; - IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. - if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree)) - hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window; - if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window) break; + } + else + { + if (hovered_window == NULL) + hovered_window = window; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (hovered_window_under_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree)) + hovered_window_under_moving_window = window; + if (hovered_window && hovered_window_under_moving_window) + break; + } } - g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; - g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; - - if (g.MovingWindow) - g.MovingWindow->Viewport = moving_window_viewport; + *out_hovered_window = hovered_window; + if (out_hovered_window_under_moving_window != NULL) + *out_hovered_window_under_moving_window = hovered_window_under_moving_window; + if (find_first_and_in_any_viewport == false && g.MovingWindow) + g.MovingWindow->Viewport = backup_moving_window_viewport; } bool ImGui::IsItemActive() @@ -5361,12 +6053,21 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; } +// Call after a Selectable() or TreeNode() involved in multi-selection. +// Useful if you need the per-item information before reaching EndMultiSelect(), e.g. for rendering purpose. +// This is only meant to be called inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block. +// (Outside of multi-select, it would be misleading/ambiguous to report this signal, as widgets +// return e.g. a pressed event and user code is in charge of altering selection in ways we cannot predict.) bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL); // Can only be used inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; } +// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, +// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! +// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5397,19 +6098,31 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; } +// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items. +// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames, +// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled. +void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. -// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. +// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead. void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (g.HoveredId == id) g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == id) + if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } +#endif -// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. +// This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations. +// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version if needed? void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5443,40 +6156,124 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize(); } -bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'. +// ImGuiChildFlags_Borders is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. Read comments in imgui.h for details! +bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str_id); + return BeginChildEx(str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; - flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + // Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument. + const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened; + IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_); + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?"); + IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + { + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!"); + } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; + if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened; +#endif + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX; + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; - // Size - const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); - const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); - SetNextWindowSize(size); + // Set window flags + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; + window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag + if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; + if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. - const char* temp_window_name; - if (name) - ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); - else - ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + // Special framed style + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, g.Style.FrameRounding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding); + child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + // Forward size + // Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set. + // (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code) + const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); + const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, size_default.x, size_default.y); + + // A SetNextWindowSize() call always has priority (#8020) + // (since the code in Begin() never supported SizeVal==0.0f aka auto-resize via SetNextWindowSize() call, we don't support it here for now) + // FIXME: We only support ImGuiCond_Always in this path. Supporting other paths would requires to obtain window pointer. + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond & ImGuiCond_Always) != 0) + { + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f) + { + size.x = g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x; + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX; + } + if (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f) + { + size.y = g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y; + child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; + } + } + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Forward child flags + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags; + g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags; + + // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround. + // e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it. + const char* temp_window_name; + /*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID) + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack + else*/ + if (name) + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + else + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + + // Set style const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; - if (!border) + if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Borders) == 0) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); + + // Begin into window + const bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, window_flags); + + // Restore style g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + { + PopStyleVar(3); + PopStyleColor(); + } ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; child_window->ChildId = id; - child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises; // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually. // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do. @@ -5484,94 +6281,64 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled. + const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id); + if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)) { FocusWindow(child_window); NavInitWindow(child_window, false); - SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item + g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; } return ret; } -bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags); -} - void ImGui::EndChild() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls + IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls g.WithinEndChild = true; - if (window->BeginCount > 1) - { - End(); - } - else + ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size; + End(); + if (child_window->BeginCount == 1) { - ImVec2 sz = window->Size; - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f - sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x); - if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) - sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y); - End(); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); - ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size); + ItemSize(child_size); + const bool nav_flattened = (child_window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) != 0; + if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !nav_flattened) { - ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); + ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, child_window->ChildId); // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying) - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) - RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow) + RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); } else { // Not navigable into - ItemAdd(bb, 0); + // - This is a bit of a fringe use case, mostly useful for undecorated, non-scrolling contents childs, or empty childs. + // - We could later decide to not apply this path if ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle or ImGuiChildFlags_Borders is set. + ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + + // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly + if (nav_flattened) + parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; } - if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; } g.WithinEndChild = false; g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } -// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. -bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags); - PopStyleVar(3); - PopStyleColor(); - return ret; -} - -void ImGui::EndChildFrame() -{ - EndChild(); -} - static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) { window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); @@ -5601,9 +6368,9 @@ static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settin window->ViewportId = settings->ViewportId; window->ViewportPos = ImVec2(settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y); } - window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x + window->ViewportPos.x, settings->Pos.y + window->ViewportPos.y)); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x + window->ViewportPos.x, settings->Pos.y + window->ViewportPos.y)); if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) - window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; window->DockId = settings->DockId; window->DockOrder = settings->DockOrder; @@ -5632,33 +6399,24 @@ static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child; } -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); - - // Create window the first time - ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); - window->Flags = flags; - g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); - - // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. + // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position + // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0); window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos; + window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = window->SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) - { - // Retrieve settings from .ini file - window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); - ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); - } + if (settings != NULL) + { + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + } window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; @@ -5671,6 +6429,23 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); } +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + // Create window the first time + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name); + window->Flags = flags; + g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL; + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0) + window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); + + InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once @@ -5690,13 +6465,37 @@ static ImGuiWindow* GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(ImGuiWindow* window) return (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow) ? window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow : window; } +static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // We give windows non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + // FIXME: Essentially we want to restrict manual resizing to WindowMinSize+Decoration, and allow api resizing to be smaller. + // Perhaps should tend further a neater test for this. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size_min; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + { + size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f; + size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f; + } + else + { + size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f; + size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f; + } + + // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(window); + size_min.y = ImMax(size_min.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); + return size_min; +} + static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { - // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. + // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max. ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x; new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y; @@ -5710,19 +6509,13 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data); new_size = data.DesiredSize; } - new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x); - new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y); + new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x); + new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y); } // Minimum size - if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))) - { - ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(window); - new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - const float minimum_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, minimum_height); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows - } - return new_size; + ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window); + return ImMax(new_size, size_min); } static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) @@ -5739,10 +6532,10 @@ static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_cur return; } - content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); - content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); } static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) @@ -5761,24 +6554,33 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont else { // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size - const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; - const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; - ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; - if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) - size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); + ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window); + ImVec2 size_max = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 avail_size = window->Viewport->WorkSize; - if (window->ViewportOwned) - avail_size = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - const int monitor_idx = window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; - if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size) - avail_size = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx].WorkSize; - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + // Child windows are layed within their parent (unless they are also popups/menus) and thus have no restriction + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0) + { + if (!window->ViewportOwned) + size_max = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f; + const int monitor_idx = window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; + if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size) + size_max = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx].WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f; + } + + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, size_max)); + + // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one axis may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars, + // we may need to compute/store three variants of size_auto_fit, for x/y/xy. + // Here we implement a workaround for child windows only, but a full solution would apply to normal windows as well: + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + size_auto_fit.y = window->SizeFull.y; + else if (!(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + size_auto_fit.x = window->SizeFull.x; // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); if (will_have_scrollbar_x) size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; @@ -5821,7 +6623,7 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co *out_size = size_constrained; } -// Data for resizing from corner +// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner struct ImGuiResizeGripDef { ImVec2 CornerPosN; @@ -5839,9 +6641,9 @@ static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = // Data for resizing from borders struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef { - ImVec2 InnerDir; - ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; - float OuterAngle; + ImVec2 InnerDir; // Normal toward inside + ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left) + float OuterAngle; // Angle toward outside }; static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = { @@ -5887,7 +6689,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad // Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) -static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) +static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; @@ -5897,12 +6699,16 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. return false; - bool ret_auto_fit = false; - const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; - const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); - const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); + int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00; + const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float grip_hover_inner_size = (resize_grip_count > 0) ? IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f) : 0.0f; const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; + ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect; + const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); + if (window_move_from_title_bar) + clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight; + ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); @@ -5936,21 +6742,21 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; + SetMouseCursor((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE); - if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0) + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) { - // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking + // Auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - ret_auto_fit = true; + ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises ClearActiveID(); } else if (held) { // Resize from any of the four corners // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position - ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); @@ -5960,8 +6766,16 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); } - for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) + + int resize_border_mask = 0x00; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0); + else + resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00; + for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++) { + if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0) + continue; const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; @@ -5970,22 +6784,78 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) + hovered = false; + if (hovered || held) + SetMouseCursor((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS); + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) { - g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; - if (held) - *border_held = border_n; + // Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis + // FIXME: CalcWindowAutoFitSize() doesn't take into account that only one side may be auto-fit when calculating scrollbars. + // FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases. + if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border + { + size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit)[axis]; + ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis); + hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position + } + ClearActiveID(); } - if (held) + else if (held) { - ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + // Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop. + // Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually. + // FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it! + const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, g.WheelingWindow, false, true)); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing) + { + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect; + g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false; + } + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(&g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, &border_rect, sizeof(ImRect)) != 0) + g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true; + + const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size); + const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; + const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above. + + // Use absolute mode position ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; - border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; + border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis; + + // Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position. + bool ignore_resize = false; + if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode) + { + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode"); + border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis)) + ignore_resize = true; + } + + // Clamp, apply + ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent + { + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow; + ImGuiWindowFlags parent_flags = parent_window->Flags; + ImRect border_limit_rect = parent_window->InnerRect; + border_limit_rect.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.x, parent_window->WindowBorderSize), -ImMax(parent_window->WindowPadding.y, parent_window->WindowBorderSize))); + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) && ((parent_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))) + border_target.x = ImClamp(border_target.x, border_limit_rect.Min.x, border_limit_rect.Max.x); + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && (parent_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) + border_target.y = ImClamp(border_target.y, border_limit_rect.Min.y, border_limit_rect.Max.y); + } + if (!ignore_resize) + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); } + if (hovered) + *border_hovered = border_n; + if (held) + *border_held = border_n; } PopID(); @@ -6007,11 +6877,11 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; - g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) { // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. @@ -6022,51 +6892,71 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s } // Apply back modified position/size to window - if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->SizeFull = size_target; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX) - { - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target); + const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos; + const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull; + if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x)) + window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x; + if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y)) + window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y; + if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(pos_target.x)) + window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(pos_target.x); + if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(pos_target.y)) + window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(pos_target.y); + if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - window->Size = window->SizeFull; - return ret_auto_fit; + // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates + if (*border_held != -1) + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + + return ret_auto_fit_mask; } static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; - if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || window->DockNodeAsHost)) + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && window->DockNodeAsHost) size_for_clamping.y = ImGui::GetFrameHeight(); // Not using window->TitleBarHeight() as DockNodeAsHost will report 0.0f here. + else if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight; window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); } +static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size) +{ + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; + const float rounding = window->WindowRounding; + const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); +} + static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float rounding = window->WindowRounding; - float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); - - int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; - if (border_held != -1) + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border); + if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0) + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize); + else if (border_size > 0.0f) { - const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; - ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border. + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 1, border_col, border_size); + if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 3, border_col, border_size); + } + if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) + { + const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered; + const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32((window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); + RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col_resizing, ImMax(2.0f, window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual } if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive) { - float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1; - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize); + float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight - 1; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize); } } @@ -6139,7 +7029,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar ImDrawList* bg_draw_list = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->DrawList : window->DrawList; if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); - bg_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); + bg_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); } @@ -6152,6 +7042,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive) { ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); + if (window->ViewportOwned) + title_bar_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); } @@ -6169,8 +7061,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode; if (window->DockIsActive && node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !node->IsNoTabBar()) { - float unhide_sz_draw = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 0.70f); - float unhide_sz_hit = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 0.55f); + float unhide_sz_draw = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 0.70f); + float unhide_sz_hit = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 0.55f); ImVec2 p = node->Pos; ImRect r(p, p + ImVec2(unhide_sz_hit, unhide_sz_hit)); ImGuiID unhide_id = window->GetID("#UNHIDE"); @@ -6179,7 +7071,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar if (ButtonBehavior(r, unhide_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren)) node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; else if (held && IsMouseDragging(0)) - StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, node, true); + StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, node, true); // Undock from tab-bar triangle = same as window/collapse menu button // FIXME-DOCK: Ideally we'd use ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive/ImGuiCol_TitleBg here, but neither is guaranteed to be visible enough at this sort of size.. ImU32 col = GetColorU32(((held && hovered) || (node->IsFocused && !hovered)) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); @@ -6197,12 +7089,15 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar { for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) { + const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]; + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + continue; const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size))); window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size))); window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12); - window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]); + window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col); } } @@ -6238,18 +7133,18 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; if (has_close_button) { - pad_r += button_sz; - close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - pad_r += button_sz; - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - pad_l += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) @@ -6316,41 +7211,82 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree; if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) // FIXME: simply use _NoTitleBar ? window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; - while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + while (window->RootWindowForNav->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) { IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL); window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; } } +// [EXPERIMENTAL] Called by Begin(). NextWindowData is valid at this point. +// This is designed as a toy/test-bed for +void ImGui::UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window->SkipRefresh = false; + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy) == 0) + return; + if (g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh) + { + // FIXME-IDLE: Tests for e.g. mouse clicks or keyboard while focused. + if (window->Appearing) // If currently appearing + return; + if (window->Hidden) // If was hidden (previous frame) + return; + if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover) && g.HoveredWindow) + if (window->RootWindow == g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow || IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, window)) + return; + if ((g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus) && g.NavWindow) + if (window->RootWindow == g.NavWindow->RootWindow || IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.NavWindow->RootWindow, window)) + return; + window->DrawList = NULL; + window->SkipRefresh = true; + } +} + +static void SetWindowActiveForSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->Active = true; + for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows) + if (!child->Hidden) + { + child->Active = child->SkipRefresh = true; + SetWindowActiveForSkipRefresh(child); + } +} + // When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) // should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack. // In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent. -// - Window // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 -// - Window // .. returns Modal1 +// - WindowA // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 +// - WindowB // .. returns Modal1 // - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2 -// - Window // .. returns Modal2 -// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - WindowC // .. returns Modal2 +// - WindowD // .. returns Modal2 // - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 -static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +// - WindowE // .. returns NULL +// Notes: +// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL. +// Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unnecessary. +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) return NULL; // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. - for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window; if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) continue; if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. continue; - if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. - break; - for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) - if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent)) - return popup_window; // Place window above its begin stack parent. + if (window == NULL) // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click. + return popup_window; + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window may be over modal + continue; + return popup_window; // Place window right below first block modal } return NULL; } @@ -6376,13 +7312,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window_just_created) window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); - const int current_frame = g.FrameCount; const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow); @@ -6406,6 +7343,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags; window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; + window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; @@ -6460,29 +7398,44 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID); // Add to stack - // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() g.CurrentWindow = window; - ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; + g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); window_stack_data.Window = window; window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; - window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); - g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data); + window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled); + ErrorRecoveryStoreState(&window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin); + g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = &window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - g.BeginMenuCount++; + g.BeginMenuDepth++; // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; + + // Focus route + // There's little point to expose a flag to set this: because the interesting cases won't be using parent_window_in_stack, + // Use for e.g. linking a tool window in a standalone viewport to a document window, regardless of their Begin() stack parenting. (#6798) + window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = (window->RootWindow != window) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL; + if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute == NULL && window->DockNode != NULL) + if (window->DockNode->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockedWindowsInFocusRoute) + window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = window->DockNode->HostWindow; + + // Override with SetNextWindowClass() field or direct call to SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute() + if (window->WindowClass.FocusRouteParentWindowId != 0) + { + window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = FindWindowByID(window->WindowClass.FocusRouteParentWindowId); + IM_ASSERT(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != 0); // Invalid value for FocusRouteParentWindowId. + } } // Add to focus scope stack - PushFocusScope(window->ID); + PushFocusScope((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? g.CurrentFocusScopeId : window->ID); window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - // Add to popup stack + // Add to popup stacks: update OpenPopupStack[] data, push to BeginPopupStack[] if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; @@ -6516,6 +7469,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild() + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x; + if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) + g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y; SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); } if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) @@ -6544,8 +7501,18 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window->Appearing) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Skip Refresh mode + UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(window); + + // Nested root windows (typically tooltips) override disabled state + if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window) + BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); + + // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh) { // Initialize const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) @@ -6626,30 +7593,39 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) // We read Style data after the call to UpdateSelectWindowViewport() which might be swapping the style. - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize; else window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; - if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) + window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; + if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f) window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f); - else - window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding; // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size. window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + window->TitleBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + window->MenuBarHeight = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; + // Depending on condition we use previous or current window size to compare against contents size to decide if a scrollbar should be visible. + // Those flags will be altered further down in the function depending on more conditions. bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + if (window_size_x_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + if (window_size_y_set_by_api && window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) // #7252 + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && !window->DockIsActive) { - // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. + // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), + // so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) - window->WantCollapseToggle = true; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max)) + if (g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; if (window->WantCollapseToggle) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; @@ -6667,11 +7643,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // SIZE // Outer Decoration Sizes - // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations). + // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediately as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations). const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes; window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f; window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f; - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight + window->MenuBarHeight; window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f; window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); @@ -6744,7 +7720,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); // Late create viewport if we don't fit within our current host viewport. - if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0 && !window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) + if (window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend >= 0 && !window->ViewportOwned && !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) if (!window->Viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(window->Rect())) { // This is based on the assumption that the DPI will be known ahead (same as the DPI of the selection done in UpdateSelectWindowViewport) @@ -6779,14 +7755,23 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } else if (window->ViewportOwned && g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0) { - // Lost windows (e.g. a monitor disconnected) will naturally moved to the fallback/dummy monitor aka the main viewport. - const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = GetViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport); - visibility_rect.Min = monitor->WorkPos + visibility_padding; - visibility_rect.Max = monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize - visibility_padding; + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && window->RootWindowDockTree == g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree) + { + // While moving windows we allow them to straddle monitors (#7299, #3071) + visibility_rect = g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect; + } + else + { + // When not moving ensure visible in its monitor + // Lost windows (e.g. a monitor disconnected) will naturally moved to the fallback/dummy monitor aka the main viewport. + const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = GetViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport); + visibility_rect = ImRect(monitor->WorkPos, monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize); + } + visibility_rect.Expand(-visibility_padding); ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); } } - window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(window->Pos); // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. @@ -6807,31 +7792,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) want_focus = true; else if ((window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) want_focus = true; - - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) - { - // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. - // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. - // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. - // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. - want_focus = false; - if (window == window->RootWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); - IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); - BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); - } - } } - // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system + // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations) #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (g.TestEngineHookItems) { IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1); window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself. - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0); window->IDStack.Size = 1; } @@ -6841,13 +7810,19 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = (window->DockNodeAsHost || !window->DockIsActive); // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad - int border_held = -1; + int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1; ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; - const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. - const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const int resize_grip_count = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->Collapsed) - if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) - use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_hovered, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) + { + if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true; + if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y)) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; + } + window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered; window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; // Synchronize window --> viewport again and one last time (clamping and manual resize may have affected either) @@ -6881,7 +7856,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) - window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values. @@ -6903,7 +7878,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect; if (window->DockIsActive) - window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight(); + window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight; window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect); // Inner rectangle @@ -6918,24 +7893,30 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2; // Inner clipping rectangle. - // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. - // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. - // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. + // - Extend a outside of normal work region up to borders. + // - This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space. + // - It also makes clipped items be more noticeable. + // - And is consistent on both axis (prior to 2024/05/03 ClipRect used WindowPadding.x * 0.5f on left and right edge), see #3312 + // - Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result. // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior. // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by: // - Begin() initial clip rect float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize); + + // Try to match the fact that our border is drawn centered over the window rectangle, rather than inner. + // This is why we do a *0.5f here. We don't currently even technically support large values for WindowBorderSize, + // see e.g #7887 #7888, but may do after we move the window border to become an inner border (and then we can remove the 0.5f here). + window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); + window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size * 0.5f); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); + window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect); // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f); + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f); else - window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f); + window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f); // SCROLLING @@ -6970,8 +7951,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL; bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false; - bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0; - if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) + bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0); + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) render_decorations_in_parent = true; } if (render_decorations_in_parent) @@ -6997,14 +7978,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); - window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); - window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); + window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; // [LEGACY] Content Region // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling. // Used by: // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; @@ -7035,13 +8017,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true; window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask = 0x00; window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; @@ -7052,29 +8035,32 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + window->DC.ModalDimBgColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg)); if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) window->AutoFitFramesX--; if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) window->AutoFitFramesY--; + // Clear SetNextWindowXXX data (can aim to move this higher in the function) + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to: + // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. if (want_focus) - { - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow) NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls - } - // Close requested by platform window + // Close requested by platform window (apply to all windows in this viewport) if (p_open != NULL && window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose && window->Viewport != GetMainViewport()) { - if (!window->DockIsActive || window->DockTabIsVisible) - { - window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose = false; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name); - *p_open = false; - } + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' closed by PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name); + *p_open = false; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue. // FIXME-NAV: Try removing. } // Title bar @@ -7084,6 +8070,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Clear hit test shape every frame window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + g.TooltipPreviousWindow = window; + // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? @@ -7098,9 +8087,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { // Docking: Dragging a dockable window (or any of its child) turns it into a drag and drop source. // We need to do this _before_ we overwrite window->DC.LastItemId below because BeginDockableDragDropSource() also overwrites it. - if ((g.MovingWindow == window) && (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift == g.IO.KeyShift)) - if ((window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0) - BeginDockableDragDropSource(window); + if (g.MovingWindow == window && (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0) + BeginDockableDragDropSource(window); // Docking: Any dockable window can act as a target. For dock node hosts we call BeginDockableDragDropTarget() in DockNodeUpdate() instead. if (g.DragDropActive && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking)) @@ -7111,10 +8099,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. - if (window->DockIsActive) - SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, window->DockTabItemRect); - else - SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, title_bar_rect); // [DEBUG] #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS @@ -7122,29 +8107,34 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); #endif - // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab + // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId. #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData); #endif } else { + // Skip refresh always mark active + if (window->SkipRefresh) + SetWindowActiveForSkipRefresh(window); + // Append SetCurrentViewport(window, window->Viewport); SetCurrentWindow(window); + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + SetLastItemDataForWindow(window, window->TitleBarRect()); } - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->SkipRefresh) PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) window->WriteAccessed = false; window->BeginCount++; - g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // Update visibility - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame && !window->SkipRefresh) { // When we are about to select this tab (which will only be visible on the _next frame_), flag it with a non-zero HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems. // This will have the important effect of actually returning true in Begin() and not setting SkipItems, allowing an earlier submission of the window contents. @@ -7158,18 +8148,20 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; } - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). - IM_ASSERT((flags& ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || (window->DockIsActive)); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? - { - const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); - if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) - if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || window->DockIsActive); + const bool nav_request = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + { + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + else window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } + } // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) @@ -7210,10 +8202,36 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window->SkipItems && !window->Appearing) IM_ASSERT(window->Appearing == false); // Please report on GitHub if this triggers: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4177 } + else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + // Skip refresh mode + window->SkipItems = true; + } + + // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (!window->IsFallbackWindow) + if ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size)) + { + if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; } + if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; } + return false; + } +#endif return !window->SkipItems; } +static void ImGui::SetLastItemDataForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (window->DockIsActive) + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, window->DockTabItemRect); + else + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(rect.Min, rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, rect); +} + void ImGui::End() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7225,7 +8243,7 @@ void ImGui::End() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!"); return; } - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); + ImGuiWindowStackData& window_stack_data = g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->DockIsActive) @@ -7234,9 +8252,17 @@ void ImGui::End() // Close anything that is open if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) EndColumns(); - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) // Pop inner window clip rectangle + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->SkipRefresh) // Pop inner window clip rectangle PopClipRect(); PopFocusScope(); + if (window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable && window->RootWindow == window) + EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); + + if (window->SkipRefresh) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList == NULL); + window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; + } // Stop logging if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging @@ -7251,12 +8277,16 @@ void ImGui::End() host_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos + window->WindowPadding - host_window->WindowPadding; // Pop from window stack - g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup; + g.LastItemData = window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - g.BeginMenuCount--; + g.BeginMenuDepth--; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + + // Error handling, state recovery + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecovery) + ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(&window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin); + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window); if (g.CurrentWindow) @@ -7342,10 +8372,29 @@ int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) } // Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) -void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Modal check? + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case. + if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window)) + { + // This block would typically be reached in two situations: + // - API call to FocusWindow() with a window under a modal and ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal flag. + // - User clicking on void or anything behind a modal while a modal is open (window == NULL) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "", blocking_modal->Name); + if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring right under modal. (FIXME: Could move in focus list too?) + ClosePopupsOverWindow(GetTopMostPopupModal(), false); // Note how we need to use GetTopMostPopupModal() aad NOT blocking_modal, to handle nested modals + return; + } + + // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL) + window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + + // Apply focus if (g.NavWindow != window) { SetNavWindow(window); @@ -7353,8 +8402,9 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0; + SetNavFocusScope(window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0); g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; // Close popups if any ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); @@ -7381,8 +8431,9 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) window->LastFrameJustFocused = g.FrameCount; // Select in dock node - if (dock_node && dock_node->TabBar) - dock_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = dock_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = window->TabId; + // For #2304 we avoid applying focus immediately before the tabbar is visible. + //if (dock_node && dock_node->TabBar) + // dock_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = dock_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = window->TabId; // Bring to front BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window); @@ -7390,7 +8441,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); } -void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; @@ -7409,20 +8460,22 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind { // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; - IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); - if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive) - if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - // FIXME-DOCK: This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. - // If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B. - // We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update) - // to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself? - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - return; - } + if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive) + continue; + if (filter_viewport != NULL && window->Viewport != filter_viewport) + continue; + if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + // FIXME-DOCK: When ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild is set... + // This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. + // If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B. + // We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update) + // to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself? + FocusWindow(window, flags); + return; + } } - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, flags); } // Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. @@ -7434,30 +8487,45 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) g.Font = font; g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; + g.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines; g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; + g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontScale; } +// Use ImDrawList::_SetTextureID(), making our shared g.FontStack[] authorative against window-local ImDrawList. +// - Whereas ImDrawList::PushTextureID()/PopTextureID() is not to be used across Begin() calls. +// - Note that we don't propagate current texture id when e.g. Begin()-ing into a new window, we never really did... +// - Some code paths never really fully worked with multiple atlas textures. +// - The right-ish solution may be to remove _SetTextureID() and make AddText/RenderText lazily call PushTextureID()/PopTextureID() +// the same way AddImage() does, but then all other primitives would also need to? I don't think we should tackle this problem +// because we have a concrete need and a test bed for multiple atlas textures. void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!font) + if (font == NULL) font = GetDefaultFont(); - SetCurrentFont(font); g.FontStack.push_back(font); - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->_SetTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); } void ImGui::PopFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID(); + if (g.FontStack.Size <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopFont() too many times!"); + return; + } g.FontStack.pop_back(); - SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back()); + ImFont* font = g.FontStack.Size == 0 ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back(); + SetCurrentFont(font); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->_SetTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); } void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) @@ -7476,7 +8544,11 @@ void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) void ImGui::PopItemFlag() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack. + if (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size <= 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopItemFlag() too many times!"); + return; + } g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); } @@ -7485,8 +8557,9 @@ void ImGui::PopItemFlag() // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) // - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently. // - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 -// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. -// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag() +// - BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() essentially does nothing but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. +// (as a micro-optimization: if you have tens of thousands of BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() pairs, you might want to reformulate your code to avoid making those calls) +// - Note: mixing up BeginDisabled() and PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) is currently NOT SUPPORTED. void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7498,14 +8571,18 @@ void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) } if (was_disabled || disabled) g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; - g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); // FIXME-OPT: can we simply skip this and use DisabledStackSize? g.DisabledStackSize++; } void ImGui::EndDisabled() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + if (g.DisabledStackSize <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling EndDisabled() too many times!"); + return; + } g.DisabledStackSize--; bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; //PopItemFlag(); @@ -7515,37 +8592,46 @@ void ImGui::EndDisabled() g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar(); } -// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. -void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) +// Could have been called BeginDisabledDisable() but it didn't want to be award nominated for most awkward function name. +// Ideally we would use a shared e.g. BeginDisabled()->BeginDisabledEx() but earlier needs to be optimal. +// The whole code for this is awkward, will reevaluate if we find a way to implement SetNextItemDisabled(). +void ImGui::BeginDisabledOverrideReenable() { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus); -} - -void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus() -{ - PopItemFlag(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled); + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; + g.CurrentItemFlags &= ~ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.DisabledStackSize++; } -void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) +void ImGui::EndDisabledOverrideReenable() { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); -} - -void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() -{ - PopItemFlag(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DisabledStackSize--; + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup * g.Style.DisabledAlpha; } void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos); window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; } void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.Size <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopTextWrapPos() too many times!"); + return; + } window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); } @@ -7614,9 +8700,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_b return false; } +// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. +// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, +// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! +// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow; ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -7645,6 +8736,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId) return false; + + // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer. + // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way + // to fulfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true + // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache. + // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow. + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID) + return false; + return true; } @@ -7722,7 +8824,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) // Set const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; - window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); + window->Pos = ImTrunc(pos); ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) return; @@ -7761,18 +8863,22 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); + // Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + // Set ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; - window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; - window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; if (size.x <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; else - window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x); if (size.y <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; else - window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y); if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } @@ -7806,6 +8912,12 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const I window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos); } +void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; +} + void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond); @@ -7867,6 +8979,10 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } +// For each axis: +// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width. +// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint. +// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples. void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7882,7 +8998,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; - g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size); } void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) @@ -7937,6 +9053,14 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) g.NextWindowData.WindowClass = *window_class; } +// This is experimental and meant to be a toy for exploring a future/wider range of features. +void ImGui::SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy; + g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal = flags; +} + ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -7978,37 +9102,92 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->FontWindowScale = scale; g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} - -void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavNextActivateId = id; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + g.FontScale = g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; } void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(id); + ImGuiFocusScopeData data; + data.ID = id; + data.WindowID = g.CurrentWindow->ID; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(data); g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id; } void ImGui::PopFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + if (g.FocusScopeStack.Size <= g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopFocusScope() too many times!"); + return; + } g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); - g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0; + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + g.NavFocusRoute.resize(0); // Invalidate + if (focus_scope_id == 0) + return; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + + // Store current path (in reverse order) + if (focus_scope_id == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + { + // Top of focus stack contains local focus scopes inside current window + for (int n = g.FocusScopeStack.Size - 1; n >= 0 && g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n].WindowID == g.CurrentWindow->ID; n--) + g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n]); + } + else if (focus_scope_id == g.NavWindow->NavRootFocusScopeId) + g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ focus_scope_id, g.NavWindow->ID }); + else + return; + + // Then follow on manually set ParentWindowForFocusRoute field (#6798) + for (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindowForFocusRoute; window != NULL; window = window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute) + g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ window->NavRootFocusScopeId, window->ID }); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavFocusRoute.Size < 100); // Maximum depth is technically 251 as per CalcRoutingScore(): 254 - 3 +} + +// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window. +void ImGui::FocusItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name); + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this? + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + SetNavWindow(window); + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags); + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); +} + +void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; } // Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! +// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus? void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. @@ -8016,14 +9195,15 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); return; } SetNavWindow(window); + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. if (offset == -1) { NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); @@ -8041,16 +9221,15 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!window->Appearing) return; - if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) return; g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult); NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) - if (!IsItemVisible()) + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect)) ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); } @@ -8066,6 +9245,80 @@ ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() return window->DC.StateStorage; } +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); +} + +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ID STACK +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is one of the very rare legacy case where we use ImGuiWindow methods, +// it should ideally be flattened at some point but it's been used a lots by widgets. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); +#endif + return id; +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +// FIXME: Consider instead storing last non-zero ID + count of successive zero-ID, and combine those? +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromPos(const ImVec2& p_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImVec2 p_rel = ImGui::WindowPosAbsToRel(this, p_abs); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&p_rel, sizeof(p_rel), seed); + return id; +} + +// " +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + return id; +} + void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8103,27 +9356,46 @@ void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); +#endif window->IDStack.push_back(id); } // Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call -// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. // for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) { ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); +#endif return id; } void ImGui::PopID() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? + if (window->IDStack.Size <= 1) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopID() too many times!"); + return; + } window->IDStack.pop_back(); } @@ -8145,22 +9417,18 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) return window->GetID(ptr_id); } -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(int int_id) { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); + return window->GetID(int_id); } - -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); -} - +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] INPUTS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetModForLRModKey() [Internal] +// - FixupKeyChord() [Internal] // - GetKeyData() [Internal] // - GetKeyIndex() [Internal] // - GetKeyName() @@ -8190,6 +9458,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal] // - IsMouseDragging() // - GetMousePos() +// - SetMousePos() [Internal] // - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() // - IsMousePosValid() // - IsAnyMouseDown() @@ -8221,29 +9490,48 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // - Shortcut() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) +static ImGuiKeyChord GetModForLRModKey(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl) + return ImGuiMod_Ctrl; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftShift || key == ImGuiKey_RightShift) + return ImGuiMod_Shift; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftAlt || key == ImGuiKey_RightAlt) + return ImGuiMod_Alt; + if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper || key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper) + return ImGuiMod_Super; + return ImGuiMod_None; +} + +ImGuiKeyChord ImGui::FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified. + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (IsLRModKey(key)) + key_chord |= GetModForLRModKey(key); + return key_chord; +} + +ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; // Special storage location for mods if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); - int index; #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); - if (IsLegacyKey(key)) - index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native - else - index = key; + if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) + key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native #else IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); - index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; #endif - return &g.IO.KeysData[index]; + return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +// Formally moved to obsolete section in 1.90.5 in spite of documented as obsolete since 1.87 ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8262,11 +9550,13 @@ static const char* const GKeyNames[] = "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24", "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "AppBack", "AppForward", "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", @@ -8280,20 +9570,20 @@ IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) { + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return "None"; #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); #else + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (IsLegacyKey(key)) { - ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); - if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1) + if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1) return "N/A"; - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key])); - key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key])); + key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; } #endif - if (key == ImGuiKey_None) - return "None"; if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); if (!IsNamedKey(key)) @@ -8302,18 +9592,26 @@ const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } -// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super. -void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) +// Return untranslated names: on macOS, Cmd key will show as Ctrl, Ctrl key will show as super. +// Lifetime of return value: valid until next call to same function. +const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) - key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); - ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s", + + const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (IsLRModKey(key)) + key_chord &= ~GetModForLRModKey(key); // Return "Ctrl+LeftShift" instead of "Ctrl+Shift+LeftShift" + ImFormatString(g.TempKeychordName, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempKeychordName), "%s%s%s%s%s", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "", (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", - (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", - GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_))); + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? "Super+" : "", + (key != ImGuiKey_None || key_chord == ImGuiKey_None) ? GetKeyName(key) : ""); + size_t len; + if (key == ImGuiKey_None && key_chord != 0) + if ((len = strlen(g.TempKeychordName)) != 0) // Remove trailing '+' + g.TempKeychordName[len - 1] = 0; + return g.TempKeychordName; } // t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) @@ -8380,19 +9678,24 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex) { routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx]; + routing_entry->RoutingCurrScore = routing_entry->RoutingNextScore; routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry - routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255; - if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) continue; rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point) + // This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call. if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods) { - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = ImGui::GetKeyOwnerData(key); - if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) + { owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr); + } } } @@ -8408,7 +9711,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) @@ -8422,8 +9725,6 @@ ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data; - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) - key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (key == ImGuiKey_None) @@ -8450,20 +9751,18 @@ ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) } // Current score encoding (lower is highest priority): -// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) -// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal +// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive +// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_ActiveItem or ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) +// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused // - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack) -// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow +// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal // - 255: never route // 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy -static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiID focus_scope_id, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* focused = g.NavWindow; - // ActiveID gets top priority // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it) if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) @@ -8475,65 +9774,139 @@ static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputF // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best) // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request, // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score. - if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow) - for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) - { - if (focused == location) - { - IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); - return next_score; - } - focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path - } + // This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain. + if (focus_scope_id == 0) + return 255; + for (int index_in_focus_path = 0; index_in_focus_path < g.NavFocusRoute.Size; index_in_focus_path++) + if (g.NavFocusRoute.Data[index_in_focus_path].ID == focus_scope_id) + return 3 + index_in_focus_path; return 255; } - - // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional - if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) - return 2; - if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow) + else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive) + { + if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) + return 1; + return 255; + } + else if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive) + return 0; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused) + return 2; return 254; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); return 0; } +// - We need this to filter some Shortcut() routes when an item e.g. an InputText() is active +// e.g. ImGuiKey_G won't be considered a shortcut when item is active, but ImGuiMod|ImGuiKey_G can be. +// - This is also used by UpdateInputEvents() to avoid trickling in the most common case of e.g. pressing ImGuiKey_G also emitting a G character. +static bool IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + // Mimic 'ignore_char_inputs' logic in InputText() + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // When the right mods are pressed it cannot be a char input so we won't filter the shortcut out. + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + const bool ignore_char_inputs = ((mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && !(mods & ImGuiMod_Alt)) || (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && (mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl)); + if (ignore_char_inputs) + return false; + + // Return true for A-Z, 0-9 and other keys associated to char inputs. Other keys such as F1-F12 won't be filtered. + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return false; + return g.KeysMayBeCharInput.TestBit(key); +} + // Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods). // Return true if the route is available this frame. // - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state. // (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame". // As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.) -// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) -// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None': allows disabling/locking a shortcut. -bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() else - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + IM_ASSERT(owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)) + IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal); + + // Add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified. + key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord); + + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused) if (g.NavWindow == NULL) return false; + + // Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this? if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> always, no register\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id); return true; + } + + // Specific culling when there's an active item. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != owner_id) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive) + return false; + + // Cull shortcuts with no modifiers when it could generate a character. + // e.g. Shortcut(ImGuiKey_G) also generates 'g' character, should not trigger when InputText() is active. + // but Shortcut(Ctrl+G) should generally trigger when InputText() is active. + // TL;DR: lettered shortcut with no mods or with only Alt mod will not trigger while an item reading text input is active. + // (We cannot filter based on io.InputQueueCharacters[] contents because of trickling and key<>chars submission order are undefined) + if (g.IO.WantTextInput && IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(key_chord)) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> filtered as potential char input\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id); + return false; + } - const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentWindow, owner_id, flags); + // ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys trumps all for ActiveId + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive) == 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys) + { + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_)); + if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) + return false; + } + } + + // Where do we evaluate route for? + ImGuiID focus_scope_id = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow) + focus_scope_id = g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow->ID; // See PushFocusScope() call in Begin() + + const int score = CalcRoutingScore(focus_scope_id, owner_id, flags); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, flags=%04X, owner_id=0x%08X) -> score %d\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), flags, owner_id, score); if (score == 255) return false; // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient) // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <). ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); - const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore); if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore) { - routing_data->RoutingNext = routing_id; + routing_data->RoutingNext = owner_id; routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score; } // Return routing state for CURRENT frame - return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; + if (routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("--> granting current route\n"); + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id; } // Currently unused by core (but used by tests) @@ -8541,6 +9914,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiI bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id) { const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord); ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry. return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; } @@ -8564,11 +9938,11 @@ bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) { - return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); + return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +// Important: unlike legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) { const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) @@ -8577,13 +9951,28 @@ bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) if (t < 0.0f) return false; IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); - if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0) { float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) + { + // Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value. + // Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time)) + pressed = false; + } } if (!pressed) return false; @@ -8623,10 +10012,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) { - return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); + return IsMouseClicked(button, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); @@ -8635,7 +10024,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInput const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; if (t < 0.0f) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here. const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0; const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); @@ -8669,6 +10058,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); } +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); +} + int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8688,9 +10084,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool c if (clip) rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + // Hit testing, expanded for touch input + if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)) return false; if (!g.MouseViewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(rect_clipped)) return false; @@ -8723,6 +10118,17 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() return g.IO.MousePos; } +// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well. +// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend. +void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos; + g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); +} + // NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() { @@ -8787,6 +10193,9 @@ ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() return g.MouseCursor; } +// We intentionally accept values of ImGuiMouseCursor that are outside our bounds, in case users needs to hack-in a custom cursor value. +// Custom cursors may be handled by custom backends. If you are using a standard backend and want to hack in a custom cursor, you may +// handle it before the backend _NewFrame() call and temporarily set ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange during the backend _NewFrame() call. void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8817,6 +10226,9 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) + io.ClearInputKeys(); + // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) @@ -8858,7 +10270,9 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper; } } +#endif + // Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) @@ -8881,7 +10295,6 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); #undef NAV_MAP_KEY } -#endif #endif // Update aliases @@ -8890,15 +10303,20 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); - // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyXXX values. + // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values. // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. // - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing. + const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods; io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0; io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0; + if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods) + g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time; + if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0) + g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time; // Clear gamepad data if disabled if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) @@ -8914,6 +10332,14 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f) + { + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i); + if (IsKeyboardKey(key)) + g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time; + else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper) + g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time; + } } // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key @@ -8923,10 +10349,11 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext; if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp. - owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore } + // Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts) UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable); } @@ -8935,9 +10362,16 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + // Mouse Wheel swapping flag + // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead + // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already. + // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature. + // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source. + io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) - io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(io.MousePos); // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) @@ -8945,11 +10379,17 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() else io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Update stationary timer. + // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates. + const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework. + const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold); + g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer); + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) { io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; @@ -9003,7 +10443,7 @@ static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount) g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; if (g.WheelingWindow == window) return; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); g.WheelingWindow = window; g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; if (window == NULL) @@ -9068,8 +10508,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() } ImVec2 wheel; - wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; - wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; + wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y); ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; @@ -9089,8 +10529,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale); } return; } @@ -9098,14 +10538,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() return; // Mouse wheel scrolling - // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead - // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) - const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - if (swap_axis) - { - wheel.x = wheel.y; - wheel.y = 0.0f; - } + // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs() + if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap) + wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f); // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter @@ -9131,15 +10566,17 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() { LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step); + g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount; } if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) { LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step); + g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount; } } } @@ -9159,20 +10596,26 @@ void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); return input_source_names[source]; } +static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source) +{ + const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT); + return mouse_source_names[source]; +} static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } } #endif @@ -9188,9 +10631,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText() // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail? // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters) - const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); + const bool trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); - bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false; + bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, key_changed_nonchar = false, text_inputted = false; int mouse_button_changed = 0x00; ImBitArray key_changed_mask; @@ -9200,11 +10643,14 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { + if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos) + continue; // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) break; io.MousePos = event_pos; + io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource; mouse_moved = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) @@ -9214,7 +10660,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) break; + if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover. + break; io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; + io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource; mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) @@ -9224,6 +10673,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) break; io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; + io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource; mouse_wheeled = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport) @@ -9233,16 +10683,25 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) + continue; ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key; IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None); ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); - if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || mouse_button_changed != 0)) break; + + const bool key_is_potentially_for_char_input = IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(GetMergedModsFromKeys() | key); + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text && (text_inputted && !key_is_potentially_for_char_input)) + break; + key_data->Down = e->Key.Down; key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; key_changed = true; key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index); + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text && !key_is_potentially_for_char_input) + key_changed_nonchar = true; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -9253,12 +10712,16 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard) + continue; // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with - if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text && key_changed_nonchar) break; unsigned int c = e->Text.Char; io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); - if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) + if (trickle_interleaved_nonchar_keys_and_text) text_inputted = true; } else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) @@ -9297,21 +10760,24 @@ void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag // (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event). if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + { g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); + g.IO.ClearInputMouse(); + } } ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) { - if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) - return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr; if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) - return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + return ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; return owner_id; } @@ -9322,7 +10788,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) // All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags. bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) { - if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + if (!IsNamedKeyOrMod(key)) return true; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9330,7 +10796,7 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) return false; - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false); @@ -9341,7 +10807,7 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) { if (owner_data->LockThisFrame) return false; - if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) return false; } @@ -9355,10 +10821,12 @@ bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) // - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrMod(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags); - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id; // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code. @@ -9367,6 +10835,16 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease); } +// Rarely used helper +void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); } + if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_) { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); } +} + // This is more or less equivalent to: // if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) // SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID()); @@ -9388,18 +10866,22 @@ void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) } } -bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetItemKeyOwner(key, ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} - // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. - if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; - if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) - return false; +// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements. +bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags_None, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} - if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) - key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); +// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed() +bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + key_chord = FixupKeyChord(key_chord); ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods) return false; @@ -9408,37 +10890,119 @@ bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); if (key == ImGuiKey_None) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods); + if (!IsKeyPressed(key, (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_), owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut; + g.NextItemData.Shortcut = key_chord; + g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags = flags; +} + +// Called from within ItemAdd: at this point we can read from NextItemData and write to LastItemData +void ImGui::ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputFlags flags = g.NextItemData.ShortcutFlags; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by SetNextItemShortcut()! - if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)))) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + return; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip) + { + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut; + g.LastItemData.Shortcut = g.NextItemData.Shortcut; + } + if (!Shortcut(g.NextItemData.Shortcut, flags & ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut, id) || g.NavActivateId != 0) + return; + + // FIXME: Generalize Activation queue? + g.NavActivateId = id; // Will effectively disable clipping. + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut; + //if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id) + g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = id; + NavHighlightActivated(id); +} + +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + return Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, flags=%X, owner_id=0x%08X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), flags, owner_id); + + // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + + // Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) + // Effectively makes Shortcut() always input-owner aware. + if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) + owner_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + + if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + // Submit route + if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, flags, owner_id)) + return false; + + // Default repeat behavior for Shortcut() + // So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange; + + if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, flags, owner_id)) + return false; + + // Claim mods during the press + SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id); + + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! return true; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING +// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING, STATE RECOVERY +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() (called via IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macros) +// - ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries() +// - ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() +// - ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() +// - ErrorRecoveryStoreState() +// - ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState() +// - ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState() +// - ErrorLog() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. +// Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues. +// Called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(). // Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If this triggers you have an issue: -// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version. -// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. -// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui, -// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h). -// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout +// If this triggers you have mismatched headers and compiled code versions. +// - It could be because of a build issue (using new headers with old compiled code) +// - It could be because of mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. +// THE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS MENTIONED IN imconfig.h MUST BE SET FOR ALL COMPILATION UNITS INVOLVED WITH DEAR IMGUI. +// Which is why it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and NOT only before including imgui.h). +// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout. +// If you don't want to modify imconfig.h you can use the IMGUI_USER_CONFIG define to change filename. bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) { bool error = false; if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } - if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } return !error; } @@ -9486,6 +11050,13 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); + // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644) + // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it. +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0) + g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f; +#endif + // Check user data // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); @@ -9508,9 +11079,17 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); #endif - // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. - if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) - g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; + // Error handling: we do not accept 100% silent recovery! Please contact me if you feel this is getting in your way. + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecovery) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert || g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog || g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip || g.ErrorCallback != NULL); + + // Remap legacy clipboard handlers (OBSOLETED in 1.91.1, August 2024) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn != NULL && (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn == NULL || g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn == Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl)) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext* ctx) { return ctx->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(ctx->IO.ClipboardUserData); }; + if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn != NULL && (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn == NULL || g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn == Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl)) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text) { return ctx->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(ctx->IO.ClipboardUserData, text); }; +#endif // Perform simple check: error if Docking or Viewport are enabled _exactly_ on frame 1 (instead of frame 0 or later), which is a common error leading to loss of .ini data. if (g.FrameCount == 1 && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) && (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) == 0) @@ -9542,9 +11121,8 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() } // Perform simple checks on platform monitor data + compute a total bounding box for quick early outs - for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; monitor_n++) + for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon : g.PlatformIO.Monitors) { - ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n]; IM_UNUSED(mon); IM_ASSERT(mon.MainSize.x > 0.0f && mon.MainSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor main bounds not setup properly."); IM_ASSERT(ImRect(mon.MainPos, mon.MainPos + mon.MainSize).Contains(ImRect(mon.WorkPos, mon.WorkPos + mon.WorkSize)) && "Monitor work bounds not setup properly. If you don't have work area information, just copy MainPos/MainSize into them."); @@ -9555,176 +11133,382 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); + IM_UNUSED(g); + IM_UNUSED(key_mods); IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); IM_UNUSED(key_mods); - // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame(). - //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); - - // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you - // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1) - { - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?"); - while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1) - End(); - } - else - { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); - } - } + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack[0].Window->IsFallbackWindow); +} - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!"); +// Save current stack sizes. Called e.g. by NewFrame() and by Begin() but may be called for manual recovery. +void ImGui::ErrorRecoveryStoreState(ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_out) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + state_out->SizeOfWindowStack = (short)g.CurrentWindowStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfIDStack = (short)g.CurrentWindow->IDStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfTreeStack = (short)g.CurrentWindow->DC.TreeDepth; // NOT g.TreeNodeStack.Size which is a partial stack! + state_out->SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + state_out->SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; } -// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. -// Must be called during or before EndFrame(). -// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order. -// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. -// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin -void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +// Chosen name "Try to recover" over e.g. "Restore" to suggest this is not a 100% guaranteed recovery. +// Called by e.g. EndFrame() but may be called for manual recovery. +// Attempt to recover full window stack. +void ImGui::ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in) { // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044 + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfWindowStack) //-V1044 { - ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data); + // Recap: + // - Begin()/BeginChild() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped. + // - Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! + // - Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild logic is KNOWN TO BE INCONSISTENT WITH ALL OTHER BEGIN/END FUNCTIONS. + // - We will fix that in a future major update. ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) - { - IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow); - break; - } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndChild()"); EndChild(); } else { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing End()"); End(); } } + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == state_in->SizeOfWindowStack) + ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(state_in); } -// Must be called before End()/EndChild() -void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +// Called by e.g. End() but may be called for manual recovery. +// Read '// Error Handling [BETA]' block in imgui_internal.h for details. +// Attempt to recover from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. +void ImGui::ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + + while (g.CurrentTable != NULL && g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndTable()"); EndTable(); } ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin; - IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); - while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + + // FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL && g.CurrentTabBar->Window == window) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndTabBar()"); EndTabBar(); } - while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + while (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.CurrentMultiSelect->Storage->Window == window) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndMultiSelect()"); + EndMultiSelect(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > state_in->SizeOfTreeStack) //-V1044 + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing TreePop()"); TreePop(); } - while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 + while (g.GroupStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndGroup()"); EndGroup(); } - while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size == state_in->SizeOfGroupStack); + while (window->IDStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfIDStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopID()"); PopID(); } - while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 + while (g.DisabledStackSize > state_in->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name); - EndDisabled(); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing EndDisabled()"); + if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + EndDisabled(); + else + { + EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().DisabledOverrideReenable = false; + } } - while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack) + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize == state_in->SizeOfDisabledStack); + while (g.ColorStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfColorStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopStyleColor()"); PopStyleColor(); } - while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 + while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopItemFlag()"); PopItemFlag(); } - while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopStyleVar()"); PopStyleVar(); } - while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044 + while (g.FontStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044 + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopFont()"); + PopFont(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > state_in->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) //-V1044 { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Missing PopFocusScope()"); PopFocusScope(); } + //IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size == state_in->SizeOfFocusScopeStack); } -// Save current stack sizes for later compare -void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() +bool ImGui::ErrorLog(const char* msg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Output to debug log +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; - SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; - SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; - SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; - SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; - SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; - SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; - SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; - SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; + + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog) + { + if (g.ErrorFirst) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR("[imgui-error] (current settings: Assert=%d, Log=%d, Tooltip=%d)\n", + g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert, g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog, g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR("[imgui-error] In window '%s': %s\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL", msg); + } + g.ErrorFirst = false; + + // Output to tooltip + if (g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip) + { + if (BeginErrorTooltip()) + { + if (g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame < 20) + { + Text("In window '%s': %s", window ? window->Name : "NULL", msg); + if (window && (!window->IsFallbackWindow || window->WasActive)) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + } + if (g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame == 20) + Text("(and more errors)"); + // EndFrame() will amend debug buttons to this window, after all errors have been submitted. + EndErrorTooltip(); + } + g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame++; + } +#endif + + // Output to callback + if (g.ErrorCallback != NULL) + g.ErrorCallback(&g, g.ErrorCallbackUserData, msg); + + // Return whether we should assert + return g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert; +} + +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip() +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugDrawIdConflicts != 0 && g.IO.KeyCtrl == false) + g.DebugDrawIdConflictsCount = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount; + if (g.DebugDrawIdConflicts != 0 && g.DebugItemPickerActive == false && BeginErrorTooltip()) + { + Text("Programmer error: %d visible items with conflicting ID!", g.DebugDrawIdConflictsCount); + BulletText("Code should use PushID()/PopID() in loops, or append \"##xx\" to same-label identifiers!"); + BulletText("Empty label e.g. Button(\"\") == same ID as parent widget/node. Use Button(\"##xx\") instead!"); + //BulletText("Code intending to use duplicate ID may use e.g. PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag()"); // Not making this too visible for fear of it being abused. + BulletText("Set io.ConfigDebugDetectIdConflicts=false to disable this warning in non-programmers builds."); + Separator(); + Text("(Hold CTRL to: use"); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Item Picker")) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); + Text("to break in item call-stack, or"); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Open FAQ->About ID Stack System") && g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn != NULL) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn(&g, "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#qa-usage"); + EndErrorTooltip(); + } + + if (g.ErrorCountCurrentFrame > 0 && BeginErrorTooltip()) // Amend at end of frame + { + Separator(); + Text("(Hold CTRL to:"); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Enable Asserts")) + g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert = true; + //SameLine(); + //if (SmallButton("Hide Error Tooltips")) + // g.IO.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip = false; // Too dangerous + SameLine(0, 0); + Text(")"); + EndErrorTooltip(); + } +#endif +} + +// Pseudo-tooltip. Follow mouse until CTRL is held. When CTRL is held we lock position, allowing to click it. +bool ImGui::BeginErrorTooltip() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName("##Tooltip_Error"); + const bool use_locked_pos = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && window && window->WasActive); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_PopupBg, ImLerp(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg], ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), 0.15f)); + if (use_locked_pos) + SetNextWindowPos(g.ErrorTooltipLockedPos); + bool is_visible = Begin("##Tooltip_Error", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize); + PopStyleColor(); + if (is_visible && g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1) + { + SeparatorText("MESSAGE FROM DEAR IMGUI"); + BringWindowToDisplayFront(g.CurrentWindow); + BringWindowToFocusFront(g.CurrentWindow); + g.ErrorTooltipLockedPos = GetWindowPos(); + } + else if (!is_visible) + { + End(); + } + return is_visible; } -// Compare to detect usage errors -void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +void ImGui::EndErrorTooltip() +{ + End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - KeepAliveID() +// - ItemAdd() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). +void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; +} + +// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. +// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface +// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. +// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN) +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_UNUSED(window); - // Window stacks - // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); + // Set item data + // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; + g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + // Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared. + + if (id != 0) + { + KeepAliveID(id); + + // Directional navigation processing + // Runs prior to clipping early-out + // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget + // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests + // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of + // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. + // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able + // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). + // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. + // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. + if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) + { + // FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test. + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(); + } - // Global stacks - // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); - IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!"); + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut) + ItemHandleShortcut(id); + } + + // Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data. + g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (id != 0) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData); +#endif + + // Clipping test + // (this is an inline copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value, otherwise we'd do 'if (IsClippedEx(bb, id)) return false') + // g.NavActivateId is not necessarily == g.NavId, in the case of remote activation (e.g. shortcuts) + const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect); + if (!is_rect_visible) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId)) + if (!g.ItemUnclipByLog) + return false; + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (id != 0) + { + if (id == g.DebugLocateId) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); + + // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". + // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq + IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + } + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0) + // window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG] +#endif + + // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (is_rect_visible) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible; + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + return true; } - +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] LAYOUT //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - ItemSize() -// - ItemAdd() // - SameLine() // - GetCursorScreenPos() // - SetCursorScreenPos() @@ -9744,9 +11528,7 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() // - GetFrameHeight() // - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() // - GetContentRegionMax() -// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] // - GetContentRegionAvail(), -// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() // - BeginGroup() // - EndGroup() // Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. @@ -9755,6 +11537,8 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() // Advance cursor given item size for layout. // Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation. // See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different. +// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9774,8 +11558,8 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] @@ -9790,88 +11574,12 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) SameLine(); } - -// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. -// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface -// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. -bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // Set item data - // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) - g.LastItemData.ID = id; - g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; - g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; - g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags; - g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; - - // Directional navigation processing - if (id != 0) - { - KeepAliveID(id); - - // Runs prior to clipping early-out - // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget - // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests - // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of - // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. - // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able - // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). - // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. - // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. - if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) - { - window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); - if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) - if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - NavProcessItem(); - } - - // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". - // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". - // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq - IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); - } - g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; - -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); -#endif - - // Clipping test - // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) - //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); - //if (is_clipped) - // return false; - const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect); - if (!is_rect_visible) - if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return false; - - // [DEBUG] -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS - if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId) - DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); -#endif - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] - - // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) - if (is_rect_visible) - g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible; - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; - return true; -} +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout // offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item // offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) -// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0 // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { @@ -9905,9 +11613,6 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } -// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. -// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) -// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -10004,20 +11709,30 @@ void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(components > 0); const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; + float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1); + float prev_split = w_items; + for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--) + { + float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(ImMax(prev_split - next_split, 1.0f)); + prev_split = next_split; + } + window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(prev_split, 1.0f); g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } void ImGui::PopItemWidth() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size <= 0) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PopItemWidth() too many times!"); + return; + } window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); } @@ -10035,10 +11750,10 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() w = window->DC.ItemWidth; if (w < 0.0f) { - float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; - w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); + float region_avail_x = GetContentRegionAvail().x; + w = ImMax(1.0f, region_avail_x + w); } - w = IM_FLOOR(w); + w = IM_TRUNC(w); return w; } @@ -10048,22 +11763,19 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() // The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - ImVec2 region_max; + ImVec2 avail; if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) - region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); if (size.x == 0.0f) size.x = default_w; else if (size.x < 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); + size.x = ImMax(4.0f, avail.x + size.x); // <-- size.x is negative here so we are subtracting if (size.y == 0.0f) size.y = default_h; else if (size.y < 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); + size.y = ImMax(4.0f, avail.y + size.y); // <-- size.y is negative here so we are subtracting return size; } @@ -10092,37 +11804,23 @@ float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; } -// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience! - -// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; - return mx; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + return mx - window->DC.CursorPos; } -// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; - return mx; -} +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() +// You should never need those functions. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! +// They are bizarre local-coordinates which don't play well with scrolling. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; + return GetContentRegionAvail() + GetCursorScreenPos() - GetWindowPos(); } -// In window space (not screen space!) ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; @@ -10134,6 +11832,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; } +#endif // Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) // Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. @@ -10147,6 +11846,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); group_data.WindowID = window->ID; group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine; group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; @@ -10154,6 +11854,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; + group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine; group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; group_data.EmitItem = true; @@ -10177,14 +11878,16 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() if (window->DC.IsSetPos) ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); - ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); - + // Include LastItemData.Rect.Max as a workaround for e.g. EndTable() undershooting with CursorMaxPos report. (#7543) + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max), group_data.BackupCursorPos)); window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, group_bb.Max); window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine; if (g.LogEnabled) g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return @@ -10194,7 +11897,7 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() return; } - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); @@ -10225,7 +11928,8 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; g.GroupStack.pop_back(); - //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] + if (g.DebugShowGroupRects) + window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] } @@ -10264,7 +11968,7 @@ static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) } scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]); } - scroll[axis] = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); + scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]); } @@ -10319,7 +12023,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) { if (can_be_fully_visible_x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); else SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); } @@ -10334,7 +12038,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGui else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) { if (can_be_fully_visible_y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); else SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); } @@ -10419,7 +12123,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; } @@ -10427,7 +12131,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; } @@ -10474,41 +12178,63 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) // [SECTION] TOOLTIPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +bool ImGui::BeginTooltip() +{ + return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip() { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + return false; + return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); } -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) +bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget) + const bool is_dragdrop_tooltip = g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget; + if (is_dragdrop_tooltip) { - // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) - // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. - // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips: + // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse. + // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary. + // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping. + // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones). //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; - ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); - SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); + const bool is_touchscreen = (g.IO.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen); + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + { + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = is_touchscreen ? (g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH * g.Style.MouseCursorScale) : (g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + ImVec2 tooltip_pivot = is_touchscreen ? TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos, ImGuiCond_None, tooltip_pivot); + } + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( - tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip; + tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious; + } + + const char* window_name_template = is_dragdrop_tooltip ? "##Tooltip_DragDrop_%02d" : "##Tooltip_%02d"; + char window_name[32]; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), window_name_template, g.TooltipOverrideCount); + if ((tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious) && g.TooltipPreviousWindow != NULL && g.TooltipPreviousWindow->Active) + { + // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[tooltip] '%s' already active, using +1 for this frame\n", window_name); + SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.TooltipPreviousWindow); + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), window_name_template, ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); } - char window_name[16]; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); - if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) - if (window->Active) - { - // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - window->Hidden = true; - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); - } ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags); + // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true. + // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly. + //if (!ret) + // End(); + //return ret; + return true; } void ImGui::EndTooltip() @@ -10517,21 +12243,40 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip() End(); } +void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; TextV(fmt, args); EndTooltip(); } -void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'. +// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse. +void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) { va_list args; va_start(args, fmt); - SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); va_end(args); } +void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] POPUPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -10555,8 +12300,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) { // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack - for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) - if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id) + for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) + if (popup_data.PopupId == id) return true; return false; } @@ -10577,6 +12322,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); } +// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL) ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10587,6 +12333,7 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() return NULL; } +// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for. ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10601,7 +12348,7 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id); OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } @@ -10621,13 +12368,13 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) - if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) return; ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. popup_ref.PopupId = id; popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). + popup_ref.RestoreNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); @@ -10640,17 +12387,23 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) } else { - // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui - // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing - // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. - if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) - { + // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frames: it is likely a programming mistake! + // However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui would become completely unusable because the popup will always be + // in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which is extremely confusing situation for the programmer. + // Instead, for successive frames calls to OpenPopup(), we silently avoid reopening even if ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen is not specified. + bool keep_existing = false; + if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) + if ((g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) || (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen)) + keep_existing = true; + if (keep_existing) + { + // No reopen g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; } else { - // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen - ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false); + // Reopen: close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen (set position, focus, init navigation) + ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, true); g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); } @@ -10670,6 +12423,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to return; // Don't close our own child popup windows. + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") restore_under=%d\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "", restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); int popup_count_to_keep = 0; if (ref_window) { @@ -10680,14 +12434,15 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to if (!popup.Window) continue; IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); - if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - continue; // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) - // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: - // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3 + // - Clicking/Focusing Window2 won't close Popup1: + // Window -> Popup1 -> Window2(Ref) + // - Clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: + // Window -> Popup1(Ref) -> Popup2 -> Popup3 // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindowDockTree! // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child + // We step through every popup from bottom to top to validate their position relative to reference window. bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false; for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window) @@ -10716,7 +12471,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; - if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) break; } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below @@ -10726,28 +12481,25 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_under=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) + for (int n = remaining; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] - Closing PopupID 0x%08X Window \"%s\"\n", g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId, g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window ? g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window->Name : NULL); // Trim open popup stack - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; - ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow; + ImGuiPopupData prev_popup = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining]; g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); - if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) + // Restore focus (unless popup window was not yet submitted, and didn't have a chance to take focus anyhow. See #7325 for an edge case) + if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup && prev_popup.Window) { - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; - if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) - { - // Fallback - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL); - } + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = prev_popup.Window; + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : prev_popup.RestoreNavWindow; + if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback else - { - if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) - focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - } + FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None); } } @@ -10782,8 +12534,8 @@ void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; } -// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()! -bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags when calling BeginPopupEx()! +bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) @@ -10793,16 +12545,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } char name[20]; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth + if (extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth else ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; - bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags); + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_window_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking); if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) EndPopup(); + //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack; + return is_open; } @@ -10820,7 +12573,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } // If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. -// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here. +// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup). +// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open. +// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup. bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10829,6 +12584,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) { g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + if (p_open && *p_open) + *p_open = false; return false; } @@ -11070,15 +12827,32 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { - // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) - float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; - ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries) + // FIXME: + // - Too many paths. One problem is that FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx() doesn't allow passing a suggested position (so touch screen path doesn't use it by default). + // - Drag and drop tooltips are not using this path either: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position. + // - Require some tidying up. In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling + // as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetNextWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin(). + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + + if (g.IO.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen) + { + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH * scale - (TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH * window->Size); + if (r_outer.Contains(ImRect(tooltip_pos, tooltip_pos + window->Size))) + return tooltip_pos; + } + + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE * scale; ImRect r_avoid; if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); else - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); + + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); } IM_ASSERT(0); return window->Pos; @@ -11099,11 +12873,25 @@ void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); g.NavWindow = window; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +void ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavHighlightActivatedId = id; + g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER; +} + +void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX; +} + void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11111,9 +12899,13 @@ void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + SetNavFocusScope(focus_scope_id); g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; + + // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it) + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); } void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -11129,47 +12921,37 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; if (g.LastItemData.ID == id) window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; else g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + + // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it) + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); } -ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) { if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; } -static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max) { - if (a1 < b0) - return a1 - b0; - if (b1 < a0) - return a0 - b1; + if (cand_max < curr_min) + return cand_max - curr_min; + if (curr_max < cand_min) + return cand_min - curr_max; return 0.0f; } -static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - } - else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None - { - r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - } -} - // Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { @@ -11186,16 +12968,12 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) { - IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + IM_ASSERT((window->ChildFlags | g.NavWindow->ChildFlags) & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened); if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand)) return false; cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window } - // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensures that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. - NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); - // Compute distance between boxes // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); @@ -11215,6 +12993,9 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) { // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Quadrant may be incorrect because of (1) dbx bias and (2) curr.Max.y bias applied by NavBiasScoringRect() where typically curr.Max.y==curr.Min.y + // One typical case where this happens, with style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right, pressing Left to navigate from Close to Collapse tends to fail. + // Also see #6344. Calling ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta() with unbiased values may be good but side-effects are plenty. dax = dbx; day = dby; dist_axial = dist_box; @@ -11234,32 +13015,41 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; } + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - char buf[128]; - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + char buf[200]; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate. { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); - draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); - } - else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. - { - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + if (quadrant == move_dir) { ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } + const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max); + const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)); + if (debug_hovering || debug_tty) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "d-box (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c", + dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]); + if (debug_hovering) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); } + } #endif // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? bool new_best = false; - const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; if (quadrant == move_dir) { // Does it beat the current best candidate? @@ -11313,27 +13103,47 @@ static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); + if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData. + } +} + +// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. +// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent. +void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); } // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -// This is called after LastItemData is set. +// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid. static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; - const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221) + if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false) + { + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + } + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + // Process Init Request if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; - if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) { - g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult); } if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus) { @@ -11344,20 +13154,18 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { - const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; - const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; - if (is_tabbing) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) == 0) { - if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)) - NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id); - } - else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) - { - ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; - if (!is_tabbing) + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0; + if (is_tabbing) + { + NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags); + } + else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) { + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; if (NavScoreItem(result)) NavApplyItemToResult(result); @@ -11371,15 +13179,21 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() } } - // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + // Update information for currently focused/navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { if (g.NavWindow != window) SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); // Will set g.NavFocusScopeId AND store g.NavFocusScopePath g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData. + } + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) } } @@ -11390,18 +13204,35 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request // - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing // - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested -void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0) + { + if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + return; + } + + // - Can always land on an item when using API call. + // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item. + // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only. + bool can_stop; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) + can_stop = true; + else + can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)); + // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows) ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal; if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1) { // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0 - if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); - if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); else if (g.NavId == id) g.NavTabbingCounter = 1; @@ -11417,16 +13248,18 @@ void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } } - else + else if (can_stop) { + // Keep applying until reaching NavId NavApplyItemToResult(result); } } else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0) { - // Tab Init - if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) - NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + if (can_stop && g.NavId == id) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); + if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); } } @@ -11441,8 +13274,9 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestSubmit: dir %c, window \"%s\"\n", "-WENS"[move_dir + 1], g.NavWindow->Name); - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; @@ -11452,7 +13286,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags; g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; - g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods; g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); @@ -11469,6 +13303,19 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper). + g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect; + NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult() + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11494,10 +13341,12 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNav void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY - // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test + IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it: + // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(). if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; + g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags; } // FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). @@ -11530,6 +13379,7 @@ void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) { ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; if (prev_nav_window) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); } @@ -11570,7 +13420,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) { g.NavId = 0; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; + SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId); return; } @@ -11583,14 +13433,13 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } else { g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; + SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId); } } @@ -11598,7 +13447,10 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) + const bool activated_shortcut = g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdFromShortcut && g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID; + + // Testing for !activated_shortcut here could in theory be removed if we decided that activating a remote shortcut altered one of the g.NavDisableXXX flag. + if ((g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) && !activated_shortcut) { // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard. @@ -11609,16 +13461,21 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() else { // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item + ImRect ref_rect; + if (activated_shortcut) + ref_rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + else + ref_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); + // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?) - ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX)) { ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); - rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); + ref_rect.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); } - ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(ref_rect.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, ref_rect.GetWidth()), ref_rect.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, ref_rect.GetHeight())); ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport; - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + return ImTrunc(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. } } @@ -11669,12 +13526,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0; + if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0) NavInitRequestApplyResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; // Process navigation move request if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) @@ -11707,14 +13565,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() NavUpdateCancelRequest(); // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); - const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); - const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); - const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); + const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)); + const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; @@ -11722,27 +13580,33 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() } if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed) { - g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; } - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down)) g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed)) + { g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; + NavHighlightActivated(g.NavId); + } } if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; if (g.NavActivateId != 0) IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); + // Highlight + if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer > 0.0f) + g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = ImMax(0.0f, g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer - io.DeltaTime); + if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer == 0.0f) + g.NavHighlightActivatedId = 0; + // Process programmatic activation request // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others) if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) { - if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) - g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; - else - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags; } g.NavNextActivateId = 0; @@ -11761,12 +13625,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); } // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick @@ -11776,9 +13640,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); } } @@ -11792,20 +13656,16 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // Update mouse position if requested // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied) if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { - io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - io.WantSetMousePos = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); - } + TeleportMousePos(NavCalcPreferredRefPos()); // [DEBUG] g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS - if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow) { - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); - if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG] - if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window); + int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } + //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } } #endif } @@ -11817,15 +13677,53 @@ void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() if (!g.NavWindow) return; + ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult; + if (g.NavId != result->ID) + { + g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = g.NavFocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = false; + g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0; + } + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result + if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData; if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } +// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position +static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + // Bias initial rect + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos; + + // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias. + // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column. + // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse. + if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + { + if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX) + preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x; + if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX) + preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y; + } + + // Apply general bias on the other axis + if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX) + r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x; + else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX) + r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y; +} + void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11851,10 +13749,10 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, repeat_mode, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } } g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); @@ -11871,13 +13769,15 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); } - // [DEBUG] Always send a request + // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction. #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) - g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); - if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + // g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl) { - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; } #endif @@ -11892,21 +13792,26 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; g.NavDisableHighlight = false; } // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. - // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad all movements are relative - // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, + // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded)) { bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0; bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0; ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); + + // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171) + // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame. + inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll); + if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; @@ -11925,9 +13830,9 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel); scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); - scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); - scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) + NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags); + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] } @@ -11943,19 +13848,22 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) return; - const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; + const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; if (!tab_pressed) return; // Initiate tabbing request // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) - // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. - //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything - g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + else + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; } @@ -11972,17 +13880,20 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; // Tabbing forward wrap - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL) if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (result == NULL) { - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; - if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n"); return; } @@ -12000,55 +13911,73 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { + ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); + ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY) { - // FIXME: Should remove this + // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge? float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); } - else - { - ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); - ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); - } } if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); g.NavWindow = result->Window; + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } - if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) + + // Clear active id unless requested not to + // FIXME: ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId is currently unused as we don't have a clear strategy to preserve active id after interaction, + // so this is mostly provided as a gateway for further experiments (see #1418, #2890) + if (g.ActiveId != result->ID && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId) == 0) ClearActiveID(); - if (g.NavId != result->ID) + + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior. + if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0) { - // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = g.NavFocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; + g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0; + g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData = (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) != 0; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0x%08X, NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = 0x%08X\n", g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId, g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId); } - // Focus + // Apply new NavID/Focus IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer]; SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData; - // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + // Restore last preferred position for current axis + // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0) { - g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis]; + g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel; } + // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0) + g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; + // Activate if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate) { g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing; } // Enable nav highlight - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } @@ -12061,7 +13990,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) + if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner))) return; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n"); @@ -12075,15 +14004,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } - else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow) { // Exit child window - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window->ParentWindow; IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); - ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_window->Rect())); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) @@ -12111,22 +14039,22 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) return 0.0f; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner); if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out return 0.0f; if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) { // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); else if (home_pressed) SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); @@ -12143,14 +14071,14 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) { nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (home_pressed) { @@ -12189,8 +14117,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() // Perform wrap-around in menus // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. - const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; - if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); } @@ -12202,7 +14129,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() bool do_forward = false; ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags; + //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) { bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; @@ -12246,6 +14175,8 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() if (!do_forward) return; window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); } @@ -12299,7 +14230,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() bool apply_toggle_layer = false; ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal. if (!allow_windowing) g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; @@ -12312,11 +14243,13 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection + // (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab) + const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing"); const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); - const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); - const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None); + const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id); + const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, owner_id); + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, ImGuiInputFlags_None); const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard! if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) @@ -12326,6 +14259,10 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + + // Manually register ownership of our mods. Using a global route in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects. + if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window) + SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id); } // Gamepad update @@ -12369,28 +14306,37 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. - // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. - if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) - { - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; - } + const ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_RightAlt }; + bool windowing_toggle_layer_start = false; + for (ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_key : windowing_toggle_keys) + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(windowing_toggle_key, 0, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner)) + { + windowing_toggle_layer_start = true; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; + g.NavWindowingToggleKey = windowing_toggle_key; + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + break; + } if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) { // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370) // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439) + // - AltGR is Alt+Ctrl on some layout but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key. - if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false) + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + else if (windowing_toggle_layer_start == false && g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime == g.Time) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + else if (TestKeyOwner(g.NavWindowingToggleKey, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) == false) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - // Apply layer toggle on release + // Apply layer toggle on Alt release // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. - if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiMod_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (IsKeyReleased(g.NavWindowingToggleKey) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) apply_toggle_layer = true; - if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) + if (!IsKeyDown(g.NavWindowingToggleKey)) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } @@ -12408,7 +14354,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) { ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree; @@ -12421,12 +14367,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() // Apply final focus if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) { + // FIXME: Many actions here could be part of a higher-level/reused function. Why aren't they in FocusWindow() + // Investigate for each of them: ClearActiveID(), NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(), NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(), ClosePopupsOverWindow(), NavInitWindow() ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL; ClearActiveID(); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); - apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow; if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); @@ -12508,6 +14456,8 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + if (g.ContextName[0] != 0) + SeparatorText(g.ContextName); for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; @@ -12537,6 +14487,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive() void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DragDropActive) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] ClearDragDrop()\n"); g.DragDropActive = false; g.DragDropPayload.Clear(); g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; @@ -12548,6 +14500,14 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } +bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool ret = Begin("##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize); + SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow); + return ret; +} + // When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() // If the item has an identifier: // - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). @@ -12567,7 +14527,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) bool source_drag_active = false; ImGuiID source_id = 0; ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + if ((flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) == 0) { source_id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (source_id != 0) @@ -12604,7 +14564,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); KeepAliveID(source_id); - bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { SetActiveID(source_id, window); @@ -12623,48 +14583,55 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) } else { + // When ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern is set: window = NULL; source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern"); source_drag_active = true; + mouse_button = g.IO.MouseDown[0] ? 0 : -1; + KeepAliveID(source_id); + SetActiveID(source_id, NULL); } - if (source_drag_active) + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() + if (!source_drag_active) + return false; + + // Activate drag and drop + if (!g.DragDropActive) { - if (!g.DragDropActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); - ClearDragDrop(); - ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; - payload.SourceId = source_id; - payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; - g.DragDropActive = true; - g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; - g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; - if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) - g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; - } - g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - g.DragDropWithinSource = true; - - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) - // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. - BeginTooltip(); - if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) - { - ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; - tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; - tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } - } + IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0); + ClearDragDrop(); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] BeginDragDropSource() DragDropActive = true, source_id = 0x%08X%s\n", + source_id, (flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) ? " (EXTERN)" : ""); + ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; + payload.SourceId = source_id; + payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id; + g.DragDropActive = true; + g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; + g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + } + g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + g.DragDropWithinSource = true; + + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) + { + // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) + // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. + bool ret; + if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) + ret = BeginTooltipHidden(); + else + ret = BeginTooltip(); + IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(). + IM_UNUSED(ret); + } - if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; - return true; - } - return false; + return true; } void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() @@ -12694,7 +14661,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); - IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() + IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1) { @@ -12743,15 +14710,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) if (window->SkipItems) return false; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overridden by user depending on use case? g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; } // We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. // 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. // Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() @@ -12777,8 +14745,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect; g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; @@ -12793,7 +14762,6 @@ bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted() const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ? IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ? @@ -12805,31 +14773,47 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) - { - g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; - } + if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + return NULL; + + g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId); // Render default drop visuals payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + RenderDragDropTargetRect(r, g.DragDropTargetClipRect); g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() + if ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) && g.DragDropMouseButton == -1) + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && (g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount); + else + payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery)) return NULL; + if (payload.Delivery) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("[dragdrop] AcceptDragDropPayload(): 0x%08X: payload delivery\n", g.DragDropTargetId); return &payload; } -// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. -void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb) +// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. +void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect) { - GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImRect bb_display = bb; + bb_display.ClipWith(item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible. + bb_display.Expand(3.5f); + bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display); + if (push_clip_rect) + window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb_display.Min, bb_display.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + if (push_clip_rect) + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() @@ -12838,13 +14822,16 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; } -// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget); g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + + // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery + if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery) + ClearDragDrop(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12959,7 +14946,7 @@ void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false); IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); - g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = true; g.LogType = type; g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; @@ -13058,7 +15045,7 @@ void ImGui::LogFinish() break; } - g.LogEnabled = false; + g.LogEnabled = g.ItemUnclipByLog = false; g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; g.LogFile = NULL; g.LogBuffer.clear(); @@ -13078,10 +15065,10 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() #endif const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); - PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopItemFlag(); PopID(); // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log @@ -13099,15 +15086,17 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - UpdateSettings() [Internal] // - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] -// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] -// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] -// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] // - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] // - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] // - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() // - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() // - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() // - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal] +// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal] // - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -13154,44 +15143,6 @@ void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; } -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - -#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) - name = p; -#endif - const size_t name_len = strlen(name); - - // Allocate chunk - const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); - IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); - settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); - memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator - - return settings; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - if (settings->ID == id) - return settings; - return NULL; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) - return settings; - return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); -} - void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -13210,19 +15161,20 @@ ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash) + return &handler; return NULL; } +// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.) void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.SettingsIniData.clear(); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL) + handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -13237,6 +15189,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) } // Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty! void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -13256,9 +15209,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) // Call pre-read handlers // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL) + handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler); void* entry_data = NULL; ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; @@ -13302,9 +15255,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); // Call post-read handlers - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL) + handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -13330,29 +15283,89 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); - } + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData); if (out_size) *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); } +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false) + { + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; + } + const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + + // Allocate chunk + const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size); + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings(); + settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len); + memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator + + return settings; +} + +// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names. +// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window. +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search. +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (window->SettingsOffset != -1) + return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset); + return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID); +} + +// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more. +void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); + if (window != NULL) + { + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL); + if (window->DockId != 0) + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window, true); + } + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name))) + settings->WantDelete = true; +} + static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + window->SettingsOffset = -1; g.SettingsWindows.clear(); } static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) { - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); - ImGuiID id = settings->ID; - *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id); + if (settings) + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + else + settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name); settings->ID = id; settings->WantApply = true; return (void*)settings; @@ -13369,6 +15382,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportId=0x%08X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ViewportId = u1; } else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportPos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2){ settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } + else if (sscanf(line, "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); } else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X,%d", &u1, &i) == 2) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = (short)i; } else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = -1; } else if (sscanf(line, "ClassId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ClassId = u1; } @@ -13392,13 +15406,12 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl // Gather data from windows that were active during this session // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) continue; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window); if (!settings) { settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); @@ -13414,33 +15427,45 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl settings->ClassId = window->WindowClass.ClassId; settings->DockOrder = window->DockOrder; settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + settings->IsChild = (window->RootWindow != window); // Cannot rely on ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow here as docked windows have this set. + settings->WantDelete = false; } // Write to text buffer buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) { + if (settings->WantDelete) + continue; const char* settings_name = settings->GetName(); buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name); - if (settings->ViewportId != 0 && settings->ViewportId != ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) + if (settings->IsChild) { - buf->appendf("ViewportPos=%d,%d\n", settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y); - buf->appendf("ViewportId=0x%08X\n", settings->ViewportId); - } - if (settings->Pos.x != 0 || settings->Pos.y != 0 || settings->ViewportId == ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) - buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); - if (settings->Size.x != 0 || settings->Size.y != 0) + buf->appendf("IsChild=1\n"); buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); - buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); - if (settings->DockId != 0) + } + else { - //buf->appendf("TabId=0x%08X\n", ImHashStr("#TAB", 4, settings->ID)); // window->TabId: this is not read back but writing it makes "debugging" the .ini data easier. - if (settings->DockOrder == -1) - buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X\n", settings->DockId); - else - buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X,%d\n", settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder); - if (settings->ClassId != 0) - buf->appendf("ClassId=0x%08X\n", settings->ClassId); + if (settings->ViewportId != 0 && settings->ViewportId != ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) + { + buf->appendf("ViewportPos=%d,%d\n", settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y); + buf->appendf("ViewportId=0x%08X\n", settings->ViewportId); + } + if (settings->Pos.x != 0 || settings->Pos.y != 0 || settings->ViewportId == ImGui::IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y); + if (settings->Size.x != 0 || settings->Size.y != 0) + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); + buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + if (settings->DockId != 0) + { + //buf->appendf("TabId=0x%08X\n", ImHashStr("#TAB", 4, settings->ID)); // window->TabId: this is not read back but writing it makes "debugging" the .ini data easier. + if (settings->DockOrder == -1) + buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X\n", settings->DockId); + else + buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X,%d\n", settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder); + if (settings->ClassId != 0) + buf->appendf("ClassId=0x%08X\n", settings->ClassId); + } } buf->append("\n"); } @@ -13497,18 +15522,18 @@ ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - if (g.Viewports[n]->ID == id) - return g.Viewports[n]; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + if (viewport->ID == id) + return viewport; return NULL; } ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Viewports.Size; i++) - if (g.Viewports[i]->PlatformHandle == platform_handle) - return g.Viewports[i]; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + if (viewport->PlatformHandle == platform_handle) + return viewport; return NULL; } @@ -13562,7 +15587,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG return false; if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) == 0) return false; - if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0) + if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0) return false; if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(window->Rect())) return false; @@ -13570,9 +15595,8 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG return false; // FIXME: Can't use g.WindowsFocusOrder[] for root windows only as we care about Z order. If we maintained a DisplayOrder along with FocusOrder we could.. - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window_behind : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window_behind = g.Windows[n]; if (window_behind == window) break; if (window_behind->WasActive && window_behind->ViewportOwned && !(window_behind->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) @@ -13601,7 +15625,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window) // Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved // (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!) -void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos) +void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos, const ImVec2& old_size, const ImVec2& new_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(viewport->Window == NULL && (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows)); @@ -13614,9 +15638,9 @@ void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& o const bool translate_all_windows = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable); ImRect test_still_fit_rect(old_pos, old_pos + viewport->Size); ImVec2 delta_pos = new_pos - old_pos; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) // FIXME-OPT - if (translate_all_windows || (g.Windows[window_n]->Viewport == viewport && test_still_fit_rect.Contains(g.Windows[window_n]->Rect()))) - TranslateWindow(g.Windows[window_n], delta_pos); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) // FIXME-OPT + if (translate_all_windows || (window->Viewport == viewport && (old_size == new_size || test_still_fit_rect.Contains(window->Rect())))) + TranslateWindow(window, delta_pos); } // Scale all windows (position, size). Use when e.g. changing DPI. (This is a lossy operation!) @@ -13629,9 +15653,9 @@ void ImGui::ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale) } else { - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i]->Viewport == viewport) - ScaleWindow(g.Windows[i], scale); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + if (window->Viewport == viewport) + ScaleWindow(window, scale); } } @@ -13642,13 +15666,10 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* best_candidate = NULL; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(mouse_platform_pos)) - if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFrontMostStampCount < viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(mouse_platform_pos)) + if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFocusedStampCount < viewport->LastFocusedStampCount) best_candidate = viewport; - } return best_candidate; } @@ -13660,22 +15681,70 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.Size <= g.Viewports.Size); // Update Minimized status (we need it first in order to decide if we'll apply Pos/Size of the main viewport) + // Update Focused status const bool viewports_enabled = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != 0; if (viewports_enabled) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated; if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized && platform_funcs_available) { - bool minimized = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized(viewport); - if (minimized) - viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized; + bool is_minimized = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized(viewport); + if (is_minimized) + viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized; + else + viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized; + } + + // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport. + // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored. + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus && platform_funcs_available) + { + bool is_focused = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport); + if (is_focused) + viewport->Flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused; + else + viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused; + if (is_focused) + focused_viewport = viewport; + } + } + + // Focused viewport has changed? + if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Focused viewport changed %08X -> %08X, attempting to apply our focus.\n", g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId, focused_viewport->ID); + const ImGuiViewport* prev_focused_viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId); + const bool prev_focused_has_been_destroyed = (prev_focused_viewport == NULL) || (prev_focused_viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false); + + // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows + // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag + // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport. + if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount != g.ViewportFocusedStampCount) + focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount; + g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID; + + // Focus associated dear imgui window + // - if focus didn't happen with a click within imgui boundaries, e.g. Clicking platform title bar. (#6299) + // - if focus didn't happen because we destroyed another window (#6462) + // FIXME: perhaps 'FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne()' can handle the 'focused_window->Window != NULL' case as well. + const bool apply_imgui_focus_on_focused_viewport = !IsAnyMouseDown() && !prev_focused_has_been_destroyed; + if (apply_imgui_focus_on_focused_viewport) + { + focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow |= (g.NavWindow != NULL) && (g.NavWindow->Viewport == focused_viewport); // Update so a window changing viewport won't lose focus. + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags focus_request_flags = ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild; + if (focused_viewport->Window != NULL) + FocusWindow(focused_viewport->Window, focus_request_flags); + else if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow) + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, focused_viewport, focus_request_flags); // Focus top most in viewport else - viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized; + FocusWindow(NULL, focus_request_flags); // No window had focus last time viewport was focused } } + if (focused_viewport) + focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow = (g.NavWindow != NULL) && (g.NavWindow->Viewport == focused_viewport); } // Create/update main viewport with current platform position. @@ -13685,7 +15754,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->Window == NULL); ImVec2 main_viewport_pos = viewports_enabled ? g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(main_viewport) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); ImVec2 main_viewport_size = g.IO.DisplaySize; - if (viewports_enabled && (main_viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized)) + if (viewports_enabled && (main_viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) { main_viewport_pos = main_viewport->Pos; // Preserve last pos/size when minimized (FIXME: We don't do the same for Size outside of the viewport path) main_viewport_size = main_viewport->Size; @@ -13713,7 +15782,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() { // Update Position and Size (from Platform Window to ImGui) if requested. // We do it early in the frame instead of waiting for UpdatePlatformWindows() to avoid a frame of lag when moving/resizing using OS facilities. - if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) && platform_funcs_available) + if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) && platform_funcs_available) { // Viewport->WorkPos and WorkSize will be updated below if (viewport->PlatformRequestMove) @@ -13726,10 +15795,18 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // Update/copy monitor info UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport); - // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for functions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. - viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin; - viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax; - viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars + query initial insets from backend + // Setup initial value for functions like BeginMainMenuBar(), DockSpaceOverViewport() etc. + viewport->WorkInsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin; + viewport->WorkInsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax; + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowWorkAreaInsets != NULL && platform_funcs_available) + { + ImVec4 insets = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowWorkAreaInsets(viewport); + IM_ASSERT(insets.x >= 0.0f && insets.y >= 0.0f && insets.z >= 0.0f && insets.w >= 0.0f); + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin = ImVec2(insets.x, insets.y); + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax = ImVec2(insets.z, insets.w); + } viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); // Reset alpha every frame. Users of transparency (docking) needs to request a lower alpha back. @@ -13739,7 +15816,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!) const ImVec2 viewport_delta_pos = viewport->Pos - viewport->LastPos; if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) && (viewport_delta_pos.x != 0.0f || viewport_delta_pos.y != 0.0f)) - TranslateWindowsInViewport(viewport, viewport->LastPos, viewport->Pos); + TranslateWindowsInViewport(viewport, viewport->LastPos, viewport->Pos, viewport->LastSize, viewport->Size); // Update DPI scale float new_dpi_scale; @@ -13761,12 +15838,13 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This currently creates a resizing feedback loop when a window is straddling a DPI transition border. // (Minor: since our sizes do not perfectly linearly scale, deferring the click offset scale until we know the actual window scale ratio may get us slightly more precise mouse positioning.) //if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.MovingWindow->Viewport == viewport) - // g.ActiveIdClickOffset = ImFloor(g.ActiveIdClickOffset * scale_factor); + // g.ActiveIdClickOffset = ImTrunc(g.ActiveIdClickOffset * scale_factor); } viewport->DpiScale = new_dpi_scale; } // Update fallback monitor + g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); if (g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size == 0) { ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = &g.FallbackMonitor; @@ -13775,6 +15853,17 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() monitor->WorkPos = main_viewport->WorkPos; monitor->WorkSize = main_viewport->WorkSize; monitor->DpiScale = main_viewport->DpiScale; + g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor->WorkPos); + g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize); + } + else + { + g.FallbackMonitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[0]; + } + for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors) + { + g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor.WorkPos); + g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor.WorkPos + monitor.WorkSize); } if (!viewports_enabled) @@ -13837,6 +15926,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsEndFrame() { ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[i]; viewport->LastPos = viewport->Pos; + viewport->LastSize = viewport->Size; if (viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount || viewport->Size.x <= 0.0f || viewport->Size.y <= 0.0f) if (i > 0) // Always include main viewport in the list continue; @@ -13874,7 +15964,7 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const viewport->Pos = pos; if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->Size = size; - viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized); // Preserve existing flags + viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused)); // Preserve existing flags } else { @@ -13883,10 +15973,11 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const viewport->ID = id; viewport->Idx = g.Viewports.Size; viewport->Pos = viewport->LastPos = pos; - viewport->Size = size; + viewport->Size = viewport->LastSize = size; viewport->Flags = flags; UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport); g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.ViewportCreatedCount++; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Add Viewport %08X '%s'\n", id, window ? window->Name : ""); // We normally setup for all viewports in NewFrame() but here need to handle the mid-frame creation of a new viewport. @@ -13917,9 +16008,8 @@ static void ImGui::DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { // Clear references to this viewport in windows (window->ViewportId becomes the master data) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n]; if (window->Viewport != viewport) continue; window->Viewport = NULL; @@ -13981,6 +16071,11 @@ static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) // Code explicitly request a viewport window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(g.NextWindowData.ViewportId); window->ViewportId = g.NextWindowData.ViewportId; // Store ID even if Viewport isn't resolved yet. + if (window->Viewport && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) != 0 && window->Viewport->Window != NULL) + { + window->Viewport->Window = window; + window->Viewport->ID = window->ViewportId = window->ID; // Overwrite ID (always owned by node) + } lock_viewport = true; } else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) @@ -14199,6 +16294,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow(viewport); if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow != NULL) g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow(viewport); + g.PlatformWindowsCreatedCount++; viewport->LastNameHash = 0; viewport->LastPlatformPos = viewport->LastPlatformSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); // By clearing those we'll enforce a call to Platform_SetWindowPos/Size below, before Platform_ShowWindow (FIXME: Is that necessary?) viewport->LastRendererSize = viewport->Size; // We don't need to call Renderer_SetWindowSize() as it is expected Renderer_CreateWindow() already did it. @@ -14251,38 +16347,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() // Even without focus, we assume the window becomes front-most. // This is useful for our platform z-order heuristic when io.MouseHoveredViewport is not available. - if (viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount) - viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount; - } + if (viewport->LastFocusedStampCount != g.ViewportFocusedStampCount) + viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount; + } // Clear request flags viewport->ClearRequestFlags(); } - - // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport. - // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored. - // FIXME-VIEWPORT: We should use this information to also set dear imgui-side focus, allowing us to handle os-level alt+tab. - if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus != NULL) - { - ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size && focused_viewport == NULL; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) - if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport)) - focused_viewport = viewport; - } - - // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows - // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag - // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport. - if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID) - { - if (focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount) - focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount; - g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID; - } - } } // This is a default/basic function for performing the rendering/swap of multiple Platform Windows. @@ -14304,7 +16375,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg, void* render for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i]; - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) continue; if (platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow) platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow(viewport, platform_render_arg); if (platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow) platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow(viewport, renderer_render_arg); @@ -14312,7 +16383,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg, void* render for (int i = 1; i < platform_io.Viewports.Size; i++) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[i]; - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) continue; if (platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers(viewport, platform_render_arg); if (platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers) platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers(viewport, renderer_render_arg); @@ -14387,6 +16458,7 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Destroy Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow) g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow(viewport); if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow) @@ -14415,8 +16487,8 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() // It is expected that the backend can handle calls to Renderer_DestroyWindow/Platform_DestroyWindow without // crashing if it doesn't have data stored. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - DestroyPlatformWindow(g.Viewports[i]); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport); } @@ -14458,7 +16530,7 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() // | - draw node background // | - DockNodeUpdateTabBar() - create/update tab bar for a docking node // | - DockNodeAddTabBar() -// | - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu() +// | - DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate() // | - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout() // | - BeginTabBarEx() // | - TabItemEx() calls @@ -14565,8 +16637,6 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node); static void DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req); - static void DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true); - static void DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx); static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window); static void DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count); @@ -14587,7 +16657,7 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window); static void DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); - static ImGuiID DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + static void DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static void DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window); static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* payload_window); @@ -14661,11 +16731,13 @@ void ImGui::DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx) ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll; g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + + g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler = &DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default; } void ImGui::DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) IM_DELETE(node); @@ -14727,13 +16799,12 @@ void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) } // Process Undocking requests (we need to process them _before_ the UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame call in NewFrame) - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests) { - ImGuiDockRequest* req = &dc->Requests[n]; - if (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req->UndockTargetWindow) - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, req->UndockTargetWindow); - else if (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req->UndockTargetNode) - DockContextProcessUndockNode(ctx, req->UndockTargetNode); + if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req.UndockTargetWindow) + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, req.UndockTargetWindow); + else if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req.UndockTargetNode) + DockContextProcessUndockNode(ctx, req.UndockTargetNode); } } @@ -14741,7 +16812,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) return; @@ -14758,9 +16829,9 @@ void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) } // Process Docking requests - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) - if (dc->Requests[n].Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock) - DockContextProcessDock(ctx, &dc->Requests[n]); + for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests) + if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock) + DockContextProcessDock(ctx, &req); dc->Requests.resize(0); // Create windows for each automatic docking nodes @@ -14781,7 +16852,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx) if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow && node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame) { ImRect bg_rect(node->Pos + ImVec2(0.0f, GetFrameHeight()), node->Pos + node->Size); - ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize); node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); node->HostWindow->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bg_rect.Min, bg_rect.Max, node->LastBgColor, node->HostWindow->WindowRounding, bg_rounding_flags); } @@ -14822,7 +16893,7 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) static void ImGui::DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node->ID); IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node->ID) == node); @@ -14869,7 +16940,7 @@ struct ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == 0); ImPool pool; @@ -14891,7 +16962,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n]; if (settings->ParentWindowId != 0) - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->ParentWindowId)) + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(settings->ParentWindowId)) if (window_settings->DockId) if (ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(window_settings->DockId)) data->CountChildNodes++; @@ -14964,9 +17035,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id { // Rebind all windows to nodes (they can also lazily rebind but we'll have a visible glitch during the first frame) ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; if (window->DockId == 0 || window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1) continue; if (window->DockNode != NULL) @@ -15024,10 +17094,10 @@ void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) void ImGui::DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) { - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) - if (dc->Requests[n].DockTargetNode == node) - dc->Requests[n].Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests) + if (req.DockTargetNode == node) + req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None; } void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) @@ -15182,11 +17252,11 @@ static ImVec2 FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewport* re return size; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2 max_size = ImFloor(ref_viewport->WorkSize * 0.90f); + ImVec2 max_size = ImTrunc(ref_viewport->WorkSize * 0.90f); if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) { const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ref_viewport); - max_size = ImFloor(monitor->WorkSize * 0.90f); + max_size = ImTrunc(monitor->WorkSize * 0.90f); } return ImMin(size, max_size); } @@ -15235,9 +17305,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) node->ParentNode->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; // The node that stays in place keeps the viewport, so our newly dragged out node will create a new viewport node->ParentNode = NULL; } - for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[n]; window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; if (window->ParentWindow) window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); @@ -15252,6 +17321,9 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) // This is mostly used for automation. bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos) { + if (target != NULL && target_node == NULL) + target_node = target->DockNode; + // In DockNodePreviewDockSetup() for a root central node instead of showing both "inner" and "outer" drop rects // (which would be functionally identical) we only show the outer one. Reflect this here. if (target_node && target_node->ParentNode == NULL && target_node->IsCentralNode() && split_dir != ImGuiDir_None) @@ -15314,6 +17386,7 @@ ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id) LastFocusedNodeId = 0; SelectedTabId = 0; WantCloseTabId = 0; + RefViewportId = 0; AuthorityForPos = AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto; IsVisible = true; @@ -15335,7 +17408,7 @@ int ImGui::DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window) if (tab_bar == NULL) return -1; ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId); - return tab ? tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) : -1; + return tab ? TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) : -1; } static void DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -15420,6 +17493,16 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); // Update immediately + if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned) + { + // When undocking from a user interaction this will always run in NewFrame() and have not much effect. + // But mid-frame, if we clear viewport we need to mark window as hidden as well. + window->Viewport = NULL; + window->ViewportId = 0; + window->ViewportOwned = false; + window->Hidden = true; + } + // Remove window bool erased = false; for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) @@ -15454,14 +17537,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window if (node->Windows.Size == 1 && !node->IsCentralNode() && node->HostWindow) { ImGuiWindow* remaining_window = node->Windows[0]; - if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned && node->IsRootNode()) - { - // Transfer viewport back to the remaining loose window - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X=>%08X for Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, remaining_window->ID, remaining_window->Name); - IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window == node->HostWindow); - node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window = remaining_window; - node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID = remaining_window->ID; - } + // Note: we used to transport viewport ownership here. remaining_window->Collapsed = node->HostWindow->Collapsed; } @@ -15518,10 +17594,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* s static void ImGui::DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(ImGuiDockNode* node) { - for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) { - SetWindowPos(node->Windows[n], node->Pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // We don't assign directly to Pos because it can break the calculation of SizeContents on next frame - SetWindowSize(node->Windows[n], node->Size, ImGuiCond_Always); + SetWindowPos(window, node->Pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // We don't assign directly to Pos because it can break the calculation of SizeContents on next frame + SetWindowSize(window, node->Size, ImGuiCond_Always); } } @@ -15580,9 +17656,9 @@ static void DockNodeFindInfo(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo* info) static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) - if (node->Windows[n]->ID == id) - return node->Windows[n]; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) + if (window->ID == id) + return window; return NULL; } @@ -15792,14 +17868,17 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) FocusWindow(single_window); if (node->HostWindow) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X->%08X to Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, single_window->ID, single_window->Name); single_window->Viewport = node->HostWindow->Viewport; single_window->ViewportId = node->HostWindow->ViewportId; if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned) { + single_window->Viewport->ID = single_window->ID; single_window->Viewport->Window = single_window; single_window->ViewportOwned = true; } } + node->RefViewportId = single_window->ViewportId; } DockNodeHideHostWindow(node); @@ -15844,10 +17923,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Decide if the node will have a close button and a window menu button node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0; node->HasCloseButton = false; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) { // FIXME-DOCK: Setting DockIsActive here means that for single active window in a leaf node, DockIsActive will be cleared until the next Begin() call. - ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; node->HasCloseButton |= window->HasCloseButton; window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1); } @@ -15889,6 +17967,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Sync Viewport if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window) SetNextWindowViewport(ref_window->ViewportId); + else if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && node->RefViewportId != 0) + SetNextWindowViewport(node->RefViewportId); SetNextWindowClass(&node->WindowClass); @@ -15931,6 +18011,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->WantMouseMove && node->HostWindow) DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(node, node->HostWindow); } + node->RefViewportId = 0; // Clear when we have a host window // Update focused node (the one whose title bar is highlight) within a node tree if (node->IsSplitNode()) @@ -15982,7 +18063,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->IsRootNode() && host_window) { DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node, host_window->Pos, host_window->Size); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Separator, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Border]); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]); DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node); + PopStyleColor(3); } // Draw empty node background (currently can only be the Central Node) @@ -16063,11 +18148,40 @@ static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByDockOrder(const void* lhs, const void* r return (a->BeginOrderWithinContext - b->BeginOrderWithinContext); } -static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +// Default handler for g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler(): display the list of windows for a given dock-node. +// This is exceptionally stored in a function pointer to also user applications to tweak this menu (undocumented) +// Custom overrides may want to decorate, group, sort entries. +// Please note those are internal structures: if you copy this expect occasional breakage. +// (if you don't need to modify the "Tabs.Size == 1" behavior/path it is recommend you call this function in your handler) +void ImGui::DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + IM_UNUSED(ctx); + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1) + { + // "Hide tab bar" option. Being one of our rare user-facing string we pull it from a table. + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar), NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar())) + node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; + } + else + { + // Display a selectable list of windows in this docking node + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + if (Selectable(TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); + SameLine(); + Text(" "); + } + } +} + +static void ImGui::DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { // Try to position the menu so it is more likely to stays within the same viewport ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiID ret_tab_id = 0; if (g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y + GetFrameHeight()), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); else @@ -16075,27 +18189,9 @@ static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* if (BeginPopup("#WindowMenu")) { node->IsFocused = true; - if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1) - { - if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar), NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar())) - node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; - } - else - { - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) - continue; - if (Selectable(tab_bar->GetTabName(tab), tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) - ret_tab_id = tab->ID; - SameLine(); - Text(" "); - } - } + g.DockNodeWindowMenuHandler(&g, node, tab_bar); EndPopup(); } - return ret_tab_id; } // User helper to append/amend into a dock node tab bar. Most commonly used to add e.g. a "+" button. @@ -16105,9 +18201,11 @@ bool ImGui::DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node) return false; if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) return false; + if (node->TabBar->ID == 0) + return false; Begin(node->HostWindow->Name); PushOverrideID(node->ID); - bool ret = BeginTabBarEx(node->TabBar, node->TabBar->BarRect, node->TabBar->Flags, node); + bool ret = BeginTabBarEx(node->TabBar, node->TabBar->BarRect, node->TabBar->Flags); IM_UNUSED(ret); IM_ASSERT(ret); return true; @@ -16208,8 +18306,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Could we recycle popups id across multiple dock nodes? if (has_window_menu_button && IsPopupOpen("#WindowMenu")) { - if (ImGuiID tab_id = DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(node, tab_bar)) - focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_id; + ImGuiID next_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; + DockNodeWindowMenuUpdate(node, tab_bar); + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId != 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId != next_selected_tab_id) + focus_tab_id = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; is_focused |= node->IsFocused; } @@ -16232,7 +18332,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w if (is_focused) node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount; ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(host_window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); - ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(title_bar_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(title_bar_rect, host_window->Rect(), g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize); host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, host_window->WindowRounding, rounding_flags); // Docking/Collapse button @@ -16242,6 +18342,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w OpenPopup("#WindowMenu"); if (IsItemActive()) focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) && g.HoveredIdTimer > 0.5f) + SetTooltip("%s", LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode)); } // If multiple tabs are appearing on the same frame, sort them based on their persistent DockOrder value @@ -16256,7 +18358,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] In node 0x%08X: %d new appearing tabs:%s\n", node->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) ? " (will sort)" : ""); for (int tab_n = tabs_unsorted_start; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] - Tab '%s' Order %d\n", tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->Name, tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->DockOrder); + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] - Tab 0x%08X '%s' Order %d\n", tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Window ? tab->Window->DockOrder : -1); + } + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] SelectedTabId = 0x%08X, NavWindow->TabId = 0x%08X\n", node->SelectedTabId, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->TabId : -1); if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data + tabs_unsorted_start, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByDockOrder); } @@ -16273,10 +18379,14 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Begin tab bar ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs; // | ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons); - tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings | ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode; + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings | ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode;// | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll; + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline; if (!host_window->Collapsed && is_focused) tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused; - BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_rect, tab_bar_flags, node); + tab_bar->ID = GetID("#TabBar"); + tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = node->Pos.x + host_window->WindowBorderSize; // Separator cover the whole node width + tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = node->Pos.x + node->Size.x - host_window->WindowBorderSize; + BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_rect, tab_bar_flags); //host_window->DrawList->AddRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // Backup style colors @@ -16359,18 +18469,18 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w } // When clicking on the title bar outside of tabs, we still focus the selected tab for that node - // FIXME: TabItem use AllowItemOverlap so we manually perform a more specific test for now (hovered || held) + // FIXME: TabItems submitted earlier use AllowItemOverlap so we manually perform a more specific test for now (hovered || held) in order to not cover them. ImGuiID title_bar_id = host_window->GetID("#TITLEBAR"); if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == title_bar_id || g.ActiveId == title_bar_id) { + // AllowOverlap mode required for appending into dock node tab bar, + // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them. bool held; - ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + KeepAliveID(title_bar_id); + ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); if (g.HoveredId == title_bar_id) { - // ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap + SetItemAllowOverlap() required for appending into dock node tab bar, - // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them. g.LastItemData.ID = title_bar_id; - SetItemAllowOverlap(); } if (held) { @@ -16379,7 +18489,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Forward moving request to selected window if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) - StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(tab->Window ? tab->Window : node->HostWindow, node, false); + StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(tab->Window ? tab->Window : node->HostWindow, node, false); // Undock from tab bar empty space } } @@ -16435,11 +18545,13 @@ static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiWindow* host_win ImGuiWindowClass* payload_class = &payload->WindowClass; if (host_class->ClassId != payload_class->ClassId) { + bool pass = false; if (host_class->ClassId != 0 && host_class->DockingAllowUnclassed && payload_class->ClassId == 0) - return true; + pass = true; if (payload_class->ClassId != 0 && payload_class->DockingAllowUnclassed && host_class->ClassId == 0) - return true; - return false; + pass = true; + if (!pass) + return false; } // Prevent docking any window created above a popup @@ -16485,14 +18597,13 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* o r.Max.x -= style.WindowBorderSize; float button_sz = g.FontSize; - - ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = r.Min; r.Min.x += style.FramePadding.x; r.Max.x -= style.FramePadding.x; + ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Min.x, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (node->HasCloseButton) { - r.Max.x -= button_sz; - if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - style.FramePadding.x, r.Min.y); + if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - button_sz, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { @@ -16500,8 +18611,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* o } else if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.FramePadding.x; - window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x, r.Min.y); + window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - button_sz, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (out_tab_bar_rect) { *out_tab_bar_rect = r; } if (out_window_menu_button_pos) { *out_window_menu_button_pos = window_menu_button_pos; } @@ -16520,12 +18631,12 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& po if (size_new_desired[axis] > 0.0f && size_new_desired[axis] <= w_avail * 0.5f) { size_new[axis] = size_new_desired[axis]; - size_old[axis] = IM_FLOOR(w_avail - size_new[axis]); + size_old[axis] = IM_TRUNC(w_avail - size_new[axis]); } else { - size_new[axis] = IM_FLOOR(w_avail * 0.5f); - size_old[axis] = IM_FLOOR(w_avail - size_new[axis]); + size_new[axis] = IM_TRUNC(w_avail * 0.5f); + size_old[axis] = IM_TRUNC(w_avail - size_new[axis]); } // Position each node @@ -16552,21 +18663,21 @@ bool ImGui::DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir ImVec2 off; // Distance from edge or center if (outer_docking) { - //hs_w = ImFloor(ImClamp(parent_smaller_axis - hs_for_central_nodes * 4.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 8.0f)); - //hs_h = ImFloor(hs_w * 0.15f); - //off = ImVec2(ImFloor(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h), ImFloor(parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h)); - hs_w = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes * 1.50f); - hs_h = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes * 0.80f); - off = ImVec2(ImFloor(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - hs_h), ImFloor(parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - hs_h)); + //hs_w = ImTrunc(ImClamp(parent_smaller_axis - hs_for_central_nodes * 4.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 8.0f)); + //hs_h = ImTrunc(hs_w * 0.15f); + //off = ImVec2(ImTrunc(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h), ImTrunc(parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1.4f - hs_h)); + hs_w = ImTrunc(hs_for_central_nodes * 1.50f); + hs_h = ImTrunc(hs_for_central_nodes * 0.80f); + off = ImTrunc(ImVec2(parent.GetWidth() * 0.5f - hs_h, parent.GetHeight() * 0.5f - hs_h)); } else { - hs_w = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes); - hs_h = ImFloor(hs_for_central_nodes * 0.90f); - off = ImVec2(ImFloor(hs_w * 2.40f), ImFloor(hs_w * 2.40f)); + hs_w = ImTrunc(hs_for_central_nodes); + hs_h = ImTrunc(hs_for_central_nodes * 0.90f); + off = ImTrunc(ImVec2(hs_w * 2.40f, hs_w * 2.40f)); } - ImVec2 c = ImFloor(parent.GetCenter()); + ImVec2 c = ImTrunc(parent.GetCenter()); if (dir == ImGuiDir_None) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y - hs_w, c.x + hs_w, c.y + hs_w); } else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y - off.y - hs_h, c.x + hs_w, c.y - off.y + hs_h); } else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) { out_r = ImRect(c.x - hs_w, c.y + off.y - hs_h, c.x + hs_w, c.y + off.y + hs_h); } @@ -16580,7 +18691,7 @@ bool ImGui::DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir if (!outer_docking) { // Custom hit testing for the 5-way selection, designed to reduce flickering when moving diagonally between sides - hit_r.Expand(ImFloor(hs_w * 0.30f)); + hit_r.Expand(ImTrunc(hs_w * 0.30f)); ImVec2 mouse_delta = (*test_mouse_pos - c); float mouse_delta_len2 = ImLengthSqr(mouse_delta); float r_threshold_center = hs_w * 1.4f; @@ -16614,25 +18725,23 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN data->IsCenterAvailable = true; if (is_outer_docking) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking) + else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if (host_node && (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode()) + else if (host_node && (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode()) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && payload_node && payload_node->IsSplitNode() && (payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split? data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe) - data->IsCenterAvailable = false; else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther) && (!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty())) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty) && host_node && host_node->IsEmpty()) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; data->IsSidesAvailable = true; - if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) + if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) data->IsSidesAvailable = false; else if (!is_outer_docking && host_node && host_node->ParentNode == NULL && host_node->IsCentralNode()) data->IsSidesAvailable = false; - else if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe) || (src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther)) + else if (src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther) data->IsSidesAvailable = false; // Build a tentative future node (reuse same structure because it is practical. Shape will be readjusted when previewing a split) @@ -16714,7 +18823,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock overlay_rect.Min.y += GetFrameHeight(); if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None || data->IsCenterAvailable) for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++) - overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding, CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(overlay_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE)); + overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding, CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(overlay_rect, host_window->Rect(), g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize)); } // Display tab shape/label preview unless we are splitting node (it generally makes the situation harder to read) @@ -16755,11 +18864,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock ImRect tab_bb(tab_pos.x, tab_pos.y, tab_pos.x + tab_size.x, tab_pos.y + tab_size.y); tab_pos.x += tab_size.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; const ImU32 overlay_col_text = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text]); - const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive]); + const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabSelected]); PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, overlay_col_text); for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++) { - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview | ((payload_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (payload_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0; if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(tab_bb)) overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PushClipRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max); TabItemBackground(overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], tab_bb, tab_flags, overlay_col_tabs); @@ -16794,7 +18903,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock } // Stop after ImGuiDir_None - if ((host_node && (host_node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) + if ((host_node && (host_node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) return; } } @@ -16831,12 +18940,12 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG parent_node->VisibleWindow = NULL; parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; - float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize); size_avail = ImMax(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[split_axis] * 2.0f); IM_ASSERT(size_avail > 0.0f); // If you created a node manually with DockBuilderAddNode(), you need to also call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() before splitting. child_0->SizeRef = child_1->SizeRef = parent_node->Size; - child_0->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio); - child_1->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImFloor(size_avail - child_0->SizeRef[split_axis]); + child_0->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImTrunc(size_avail * split_ratio); + child_1->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImTrunc(size_avail - child_0->SizeRef[split_axis]); DockNodeMoveWindows(parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx], parent_node); DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(parent_node->ID, parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx]->ID); @@ -16912,6 +19021,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si { // During the regular dock node update we write to all nodes. // 'only_write_to_single_node' is only set when turning a node visible mid-frame and we need its size right-away. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const bool write_to_node = only_write_to_single_node == NULL || only_write_to_single_node == node; if (write_to_node) { @@ -16934,17 +19044,16 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si if (child_0_is_or_will_be_visible && child_1_is_or_will_be_visible) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const float spacing = DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE; + const float spacing = g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize; const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis; const float size_avail = ImMax(size[axis] - spacing, 0.0f); // Size allocation policy // 1) The first 0..WindowMinSize[axis]*2 are allocated evenly to both windows. - const float size_min_each = ImFloor(ImMin(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis] * 2.0f) * 0.5f); + const float size_min_each = ImTrunc(ImMin(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis] * 2.0f) * 0.5f); // FIXME: Blocks 2) and 3) are essentially doing nearly the same thing. - // Difference are: write-back to SizeRef; application of a minimum size; rounding before ImFloor() + // Difference are: write-back to SizeRef; application of a minimum size; rounding before ImTrunc() // Clarify and rework differences between Size & SizeRef and purpose of WantLockSizeOnce // 2) Process locked absolute size (during a splitter resize we preserve the child of nodes not touching the splitter edge) @@ -16965,7 +19074,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si // FIXME-DOCK: We cannot honor the requested size, so apply ratio. // Currently this path will only be taken if code programmatically sets WantLockSizeOnce float split_ratio = child_0_size[axis] / (child_0_size[axis] + child_1_size[axis]); - child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio); + child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImTrunc(size_avail * split_ratio); child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]); IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f); } @@ -16985,7 +19094,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si { // 4) Otherwise distribute according to the relative ratio of each SizeRef value float split_ratio = child_0->SizeRef[axis] / (child_0->SizeRef[axis] + child_1->SizeRef[axis]); - child_0_size[axis] = ImMax(size_min_each, ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio + 0.5f)); + child_0_size[axis] = ImMax(size_min_each, ImTrunc(size_avail * split_ratio + 0.5f)); child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]); } @@ -17190,8 +19299,8 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond) return; // If the user attempt to set a dock id that is a split node, we'll dig within to find a suitable docking spot - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - if (ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, dock_id)) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, dock_id)) if (new_node->IsSplitNode()) { // Policy: Find central node or latest focused node. We first move back to our root node. @@ -17219,10 +19328,9 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond) // The Central Node is always displayed even when empty and shrink/extend according to the requested size of its neighbors. // DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app. // When ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly is set, nothing is submitted in the current window (function may be called from any location). -ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) +ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID dockspace_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) return 0; @@ -17236,16 +19344,16 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags window = GetCurrentWindow(); // call to set window->WriteAccessed = true; IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0); - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id); - if (!node) + IM_ASSERT(dockspace_id != 0); + ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, dockspace_id); + if (node == NULL) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", id); - node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", dockspace_id); + node = DockContextAddNode(&g, dockspace_id); node->SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); } if (window_class && window_class->ClassId != node->WindowClass.ClassId) - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", dockspace_id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId); node->SharedFlags = flags; node->WindowClass = window_class ? *window_class : ImGuiWindowClass(); @@ -17255,7 +19363,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags { IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace() == false && "Cannot call DockSpace() twice a frame with the same ID"); node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace); - return id; + return dockspace_id; } node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace); @@ -17263,11 +19371,11 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) { node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount; - return id; + return dockspace_id; } const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); + ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(size_arg); if (size.x <= 0.0f) size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) if (size.y <= 0.0f) @@ -17288,7 +19396,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; char title[256]; - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/DockSpace_%08X", window->Name, id); + ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/DockSpace_%08X", window->Name, dockspace_id); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, 0.0f); Begin(title, NULL, window_flags); @@ -17314,19 +19422,26 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags DockNodeUpdate(node); End(); + + ImRect bb(node->Pos, node->Pos + size); ItemSize(size); - return id; + ItemAdd(bb, dockspace_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); // Not a nav point (could be, would need to draw the nav rect and replicate/refactor activation from BeginChild(), but seems like CTRL+Tab works better here?) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, host_window, false, true)) // To fullfill IsItemHovered(), similar to EndChild() + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + + return dockspace_id; } // Tips: Use with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode! -// The limitation with this call is that your window won't have a menu bar. +// The limitation with this call is that your window won't have a local menu bar, but you can also use BeginMainMenuBar(). // Even though we could pass window flags, it would also require the user to be able to call BeginMenuBar() somehow meaning we can't Begin/End in a single function. -// But you can also use BeginMainMenuBar(). If you really want a menu bar inside the same window as the one hosting the dockspace, you will need to copy this code somewhere and tweak it. -ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) +// If you really want a menu bar inside the same window as the one hosting the dockspace, you will need to copy this code somewhere and tweak it. +ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGuiID dockspace_id, const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) { if (viewport == NULL) viewport = GetMainViewport(); + // Submit a window filling the entire viewport SetNextWindowPos(viewport->WorkPos); SetNextWindowSize(viewport->WorkSize); SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); @@ -17338,7 +19453,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNod host_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; char label[32]; - ImFormatString(label, IM_ARRAYSIZE(label), "DockSpaceViewport_%08X", viewport->ID); + ImFormatString(label, IM_ARRAYSIZE(label), "WindowOverViewport_%08X", viewport->ID); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, 0.0f); @@ -17346,8 +19461,11 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNod Begin(label, NULL, host_window_flags); PopStyleVar(3); - ImGuiID dockspace_id = GetID("DockSpace"); + // Submit the dockspace + if (dockspace_id == 0) + dockspace_id = GetID("DockSpace"); DockSpace(dockspace_id, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), dockspace_flags, window_class); + End(); return dockspace_id; @@ -17379,34 +19497,39 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNod void ImGui::DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id) { // We don't preserve relative order of multiple docked windows (by clearing DockOrder back to -1) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderDockWindow '%s' to node 0x%08X\n", window_name, node_id); ImGuiID window_id = ImHashStr(window_name); if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(window_id)) { // Apply to created window + ImGuiID prev_node_id = window->DockId; SetWindowDock(window, node_id, ImGuiCond_Always); - window->DockOrder = -1; + if (window->DockId != prev_node_id) + window->DockOrder = -1; } else { // Apply to settings - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(window_id); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(window_id); if (settings == NULL) settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(window_name); + if (settings->DockId != node_id) + settings->DockOrder = -1; settings->DockId = node_id; - settings->DockOrder = -1; } } ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockBuilderGetNode(ImGuiID node_id) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - return DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, node_id); } void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, node_id); if (node == NULL) return; node->Pos = pos; @@ -17415,8 +19538,8 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos) void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, node_id); if (node == NULL) return; IM_ASSERT(size.x > 0.0f && size.y > 0.0f); @@ -17431,52 +19554,55 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size) // For various reason, the splitting code currently needs a base size otherwise space may not be allocated as precisely as you would expect. // - Use (id == 0) to let the system allocate a node identifier. // - Existing node with a same id will be removed. -ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) +ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID node_id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderAddNode 0x%08X flags=%08X\n", node_id, flags); - if (id != 0) - DockBuilderRemoveNode(id); + if (node_id != 0) + DockBuilderRemoveNode(node_id); ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL; if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) { - DockSpace(id, ImVec2(0, 0), (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly); - node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id); + DockSpace(node_id, ImVec2(0, 0), (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly); + node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, node_id); } else { - node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id); + node = DockContextAddNode(&g, node_id); node->SetLocalFlags(flags); } - node->LastFrameAlive = ctx->FrameCount; // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame. + node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount; // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame. return node->ID; } void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node_id); + + ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, node_id); if (node == NULL) return; DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(node_id, true); DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id); // Node may have moved or deleted if e.g. any merge happened - node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); + node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, node_id); if (node == NULL) return; if (node->IsCentralNode() && node->ParentNode) node->ParentNode->SetLocalFlags(node->ParentNode->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); - DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, node, true); + DockContextRemoveNode(&g, node, true); } // root_id = 0 to remove all, root_id != 0 to remove child of given node. void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext; - ImGuiDockNode* root_node = root_id ? DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, root_id) : NULL; + ImGuiDockNode* root_node = root_id ? DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, root_id) : NULL; if (root_id && root_node == NULL) return; bool has_central_node = false; @@ -17495,7 +19621,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) if (node->IsCentralNode()) has_central_node = true; if (root_id != 0) - DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ctx, node); + DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(&g, node); if (root_node) { DockNodeMoveWindows(root_node, node); @@ -17514,7 +19640,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) } // Apply to settings - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ctx->SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = ctx->SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) if (ImGuiID window_settings_dock_id = settings->DockId) for (int n = 0; n < nodes_to_remove.Size; n++) if (nodes_to_remove[n]->ID == window_settings_dock_id) @@ -17527,7 +19653,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) if (nodes_to_remove.Size > 1) ImQsort(nodes_to_remove.Data, nodes_to_remove.Size, sizeof(ImGuiDockNode*), DockNodeComparerDepthMostFirst); for (int n = 0; n < nodes_to_remove.Size; n++) - DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, nodes_to_remove[n], false); + DockContextRemoveNode(&g, nodes_to_remove[n], false); if (root_id == 0) { @@ -17544,15 +19670,14 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs) { // Clear references in settings - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (clear_settings_refs) { for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) { bool want_removal = (root_id == 0) || (settings->DockId == root_id); if (!want_removal && settings->DockId != 0) - if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, settings->DockId)) + if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, settings->DockId)) if (DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->ID == root_id) want_removal = true; if (want_removal) @@ -17569,7 +19694,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_setti { const ImGuiID backup_dock_id = window->DockId; IM_UNUSED(backup_dock_id); - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window, clear_settings_refs); + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window, clear_settings_refs); if (!clear_settings_refs) IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == backup_dock_id); } @@ -17642,14 +19767,14 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(ImGuiDockNode* src_node, ImGuiID ds void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVector* out_node_remap_pairs) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(src_node_id != 0); IM_ASSERT(dst_node_id != 0); IM_ASSERT(out_node_remap_pairs != NULL); DockBuilderRemoveNode(dst_node_id); - ImGuiDockNode* src_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, src_node_id); + ImGuiDockNode* src_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, src_node_id); IM_ASSERT(src_node != NULL); out_node_remap_pairs->clear(); @@ -17670,8 +19795,11 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_ dst_window->SizeFull = src_window->SizeFull; dst_window->Collapsed = src_window->Collapsed; } - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* dst_settings = FindOrCreateWindowSettings(dst_name)) + else { + ImGuiWindowSettings* dst_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(dst_name)); + if (!dst_settings) + dst_settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(dst_name); ImVec2ih window_pos_2ih = ImVec2ih(src_window->Pos); if (src_window->ViewportId != 0 && src_window->ViewportId != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) { @@ -17717,7 +19845,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks ImGuiID src_dock_id = 0; if (ImGuiWindow* src_window = FindWindowByID(src_window_id)) src_dock_id = src_window->DockId; - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* src_window_settings = FindWindowSettings(src_window_id)) + else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* src_window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(src_window_id)) src_dock_id = src_window_settings->DockId; ImGuiID dst_dock_id = 0; for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2) @@ -17771,9 +19899,9 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks // FIXME-DOCK: This is awkward because in series of split user is likely to loose access to its root node. void ImGui::DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID root_id) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - //DockContextRebuild(ctx); - DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, root_id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //DockContextRebuild(&g); + DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(&g, root_id); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -17839,10 +19967,16 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGu return node; } +static void StoreDockStyleForWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) + window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]); +} + void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Clear fields ahead so most early-out paths don't have to do it window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false; @@ -17853,7 +19987,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) if (window->DockId == 0) { IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL); - window->DockId = DockContextGenNodeID(ctx); + window->DockId = DockContextGenNodeID(&g); } } else @@ -17864,7 +19998,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) want_undock |= (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) && g.NextWindowData.PosUndock; if (want_undock) { - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window); + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window); return; } } @@ -17875,7 +20009,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == node->ID); if (window->DockId != 0 && node == NULL) { - node = DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ctx, window); + node = DockContextBindNodeToWindow(&g, window); if (node == NULL) return; } @@ -17896,15 +20030,14 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking() ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node); if (root_node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount) - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window); + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window); else window->DockIsActive = true; return; } // Store style overrides - for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) - window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]); + StoreDockStyleForWindow(window); // Fast path return. It is common for windows to hold on a persistent DockId but be the only visible window, // and never create neither a host window neither a tab bar. @@ -17913,7 +20046,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) { if (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing) window->DockIsActive = true; - if (node->Windows.Size > 1) + if (node->Windows.Size > 1 && window->Appearing) // Only hide appearing window DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window); return; } @@ -17927,7 +20060,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) // Undock if we are submitted earlier than the host window if (!(node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) && window->BeginOrderWithinContext < node->HostWindow->BeginOrderWithinContext) { - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window); + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window); return; } @@ -17947,7 +20080,8 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) // Update window flag IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0); - window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize; + window->ChildFlags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding; if (node->IsHiddenTabBar() || node->IsNoTabBar()) window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; else @@ -17973,25 +20107,34 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window) IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow == window); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + // 0: Hold SHIFT to disable docking, 1: Hold SHIFT to enable docking. + if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift != g.IO.KeyShift) + { + // When ConfigDockingWithShift is set, display a tooltip to increase UI affordance. + // We cannot set for HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow != NULL here, as it is only valid/useful when drag and drop is already active + // (because of the 'is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination' logic in UpdateViewportsNewFrame() function) + IM_ASSERT(g.NextWindowData.Flags == 0); + if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 1.0f && g.ActiveId >= 1.0f) + SetTooltip("%s", LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock)); + return; + } + g.LastItemData.ID = window->MoveId; window = window->RootWindowDockTree; IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0); bool is_drag_docking = (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift) || ImRect(0, 0, window->SizeFull.x, GetFrameHeight()).Contains(g.ActiveIdClickOffset); // FIXME-DOCKING: Need to make this stateful and explicit - if (is_drag_docking && BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload)) + ImGuiDragDropFlags drag_drop_flags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers | ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire | ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossContext | ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossProcess; + if (is_drag_docking && BeginDragDropSource(drag_drop_flags)) { SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, &window, sizeof(window)); EndDragDropSource(); - - // Store style overrides - for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) - window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]); + StoreDockStyleForWindow(window); // Store style overrides while dragging (even when not docked) because docking preview may need it. } } void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == window); // May also be a DockSpace IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0); @@ -18066,7 +20209,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) // Queue docking request if (split_data->IsDropAllowed && payload->IsDelivery()) - DockContextQueueDock(ctx, window, split_data->SplitNode, payload_window, split_data->SplitDir, split_data->SplitRatio, split_data == &split_outer); + DockContextQueueDock(&g, window, split_data->SplitNode, payload_window, split_data->SplitDir, split_data->SplitRatio, split_data == &split_outer); } } EndDragDropTarget(); @@ -18122,7 +20265,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* ImGui::DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) { // FIXME-OPT - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++) if (dc->NodesSettings[n].ID == id) return &dc->NodesSettings[n]; @@ -18132,7 +20275,7 @@ static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* ImGui::DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* // Clear settings data static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; dc->NodesSettings.clear(); DockContextClearNodes(ctx, 0, true); } @@ -18141,7 +20284,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { // Prune settings at boot time only - ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; if (ctx->Windows.Size == 0) DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ctx); DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->NodesSettings.Data, dc->NodesSettings.Size); @@ -18272,24 +20415,24 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings if (node_settings->SelectedTabId) buf->appendf(" Selected=0x%08X", node_settings->SelectedTabId); -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging - if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_settings->ID)) - { - buf->appendf("%*s", ImMax(2, (line_start_pos + 92) - buf->size()), ""); // Align everything - if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) - buf->appendf(" ; in '%s'", node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->Name); - // Iterate settings so we can give info about windows that didn't exist during the session. - int contains_window = 0; - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - if (settings->DockId == node_settings->ID) - { - if (contains_window++ == 0) - buf->appendf(" ; contains "); - buf->appendf("'%s' ", settings->GetName()); - } - } -#endif + // [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging (this makes saving slower!) + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings) + if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_settings->ID)) + { + buf->appendf("%*s", ImMax(2, (line_start_pos + 92) - buf->size()), ""); // Align everything + if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) + buf->appendf(" ; in '%s'", node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->Name); + // Iterate settings so we can give info about windows that didn't exist during the session. + int contains_window = 0; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->DockId == node_settings->ID) + { + if (contains_window++ == 0) + buf->appendf(" ; contains "); + buf->appendf("'%s' ", settings->GetName()); + } + } + buf->appendf("\n"); } buf->appendf("\n"); @@ -18299,6 +20442,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Default clipboard handlers +// - Default shell function handlers +// - Default IME handlers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) @@ -18309,9 +20456,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings // Win32 clipboard implementation // We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown() -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return NULL; @@ -18332,7 +20479,7 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data; } -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* text) { if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL)) return; @@ -18359,7 +20506,7 @@ static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0; // OSX clipboard implementation // If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line! -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* text) { if (!main_clipboard) PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); @@ -18372,8 +20519,9 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) } } -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx) { + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; if (!main_clipboard) PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard); @@ -18391,7 +20539,6 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) CFDataRef cf_data; if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1); @@ -18408,15 +20555,15 @@ static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) #else // Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers. -static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*) +static const char* Platform_GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin(); } -static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) +static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); @@ -18424,7 +20571,61 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; } +#endif // Default clipboard handlers + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#if defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include // ShellExecuteA() +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "shell32") +#endif +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) +{ + return (INT_PTR)::ShellExecuteA(NULL, "open", path, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWDEFAULT) > 32; +} +#else +#include +#include +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) +{ +#if defined(__APPLE__) + const char* args[] { "open", "--", path, NULL }; +#else + const char* args[] { "xdg-open", path, NULL }; +#endif + pid_t pid = fork(); + if (pid < 0) + return false; + if (!pid) + { + execvp(args[0], const_cast(args)); + exit(-1); + } + else + { + int status; + waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return WEXITSTATUS(status) == 0; + } +} #endif +#else +static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char*) { return false; } +#endif // Default shell handlers + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -18434,14 +20635,10 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) #pragma comment(lib, "imm32") #endif -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +static void Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) { // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (hwnd == 0) - hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle; -#endif if (hwnd == 0) return; @@ -18464,14 +20661,14 @@ static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatf #else -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} +static void Platform_SetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} -#endif +#endif // Default IME handlers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] +// - DebugRenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] // - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] // - DebugTextEncoding() // - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] @@ -18501,11 +20698,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size; ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; - float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); + for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) continue; if (thumb_window->Viewport != viewport) @@ -18513,8 +20709,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); - thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); - title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y + title_r.GetHeight() * 3.0f) * scale)); // Exaggerate title bar height thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); @@ -18524,6 +20720,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name)); } draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + if (viewport->ID == g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); } static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() @@ -18531,40 +20729,48 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. + // Draw monitor and calculate their boundaries float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors) + bb_full.Add(ImRect(monitor.MainPos, monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize)); ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors) + { + ImRect monitor_draw_bb(off + (monitor.MainPos) * SCALE, off + (monitor.MainPos + monitor.MainSize) * SCALE); + window->DrawList->AddRect(monitor_draw_bb.Min, monitor_draw_bb.Max, (g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightMonitorIdx == g.PlatformIO.Monitors.index_from_ptr(&monitor)) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255) : ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 4.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(monitor_draw_bb.Min, monitor_draw_bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, 0.10f), 4.0f); + } + + // Draw viewports + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); } ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); } -static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByLastFocusedStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { const ImGuiViewportP* a = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)lhs; const ImGuiViewportP* b = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)rhs; - return b->LastFrontMostStampCount - a->LastFrontMostStampCount; + return b->LastFocusedStampCount - a->LastFocusedStampCount; } // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) { - const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); - const float key_rounding = 3.0f; - const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); - const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); - const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; - const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f; + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale; + const float key_rounding = 3.0f * scale; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale; + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale; + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale; const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); - const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale; ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); @@ -18597,7 +20803,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); - if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); } draw_list->PopClipRect(); @@ -18607,7 +20813,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) { Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); - if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) return; TableSetupColumn("Offset"); TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); @@ -18639,13 +20845,41 @@ void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) EndTable(); } +static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT) + g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT; +} + +// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls. +void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + DebugFlashStyleColorStop(); + g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx; + g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx]; +} + +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f) + return; + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(ImCos(g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z); + g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f; + if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f) + DebugFlashStyleColorStop(); +} + // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); @@ -18656,17 +20890,19 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) // [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; PushID(font); DebugNodeFont(font); PopID(); } - if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons + ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); TreePop(); } @@ -18679,8 +20915,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); - if (cfg->ShowStackTool) - ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); + if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool) + ShowIDStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowIDStackTool); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -18688,11 +20924,19 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) return; } + // [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle. + DebugBreakClearData(); + // Basic info - Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); + Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + if (g.ContextName[0] != 0) + { + SameLine(); + Text("(Context Name: \"%s\")", g.ContextName); + } Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + Text("%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount); //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } Separator(); @@ -18721,8 +20965,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -18736,7 +20980,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -18747,34 +20991,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Tools if (TreeNode("Tools")) { - bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); - SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); - if (show_encoding_viewer) - { - static char buf[100] = ""; - SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - if (buf[0] != 0) - DebugTextEncoding(buf); - TreePop(); - } - + // Debug Break features // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) - DebugStartItemPicker(); + SeparatorTextEx(0, "Debug breaks", NULL, CalcTextSize("(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + Checkbox("Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections (io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)", &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent); + + SeparatorText("Visualize"); - // Stack Tool is your best friend! Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); - // Stack Tool is your best friend! - Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + Checkbox("Show ID Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowIDStackTool); SameLine(); - MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code."); Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); @@ -18837,6 +21071,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Unindent(); } } + Checkbox("Show groups rectangles", &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data + + SeparatorText("Validate"); + + Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + + Checkbox("UTF-8 Encoding viewer", &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer) + { + static char buf[64] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + } TreePop(); } @@ -18852,9 +21105,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; temp_buffer.resize(0); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) - temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(window); struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); @@ -18866,24 +21119,22 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // DrawLists int drawlist_count = 0; - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) - drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size; if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) { Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; bool viewport_has_drawlist = false; - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - { - if (!viewport_has_drawlist) - Text("Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID); - viewport_has_drawlist = true; - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); - } + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + { + if (!viewport_has_drawlist) + Text("Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID); + viewport_has_drawlist = true; + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); + } } TreePop(); } @@ -18891,10 +21142,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Viewports if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) { - Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - RenderViewportsThumbnails(); - Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - + cfg->HighlightMonitorIdx = -1; bool open = TreeNode("Monitors", "Monitors (%d)", g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Dear ImGui uses monitor data:\n- to query DPI settings on a per monitor basis\n- to position popup/tooltips so they don't straddle monitors."); @@ -18902,14 +21150,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { for (int i = 0; i < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; i++) { - const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i]; - BulletText("Monitor #%d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)", - i, mon.DpiScale * 100.0f, - mon.MainPos.x, mon.MainPos.y, mon.MainPos.x + mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainPos.y + mon.MainSize.y, mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainSize.y, - mon.WorkPos.x, mon.WorkPos.y, mon.WorkPos.x + mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkPos.y + mon.WorkSize.y, mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkSize.y); + DebugNodePlatformMonitor(&g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i], "Monitor", i); + if (IsItemHovered()) + cfg->HighlightMonitorIdx = i; } + DebugNodePlatformMonitor(&g.FallbackMonitor, "Fallback", 0); + TreePop(); + } + + SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (TreeNode("Windows Minimap")) + { + RenderViewportsThumbnails(); TreePop(); } + cfg->HighlightViewportID = 0; BulletText("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport ? g.MouseViewport->ID : 0, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0); if (TreeNode("Inferred Z order (front-to-back)")) @@ -18918,28 +21173,34 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) viewports.resize(g.Viewports.Size); memcpy(viewports.Data, g.Viewports.Data, g.Viewports.size_in_bytes()); if (viewports.Size > 1) - ImQsort(viewports.Data, viewports.Size, sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount); - for (int i = 0; i < viewports.Size; i++) - BulletText("Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, FrontMostStampCount = %08d, Window: \"%s\"", viewports[i]->Idx, viewports[i]->ID, viewports[i]->LastFrontMostStampCount, viewports[i]->Window ? viewports[i]->Window->Name : "N/A"); + ImQsort(viewports.Data, viewports.Size, sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), ViewportComparerByLastFocusedStampCount); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : viewports) + { + BulletText("Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, LastFocused = %08d, PlatformFocused = %s, Window: \"%s\"", + viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->LastFocusedStampCount, + (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus && viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) ? (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport) ? "1" : "0") : "N/A", + viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A"); + if (IsItemHovered()) + cfg->HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID; + } TreePop(); } - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + DebugNodeViewport(viewport); TreePop(); } // Details for Popups if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. - const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; - ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; - BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", - popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", - popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), RestoreNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", + popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data.RestoreNavWindow ? popup_data.RestoreNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } TreePop(); } @@ -18981,6 +21242,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Details for TypingSelect + if (TreeNode("TypingSelect", "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0)) + { + DebugNodeTypingSelectState(&g.TypingSelectState); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for MultiSelect + if (TreeNode("MultiSelect", "MultiSelect (%d)", g.MultiSelectStorage.GetAliveCount())) + { + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + BulletText("BoxSelect ID=0x%08X, Starting = %d, Active %d", bs->ID, bs->IsStarting, bs->IsActive); + for (int n = 0; n < g.MultiSelectStorage.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiMultiSelectState* state = g.MultiSelectStorage.TryGetMapData(n)) + DebugNodeMultiSelectState(state); + TreePop(); + } + // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK if (TreeNode("Docking")) @@ -19016,11 +21295,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); else TextUnformatted(""); + Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings); Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) - BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName); TreePop(); } if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) @@ -19044,7 +21324,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("In SettingsWindows:"); for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) if (settings->DockId != 0) - BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId); + BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X DockOrder=%d", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder); Text("In SettingsNodes:"); for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++) { @@ -19054,7 +21334,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(settings->SelectedTabId)) selected_tab_name = window->Name; - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->SelectedTabId)) + else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(settings->SelectedTabId)) selected_tab_name = window_settings->GetName(); } BulletText("Node %08X, Parent %08X, SelectedTab %08X ('%s')", settings->ID, settings->ParentNodeId, settings->SelectedTabId, selected_tab_name ? selected_tab_name : settings->SelectedTabId ? "N/A" : ""); @@ -19071,17 +21351,38 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Settings + if (TreeNode("Memory allocations")) + { + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo; + Text("%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount); + if (SmallButton("GC now")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } + Text("Recent frames with allocations:"); + int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf); + for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size]; + BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d alloc, %2d free )", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount); + if (n == 0) + { + SameLine(); + Text("<- %d frames ago", g.FrameCount - entry->FrameCount); + } + } + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("Inputs")) { Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS"); { // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. - // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. Indent(); #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; #else - struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array //Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } } #endif Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } @@ -19106,6 +21407,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); } Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); } Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer); + Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource)); Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused Unindent(); } @@ -19122,41 +21425,44 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("KEY OWNERS"); { Indent(); - if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) - { + if (BeginChild("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { - ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); - if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner) continue; Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr, owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : ""); DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr); } - EndListBox(); - } + EndChild(); Unindent(); } Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches."); { Indent(); - if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) - { + if (BeginChild("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; ) { - char key_chord_name[64]; ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; - GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)); - Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr); + ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods; + Text("%s: 0x%08X (scored %d)", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), routing_data->RoutingCurr, routing_data->RoutingCurrScore); DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) + { + SameLine(); + if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord")) + g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord; + } idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex; } } - EndListBox(); - } + EndChild(); Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Unindent(); } @@ -19182,7 +21488,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame - Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); + Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer); Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); Unindent(); @@ -19193,11 +21499,20 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId); Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); + Text("NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData); Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId); + Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId); Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); + Text("NavFocusRoute[] = "); + for (int path_n = g.NavFocusRoute.Size - 1; path_n >= 0; path_n--) + { + const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope = g.NavFocusRoute[path_n]; + SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + Text("0x%08X/", focus_scope.ID); + SetItemTooltip("In window \"%s\"", FindWindowByID(focus_scope.WindowID)->Name); + } Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); Unindent(); @@ -19207,9 +21522,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; if (!window->WasActive) continue; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); @@ -19279,14 +21593,72 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) End(); } +void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData() +{ + // Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0; + g.DebugBreakInTable = 0; + g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None; +} + +void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location) +{ + if (!BeginItemTooltip()) + return; + Text("To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location); + Separator(); + TextUnformatted(keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space."); + Separator(); + TextUnformatted("Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!"); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc. +// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into. +bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y); + + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + // WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects. + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, g.CurrentItemFlags); + bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(0) || g.NavActivateId == id); + DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, description_of_location); + + ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + ImVec4 hsv; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z, hsv.x, hsv.y, hsv.z); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv.x + 0.20f, hsv.y, hsv.z, col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z); + + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col4f), true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) { if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) return; BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm)); TreePop(); } @@ -19298,7 +21670,6 @@ static void DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags* p_flags, const char* labe Text("%s:", label); if (!enabled) BeginDisabled(); - CheckboxFlags("NoSplit", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit); CheckboxFlags("NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize); CheckboxFlags("NoResizeX", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX); CheckboxFlags("NoResizeY",p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY); @@ -19306,12 +21677,14 @@ static void DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags* p_flags, const char* labe CheckboxFlags("HiddenTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar); CheckboxFlags("NoWindowMenuButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton); CheckboxFlags("NoCloseButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton); - CheckboxFlags("NoDocking", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking); - CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe); + CheckboxFlags("DockedWindowsInFocusRoute", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockedWindowsInFocusRoute); + CheckboxFlags("NoDocking", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking); // Multiple flags + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplit", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit); CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther); - CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe); + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOver", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe); CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther); CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverEmpty", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty); + CheckboxFlags("NoUndocking", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking); if (!enabled) EndDisabled(); PopStyleVar(); @@ -19376,6 +21749,16 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label) } } +static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id) +{ + union { void* ptr; int integer; } tex_id_opaque; + memcpy(&tex_id_opaque, &tex_id, ImMin(sizeof(void*), sizeof(tex_id))); + if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*)) + ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%p", tex_id_opaque.ptr); + else + ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%04X", tex_id_opaque.integer); +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList // Note that both 'window' and 'viewport' may be NULL here. Viewport is generally null of destroyed popups which previously owned a viewport. void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) @@ -19412,10 +21795,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, con continue; } + char texid_desc[20]; + FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), pcmd->TextureId); char buf[300]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", - pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, - pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); @@ -19495,8 +21879,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, co // Draw bounding boxes if (show_aabb) { - out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU - out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(clip_rect.Min), ImTrunc(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Min), ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles } out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; } @@ -19521,7 +21905,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8); DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker( - "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" + "Note that the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. " "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. " "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n" @@ -19578,9 +21962,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) if (!glyph) continue; font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip()) { - BeginTooltip(); DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); EndTooltip(); } @@ -19608,10 +21991,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) { if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + for (const ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data) { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + DebugLocateItemOnHover(p.key); } TreePop(); } @@ -19624,13 +22007,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) char* p = buf; const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", - tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???"); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab)); } p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } @@ -19647,12 +22028,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) { for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { - const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; PushID(tab); if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f", - tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); PopID(); } TreePop(); @@ -19661,18 +22042,24 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)viewport->ID, "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, Parent: 0x%08X, Window: \"%s\"", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->ParentViewportId, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A")) + bool open = TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)viewport->ID, "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, Parent: 0x%08X, Window: \"%s\"", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->ParentViewportId, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A"); + if (IsItemHovered()) + g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID; + if (open) { ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; - BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f\nMonitor: %d, DpiScale: %.0f%%", + BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Inset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f\nMonitor: %d, DpiScale: %.0f%%", viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, - viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y, + viewport->WorkInsetMin.x, viewport->WorkInsetMin.y, viewport->WorkInsetMax.x, viewport->WorkInsetMax.y, viewport->PlatformMonitor, viewport->DpiScale * 100.0f); if (viewport->Idx > 0) { SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Reset Pos")) { viewport->Pos = ImVec2(200, 200); viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); if (viewport->Window) viewport->Window->Pos = viewport->Pos; } } - BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, + BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, //(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", // Omitting because it is the standard (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? " IsMinimized" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused) ? " IsFocused" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? " NoDecoration" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? " NoTaskBarIcon" : "", @@ -19680,17 +22067,23 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick) ? " NoFocusOnClick" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) ? " NoInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear) ? " NoRendererClear" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? " Minimized" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : ""); - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); TreePop(); } } +void ImGui::DebugNodePlatformMonitor(ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor, const char* label, int idx) +{ + BulletText("%s %d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)", + label, idx, monitor->DpiScale * 100.0f, + monitor->MainPos.x, monitor->MainPos.y, monitor->MainPos.x + monitor->MainSize.x, monitor->MainPos.y + monitor->MainSize.y, monitor->MainSize.x, monitor->MainSize.y, + monitor->WorkPos.x, monitor->WorkPos.y, monitor->WorkPos.x + monitor->WorkSize.x, monitor->WorkPos.y + monitor->WorkSize.y, monitor->WorkSize.x, monitor->WorkSize.y); +} + void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) { if (window == NULL) @@ -19713,6 +22106,9 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) if (window->MemoryCompacted) TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in Begin()")) + g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); @@ -19720,6 +22116,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + BulletText("ChildFlags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s..)", window->ChildFlags, + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_Borders) ? "Borders " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? "ResizeX " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? "ResizeY " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? "NavFlattened " : ""); BulletText("WindowClassId: 0x%08X", window->WindowClass.ClassId); BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); @@ -19733,6 +22135,9 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]); } + const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel; + for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++) + BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater. BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); BulletText("Viewport: %d%s, ViewportId: 0x%08X, ViewportPos: (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->Idx : -1, window->ViewportOwned ? " (Owned)" : "", window->ViewportId, window->ViewportPos.x, window->ViewportPos.y); @@ -19741,14 +22146,15 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) if (window->DockNode || window->DockNodeAsHost) DebugNodeDockNode(window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost : window->DockNode, window->DockNodeAsHost ? "DockNodeAsHost" : "DockNode"); - if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } + if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } if (window->RootWindowDockTree != window->RootWindow) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree, "RootWindowDockTree"); } - if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } + if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute, "ParentWindowForFocusRoute"); } + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage) + DebugNodeColumns(&columns); TreePop(); } DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); @@ -19757,8 +22163,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) { + if (settings->WantDelete) + BeginDisabled(); Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); + if (settings->WantDelete) + EndDisabled(); } void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) @@ -19808,17 +22218,62 @@ void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); - g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); + if (g.ContextName[0] != 0) + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%s] [%05d] ", g.ContextName, g.FrameCount); + else + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); - g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + // IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG() adds a trailing \n automatically + const int new_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); + const bool trailing_carriage_return = (g.DebugLogBuf[new_size - 1] == '\n'); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%.*s", new_size - old_size - (trailing_carriage_return ? 1 : 0), g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); +#endif +} + +// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout. +static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y); + if (window->WorkRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + ImGui::SameLine(); +} + +static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout. + + bool highlight_errors = (flags == ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError && g.DebugLogSkippedErrors > 0); + if (highlight_errors) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImLerp(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text], ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), 0.30f)); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(name, &g.DebugLogFlags, flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0) + { + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2; + g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags; + } + if (highlight_errors) + { + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("%d past errors skipped.", g.DebugLogSkippedErrors); + } + else + { + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)"); + } } void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -19826,51 +22281,58 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) return; } - AlignTextToFramePadding(); - Text("Log events:"); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Docking", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking); - SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Viewport", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport); + ImGuiDebugLogFlags all_enable_flags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ & ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting; + CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, all_enable_flags); + SetItemTooltip("(except InputRouting which is spammy)"); + + ShowDebugLogFlag("Errors", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError); + ShowDebugLogFlag("ActiveId", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Clipper", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Docking", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Focus", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Viewport", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport); + ShowDebugLogFlag("InputRouting", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting); if (SmallButton("Clear")) { g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + g.DebugLogSkippedErrors = 0; } SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Copy")) SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); - BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Configure Outputs..")) + OpenPopup("Outputs"); + if (BeginPopup("Outputs")) + { + CheckboxFlags("OutputToTTY", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY); +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + BeginDisabled(); +#endif + CheckboxFlags("OutputToTestEngine", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine); +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + EndDisabled(); +#endif + EndPopup(); + } + + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + + const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags; + g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper; ImGuiListClipper clipper; clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size()); while (clipper.Step()) for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) - { - const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); - const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); - TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); - ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; - if (IsItemHovered()) - for (const char* p = line_begin; p < line_end - 10; p++) - { - ImGuiID id = 0; - if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) - continue; - ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); - ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); - g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) - DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); - p += 10; - } - } + DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no), g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no)); + g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags; if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) SetScrollHereY(1.0f); EndChild(); @@ -19878,10 +22340,64 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) End(); } +// Display line, search for 0xXXXXXXXX identifiers and call DebugLocateItemOnHover() when hovered. +void ImGui::DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end) +{ + TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); + if (!IsItemHovered()) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; + for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) + { + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1 || ImCharIsXdigitA(p[10])) + continue; + ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); + ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); + g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) + DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); + p += 10; + } +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y); + float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible) +void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); +} + +// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID. static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) @@ -19889,8 +22405,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugLocateId = target_id; g.DebugLocateFrames = 2; + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false; } +// FIXME: Doesn't work over through a modal window, because they clear HoveredWindow. void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) { if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) @@ -19898,11 +22416,24 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; DebugLocateItem(target_id); GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); + + // Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc. + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f) + { + DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, "in ItemAdd()"); + if (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord)) + g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true; + } } void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData; g.DebugLocateId = 0; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow); @@ -19914,6 +22445,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); } +void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; +} + // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() { @@ -19936,7 +22473,8 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button; SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f); - BeginTooltip(); + if (!BeginTooltip()) + return; Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" }; @@ -19947,13 +22485,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() EndTooltip(); } -// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() +// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; - // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible + // Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0; if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1) return; @@ -19987,12 +22525,12 @@ void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() } } -// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions +// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; // Step 0: stack query // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. @@ -20035,7 +22573,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* dat info->DataType = data_type; } -static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) { ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; @@ -20052,20 +22590,20 @@ static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); } -// Stack Tool: Display UI -void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) +// ID Stack Tool: Display UI +void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { End(); return; } // Display hovered/active status - ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -20081,7 +22619,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); SameLine(); TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); - if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused)) { tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; @@ -20144,13 +22682,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} -void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} -void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} -void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {} void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.h index fc40641f12..9560144e43 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui.h @@ -1,29 +1,35 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (headers) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - See links below. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. +// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments. +// - Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' before including this file (or in imconfig.h) to access courtesy maths operators for ImVec2 and ImVec4. // Resources: -// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) -// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) -// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary -// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues - -// Getting Started? -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: -// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md) +// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues?q=label%3Agallery (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code) +// - Third-party Extensions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more) +// - Bindings/Backends https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines) +// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary +// - Debug Tools https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Software using Dear ImGui https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui +// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps) + +// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. +// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there. // Library Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.2" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18920 +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.91.4 WIP" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19131 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE #define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch @@ -35,15 +41,17 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types // [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions // [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations -// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Helpers: Debug log, Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> // [SECTION] ImGuiStyle // [SECTION] ImGuiIO -// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) -// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Multi-Select API flags and structures (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags, ImGuiMultiSelectIO, ImGuiSelectionRequest, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage, ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage) // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) // [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) -// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformIO, ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiPlatformImeData) +// [SECTION] ImGuiPlatformIO + other Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiPlatformImeData) // [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types */ @@ -51,7 +59,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma once // Configuration file with compile-time options -// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') +// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system) #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif @@ -71,7 +79,7 @@ Index of this file: // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) +// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended: we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility + this is a call-heavy library and function call overhead adds up. #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API #endif @@ -86,10 +94,13 @@ Index of this file: #endif #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 + +// Check that version and structures layouts are matching between compiled imgui code and caller. Read comments above DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() for details. #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. +// (MSVC provides an equivalent mechanism via SAL Annotations but it would require the macros in a different +// location. e.g. #include + void myprintf(_Printf_format_string_ const char* format, ...)) #if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__) #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) @@ -117,10 +128,15 @@ Index of this file: #endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" -#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -131,6 +147,17 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Scalar data types +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) +typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int +typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer + // Forward declarations struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit() struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback) @@ -147,17 +174,22 @@ struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordin struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using) struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) -struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui +struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui (also see: ImGuiPlatformIO) struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items +struct ImGuiMultiSelectIO; // Structure to interact with a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations -struct ImGuiPlatformIO; // Multi-viewport support: interface for Platform/Renderer backends + viewports to render +struct ImGuiPlatformIO; // Interface between platform/renderer backends and ImGui (e.g. Clipboard, IME, Multi-Viewport support). Extends ImGuiIO. +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor; // Multi-viewport support: user-provided bounds for each connected monitor/display. Used when positioning popups and tooltips to avoid them straddling monitors -struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage; // Optional helper to store multi-selection state + apply multi-selection requests. +struct ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage;//Optional helper to apply multi-selection requests to existing randomly accessible storage. +struct ImGuiSelectionRequest; // A selection request (stored in ImGuiMultiSelectIO) struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) -struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage +struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage (container sorted by key) +struct ImGuiStoragePair; // Helper for key->value storage (pair) struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table @@ -169,28 +201,32 @@ struct ImGuiWindowClass; // Window class (rare/advanced uses: provide // Enumerations // - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. +enum ImGuiDir : int; // -> enum ImGuiDir // Enum: A cardinal direction (Left, Right, Up, Down) enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value) +enum ImGuiMouseSource : int; // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen) +enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type -typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape -typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() -// Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() +typedef int ImGuiChildFlags; // -> enum ImGuiChildFlags_ // Flags: for BeginChild() typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() @@ -198,9 +234,12 @@ typedef int ImGuiDockNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDockNodeFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload() typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. +typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut() typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for storage only for now: an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), shared by all items +typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() +typedef int ImGuiMultiSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_// Flags: for BeginMultiSelect() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() @@ -226,27 +265,21 @@ typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fi typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends) #endif -// Scalar data types -typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) -typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer -typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer -typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int -typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) -typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer - // Character types // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) -typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. #ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; #else typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; #endif +// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using BeginMultiSelect() +// - Used by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + and inside ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// - Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER/ID as well. Read comments near ImGuiMultiSelectIO for details. +typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData; + // Callback and functions types typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() @@ -254,15 +287,16 @@ typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() // ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type] -// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +// - This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +// - Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' before including this file (or in imconfig.h) to access courtesy maths operators for ImVec2 and ImVec4. IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { float x, y; constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } - float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. - float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((float*)(void*)(char*)this)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, so the assert overhead is fine. + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((const float*)(const void*)(const char*)this)[idx]; } #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. #endif @@ -297,8 +331,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx); // Main - IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) - IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the ImGuiIO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags) + IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(); // access the ImGuiPlatformIO structure (mostly hooks/functions to connect to platform/renderer and OS Clipboard, IME etc.) + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleColor(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). @@ -308,7 +343,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. - IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. + IMGUI_API void ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. @@ -329,23 +364,33 @@ namespace ImGui // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! - // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, - // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function - // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions + // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding + // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug". IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void End(); // Child Windows // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. - // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). - // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. - // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. - // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, - // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function - // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + // - Before 1.90 (November 2023), the "ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0" parameter was "bool border = false". + // This API is backward compatible with old code, as we guarantee that ImGuiChildFlags_Borders == true. + // Consider updating your old code: + // BeginChild("Name", size, false) -> Begin("Name", size, 0); or Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None); + // BeginChild("Name", size, true) -> Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); + // - Manual sizing (each axis can use a different setting e.g. ImVec2(0.0f, 400.0f)): + // == 0.0f: use remaining parent window size for this axis. + // > 0.0f: use specified size for this axis. + // < 0.0f: right/bottom-align to specified distance from available content boundaries. + // - Specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY makes the sizing automatic based on child contents. + // Combining both ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX _and_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY defeats purpose of a scrolling region and is NOT recommended. + // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting + // anything to the window. Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions + // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding + // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); // Windows Utilities @@ -353,20 +398,20 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options. - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives IMGUI_API float GetWindowDpiScale(); // get DPI scale currently associated to the current window's viewport. - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size - IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) - IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS. Consider always using GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() instead) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS. Consider always using GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() instead) + IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS). Shortcut for GetWindowSize().x. + IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS). Shortcut for GetWindowSize().y. IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport(); // get viewport currently associated to the current window. // Window manipulation // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use 0.0f or FLT_MAX if you don't want limits. Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size (which itself is a constraint). Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() @@ -383,14 +428,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. - // Content region - // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. - // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - // Windows Scrolling // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin(). // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY(). @@ -411,13 +448,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame()! + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. " + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_x); // modify X component of a style ImVec2 variable. " + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_y); // modify Y component of a style ImVec2 variable. " IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets - IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. - IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); // modify specified shared item flag, e.g. PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true) + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); // Parameters stacks (current window) IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). @@ -431,19 +468,34 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors. IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a white pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. - // Cursor / Layout + // Layout cursor positioning // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. + // - YOU CAN DO 99% OF WHAT YOU NEED WITH ONLY GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail(). // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: - // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() - // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. + // - Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward. + // - Window-local coordinates: SameLine(offset), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), PushTextWrapPos() + // - Window-local coordinates: GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() --> all obsoleted. YOU DON'T NEED THEM. + // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates. Try not to use it. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position, absolute coordinates. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND (prefer using this rather than GetCursorPos(), also more useful to work with ImDrawList API). + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position, absolute coordinates. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // available space from current position. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // [window-local] cursor position in window-local coordinates. This is not your best friend. + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // [window-local] " + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window-local coordinates. Call GetCursorScreenPos() after Begin() to get the absolute coordinates version. + + // Other layout functions IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. @@ -453,15 +505,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc. - IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList:: - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // are using the main, absolute coordinate system. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) - IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) @@ -469,7 +512,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) // ID stack/scopes - // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. + // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.com/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system: // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?" // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?" @@ -487,6 +530,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(int int_id); // Widgets: Text IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text. @@ -502,12 +546,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorText(const char* label); // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line // Widgets: Main // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button - IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text + IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with (FramePadding.y == 0) to easily embed within text IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); @@ -517,11 +562,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + IMGUI_API bool TextLink(const char* label); // hyperlink text button, return true when clicked + IMGUI_API void TextLinkOpenURL(const char* label, const char* url = NULL); // hyperlink text button, automatically open file/url when clicked // Widgets: Images // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); + // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. + // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. @@ -530,7 +579,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" - IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Drag Sliders // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. @@ -618,13 +667,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushID(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " - IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() + IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopID() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemStorageID(ImGuiID storage_id); // set id to use for open/close storage (default to same as item id). // Widgets: Selectables // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. @@ -632,23 +682,35 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + // Multi-selection system for Selectable(), Checkbox(), TreeNode() functions [BETA] + // - This enables standard multi-selection/range-selection idioms (CTRL+Mouse/Keyboard, SHIFT+Mouse/Keyboard, etc.) in a way that also allow a clipper to be used. + // - ImGuiSelectionUserData is often used to store your item index within the current view (but may store something else). + // - Read comments near ImGuiMultiSelectIO for instructions/details and see 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select' for demo. + // - TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated. You need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, + // which is suited to advanced trees setups already implementing filters and clipper. We will work simplifying the current demo. + // - 'selection_size' and 'items_count' parameters are optional and used by a few features. If they are costly for you to compute, you may avoid them. + IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectIO* BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int selection_size = -1, int items_count = -1); + IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectIO* EndMultiSelect(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data); + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection state toggled? Useful if you need the per-item information _before_ reaching EndMultiSelect(). We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly. + // Widgets: List Boxes - // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. - // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items. // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Data Plotting // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better! IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // Widgets: Value() Helpers. // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) @@ -672,12 +734,22 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL // Tooltips - // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). - IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); - IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types. + // - SetTooltip() is more or less a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom (with a subtlety that it discard any previously submitted tooltip) + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true! + IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item + // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom. + // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom. + // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + IMGUI_API bool BeginItemTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered. + IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Popups, Modals // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. @@ -686,9 +758,7 @@ namespace ImGui // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. - - // Popups: begin/end functions - // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards if returned true. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. @@ -738,14 +808,12 @@ namespace ImGui // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! // - Summary of possible call flow: - // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK - // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK - // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! - // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! - // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // - TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // - TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // - TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! // - 5. Call EndTable() - IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. @@ -761,8 +829,9 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. - IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit a row with headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRow(); // submit a row with angled headers for every column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. MUST BE FIRST ROW. // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. @@ -777,11 +846,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. Can also use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!) // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. - IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); + IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool borders = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column @@ -802,18 +872,18 @@ namespace ImGui // Docking // [BETA API] Enable with io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable. // Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking! - // - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking/undocking. + // - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking. // - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows). - // - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking. + // - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to enable docking. // About dockspaces: + // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create a window covering the screen or a specific viewport + a dockspace inside it. + // This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode to make it transparent. // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. See Docking demo for details. - // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport. - // This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode. // - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame! // - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked. // e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly. - IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpace(ImGuiID dockspace_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGuiID dockspace_id = 0, const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window dock id IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class); // set next window class (control docking compatibility + provide hints to platform backend via custom viewport flags and platform parent/child relationship) IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowDockID(); @@ -840,12 +910,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! - IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. returns NULL when drag and drop is finished or inactive. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. // Disabling [BETA API] // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors) // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) - // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. + // - Tooltips windows by exception are opted out of disabling. + // - BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() essentially does nothing but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions (as a micro-optimization: if you have tens of thousands of BeginDisabled(false)/EndDisabled() pairs, you might want to reformulate your code to avoid making those calls) IMGUI_API void BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true); IMGUI_API void EndDisabled(); @@ -859,6 +930,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. + // Overlapping mode + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); // allow next item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Useful with invisible buttons, selectable, treenode covering an area where subsequent items may need to be added. Note that both Selectable() and TreeNode() have dedicated flags doing this. + // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. @@ -879,7 +953,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item - IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. // Viewports // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -888,10 +961,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL. // Background/Foreground Draw Lists - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // get background draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // get foreground draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL); // get background draw list for the given viewport or viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport or viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the top-most rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. @@ -902,8 +973,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame - IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) // Text Utilities IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f); @@ -922,10 +991,37 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead. IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. + // Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA] + // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey + optional ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. + // ImGuiKey_C // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord arguments) + // ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord arguments) + // only ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to combine with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT combine two ImGuiKey values. + // - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. + // Parent -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut. + // Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts) + // Child2 -> no call // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut. + // The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical. + // This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase. + // - To understand the difference: + // - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods and call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect. + // - Shortcut() submits a route, routes are resolved, if it currently can be routed it calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects as it can prevents another call from getting the route. + // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + + // Inputs Utilities: Key/Input Ownership [BETA] + // - One common use case would be to allow your items to disable standard inputs behaviors such + // as Tab or Alt key handling, Mouse Wheel scrolling, etc. + // e.g. Button(...); SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); to make hovering/activating a button disable wheel for scrolling. + // - Reminder ImGuiKey enum include access to mouse buttons and gamepad, so key ownership can apply to them. + // - Many related features are still in imgui_internal.h. For instance, most IsKeyXXX()/IsMouseXXX() functions have an owner-id-aware version. + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); // Set key owner to last item ID if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. @@ -940,8 +1036,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f) IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape @@ -962,8 +1058,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. // Debug Utilities + // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); + IMGUI_API void DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx); + IMGUI_API void DebugStartItemPicker(); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // Call via IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG() for maximum stripping in caller code! + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); +#endif // Memory Allocators // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. @@ -977,7 +1080,6 @@ namespace ImGui // (Optional) Platform/OS interface for multi-viewport support // Read comments around the ImGuiPlatformIO structure for more details. // Note: You may use GetWindowViewport() to get the current viewport of the current window. - IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(); // platform/renderer functions, for backend to setup + viewports list. IMGUI_API void UpdatePlatformWindows(); // call in main loop. will call CreateWindow/ResizeWindow/etc. platform functions for each secondary viewport, and DestroyWindow for each inactive viewport. IMGUI_API void RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg = NULL, void* renderer_render_arg = NULL); // call in main loop. will call RenderWindow/SwapBuffers platform functions for each secondary viewport which doesn't have the ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized flag set. May be reimplemented by user for custom rendering needs. IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindows(); // call DestroyWindow platform functions for all viewports. call from backend Shutdown() if you need to close platform windows before imgui shutdown. otherwise will be called by DestroyContext(). @@ -1011,57 +1113,108 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x) - ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) - ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking = 1 << 21, // Disable docking of this window - + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 16, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 17, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 18, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking = 1 << 19, // Disable docking of this window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] - ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost = 1 << 29, // Don't use! For internal use by Begin()/NewFrame() + + // Obsolete names +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30, // Obsoleted in 1.90.0: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 31, // Obsoleted in 1.90.9: Use ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened in BeginChild() call. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginChild() +// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImGuiChildFlags_Borders to be backward compatible with old API using 'bool border = false'. +// About using AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY flags: +// - May be combined with SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() to set a min/max size for each axis (see "Demo->Child->Auto-resize with Constraints"). +// - Size measurement for a given axis is only performed when the child window is within visible boundaries, or is just appearing. +// - This allows BeginChild() to return false when not within boundaries (e.g. when scrolling), which is more optimal. BUT it won't update its auto-size while clipped. +// While not perfect, it is a better default behavior as the always-on performance gain is more valuable than the occasional "resizing after becoming visible again" glitch. +// - You may also use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize to force an update even when child window is not in view. +// HOWEVER PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT DOING SO WILL PREVENT BeginChild() FROM EVER RETURNING FALSE, disabling benefits of coarse clipping. +enum ImGuiChildFlags_ +{ + ImGuiChildFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiChildFlags_Borders = 1 << 0, // Show an outer border and enable WindowPadding. (IMPORTANT: this is always == 1 == true for legacy reason) + ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 1, // Pad with style.WindowPadding even if no border are drawn (no padding by default for non-bordered child windows because it makes more sense) + ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX = 1 << 2, // Allow resize from right border (layout direction). Enable .ini saving (unless ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings passed to window flags) + ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY = 1 << 3, // Allow resize from bottom border (layout direction). " + ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX = 1 << 4, // Enable auto-resizing width. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. + ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY = 1 << 5, // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. + ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED. + ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle = 1 << 7, // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding. + ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 8, // [BETA] Share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. + + // Obsolete names +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiChildFlags_Border = ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, // Renamed in 1.91.1 (August 2024) for consistency. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::PushItemFlag() +// (Those are shared by all items) +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, // (Default) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav. + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 1, // false // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls). + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 2, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items). + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 3, // false // Any button-like behavior will have repeat mode enabled (based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate values). Note that you can also call IsItemActive() after any button to tell if it is being held. + ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups = 1 << 4, // true // MenuItem()/Selectable() automatically close their parent popup window. + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId = 1 << 5, // false // Allow submitting an item with the same identifier as an item already submitted this frame without triggering a warning tooltip if io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts is set. }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() // (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive) enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ { + // Basic filters (also see ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus - ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). - ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode - ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode - ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 2, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 3, // Turn a..z into A..Z + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 4, // Filter out spaces, tabs + + // Inputs + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 5, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 6, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 7, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 8, // In multi-line mode, validate with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: validate with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). + + // Other options + ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 9, // Read-only mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 10, // Password mode, display all characters as '*', disable copy + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 11, // Overwrite mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 12, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus + ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal = 1 << 13, // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: parse empty string as zero value. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal = 1 << 14, // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: when value is zero, do not display it. Generally used with ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 15, // Disable following the cursor horizontally ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior -#endif + // Callback features + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 17, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 18, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 19, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 20, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 21, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 22, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() @@ -1070,25 +1223,31 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Open on double-click instead of simple click (default for multi-select unless any _OpenOnXXX behavior is set explicitly). Both behaviors may be combined. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Open when clicking on the arrow part (default for multi-select unless any _OpenOnXXX behavior is set explicitly). Both behaviors may be combined. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding(). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default. - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) - //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag! + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding() before the node. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line without using AllowOverlap mode. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (cover the indent area). + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth = 1 << 13, // Narrow hit box + narrow hovering highlight, will only cover the label text. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 14, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 15, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) + //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 16, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 +#endif }; // Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. -// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat -// small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. +// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument instead of 'ImGuiPopupFlags flags', +// we need to treat small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. // It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. // - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. // IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter @@ -1102,10 +1261,12 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, - ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack - ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space - ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. - ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't reopen same popup if already open (won't reposition, won't reinitialize navigation) + //ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit = 1 << 6, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): focus and initialize navigation even when not reopening. + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 7, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 8, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 10, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 11, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel, }; @@ -1113,11 +1274,17 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window (overrides ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight = 1 << 5, // Make the item be displayed as if it is hovered + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups, // Renamed in 1.91.0 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -1131,6 +1298,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button + ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview = 1 << 7, // Width dynamically calculated from preview contents ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; @@ -1141,11 +1309,12 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup - ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline = 1 << 6, // Draw selected overline markers over selected tab + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 7, // Resize tabs when they don't fit + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 8, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown, }; @@ -1154,147 +1323,15 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + set ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure. ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID()/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() -// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. -// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. -// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: -// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. -// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. -// - When ScrollX is off: -// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. -// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. -// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). -// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. -// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. -// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. -// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). -// - When ScrollX is on: -// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed -// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. -// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. -// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. -// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). -// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. -// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. -enum ImGuiTableFlags_ -{ - // Features - ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. - ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. - ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). - // Decorations - ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style - // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). - // Sizing Extra Options - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. - ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. - // Clipping - ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). - // Padding - ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). - // Scrolling - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. - // Sorting - ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). - ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). - - // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() -enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ -{ - // Input configuration flags - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. - - // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse - - // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) -}; - -// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() -enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ -{ - ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) -}; - -// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() -// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: -// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. -// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. -// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. -// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. -// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. -// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. -// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. -enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ -{ - ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure = 1 << 8, // Tab is selected when trying to close + closure is not immediately assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() @@ -1323,16 +1360,30 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item uses AllowOverlap mode and is overlapped by another hoverable item. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 10, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 11, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, - // Hovering delays (for tooltips) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) + // Tooltips mode + // - typically used in IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + // - this is a shortcut to pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' where you can reconfigure desired behavior. + // e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often. + // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip = 1 << 12, // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + + // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays. + // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags. + // - use those if you need specific overrides. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary = 1 << 13, // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone = 1 << 14, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 15, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 16, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 17, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::DockSpace(), shared/inherited by child nodes. @@ -1341,13 +1392,19 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ enum ImGuiDockNodeFlags_ { ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly = 1 << 0, // Shared // Don't display the dockspace node but keep it alive. Windows docked into this dockspace node won't be undocked. - //ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCentralNode = 1 << 1, // Shared // Disable Central Node (the node which can stay empty) - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode = 1 << 2, // Shared // Disable docking inside the Central Node, which will be always kept empty. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode = 1 << 3, // Shared // Enable passthru dockspace: 1) DockSpace() will render a ImGuiCol_WindowBg background covering everything excepted the Central Node when empty. Meaning the host window should probably use SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f) prior to Begin() when using this. 2) When Central Node is empty: let inputs pass-through + won't display a DockingEmptyBg background. See demo for details. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit = 1 << 4, // Shared/Local // Disable splitting the node into smaller nodes. Useful e.g. when embedding dockspaces into a main root one (the root one may have splitting disabled to reduce confusion). Note: when turned off, existing splits will be preserved. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Shared/Local // Disable resizing node using the splitter/separators. Useful with programmatically setup dockspaces. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar = 1 << 6, // Shared/Local // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly = 1 << 0, // // Don't display the dockspace node but keep it alive. Windows docked into this dockspace node won't be undocked. + //ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCentralNode = 1 << 1, // // Disable Central Node (the node which can stay empty) + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode = 1 << 2, // // Disable docking over the Central Node, which will be always kept empty. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode = 1 << 3, // // Enable passthru dockspace: 1) DockSpace() will render a ImGuiCol_WindowBg background covering everything excepted the Central Node when empty. Meaning the host window should probably use SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f) prior to Begin() when using this. 2) When Central Node is empty: let inputs pass-through + won't display a DockingEmptyBg background. See demo for details. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit = 1 << 4, // // Disable other windows/nodes from splitting this node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Saved // Disable resizing node using the splitter/separators. Useful with programmatically setup dockspaces. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar = 1 << 6, // // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking = 1 << 7, // // Disable undocking this node. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit, // Renamed in 1.90 + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode, // Renamed in 1.90 +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -1360,12 +1417,18 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) + ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) + ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossContext = 1 << 6, // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current dear imgui context. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadNoCrossProcess = 1 << 7, // Hint to specify that the payload may not be copied outside current process. // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = ImGuiDragDropFlags_PayloadAutoExpire, // Renamed in 1.90.9 +#endif }; // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. @@ -1385,11 +1448,12 @@ enum ImGuiDataType_ ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64 ImGuiDataType_Float, // float ImGuiDataType_Double, // double + ImGuiDataType_Bool, // bool (provided for user convenience, not supported by scalar widgets) ImGuiDataType_COUNT }; // A cardinal direction -enum ImGuiDir_ +enum ImGuiDir : int { ImGuiDir_None = -1, ImGuiDir_Left = 0, @@ -1400,17 +1464,24 @@ enum ImGuiDir_ }; // A sorting direction -enum ImGuiSortDirection_ +enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8 { ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc. ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. }; +// Since 1.90, defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO as well. +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +#endif + // A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values. // All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87). // Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey. // Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 +// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter(). +// The keyboard key enum values are named after the keys on a standard US keyboard, and on other keyboard types the keys reported may not match the keycaps. enum ImGuiKey : int { // Keyboard @@ -1439,6 +1510,8 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z, ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6, ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12, + ImGuiKey_F13, ImGuiKey_F14, ImGuiKey_F15, ImGuiKey_F16, ImGuiKey_F17, ImGuiKey_F18, + ImGuiKey_F19, ImGuiKey_F20, ImGuiKey_F21, ImGuiKey_F22, ImGuiKey_F23, ImGuiKey_F24, ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // ' ImGuiKey_Comma, // , ImGuiKey_Minus, // - @@ -1464,9 +1537,11 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd, ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, + ImGuiKey_AppBack, // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back" + ImGuiKey_AppForward, // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION - // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets) + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) @@ -1508,33 +1583,60 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... + // - On macOS, we swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl keys at the time of the io.AddKeyEvent() call. ImGuiMod_None = 0, - ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl + ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl (non-macOS), Cmd (macOS) ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, // Shift ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu - ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows - ImGuiMod_Shortcut = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS). - ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF800, // 5-bits + ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Windows/Super (non-macOS), Ctrl (macOS) + ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF000, // 4-bits // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array. // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE) + // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512, ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index. #else - ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index. #endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiMod_Shortcut = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, // Removed in 1.90.7, you can now simply use ImGuiMod_Ctrl ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89 - ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 + //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 #endif }; +// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(), +// (and for upcoming extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() that are still in imgui_internal.h) +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlags_ +{ + ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. + + // Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut() + // - Routing policies: RouteGlobal+OverActive >> RouteActive or RouteFocused (if owner is active item) >> RouteGlobal+OverFocused >> RouteFocused (if in focused window stack) >> RouteGlobal. + // - Default policy is RouteFocused. Can select only 1 policy among all available. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive = 1 << 10, // Route to active item only. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 11, // Route to windows in the focus stack (DEFAULT). Deep-most focused window takes inputs. Active item takes inputs over deep-most focused window. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 12, // Global route (unless a focused window or active item registered the route). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 13, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. + // - Routing options + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused = 1 << 14, // Option: global route: higher priority than focused route (unless active item in focused route). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive = 1 << 15, // Option: global route: higher priority than active item. Unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overridden by this. May not be fully honored as user/internal code is likely to always assume they can access keys when active. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused = 1 << 16, // Option: global route: will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow = 1 << 17, // Option: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window. + + // Flags for SetNextItemShortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 18, // Automatically display a tooltip when hovering item [BETA] Unsure of right api (opt-in/opt-out) +}; + #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[]. // Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. @@ -1551,15 +1653,16 @@ enum ImGuiNavInput enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct dear imgui to disable mouse inputs and interactions. ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard = 1 << 6, // Instruct dear imgui to disable keyboard inputs and interactions. This is done by ignoring keyboard events and clearing existing states. // [BETA] Docking - ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable = 1 << 6, // Docking enable flags. + ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable = 1 << 7, // Docking enable flags. // [BETA] Viewports // When using viewports it is recommended that your default value for ImGuiCol_WindowBg is opaque (Alpha=1.0) so transition to a viewport won't be noticeable. @@ -1600,15 +1703,15 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, - ImGuiCol_TitleBg, - ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, - ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, + ImGuiCol_TitleBg, // Title bar + ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, // Title bar when focused + ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, // Title bar when collapsed ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered, ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive, - ImGuiCol_CheckMark, + ImGuiCol_CheckMark, // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive, ImGuiCol_Button, @@ -1623,11 +1726,13 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows. ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar - ImGuiCol_TabHovered, - ImGuiCol_TabActive, - ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, - ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive, + ImGuiCol_TabHovered, // Tab background, when hovered + ImGuiCol_Tab, // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is unselected + ImGuiCol_TabSelected, // Tab background, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected + ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline, // Tab horizontal overline, when tab-bar is focused & tab is selected + ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is unselected + ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected, // Tab background, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected + ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline,//..horizontal overline, when tab-bar is unfocused & tab is selected ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, // Preview overlay color when about to docking something ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg, // Background color for empty node (e.g. CentralNode with no window docked into it) ImGuiCol_PlotLines, @@ -1639,50 +1744,67 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) + ImGuiCol_TextLink, // Hyperlink color ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active - ImGuiCol_COUNT + ImGuiCol_COUNT, + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiCol_TabActive = ImGuiCol_TabSelected, // [renamed in 1.90.9] + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused = ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, // [renamed in 1.90.9] + ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive = ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected, // [renamed in 1.90.9] +#endif }; // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. // - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. // During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. // - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ { - // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) - ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha - ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize - ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding - ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize - ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing - ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing - ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing - ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding - ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize - ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize - ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding - ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign - ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + // Enum name -------------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) + ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha + ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding + ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize + ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize + ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize, // float TabBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize, // float TabBarBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize, // float TabBarOverlineSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle, // float TableAngledHeadersAngle + ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize, // float SeparatorTextBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign + ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize, // float DockingSeparatorSize ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT }; @@ -1693,10 +1815,8 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default) ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button - - // [Internal] - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, // [Internal] + //ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, }; // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() @@ -1733,77 +1853,261 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup. ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - // [Internal] Masks - ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, - ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, - ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, + // [Internal] Masks + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, + + // Obsolete names + //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] +}; + +// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. +// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. +// (Those are per-item flags. There is shared behavior flag too: ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) +enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits). + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget. + ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround = 1 << 8, // Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max. Only supported by DragXXX() functions for now. + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = 1 << 9, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange = 1 << 10, // Clamp even if min==max==0.0f. Otherwise due to legacy reason DragXXX functions don't clamp with those values. When your clamping limits are dynamic you almost always want to use it. + ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput | ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange, + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. +}; + +// Identify a mouse button. +// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience. +enum ImGuiMouseButton_ +{ + ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0, + ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1, + ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2, + ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5 +}; + +// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() +// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here +enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ +{ + ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, + ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, + ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window + ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) + ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. + ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT +}; + +// Enumeration for AddMouseSourceEvent() actual source of Mouse Input data. +// Historically we use "Mouse" terminology everywhere to indicate pointer data, e.g. MousePos, IsMousePressed(), io.AddMousePosEvent() +// But that "Mouse" data can come from different source which occasionally may be useful for application to know about. +// You can submit a change of pointer type using io.AddMouseSourceEvent(). +enum ImGuiMouseSource : int +{ + ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse = 0, // Input is coming from an actual mouse. + ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen, // Input is coming from a touch screen (no hovering prior to initial press, less precise initial press aiming, dual-axis wheeling possible). + ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, // Input is coming from a pressure/magnetic pen (often used in conjunction with high-sampling rates). + ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT +}; + +// Enumeration for ImGui::SetNextWindow***(), SetWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions +// Represent a condition. +// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. +enum ImGuiCond_ +{ + ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None + ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) + ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + // Miscellaneous + ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn = 1 << 28, // Highlight column headers when hovered (may evolve into a fuller highlight) + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will submit an empty label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu or in angled headers. You may append into this cell by calling TableSetColumnIndex() right after the TableHeadersRow() call. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader = 1 << 18, // TableHeadersRow() will submit an angled header row for this column. Note this will add an extra row. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse - // Obsolete names (will be removed) - // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) }; -// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. -// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. -// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) -enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ { - ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. - ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. - ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) - ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget - ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79] -#endif + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) }; -// Identify a mouse button. -// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience. -enum ImGuiMouseButton_ +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ { - ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0, - ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1, - ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2, - ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5 + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) }; -// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() -// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here -enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs { - ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, - ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, - ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window - ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) - ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. - ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions -// Represent a condition. -// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. -enum ImGuiCond_ +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs { - ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always - ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None - ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) - ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) - ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] Helpers: Debug log, memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Debug Logging into ShowDebugLogWindow(), tty and more. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() // We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. @@ -1889,6 +2193,7 @@ struct ImVector inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } + inline int find_index(const T& v) const { const T* data_end = Data + Size; const T* it = find(v); if (it == data_end) return -1; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; } inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } @@ -1922,7 +2227,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). - ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1934,11 +2239,19 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabBarBorderSize; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + float TabBarOverlineSize; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. + float TableAngledHeadersAngle; // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees). + ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;// Alignment of angled headers within the cell ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. - ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. - ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! + float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickness of border in SeparatorText() + ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign; // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). + ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. + ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen. + ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured). + float DockingSeparatorSize; // Thickness of resizing border between docked windows float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). @@ -1947,6 +2260,14 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; + // Behaviors + // (It is possible to modify those fields mid-frame if specific behavior need it, unlike e.g. configuration fields in ImGuiIO) + float HoverStationaryDelay; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. + float HoverDelayShort; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. + float HoverDelayNormal; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " + ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;// Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); }; @@ -1956,6 +2277,11 @@ struct ImGuiStyle //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. +// It is generally expected that: +// - initialization: backends and user code writes to ImGuiIO. +// - main loop: backends writes to ImGuiIO, user code and imgui code reads from ImGuiIO. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Also see ImGui::GetPlatformIO() and ImGuiPlatformIO struct for OS/platform related functions: clipboard, IME etc. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. @@ -1981,15 +2307,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). - float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. - float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. - float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). - float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. - float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. - float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data. + // Font system ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel. @@ -2009,18 +2329,79 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = false // Disable default OS parenting to main viewport for secondary viewports. By default, viewports are marked with ParentViewportId = , expecting the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows (some backend may ignore this). Set to true if you want the default to be 0, then all viewports will be top-level OS windows. // Miscellaneous options + // (you can visualize and interact with all options in 'Demo->Configuration') bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. - bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons; // = false // Swap Activate<>Cancel (A<>B) buttons, matching typical "Nintendo/Japanese style" gamepad layout. bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. + bool ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage; // = true // Enable scrolling page by page when clicking outside the scrollbar grab. When disabled, always scroll to clicked location. When enabled, Shift+Click scrolls to clicked location. float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + // Inputs Behaviors + // (other variables, ones which are expected to be tweaked within UI code, are exposed in ImGuiStyle) + float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. + float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. + float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Debug options + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Options to configure Error Handling and how we handle recoverable errors [EXPERIMENTAL] + // - Error recovery is provided as a way to facilitate: + // - Recovery after a programming error (native code or scripting language - the later tends to facilitate iterating on code while running). + // - Recovery after running an exception handler or any error processing which may skip code after an error has been detected. + // - Error recovery is not perfect nor guaranteed! It is a feature to ease development. + // You not are not supposed to rely on it in the course of a normal application run. + // - Functions that support error recovery are using IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR() instead of IM_ASSERT(). + // - By design, we do NOT allow error recovery to be 100% silent. One of the three options needs to be checked! + // - Always ensure that on programmers seats you have at minimum Asserts or Tooltips enabled when making direct imgui API calls! + // Otherwise it would severely hinder your ability to catch and correct mistakes! + // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling for details. + // - Programmer seats: keep asserts (default), or disable asserts and keep error tooltips (new and nice!) + // - Non-programmer seats: maybe disable asserts, but make sure errors are resurfaced (tooltips, visible log entries, use callback etc.) + // - Recovery after error/exception: record stack sizes with ErrorRecoveryStoreState(), disable assert, set log callback (to e.g. trigger high-level breakpoint), recover with ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(), restore settings. + bool ConfigErrorRecovery; // = true // Enable error recovery support. Some errors won't be detected and lead to direct crashes if recovery is disabled. + bool ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert; // = true // Enable asserts on recoverable error. By default call IM_ASSERT() when returning from a failing IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR() + bool ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog; // = true // Enable debug log output on recoverable errors. + bool ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip; // = true // Enable tooltip on recoverable errors. The tooltip include a way to enable asserts if they were disabled. + + // Option to enable various debug tools showing buttons that will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro. + // - The Item Picker tool will be available regardless of this being enabled, in order to maximize its discoverability. + // - Requires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application. + // e.g. io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = ::IsDebuggerPresent() on Win32, or refer to ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version). + bool ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; // = false // Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK(). + + // Tools to detect code submitting items with conflicting/duplicate IDs + // - Code should use PushID()/PopID() in loops, or append "##xx" to same-label identifiers. + // - Empty label e.g. Button("") == same ID as parent widget/node. Use Button("##xx") instead! + // - See FAQ https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#q-about-the-id-stack-system + bool ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts;// = true // Highlight and show an error message when multiple items have conflicting identifiers. + + // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() + // - This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. + // - We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running. + + // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. + // - May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data. + // - Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them. + bool ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss; // = false // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys()/io.ClearInputMouse() in input processing. + + // Option to audit .ini data + bool ConfigDebugIniSettings; // = false // Save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower) + //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Platform Functions + // Platform Identifiers // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -2031,21 +2412,6 @@ struct ImGuiIO void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend - // Optional: Access OS clipboard - // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) - const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data); - void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); - void* ClipboardUserData; - - // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) - // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) - void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. -#else - void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. -#endif - //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -2055,7 +2421,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend. IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered) IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change - IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update + IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left. + IMGUI_API void AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source); // Queue a mouse source change (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen) IMGUI_API void AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID id); // Queue a mouse hovered viewport. Requires backend to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport to call this (for multi-viewport support). IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window) IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input @@ -2064,8 +2431,12 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually - IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys + IMGUI_API void ClearEventsQueue(); // Clear all incoming events. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // Clear current keyboard/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputMouse(); // Clear current mouse state. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Obsoleted in 1.89.8] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys(). +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -2085,29 +2456,22 @@ struct ImGuiIO int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows - int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. - // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. - // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). - // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. - bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. - float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. -#endif - //------------------------------------------------------------------ // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). + // Main Input State // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead) // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere) ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; // Mouse actual input peripheral (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen). ImGuiID MouseHoveredViewport; // (Optional) Modify using io.AddMouseViewportEvent(). With multi-viewports: viewport the OS mouse is hovering. If possible _IGNORING_ viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag is much better (few backends can handle that). Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport if you can provide this info. If you don't imgui will infer the value using the rectangles and last focused time of the viewports it knows about (ignoring other OS windows). bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift @@ -2115,7 +2479,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls - ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame() + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. Read-only, updated by NewFrame() ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) @@ -2128,6 +2492,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + bool MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap; // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system. + bool MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick; // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point @@ -2140,11 +2506,29 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16() ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. + // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). + // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. + bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. + //void* ImeWindowHandle; // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. +#endif + + // Legacy: before 1.91.1, clipboard functions were stored in ImGuiIO instead of ImGuiPlatformIO. + // As this is will affect all users of custom engines/backends, we are providing proper legacy redirection (will obsolete). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data); + void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); + void* ClipboardUserData; +#endif + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Misc data structures +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. @@ -2158,11 +2542,14 @@ struct ImGuiIO // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only // Arguments for the different callback events + // - During Resize callback, Buf will be same as your input buffer. + // - However, during Completion/History/Always callback, Buf always points to our own internal data (it is not the same as your buffer)! Changes to it will be reflected into your own buffer shortly after the callback. // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary. // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state. ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0; @@ -2206,6 +2593,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowClass { ImGuiID ClassId; // User data. 0 = Default class (unclassed). Windows of different classes cannot be docked with each others. ImGuiID ParentViewportId; // Hint for the platform backend. -1: use default. 0: request platform backend to not parent the platform. != 0: request platform backend to create a parent<>child relationship between the platform windows. Not conforming backends are free to e.g. parent every viewport to the main viewport or not. + ImGuiID FocusRouteParentWindowId; // ID of parent window for shortcut focus route evaluation, e.g. Shortcut() call from Parent Window will succeed when this window is focused. ImGuiViewportFlags ViewportFlagsOverrideSet; // Viewport flags to set when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis. ImGuiViewportFlags ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; // Viewport flags to clear when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis. ImGuiTabItemFlags TabItemFlagsOverrideSet; // [EXPERIMENTAL] TabItem flags to set when a window of this class gets submitted into a dock node tab bar. May use with ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading or ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing. @@ -2238,32 +2626,8 @@ struct ImGuiPayload bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } }; -// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) -struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs -{ - ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) - ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column - ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) - ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) - - ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) -// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). -// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. -// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! -struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs -{ - const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. - int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. - bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. - - ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Unicode defines @@ -2330,6 +2694,16 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); }; +// [Internal] Key+Value for ImGuiStorage +struct ImGuiStoragePair +{ + ImGuiID key; + union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val) { key = _key; val_i = _val; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val) { key = _key; val_f = _val; } + ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val) { key = _key; val_p = _val; } +}; + // Helper: Key->Value storage // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window. // We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1) @@ -2341,15 +2715,6 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer struct ImGuiStorage { // [Internal] - struct ImGuiStoragePair - { - ImGuiID key; - union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; }; - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; } - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; } - ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; } - }; - ImVector Data; // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N) @@ -2374,11 +2739,14 @@ struct ImGuiStorage IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL); - // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) + // Advanced: for quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. + IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); + // Obsolete: use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes) IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val); - // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once. - IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //typedef ::ImGuiStoragePair ImGuiStoragePair; // 1.90.8: moved type outside struct +#endif }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. @@ -2403,14 +2771,16 @@ struct ImGuiStorage // - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc. struct ImGuiListClipper { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step() int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive) int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed + double StartSeekOffsetY; // [Internal] Account for frozen rows in a table and initial loss of precision in very large windows. void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data - // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step, and you can call SeekCursorForItem() manually if you need) // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); @@ -2418,14 +2788,53 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility. - IMGUI_API void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range. + // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility. + // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range). + inline void IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); } + IMGUI_API void IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped. + + // Seek cursor toward given item. This is automatically called while stepping. + // - The only reason to call this is: you can use ImGuiListClipper::Begin(INT_MAX) if you don't know item count ahead of time. + // - In this case, after all steps are done, you'll want to call SeekCursorForItem(item_count). + IMGUI_API void SeekCursorForItem(int item_index); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] + inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9] + inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6] + //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] #endif }; +// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators +// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space. +// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h) +// - Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' before including this file (or in imconfig.h) to access courtesy maths operators for ImVec2 and ImVec4. +#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs) { return ImVec2(-lhs.x, -lhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } +static inline bool operator==(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y; } +static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y; } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +static inline bool operator==(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y && lhs.z == rhs.z && lhs.w == rhs.w; } +static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y || lhs.z != rhs.z || lhs.w != rhs.w; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE +#endif + // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors // User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. #ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT @@ -2459,8 +2868,8 @@ struct ImColor constexpr ImColor() { } constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) : Value(r, g, b, a) { } constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col) : Value(col) {} - ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } - ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } + constexpr ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) : Value((float)r * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)g * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)b * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)a* (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} + constexpr ImColor(ImU32 rgba) : Value((float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } @@ -2469,6 +2878,154 @@ struct ImColor static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-Select API flags and structures (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags, ImGuiSelectionRequestType, ImGuiSelectionRequest, ImGuiMultiSelectIO, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Multi-selection system +// Documentation at: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +// - Refer to 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select' for demos using this. +// - This system implements standard multi-selection idioms (CTRL+Mouse/Keyboard, SHIFT+Mouse/Keyboard, etc) +// with support for clipper (skipping non-visible items), box-select and many other details. +// - Selectable(), Checkbox() are supported but custom widgets may use it as well. +// - TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated: you need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, +// which is suited to advanced trees setups also implementing filters and clipper. We will work toward simplifying and demoing it. +// - In the spirit of Dear ImGui design, your code owns actual selection data. +// This is designed to allow all kinds of selection storage you may use in your application e.g. set/map/hash. +// About ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage: +// - This is an optional helper to store a selection state and apply selection requests. +// - It is used by our demos and provided as a convenience to quickly implement multi-selection. +// Usage: +// - Identify submitted items with SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), most likely using an index into your current data-set. +// - Store and maintain actual selection data using persistent object identifiers. +// - Usage flow: +// BEGIN - (1) Call BeginMultiSelect() and retrieve the ImGuiMultiSelectIO* result. +// - (2) Honor request list (SetAll/SetRange requests) by updating your selection data. Same code as Step 6. +// - (3) [If using clipper] You need to make sure RangeSrcItem is always submitted. Calculate its index and pass to clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(). If storing indices in ImGuiSelectionUserData, a simple clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(ms_io->RangeSrcItem) call will work. +// LOOP - (4) Submit your items with SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + Selectable()/TreeNode() calls. +// END - (5) Call EndMultiSelect() and retrieve the ImGuiMultiSelectIO* result. +// - (6) Honor request list (SetAll/SetRange requests) by updating your selection data. Same code as Step 2. +// If you submit all items (no clipper), Step 2 and 3 are optional and will be handled by each item themselves. It is fine to always honor those steps. +// About ImGuiSelectionUserData: +// - This can store an application-defined identifier (e.g. index or pointer) submitted via SetNextItemSelectionUserData(). +// - In return we store them into RangeSrcItem/RangeFirstItem/RangeLastItem and other fields in ImGuiMultiSelectIO. +// - Most applications will store an object INDEX, hence the chosen name and type. Storing an index is natural, because +// SetRange requests will give you two end-points and you will need to iterate/interpolate between them to update your selection. +// - However it is perfectly possible to store a POINTER or another IDENTIFIER inside ImGuiSelectionUserData. +// Our system never assume that you identify items by indices, it never attempts to interpolate between two values. +// - If you enable ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect then it is guaranteed that you will never have to interpolate +// between two ImGuiSelectionUserData, which may be a convenient way to use part of the feature with less code work. +// - As most users will want to store an index, for convenience and to reduce confusion we use ImS64 instead of void*, +// being syntactically easier to downcast. Feel free to reinterpret_cast and store a pointer inside. + +// Flags for BeginMultiSelect() +enum ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ +{ + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect = 1 << 0, // Disable selecting more than one item. This is available to allow single-selection code to share same code/logic if desired. It essentially disables the main purpose of BeginMultiSelect() tho! + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll = 1 << 1, // Disable CTRL+A shortcut to select all. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect = 1 << 2, // Disable Shift+selection mouse/keyboard support (useful for unordered 2D selection). With BoxSelect is also ensure contiguous SetRange requests are not combined into one. This allows not handling interpolation in SetRange requests. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect = 1 << 3, // Disable selecting items when navigating (useful for e.g. supporting range-select in a list of checkboxes). + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear = 1 << 4, // Disable clearing selection when navigating or selecting another one (generally used with ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect. useful for e.g. supporting range-select in a list of checkboxes). + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect = 1 << 5, // Disable clearing selection when clicking/selecting an already selected item. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d = 1 << 6, // Enable box-selection with same width and same x pos items (e.g. full row Selectable()). Box-selection works better with little bit of spacing between items hit-box in order to be able to aim at empty space. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d = 1 << 7, // Enable box-selection with varying width or varying x pos items support (e.g. different width labels, or 2D layout/grid). This is slower: alters clipping logic so that e.g. horizontal movements will update selection of normally clipped items. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll = 1 << 8, // Disable scrolling when box-selecting near edges of scope. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape = 1 << 9, // Clear selection when pressing Escape while scope is focused. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid = 1 << 10, // Clear selection when clicking on empty location within scope. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow = 1 << 11, // Scope for _BoxSelect and _ClearOnClickVoid is whole window (Default). Use if BeginMultiSelect() covers a whole window or used a single time in same window. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect = 1 << 12, // Scope for _BoxSelect and _ClearOnClickVoid is rectangle encompassing BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect(). Use if BeginMultiSelect() is called multiple times in same window. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 13, // Apply selection on mouse down when clicking on unselected item. (Default) + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease = 1 << 14, // Apply selection on mouse release when clicking an unselected item. Allow dragging an unselected item without altering selection. + //ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_RangeSelect2d = 1 << 15, // Shift+Selection uses 2d geometry instead of linear sequence, so possible to use Shift+up/down to select vertically in grid. Analogous to what BoxSelect does. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX = 1 << 16, // [Temporary] Enable navigation wrapping on X axis. Provided as a convenience because we don't have a design for the general Nav API for this yet. When the more general feature be public we may obsolete this flag in favor of new one. +}; + +// Main IO structure returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect(). +// This mainly contains a list of selection requests. +// - Use 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see requests as they happen. +// - Some fields are only useful if your list is dynamic and allows deletion (getting post-deletion focus/state right is shown in the demo) +// - Below: who reads/writes each fields? 'r'=read, 'w'=write, 'ms'=multi-select code, 'app'=application/user code. +struct ImGuiMultiSelectIO +{ + //------------------------------------------// BeginMultiSelect / EndMultiSelect + ImVector Requests; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w app:r // Requests to apply to your selection data. + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // ms:w app:r / // (If using clipper) Begin: Source item (often the first selected item) must never be clipped: use clipper.IncludeItemByIndex() to ensure it is submitted. + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // ms:w, app:r / // (If using deletion) Last known SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items). + bool NavIdSelected; // ms:w, app:r / app:r // (If using deletion) Last known selection state for NavId (if part of submitted items). + bool RangeSrcReset; // app:w / ms:r // (If using deletion) Set before EndMultiSelect() to reset ResetSrcItem (e.g. if deleted selection). + int ItemsCount; // ms:w, app:r / app:r // 'int items_count' parameter to BeginMultiSelect() is copied here for convenience, allowing simpler calls to your ApplyRequests handler. Not used internally. +}; + +// Selection request type +enum ImGuiSelectionRequestType +{ + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_None = 0, + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll, // Request app to clear selection (if Selected==false) or select all items (if Selected==true). We cannot set RangeFirstItem/RangeLastItem as its contents is entirely up to user (not necessarily an index) + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, // Request app to select/unselect [RangeFirstItem..RangeLastItem] items (inclusive) based on value of Selected. Only EndMultiSelect() request this, app code can read after BeginMultiSelect() and it will always be false. +}; + +// Selection request item +struct ImGuiSelectionRequest +{ + //------------------------------------------// BeginMultiSelect / EndMultiSelect + ImGuiSelectionRequestType Type; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w, app:r // Request type. You'll most often receive 1 Clear + 1 SetRange with a single-item range. + bool Selected; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetAll/SetRange requests (true = select, false = unselect) + ImS8 RangeDirection; // / ms:w app:r // Parameter for SetRange request: +1 when RangeFirstItem comes before RangeLastItem, -1 otherwise. Useful if you want to preserve selection order on a backward Shift+Click. + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeFirstItem; // / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetRange request (this is generally == RangeSrcItem when shift selecting from top to bottom). + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeLastItem; // / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetRange request (this is generally == RangeSrcItem when shift selecting from bottom to top). Inclusive! +}; + +// Optional helper to store multi-selection state + apply multi-selection requests. +// - Used by our demos and provided as a convenience to easily implement basic multi-selection. +// - Iterate selection with 'void* it = NULL; ImGuiID id; while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) { ... }' +// Or you can check 'if (Contains(id)) { ... }' for each possible object if their number is not too high to iterate. +// - USING THIS IS NOT MANDATORY. This is only a helper and not a required API. +// To store a multi-selection, in your application you could: +// - Use this helper as a convenience. We use our simple key->value ImGuiStorage as a std::set replacement. +// - Use your own external storage: e.g. std::set, std::vector, interval trees, intrusively stored selection etc. +// In ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage we: +// - always use indices in the multi-selection API (passed to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), retrieved in ImGuiMultiSelectIO) +// - use the AdapterIndexToStorageId() indirection layer to abstract how persistent selection data is derived from an index. +// - use decently optimized logic to allow queries and insertion of very large selection sets. +// - do not preserve selection order. +// Many combinations are possible depending on how you prefer to store your items and how you prefer to store your selection. +// Large applications are likely to eventually want to get rid of this indirection layer and do their own thing. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select for details and pseudo-code using this helper. +struct ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +{ + // Members + int Size; // // Number of selected items, maintained by this helper. + bool PreserveOrder; // = false // GetNextSelectedItem() will return ordered selection (currently implemented by two additional sorts of selection. Could be improved) + void* UserData; // = NULL // User data for use by adapter function // e.g. selection.UserData = (void*)my_items; + ImGuiID (*AdapterIndexToStorageId)(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx); // e.g. selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { return ((MyItems**)self->UserData)[idx]->ID; }; + int _SelectionOrder;// [Internal] Increasing counter to store selection order + ImGuiStorage _Storage; // [Internal] Selection set. Think of this as similar to e.g. std::set. Prefer not accessing directly: iterate with GetNextSelectedItem(). + + // Methods + IMGUI_API ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage(); + IMGUI_API void ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io); // Apply selection requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect() functions. It uses 'items_count' passed to BeginMultiSelect() + IMGUI_API bool Contains(ImGuiID id) const; // Query if an item id is in selection. + IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear selection + IMGUI_API void Swap(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& r); // Swap two selections + IMGUI_API void SetItemSelected(ImGuiID id, bool selected); // Add/remove an item from selection (generally done by ApplyRequests() function) + IMGUI_API bool GetNextSelectedItem(void** opaque_it, ImGuiID* out_id); // Iterate selection with 'void* it = NULL; ImGuiId id; while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) { ... }' + inline ImGuiID GetStorageIdFromIndex(int idx) { return AdapterIndexToStorageId(this, idx); } // Convert index to item id based on provided adapter. +}; + +// Optional helper to apply multi-selection requests to existing randomly accessible storage. +// Convenient if you want to quickly wire multi-select API on e.g. an array of bool or items storing their own selection state. +struct ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage +{ + // Members + void* UserData; // User data for use by adapter function // e.g. selection.UserData = (void*)my_items; + void (*AdapterSetItemSelected)(ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int idx, bool selected); // e.g. AdapterSetItemSelected = [](ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int idx, bool selected) { ((MyItems**)self->UserData)[idx]->Selected = selected; } + + // Methods + IMGUI_API ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage(); + IMGUI_API void ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io); // Apply selection requests by using AdapterSetItemSelected() calls +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. @@ -2492,9 +3049,9 @@ typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* c // Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. // The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. -// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. -// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). -#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) +// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. +// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). +#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-8) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) // - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, @@ -2617,15 +3174,15 @@ struct ImDrawList // [Internal, used while building lists] unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) - const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) - ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] - ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] + ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content + const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } @@ -2658,13 +3215,20 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); + IMGUI_API void AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) + // General polygon + // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes). + // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience fo user but not used by main library. + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); + // Image primitives // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle. @@ -2674,14 +3238,17 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() - // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. + // - Important: filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order! The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. + // so e.g. 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI * -0.5f, PI)' is ok, whereas 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI, PI * -0.5f)' won't have correct anti-aliasing when followed by PathFillConvex(). inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } + inline void PathFillConcave(ImU32 col) { AddConcavePolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); @@ -2694,7 +3261,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // Advanced: Channels // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) - // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } @@ -2713,10 +3280,12 @@ struct ImDrawList inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) - inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) -#endif + // Obsolete names + //inline void AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddEllipse(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments, thickness); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024) + //inline void AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0) { AddEllipseFilled(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024) + //inline void PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0) { PathEllipticalArcTo(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), rot, a_min, a_max, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024) + //inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) + //inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) // [Internal helpers] IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); @@ -2726,6 +3295,7 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + IMGUI_API void _SetTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const; IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step); IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments); @@ -2736,19 +3306,20 @@ struct ImDrawList // as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList) struct ImDrawData { - bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render - int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size - int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. - ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). + bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. + int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render + int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size + int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size + ImVector CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). // Functions ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + IMGUI_API void Clear(); + IMGUI_API void AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list); // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData. IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; @@ -2764,17 +3335,18 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleH; // 2 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. - const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. + const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. - float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. + float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future. + float RasterizerDensity; // 1.0f // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered. ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. // [Internal] @@ -2858,8 +3430,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter. IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts. IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory. @@ -2882,7 +3454,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas //------------------------------------------- // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list) - // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. + // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. + // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md/#about-utf-8-encoding for details. // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic @@ -2900,7 +3473,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. - // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format. + // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of preferred texture format. // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. @@ -2957,7 +3530,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas struct ImFont { // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize) - ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI). + ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI). float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) @@ -2971,11 +3544,13 @@ struct ImFont const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found. - ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...' // Character used for ellipsis rendering. - ImWchar DotChar; // 2 // out // = '.' // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found) + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering. + short EllipsisCharCount; // 1 // out // 1 or 3 + float EllipsisWidth; // 4 // out // Width + float EllipsisCharStep; // 4 // out // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0 bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() - float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] + float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] (unscaled) int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. @@ -3015,17 +3590,20 @@ enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) - ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: Is created/managed by the user application? (rather than our backend) ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration = 1 << 3, // Platform Window: Disable platform decorations: title bar, borders, etc. (generally set all windows, but if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsDecoration is set we only set this on popups/tooltips) ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon = 1 << 4, // Platform Window: Disable platform task bar icon (generally set on popups/tooltips, or all windows if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoTaskBarIcon is set) ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 5, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when created. ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick = 1 << 6, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when clicked on. ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 7, // Platform Window: Make mouse pass through so we can drag this window while peaking behind it. ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear = 1 << 8, // Platform Window: Renderer doesn't need to clear the framebuffer ahead (because we will fill it entirely). - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost = 1 << 9, // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only). - ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized = 1 << 10, // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport. - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge = 1 << 11, // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!). - ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows = 1 << 12, // Main viewport: can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window). + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge = 1 << 9, // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!). + ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost = 1 << 10, // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only). + ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows = 1 << 11, // Viewport can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window). // FIXME: In practice there's still probably code making the assumption that this is always and only on the MainViewport. Will fix once we add support for "no main viewport". + + // Output status flags (from Platform) + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized = 1 << 12, // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport. + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 13, // Platform Window: Window is focused (last call to Platform_GetWindowFocus() returned true) }; // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -3054,7 +3632,7 @@ struct ImGuiViewport // The library never uses those fields, they are merely storage to facilitate backend implementation. void* RendererUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the renderer (e.g. swap chain, framebuffers etc.). generally set by your Renderer_CreateWindow function. void* PlatformUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function. - void* PlatformHandle; // void* for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). (e.g. suggested to use natural platform handle such as HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*) + void* PlatformHandle; // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*), for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms), when using an abstraction layer like GLFW or SDL (where PlatformHandle would be a SDL_Window*) bool PlatformWindowCreated; // Platform window has been created (Platform_CreateWindow() has been called). This is false during the first frame where a viewport is being created. bool PlatformRequestMove; // Platform window requested move (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, authoritative position will be OS window position) @@ -3070,17 +3648,18 @@ struct ImGuiViewport }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (for e.g. multi-viewport support) +// [SECTION] ImGuiPlatformIO + other Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiPlatformImeData) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [BETA] (Optional) This is completely optional, for advanced users! + +// [BETA] (Optional) Multi-Viewport Support! // If you are new to Dear ImGui and trying to integrate it into your engine, you can probably ignore this for now. // // This feature allows you to seamlessly drag Dear ImGui windows outside of your application viewport. // This is achieved by creating new Platform/OS windows on the fly, and rendering into them. // Dear ImGui manages the viewport structures, and the backend create and maintain one Platform/OS window for each of those viewports. // +// See Recap: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Viewports // See Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary for details about some of the terminology. -// See Thread https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1542 for gifs, news and questions about this evolving feature. // // About the coordinates system: // - When multi-viewports are enabled, all Dear ImGui coordinates become absolute coordinates (same as OS coordinates!) @@ -3118,14 +3697,47 @@ struct ImGuiViewport // or you may decide to never setup those pointers and call your code directly. They are a convenience, not an obligatory interface. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// (Optional) Access via ImGui::GetPlatformIO() +// Access via ImGui::GetPlatformIO() struct ImGuiPlatformIO { + IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO(); + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Interface with OS and Platform backend (basic) + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Optional: Access OS clipboard + // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) + const char* (*Platform_GetClipboardTextFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx); + void (*Platform_SetClipboardTextFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text); + void* Platform_ClipboardUserData; + + // Optional: Open link/folder/file in OS Shell + // (default to use ShellExecuteA() on Windows, system() on Linux/Mac) + bool (*Platform_OpenInShellFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); + void* Platform_OpenInShellUserData; + + // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) + // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) + void (*Platform_SetImeDataFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + void* Platform_ImeUserData; + //void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); // [Renamed to platform_io.PlatformSetImeDataFn in 1.91.1] + + // Optional: Platform locale + // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point + ImWchar Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Interface with Renderer Backend //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Input - Backend interface/functions + Monitor List + + // Written by some backends during ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() call to point backend_specific ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState* structure. + void* Renderer_RenderState; + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + // Input - Interface with OS/backends (Multi-Viewport support!) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // (Optional) Platform functions (e.g. Win32, GLFW, SDL2) // For reference, the second column shows which function are generally calling the Platform Functions: // N = ImGui::NewFrame() ~ beginning of the dear imgui frame: read info from platform/OS windows (latest size/position) // F = ImGui::Begin(), ImGui::EndFrame() ~ during the dear imgui frame @@ -3133,12 +3745,12 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO // R = ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() ~ render // D = ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() ~ shutdown // The general idea is that NewFrame() we will read the current Platform/OS state, and UpdatePlatformWindows() will write to it. - // - // The functions are designed so we can mix and match 2 imgui_impl_xxxx files, one for the Platform (~window/input handling), one for Renderer. - // Custom engine backends will often provide both Platform and Renderer interfaces and so may not need to use all functions. - // Platform functions are typically called before their Renderer counterpart, apart from Destroy which are called the other way. - // Platform function --------------------------------------------------- Called by ----- + // The handlers are designed so we can mix and match two imgui_impl_xxxx files, one Platform backend and one Renderer backend. + // Custom engine backends will often provide both Platform and Renderer interfaces together and so may not need to use all functions. + // Platform functions are typically called _before_ their Renderer counterpart, apart from Destroy which are called the other way. + + // Platform Backend functions (e.g. Win32, GLFW, SDL) ------------------- Called by ----- void (*Platform_CreateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . . U . . // Create a new platform window for the given viewport void (*Platform_DestroyWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // N . U . D // void (*Platform_ShowWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . . U . . // Newly created windows are initially hidden so SetWindowPos/Size/Title can be called on them before showing the window @@ -3156,9 +3768,10 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO void (*Platform_SwapBuffers)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg); // . . . R . // (Optional) Call Present/SwapBuffers (platform side! This is often unused!). 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(). float (*Platform_GetWindowDpiScale)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // N . . . . // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Return DPI scale for this viewport. 1.0f = 96 DPI. void (*Platform_OnChangedViewport)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . F . . . // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Called during Begin() every time the viewport we are outputting into changes, so backend has a chance to swap fonts to adjust style. + ImVec4 (*Platform_GetWindowWorkAreaInsets)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // N . . . . // (Optional) [BETA] Get initial work area inset for the viewport (won't be covered by main menu bar, dockspace over viewport etc.). Default to (0,0),(0,0). 'safeAreaInsets' in iOS land, 'DisplayCutout' in Android land. int (*Platform_CreateVkSurface)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImU64 vk_inst, const void* vk_allocators, ImU64* out_vk_surface); // (Optional) For a Vulkan Renderer to call into Platform code (since the surface creation needs to tie them both). - // (Optional) Renderer functions (e.g. DirectX, OpenGL, Vulkan) + // Renderer Backend functions (e.g. DirectX, OpenGL, Vulkan) ------------ Called by ----- void (*Renderer_CreateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . . U . . // Create swap chain, frame buffers etc. (called after Platform_CreateWindow) void (*Renderer_DestroyWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // N . U . D // Destroy swap chain, frame buffers etc. (called before Platform_DestroyWindow) void (*Renderer_SetWindowSize)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImVec2 size); // . . U . . // Resize swap chain, frame buffers etc. (called after Platform_SetWindowSize) @@ -3177,7 +3790,6 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO // Viewports list (the list is updated by calling ImGui::EndFrame or ImGui::Render) // (in the future we will attempt to organize this feature to remove the need for a "main viewport") ImVector Viewports; // Main viewports, followed by all secondary viewports. - ImGuiPlatformIO() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Zero clear }; // (Optional) This is required when enabling multi-viewport. Represent the bounds of each connected monitor/display and their DPI. @@ -3187,10 +3799,11 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor ImVec2 MainPos, MainSize; // Coordinates of the area displayed on this monitor (Min = upper left, Max = bottom right) ImVec2 WorkPos, WorkSize; // Coordinates without task bars / side bars / menu bars. Used to avoid positioning popups/tooltips inside this region. If you don't have this info, please copy the value for MainPos/MainSize. float DpiScale; // 1.0f = 96 DPI - ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; } + void* PlatformHandle; // Backend dependant data (e.g. HMONITOR, GLFWmonitor*, SDL Display Index, NSScreen*) + ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; PlatformHandle = NULL; } }; -// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiPlatformImeData { bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible @@ -3206,33 +3819,48 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformImeData // Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -namespace ImGui -{ -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] -#else - static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } -#endif -} - #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { - // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) - // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) - static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) - IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. - // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) - static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items - static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } - static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.91.0 (from July 2024) + static inline void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); } + static inline void PopButtonRepeat() { PopItemFlag(); } + static inline void PushTabStop(bool tab_stop) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } + static inline void PopTabStop() { PopItemFlag(); } + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // Content boundaries max (e.g. window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries). You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // Content boundaries min for the window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window-local coordinates. You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // Content boundaries max for the window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll), in window-local coordinates. You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023) + static inline bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0) { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); } + static inline void EndChildFrame() { EndChild(); } + //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool borders, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, borders ? ImGuiChildFlags_Borders : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Borders + //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool borders, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, borders ? ImGuiChildFlags_Borders : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Borders + static inline void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL) { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); } + IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023) + IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item. + // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023) + static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } + static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopItemFlag(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024) + IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value! + //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; } // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) + //IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // --> Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding). Refer to code in 1.91 if you want to grab a copy of this version. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) + //static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + //static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) + //IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) + //static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + //static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. @@ -3279,29 +3907,31 @@ namespace ImGui //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 } -// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() -typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ -{ - ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, -}; +//-- OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +//typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +//enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +//{ +// ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit +// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). +// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. +// ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, +// ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, +//}; // RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) // RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. -typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there. -enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", so you may store mods in there. +//enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; //typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int //enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // OBSOLETED IN 1.90 (now using C++11 standard version) + #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) @@ -3324,9 +3954,14 @@ enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl #pragma warning (pop) #endif -// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) +// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h +// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H +#ifdef IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME +#else #include "imgui_user.h" #endif +#endif #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp index 9b7871738a..24a25646cf 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (demo code) // Help: -// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. -// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. +// - Need help integrating Dear ImGui in your codebase? +// - Read Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started +// - Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. +// Read top of imgui.cpp and imgui.h for many details, documentation, comments, links. // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// ------------------------------------------------- +// How to easily locate code? +// - Use Tools->Item Picker to debug break in code by clicking any widgets: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Browse an online version the demo with code linked to hovered widgets: https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html +// - Find a visible string and search for it in the code! + +//--------------------------------------------------- // PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! -// ------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------- // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: // Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. // Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! @@ -24,27 +31,38 @@ // Thank you, // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: -// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, -// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to -// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller -// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function -// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, -// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. - +//-------------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE MEANING OF THE 'static' KEYWORD: +//-------------------------------------------- +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. +// A static variable persists across calls. It is essentially a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. +// Think of "static int n = 0;" as "global int n = 0;" ! +// We do this IN THE DEMO because we want: +// - to gather code and data in the same place. +// - to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to change, smaller in size. +// - it is also a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. +// This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the data you would be working +// with in a complex codebase is likely going to be stored outside your functions. + +//----------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE CODING STYLE OF OUR DEMO CODE +//----------------------------------------- // The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! // Because of this: // - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. // - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. // - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API. // - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided -// by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional +// by imgui.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional // and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. // Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. +// - You can search/grep for all sections listed in the index to find the section. /* @@ -52,13 +70,15 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward Declarations // [SECTION] Helpers +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos) // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() -// - ShowDemoWindow() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() // [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() @@ -76,6 +96,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() // [SECTION] Example App: Docking, DockSpace / ShowExampleAppDockSpace() // [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() +// [SECTION] Example App: Assets Browser / ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() */ @@ -92,10 +113,12 @@ Index of this file: #include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER >= 1800 +#include // PRId64/PRIu64, not avail in some MinGW headers. +#endif +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#include // __EMSCRIPTEN_major__ etc. #endif // Visual Studio warnings @@ -121,6 +144,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size @@ -145,14 +169,13 @@ Index of this file: #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif -// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... -// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" -#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" -#else -#define IM_PRId64 "lld" -#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +// Format specifiers for 64-bit values (hasn't been decently standardized before VS2013) +#if !defined(PRId64) && defined(_MSC_VER) +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#define PRIu64 "I64u" +#elif !defined(PRId64) +#define PRId64 "lld" +#define PRIu64 "llu" #endif // Helpers macros @@ -163,7 +186,8 @@ Index of this file: #define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) #define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V)) -// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, +// in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifndef IMGUI_CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl @@ -173,31 +197,35 @@ Index of this file: #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Forward Declarations -static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); +struct ImGuiDemoWindowData; static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); +static void ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions -// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +// (because the link time of very large functions tends to grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); @@ -213,9 +241,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); @@ -242,75 +269,163 @@ void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; #define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor etc.) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Simple representation for a tree +// (this is designed to be simple to understand for our demos, not to be fancy or efficient etc.) +struct ExampleTreeNode +{ + // Tree structure + char Name[28] = ""; + int UID = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* Parent = NULL; + ImVector Childs; + unsigned short IndexInParent = 0; // Maintaining this allows us to implement linear traversal more easily + + // Leaf Data + bool HasData = false; // All leaves have data + bool DataMyBool = true; + int DataMyInt = 128; + ImVec2 DataMyVec2 = ImVec2(0.0f, 3.141592f); +}; + +// Simple representation of struct metadata/serialization data. +// (this is a minimal version of what a typical advanced application may provide) +struct ExampleMemberInfo +{ + const char* Name; // Member name + ImGuiDataType DataType; // Member type + int DataCount; // Member count (1 when scalar) + int Offset; // Offset inside parent structure +}; + +// Metadata description of ExampleTreeNode struct. +static const ExampleMemberInfo ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] +{ + { "MyBool", ImGuiDataType_Bool, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyBool) }, + { "MyInt", ImGuiDataType_S32, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyInt) }, + { "MyVec2", ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyVec2) }, +}; + +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateNode(const char* name, int uid, ExampleTreeNode* parent) +{ + ExampleTreeNode* node = IM_NEW(ExampleTreeNode); + snprintf(node->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(node->Name), "%s", name); + node->UID = uid; + node->Parent = parent; + node->IndexInParent = parent ? (unsigned short)parent->Childs.Size : 0; + if (parent) + parent->Childs.push_back(node); + return node; +} + +// Create example tree data +// (this allocates _many_ more times than most other code in either Dear ImGui or others demo) +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree() +{ + static const char* root_names[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pear", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + const size_t NAME_MAX_LEN = sizeof(ExampleTreeNode::Name); + char name_buf[NAME_MAX_LEN]; + int uid = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* node_L0 = ExampleTree_CreateNode("", ++uid, NULL); + const int root_items_multiplier = 2; + for (int idx_L0 = 0; idx_L0 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(root_names) * root_items_multiplier; idx_L0++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "%s %d", root_names[idx_L0 / root_items_multiplier], idx_L0 % root_items_multiplier); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L1 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L0); + const int number_of_childs = (int)strlen(node_L1->Name); + for (int idx_L1 = 0; idx_L1 < number_of_childs; idx_L1++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Child %d", idx_L1); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L2 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L1); + node_L2->HasData = true; + if (idx_L1 == 0) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Sub-child %d", 0); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L3 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L2); + node_L3->HasData = true; + } + } + } + return node_L0; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowDemoWindow() -// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data to be shared accross different functions of the demo. +struct ImGuiDemoWindowData +{ + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) + bool ShowMainMenuBar = false; + bool ShowAppAssetsBrowser = false; + bool ShowAppConsole = false; + bool ShowAppCustomRendering = false; + bool ShowAppDocuments = false; + bool ShowAppDockSpace = false; + bool ShowAppLog = false; + bool ShowAppLayout = false; + bool ShowAppPropertyEditor = false; + bool ShowAppSimpleOverlay = false; + bool ShowAppAutoResize = false; + bool ShowAppConstrainedResize = false; + bool ShowAppFullscreen = false; + bool ShowAppLongText = false; + bool ShowAppWindowTitles = false; + + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + bool ShowMetrics = false; + bool ShowDebugLog = false; + bool ShowIDStackTool = false; + bool ShowStyleEditor = false; + bool ShowAbout = false; + + // Other data + ExampleTreeNode* DemoTree = NULL; +}; + // Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) // You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. // You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup - // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); + // Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!"); + + // Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues. + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); + + // Stored data + static ImGuiDemoWindowData demo_data; // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) - static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; - static bool show_app_dockspace = false; - static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; - static bool show_app_log = false; - static bool show_app_layout = false; - static bool show_app_property_editor = false; - static bool show_app_long_text = false; - static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; - static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; - static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; - static bool show_app_window_titles = false; - static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; - - if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); - if (show_app_dockspace) ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&show_app_dockspace); // Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function) - if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); // Process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace() - if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); - if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); - if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); - if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); - if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); - if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); - if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); - if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); - if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); - if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - - // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_debug_log = false; - static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - - if (show_app_metrics) - ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); - if (show_app_debug_log) - ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); - if (show_app_stack_tool) - ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); - if (show_app_about) - ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); - if (show_app_style_editor) - { - ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + if (demo_data.ShowMainMenuBar) { ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppDockSpace) { ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&demo_data.ShowAppDockSpace); } // Important: Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function) + if (demo_data.ShowAppDocuments) { ShowExampleAppDocuments(&demo_data.ShowAppDocuments); } // ...process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace() + if (demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser) { ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(&demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppConsole) { ShowExampleAppConsole(&demo_data.ShowAppConsole); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering) { ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLog) { ShowExampleAppLog(&demo_data.ShowAppLog); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLayout) { ShowExampleAppLayout(&demo_data.ShowAppLayout); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor) { ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor, &demo_data); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppSimpleOverlay) { ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&demo_data.ShowAppSimpleOverlay); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppAutoResize) { ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&demo_data.ShowAppAutoResize); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppConstrainedResize) { ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&demo_data.ShowAppConstrainedResize); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppFullscreen) { ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&demo_data.ShowAppFullscreen); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLongText) { ShowExampleAppLongText(&demo_data.ShowAppLongText); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppWindowTitles) { ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&demo_data.ShowAppWindowTitles); } + + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + if (demo_data.ShowMetrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&demo_data.ShowMetrics); } + if (demo_data.ShowDebugLog) { ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&demo_data.ShowDebugLog); } + if (demo_data.ShowIDStackTool) { ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(&demo_data.ShowIDStackTool); } + if (demo_data.ShowAbout) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&demo_data.ShowAbout); } + if (demo_data.ShowStyleEditor) + { + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &demo_data.ShowStyleEditor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -358,57 +473,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. - // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); - // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) // Menu Bar - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); - ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); - ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); - ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); - ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); - ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); - ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); - ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); - ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &show_app_dockspace); - ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS - const bool has_debug_tools = true; -#else - const bool has_debug_tools = false; -#endif - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } + ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(&demo_data); ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -416,23 +485,23 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { - ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); - ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.org/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at "); + ImGui::SameLine(0, 0); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("USER GUIDE:"); ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } @@ -443,6 +512,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); @@ -450,20 +520,32 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct dear imgui to disable mouse inputs and interactions."); + + // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) { - // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("<>"); } - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) + // Prevent both being checked + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard)) io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; } - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoKeyboard); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct dear imgui to disable keyboard inputs and interactions."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Docking"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: DockingEnable", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); if (io.ConfigDockingWithShift) @@ -484,6 +566,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Unindent(); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Multi-viewports"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: ViewportsEnable", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("[beta] Enable beta multi-viewports support. See ImGuiPlatformIO for details."); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) @@ -500,8 +583,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Unindent(); } - ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive); @@ -511,11 +593,48 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage", &io.ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable scrolling page by page when clicking outside the scrollbar grab.\nWhen disabled, always scroll to clicked location.\nWhen enabled, Shift+Click scrolls to clicked location."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys, enable various MacOS style behaviors."); ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); + + // Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling + ImGui::SeparatorText("Error Handling"); + + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecovery", &io.ConfigErrorRecovery); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Options to configure how we handle recoverable errors.\n" + "- Error recovery is not perfect nor guaranteed! It is a feature to ease development.\n" + "- You not are not supposed to rely on it in the course of a normal application run.\n" + "- Possible usage: facilitate recovery from errors triggered from a scripting language or after specific exceptions handlers.\n" + "- Always ensure that on programmers seat you have at minimum Asserts or Tooltips enabled when making direct imgui API call!" + "Otherwise it would severely hinder your ability to catch and correct mistakes!"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip); + if (!io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert && !io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog && !io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip) + io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert = io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog = io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableTooltip = true; + + // Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools + ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent", &io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().\n\nRequires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts", &io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Highlight and show an error message when multiple items have conflicting identifiers."); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss", &io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags"); @@ -526,26 +645,29 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. - // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent.. - ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport",&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); + // FIXME: Maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent to keep label bright? + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport",&io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) { + ImGui::Checkbox("Style Editor", &demo_data.ShowStyleEditor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); - ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::TreePop(); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Spacing(); } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging"); @@ -590,7 +712,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // All demo contents - ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); + ShowDemoWindowWidgets(&demo_data); ShowDemoWindowLayout(); ShowDemoWindowPopups(); ShowDemoWindowTables(); @@ -601,9 +723,83 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &demo_data->ShowMainMenuBar); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Assets Browser", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppAssetsBrowser); + ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppConsole); + ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppCustomRendering); + ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDocuments); + ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDockSpace); + ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLog); + ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppPropertyEditor); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLayout); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppSimpleOverlay); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppAutoResize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppConstrainedResize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppFullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLongText); + ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppWindowTitles); + + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; +#endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &demo_data->ShowMetrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowDebugLog, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &demo_data->ShowIDStackTool, has_debug_tools); + bool is_debugger_present = io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Item Picker", NULL, false, has_debug_tools && is_debugger_present)) + ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); + if (!is_debugger_present) + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Requires io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent=true to be set.\n\nWe otherwise disable the menu option to avoid casual users crashing the application.\n\nYou can however always access the Item Picker in Metrics->Tools."); + ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowStyleEditor); + ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAbout); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug Options"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Highlight ID Conflicts", NULL, &io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) return; @@ -614,6 +810,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button"); static int clicked = 0; if (ImGui::Button("Button")) @@ -660,27 +858,20 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)"); static int counter = 0; float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, true); if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Button("Tooltip"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); - { - // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here - // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; - static int item_current = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); - } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs"); { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, @@ -724,22 +915,27 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat"); - static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; + static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42, i3 = 128; ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "Click and drag to edit value.\n" "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n" "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value."); - ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::DragInt("drag int wrap 100..200", &i3, 1, 100, 200, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f; ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); + //ImGui::DragFloat("drag wrap -1..1", &f3, 0.005f, -1.0f, 1.0f, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat"); static int i1 = 0; @@ -762,10 +958,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int elem = Element_Fire; const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown"; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); + ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); // Use ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput flag to disable CTRL+Click here. ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selectors/Pickers"); + { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4"); static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; @@ -780,6 +978,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); } + { + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here + // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; + static int item_current = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\n" + "Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); + } + { // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. @@ -788,43 +998,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int item_current = 1; ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); + "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\n" + "Refer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); } - { - // Tooltips - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Button"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tooltips"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltips")) + { + // Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Fancy"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } + // Typical use cases: + // - Short-form (text only): SetItemTooltip("Hello"); + // - Short-form (any contents): if (BeginItemTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Delayed"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // Delay best used on items that highlight on hover, so this not a great example! - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); + // - Full-form (text only): if (IsItemHovered(...)) { SetTooltip("Hello"); } + // - Full-form (any contents): if (IsItemHovered(...) && BeginTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker( - "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are typically created by using a IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.\n\n" + "We provide a helper SetItemTooltip() function to perform the two with standards flags."); + + ImVec2 sz = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f); + + ImGui::Button("Basic", sz); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::Button("Fancy", sz); + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) + { + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Always On"); + // Showcase NOT relying on a IsItemHovered() to emit a tooltip. + // Here the tooltip is always emitted when 'always_on == true'. + static int always_on = 0; + ImGui::RadioButton("Off", &always_on, 0); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Simple)", &always_on, 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Advanced)", &always_on, 2); + if (always_on == 1) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am following you around."); + else if (always_on == 2 && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::ProgressBar(sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()) * 0.5f + 0.5f, ImVec2(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25, 0.0f)); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom"); + + HelpMarker( + "Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() is the preferred way to standardize" + "tooltip activation details across your application. You may however decide to use custom" + "flags for a specific tooltip instance."); + + // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users. + // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from + // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or gamepad/keyboard is being used. + // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. + ImGui::Button("Manual", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with no delay."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayShort", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a short delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayShort); + + ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); + + ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating."); + + // Using ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip will pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav', + // which default value include the ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled flag. + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item."); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -834,10 +1103,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // if (once) // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree Nodes")) { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) { for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) @@ -847,18 +1116,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (i == 0) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i)) + // Here we use PushID() to generate a unique base ID, and then the "" used as TreeNode id won't conflict. + // An alternative to using 'PushID() + TreeNode("", ...)' to generate a unique ID is to use 'TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, ...)', + // aka generate a dummy pointer-sized value to be hashed. The demo below uses that technique. Both are fine. + ImGui::PushID(i); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("", "Child %d", i)) { ImGui::Text("blah blah"); ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} ImGui::TreePop(); } + ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) { HelpMarker( @@ -871,6 +1145,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Reduce hit area to the text label and a bit of margin."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere); ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); ImGui::Text("Hello!"); @@ -903,9 +1182,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); } + if (i == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth)) + { + // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanTextWidth. + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} + } if (node_open) { ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); ImGui::TreePop(); } } @@ -1046,7 +1333,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); - ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. + ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis @@ -1084,16 +1371,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; { + static bool use_text_color_for_tint = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Use Text Color for Tint", &use_text_color_for_tint); ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white + ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); float region_sz = 32.0f; float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; @@ -1148,23 +1436,36 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear incompatible flags if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview); // Clear incompatible flags + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; + + // Override default popup height + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. - const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything) + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + + // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[]) + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_selected_idx]; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + item_selected_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1173,6 +1474,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndCombo(); } + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("One-liner variants"); + HelpMarker("Flags above don't apply to this section."); + // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. static int item_current_2 = 0; @@ -1184,9 +1489,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function - struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } }; static int item_current_4 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, [](void* data, int n) { return ((const char**)data)[n]; }, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1194,18 +1498,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) { + // BeginListBox() is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild()/EndChild() + // using the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // You may be tempted to simply use BeginChild() directly. However note that BeginChild() requires EndChild() + // to always be called (inconsistent with BeginListBox()/EndListBox()). + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selected data as an index. + + static bool item_highlight = false; + int item_highlighted_idx = -1; // Here we store our highlighted data as an index. + ImGui::Checkbox("Highlight hovered item in second listbox", &item_highlight); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + item_selected_idx = n; + + if (item_highlight && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + item_highlighted_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1213,6 +1530,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::EndListBox(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we are sharing selection state between both boxes."); // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); @@ -1220,9 +1538,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = (item_highlighted_idx == n) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight : 0; + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected, flags)) + item_selected_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1235,6 +1554,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) { // Selectable() has 2 overloads: @@ -1246,60 +1566,30 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { - static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); - ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selection[4] = !selection[4]; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) - { - static int selected = -1; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) - selected = n; - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) - { - HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); - static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) - { - if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held - memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); - selection[n] ^= 1; - } - } + selection[3] = !selection[3]; ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) { - // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, - // this function toggle your bool value automatically. + // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() + // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically. static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3"); ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In Tables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("In Tables")) { static bool selected[10] = {}; @@ -1333,6 +1623,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) { @@ -1392,6 +1683,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(demo_data); + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); @@ -1418,6 +1711,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When _AllowTabInput is set, passing through the widget with Tabbing doesn't automatically activate it, in order to also cycling through subsequent widgets."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1428,7 +1722,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { struct TextFilters { - // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i' + // Modify character input by altering 'data->Eventchar' (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter callback) + static int FilterCasingSwap(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar >= 'a' && data->EventChar <= 'z') { data->EventChar -= 'a' - 'A'; } // Lowercase becomes uppercase + else if (data->EventChar >= 'A' && data->EventChar <= 'Z') { data->EventChar += 'a' - 'A'; } // Uppercase becomes lowercase + return 0; + } + + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i', otherwise return 1 (filter out) static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) @@ -1437,12 +1739,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } }; - static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); - static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + static char buf1[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 32); + static char buf2[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("casing swap", buf6, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterCasingSwap); // Use CharFilter callback to replace characters. + static char buf7[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\"", buf7, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); // Use CharFilter callback to disable some characters. ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1457,6 +1760,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) { struct Funcs @@ -1498,16 +1802,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() }; static char buf1[64]; ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); static char buf2[64]; ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); static char buf3[64]; static int edit_count = 0; ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -1556,6 +1865,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous")) + { + static char buf1[16]; + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo); + ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1599,6 +1920,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline); if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) @@ -1607,11 +1929,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); // Tab Bar + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Opened:"); const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) { - if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); } @@ -1670,8 +1994,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndPopup(); } - // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") - // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab. + // (In your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // We submit it before the regular tabs, but thanks to the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. if (show_trailing_button) if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab @@ -1712,10 +2037,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); // Plot as lines and plot as histogram - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram"); static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Consider using ImPlot instead!"); // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float @@ -1747,7 +2072,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. struct Funcs { @@ -1755,25 +2080,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } }; static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions"); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); ImGui::Separator(); - // Animate a simple progress bar - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar"); - static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; - if (animate) - { - progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; - if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - } + ImGui::Text("Need better plotting and graphing? Consider using ImPlot:"); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://github.com/epezent/implot"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Progress Bars"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Progress Bars")) + { + // Animate a simple progress bar + static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; + progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; + if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. @@ -1785,6 +2116,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() char buf[32]; sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); + + // Pass an animated negative value, e.g. -1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime() is the recommended value. + // Adjust the factor if you want to adjust the animation speed. + ImGui::ProgressBar(-1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime(), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), "Searching.."); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Text("Indeterminate"); + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1798,6 +2136,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static bool drag_and_drop = true; static bool options_menu = true; static bool hdr = false; + ImGui::SeparatorText("Options"); ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview); ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview); ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop); @@ -1806,6 +2145,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inline color editor"); ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" @@ -1903,7 +2243,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker"); - ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Color picker"); static bool alpha = true; static bool alpha_bar = true; static bool side_preview = true; @@ -1953,7 +2293,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); - // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + // Always display a small version of both types of pickers + // (that's in order to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) ImGui::Text("Both types:"); float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); @@ -1984,13 +2325,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp even if min==max==0.0f. Otherwise DragXXX functions don't clamp."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max (only supported by DragXXX() functions)"); // Drags static float drag_f = 0.5f; @@ -2000,14 +2346,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 0)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.3f", flags); // To test ClampZeroRange + //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (100 -> 100)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 100.0f, 100.0f, "%.3f", flags); ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); // Sliders static float slider_f = 0.5f; static int slider_i = 50; + const ImGuiSliderFlags flags_for_sliders = flags & ~ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround; ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); - ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); - ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags_for_sliders); + ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags_for_sliders); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2074,7 +2423,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() const float drag_speed = 0.2f; static bool drag_clamp = false; IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags"); - ImGui::Text("Drags:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags"); ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" @@ -2094,7 +2443,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders"); - ImGui::Text("Sliders"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); @@ -2106,12 +2455,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); @@ -2119,30 +2468,34 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams"); - ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders (reverse)"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; - ImGui::Text("Inputs"); + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None; + ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs"); ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); - ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); + ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2153,22 +2506,23 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; + ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); - ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide"); ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); @@ -2333,6 +2687,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) { + // FIXME: there is temporary (usually single-frame) ID Conflict during reordering as a same item may be submitting twice. + // This code was always slightly faulty but in a way which was not easily noticeable. + // Until we fix this, enable ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId to disable detecting the issue. + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); + // Simple reordering HelpMarker( "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! " @@ -2354,6 +2713,36 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } } } + + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Tooltip at target location"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltip at target location")) + { + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + // Drop targets + ImGui::Button(n ? "drop here##1" : "drop here##0"); + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + ImGuiDragDropFlags drop_target_flags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip; + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, drop_target_flags)) + { + IM_UNUSED(payload); + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed); + ImGui::SetTooltip("Cannot drop here!"); + } + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + // Drop source + static ImVec4 col4 = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f, 1.0f }; + if (n == 0) + ImGui::ColorButton("drag me", col4); + + } ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2385,7 +2774,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button - if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) + if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopItemFlag(); } // Testing button (with repeater) if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) @@ -2401,8 +2790,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_stationary = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + bool hovered_delay_tooltip = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip); // = Normal + Stationary // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. @@ -2414,7 +2805,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" "IsItemActive() = %d\n" @@ -2433,7 +2825,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), ImGui::IsItemActive(), @@ -2449,7 +2842,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); ImGui::BulletText( - "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); + "with Hovering Delay or Stationary test:\n" + "IsItemHovered() = = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_DelayShort) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_DelayNormal) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_Tooltip) = %d", + hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_stationary, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal, hovered_delay_tooltip); if (item_disabled) ImGui::EndDisabled(); @@ -2468,7 +2867,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. ImGui::BulletText( @@ -2510,7 +2909,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), @@ -2524,9 +2924,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); ImGui::EndChild(); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) @@ -2554,43 +2955,1014 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::End(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd: + // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space) + if (disable_all) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) + { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. + HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" + " \"\" display all lines\n" + " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" + " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" + " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); + filter.Draw(); + const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) + if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) + ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +static const char* ExampleNames[] = +{ + "Artichoke", "Arugula", "Asparagus", "Avocado", "Bamboo Shoots", "Bean Sprouts", "Beans", "Beet", "Belgian Endive", "Bell Pepper", + "Bitter Gourd", "Bok Choy", "Broccoli", "Brussels Sprouts", "Burdock Root", "Cabbage", "Calabash", "Capers", "Carrot", "Cassava", + "Cauliflower", "Celery", "Celery Root", "Celcuce", "Chayote", "Chinese Broccoli", "Corn", "Cucumber" +}; + +// Extra functions to add deletion support to ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +struct ExampleSelectionWithDeletion : ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +{ + // Find which item should be Focused after deletion. + // Call _before_ item submission. Retunr an index in the before-deletion item list, your item loop should call SetKeyboardFocusHere() on it. + // The subsequent ApplyDeletionPostLoop() code will use it to apply Selection. + // - We cannot provide this logic in core Dear ImGui because we don't have access to selection data. + // - We don't actually manipulate the ImVector<> here, only in ApplyDeletionPostLoop(), but using similar API for consistency and flexibility. + // - Important: Deletion only works if the underlying ImGuiID for your items are stable: aka not depend on their index, but on e.g. item id/ptr. + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Doesn't take account of the possibility focus target will be moved during deletion. Need refocus or scroll offset. + int ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, int items_count) + { + if (Size == 0) + return -1; + + // If focused item is not selected... + const int focused_idx = (int)ms_io->NavIdItem; // Index of currently focused item + if (ms_io->NavIdSelected == false) // This is merely a shortcut, == Contains(adapter->IndexToStorage(items, focused_idx)) + { + ms_io->RangeSrcReset = true; // Request to recover RangeSrc from NavId next frame. Would be ok to reset even when NavIdSelected==true, but it would take an extra frame to recover RangeSrc when deleting a selected item. + return focused_idx; // Request to focus same item after deletion. + } + + // If focused item is selected: land on first unselected item after focused item. + for (int idx = focused_idx + 1; idx < items_count; idx++) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + return idx; + + // If focused item is selected: otherwise return last unselected item before focused item. + for (int idx = IM_MIN(focused_idx, items_count) - 1; idx >= 0; idx--) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + return idx; + + return -1; + } + + // Rewrite item list (delete items) + update selection. + // - Call after EndMultiSelect() + // - We cannot provide this logic in core Dear ImGui because we don't have access to your items, nor to selection data. + template + void ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, ImVector& items, int item_curr_idx_to_select) + { + // Rewrite item list (delete items) + convert old selection index (before deletion) to new selection index (after selection). + // If NavId was not part of selection, we will stay on same item. + ImVector new_items; + new_items.reserve(items.Size - Size); + int item_next_idx_to_select = -1; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items.Size; idx++) + { + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + new_items.push_back(items[idx]); + if (item_curr_idx_to_select == idx) + item_next_idx_to_select = new_items.Size - 1; + } + items.swap(new_items); + + // Update selection + Clear(); + if (item_next_idx_to_select != -1 && ms_io->NavIdSelected) + SetItemSelected(GetStorageIdFromIndex(item_next_idx_to_select), true); + } +}; + +// Example: Implement dual list box storage and interface +struct ExampleDualListBox +{ + ImVector Items[2]; // ID is index into ExampleName[] + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage Selections[2]; // Store ExampleItemId into selection + bool OptKeepSorted = true; + + void MoveAll(int src, int dst) + { + IM_ASSERT((src == 0 && dst == 1) || (src == 1 && dst == 0)); + for (ImGuiID item_id : Items[src]) + Items[dst].push_back(item_id); + Items[src].clear(); + SortItems(dst); + Selections[src].Swap(Selections[dst]); + Selections[src].Clear(); + } + void MoveSelected(int src, int dst) + { + for (int src_n = 0; src_n < Items[src].Size; src_n++) + { + ImGuiID item_id = Items[src][src_n]; + if (!Selections[src].Contains(item_id)) + continue; + Items[src].erase(&Items[src][src_n]); // FIXME-OPT: Could be implemented more optimally (rebuild src items and swap) + Items[dst].push_back(item_id); + src_n--; + } + if (OptKeepSorted) + SortItems(dst); + Selections[src].Swap(Selections[dst]); + Selections[src].Clear(); + } + void ApplySelectionRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, int side) + { + // In this example we store item id in selection (instead of item index) + Selections[side].UserData = Items[side].Data; + Selections[side].AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { ImGuiID* items = (ImGuiID*)self->UserData; return items[idx]; }; + Selections[side].ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareItemsByValue(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const int* a = (const int*)lhs; + const int* b = (const int*)rhs; + return (*a - *b) > 0 ? +1 : -1; + } + void SortItems(int n) + { + qsort(Items[n].Data, (size_t)Items[n].Size, sizeof(Items[n][0]), CompareItemsByValue); + } + void Show() + { + //ImGui::Checkbox("Sorted", &OptKeepSorted); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); // Left side + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Buttons + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); // Right side + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + int request_move_selected = -1; + int request_move_all = -1; + float child_height_0 = 0.0f; + for (int side = 0; side < 2; side++) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Dual List Box: Add context menus + // FIXME-NAV: Using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened exhibit many issues. + ImVector& items = Items[side]; + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& selection = Selections[side]; + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex((side == 0) ? 0 : 2); + ImGui::Text("%s (%d)", (side == 0) ? "Available" : "Basket", items.Size); + + // Submit scrolling range to avoid glitches on moving/deletion + const float items_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + + bool child_visible; + if (side == 0) + { + // Left child is resizable + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 4), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + child_visible = ImGui::BeginChild("0", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY); + child_height_0 = ImGui::GetWindowSize().y; + } + else + { + // Right child use same height as left one + child_visible = ImGui::BeginChild("1", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, child_height_0), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); + } + if (child_visible) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, side); + + for (int item_n = 0; item_n < items.Size; item_n++) + { + ImGuiID item_id = items[item_n]; + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains(item_id); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(item_n); + ImGui::Selectable(ExampleNames[item_id], item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick); + if (ImGui::IsItemFocused()) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Dual List Box: Transfer focus + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter)) + request_move_selected = side; + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Double-click on multi-selection? + request_move_selected = side; + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, side); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + // Buttons columns + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::NewLine(); + //ImVec2 button_sz = { ImGui::CalcTextSize(">>").x + ImGui::GetStyle().FramePadding.x * 2.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + padding.y * 2.0f }; + ImVec2 button_sz = { ImGui::GetFrameHeight(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight() }; + + // (Using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() works but feels distracting given how it is currently visualized) + if (ImGui::Button(">>", button_sz)) + request_move_all = 0; + if (ImGui::Button(">", button_sz)) + request_move_selected = 0; + if (ImGui::Button("<", button_sz)) + request_move_selected = 1; + if (ImGui::Button("<<", button_sz)) + request_move_all = 1; + + // Process requests + if (request_move_all != -1) + MoveAll(request_move_all, request_move_all ^ 1); + if (request_move_selected != -1) + MoveSelected(request_move_selected, request_move_selected ^ 1); + + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Support action from outside + /* + if (OptKeepSorted == false) + { + ImGui::NewLine(); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("MoveUp", ImGuiDir_Up)) {} + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("MoveDown", ImGuiDir_Down)) {} + } + */ + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Multi-selection demos +// Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State & Multi-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State & Multi-Select")) + { + HelpMarker("Selections can be built using Selectable(), TreeNode() or other widgets. Selection state is owned by application code/data."); + + // Without any fancy API: manage single-selection yourself. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Single-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Single-Select")) + { + static int selected = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) + selected = n; + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate implementation a most-basic form of multi-selection manually + // This doesn't support the SHIFT modifier which requires BeginMultiSelect()! + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (manual/simplified, without BeginMultiSelect)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (manual/simplified, without BeginMultiSelect)")) + { + HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); + static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) + { + if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held + memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); + selection[n] ^= 1; // Toggle current item + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate handling proper multi-selection using the BeginMultiSelect/EndMultiSelect API. + // SHIFT+Click w/ CTRL and other standard features are supported. + // We use the ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage helper which you may freely reimplement. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select")) + { + ImGui::Text("Supported features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Keyboard navigation (arrows, page up/down, home/end, space)."); + ImGui::BulletText("Ctrl modifier to preserve and toggle selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift modifier for range selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to clear selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag to box-select."); + ImGui::Text("Tip: Use 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see selection requests as they happen."); + + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 50; + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + + // The BeginChild() has no purpose for selection logic, other that offering a scrolling region. + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + for (int n = 0; n < ITEMS_COUNT; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using the clipper with BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (with clipper)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (with clipper)")) + { + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + + ImGui::Text("Added features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Using ImGuiListClipper."); + + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 10000; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int n = clipper.DisplayStart; n < clipper.DisplayEnd; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate dynamic item list + deletion support using the BeginMultiSelect/EndMultiSelect API. + // In order to support Deletion without any glitches you need to: + // - (1) If items are submitted in their own scrolling area, submit contents size SetNextWindowContentSize() ahead of time to prevent one-frame readjustment of scrolling. + // - (2) Items needs to have persistent ID Stack identifier = ID needs to not depends on their index. PushID(index) = KO. PushID(item_id) = OK. This is in order to focus items reliably after a selection. + // - (3) BeginXXXX process + // - (4) Focus process + // - (5) EndXXXX process + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (with deletion)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (with deletion)")) + { + // Storing items data separately from selection data. + // (you may decide to store selection data inside your item (aka intrusive storage) if you don't need multiple views over same items) + // Use a custom selection.Adapter: store item identifier in Selection (instead of index) + static ImVector items; + static ExampleSelectionWithDeletion selection; + selection.UserData = (void*)&items; + selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { ImVector* p_items = (ImVector*)self->UserData; return (*p_items)[idx]; }; // Index -> ID + + ImGui::Text("Added features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Dynamic list with Delete key support."); + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection.Size, items.Size); + + // Initialize default list with 50 items + button to add/remove items. + static ImGuiID items_next_id = 0; + if (items_next_id == 0) + for (ImGuiID n = 0; n < 50; n++) + items.push_back(items_next_id++); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add 20 items")) { for (int n = 0; n < 20; n++) { items.push_back(items_next_id++); } } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Remove 20 items")) { for (int n = IM_MIN(20, items.Size); n > 0; n--) { selection.SetItemSelected(items.back(), false); items.pop_back(); } } + + // (1) Extra to support deletion: Submit scrolling range to avoid glitches on deletion + const float items_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (selection.Size > 0); + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, items.Size) : -1; + + for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiID item_id = items[n]; + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05u: %s", item_id, ExampleNames[item_id % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains(item_id); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == n) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Implement a Dual List Box (#6648) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (dual list box)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (dual list box)")) + { + // Init default state + static ExampleDualListBox dlb; + if (dlb.Items[0].Size == 0 && dlb.Items[1].Size == 0) + for (int item_id = 0; item_id < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames); item_id++) + dlb.Items[0].push_back((ImGuiID)item_id); + + // Show + dlb.Show(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using the clipper with BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (in a table)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (in a table)")) + { + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 10000; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##Basket", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action"); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int n = clipper.DisplayStart; n < clipper.DisplayEnd; n++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SmallButton("hello"); + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (checkboxes)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (checkboxes)")) + { + ImGui::Text("In a list of checkboxes (not selectable):"); + ImGui::BulletText("Using _NoAutoSelect + _NoAutoClear flags."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift+Click to check multiple boxes."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift+Keyboard to copy current value to other boxes."); + + // If you have an array of checkboxes, you may want to use NoAutoSelect + NoAutoClear and the ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage helper. + static bool items[20] = {}; + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d); // Cannot use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d as checkboxes are varying width. + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, -1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage storage_wrapper; + storage_wrapper.UserData = (void*)items; + storage_wrapper.AdapterSetItemSelected = [](ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int n, bool selected) { bool* array = (bool*)self->UserData; array[n] = selected; }; + storage_wrapper.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + for (int n = 0; n < 20; n++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Checkbox(label, &items[n]); + } + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + storage_wrapper.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate individual selection scopes in same window + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (multiple scopes)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (multiple scopes)")) + { + // Use default select: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + const int SCOPES_COUNT = 3; + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 8; // Per scope + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selections_data[SCOPES_COUNT]; + + // Use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect to not affect other selections in same window. + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape;// | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + + for (int selection_scope_n = 0; selection_scope_n < SCOPES_COUNT; selection_scope_n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(selection_scope_n); + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection = &selections_data[selection_scope_n]; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection->Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection->ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selection scope"); + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection->Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + + for (int n = 0; n < ITEMS_COUNT; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection->Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection->ApplyRequests(ms_io); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // See ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (tiled assets browser)")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Assets Browser", &demo_data->ShowAppAssetsBrowser); + ImGui::Text("(also access from 'Examples->Assets Browser' in menu)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate supporting multiple-selection in a tree. + // - We don't use linear indices for selection user data, but our ExampleTreeNode* pointer directly! + // This showcase how SetNextItemSelectionUserData() never assume indices! + // - The difficulty here is to "interpolate" from RangeSrcItem to RangeDstItem in the SetAll/SetRange request. + // We want this interpolation to match what the user sees: in visible order, skipping closed nodes. + // This is implemented by our TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder() user-space helper. + // - Important: In a real codebase aiming to implement full-featured selectable tree with custom filtering, you + // are more likely to build an array mapping sequential indices to visible tree nodes, since your + // filtering/search + clipping process will benefit from it. Having this will make this interpolation much easier. + // - Consider this a prototype: we are working toward simplifying some of it. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (trees)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (trees)")) + { + HelpMarker( + "This is rather advanced and experimental. If you are getting started with multi-select," + "please don't start by looking at how to use it for a tree!\n\n" + "Future versions will try to simplify and formalize some of this."); + + struct ExampleTreeFuncs + { + static void DrawNode(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection) + { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere; // Enable pressing left to jump to parent + if (node->Childs.Size == 0) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf; + if (selection->Contains((ImGuiID)node->UID)) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + + // Using SetNextItemStorageID() to specify storage id, so we can easily peek into + // the storage holding open/close stage, using our TreeNodeGetOpen/TreeNodeSetOpen() functions. + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData((ImGuiSelectionUserData)(intptr_t)node); + ImGui::SetNextItemStorageID((ImGuiID)node->UID); + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + DrawNode(child, selection); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + else if (ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + { + TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(node, selection); + } + } + + static bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ExampleTreeNode* node) + { + return ImGui::GetStateStorage()->GetBool((ImGuiID)node->UID); + } + + static void TreeNodeSetOpen(ExampleTreeNode* node, bool open) + { + ImGui::GetStateStorage()->SetBool((ImGuiID)node->UID, open); + } + + // When closing a node: 1) close and unselect all child nodes, 2) select parent if any child was selected. + // FIXME: This is currently handled by user logic but I'm hoping to eventually provide tree node + // features to do this automatically, e.g. a ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AutoCloseChildNodes etc. + static int TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, int depth = 0) + { + // Recursive close (the test for depth == 0 is because we call this on a node that was just closed!) + int unselected_count = selection->Contains((ImGuiID)node->UID) ? 1 : 0; + if (depth == 0 || TreeNodeGetOpen(node)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + unselected_count += TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(child, selection, depth + 1); + TreeNodeSetOpen(node, false); + } + + // Select root node if any of its child was selected, otherwise unselect + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, (depth == 0 && unselected_count > 0)); + return unselected_count; + } + + // Apply multi-selection requests + static void ApplySelectionRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, ExampleTreeNode* tree, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection) + { + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + { + if (req.Selected) + TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(tree, selection, req.Selected); + else + selection->Clear(); + } + else if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + { + ExampleTreeNode* first_node = (ExampleTreeNode*)(intptr_t)req.RangeFirstItem; + ExampleTreeNode* last_node = (ExampleTreeNode*)(intptr_t)req.RangeLastItem; + for (ExampleTreeNode* node = first_node; node != NULL; node = TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder(node, last_node)) + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, req.Selected); + } + } + } + + static void TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, bool selected) + { + if (node->Parent != NULL) // Root node isn't visible nor selectable in our scheme + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, selected); + if (node->Parent == NULL || TreeNodeGetOpen(node)) + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(child, selection, selected); + } + + // Interpolate in *user-visible order* AND only *over opened nodes*. + // If you have a sequential mapping tables (e.g. generated after a filter/search pass) this would be simpler. + // Here the tricks are that: + // - we store/maintain ExampleTreeNode::IndexInParent which allows implementing a linear iterator easily, without searches, without recursion. + // this could be replaced by a search in parent, aka 'int index_in_parent = curr_node->Parent->Childs.find_index(curr_node)' + // which would only be called when crossing from child to a parent, aka not too much. + // - we call SetNextItemStorageID() before our TreeNode() calls with an ID which doesn't relate to UI stack, + // making it easier to call TreeNodeGetOpen()/TreeNodeSetOpen() from any location. + static ExampleTreeNode* TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder(ExampleTreeNode* curr_node, ExampleTreeNode* last_node) + { + // Reached last node + if (curr_node == last_node) + return NULL; + + // Recurse into childs. Query storage to tell if the node is open. + if (curr_node->Childs.Size > 0 && TreeNodeGetOpen(curr_node)) + return curr_node->Childs[0]; + + // Next sibling, then into our own parent + while (curr_node->Parent != NULL) + { + if (curr_node->IndexInParent + 1 < curr_node->Parent->Childs.Size) + return curr_node->Parent->Childs[curr_node->IndexInParent + 1]; + curr_node = curr_node->Parent; + } + return NULL; + } + + }; // ExampleTreeFuncs + + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + if (demo_data->DemoTree == NULL) + demo_data->DemoTree = ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree(); // Create tree once + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d", selection.Size); + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Tree", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ExampleTreeNode* tree = demo_data->DemoTree; + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ms_flags, selection.Size, -1); + ExampleTreeFuncs::ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, tree, &selection); + for (ExampleTreeNode* node : tree->Childs) + ExampleTreeFuncs::DrawNode(node, &selection); + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + ExampleTreeFuncs::ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, tree, &selection); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Advanced demonstration of BeginMultiSelect() + // - Showcase clipping. + // - Showcase deletion. + // - Showcase basic drag and drop. + // - Showcase TreeNode variant (note that tree node don't expand in the demo: supporting expanding tree nodes + clipping a separate thing). + // - Showcase using inside a table. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (advanced)"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (advanced)")) + { + // Options + enum WidgetType { WidgetType_Selectable, WidgetType_TreeNode }; + static bool use_clipper = true; + static bool use_deletion = true; + static bool use_drag_drop = true; + static bool show_in_table = false; + static bool show_color_button = true; + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + static WidgetType widget_type = WidgetType_Selectable; + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) + { + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Selectables", widget_type == WidgetType_Selectable)) { widget_type = WidgetType_Selectable; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Tree nodes", widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode)) { widget_type = WidgetType_TreeNode; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated (you need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, which is suited to advanced trees setups already implementing filters and clipper. We will work toward simplifying and demoing this.\n\nFor now the tree demo is actually a little bit meaningless because it is an empty tree with only root nodes."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable clipper", &use_clipper); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable deletion", &use_deletion); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable drag & drop", &use_drag_drop); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show in a table", &show_in_table); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show color button", &show_color_button); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick; + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Allow dragging an unselected item without altering selection."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Initialize default list with 1000 items. + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + static ImVector items; + static int items_next_id = 0; + if (items_next_id == 0) { for (int n = 0; n < 1000; n++) { items.push_back(items_next_id++); } } + static ExampleSelectionWithDeletion selection; + static bool request_deletion_from_menu = false; // Queue deletion triggered from context menu + + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection.Size, items.Size); + + const float items_height = (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) ? ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() : ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImVec2 color_button_sz(ImGui::GetFontSize(), ImGui::GetFontSize()); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, 0.0f); + + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = (ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (selection.Size > 0)) || request_deletion_from_menu; + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, items.Size) : -1; + request_deletion_from_menu = false; + + if (show_in_table) + { + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::BeginTable("##Split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.70f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.30f); + //ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacingY, 0.0f); + } + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + if (use_clipper) + { + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(item_curr_idx_to_focus); // Ensure focused item is not clipped. + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + } + + while (!use_clipper || clipper.Step()) + { + const int item_begin = use_clipper ? clipper.DisplayStart : 0; + const int item_end = use_clipper ? clipper.DisplayEnd : items.Size; + for (int n = item_begin; n < item_end; n++) + { + if (show_in_table) + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + + const int item_id = items[n]; + const char* item_category = ExampleNames[item_id % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]; + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", item_id, item_category); + + // IMPORTANT: for deletion refocus to work we need object ID to be stable, + // aka not depend on their index in the list. Here we use our persistent item_id + // instead of index to build a unique ID that will persist. + // (If we used PushID(index) instead, focus wouldn't be restored correctly after deletion). + ImGui::PushID(item_id); + + // Emit a color button, to test that Shift+LeftArrow landing on an item that is not part + // of the selection scope doesn't erroneously alter our selection. + if (show_color_button) + { + ImU32 dummy_col = (ImU32)((unsigned int)n * 0xC250B74B) | IM_COL32_A_MASK; + ImGui::ColorButton("##", ImColor(dummy_col), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, color_button_sz); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + + // Submit item + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + bool item_is_open = false; + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_Selectable) + { + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_None); + } + else if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; + if (item_is_selected) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + item_is_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags); + } + + // Focus (for after deletion) + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == n) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); - // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd: - // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space) - if (disable_all) - ImGui::EndDisabled(); + // Drag and Drop + if (use_drag_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + // Create payload with full selection OR single unselected item. + // (the later is only possible when using ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) + if (ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == NULL) + { + ImVector payload_items; + void* it = NULL; + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (!item_is_selected) + payload_items.push_back(item_id); + else + while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) + payload_items.push_back((int)id); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("MULTISELECT_DEMO_ITEMS", payload_items.Data, (size_t)payload_items.size_in_bytes()); + } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block")) - { - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + // Display payload content in tooltip + const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload(); + const int* payload_items = (int*)payload->Data; + const int payload_count = (int)payload->DataSize / (int)sizeof(int); + if (payload_count == 1) + ImGui::Text("Object %05d: %s", payload_items[0], ExampleNames[payload_items[0] % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + else + ImGui::Text("Dragging %d objects", payload_count); - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) - { - // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. - // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. - HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" - " \"\" display all lines\n" - " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" - " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" - " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); - filter.Draw(); - const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) - if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode && item_is_open) + ImGui::TreePop(); + + // Right-click: context menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::BeginDisabled(!use_deletion || selection.Size == 0); + sprintf(label, "Delete %d item(s)###DeleteSelected", selection.Size); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) + request_deletion_from_menu = true; + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::Selectable("Close"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo content within a table + if (show_in_table) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::InputText("###NoLabel", (char*)(void*)item_category, strlen(item_category), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (!use_clipper) + break; + } + + if (show_in_table) + { + ImGui::EndTable(); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } ImGui::TreePop(); } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); @@ -2600,6 +3972,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) { + ImGui::SeparatorText("Child windows"); + HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false; static bool disable_menu = false; @@ -2611,7 +3985,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; if (disable_mouse_wheel) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); ImGui::EndChild(); @@ -2627,7 +4001,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() if (!disable_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, window_flags); if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) @@ -2652,7 +4026,39 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } - ImGui::Separator(); + // Child 3: manual-resize + ImGui::SeparatorText("Manual-resize"); + { + HelpMarker("Drag bottom border to resize. Double-click bottom border to auto-fit to vertical contents."); + //if (ImGui::Button("Set Height to 200")) + // ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 200.0f)); + + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_FrameBg)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ResizableChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + for (int n = 0; n < 10; n++) + ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + // Child 4: auto-resizing height with a limit + ImGui::SeparatorText("Auto-resize with constraints"); + { + static int draw_lines = 3; + static int max_height_in_lines = 10; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines Count", &draw_lines, 0.2f); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Max Height (in Lines)", &max_height_in_lines, 0.2f); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * max_height_in_lines)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ConstrainedChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lines; n++) + ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n); + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc/Advanced"); // Demonstrate a few extra things // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) @@ -2663,19 +4069,33 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. { static int offset_x = 0; + static bool override_bg_color = true; + static ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY; ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); + ImGui::Checkbox("Override ChildBg color", &override_bg_color); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_Borders", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding."); + if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle) + override_bg_color = false; ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); - ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (override_bg_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (override_bg_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); ImGui::EndChild(); bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); } @@ -2768,11 +4188,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // Text IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); // Adjust spacing ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); // Button ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); @@ -2823,7 +4243,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushID(i); ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::PopID(); - //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); + //ImGui::SetItemTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); } ImGui::PopItemWidth(); @@ -2840,7 +4260,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:"); ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); int buttons_count = 20; - float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; + float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos().x + ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) { ImGui::PushID(n); @@ -2876,8 +4296,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("EEE"); ImGui::EndGroup(); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("First group hovered"); } // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); @@ -2922,7 +4341,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time) ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Some framed item##2"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y"); // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text @@ -3065,7 +4484,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); + const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, child_flags); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); @@ -3112,7 +4531,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); + bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, child_flags); if (scroll_to_off) ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); if (scroll_to_pos) @@ -3154,7 +4573,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) { // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine() @@ -3223,7 +4642,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); - HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); + HelpMarker( + "Test how different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\n" + "Use 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar); ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten) ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width @@ -3298,7 +4719,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } if (show_child) { - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); @@ -3307,8 +4728,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Clipping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Clipping")) { static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f); @@ -3371,8 +4792,43 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Overlap Mode"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Overlap Mode")) + { + static bool enable_allow_overlap = true; + + HelpMarker( + "Hit-testing is by default performed in item submission order, which generally is perceived as 'back-to-front'.\n\n" + "By using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() you can notify that an item may be overlapped by another. " + "Doing so alters the hovering logic: items using AllowOverlap mode requires an extra frame to accept hovered state."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable AllowOverlap", &enable_allow_overlap); + + ImVec2 button1_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 button2_pos = ImVec2(button1_pos.x + 50.0f, button1_pos.y + 50.0f); + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Button("Button 1", ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(button2_pos); + ImGui::Button("Button 2", ImVec2(80, 80)); + + // This is typically used with width-spanning items. + // (note that Selectable() has a dedicated flag ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, which is a shortcut + // for using SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). For demo purpose we use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() here.) + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Selectable("Some Selectable", false); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("++"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); @@ -3416,8 +4872,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup")) { - ImGui::Text("Aquarium"); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Aquarium"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++) if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i])) selected_fish = i; @@ -3439,8 +4894,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); @@ -3524,8 +4978,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); ImGui::EndPopup(); } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); } } @@ -3594,7 +5047,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { - ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); + ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!"); ImGui::Separator(); //static int unused_i = 0; @@ -3631,7 +5084,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() static int item = 1; static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color); if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); @@ -3643,6 +5096,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open)) { ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!"); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color); // Allow opening another nested popup if (ImGui::Button("Close")) ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); ImGui::EndPopup(); @@ -3705,6 +5159,14 @@ struct MyItem // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, MyItem* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + // Compare function to be used by qsort() static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { @@ -3731,7 +5193,8 @@ struct MyItem } // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items. - // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. + // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs. + // e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. return (a->ID - b->ID); } }; @@ -3742,8 +5205,8 @@ const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; static void PushStyleCompact() { ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f))); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f))); + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f)); + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f)); } static void PopStyleCompact() @@ -3777,9 +5240,8 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) } ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) { @@ -3816,6 +5278,7 @@ static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_AngledHeader", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader); } static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) @@ -3826,6 +5289,10 @@ static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); @@ -3840,10 +5307,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PushID("Tables"); int open_action = -1; - if (ImGui::Button("Open all")) + if (ImGui::Button("Expand all")) open_action = 1; ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Close all")) + if (ImGui::Button("Collapse all")) open_action = 0; ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -3914,8 +5381,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. HelpMarker( - "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" - "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains " + "the same type of contents.\n This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the " + "Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) { for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++) @@ -3943,7 +5411,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); @@ -3971,8 +5439,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) { - // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders. - // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details) + // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders + // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them now. See other sections for details) if (display_headers) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); @@ -4011,7 +5479,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, " + "this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4129,6 +5599,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -4151,7 +5622,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::EndTable(); } - // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) + // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible + // (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f))) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); @@ -4184,7 +5656,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() "e.g.:\n" "- BorderOuterV\n" "- any form of row selection\n" - "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" + "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. " + "Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); @@ -4300,7 +5773,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]); // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy, - // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width. + // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, + // and one where the columns have different contents width. if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) { for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) @@ -4329,7 +5803,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced"); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); + HelpMarker( + "This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies " + "depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText }; static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; @@ -4344,7 +5820,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) { ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); + HelpMarker( + "Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop " + "where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); } ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); @@ -4390,7 +5868,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) { - HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); + HelpMarker( + "Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\n" + "We also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4436,8 +5916,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker( "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, " "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n" - "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX," - "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions)."); + "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX, " + "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents " + "(this may be improved in future versions)."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; static int freeze_cols = 1; static int freeze_rows = 1; @@ -4494,7 +5975,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker( "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: " "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n" - "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense."); + "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns " + "along with ScrollX doesn't make sense."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; static float inner_width = 1000.0f; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4552,8 +6034,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // Create the real table we care about for the example! - // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in - // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down) + // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, + // otherwise in a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + // + resizing the parent window down). const ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV @@ -4561,15 +6044,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size)) { + bool has_angled_header = false; for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + has_angled_header |= (column_flags[column] & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0; ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]); + } + if (has_angled_header) + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column); float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2); for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { - ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + ImGui::Indent(indent_step); ImGui::TableNextRow(); for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) { @@ -4618,7 +6108,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::EndTable(); } - HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); + HelpMarker( + "Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, " + "fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -4628,7 +6120,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2)) { - // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and then all columns + // will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f); @@ -4700,10 +6193,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) { - HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + HelpMarker( + "You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, " + "so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\n" + "We cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { - for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); @@ -4712,6 +6208,48 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } ImGui::EndTable(); } + + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using SameLine(0,0) to share Current Line Height between cells.\n\n" + "Please note that Tables Row Height is not the same thing as Current Line Height, " + "as a table cell may contains multiple lines."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_share_lineheight", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##1", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Line 1"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##2", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); // Reuse line height from previous column + ImGui::Text("Line 1, with SameLine(0,0)"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Showcase altering CellPadding.y between rows. Note that CellPadding.x is locked for the entire table."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_changing_cellpadding_y", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, 20.0f); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("CellPadding.y = %.2f", style.CellPadding.y); + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -4847,6 +6385,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); + + HelpMarker("See \"Columns flags\" section to configure how indentation is applied to individual columns."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags)) { // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On @@ -4870,7 +6414,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0); if (is_folder) { - bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::TextDisabled("--"); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); @@ -4884,7 +6428,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } else { - ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); @@ -4919,7 +6463,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { HelpMarker( "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n" - "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); + "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for " + "e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small"); @@ -4974,7 +6519,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox. static bool column_selected[3] = {}; - // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves + // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves. + // (A different approach is also possible: + // - Specify ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel in some TableSetupColumn() call. + // - Call TableHeadersRow() normally. This will submit TableHeader() with no name. + // - Then call TableSetColumnIndex() to position yourself in the column and submit your stuff e.g. Checkbox().) ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) { @@ -4989,6 +6538,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PopID(); } + // Submit table contents for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) { ImGui::TableNextRow(); @@ -5005,13 +6555,84 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TreePop(); } - // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() + // Demonstrate using ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag to create angled headers + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Angled headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Angled headers")) + { + const char* column_names[] = { "Track", "cabasa", "ride", "smash", "tom-hi", "tom-mid", "tom-low", "hihat-o", "hihat-c", "snare-s", "snare-c", "clap", "rim", "kick" }; + const int columns_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(column_names); + const int rows_count = 12; + + static ImGuiTableFlags table_flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + static bool bools[columns_count * rows_count] = {}; // Dummy storage selection storage + static int frozen_cols = 1; + static int frozen_rows = 2; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollX", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollY", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Resizable", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Sortable", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoBordersInBody", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_HighlightHoveredColumn", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen columns", &frozen_cols, 0, 2); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen rows", &frozen_rows, 0, 2); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Disable header contributing to column width", &column_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style settings")) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Giving access to some ImGuiStyle value in this demo for convenience."); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderAngle("style.TableAngledHeadersAngle", &ImGui::GetStyle().TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&ImGui::GetStyle().TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_angled_headers", columns_count, table_flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[0], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder); + for (int n = 1; n < columns_count; n++) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[n], column_flags); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(frozen_cols, frozen_rows); + + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); // Draw angled headers for all columns with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Draw remaining headers and allow access to context-menu and other functions. + for (int row = 0; row < rows_count; row++) + { + ImGui::PushID(row); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Track %d", row); + for (int column = 1; column < columns_count; column++) + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column)) + { + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::Checkbox("", &bools[row * columns_count + column]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, + // while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) { - HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); + HelpMarker( + "By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\n" + "Using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -5048,7 +6669,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup - HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body)."); + HelpMarker( + "Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) " + "and custom per-colunm context menu (over column body)."); ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2)) { @@ -5121,8 +6744,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { char buf[32]; @@ -5203,14 +6828,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) - if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - if (items.Size > 1) - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5253,6 +6875,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags columns_base_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow }; static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow; @@ -5346,9 +6969,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Headers:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) { ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader", &columns_base_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable AngledHeader on all columns. Best enabled on selected narrow columns (see \"Angled headers\" section of the demo)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text); ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x); @@ -5409,24 +7040,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Declare columns // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", columns_base_flags | ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch), 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); - if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsDirty) items_need_sort = true; - if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + if (sort_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } items_need_sort = false; @@ -5435,12 +7064,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0; // Show headers + if (show_headers && (columns_base_flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0) + ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); if (show_headers) ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Show data // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here? - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); #if 1 // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists ImGuiListClipper clipper; @@ -5476,7 +7106,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) { - ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; + ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height))) { if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) @@ -5500,7 +7130,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity, // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity. // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released. - // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. + // You will probably need some extra logic if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2)) { if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; } @@ -5525,7 +7155,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PopID(); } } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); // Store some info to display debug details below table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY()); @@ -5635,12 +7264,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() { if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0) ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::PushID(i); ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i); ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth()); ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset()); ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip"); ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::NextColumn(); } ImGui::Columns(1); @@ -5702,7 +7333,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() { ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f); - ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); ImGui::Columns(10); // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5763,7 +7394,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } -namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { @@ -5775,12 +7408,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() // Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs"); ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs")) + bool inputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n" + "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n" + "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'."); + if (inputs_opened) { - HelpMarker( - "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n" - "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n" - "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'."); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); else @@ -5790,14 +7425,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); - // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. - // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges. This is a little unusual/odd but this allows + // displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops! + // You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END. #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; + ImGuiKey start_key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; #else - struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + ImGuiKey start_key = (ImGuiKey)0; #endif - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%.02f)", ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = start_key; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. @@ -5807,15 +7446,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() // Display ImGuiIO output flags IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs"); ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs")) + bool outputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " + "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " + "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" + "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " + "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " + "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); + if (outputs_opened) { - HelpMarker( - "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " - "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " - "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" - "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " - "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " - "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); @@ -5828,7 +7469,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { HelpMarker( "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" - "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering " + "and true when clicking."); static int capture_override_mouse = -1; static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; @@ -5848,6 +7490,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::TreePop(); } + // Demonstrate using Shortcut() and Routing Policies. + // The general flow is: + // - Code interested in a chord (e.g. "Ctrl+A") declares their intent. + // - Multiple locations may be interested in same chord! Routing helps find a winner. + // - Every frame, we resolve all claims and assign one owner if the modifiers are matching. + // - The lower-level function is 'bool SetShortcutRouting()', returns true when caller got the route. + // - Most of the times, SetShortcutRouting() is not called directly. User mostly calls Shortcut() with routing flags. + // - If you call Shortcut() WITHOUT any routing option, it uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused. + // TL;DR: Most uses will simply be: + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A); // Use ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused policy. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Shortcuts"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Shortcuts")) + { + static ImGuiInputFlags route_options = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; + static ImGuiInputFlags route_type = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default)", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + ImGuiInputFlags flags = route_type | route_options; // Merged flags + if (route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + flags &= ~(ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Using SetNextItemShortcut()"); + ImGui::Text("Ctrl+S"); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + ImGui::Button("Save"); + ImGui::Text("Alt+F"); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Alt | ImGuiKey_F, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + static float f = 0.5f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("Factor", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Using Shortcut()"); + const float line_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + const ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A; + + ImGui::Text("Ctrl+A"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.1f)); + + ImGui::BeginChild("WindowA", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 14), true); + ImGui::Text("Press CTRL+A and see who receives it!"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + // 1: Window polling for CTRL+A + ImGui::Text("(in WindowA)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + + // 2: InputText also polling for CTRL+A: it always uses _RouteFocused internally (gets priority when active) + // (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h) + //char str[16] = "Press CTRL+A"; + //ImGui::Spacing(); + //ImGui::InputText("InputTextB", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + //ImGuiID item_id = ImGui::GetItemID(); + //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Internal widgets always use _RouteFocused"); + //ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, item_id) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + + // 3: Dummy child is not claiming the route: focusing them shouldn't steal route away from WindowA + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildD", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true); + ImGui::Text("(in ChildD: not using same Shortcut)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d", ImGui::IsWindowFocused()); + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // 4: Child window polling for CTRL+A. It is deeper than WindowA and gets priority when focused. + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildE", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true); + ImGui::Text("(in ChildE: using same Shortcut)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // 5: In a popup + if (ImGui::Button("Open Popup")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("PopupF"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("PopupF")) + { + ImGui::Text("(in PopupF)"); + ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + // (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h) + //ImGui::InputText("InputTextG", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + //ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGui::GetItemID()) ? "PRESSED" : "..."); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + // Display mouse cursors IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) @@ -5856,7 +7594,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); + const char* cursor_name = (current >= ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow) && (current < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) ? mouse_cursors_names[current] : "N/A"; + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, cursor_name); ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); ImGui::EndDisabled(); @@ -5885,10 +7624,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -5910,12 +7649,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2; - ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); if (has_focus) ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); @@ -5979,10 +7718,22 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) return; } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Homepage", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("FAQ", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Wiki", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Releases", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Funding", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding"); + ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); + ImGui::Text("If your company uses this, please consider funding the project."); static bool show_config_info = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info); @@ -5993,7 +7744,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18); - ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); if (copy_to_clipboard) { ImGui::LogToClipboard(); @@ -6067,6 +7818,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef __clang_version__ ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__); #endif +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + ImGui::Text("define: __EMSCRIPTEN__"); + ImGui::Text("Emscripten: %d.%d.%d", __EMSCRIPTEN_major__, __EMSCRIPTEN_minor__, __EMSCRIPTEN_tiny__); +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT"); #endif @@ -6127,7 +7882,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::LogText("\n```\n"); ImGui::LogFinish(); } - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); + ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); } @@ -6151,9 +7906,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont(); if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) { - for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) + for (ImFont* font : io.Fonts->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; ImGui::PushID((void*)font); if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) io.FontDefault = font; @@ -6236,44 +7990,75 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes")) { - ImGui::Text("Main"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Main"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Borders"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Borders"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Rounding"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarOverlineSize", &style.TabBarOverlineSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Overline is only drawn over the selected tab when ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline is set."); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Alignment"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tables"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderAngle("TableAngledHeadersAngle", &style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) - style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1; + style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = (ImGuiDir)(window_menu_button_position - 1); ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SeparatorTextBorderSize", &style.SeparatorTextBorderSize, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Docking"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("DockingSplitterSize", &style.DockingSeparatorSize, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tooltips"); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(n == 0 ? "HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse" : "HoverFlagsForTooltipNav")) + { + ImGuiHoveredFlags* p = (n == 0) ? &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse : &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplayWindowPadding", (float*)&style.DisplayWindowPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -6313,14 +8098,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n" "Right-click to open edit options menu."); - ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 10), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++) { const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); if (!filter.PassFilter(name)) continue; ImGui::PushID(i); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (ImGui::Button("?")) + ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor((ImGuiCol)i); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Flash given color to identify places where it is used."); + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { @@ -6383,14 +8175,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles. ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - { + const bool show_samples = ImGui::IsItemActive(); + if (show_samples) ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()); - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)"); + if (show_samples && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = approx number of segments)"); ImGui::Spacing(); ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x; + const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("R: MMM\nN: MMM").x; for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++) { const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f; @@ -6399,6 +8192,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::BeginGroup(); + // N is not always exact here due to how PathArcTo() function work internally ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad)); const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f); @@ -6539,7 +8333,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { static bool enabled = true; ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled); - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders); for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i); ImGui::EndChild(); @@ -6583,6 +8377,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() IM_ASSERT(0); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {} + ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} } @@ -6623,19 +8418,19 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole { ClearLog(); for (int i = 0; i < History.Size; i++) - free(History[i]); + ImGui::MemFree(History[i]); } // Portable helpers static int Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; } static int Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; } - static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } + static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = ImGui::MemAlloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } static void Strtrim(char* s) { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } void ClearLog() { for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - free(Items[i]); + ImGui::MemFree(Items[i]); Items.clear(); } @@ -6696,6 +8491,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole } // Options, Filter + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); if (ImGui::Button("Options")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Options"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -6704,7 +8500,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { @@ -6739,9 +8535,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing if (copy_to_clipboard) ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + for (const char* item : Items) { - const char* item = Items[i]; if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) continue; @@ -6802,7 +8597,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0) { - free(History[i]); + ImGui::MemFree(History[i]); History.erase(History.begin() + i); break; } @@ -7016,7 +8811,7 @@ struct ExampleAppLog ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { if (clear) Clear(); @@ -7135,7 +8930,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) // Left static int selected = 0; { - ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav @@ -7181,56 +8976,130 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some of the interactions are a bit lack-luster: +// - We would want pressing validating or leaving the filter to somehow restore focus. +// - We may want more advanced filtering (child nodes) and clipper support: both will need extra work. +// - We would want to customize some keyboard interactions to easily keyboard navigate between the tree and the properties. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) +struct ExampleAppPropertyEditor { - // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. - ImGui::PushID(uid); - - // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); - ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); + ImGuiTextFilter Filter; + ExampleTreeNode* VisibleNode = NULL; - if (node_open) + void Draw(ExampleTreeNode* root_node) { - static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f }; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + // Left side: draw tree + // - Currently using a table to benefit from RowBg feature + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##tree", ImVec2(300, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)) + { + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + if (ImGui::InputTextWithHint("##Filter", "incl,-excl", Filter.InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(Filter.InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)) + Filter.Build(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##bg", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* node : root_node->Childs) + if (Filter.PassFilter(node->Name)) // Filter root node + DrawTreeNode(node); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // Right side: draw properties + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position + if (ExampleTreeNode* node = VisibleNode) { - ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. - if (i < 2) + ImGui::Text("%s", node->Name); + ImGui::TextDisabled("UID: 0x%08X", node->UID); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##properties", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) { - ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 2.0f); // Default twice larger + if (node->HasData) + { + // In a typical application, the structure description would be derived from a data-driven system. + // - We try to mimic this with our ExampleMemberInfo structure and the ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] array. + // - Limits and some details are hard-coded to simplify the demo. + for (const ExampleMemberInfo& field_desc : ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::PushID(field_desc.Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(field_desc.Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + void* field_ptr = (void*)(((unsigned char*)node) + field_desc.Offset); + switch (field_desc.DataType) + { + case ImGuiDataType_Bool: + { + IM_ASSERT(field_desc.DataCount == 1); + ImGui::Checkbox("##Editor", (bool*)field_ptr); + break; + } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + { + int v_min = INT_MIN, v_max = INT_MAX; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragScalarN("##Editor", field_desc.DataType, field_ptr, field_desc.DataCount, 1.0f, &v_min, &v_max); + break; + } + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + { + float v_min = 0.0f, v_max = 1.0f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::SliderScalarN("##Editor", field_desc.DataType, field_ptr, field_desc.DataCount, &v_min, &v_max); + break; + } + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); } - else - { - // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; - ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i); + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - if (i >= 5) - ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f); - else - ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); + void DrawTreeNode(ExampleTreeNode* node) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::PushID(node->UID); + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; // Standard opening mode as we are likely to want to add selection afterwards + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere; // Left arrow support + if (node == VisibleNode) + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + if (node->Childs.Size == 0) + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; + if (node->DataMyBool == false) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImGui::GetStyle().Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("", tree_flags, "%s", node->Name); + if (node->DataMyBool == false) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + if (ImGui::IsItemFocused()) + VisibleNode = node; + if (node_open) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + DrawTreeNode(child); + ImGui::TreePop(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::PopID(); } - ImGui::PopID(); -} +}; -// Demonstrate create a simple property editor. -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) +// Demonstrate creating a simple property editor. +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) @@ -7238,26 +9107,13 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); - HelpMarker( - "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" - "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" - "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" - "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); + static ExampleAppPropertyEditor property_editor; + if (demo_data->DemoTree == NULL) + demo_data->DemoTree = ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree(); + property_editor.Draw(demo_data->DemoTree); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) - { - // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) - for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) - { - ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); - //ImGui::Separator(); - } - ImGui::EndTable(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -7361,18 +9217,31 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) { // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. - static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + // FIXME: None of the three demos works consistently when resizing from borders. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; + data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); + } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); + } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) + { + float step = *(float*)data->UserData; + data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); + } }; const char* test_desc[] = { "Between 100x100 and 500x500", "At least 100x100", - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", + "Resize vertical + lock current width", + "Resize horizontal + lock current height", "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Height at least 400", "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", "Custom: Always Square", "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", @@ -7381,7 +9250,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) // Options static bool auto_resize = false; static bool window_padding = true; - static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio + static int type = 6; // Aspect Ratio static int display_lines = 10; // Submit constraint @@ -7389,12 +9258,13 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) float fixed_step = 100.0f; if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Resize vertical + lock current width + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Resize horizontal + lock current height if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Height at least 400 + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 8) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step // Submit window if (!window_padding) @@ -7504,7 +9374,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) - // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. + // Based on your use case you may want one or the other. const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos); ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size); @@ -7569,6 +9439,14 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Add a |_| looking shape +static void PathConcaveShape(ImDrawList* draw_list, float x, float y, float sz) +{ + const ImVec2 pos_norms[] = { { 0.0f, 0.0f }, { 0.3f, 0.0f }, { 0.3f, 0.7f }, { 0.7f, 0.7f }, { 0.7f, 0.0f }, { 1.0f, 0.0f }, { 1.0f, 1.0f }, { 0.0f, 1.0f } }; + for (const ImVec2& p : pos_norms) + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + 0.5f + (int)(sz * p.x), y + 0.5f + (int)(sz * p.y))); +} + // Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) { @@ -7641,6 +9519,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) const float rounding = sz / 5.0f; const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0; const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0; + const ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(0.0f, sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, -sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(sz, sz) }; // Control points for curves + const ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(sz * 1.3f, sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz - sz * 1.3f, sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz, sz) }; + float x = p.x + 4.0f; float y = p.y + 4.0f; for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) @@ -7649,39 +9530,63 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), ImVec2(sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Ellipse draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th); x += sz + spacing; // Concave Shape + //draw_list->AddPolyline(concave_shape, IM_ARRAYSIZE(concave_shape), col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th); draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line + // Path + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, 3.141592f, 3.141592f * -0.5f); + draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_None, th); + x += sz + spacing; + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) - ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; - draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing; + draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), col, th, curve_segments); + x += sz + spacing; // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points) - ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; - draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments); + draw_list->AddBezierCubic(ImVec2(x + cp4[0].x, y + cp4[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[1].x, y + cp4[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[2].x, y + cp4[2].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[3].x, y + cp4[3].y), col, th, curve_segments); x = p.x + 4; y += sz + spacing; } - draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + + // Filled shapes + draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddEllipseFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, sz * 0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing;// Ellipse draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathFillConcave(col); x += sz + spacing; // Concave shape draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) + + // Path + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, 3.141592f * -0.5f, 3.141592f); + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); + x += sz + spacing; + + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) + draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y)); + draw_list->PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), curve_segments); + draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); + x += sz + spacing; + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + x += sz + spacing; - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 13.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -7703,7 +9608,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g: // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color - // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // ImGui::PopStyleColor(); // ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // [...] @@ -7801,6 +9706,43 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + // Demonstrate out-of-order rendering via channels splitting + // We use functions in ImDrawList as each draw list contains a convenience splitter, + // but you can also instantiate your own ImDrawListSplitter if you need to nest them. + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Draw Channels")) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first: appears in back"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after: appears in front"); + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x, p0.y), ImVec2(p0.x + 50, p0.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x + 25, p0.y + 25), ImVec2(p0.x + 75, p0.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first, into channel 1: appears in front"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after, into channel 0: appears in back"); + ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + + // Create 2 channels and draw a Blue shape THEN a Red shape. + // You can create any number of channels. Tables API use 1 channel per column in order to better batch draw calls. + draw_list->ChannelsSplit(2); + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x, p1.y), ImVec2(p1.x + 50, p1.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x + 25, p1.y + 25), ImVec2(p1.x + 75, p1.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + + // Flatten/reorder channels. Red shape is in channel 0 and it appears below the Blue shape in channel 1. + // This works by copying draw indices only (vertices are not copied). + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + ImGui::Text("After reordering, contents of channel 0 appears below channel 1."); + } + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); } @@ -7815,7 +9757,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking! // - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking. // - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows). -// - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking. +// - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to enable docking. // About dockspaces: // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport. @@ -7828,18 +9770,20 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // your own implicit "Debug##2" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use. void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) { - // If you strip some features of, this demo is pretty much equivalent to calling DockSpaceOverViewport()! - // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below! - // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because: - // - we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false) - // - we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true) - // - we have a local menu bar in the host window (vs. you could use BeginMainMenuBar() + DockSpaceOverViewport() in your code!) - // TL;DR; this demo is more complicated than what you would normally use. - // If we removed all the options we are showcasing, this demo would become: + // READ THIS !!! + // TL;DR; this demo is more complicated than what most users you would normally use. + // If we remove all options we are showcasing, this demo would become: // void ShowExampleAppDockSpace() // { - // ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGui::GetMainViewport()); + // ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(0, ImGui::GetMainViewport()); // } + // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below! + // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because: + // - (1) we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false) + // - (2) we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true) + // - (3) we expose many flags and need a way to have them visible. + // - (4) we have a local menu bar in the host window (vs. you could use BeginMainMenuBar() + DockSpaceOverViewport() + // in your code, but we don't here because we allow the window to be floating) static bool opt_fullscreen = true; static bool opt_padding = false; @@ -7905,10 +9849,11 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) ImGui::MenuItem("Padding", NULL, &opt_padding); ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoSplit", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit; } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoResize", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoDockingInCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode; } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: AutoHideTabBar", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoDockingOverCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoDockingSplit", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoUndocking", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoResize", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: AutoHideTabBar", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar; } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: PassthruCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0, opt_fullscreen)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode; } ImGui::Separator(); @@ -7939,93 +9884,119 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) // Simplified structure to mimic a Document model struct MyDocument { - const char* Name; // Document title + char Name[32]; // Document title + int UID; // Unique ID (necessary as we can change title) bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!) bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified - bool WantClose; // Set when the document ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document - MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) + MyDocument(int uid, const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) { - Name = name; + UID = uid; + snprintf(Name, sizeof(Name), "%s", name); Open = OpenPrev = open; Dirty = false; - WantClose = false; Color = color; } void DoOpen() { Open = true; } - void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; } void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; } void DoSave() { Dirty = false; } +}; + +struct ExampleAppDocuments +{ + ImVector Documents; + ImVector CloseQueue; + MyDocument* RenamingDoc = NULL; + bool RenamingStarted = false; + + ExampleAppDocuments() + { + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(0, "Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(1, "Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(2, "Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(3, "Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(4, "A Rather Long Title", false, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f))); + Documents.push_back(MyDocument(5, "Some Document", false, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); + } + + // As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document ID so tabs are stable + void GetTabName(MyDocument* doc, char* out_buf, size_t out_buf_size) + { + snprintf(out_buf, out_buf_size, "%s###doc%d", doc->Name, doc->UID); + } // Display placeholder contents for the Document - static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc) + void DisplayDocContents(MyDocument* doc) { ImGui::PushID(doc); ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name); ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color); ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua."); ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0))) + + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Rename..")) + { + RenamingDoc = doc; + RenamingStarted = true; + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Modify")) doc->Dirty = true; + ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0))) + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Save")) doc->DoSave(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + CloseQueue.push_back(doc); ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior. ImGui::PopID(); } // Display context menu for the Document - static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) + void DisplayDocContextMenu(MyDocument* doc) { if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) return; char buf[256]; sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name); - if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open)) + if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "Ctrl+S", false, doc->Open)) doc->DoSave(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open)) - doc->DoQueueClose(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Rename...", "Ctrl+R", false, doc->Open)) + RenamingDoc = doc; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W", false, doc->Open)) + CloseQueue.push_back(doc); ImGui::EndPopup(); } -}; - -struct ExampleAppDocuments -{ - ImVector Documents; - ExampleAppDocuments() + // [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. + // If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, + // as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for + // the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has + // disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively + // give the impression of a flicker for one frame. + // We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. + // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. + void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere() { - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f))); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false)); - Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false)); + for (MyDocument& doc : Documents) + { + if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev) + ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name); + doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open; + } } }; -// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. -// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, -// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for -// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has -// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively -// give the impression of a flicker for one frame. -// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. -// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. -static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) -{ - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) - ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); - doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; - } -} - void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { static ExampleAppDocuments app; @@ -8061,24 +10032,20 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { int open_count = 0; - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + open_count += doc.Open ? 1 : 0; if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) - if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) - doc->DoOpen(); - } + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + if (!doc.Open && ImGui::MenuItem(doc.Name)) + doc.DoOpen(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit") && p_open) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); } @@ -8088,13 +10055,13 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + MyDocument& doc = app.Documents[doc_n]; if (doc_n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(doc); - if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) - if (!doc->Open) - doc->DoForceClose(); + ImGui::PushID(&doc); + if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc.Name, &doc.Open)) + if (!doc.Open) + doc.DoForceClose(); ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12); @@ -8120,36 +10087,39 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (opt_target == Target_Tab) { ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0); + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline; if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags)) { if (opt_reorderable) - NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app); + app.NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(); // [DEBUG] Stress tests //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on. //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. // Submit Tabs - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) + if (!doc.Open) continue; - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); - bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); + // As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document id so tabs are stable + char doc_name_buf[64]; + app.GetTabName(&doc, doc_name_buf, sizeof(doc_name_buf)); + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc_name_buf, &doc.Open, tab_flags); // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. - if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) + if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty) { - doc->Open = true; - doc->DoQueueClose(); + doc.Open = true; + app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc); } - MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + app.DisplayDocContextMenu(&doc); if (visible) { - MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + app.DisplayDocContents(&doc); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } } @@ -8161,7 +10131,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) { - NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app); + app.NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(); // Create a DockSpace node where any window can be docked ImGuiID dockspace_id = ImGui::GetID("MyDockSpace"); @@ -8182,12 +10152,12 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) { doc->Open = true; - doc->DoQueueClose(); + app.CloseQueue.push_back(doc); } - MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + app.DisplayDocContextMenu(doc); if (visible) - MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + app.DisplayDocContents(doc); ImGui::End(); } @@ -8205,36 +10175,44 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) return; } - // Update closing queue - static ImVector close_queue; - if (close_queue.empty()) + // Display renaming UI + if (app.RenamingDoc != NULL) { - // Close queue is locked once we started a popup - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + if (app.RenamingStarted) + ImGui::OpenPopup("Rename"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Rename")) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (doc->WantClose) + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 30); + if (ImGui::InputText("###Name", app.RenamingDoc->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(app.RenamingDoc->Name), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue)) { - doc->WantClose = false; - close_queue.push_back(doc); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + app.RenamingDoc = NULL; } + if (app.RenamingStarted) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + else + { + app.RenamingDoc = NULL; } + app.RenamingStarted = false; } // Display closing confirmation UI - if (!close_queue.empty()) + if (!app.CloseQueue.empty()) { int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) + for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++) + if (app.CloseQueue[n]->Dirty) close_queue_unsaved_documents++; if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0) { // Close documents when all are unsaved - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - close_queue.clear(); + for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++) + app.CloseQueue[n]->DoForceClose(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); } else { @@ -8244,38 +10222,36 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height))) - { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); - } + if (ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)) + for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue) + if (doc->Dirty) + ImGui::Text("%s", doc->Name); + ImGui::EndChild(); ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) + for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue) { - if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) - close_queue[n]->DoSave(); - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); + if (doc->Dirty) + doc->DoSave(); + doc->DoForceClose(); } - close_queue.clear(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) - close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); - close_queue.clear(); + for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue) + doc->DoForceClose(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size)) { - close_queue.clear(); + app.CloseQueue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::EndPopup(); @@ -8286,6 +10262,404 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Assets Browser / ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//#include "imgui_internal.h" // NavMoveRequestTryWrapping() + +struct ExampleAsset +{ + ImGuiID ID; + int Type; + + ExampleAsset(ImGuiID id, int type) { ID = id; Type = type; } + + static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, ExampleAsset* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), ExampleAsset::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + + // Compare function to be used by qsort() + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const ExampleAsset* a = (const ExampleAsset*)lhs; + const ExampleAsset* b = (const ExampleAsset*)rhs; + for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++) + { + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n]; + int delta = 0; + if (sort_spec->ColumnIndex == 0) + delta = ((int)a->ID - (int)b->ID); + else if (sort_spec->ColumnIndex == 1) + delta = (a->Type - b->Type); + if (delta > 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1; + if (delta < 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1; + } + return ((int)a->ID - (int)b->ID); + } +}; +const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ExampleAsset::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + +struct ExampleAssetsBrowser +{ + // Options + bool ShowTypeOverlay = true; + bool AllowSorting = true; + bool AllowDragUnselected = false; + bool AllowBoxSelect = true; + float IconSize = 32.0f; + int IconSpacing = 10; + int IconHitSpacing = 4; // Increase hit-spacing if you want to make it possible to clear or box-select from gaps. Some spacing is required to able to amend with Shift+box-select. Value is small in Explorer. + bool StretchSpacing = true; + + // State + ImVector Items; // Our items + ExampleSelectionWithDeletion Selection; // Our selection (ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage + helper funcs to handle deletion) + ImGuiID NextItemId = 0; // Unique identifier when creating new items + bool RequestDelete = false; // Deferred deletion request + bool RequestSort = false; // Deferred sort request + float ZoomWheelAccum = 0.0f; // Mouse wheel accumulator to handle smooth wheels better + + // Calculated sizes for layout, output of UpdateLayoutSizes(). Could be locals but our code is simpler this way. + ImVec2 LayoutItemSize; + ImVec2 LayoutItemStep; // == LayoutItemSize + LayoutItemSpacing + float LayoutItemSpacing = 0.0f; + float LayoutSelectableSpacing = 0.0f; + float LayoutOuterPadding = 0.0f; + int LayoutColumnCount = 0; + int LayoutLineCount = 0; + + // Functions + ExampleAssetsBrowser() + { + AddItems(10000); + } + void AddItems(int count) + { + if (Items.Size == 0) + NextItemId = 0; + Items.reserve(Items.Size + count); + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++, NextItemId++) + Items.push_back(ExampleAsset(NextItemId, (NextItemId % 20) < 15 ? 0 : (NextItemId % 20) < 18 ? 1 : 2)); + RequestSort = true; + } + void ClearItems() + { + Items.clear(); + Selection.Clear(); + } + + // Logic would be written in the main code BeginChild() and outputing to local variables. + // We extracted it into a function so we can call it easily from multiple places. + void UpdateLayoutSizes(float avail_width) + { + // Layout: when not stretching: allow extending into right-most spacing. + LayoutItemSpacing = (float)IconSpacing; + if (StretchSpacing == false) + avail_width += floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f); + + // Layout: calculate number of icon per line and number of lines + LayoutItemSize = ImVec2(floorf(IconSize), floorf(IconSize)); + LayoutColumnCount = IM_MAX((int)(avail_width / (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing)), 1); + LayoutLineCount = (Items.Size + LayoutColumnCount - 1) / LayoutColumnCount; + + // Layout: when stretching: allocate remaining space to more spacing. Round before division, so item_spacing may be non-integer. + if (StretchSpacing && LayoutColumnCount > 1) + LayoutItemSpacing = floorf(avail_width - LayoutItemSize.x * LayoutColumnCount) / LayoutColumnCount; + + LayoutItemStep = ImVec2(LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing, LayoutItemSize.y + LayoutItemSpacing); + LayoutSelectableSpacing = IM_MAX(floorf(LayoutItemSpacing) - IconHitSpacing, 0.0f); + LayoutOuterPadding = floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f); + } + + void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(IconSize * 25, IconSize * 15), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Menu bar + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Add 10000 items")) + AddItems(10000); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Clear items")) + ClearItems(); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", NULL, false, p_open != NULL)) + *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Delete", "Del", false, Selection.Size > 0)) + RequestDelete = true; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) + { + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 10); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Contents"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Type Overlay", &ShowTypeOverlay); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow Sorting", &AllowSorting); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selection Behavior"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow dragging unselected item", &AllowDragUnselected); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow box-selection", &AllowBoxSelect); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Layout"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Icon Size", &IconSize, 16.0f, 128.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use CTRL+Wheel to zoom"); + ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Spacing", &IconSpacing, 0, 32); + ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Hit Spacing", &IconHitSpacing, 0, 32); + ImGui::Checkbox("Stretch Spacing", &StretchSpacing); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + // Show a table with ONLY one header row to showcase the idea/possibility of using this to provide a sorting UI + if (AllowSorting) + { + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiTableFlags table_flags_for_sort_specs = ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("for_sort_specs_only", 2, table_flags_for_sort_specs, ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeight()))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Index"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty || RequestSort) + { + ExampleAsset::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, Items.Data, Items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = RequestSort = false; + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, LayoutOuterPadding + LayoutLineCount * (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing))); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("Assets", ImVec2(0.0f, -ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + const float avail_width = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; + UpdateLayoutSizes(avail_width); + + // Calculate and store start position. + ImVec2 start_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + start_pos = ImVec2(start_pos.x + LayoutOuterPadding, start_pos.y + LayoutOuterPadding); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(start_pos); + + // Multi-select + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid; + + // - Enable box-select (in 2D mode, so that changing box-select rectangle X1/X2 boundaries will affect clipped items) + if (AllowBoxSelect) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d; + + // - This feature allows dragging an unselected item without selecting it (rarely used) + if (AllowDragUnselected) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease; + + // - Enable keyboard wrapping on X axis + // (FIXME-MULTISELECT: We haven't designed/exposed a general nav wrapping api yet, so this flag is provided as a courtesy to avoid doing: + // ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX); + // When we finish implementing a more general API for this, we will obsolete this flag in favor of the new system) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX; + + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ms_flags, Selection.Size, Items.Size); + + // Use custom selection adapter: store ID in selection (recommended) + Selection.UserData = this; + Selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self_, int idx) { ExampleAssetsBrowser* self = (ExampleAssetsBrowser*)self_->UserData; return self->Items[idx].ID; }; + Selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = (ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (Selection.Size > 0)) || RequestDelete; + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? Selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, Items.Size) : -1; + RequestDelete = false; + + // Push LayoutSelectableSpacing (which is LayoutItemSpacing minus hit-spacing, if we decide to have hit gaps between items) + // Altering style ItemSpacing may seem unnecessary as we position every items using SetCursorScreenPos()... + // But it is necessary for two reasons: + // - Selectables uses it by default to visually fill the space between two items. + // - The vertical spacing would be measured by Clipper to calculate line height if we didn't provide it explicitly (here we do). + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(LayoutSelectableSpacing, LayoutSelectableSpacing)); + + // Rendering parameters + const ImU32 icon_type_overlay_colors[3] = { 0, IM_COL32(200, 70, 70, 255), IM_COL32(70, 170, 70, 255) }; + const ImU32 icon_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg); + const ImVec2 icon_type_overlay_size = ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f); + const bool display_label = (LayoutItemSize.x >= ImGui::CalcTextSize("999").x); + + const int column_count = LayoutColumnCount; + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LayoutLineCount, LayoutItemStep.y); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(item_curr_idx_to_focus / column_count); // Ensure focused item line is not clipped. + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem / column_count); // Ensure RangeSrc item line is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_idx = clipper.DisplayStart; line_idx < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_idx++) + { + const int item_min_idx_for_current_line = line_idx * column_count; + const int item_max_idx_for_current_line = IM_MIN((line_idx + 1) * column_count, Items.Size); + for (int item_idx = item_min_idx_for_current_line; item_idx < item_max_idx_for_current_line; ++item_idx) + { + ExampleAsset* item_data = &Items[item_idx]; + ImGui::PushID((int)item_data->ID); + + // Position item + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(start_pos.x + (item_idx % column_count) * LayoutItemStep.x, start_pos.y + line_idx * LayoutItemStep.y); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(pos); + + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(item_idx); + bool item_is_selected = Selection.Contains((ImGuiID)item_data->ID); + bool item_is_visible = ImGui::IsRectVisible(LayoutItemSize); + ImGui::Selectable("", item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, LayoutItemSize); + + // Update our selection state immediately (without waiting for EndMultiSelect() requests) + // because we use this to alter the color of our text/icon. + if (ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()) + item_is_selected = !item_is_selected; + + // Focus (for after deletion) + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == item_idx) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + + // Drag and drop + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + // Create payload with full selection OR single unselected item. + // (the later is only possible when using ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) + if (ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == NULL) + { + ImVector payload_items; + void* it = NULL; + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (!item_is_selected) + payload_items.push_back(item_data->ID); + else + while (Selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) + payload_items.push_back(id); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("ASSETS_BROWSER_ITEMS", payload_items.Data, (size_t)payload_items.size_in_bytes()); + } + + // Display payload content in tooltip, by extracting it from the payload data + // (we could read from selection, but it is more correct and reusable to read from payload) + const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload(); + const int payload_count = (int)payload->DataSize / (int)sizeof(ImGuiID); + ImGui::Text("%d assets", payload_count); + + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + + // Render icon (a real app would likely display an image/thumbnail here) + // Because we use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d, clipping vertical may occasionally be larger, so we coarse-clip our rendering as well. + if (item_is_visible) + { + ImVec2 box_min(pos.x - 1, pos.y - 1); + ImVec2 box_max(box_min.x + LayoutItemSize.x + 2, box_min.y + LayoutItemSize.y + 2); // Dubious + draw_list->AddRectFilled(box_min, box_max, icon_bg_color); // Background color + if (ShowTypeOverlay && item_data->Type != 0) + { + ImU32 type_col = icon_type_overlay_colors[item_data->Type % IM_ARRAYSIZE(icon_type_overlay_colors)]; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(box_max.x - 2 - icon_type_overlay_size.x, box_min.y + 2), ImVec2(box_max.x - 2, box_min.y + 2 + icon_type_overlay_size.y), type_col); + } + if (display_label) + { + ImU32 label_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(item_is_selected ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%d", item_data->ID); + draw_list->AddText(ImVec2(box_min.x, box_max.y - ImGui::GetFontSize()), label_col, label); + } + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + } + clipper.End(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + + // Context menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d items", Selection.Size); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Delete", "Del", false, Selection.Size > 0)) + RequestDelete = true; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + Selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + Selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, Items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + + // Zooming with CTRL+Wheel + if (ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()) + ZoomWheelAccum = 0.0f; + if (ImGui::IsWindowHovered() && io.MouseWheel != 0.0f && ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() == false) + { + ZoomWheelAccum += io.MouseWheel; + if (fabsf(ZoomWheelAccum) >= 1.0f) + { + // Calculate hovered item index from mouse location + // FIXME: Locking aiming on 'hovered_item_idx' (with a cool-down timer) would ensure zoom keeps on it. + const float hovered_item_nx = (io.MousePos.x - start_pos.x + LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f) / LayoutItemStep.x; + const float hovered_item_ny = (io.MousePos.y - start_pos.y + LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f) / LayoutItemStep.y; + const int hovered_item_idx = ((int)hovered_item_ny * LayoutColumnCount) + (int)hovered_item_nx; + //ImGui::SetTooltip("%f,%f -> item %d", hovered_item_nx, hovered_item_ny, hovered_item_idx); // Move those 4 lines in block above for easy debugging + + // Zoom + IconSize *= powf(1.1f, (float)(int)ZoomWheelAccum); + IconSize = IM_CLAMP(IconSize, 16.0f, 128.0f); + ZoomWheelAccum -= (int)ZoomWheelAccum; + UpdateLayoutSizes(avail_width); + + // Manipulate scroll to that we will land at the same Y location of currently hovered item. + // - Calculate next frame position of item under mouse + // - Set new scroll position to be used in next ImGui::BeginChild() call. + float hovered_item_rel_pos_y = ((float)(hovered_item_idx / LayoutColumnCount) + fmodf(hovered_item_ny, 1.0f)) * LayoutItemStep.y; + hovered_item_rel_pos_y += ImGui::GetStyle().WindowPadding.y; + float mouse_local_y = io.MousePos.y - ImGui::GetWindowPos().y; + ImGui::SetScrollY(hovered_item_rel_pos_y - mouse_local_y); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::Text("Selected: %d/%d items", Selection.Size, Items.Size); + ImGui::End(); + } +}; + +void ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(bool* p_open) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Assets Browser"); + static ExampleAssetsBrowser assets_browser; + assets_browser.Draw("Example: Assets Browser", p_open); +} + // End of Demo code #else diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp index e88fbb7230..db5af74dc3 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] STB libraries implementation // [SECTION] Style functions // [SECTION] ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill // [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter // [SECTION] ImDrawData // [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions @@ -26,13 +27,12 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE #include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" @@ -64,6 +64,8 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) #define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) #define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) -#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x)) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloor(x)) #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -209,11 +211,13 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; - colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_DockingPreview] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f); colors[ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f); @@ -225,6 +229,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); @@ -271,11 +276,13 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; - colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_DockingPreview] = colors[ImGuiCol_Header] * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f); colors[ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f); @@ -287,6 +294,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -334,11 +342,13 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); - colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; - colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); - colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmed] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabSelected], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 1.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_DockingPreview] = colors[ImGuiCol_Header] * ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f); colors[ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f); @@ -350,6 +360,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -389,12 +400,13 @@ void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) } // Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. +// In the majority of cases, you would want to call PushClipRect() and PushTextureID() after this. void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() { // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); if (_Splitter._Count > 1) _Splitter.Merge(this); @@ -481,7 +493,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) } // Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() -#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset #define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset #define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset) @@ -520,7 +532,6 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() CmdBuffer.pop_back(); return; } - curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; } @@ -543,7 +554,6 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() CmdBuffer.pop_back(); return; } - curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; } @@ -567,7 +577,7 @@ int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const { // Automatic segment count const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value else return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); @@ -619,6 +629,15 @@ void ImDrawList::PopTextureID() _OnChangedTextureID(); } +// This is used by ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont(). It works because we never use _TextureIdStack[] elsewhere than in PushTextureID()/PopTextureID(). +void ImDrawList::_SetTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id) +{ + if (_CmdHeader.TextureId == texture_id) + return; + _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id; + _OnChangedTextureID(); +} + // Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices. // You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or // submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations. @@ -647,7 +666,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size; } -// Release the a number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). +// Release the number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve(). void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) { IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); @@ -714,7 +733,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { - if (points_count < 2) + if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; @@ -972,7 +991,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { - if (points_count < 3) + if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; @@ -1197,8 +1216,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f); const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f); - const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); - const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f); + const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloor(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); + const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloor(a_max_sample_f); const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; @@ -1223,6 +1242,26 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa } } +void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1)); + + const float cos_rot = ImCos(rot); + const float sin_rot = ImSin(rot); + for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++) + { + const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min); + ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius.x, ImSin(a) * radius.y); + const ImVec2 rel((point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot), (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot)); + point.x = rel.x + center.x; + point.y = rel.y + center.y; + _Path.push_back(point); + } +} + ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) { float u = 1.0f - t; @@ -1318,33 +1357,22 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, } } -IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) { + /* + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021) - // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) - // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 - if (flags == ~0) - return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; - - // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) - // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) - // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight - // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight - // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft - // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft - // ... - // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 - // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) - if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) - return (flags << 4); - + // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023) + // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + if (flags == ~0) { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; } + // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code. + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); } // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' #endif - - // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. - // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + */ + // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway. + // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section. IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) @@ -1355,10 +1383,12 @@ static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { - flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - + if (rounding >= 0.5f) + { + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + } if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); @@ -1551,6 +1581,35 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in PathFillConvex(col); } +// Ellipse +void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathStroke(col, true, thickness); +} + +void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + if (num_segments <= 0) + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here. + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + PathFillConvex(col); +} + // Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { @@ -1578,10 +1637,11 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; + // Accept null ranges + if (text_begin == text_end || text_begin[0] == 0) + return; if (text_end == NULL) text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); - if (text_begin == text_end) - return; // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance if (font == NULL) @@ -1665,6 +1725,316 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi PopTextureID(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Triangulate concave polygons. Based on "Triangulation by Ear Clipping" paper, O(N^2) complexity. +// Reference: https://www.geometrictools.com/Documentation/TriangulationByEarClipping.pdf +// Provided as a convenience for user but not used by main library. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImTriangulator [Internal] +// - AddConcavePolyFilled() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImTriangulatorNodeType +{ + ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex, + ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear, + ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex +}; + +struct ImTriangulatorNode +{ + ImTriangulatorNodeType Type; + int Index; + ImVec2 Pos; + ImTriangulatorNode* Next; + ImTriangulatorNode* Prev; + + void Unlink() { Next->Prev = Prev; Prev->Next = Next; } +}; + +struct ImTriangulatorNodeSpan +{ + ImTriangulatorNode** Data = NULL; + int Size = 0; + + void push_back(ImTriangulatorNode* node) { Data[Size++] = node; } + void find_erase_unsorted(int idx) { for (int i = Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Data[i]->Index == idx) { Data[i] = Data[Size - 1]; Size--; return; } } +}; + +struct ImTriangulator +{ + static int EstimateTriangleCount(int points_count) { return (points_count < 3) ? 0 : points_count - 2; } + static int EstimateScratchBufferSize(int points_count) { return sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode) * points_count + sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode*) * points_count * 2; } + + void Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer); + void GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]); // Return relative indexes for next triangle + + // Internal functions + void BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count); + void BuildReflexes(); + void BuildEars(); + void FlipNodeList(); + bool IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const; + void ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* node); + + // Internal members + int _TrianglesLeft = 0; + ImTriangulatorNode* _Nodes = NULL; + ImTriangulatorNodeSpan _Ears; + ImTriangulatorNodeSpan _Reflexes; +}; + +// Distribute storage for nodes, ears and reflexes. +// FIXME-OPT: if everything is convex, we could report it to caller and let it switch to an convex renderer +// (this would require first building reflexes to bail to convex if empty, without even building nodes) +void ImTriangulator::Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer) +{ + IM_ASSERT(scratch_buffer != NULL && points_count >= 3); + _TrianglesLeft = EstimateTriangleCount(points_count); + _Nodes = (ImTriangulatorNode*)scratch_buffer; // points_count x Node + _Ears.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count); // points_count x Node* + _Reflexes.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count) + points_count; // points_count x Node* + BuildNodes(points, points_count); + BuildReflexes(); + BuildEars(); +} + +void ImTriangulator::BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _Nodes[i].Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex; + _Nodes[i].Index = i; + _Nodes[i].Pos = points[i]; + _Nodes[i].Next = _Nodes + i + 1; + _Nodes[i].Prev = _Nodes + i - 1; + } + _Nodes[0].Prev = _Nodes + points_count - 1; + _Nodes[points_count - 1].Next = _Nodes; +} + +void ImTriangulator::BuildReflexes() +{ + ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes; + for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next) + { + if (ImTriangleIsClockwise(n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos)) + continue; + n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex; + _Reflexes.push_back(n1); + } +} + +void ImTriangulator::BuildEars() +{ + ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes; + for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next) + { + if (n1->Type != ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex) + continue; + if (!IsEar(n1->Prev->Index, n1->Index, n1->Next->Index, n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos)) + continue; + n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear; + _Ears.push_back(n1); + } +} + +void ImTriangulator::GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]) +{ + if (_Ears.Size == 0) + { + FlipNodeList(); + + ImTriangulatorNode* node = _Nodes; + for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, node = node->Next) + node->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex; + _Reflexes.Size = 0; + BuildReflexes(); + BuildEars(); + + // If we still don't have ears, it means geometry is degenerated. + if (_Ears.Size == 0) + { + // Return first triangle available, mimicking the behavior of convex fill. + IM_ASSERT(_TrianglesLeft > 0); // Geometry is degenerated + _Ears.Data[0] = _Nodes; + _Ears.Size = 1; + } + } + + ImTriangulatorNode* ear = _Ears.Data[--_Ears.Size]; + out_triangle[0] = ear->Prev->Index; + out_triangle[1] = ear->Index; + out_triangle[2] = ear->Next->Index; + + ear->Unlink(); + if (ear == _Nodes) + _Nodes = ear->Next; + + ReclassifyNode(ear->Prev); + ReclassifyNode(ear->Next); + _TrianglesLeft--; +} + +void ImTriangulator::FlipNodeList() +{ + ImTriangulatorNode* prev = _Nodes; + ImTriangulatorNode* temp = _Nodes; + ImTriangulatorNode* current = _Nodes->Next; + prev->Next = prev; + prev->Prev = prev; + while (current != _Nodes) + { + temp = current->Next; + + current->Next = prev; + prev->Prev = current; + _Nodes->Next = current; + current->Prev = _Nodes; + + prev = current; + current = temp; + } + _Nodes = prev; +} + +// A triangle is an ear is no other vertex is inside it. We can test reflexes vertices only (see reference algorithm) +bool ImTriangulator::IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const +{ + ImTriangulatorNode** p_end = _Reflexes.Data + _Reflexes.Size; + for (ImTriangulatorNode** p = _Reflexes.Data; p < p_end; p++) + { + ImTriangulatorNode* reflex = *p; + if (reflex->Index != i0 && reflex->Index != i1 && reflex->Index != i2) + if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(v0, v1, v2, reflex->Pos)) + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void ImTriangulator::ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* n1) +{ + // Classify node + ImTriangulatorNodeType type; + const ImTriangulatorNode* n0 = n1->Prev; + const ImTriangulatorNode* n2 = n1->Next; + if (!ImTriangleIsClockwise(n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos)) + type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex; + else if (IsEar(n0->Index, n1->Index, n2->Index, n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos)) + type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear; + else + type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex; + + // Update lists when a type changes + if (type == n1->Type) + return; + if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex) + _Reflexes.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index); + else if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear) + _Ears.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index); + if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex) + _Reflexes.push_back(n1); + else if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear) + _Ears.push_back(n1); + n1->Type = type; +} + +// Use ear-clipping algorithm to triangulate a simple polygon (no self-interaction, no holes). +// (Reminder: we don't perform any coarse clipping/culling in ImDrawList layer! +// It is up to caller to ensure not making costly calls that will be outside of visible area. +// As concave fill is noticeably more expensive than other primitives, be mindful of this... +// Caller can build AABB of points, and avoid filling if 'draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect.Overlays(points_bb) == false') +void ImDrawList::AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) +{ + if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + ImTriangulator triangulator; + unsigned int triangle[3]; + if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) + { + // Anti-aliased Fill + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; + const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3 + points_count * 6; + const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2); + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + + // Add indexes for fill + unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx; + unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1; + + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2)); + triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data); + while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0) + { + triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[0] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[1] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[2] << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr += 3; + } + + // Compute normals + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + { + const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; + const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; + float dx = p1.x - p0.x; + float dy = p1.y - p0.y; + IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); + temp_normals[i0].x = dy; + temp_normals[i0].y = -dx; + } + + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + { + // Average normals + const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0]; + const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1]; + float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f; + float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f; + IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); + dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f; + + // Add vertices + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer + _VtxWritePtr += 2; + + // Add indexes for fringes + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } + else + { + // Non Anti-aliased Fill + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3; + const int vtx_count = points_count; + PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); + for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr++; + } + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2)); + triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data); + while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0) + { + triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[0]); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[1]); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[2]); + _IdxWritePtr += 3; + } + _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; + } +} //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter @@ -1815,6 +2185,63 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) // [SECTION] ImDrawData //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ImDrawData::Clear() +{ + Valid = false; + CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0; + CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them. + DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + OwnerViewport = NULL; +} + +// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list +// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[]. +void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData + out_list->push_back(draw_list); + draw_data->CmdListsCount++; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; +} + +void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list); +} + // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() { @@ -1839,15 +2266,9 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() // or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale) { - for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) - { - ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i]; - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); - } - } + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists) + for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer) + cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1903,6 +2324,14 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve } } +void ImGui::ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out) +{ + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) + vertex->pos = ImRotate(vertex->pos- pivot_in, cos_a, sin_a) + pivot_out; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImFontConfig //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1911,10 +2340,11 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? + OversampleH = 2; OversampleV = 1; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; + RasterizerDensity = 1.0f; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; } @@ -1988,19 +2418,19 @@ ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) - if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData) + if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { - IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData); - ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL; + IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData); + font_cfg.FontData = NULL; } // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) + for (ImFont* font : Fonts) + if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) { - Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL; - Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0; + font->ConfigData = NULL; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); @@ -2075,13 +2505,14 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0); - IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f && "Is ImFontConfig struct correctly initialized?"); + IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->OversampleH > 0 && font_cfg->OversampleV > 0 && "Is ImFontConfig struct correctly initialized?"); // Create new font if (!font_cfg->MergeMode) Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont)); else - IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. + IM_ASSERT(Fonts.Size > 0 && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg); ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back(); @@ -2097,6 +2528,8 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; + ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this); + // Invalidate texture TexReady = false; ClearTexData(); @@ -2133,7 +2566,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; - font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_TRUNC(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); @@ -2163,13 +2596,14 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, } // NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build(). -ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) +ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); - font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; - font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; + IM_ASSERT(font_data_size > 100 && "Incorrect value for font_data_size!"); // Heuristic to prevent accidentally passing a wrong value to font_data_size. + font_cfg.FontData = font_data; + font_cfg.FontDataSize = font_data_size; font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels; if (glyph_ranges) font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; @@ -2384,13 +2818,22 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + { + IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize."); return false; + } // Measure highest codepoints ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + { + // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common + // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent, + // or to forget to zero-terminate the glyph range array. + IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1] && "Invalid range: is your glyph range array persistent? it is zero-terminated?"); src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]); + } dst_tmp.SrcCount++; dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest); } @@ -2461,7 +2904,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels; + src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity; src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0; src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data; src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; @@ -2470,7 +2913,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV; // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects) - const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels); + const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity); const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) { @@ -2555,13 +2998,10 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) - continue; - // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; @@ -2569,12 +3009,14 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); - const float ascent = ImFloor(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); - const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1)); + const float ascent = ImCeil(unscaled_ascent * font_scale); + const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale); ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { // Register glyph @@ -2583,7 +3025,11 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) stbtt_aligned_quad q; float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f; stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0); - dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); + float x0 = q.x0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; + float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; + float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; + float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale); } } @@ -2603,19 +3049,31 @@ const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() #endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + { + ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont; + if (!font_cfg.MergeMode) + { + font->ConfigData = &font_cfg; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + } + font->ConfigDataCount++; + } +} + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) { font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; - font->ConfigData = font_config; - font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config); font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; } - font->ConfigDataCount++; } void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque) @@ -2625,6 +3083,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects; IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong. +#ifdef __GNUC__ + if (user_rects.Size < 1) { __builtin_unreachable(); } // Workaround for GCC bug if IM_ASSERT() is defined to conditionally throw (see #5343) +#endif ImVector pack_rects; pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size); @@ -2759,6 +3220,13 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { + // Round font size + // - We started rounding in 1.90 WIP (18991) as our layout system currently doesn't support non-rounded font size well yet. + // - Note that using io.FontGlobalScale or SetWindowFontScale(), with are legacy-ish, partially supported features, can still lead to unrounded sizes. + // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding. + for (ImFontConfig& cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(cfg.SizePixels); + // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0) { @@ -2800,9 +3268,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) } // Build all fonts lookup tables - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) - atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) + if (font->DirtyLookupTables) + font->BuildLookupTable(); atlas->TexReady = true; } @@ -2945,19 +3413,19 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points - // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan - // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ - // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). - // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en - // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode - // - You can generate this code by the script at: - // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan: + // - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs + // - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/ + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice + // - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji // - References: // - List of Joyo Kanji - // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji - // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. @@ -3120,7 +3588,8 @@ ImFont::ImFont() FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - DotChar = (ImWchar)-1; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f; + EllipsisCharCount = 0; FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -3166,6 +3635,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint); // Build lookup table + IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size > 0 && "Font has not loaded glyph!"); IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved IndexAdvanceX.clear(); IndexLookup.clear(); @@ -3201,17 +3671,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); - // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). - // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. - // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. - const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; - const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; - if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) - EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); - if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1) - DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); - - // Setup fallback character + // Setup Fallback character const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) @@ -3224,11 +3684,32 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; } } - FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; + + // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; + if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); + const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) + { + EllipsisCharCount = 1; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1; + } + else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1) + { + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char); + EllipsisChar = dot_char; + EllipsisCharCount = 3; + EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f; + EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f; + } } // API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size @@ -3271,7 +3752,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, floa advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); if (advance_x != advance_x_original) { - float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; x0 += char_off_x; x1 += char_off_x; } @@ -3377,6 +3858,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c bool inside_word = true; const char* s = text; + IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL); while (s < text_end) { unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; @@ -3385,8 +3867,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c next_s = s + 1; else next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) - break; if (c < 32) { @@ -3492,15 +3972,9 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons const char* prev_s = s; unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; if (c < 0x80) - { s += 1; - } else - { s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? - break; - } if (c < 32) { @@ -3546,8 +4020,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im if (glyph->Colored) col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x); + float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } @@ -3559,8 +4033,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x); + float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; @@ -3575,18 +4049,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) { const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); - const char* line_next = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; if (word_wrap_enabled) { // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA(). // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both. // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward! - s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_next, wrap_width); + s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width); s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); } else { - s = line_next; + s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; } y += line_height; } @@ -3613,10 +4086,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6; const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max; draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max); - - ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; - ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; - unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr; + ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; + unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; @@ -3633,6 +4105,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im { x = start_x; y += line_height; + if (y > clip_rect.w) + break; // break out of main loop word_wrap_eol = NULL; s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; @@ -3642,15 +4116,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im // Decode and advance source unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; if (c < 0x80) - { s += 1; - } else - { s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); - if (c == 0) // Malformed UTF-8? - break; - } if (c < 32) { @@ -3721,14 +4189,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: { - idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); - idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); + idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3); vtx_write += 4; - vtx_current_idx += 4; + vtx_index += 4; idx_write += 6; } } @@ -3742,7 +4210,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; - draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; + draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3795,6 +4263,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir d void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col) { + // FIXME-OPT: This should be baked in font. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8); } @@ -3876,8 +4345,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im } else { - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b, 3); // BL - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e, 3); // TR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b); // BL + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e); // TR } if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding) { @@ -3896,8 +4365,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im } else { - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b, 3); // TR - draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e, 3); // BR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b); // TR + draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e); // BR } } draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); @@ -4095,8 +4564,8 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ProggyClean.ttf // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer -// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip) -// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net +// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.proggyfonts.net/index.php?menu=download) +// Download and more information at http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes) // Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d1fffec157..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,959 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2 -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) -// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) -// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. -// [X] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// Missing features: -// [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME. -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport + Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows). - -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - -// CHANGELOG -// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. -// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. -// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Disable SDL 2.0.22 new "auto capture" (SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE) which prevents drag and drop across windows for multi-viewport support + don't capture when drag and dropping. (#5710) -// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). -// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations. -// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2). -// 2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer. -// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. -// 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. -// 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). -// 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates. -// 2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API. -// 2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted. -// 2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range. -// 2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST. -// 2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+) -// 2021-06:29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary. -// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). -// 2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950) -// 2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends. -// 2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2). -// 2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state). -// 2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor. -// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter. -// 2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application). -// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized. -// 2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls. -// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window. -// 2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'. -// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls. -// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter. -// 2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText). -// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag. -// 2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value. -// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. -// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. -// 2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS). -// 2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes. -// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support. -// 2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS. -// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert. -// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1). -// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. - -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_sdl.h" - -// SDL -// (the multi-viewports feature requires SDL features supported from SDL 2.0.4+. SDL 2.0.5+ is highly recommended) -#include -#include -#if defined(__APPLE__) -#include -#endif - -#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) -#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 -#else -#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 0 -#endif -#define SDL_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5) -#define SDL_HAS_ALWAYS_ON_TOP SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5) -#define SDL_HAS_USABLE_DISPLAY_BOUNDS SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5) -#define SDL_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) -#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6) -#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN -static const Uint32 SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN = 0x10000000; -#endif - -// SDL Data -struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data -{ - SDL_Window* Window; - SDL_Renderer* Renderer; - Uint64 Time; - Uint32 MouseWindowID; - int MouseButtonsDown; - SDL_Cursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; - int PendingMouseLeaveFrame; - char* ClipboardTextData; - bool MouseCanUseGlobalState; - bool MouseCanReportHoveredViewport; // This is hard to use/unreliable on SDL so we'll set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport dynamically based on state. - bool UseVulkan; - - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts -// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. -// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. -// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. -static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData() -{ - return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; -} - -// Forward Declarations -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors(); -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); - -// Functions -static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - if (bd->ClipboardTextData) - SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); - bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText(); - return bd->ClipboardTextData; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text) -{ - SDL_SetClipboardText(text); -} - -static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) -{ - switch (keycode) - { - case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; - case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; - case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; - case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow; - case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; - case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; - case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; - case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home; - case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End; - case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert; - case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete; - case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace; - case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; - case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; - case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; - case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; - case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; - case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; - case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; - case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; - case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; - case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; - case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; - case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; - case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; - case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; - case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; - case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; - case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; - case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; - case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; - case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; - case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; - case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; - case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; - case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; - case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; - case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; - case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; - case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; - case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; - case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; - case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; - case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; - case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; - case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; - case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; - case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; - case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; - case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; - case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; - case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; - case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; - case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift; - case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; - case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; - case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu; - case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0; - case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1; - case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2; - case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3; - case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4; - case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5; - case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6; - case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7; - case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8; - case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9; - case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A; - case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B; - case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C; - case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D; - case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E; - case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F; - case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G; - case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H; - case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I; - case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J; - case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K; - case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L; - case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M; - case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N; - case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O; - case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P; - case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q; - case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R; - case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S; - case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T; - case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U; - case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V; - case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W; - case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X; - case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y; - case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z; - case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; - case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; - case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; - case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; - case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; - case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; - case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; - case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; - case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; - case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; - case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; - case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; - } - return ImGuiKey_None; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0); -} - -// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs. -// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data. -// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data. -// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags. -// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field. -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - - switch (event->type) - { - case SDL_MOUSEMOTION: - { - ImVec2 mouse_pos((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) - { - int window_x, window_y; - SDL_GetWindowPosition(SDL_GetWindowFromID(event->motion.windowID), &window_x, &window_y); - mouse_pos.x += window_x; - mouse_pos.y += window_y; - } - io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_pos.x, mouse_pos.y); - return true; - } - case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL: - { - float wheel_x = (event->wheel.x > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.x < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f; - float wheel_y = (event->wheel.y > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.y < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f; - io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y); - return true; - } - case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN: - case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: - { - int mouse_button = -1; - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; } - if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; } - if (mouse_button == -1) - break; - io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)); - bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button)); - return true; - } - case SDL_TEXTINPUT: - { - io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text); - return true; - } - case SDL_KEYDOWN: - case SDL_KEYUP: - { - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod); - ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym); - io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN)); - io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. - return true; - } - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - { - // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right. - // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window. - // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late, - // causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why - // we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details. - Uint8 window_event = event->window.event; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER) - { - bd->MouseWindowID = event->window.windowID; - bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0; - } - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE) - bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) - io.AddFocusEvent(true); - else if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST) - io.AddFocusEvent(false); - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE || window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED || window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED) - if (ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)SDL_GetWindowFromID(event->window.windowID))) - { - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE) - viewport->PlatformRequestClose = true; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED) - viewport->PlatformRequestMove = true; - if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED) - viewport->PlatformRequestResize = true; - return true; - } - return true; - } - } - return false; -} - -static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); - - // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position - // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list) - bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false; -#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(); - const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" }; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++) - if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0) - mouse_can_use_global_state = true; -#endif - - // Setup backend capabilities flags - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)(); - io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; - io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl"; - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) - if (mouse_can_use_global_state) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports; // We can create multi-viewports on the Platform side (optional) - - bd->Window = window; - bd->Renderer = renderer; - - // SDL on Linux/OSX doesn't report events for unfocused windows (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4960) - // We will use 'MouseCanReportHoveredViewport' to set 'ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport' dynamically each frame. - bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state; -#ifndef __APPLE__ - bd->MouseCanReportHoveredViewport = bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState; -#else - bd->MouseCanReportHoveredViewport = false; -#endif - - io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText; - io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText; - io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr; - - // Load mouse cursors - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND); - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO); - - // Set platform dependent data in viewport - // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport - ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)window; - main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; - SDL_SysWMinfo info; - SDL_VERSION(&info.version); - if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info)) - { -#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS) - main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window; -#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA) - main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window; -#endif - } - - // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event. - // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered. - // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application. - // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click: - // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) -#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH - SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1"); -#endif - - // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710) -#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE - SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0"); -#endif - - // Update monitors - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors(); - - // We need SDL_CaptureMouse(), SDL_GetGlobalMouseState() from SDL 2.0.4+ to support multiple viewports. - // We left the call to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface() outside of #ifdef to avoid unused-function warnings. - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports)) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface(window, sdl_gl_context); - - return true; -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) -{ - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr, sdl_gl_context); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window) -{ -#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); -#endif - if (!ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr)) - return false; - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - bd->UseVulkan = true; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window) -{ -#if !defined(_WIN32) - IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); -#endif - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window) -{ - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) -{ - return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer, nullptr); -} - -void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown() -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); - - if (bd->ClipboardTextData) - SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); - for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) - SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); - - io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; - io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; - IM_DELETE(bd); -} - -// This code is incredibly messy because some of the functions we need for full viewport support are not available in SDL < 2.0.4. -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData() -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below) -#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside - SDL_CaptureMouse((bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE); - SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(); - const bool is_app_focused = (focused_window && (bd->Window == focused_window || ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)focused_window))); -#else - SDL_Window* focused_window = bd->Window; - const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only -#endif - - if (is_app_focused) - { - // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) - if (io.WantSetMousePos) - { -#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) - SDL_WarpMouseGlobal((int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y); - else -#endif - SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y); - } - - // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) - { - // Single-viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) - // Multi-viewport mode: mouse position in OS absolute coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left of the primary monitor) - int mouse_x, mouse_y, window_x, window_y; - SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x, &mouse_y); - if (!(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)) - { - SDL_GetWindowPosition(focused_window, &window_x, &window_y); - mouse_x -= window_x; - mouse_y -= window_y; - } - io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); - } - } - - // (Optional) When using multiple viewports: call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport the OS mouse cursor is hovering. - // If ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport is not set by the backend, Dear imGui will ignore this field and infer the information using its flawed heuristic. - // - [!] SDL backend does NOT correctly ignore viewports with the _NoInputs flag. - // Some backend are not able to handle that correctly. If a backend report an hovered viewport that has the _NoInputs flag (e.g. when dragging a window - // for docking, the viewport has the _NoInputs flag in order to allow us to find the viewport under), then Dear ImGui is forced to ignore the value reported - // by the backend, and use its flawed heuristic to guess the viewport behind. - // - [X] SDL backend correctly reports this regardless of another viewport behind focused and dragged from (we need this to find a useful drag and drop target). - if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport) - { - ImGuiID mouse_viewport_id = 0; - if (SDL_Window* sdl_mouse_window = SDL_GetWindowFromID(bd->MouseWindowID)) - if (ImGuiViewport* mouse_viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)sdl_mouse_window)) - mouse_viewport_id = mouse_viewport->ID; - io.AddMouseViewportEvent(mouse_viewport_id); - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) - return; - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - - ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - { - // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor - SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE); - } - else - { - // Show OS mouse cursor - SDL_SetCursor(bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]); - SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE); - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. - return; - - // Get gamepad - io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; - SDL_GameController* game_controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(0); - if (!game_controller) - return; - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; - - // Update gamepad inputs - #define IM_SATURATE(V) (V < 0.0f ? 0.0f : V > 1.0f ? 1.0f : V) - #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO) { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, SDL_GameControllerGetButton(game_controller, BUTTON_NO) != 0); } - #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(game_controller, AXIS_NO) - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); vn = IM_SATURATE(vn); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.1f, vn); } - const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000; // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value. - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X); // Xbox X, PS Square - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B); // Xbox B, PS Circle - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A); // Xbox A, PS Cross - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT, 0.0f, 32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); - #undef MAP_BUTTON - #undef MAP_ANALOG -} - -// FIXME-PLATFORM: SDL doesn't have an event to notify the application of display/monitor changes -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors() -{ - ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); - platform_io.Monitors.resize(0); - int display_count = SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays(); - for (int n = 0; n < display_count; n++) - { - // Warning: the validity of monitor DPI information on Windows depends on the application DPI awareness settings, which generally needs to be set in the manifest or at runtime. - ImGuiPlatformMonitor monitor; - SDL_Rect r; - SDL_GetDisplayBounds(n, &r); - monitor.MainPos = monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); - monitor.MainSize = monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); -#if SDL_HAS_USABLE_DISPLAY_BOUNDS - SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(n, &r); - monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); - monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); -#endif -#if SDL_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI - // FIXME-VIEWPORT: On MacOS SDL reports actual monitor DPI scale, ignoring OS configuration. We may want to set - // DpiScale to cocoa_window.backingScaleFactor here. - float dpi = 0.0f; - if (!SDL_GetDisplayDPI(n, &dpi, nullptr, nullptr)) - monitor.DpiScale = dpi / 96.0f; -#endif - platform_io.Monitors.push_back(monitor); - } -} - -void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?"); - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - - // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) - int w, h; - int display_w, display_h; - SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h); - if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) - w = h = 0; - if (bd->Renderer != nullptr) - SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h); - else - SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h); - io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); - if (w > 0 && h > 0) - io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); - - // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution) - static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(); - Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(); - io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); - bd->Time = current_time; - - if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) - { - bd->MouseWindowID = 0; - bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0; - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - } - - // Our io.AddMouseViewportEvent() calls will only be valid when not capturing. - // Technically speaking testing for 'bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0' would be more rygorous, but testing for payload reduces noise and potential side-effects. - if (bd->MouseCanReportHoveredViewport && ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == nullptr) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; - else - io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; - - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor(); - - // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads(); -} - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT -// This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously. -// If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Helper structure we store in the void* RenderUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. -struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData -{ - SDL_Window* Window; - Uint32 WindowID; - bool WindowOwned; - SDL_GLContext GLContext; - - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { Window = nullptr; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = nullptr; } - ~ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr && GLContext == nullptr); } -}; - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData)(); - viewport->PlatformUserData = vd; - - ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* main_viewport_data = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)main_viewport->PlatformUserData; - - // Share GL resources with main context - bool use_opengl = (main_viewport_data->GLContext != nullptr); - SDL_GLContext backup_context = nullptr; - if (use_opengl) - { - backup_context = SDL_GL_GetCurrentContext(); - SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_SHARE_WITH_CURRENT_CONTEXT, 1); - SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(main_viewport_data->Window, main_viewport_data->GLContext); - } - - Uint32 sdl_flags = 0; - sdl_flags |= use_opengl ? SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL : (bd->UseVulkan ? SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN : 0); - sdl_flags |= SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI; - sdl_flags |= SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN; - sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS : 0; - sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? 0 : SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE; -#if !defined(_WIN32) - // See SDL hack in ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShowWindow(). - sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? SDL_WINDOW_SKIP_TASKBAR : 0; -#endif -#if SDL_HAS_ALWAYS_ON_TOP - sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? SDL_WINDOW_ALWAYS_ON_TOP : 0; -#endif - vd->Window = SDL_CreateWindow("No Title Yet", (int)viewport->Pos.x, (int)viewport->Pos.y, (int)viewport->Size.x, (int)viewport->Size.y, sdl_flags); - vd->WindowOwned = true; - if (use_opengl) - { - vd->GLContext = SDL_GL_CreateContext(vd->Window); - SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(0); - } - if (use_opengl && backup_context) - SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, backup_context); - - viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)vd->Window; - viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; - SDL_SysWMinfo info; - SDL_VERSION(&info.version); - if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(vd->Window, &info)) - { -#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS) - viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = info.info.win.window; -#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA) - viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window; -#endif - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - if (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData) - { - if (vd->GLContext && vd->WindowOwned) - SDL_GL_DeleteContext(vd->GLContext); - if (vd->Window && vd->WindowOwned) - SDL_DestroyWindow(vd->Window); - vd->GLContext = nullptr; - vd->Window = nullptr; - IM_DELETE(vd); - } - viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = nullptr; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; -#if defined(_WIN32) - HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; - - // SDL hack: Hide icon from task bar - // Note: SDL 2.0.6+ has a SDL_WINDOW_SKIP_TASKBAR flag which is supported under Windows but the way it create the window breaks our seamless transition. - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) - { - LONG ex_style = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE); - ex_style &= ~WS_EX_APPWINDOW; - ex_style |= WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; - ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, ex_style); - } - - // SDL hack: SDL always activate/focus windows :/ - if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) - { - ::ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_SHOWNA); - return; - } -#endif - - SDL_ShowWindow(vd->Window); -} - -static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - int x = 0, y = 0; - SDL_GetWindowPosition(vd->Window, &x, &y); - return ImVec2((float)x, (float)y); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 pos) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - SDL_SetWindowPosition(vd->Window, (int)pos.x, (int)pos.y); -} - -static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - int w = 0, h = 0; - SDL_GetWindowSize(vd->Window, &w, &h); - return ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - SDL_SetWindowSize(vd->Window, (int)size.x, (int)size.y); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowTitle(ImGuiViewport* viewport, const char* title) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - SDL_SetWindowTitle(vd->Window, title); -} - -#if SDL_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowAlpha(ImGuiViewport* viewport, float alpha) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - SDL_SetWindowOpacity(vd->Window, alpha); -} -#endif - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - SDL_RaiseWindow(vd->Window); -} - -static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - return (SDL_GetWindowFlags(vd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; -} - -static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowMinimized(ImGuiViewport* viewport) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - return (SDL_GetWindowFlags(vd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) != 0; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_RenderWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - if (vd->GLContext) - SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, vd->GLContext); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SwapBuffers(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - if (vd->GLContext) - { - SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, vd->GLContext); - SDL_GL_SwapWindow(vd->Window); - } -} - -// Vulkan support (the Vulkan renderer needs to call a platform-side support function to create the surface) -// SDL is graceful enough to _not_ need so we can safely include this. -#if SDL_HAS_VULKAN -#include -static int ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateVkSurface(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImU64 vk_instance, const void* vk_allocator, ImU64* out_vk_surface) -{ - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; - (void)vk_allocator; - SDL_bool ret = SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(vd->Window, (VkInstance)vk_instance, (VkSurfaceKHR*)out_vk_surface); - return ret ? 0 : 1; // ret ? VK_SUCCESS : VK_NOT_READY -} -#endif // SDL_HAS_VULKAN - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitPlatformInterface(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) -{ - // Register platform interface (will be coupled with a renderer interface) - ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); - platform_io.Platform_CreateWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateWindow; - platform_io.Platform_DestroyWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_DestroyWindow; - platform_io.Platform_ShowWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShowWindow; - platform_io.Platform_SetWindowPos = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowPos; - platform_io.Platform_GetWindowPos = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowPos; - platform_io.Platform_SetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowSize; - platform_io.Platform_GetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowSize; - platform_io.Platform_SetWindowFocus = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowFocus; - platform_io.Platform_GetWindowFocus = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowFocus; - platform_io.Platform_GetWindowMinimized = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetWindowMinimized; - platform_io.Platform_SetWindowTitle = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowTitle; - platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL2_RenderWindow; - platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SwapBuffers; -#if SDL_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA - platform_io.Platform_SetWindowAlpha = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetWindowAlpha; -#endif -#if SDL_HAS_VULKAN - platform_io.Platform_CreateVkSurface = ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateVkSurface; -#endif - - // Register main window handle (which is owned by the main application, not by us) - // This is mostly for simplicity and consistency, so that our code (e.g. mouse handling etc.) can use same logic for main and secondary viewports. - ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData)(); - vd->Window = window; - vd->WindowID = SDL_GetWindowID(window); - vd->WindowOwned = false; - vd->GLContext = sdl_gl_context; - main_viewport->PlatformUserData = vd; - main_viewport->PlatformHandle = vd->Window; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_ShutdownPlatformInterface() -{ - ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); -} diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 92755414d1..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2 -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) -// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. -// [X] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// Missing features: -// [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME. -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport + Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows). - -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - -#pragma once -#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API - -struct SDL_Window; -struct SDL_Renderer; -typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event; - -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(SDL_Window*) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); } // 1.84: removed unnecessary parameter -#endif diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f42499c54b --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@ +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*) +// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) +// (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) + +// (**IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED AND CURRENTLY HAS A FAST CHANGING API. THIS CODE BREAKS OFTEN AS SDL3 CHANGES.**) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] +// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. +// [x] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable' -> the OS animation effect when window gets created/destroyed is problematic. SDL2 backend doesn't have issue. +// Issues: +// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows). + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + +// CHANGELOG +// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2024-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-09-11: (Docking) Added support for viewport->ParentViewportId field to support parenting at OS level. (#7973) +// 2024-09-03: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetGamepads() memory ownership revert. (#7918, #7898, #7807) +// 2024-08-22: moved some OS/backend related function pointers from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO: +// - io.GetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn +// - io.SetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn +// - io.PlatformSetImeDataFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn +// 2024-08-19: Storing SDL_WindowID inside ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle instead of SDL_Window*. +// 2024-08-19: ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent() now ignores events intended for other SDL windows. (#7853) +// 2024-07-22: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetGamepads() memory ownership change. (#7807) +// 2024-07-18: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetClipboardText() memory ownership change. (#7801) +// 2024-07-15: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetProperty() change to SDL_GetPointerProperty(). (#7794) +// 2024-07-02: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDLK_x renames and SDLK_KP_x removals (#7761, #7762). +// 2024-07-01: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_SetTextInputRect() changed to SDL_SetTextInputArea(). +// 2024-06-26: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput()/SDL_SetTextInputRect() functions signatures. +// 2024-06-24: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN/SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP contents. +// 2024-06-03; Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ renames. +// 2024-05-15: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDLK_ renames. +// 2024-04-15: Inputs: Re-enable calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as SDL3 no longer enables it by default and should play nicer with IME. +// 2024-02-13: Inputs: Fixed gamepad support. Handle gamepad disconnection. Added ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(). +// 2023-11-13: Updated for recent SDL3 API changes. +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. +// 2023-05-04: Fixed build on Emscripten/iOS/Android. (#6391) +// 2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306) +// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen. (#2702) +// 2023-02-23: Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. (#6189, #6114, #3644) +// 2023-02-07: Forked "imgui_impl_sdl2" into "imgui_impl_sdl3". Removed version checks for old feature. Refer to imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp for older changelog. + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +#include "imgui_impl_sdl3.h" + +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#endif + +// SDL +#include +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include +#endif + +#if !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) +#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 +#else +#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 0 +#endif + +// FIXME-LEGACY: remove when SDL 3.1.3 preview is released. +#ifndef SDLK_APOSTROPHE +#define SDLK_APOSTROPHE SDLK_QUOTE +#endif +#ifndef SDLK_GRAVE +#define SDLK_GRAVE SDLK_BACKQUOTE +#endif + +// SDL Data +struct ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data +{ + SDL_Window* Window; + SDL_WindowID WindowID; + SDL_Renderer* Renderer; + Uint64 Time; + char* ClipboardTextData; + bool UseVulkan; + bool WantUpdateMonitors; + + // IME handling + SDL_Window* ImeWindow; + + // Mouse handling + Uint32 MouseWindowID; + int MouseButtonsDown; + SDL_Cursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; + SDL_Cursor* MouseLastCursor; + int MousePendingLeaveFrame; + bool MouseCanUseGlobalState; + bool MouseCanReportHoveredViewport; // This is hard to use/unreliable on SDL so we'll set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport dynamically based on state. + + // Gamepad handling + ImVector Gamepads; + ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode GamepadMode; + bool WantUpdateGamepadsList; + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts +// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. +// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. +// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. +static ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData() +{ + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; +} + +// Forward Declarations +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors(); +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitMultiViewportSupport(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport(); + +// Functions +static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText(ImGuiContext*) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->ClipboardTextData) + SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); + const char* sdl_clipboard_text = SDL_GetClipboardText(); + bd->ClipboardTextData = sdl_clipboard_text ? SDL_strdup(sdl_clipboard_text) : NULL; + return bd->ClipboardTextData; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText(ImGuiContext*, const char* text) +{ + SDL_SetClipboardText(text); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + SDL_WindowID window_id = (SDL_WindowID)(intptr_t)viewport->PlatformHandle; + SDL_Window* window = SDL_GetWindowFromID(window_id); + if ((data->WantVisible == false || bd->ImeWindow != window) && bd->ImeWindow != NULL) + { + SDL_StopTextInput(bd->ImeWindow); + bd->ImeWindow = nullptr; + } + if (data->WantVisible) + { + SDL_Rect r; + r.x = (int)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x); + r.y = (int)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y + data->InputLineHeight); + r.w = 1; + r.h = (int)data->InputLineHeight; + SDL_SetTextInputArea(window, &r, 0); + SDL_StartTextInput(window); + bd->ImeWindow = window; + } +} + +// Not static to allow third-party code to use that if they want to (but undocumented) +ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode) +{ + // Keypad doesn't have individual key values in SDL3 + switch (scancode) + { + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; + default: break; + } + switch (keycode) + { + case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; + case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; + case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; + case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; + case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; + case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home; + case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End; + case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert; + case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete; + case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace; + case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; + case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; + case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; + case SDLK_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case SDLK_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; + case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; + case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; + case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; + case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; + case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; + case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; + case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; + case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; + case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; + case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift; + case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; + case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; + case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu; + case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0; + case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1; + case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2; + case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3; + case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4; + case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5; + case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6; + case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7; + case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8; + case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9; + case SDLK_A: return ImGuiKey_A; + case SDLK_B: return ImGuiKey_B; + case SDLK_C: return ImGuiKey_C; + case SDLK_D: return ImGuiKey_D; + case SDLK_E: return ImGuiKey_E; + case SDLK_F: return ImGuiKey_F; + case SDLK_G: return ImGuiKey_G; + case SDLK_H: return ImGuiKey_H; + case SDLK_I: return ImGuiKey_I; + case SDLK_J: return ImGuiKey_J; + case SDLK_K: return ImGuiKey_K; + case SDLK_L: return ImGuiKey_L; + case SDLK_M: return ImGuiKey_M; + case SDLK_N: return ImGuiKey_N; + case SDLK_O: return ImGuiKey_O; + case SDLK_P: return ImGuiKey_P; + case SDLK_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q; + case SDLK_R: return ImGuiKey_R; + case SDLK_S: return ImGuiKey_S; + case SDLK_T: return ImGuiKey_T; + case SDLK_U: return ImGuiKey_U; + case SDLK_V: return ImGuiKey_V; + case SDLK_W: return ImGuiKey_W; + case SDLK_X: return ImGuiKey_X; + case SDLK_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y; + case SDLK_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z; + case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; + case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; + case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; + case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; + case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; + case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; + case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; + case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; + case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; + case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; + case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; + case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case SDLK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case SDLK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case SDLK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case SDLK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case SDLK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case SDLK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case SDLK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case SDLK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case SDLK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case SDLK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case SDLK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; + default: break; + } + return ImGuiKey_None; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_CTRL) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_SHIFT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_ALT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & SDL_KMOD_GUI) != 0); +} + +static ImGuiViewport* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(SDL_WindowID window_id) +{ + return ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)(intptr_t)window_id); +} + +// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs. +// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data. +// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data. +// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags. +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + switch (event->type) + { + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->motion.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + ImVec2 mouse_pos((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) + { + int window_x, window_y; + SDL_GetWindowPosition(SDL_GetWindowFromID(event->motion.windowID), &window_x, &window_y); + mouse_pos.x += window_x; + mouse_pos.y += window_y; + } + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->motion.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse); + io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_pos.x, mouse_pos.y); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_WHEEL: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->wheel.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("wheel %.2f %.2f, precise %.2f %.2f\n", (float)event->wheel.x, (float)event->wheel.y, event->wheel.preciseX, event->wheel.preciseY); + float wheel_x = -event->wheel.x; + float wheel_y = event->wheel.y; + #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + wheel_x /= 100.0f; + #endif + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->wheel.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN: + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_UP: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->button.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + int mouse_button = -1; + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; } + if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; } + if (mouse_button == -1) + break; + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->button.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse); + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN)); + bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button)); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_TEXT_INPUT: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->text.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN: + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->key.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SDL_EVENT_KEY_%d: key=%d, scancode=%d, mod=%X\n", (event->type == SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN) ? "DOWN" : "UP", event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.mod); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.mod); + ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(event->key.key, event->key.scancode); + io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN)); + io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_ORIENTATION: + case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_ADDED: + case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_REMOVED: + case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_MOVED: + case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_CONTENT_SCALE_CHANGED: + { + bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOUSE_ENTER: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + bd->MouseWindowID = event->window.windowID; + bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame = 0; + return true; + } + // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late, + // causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why + // we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details. + // FIXME: Unconfirmed whether this is still needed with SDL3. + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOUSE_LEAVE: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1; + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED: + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_LOST: + { + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == NULL) + return false; + io.AddFocusEvent(event->type == SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED); + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED: + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOVED: + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED: + { + ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID); + if (viewport == NULL) + return false; + if (event->type == SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED) + viewport->PlatformRequestClose = true; + if (event->type == SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOVED) + viewport->PlatformRequestMove = true; + if (event->type == SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED) + viewport->PlatformRequestResize = true; + return true; + } + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_ADDED: + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_REMOVED: + { + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true; + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(ImGuiViewport* viewport, SDL_Window* window) +{ + viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)(intptr_t)SDL_GetWindowID(window); + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__WINRT__) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (HWND)SDL_GetPointerProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), SDL_PROP_WINDOW_WIN32_HWND_POINTER, nullptr); +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = SDL_GetPointerProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), SDL_PROP_WINDOW_COCOA_WINDOW_POINTER, nullptr); +#endif +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Unused in this branch + + // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position + // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list) + bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false; +#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE + const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(); + const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++) + if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0) + mouse_can_use_global_state = true; +#endif + + // Setup backend capabilities flags + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data)(); + io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; + io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl3"; + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) + if (mouse_can_use_global_state) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports; // We can create multi-viewports on the Platform side (optional) + + bd->Window = window; + bd->WindowID = SDL_GetWindowID(window); + bd->Renderer = renderer; + + // SDL on Linux/OSX doesn't report events for unfocused windows (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4960) + // We will use 'MouseCanReportHoveredViewport' to set 'ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport' dynamically each frame. + bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state; +#ifndef __APPLE__ + bd->MouseCanReportHoveredViewport = bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState; +#else + bd->MouseCanReportHoveredViewport = false; +#endif + + ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); + platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText; + platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText; + platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData; + + // Update monitor a first time during init + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors(); + + // Gamepad handling + bd->GamepadMode = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst; + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true; + + // Load mouse cursors + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_DEFAULT); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_TEXT); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_MOVE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NS_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_EW_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NESW_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NWSE_RESIZE); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_POINTER); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NOT_ALLOWED); + + // Set platform dependent data in viewport + // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport + ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(main_viewport, window); + + // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event. + // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered. + // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application. + // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click: + // you can ignore SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED) + SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1"); + + // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710) + SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0"); + + // SDL 3.x : see https://github.com/libsdl-org/SDL/issues/6659 + SDL_SetHint("SDL_BORDERLESS_WINDOWED_STYLE", "0"); + + // We need SDL_CaptureMouse(), SDL_GetGlobalMouseState() from SDL 2.0.4+ to support multiple viewports. + // We left the call to ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitPlatformInterface() outside of #ifdef to avoid unused-function warnings. + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitMultiViewportSupport(window, sdl_gl_context); + + return true; +} + +// Should technically be a SDL_GLContext but due to typedef it is sane to keep it void* in public interface. +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, sdl_gl_context); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window) +{ + if (!ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr)) + return false; + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + bd->UseVulkan = true; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window) +{ +#if !defined(_WIN32) + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported"); +#endif + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, renderer, nullptr); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window) +{ + return ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(window, nullptr, nullptr); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + +void ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport(); + + if (bd->ClipboardTextData) + SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); + for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) + SDL_DestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + + io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; + io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad | ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + IM_DELETE(bd); +} + +// This code is incredibly messy because some of the functions we need for full viewport support are not available in SDL < 2.0.4. +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseData() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION) or when focused (below) +#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE + // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside + SDL_CaptureMouse(bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0); + SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(); + const bool is_app_focused = (focused_window && (bd->Window == focused_window || ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(SDL_GetWindowID(focused_window)) != NULL)); +#else + SDL_Window* focused_window = bd->Window; + const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only +#endif + if (is_app_focused) + { + // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) + if (io.WantSetMousePos) + { +#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) + SDL_WarpMouseGlobal(io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + else +#endif + SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + } + + // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION already provides this when hovered or captured) + if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + { + // Single-viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) + // Multi-viewport mode: mouse position in OS absolute coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left of the primary monitor) + float mouse_x, mouse_y; + int window_x, window_y; + SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x, &mouse_y); + if (!(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)) + { + SDL_GetWindowPosition(focused_window, &window_x, &window_y); + mouse_x -= window_x; + mouse_y -= window_y; + } + io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); + } + } + + // (Optional) When using multiple viewports: call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport the OS mouse cursor is hovering. + // If ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport is not set by the backend, Dear imGui will ignore this field and infer the information using its flawed heuristic. + // - [!] SDL backend does NOT correctly ignore viewports with the _NoInputs flag. + // Some backend are not able to handle that correctly. If a backend report an hovered viewport that has the _NoInputs flag (e.g. when dragging a window + // for docking, the viewport has the _NoInputs flag in order to allow us to find the viewport under), then Dear ImGui is forced to ignore the value reported + // by the backend, and use its flawed heuristic to guess the viewport behind. + // - [X] SDL backend correctly reports this regardless of another viewport behind focused and dragged from (we need this to find a useful drag and drop target). + if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport) + { + ImGuiID mouse_viewport_id = 0; + if (ImGuiViewport* mouse_viewport = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(bd->MouseWindowID)) + mouse_viewport_id = mouse_viewport->ID; + io.AddMouseViewportEvent(mouse_viewport_id); + } +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) + return; + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + + ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + { + // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor + SDL_HideCursor(); + } + else + { + // Show OS mouse cursor + SDL_Cursor* expected_cursor = bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]; + if (bd->MouseLastCursor != expected_cursor) + { + SDL_SetCursor(expected_cursor); // SDL function doesn't have an early out (see #6113) + bd->MouseLastCursor = expected_cursor; + } + SDL_ShowCursor(); + } +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->GamepadMode != ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) + for (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad : bd->Gamepads) + SDL_CloseGamepad(gamepad); + bd->Gamepads.resize(0); +} + +void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode mode, SDL_Gamepad** manual_gamepads_array, int manual_gamepads_count) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + if (mode == ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) + { + IM_ASSERT(manual_gamepads_array != nullptr && manual_gamepads_count > 0); + for (int n = 0; n < manual_gamepads_count; n++) + bd->Gamepads.push_back(manual_gamepads_array[n]); + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(manual_gamepads_array == nullptr && manual_gamepads_count <= 0); + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true; + } + bd->GamepadMode = mode; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd, ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiKey key, SDL_GamepadButton button_no) +{ + bool merged_value = false; + for (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad : bd->Gamepads) + merged_value |= SDL_GetGamepadButton(gamepad, button_no) != 0; + io.AddKeyEvent(key, merged_value); +} + +static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; } +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd, ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiKey key, SDL_GamepadAxis axis_no, float v0, float v1) +{ + float merged_value = 0.0f; + for (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad : bd->Gamepads) + { + float vn = Saturate((float)(SDL_GetGamepadAxis(gamepad, axis_no) - v0) / (float)(v1 - v0)); + if (merged_value < vn) + merged_value = vn; + } + io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, merged_value > 0.1f, merged_value); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Update list of gamepads to use + if (bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList && bd->GamepadMode != ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) + { + ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); + int sdl_gamepads_count = 0; + SDL_JoystickID* sdl_gamepads = SDL_GetGamepads(&sdl_gamepads_count); + for (int n = 0; n < sdl_gamepads_count; n++) + if (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad = SDL_OpenGamepad(sdl_gamepads[n])) + { + bd->Gamepads.push_back(gamepad); + if (bd->GamepadMode == ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst) + break; + } + bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = false; + SDL_free(sdl_gamepads); + } + + // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) + return; + io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; + if (bd->Gamepads.Size == 0) + return; + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; + + // Update gamepad inputs + const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000; // SDL_gamepad.h suggests using this value. + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_WEST); // Xbox X, PS Square + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_EAST); // Xbox B, PS Circle + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_NORTH); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_SOUTH); // Xbox A, PS Cross + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER, 0.0f, 32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER, 0.0f, 32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); + platform_io.Monitors.resize(0); + bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; + + int display_count; + SDL_DisplayID* displays = SDL_GetDisplays(&display_count); + for (int n = 0; n < display_count; n++) + { + // Warning: the validity of monitor DPI information on Windows depends on the application DPI awareness settings, which generally needs to be set in the manifest or at runtime. + SDL_DisplayID display_id = displays[n]; + ImGuiPlatformMonitor monitor; + SDL_Rect r; + SDL_GetDisplayBounds(display_id, &r); + monitor.MainPos = monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); + monitor.MainSize = monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); + SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(display_id, &r); + monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); + monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: On MacOS SDL reports actual monitor DPI scale, ignoring OS configuration. We may want to set + // DpiScale to cocoa_window.backingScaleFactor here. + monitor.DpiScale = SDL_GetDisplayContentScale(display_id); + monitor.PlatformHandle = (void*)(intptr_t)n; + if (monitor.DpiScale <= 0.0f) + continue; // Some accessibility applications are declaring virtual monitors with a DPI of 0, see #7902. + platform_io.Monitors.push_back(monitor); + } + SDL_free(displays); +} + +void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame() +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) + int w, h; + int display_w, display_h; + SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h); + if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) + w = h = 0; + SDL_GetWindowSizeInPixels(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h); + io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); + if (w > 0 && h > 0) + io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); + + // Update monitors + if (bd->WantUpdateMonitors) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors(); + + // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution) + // (Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Happens in VMs and Emscripten, see #6189, #6114, #3644) + static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(); + Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(); + if (current_time <= bd->Time) + current_time = bd->Time + 1; + io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); + bd->Time = current_time; + + if (bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame && bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + { + bd->MouseWindowID = 0; + bd->MousePendingLeaveFrame = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + + // Our io.AddMouseViewportEvent() calls will only be valid when not capturing. + // Technically speaking testing for 'bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0' would be more rigorous, but testing for payload reduces noise and potential side-effects. + if (bd->MouseCanReportHoveredViewport && ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == nullptr) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; + else + io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseData(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseCursor(); + + // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads(); +} + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT +// This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously. +// If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +struct ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData +{ + SDL_Window* Window; + SDL_Window* ParentWindow; + Uint32 WindowID; + bool WindowOwned; + SDL_GLContext GLContext; + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData() { Window = ParentWindow = nullptr; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = nullptr; } + ~ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr && GLContext == nullptr); } +}; + +static SDL_Window* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetSDLWindowFromViewportID(ImGuiID viewport_id) +{ + if (viewport_id != 0) + if (ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByID(viewport_id)) + { + SDL_WindowID window_id = (SDL_WindowID)(intptr_t)viewport->PlatformHandle; + return SDL_GetWindowFromID(window_id); + } + return nullptr; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData)(); + viewport->PlatformUserData = vd; + + vd->ParentWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetSDLWindowFromViewportID(viewport->ParentViewportId); + + ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* main_viewport_data = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)main_viewport->PlatformUserData; + + // Share GL resources with main context + bool use_opengl = (main_viewport_data->GLContext != nullptr); + SDL_GLContext backup_context = nullptr; + if (use_opengl) + { + backup_context = SDL_GL_GetCurrentContext(); + SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_SHARE_WITH_CURRENT_CONTEXT, 1); + SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(main_viewport_data->Window, main_viewport_data->GLContext); + } + + Uint32 sdl_flags = 0; + sdl_flags |= use_opengl ? SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL : (bd->UseVulkan ? SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN : 0); + sdl_flags |= SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window); + sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS : 0; + sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? 0 : SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE; + sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? SDL_WINDOW_UTILITY : 0; + sdl_flags |= (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? SDL_WINDOW_ALWAYS_ON_TOP : 0; + vd->Window = SDL_CreateWindow("No Title Yet", (int)viewport->Size.x, (int)viewport->Size.y, sdl_flags); + SDL_SetWindowParent(vd->Window, vd->ParentWindow); + SDL_SetWindowPosition(vd->Window, (int)viewport->Pos.x, (int)viewport->Pos.y); + vd->WindowOwned = true; + if (use_opengl) + { + vd->GLContext = SDL_GL_CreateContext(vd->Window); + SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(0); + } + if (use_opengl && backup_context) + SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, backup_context); + + ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(viewport, vd->Window); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData) + { + if (vd->GLContext && vd->WindowOwned) + SDL_GL_DestroyContext(vd->GLContext); + if (vd->Window && vd->WindowOwned) + SDL_DestroyWindow(vd->Window); + vd->GLContext = nullptr; + vd->Window = nullptr; + IM_DELETE(vd); + } + viewport->PlatformUserData = viewport->PlatformHandle = nullptr; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; +#if defined(_WIN32) && !(defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP || WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_GAMES)) + HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; + + // SDL hack: Show icon in task bar (#7989) + // Note: SDL_WINDOW_UTILITY can be used to control task bar visibility, but on Windows, it does not affect child windows. + if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon)) + { + LONG ex_style = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE); + ex_style |= WS_EX_APPWINDOW; + ex_style &= ~WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; + ::ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_HIDE); + ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, ex_style); + } +#endif + + SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_WINDOW_ACTIVATE_WHEN_SHOWN, (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) ? "0" : "1"); + SDL_ShowWindow(vd->Window); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + + // Update SDL3 parent if it changed _after_ creation. + // This is for advanced apps that are manipulating ParentViewportID manually. + SDL_Window* new_parent = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetSDLWindowFromViewportID(viewport->ParentViewportId); + if (new_parent != vd->ParentWindow) + { + vd->ParentWindow = new_parent; + SDL_SetWindowParent(vd->Window, vd->ParentWindow); + } +} + +static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + int x = 0, y = 0; + SDL_GetWindowPosition(vd->Window, &x, &y); + return ImVec2((float)x, (float)y); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 pos) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + SDL_SetWindowPosition(vd->Window, (int)pos.x, (int)pos.y); +} + +static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + int w = 0, h = 0; + SDL_GetWindowSize(vd->Window, &w, &h); + return ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + SDL_SetWindowSize(vd->Window, (int)size.x, (int)size.y); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowTitle(ImGuiViewport* viewport, const char* title) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + SDL_SetWindowTitle(vd->Window, title); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowAlpha(ImGuiViewport* viewport, float alpha) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + SDL_SetWindowOpacity(vd->Window, alpha); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + SDL_RaiseWindow(vd->Window); +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowFocus(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + return (SDL_GetWindowFlags(vd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowMinimized(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + return (SDL_GetWindowFlags(vd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED) != 0; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_RenderWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + if (vd->GLContext) + SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, vd->GLContext); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SwapBuffers(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + if (vd->GLContext) + { + SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(vd->Window, vd->GLContext); + SDL_GL_SwapWindow(vd->Window); + } +} + +// Vulkan support (the Vulkan renderer needs to call a platform-side support function to create the surface) +// SDL is graceful enough to _not_ need so we can safely include this. +#include +static int ImGui_ImplSDL3_CreateVkSurface(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImU64 vk_instance, const void* vk_allocator, ImU64* out_vk_surface) +{ + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + (void)vk_allocator; + bool ret = SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(vd->Window, (VkInstance)vk_instance, (VkAllocationCallbacks*)vk_allocator, (VkSurfaceKHR*)out_vk_surface); + return ret ? 0 : 1; // ret ? VK_SUCCESS : VK_NOT_READY +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitMultiViewportSupport(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context) +{ + // Register platform interface (will be coupled with a renderer interface) + ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); + platform_io.Platform_CreateWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL3_CreateWindow; + platform_io.Platform_DestroyWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL3_DestroyWindow; + platform_io.Platform_ShowWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL3_ShowWindow; + platform_io.Platform_UpdateWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateWindow; + platform_io.Platform_SetWindowPos = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowPos; + platform_io.Platform_GetWindowPos = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowPos; + platform_io.Platform_SetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowSize; + platform_io.Platform_GetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowSize; + platform_io.Platform_SetWindowFocus = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowFocus; + platform_io.Platform_GetWindowFocus = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowFocus; + platform_io.Platform_GetWindowMinimized = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetWindowMinimized; + platform_io.Platform_SetWindowTitle = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowTitle; + platform_io.Platform_RenderWindow = ImGui_ImplSDL3_RenderWindow; + platform_io.Platform_SwapBuffers = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SwapBuffers; + platform_io.Platform_SetWindowAlpha = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetWindowAlpha; + platform_io.Platform_CreateVkSurface = ImGui_ImplSDL3_CreateVkSurface; + + // Register main window handle (which is owned by the main application, not by us) + // This is mostly for simplicity and consistency, so that our code (e.g. mouse handling etc.) can use same logic for main and secondary viewports. + ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData)(); + vd->Window = window; + vd->WindowID = SDL_GetWindowID(window); + vd->WindowOwned = false; + vd->GLContext = (SDL_GLContext)sdl_gl_context; + main_viewport->PlatformUserData = vd; + main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)(intptr_t)vd->WindowID; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport() +{ + ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96f0e5d8d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*) +// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) +// (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) + +// (**IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED AND CURRENTLY HAS A FAST CHANGING API. THIS CODE BREAKS OFTEN AS SDL3 CHANGES.**) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] +// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. +// [x] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable' -> the OS animation effect when window gets created/destroyed is problematic. SDL2 backend doesn't have issue. +// Issues: +// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows). +// [x] Platform: Basic IME support. Position somehow broken in SDL3 + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!. + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp + +#pragma once +#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +struct SDL_Window; +struct SDL_Renderer; +struct SDL_Gamepad; +typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event; + +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame(); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event); + +// Gamepad selection automatically starts in AutoFirst mode, picking first available SDL_Gamepad. You may override this. +// When using manual mode, caller is responsible for opening/closing gamepad. +enum ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode { ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst, ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoAll, ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual }; +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode mode, SDL_Gamepad** manual_gamepads_array = NULL, int manual_gamepads_count = -1); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp index dac67d88c4..8bbf365a30 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.cpp @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui) +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. @@ -10,32 +11,27 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_win32.h" -#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#endif -#include -#include // GET_X_LPARAM(), GET_Y_LPARAM() -#include -#include - -// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig.h file: +// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig file: //#define IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD // Disable gamepad support. This was meaningful before <1.81 but we now load XInput dynamically so the option is now less relevant. -// Using XInput for gamepad (will load DLL dynamically) -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD -#include -typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetCapabilities)(DWORD, DWORD, XINPUT_CAPABILITIES*); -typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); -#endif - // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-09-16: [Docking] Inputs: fixed an issue where a viewport destroyed while clicking would hog mouse tracking and temporary lead to incorrect update of HoveredWindow. (#7971) +// 2024-07-08: Inputs: Fixed ImGuiMod_Super being mapped to VK_APPS instead of VK_LWIN||VK_RWIN. (#7768) +// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. +// 2023-09-25: Inputs: Synthesize key-down event on key-up for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit it (same behavior as GLFW/SDL). +// 2023-09-07: Inputs: Added support for keyboard codepage conversion for when application is compiled in MBCS mode and using a non-Unicode window. +// 2023-04-19: Added ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL() to facilitate combining raw Win32/Winapi with OpenGL. (#3218) +// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. (#2702) +// 2023-02-15: Inputs: Use WM_NCMOUSEMOVE / WM_NCMOUSELEAVE to track mouse position over non-client area (e.g. OS decorations) when app is not focused. (#6045, #6162) +// 2023-02-02: Inputs: Flipping WM_MOUSEHWHEEL (horizontal mouse-wheel) value to match other backends and offer consistent horizontal scrolling direction. (#4019, #6096, #1463) // 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. // 2022-09-28: Inputs: Convert WM_CHAR values with MultiByteToWideChar() when window class was registered as MBCS (not Unicode). // 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). @@ -81,20 +77,50 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); // 2017-10-23: Inputs: Using Win32 ::SetCapture/::GetCapture() to retrieve mouse positions outside the client area when dragging. // 2016-11-12: Inputs: Only call Win32 ::SetCursor(nullptr) when io.MouseDrawCursor is set. +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +#include "imgui_impl_win32.h" +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include +#include // GET_X_LPARAM(), GET_Y_LPARAM() +#include +#include + +// Using XInput for gamepad (will load DLL dynamically) +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD +#include +typedef DWORD(WINAPI* PFN_XInputGetCapabilities)(DWORD, DWORD, XINPUT_CAPABILITIES*); +typedef DWORD(WINAPI* PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*); +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) +#endif +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) +#endif + // Forward Declarations -static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(); -static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitMultiViewportSupport(bool platform_has_own_dc); +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport(); static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors(); struct ImGui_ImplWin32_Data { HWND hWnd; HWND MouseHwnd; - bool MouseTracked; + int MouseTrackedArea; // 0: not tracked, 1: client area, 2: non-client area int MouseButtonsDown; INT64 Time; INT64 TicksPerSecond; ImGuiMouseCursor LastMouseCursor; + UINT32 KeyboardCodePage; bool WantUpdateMonitors; #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD @@ -118,9 +144,20 @@ static ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData() } // Functions -bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage() +{ + // Retrieve keyboard code page, required for handling of non-Unicode Windows. + ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); + HKL keyboard_layout = ::GetKeyboardLayout(0); + LCID keyboard_lcid = MAKELCID(HIWORD(keyboard_layout), SORT_DEFAULT); + if (::GetLocaleInfoA(keyboard_lcid, (LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER | LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE), (LPSTR)&bd->KeyboardCodePage, sizeof(bd->KeyboardCodePage)) == 0) + bd->KeyboardCodePage = CP_ACP; // Fallback to default ANSI code page when fails. +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(void* hwnd, bool platform_has_own_dc) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); INT64 perf_frequency, perf_counter; @@ -139,16 +176,18 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; // We can call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with correct data (optional) bd->hWnd = (HWND)hwnd; - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; bd->TicksPerSecond = perf_frequency; bd->Time = perf_counter; bd->LastMouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage(); + + // Update monitor a first time during init + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors(); // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); main_viewport->PlatformHandle = main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)bd->hWnd; - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) - ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_InitMultiViewportSupport(platform_has_own_dc); // Dynamically load XInput library #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD @@ -174,13 +213,24 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) return true; } +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd) +{ + return ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(hwnd, false); +} + +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd) +{ + // OpenGL needs CS_OWNDC + return ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(hwnd, true); +} + void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown() { ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownPlatformInterface(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport(); // Unload XInput library #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD @@ -190,6 +240,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown() io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad | ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -260,7 +311,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyModifiers() io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, IsVkDown(VK_CONTROL)); io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, IsVkDown(VK_SHIFT)); io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, IsVkDown(VK_MENU)); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_APPS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_LWIN) || IsVkDown(VK_RWIN)); } // This code supports multi-viewports (multiple OS Windows mapped into different Dear ImGui viewports) @@ -289,7 +340,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseData() } // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (WM_MOUSEMOVE already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (!io.WantSetMousePos && !bd->MouseTracked && has_mouse_screen_pos) + // This also fills a short gap when clicking non-client area: WM_NCMOUSELEAVE -> modal OS move -> gap -> WM_NCMOUSEMOVE + if (!io.WantSetMousePos && bd->MouseTrackedArea == 0 && has_mouse_screen_pos) { // Single viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) // (This is the position you can get with ::GetCursorPos() + ::ScreenToClient() or WM_MOUSEMOVE.) @@ -386,6 +438,9 @@ static BOOL CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors_EnumFunc(HMONITOR monitor, H imgui_monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)info.rcWork.left, (float)info.rcWork.top); imgui_monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)(info.rcWork.right - info.rcWork.left), (float)(info.rcWork.bottom - info.rcWork.top)); imgui_monitor.DpiScale = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(monitor); + imgui_monitor.PlatformHandle = (void*)monitor; + if (imgui_monitor.DpiScale <= 0.0f) + return TRUE; // Some accessibility applications are declaring virtual monitors with a DPI of 0, see #7902. ImGuiPlatformIO& io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); if (info.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY) io.Monitors.push_front(imgui_monitor); @@ -404,9 +459,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors() void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame() { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?"); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized? Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) RECT rect = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; @@ -439,12 +494,14 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateGamepads(); } -// There is no distinct VK_xxx for keypad enter, instead it is VK_RETURN + KF_EXTENDED, we assign it an arbitrary value to make code more readable (VK_ codes go up to 255) -#define IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER (VK_RETURN + 256) - // Map VK_xxx to ImGuiKey_xxx. -static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) +// Not static to allow third-party code to use that if they want to (but undocumented) +ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { + // There is no distinct VK_xxx for keypad enter, instead it is VK_RETURN + KF_EXTENDED. + if ((wParam == VK_RETURN) && (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED)) + return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + switch (wParam) { case VK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -493,7 +550,6 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) case VK_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; case VK_SUBTRACT: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; case VK_ADD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; - case IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; case VK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; case VK_LCONTROL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; case VK_LMENU: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; @@ -551,6 +607,20 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) case VK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; case VK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; case VK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + case VK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13; + case VK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14; + case VK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15; + case VK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16; + case VK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17; + case VK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18; + case VK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19; + case VK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20; + case VK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21; + case VK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22; + case VK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23; + case VK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; + case VK_BROWSER_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; + case VK_BROWSER_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; default: return ImGuiKey_None; } } @@ -575,43 +645,85 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam) // Copy this line into your .cpp file to forward declare the function. extern IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); #endif + +// See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/tablet/system-events-and-mouse-messages +// Prefer to call this at the top of the message handler to avoid the possibility of other Win32 calls interfering with this. +static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo() +{ + LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo(); + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700) + return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen; + if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780) + return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen; + return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; +} + IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { - if (ImGui::GetCurrentContext() == nullptr) + // Most backends don't have silent checks like this one, but we need it because WndProc are called early in CreateWindow(). + // We silently allow both context or just only backend data to be nullptr. + ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); + if (bd == nullptr) return 0; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData(); switch (msg) { case WM_MOUSEMOVE: + case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE: { // We need to call TrackMouseEvent in order to receive WM_MOUSELEAVE events + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); + const int area = (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE) ? 1 : 2; bd->MouseHwnd = hwnd; - if (!bd->MouseTracked) + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea != area) { - TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme = { sizeof(tme), TME_LEAVE, hwnd, 0 }; - ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme); - bd->MouseTracked = true; + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_cancel = { sizeof(tme_cancel), TME_CANCEL, hwnd, 0 }; + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_track = { sizeof(tme_track), (DWORD)((area == 2) ? (TME_LEAVE | TME_NONCLIENT) : TME_LEAVE), hwnd, 0 }; + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea != 0) + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_cancel); + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_track); + bd->MouseTrackedArea = area; } POINT mouse_pos = { (LONG)GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), (LONG)GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam) }; - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) + bool want_absolute_pos = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != 0; + if (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && want_absolute_pos) // WM_MOUSEMOVE are client-relative coordinates. ::ClientToScreen(hwnd, &mouse_pos); + if (msg == WM_NCMOUSEMOVE && !want_absolute_pos) // WM_NCMOUSEMOVE are absolute coordinates. + ::ScreenToClient(hwnd, &mouse_pos); + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_pos.x, (float)mouse_pos.y); - break; + return 0; } case WM_MOUSELEAVE: - if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd) + case WM_NCMOUSELEAVE: + { + const int area = (msg == WM_MOUSELEAVE) ? 1 : 2; + if (bd->MouseTrackedArea == area) + { + if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd) + bd->MouseHwnd = nullptr; + bd->MouseTrackedArea = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + return 0; + } + case WM_DESTROY: + if (bd->MouseHwnd == hwnd && bd->MouseTrackedArea != 0) + { + TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme_cancel = { sizeof(tme_cancel), TME_CANCEL, hwnd, 0 }; + ::TrackMouseEvent(&tme_cancel); bd->MouseHwnd = nullptr; - bd->MouseTracked = false; - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - break; + bd->MouseTrackedArea = 0; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + return 0; case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: { + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); int button = 0; if (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 0; } if (msg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK) { button = 1; } @@ -620,6 +732,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == nullptr) ::SetCapture(hwnd); bd->MouseButtonsDown |= 1 << button; + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, true); return 0; } @@ -628,6 +741,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA case WM_MBUTTONUP: case WM_XBUTTONUP: { + ImGuiMouseSource mouse_source = GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo(); int button = 0; if (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) { button = 0; } if (msg == WM_RBUTTONUP) { button = 1; } @@ -636,6 +750,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA bd->MouseButtonsDown &= ~(1 << button); if (bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && ::GetCapture() == hwnd) ::ReleaseCapture(); + io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source); io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, false); return 0; } @@ -643,7 +758,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA io.AddMouseWheelEvent(0.0f, (float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA); return 0; case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: - io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA, 0.0f); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent(-(float)GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam) / (float)WHEEL_DELTA, 0.0f); return 0; case WM_KEYDOWN: case WM_KEYUP: @@ -656,15 +771,16 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA // Submit modifiers ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyModifiers(); - // Obtain virtual key code - // (keypad enter doesn't have its own... VK_RETURN with KF_EXTENDED flag means keypad enter, see IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER definition for details, it is mapped to ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.) - int vk = (int)wParam; - if ((wParam == VK_RETURN) && (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED)) - vk = IM_VK_KEYPAD_ENTER; + // Obtain virtual key code and convert to ImGuiKey + const ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(wParam, lParam); + const int vk = (int)wParam; + const int scancode = (int)LOBYTE(HIWORD(lParam)); + + // Special behavior for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit the key down event. + if (key == ImGuiKey_PrintScreen && !is_key_down) + ImGui_ImplWin32_AddKeyEvent(key, true, vk, scancode); // Submit key event - const ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplWin32_VirtualKeyToImGuiKey(vk); - const int scancode = (int)LOBYTE(HIWORD(lParam)); if (key != ImGuiKey_None) ImGui_ImplWin32_AddKeyEvent(key, is_key_down, vk, scancode); @@ -692,6 +808,9 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA case WM_KILLFOCUS: io.AddFocusEvent(msg == WM_SETFOCUS); return 0; + case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage(); + return 0; case WM_CHAR: if (::IsWindowUnicode(hwnd)) { @@ -702,7 +821,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA else { wchar_t wch = 0; - ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(bd->KeyboardCodePage, MB_PRECOMPOSED, (char*)&wParam, 1, &wch, 1); io.AddInputCharacter(wch); } return 0; @@ -847,21 +966,62 @@ float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForHwnd(void* hwnd) return ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(monitor); } +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Transparency related helpers (optional) //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma comment(lib, "dwmapi") // Link with dwmapi.lib. MinGW will require linking with '-ldwmapi' +#endif + +// [experimental] +// Borrowed from GLFW's function updateFramebufferTransparency() in src/win32_window.c +// (the Dwm* functions are Vista era functions but we are borrowing logic from GLFW) +void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) +{ + if (!_IsWindowsVistaOrGreater()) + return; + + BOOL composition; + if (FAILED(::DwmIsCompositionEnabled(&composition)) || !composition) + return; + + BOOL opaque; + DWORD color; + if (_IsWindows8OrGreater() || (SUCCEEDED(::DwmGetColorizationColor(&color, &opaque)) && !opaque)) + { + HRGN region = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, -1, -1); + DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; + bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE | DWM_BB_BLURREGION; + bb.hRgnBlur = region; + bb.fEnable = TRUE; + ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); + ::DeleteObject(region); + } + else + { + DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; + bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE; + ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); + } +} + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // MULTI-VIEWPORT / PLATFORM INTERFACE SUPPORT // This is an _advanced_ and _optional_ feature, allowing the backend to create and handle multiple viewports simultaneously. // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RenderUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData { HWND Hwnd; + HWND HwndParent; bool HwndOwned; DWORD DwStyle; DWORD DwExStyle; - ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { Hwnd = nullptr; HwndOwned = false; DwStyle = DwExStyle = 0; } + ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { Hwnd = HwndParent = nullptr; HwndOwned = false; DwStyle = DwExStyle = 0; } ~ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Hwnd == nullptr); } }; @@ -881,6 +1041,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWin32StyleFromViewportFlags(ImGuiViewportFlags fl *out_ex_style |= WS_EX_TOPMOST; } +static HWND ImGui_ImplWin32_GetHwndFromViewportID(ImGuiID viewport_id) +{ + if (viewport_id != 0) + if (ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByID(viewport_id)) + return (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle; + return nullptr; +} + static void ImGui_ImplWin32_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData)(); @@ -888,21 +1056,21 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) // Select style and parent window ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWin32StyleFromViewportFlags(viewport->Flags, &vd->DwStyle, &vd->DwExStyle); - HWND parent_window = nullptr; - if (viewport->ParentViewportId != 0) - if (ImGuiViewport* parent_viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByID(viewport->ParentViewportId)) - parent_window = (HWND)parent_viewport->PlatformHandle; + vd->HwndParent = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetHwndFromViewportID(viewport->ParentViewportId); // Create window RECT rect = { (LONG)viewport->Pos.x, (LONG)viewport->Pos.y, (LONG)(viewport->Pos.x + viewport->Size.x), (LONG)(viewport->Pos.y + viewport->Size.y) }; ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, vd->DwStyle, FALSE, vd->DwExStyle); - vd->Hwnd = ::CreateWindowEx( - vd->DwExStyle, _T("ImGui Platform"), _T("Untitled"), vd->DwStyle, // Style, class name, window name + vd->Hwnd = ::CreateWindowExW( + vd->DwExStyle, L"ImGui Platform", L"Untitled", vd->DwStyle, // Style, class name, window name rect.left, rect.top, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top, // Window area - parent_window, nullptr, ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr), nullptr); // Parent window, Menu, Instance, Param + vd->HwndParent, nullptr, ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr), nullptr); // Owner window, Menu, Instance, Param vd->HwndOwned = true; viewport->PlatformRequestResize = false; viewport->PlatformHandle = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = vd->Hwnd; + + // Secondary viewports store their imgui context + ::SetPropA(vd->Hwnd, "IMGUI_CONTEXT", ImGui::GetCurrentContext()); } static void ImGui_ImplWin32_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -928,18 +1096,44 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShowWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); + + // ShowParent() also brings parent to front, which is not always desirable, + // so we temporarily disable parenting. (#7354) + if (vd->HwndParent != NULL) + ::SetWindowLongPtr(vd->Hwnd, GWLP_HWNDPARENT, (LONG_PTR)nullptr); + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) ::ShowWindow(vd->Hwnd, SW_SHOWNA); else ::ShowWindow(vd->Hwnd, SW_SHOW); + + // Restore + if (vd->HwndParent != NULL) + ::SetWindowLongPtr(vd->Hwnd, GWLP_HWNDPARENT, (LONG_PTR)vd->HwndParent); } static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - // (Optional) Update Win32 style if it changed _after_ creation. - // Generally they won't change unless configuration flags are changed, but advanced uses (such as manually rewriting viewport flags) make this useful. ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); + + // Update Win32 parent if it changed _after_ creation + // Unlike style settings derived from configuration flags, this is more likely to change for advanced apps that are manipulating ParentViewportID manually. + HWND new_parent = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetHwndFromViewportID(viewport->ParentViewportId); + if (new_parent != vd->HwndParent) + { + // Win32 windows can either have a "Parent" (for WS_CHILD window) or an "Owner" (which among other thing keeps window above its owner). + // Our Dear Imgui-side concept of parenting only mostly care about what Win32 call "Owner". + // The parent parameter of CreateWindowEx() sets up Parent OR Owner depending on WS_CHILD flag. In our case an Owner as we never use WS_CHILD. + // Calling ::SetParent() here would be incorrect: it will create a full child relation, alter coordinate system and clipping. + // Calling ::SetWindowLongPtr() with GWLP_HWNDPARENT seems correct although poorly documented. + // https://devblogs.microsoft.com/oldnewthing/20100315-00/?p=14613 + vd->HwndParent = new_parent; + ::SetWindowLongPtr(vd->Hwnd, GWLP_HWNDPARENT, (LONG_PTR)vd->HwndParent); + } + + // (Optional) Update Win32 style if it changed _after_ creation. + // Generally they won't change unless configuration flags are changed, but advanced uses (such as manually rewriting viewport flags) make this useful. DWORD new_style; DWORD new_ex_style; ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWin32StyleFromViewportFlags(viewport->Flags, &new_style, &new_ex_style); @@ -974,13 +1168,22 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport) return ImVec2((float)pos.x, (float)pos.y); } +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateWin32StyleFromWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; + vd->DwStyle = ::GetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_STYLE); + vd->DwExStyle = ::GetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE); +} + static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowPos(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 pos) { ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); RECT rect = { (LONG)pos.x, (LONG)pos.y, (LONG)pos.x, (LONG)pos.y }; + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateWin32StyleFromWindow(viewport); // Not our window, poll style before using ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, vd->DwStyle, FALSE, vd->DwExStyle); - ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, NULL, rect.left, rect.top, 0, 0, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); + ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, nullptr, rect.left, rect.top, 0, 0, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); } static ImVec2 ImGui_ImplWin32_GetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -997,6 +1200,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowSize(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImVec2 size) ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData; IM_ASSERT(vd->Hwnd != 0); RECT rect = { 0, 0, (LONG)size.x, (LONG)size.y }; + if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) + ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateWin32StyleFromWindow(viewport); // Not our window, poll style before using ::AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, vd->DwStyle, FALSE, vd->DwExStyle); // Client to Screen ::SetWindowPos(vd->Hwnd, nullptr, 0, 0, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); } @@ -1043,14 +1248,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowAlpha(ImGuiViewport* viewport, float alpha) IM_ASSERT(alpha >= 0.0f && alpha <= 1.0f); if (alpha < 1.0f) { - DWORD style = ::GetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) | WS_EX_LAYERED; - ::SetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, style); + DWORD ex_style = ::GetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) | WS_EX_LAYERED; + ::SetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, ex_style); ::SetLayeredWindowAttributes(vd->Hwnd, 0, (BYTE)(255 * alpha), LWA_ALPHA); } else { - DWORD style = ::GetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & ~WS_EX_LAYERED; - ::SetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, style); + DWORD ex_style = ::GetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & ~WS_EX_LAYERED; + ::SetWindowLongW(vd->Hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, ex_style); } } @@ -1079,16 +1284,22 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_OnChangedViewport(ImGuiViewport* viewport) static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { - if (ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam)) - return true; + // Allow secondary viewport WndProc to be called regardless of current context + ImGuiContext* hwnd_ctx = (ImGuiContext*)::GetPropA(hWnd, "IMGUI_CONTEXT"); + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); + if (hwnd_ctx != prev_ctx && hwnd_ctx != NULL) + ImGui::SetCurrentContext(hwnd_ctx); - if (ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)hWnd)) + LRESULT result = 0; + if (ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam)) + result = true; + else if (ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle((void*)hWnd)) { switch (msg) { case WM_CLOSE: viewport->PlatformRequestClose = true; - return 0; + break; case WM_MOVE: viewport->PlatformRequestMove = true; break; @@ -1097,7 +1308,7 @@ static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow(HWND hWnd, break; case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick) - return MA_NOACTIVATE; + result = MA_NOACTIVATE; break; case WM_NCHITTEST: // Let mouse pass-through the window. This will allow the backend to call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() correctly. (which is optional). @@ -1105,19 +1316,22 @@ static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow(HWND hWnd, // If you cannot easily access those viewport flags from your windowing/event code: you may manually synchronize its state e.g. in // your main loop after calling UpdatePlatformWindows(). Iterate all viewports/platform windows and pass the flag to your windowing system. if (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) - return HTTRANSPARENT; + result = HTTRANSPARENT; break; } } - - return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); + if (result == 0) + result = DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); + if (hwnd_ctx != prev_ctx && hwnd_ctx != NULL) + ImGui::SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); + return result; } -static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface() +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitMultiViewportSupport(bool platform_has_own_dc) { - WNDCLASSEX wcex; - wcex.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX); - wcex.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; + WNDCLASSEXW wcex; + wcex.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEXW); + wcex.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW | (platform_has_own_dc ? CS_OWNDC : 0); wcex.lpfnWndProc = ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow; wcex.cbClsExtra = 0; wcex.cbWndExtra = 0; @@ -1126,9 +1340,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface() wcex.hCursor = nullptr; wcex.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)(COLOR_BACKGROUND + 1); wcex.lpszMenuName = nullptr; - wcex.lpszClassName = _T("ImGui Platform"); + wcex.lpszClassName = L"ImGui Platform"; wcex.hIconSm = nullptr; - ::RegisterClassEx(&wcex); + ::RegisterClassExW(&wcex); ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMonitors(); @@ -1158,53 +1372,21 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitPlatformInterface() vd->Hwnd = bd->hWnd; vd->HwndOwned = false; main_viewport->PlatformUserData = vd; - main_viewport->PlatformHandle = (void*)bd->hWnd; } -static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownPlatformInterface() +static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport() { ::UnregisterClass(_T("ImGui Platform"), ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr)); ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Transparency related helpers (optional) -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#if defined(_MSC_VER) -#pragma comment(lib, "dwmapi") // Link with dwmapi.lib. MinGW will require linking with '-ldwmapi' +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif -// [experimental] -// Borrowed from GLFW's function updateFramebufferTransparency() in src/win32_window.c -// (the Dwm* functions are Vista era functions but we are borrowing logic from GLFW) -void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) -{ - if (!_IsWindowsVistaOrGreater()) - return; - - BOOL composition; - if (FAILED(::DwmIsCompositionEnabled(&composition)) || !composition) - return; - - BOOL opaque; - DWORD color; - if (_IsWindows8OrGreater() || (SUCCEEDED(::DwmGetColorizationColor(&color, &opaque)) && !opaque)) - { - HRGN region = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, -1, -1); - DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; - bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE | DWM_BB_BLURREGION; - bb.hRgnBlur = region; - bb.fEnable = TRUE; - ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); - ::DeleteObject(region); - } - else - { - DWM_BLURBEHIND bb = {}; - bb.dwFlags = DWM_BB_ENABLE; - ::DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow((HWND)hwnd, &bb); - } -} - -//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h index ea7762eb91..4cf54d821b 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_impl_win32.h @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui) +// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. @@ -10,13 +11,19 @@ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs +// Learn about Dear ImGui: +// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq +// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started +// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). +// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); @@ -43,3 +50,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(void* monitor); // // - Use to enable alpha compositing transparency with the desktop. // - Use together with e.g. clearing your framebuffer with zero-alpha. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd); // HWND hwnd + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_internal.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_internal.h index aebbce216c..9d5c10a529 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,10 +1,7 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (internal structures/api) -// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! -// Set: -// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -// To implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators) +// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. /* @@ -17,16 +14,21 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Macros // [SECTION] Generic helpers // [SECTION] ImDrawList support +// [SECTION] Data types support // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +// [SECTION] Popup support // [SECTION] Inputs support // [SECTION] Clipper support // [SECTION] Navigation support +// [SECTION] Typing-select support // [SECTION] Columns support +// [SECTION] Box-select support // [SECTION] Multi-select support // [SECTION] Docking support // [SECTION] Viewport support // [SECTION] Settings support // [SECTION] Localization support +// [SECTION] Error handling, State recovery support // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools // [SECTION] Generic context hooks // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) @@ -79,7 +81,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #endif #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned() +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor() #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" @@ -87,10 +89,19 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#endif + +// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h +// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h +#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED) +#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h! #endif // Legacy defines @@ -115,19 +126,25 @@ struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +struct ImGuiBoxSelectState; // Box-selection state (currently used by multi-selection, could potentially be used by others) struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine +struct ImGuiDataVarInfo; // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum) struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum struct ImGuiDockContext; // Docking system context struct ImGuiDockRequest; // Docking system dock/undock queued request struct ImGuiDockNode; // Docking system node (hold a list of Windows OR two child dock nodes) struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings; // Storage for a dock node in .ini file (we preserve those even if the associated dock node isn't active during the session) +struct ImGuiErrorRecoveryState; // Storage of stack sizes for error handling and recovery struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only +struct ImGuiMultiSelectState; // Multi-selection persistent state (for focused selection). +struct ImGuiMultiSelectTempData; // Multi-selection temporary state (while traversing). struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions @@ -136,17 +153,21 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for lega struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file -struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table +struct ImGuiTableHeaderData; // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow() struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings +struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData; // Temporary storage for TreeNode(). +struct ImGuiTypingSelectState; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() +struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public) struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window +struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle; // Storage for window-style data which needs to be stored for docking purpose struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) @@ -159,8 +180,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // E // Flags typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags -typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc. -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags +typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow() typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() @@ -171,8 +191,8 @@ typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // F typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() - -typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); +typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest() +typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Context pointer @@ -183,24 +203,6 @@ typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer #endif -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] STB libraries includes -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -namespace ImStb -{ - -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING -#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 -#include "imstb_textedit.h" - -} // namespace ImStb - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Macros //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -224,14 +226,17 @@ namespace ImStb #else #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) #endif -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ERROR(...) do { ImGuiContext& g2 = *GImGui; if (g2.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); else g2.DebugLogSkippedErrors++; } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Static Asserts #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") @@ -245,12 +250,6 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) #endif -// Error handling -// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults. -#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR -#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error -#endif - // Misc Macros #define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f #ifdef _WIN32 @@ -264,8 +263,13 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 -#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds +#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds #define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // +#define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) #_X +#define IM_STRINGIFY(_X) IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC +#endif // Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -290,16 +294,28 @@ namespace ImStb #elif defined(__clang__) #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int $0x03") +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int3;nop") #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__) #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01") #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0"); +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0") #else #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! #endif #endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... +// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" +#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" +#define IM_PRIX64 "I64X" +#else +#define IM_PRId64 "lld" +#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +#define IM_PRIX64 "llX" +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Generic helpers // Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. @@ -323,11 +339,12 @@ namespace ImStb // - Helper: ImPool<> // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> // - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex +// - Helper: ImGuiStorage //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers: Hashing -IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); -IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0); // Helpers: Sorting #ifndef ImQsort @@ -343,22 +360,23 @@ static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } // Helpers: String -IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); -IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); -IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); -IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); -IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); +IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); // Case insensitive compare. +IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); // Case insensitive compare to a certain count. +IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't). +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); // Duplicate a string. +IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed. +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range. IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line -IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line -IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); -IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); -IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); // Find a substring in a string range. +IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer. +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); // Find first non-blank character. +IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); // Computer string length (ImWchar string) +IMGUI_API const char* ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +static inline bool ImCharIsXdigitA(char c) { return (c >= '0' && c <= '9') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); } IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Formatting @@ -381,29 +399,8 @@ IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, co IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 - -// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators -// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) -// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. -#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE -#endif +IMGUI_API const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr); // return previous UTF-8 code-point. +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line. // Helpers: File System #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS @@ -439,7 +436,6 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF #define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) #define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) #define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) -//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned() #define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } @@ -469,7 +465,7 @@ template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) // - Misc maths helpers static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } +static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); } static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); } static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } @@ -477,14 +473,15 @@ static inline float ImSaturate(float f) static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } -static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } -static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() -static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } -static inline ImVec2 ImFloorSigned(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(v.x), ImFloorSigned(v.y)); } +static inline float ImTrunc(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() +static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); } static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } +static inline float ImLinearRemapClamp(float s0, float s1, float d0, float d1, float x) { return ImSaturate((x - s0) / (s1 - s0)) * (d1 - d0) + d0; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; } @@ -499,8 +496,8 @@ IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); -inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } -IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); +inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } +inline bool ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; } // Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) // (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) @@ -544,6 +541,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; } bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; } + bool ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; } bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; } void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; } void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; } @@ -554,13 +552,16 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; } void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display. void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. - void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } + void Floor() { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); } bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } }; -IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helper: ImBitArray +#define IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! +#define IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31)))) // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly! +inline size_t ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount) { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); } inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } @@ -577,6 +578,8 @@ inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on ran } } +typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs + // Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) // Store 1-bit per value. template @@ -586,11 +589,11 @@ struct ImBitArray ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) - bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); } }; // Helper: ImBitVector @@ -600,10 +603,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector ImVector Storage; void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); } void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helper: ImSpan<> // Pointing to a span of data we don't own. @@ -687,9 +691,6 @@ struct ImPool int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; } int GetMapSize() const { return Map.Data.Size; } // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - int GetSize() { return GetMapSize(); } // For ImPlot: should use GetMapSize() from (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18304) -#endif }; // Helper: ImChunkStream<> @@ -713,10 +714,9 @@ struct ImChunkStream int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } - }; -// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<> +// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex // Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API. struct ImGuiTextIndex { @@ -730,6 +730,8 @@ struct ImGuiTextIndex void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size); }; +// Helper: ImGuiStorage +IMGUI_API ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_end, ImGuiID key); //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImDrawList support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -766,6 +768,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float FontScale; // Current/default font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize) float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() @@ -786,39 +789,71 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData struct ImDrawDataBuilder { - ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + ImVector* Layers[2]; // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData. + ImVector LayerData1; + + ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Data types support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiDataVarInfo +{ + ImGuiDataType Type; + ImU32 Count; // 1+ + ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure + void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); } +}; - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } - int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } - IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); +struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage +{ + ImU8 Data[8]; // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; // Size in bytes + const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging + const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type + const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type +}; + +// Extend ImGuiDataType_ +enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer, + ImGuiDataType_ID, }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags used by upcoming items +// Extend ImGuiItemFlags // - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. // - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags -// Current window shared by all windows. -// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. -enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +enum ImGuiItemFlagsPrivate_ { // Controlled by user - ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav) - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop) - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) - ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. - ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 10, // false // Disable interactions (DOES NOT affect visuals. DO NOT mix direct use of this with BeginDisabled(). See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() for full disable feature, and github #211). + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 11, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 12, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 13, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 14, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. // Controlled by widget code - ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 20, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 21, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect = 1 << 22, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + + ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Please don't change, use PushItemFlag() instead. + + // Obsolete + //ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = !ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Can't have a redirect as we inverted the behavior }; // Status flags for an already submitted item @@ -834,17 +869,28 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 9, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 8, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 10, // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd(). + // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // Opened status ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // Checked status + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable = 1 << 24, // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX) #endif }; +// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_ +enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_ = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_, +}; + // Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ { @@ -852,6 +898,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 29, // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar() }; // Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ @@ -865,13 +912,13 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping - ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable. ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) @@ -889,7 +936,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? - ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead. }; // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ @@ -909,7 +956,9 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 28,// FIXME-WIP: Hard-coded for CollapsingHeader() + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 29,// FIXME-WIP: Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_ = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow, }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ @@ -917,7 +966,17 @@ enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set. +}; + +// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags. +// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf() +// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in. +enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ +{ + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild = 1 << 0, // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal = 1 << 1, // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal. }; enum ImGuiTextFlags_ @@ -929,7 +988,7 @@ enum ImGuiTextFlags_ enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ { ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious = 1 << 1, // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. @@ -963,35 +1022,6 @@ enum ImGuiPlotType ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, }; -enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy -{ - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, -}; - -struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage -{ - ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT -}; - -// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). -struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo -{ - size_t Size; // Size in bytes - const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging - const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type - const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type -}; - -// Extend ImGuiDataType_ -enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ -{ - ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, - ImGuiDataType_Pointer, - ImGuiDataType_ID, -}; - // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiColorMod { @@ -1028,6 +1058,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData ImGuiID WindowID; ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; ImVec1 BackupIndent; ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; @@ -1035,6 +1066,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; + bool BackupIsSameLine; bool EmitItem; }; @@ -1056,57 +1088,83 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); }; +// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState +{ + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated) + ImVector TextA; // text buffer + + ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); } +}; + +// Forward declare imstb_textedit.h structure + make its main configuration define accessible +#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING +#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE char +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +namespace ImStb { struct STB_TexteditState; } +typedef ImStb::STB_TexteditState ImStbTexteditState; + // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box // For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState { - ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent dear imgui context + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). + ImStbTexteditState* Stb; // State for stb_textedit.h ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state - int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. - ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. - ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. - ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) - bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) + int CurLenA; // UTF-8 length of the string in TextA (in bytes) + ImVector TextA; // main UTF8 buffer. + ImVector InitialTextA; // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + ImVector CallbackTextBackup; // temporary storage for callback to support automatic reconcile of undo-stack int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity - float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset - ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h + ImVec2 Scroll; // horizontal offset (managed manually) + vertical scrolling (pulled from child window's own Scroll.y) float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection bool Edited; // edited this frame ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set. - - ImGuiInputTextState(ImGuiContext* ctx) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Ctx = ctx;} - void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } - int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } - int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + bool ReloadUserBuf; // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version. + int ReloadSelectionStart; // POSITIONS ARE IN IMWCHAR units *NOT* UTF-8 this is why this is not exposed yet. + int ReloadSelectionEnd; + + ImGuiInputTextState(); + ~ImGuiInputTextState(); + void ClearText() { CurLenA = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation + void OnCharPressed(unsigned int c); // Cursor & Selection - void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking - void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } - bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } - void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } - int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; } - int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; } - int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; } - void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } -}; - -// Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiPopupData -{ - ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close - int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value - int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) - ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) - ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - - ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } + void CursorAnimReset(); + void CursorClamp(); + bool HasSelection() const; + void ClearSelection(); + int GetCursorPos() const; + int GetSelectionStart() const; + int GetSelectionEnd() const; + void SelectAll(); + + // Reload user buf (WIP #2890) + // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this) + // strcpy(my_buf, "hello"); + // if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item + // state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll(); + void ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll(); + void ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection(); + void ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd(); +}; + +enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ +{ + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh = 1 << 0, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND. + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover = 1 << 1, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus = 1 << 2, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus + // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc. }; enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ @@ -1120,9 +1178,11 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 8, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 9, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 10, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 8, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy = 1 << 9, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 10, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 11, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 12, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions @@ -1138,6 +1198,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImVec2 SizeVal; ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; ImVec2 ScrollVal; + ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; bool PosUndock; bool CollapsedVal; ImRect SizeConstraintRect; @@ -1148,6 +1209,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImGuiID DockId; ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass; ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?) + ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags RefreshFlagsVal; ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } @@ -1155,21 +1217,31 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 2, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal = 1 << 3, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID = 1 << 4, }; struct ImGuiNextItemData { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; - float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() - ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) - ImGuiCond OpenCond; - bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() - - ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap and ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData. + // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem() + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values) + float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() + ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags ShortcutFlags; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() + bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + ImU8 OpenCond; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() + ImGuiDataTypeStorage RefVal; // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal + ImGuiID StorageId; // Set by SetNextItemStorageID() + + ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; } + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! }; // Status storage for the last submitted item @@ -1180,14 +1252,32 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) - ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (only if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set. + ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set. + ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set.. + ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set.. ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() +// - To implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere: store the minimum amount of data +// which we can't infer in TreePop(), to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult(). +// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. +struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData { + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags TreeFlags; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // Used for nav landing + ImRect NavRect; // Used for nav landing +}; + +// sizeof() = 20 +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiErrorRecoveryState +{ + short SizeOfWindowStack; short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfTreeStack; short SizeOfColorStack; short SizeOfStyleVarStack; short SizeOfFontStack; @@ -1197,9 +1287,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; short SizeOfDisabledStack; - ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void SetToCurrentState(); - void CompareWithCurrentState(); + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; // Data saved for each window pushed into the stack @@ -1207,7 +1295,8 @@ struct ImGuiWindowStackData { ImGuiWindow* Window; ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; - ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting + bool DisabledOverrideReenable; // Non-child window override disabled flag }; struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem @@ -1226,10 +1315,37 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Popup support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, +}; + +// Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack) +struct ImGuiPopupData +{ + ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close + int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value + int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) + ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) + ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup + + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Inputs support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Bit array for named keys typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; // [Internal] Key ranges @@ -1249,8 +1365,8 @@ typedef ImBitArray ImBitAr #define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 -#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown -#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown) +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight) #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp @@ -1270,19 +1386,17 @@ enum ImGuiInputEventType enum ImGuiInputSource { ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, - ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them. ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, - ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only ImGuiInputSource_COUNT }; // FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? // Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' -struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; }; -struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; }; -struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; }; struct ImGuiInputEventMouseViewport { ImGuiID HoveredViewportID; }; struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; @@ -1292,6 +1406,7 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent { ImGuiInputEventType Type; ImGuiInputSource Source; + ImU32 EventId; // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data). union { ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos @@ -1309,7 +1424,8 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent // Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior. #define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. -#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. +//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit. typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; @@ -1317,12 +1433,13 @@ typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData { ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex; - ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super. + ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. + ImU8 RoutingCurrScore; // [DEBUG] For debug display ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score) ImGuiID RoutingCurr; ImGuiID RoutingNext; - ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; } + ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; } }; // Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching. @@ -1346,53 +1463,47 @@ struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame. bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well. - ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } + ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } }; +// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() -// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) -enum ImGuiInputFlags_ -{ - // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() - ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster - ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, - - // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner() - ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 4, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) - ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 5, // Only set if item is active (default to both) - ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, - ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() + // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster + // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted. + // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() - ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 6, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. - ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 7, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 20, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 21, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. - // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting() - // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. - // - When a policy (other than _RouteAlways) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), - // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. - // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default: meaning that a simple Shortcut() poll - // will register a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus stack and if no-one - // with a higher priority is claiming the shortcut. - // - Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(key) + testing mods. - // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow. - // - Can select only 1 policy among all available. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 8, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 9, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 10, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 11, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this! - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 12, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 13, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused, + // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 22, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 23, // Only set if item is active (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags - ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_, - ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress, + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways, + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip, ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, }; @@ -1401,6 +1512,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // [SECTION] Clipper support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention. struct ImGuiListClipperRange { int Min; @@ -1433,9 +1545,11 @@ struct ImGuiListClipperData enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ { ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available. - ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used. ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) + ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing = 1 << 3, // Activation requested by a tabbing request + ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut = 1 << 4, // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function. }; // Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() @@ -1456,8 +1570,7 @@ enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ { ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact = 1 << 1, // Compact highlight, no padding ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, }; @@ -1469,15 +1582,19 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove = 1 << 11, // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 12, // Activate/select target item. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 13, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 14, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId = 1 << 15, // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result }; enum ImGuiNavLayer @@ -1487,6 +1604,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavLayer ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT }; +// Storage for navigation query/results struct ImGuiNavItemData { ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) @@ -1497,16 +1615,61 @@ struct ImGuiNavItemData float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId + ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value. Valid if (InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData) ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + +// Storage for PushFocusScope() +struct ImGuiFocusScopeData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiID WindowID; +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Typing-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest() +enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace = 1 << 0, // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state) + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode = 1 << 1, // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times. +}; + +// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectFlags Flags; // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest() + int SearchBufferLen; + const char* SearchBuffer; // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize). + bool SelectRequest; // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection. + bool SingleCharMode; // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication. + ImS8 SingleCharSize; // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input. +}; + +// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState +{ + ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request; // User-facing data + char SearchBuffer[64]; // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient. + ImGuiID FocusScope; + int LastRequestFrame = 0; + float LastRequestTime = 0.0f; + bool SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing. + + ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Clear() { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Columns support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays! enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ { ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, @@ -1514,16 +1677,16 @@ enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, #endif }; @@ -1558,13 +1721,80 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Box-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiBoxSelectState +{ + // Active box-selection data (persistent, 1 active at a time) + ImGuiID ID; + bool IsActive; + bool IsStarting; + bool IsStartedFromVoid; // Starting click was not from an item. + bool IsStartedSetNavIdOnce; + bool RequestClear; + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods : 16; // Latched key-mods for box-select logic. + ImVec2 StartPosRel; // Start position in window-contents relative space (to support scrolling) + ImVec2 EndPosRel; // End position in window-contents relative space + ImVec2 ScrollAccum; // Scrolling accumulator (to behave at high-frame spaces) + ImGuiWindow* Window; + + // Temporary/Transient data + bool UnclipMode; // (Temp/Transient, here in hot area). Set/cleared by the BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() owning active box-select. + ImRect UnclipRect; // Rectangle where ItemAdd() clipping may be temporarily disabled. Need support by multi-select supporting widgets. + ImRect BoxSelectRectPrev; // Selection rectangle in absolute coordinates (derived every frame from BoxSelectStartPosRel and MousePos) + ImRect BoxSelectRectCurr; + + ImGuiBoxSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Multi-select support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT -// -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers) +#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1) + +// Temporary storage for multi-select +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectTempData +{ + ImGuiMultiSelectIO IO; // MUST BE FIRST FIELD. Requests are set and returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + written to by user during the loop. + ImGuiMultiSelectState* Storage; + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Copied from g.CurrentFocusScopeId (unless another selection scope was pushed manually) + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags Flags; + ImVec2 ScopeRectMin; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImGuiSelectionUserData LastSubmittedItem; // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges. + ImGuiID BoxSelectId; + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; + ImS8 LoopRequestSetAll; // -1: no operation, 0: clear all, 1: select all. + bool IsEndIO; // Set when switching IO from BeginMultiSelect() to EndMultiSelect() state. + bool IsFocused; // Set if currently focusing the selection scope (any item of the selection). May be used if you have custom shortcut associated to selection. + bool IsKeyboardSetRange; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() when using Shift+Navigation. Because scrolling may be affected we can't afford a frame of lag with Shift+Navigation. + bool NavIdPassedBy; + bool RangeSrcPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches RangeSrcItem. + bool RangeDstPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches NavJustMovedToId when IsSetRange is set. + + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { size_t io_sz = sizeof(IO); ClearIO(); memset((void*)(&IO + 1), 0, sizeof(*this) - io_sz); } // Zero-clear except IO as we preserve IO.Requests[] buffer allocation. + void ClearIO() { IO.Requests.resize(0); IO.RangeSrcItem = IO.NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; IO.NavIdSelected = IO.RangeSrcReset = false; } +}; + +// Persistent storage for multi-select (as long as selection is alive) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectState +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiID ID; + int LastFrameActive; // Last used frame-count, for GC. + int LastSelectionSize; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() based on optional info provided by user. May be -1 if unknown. + ImS8 RangeSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false + ImS8 NavIdSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items) + + ImGuiMultiSelectState() { Window = NULL; ID = 0; LastFrameActive = LastSelectionSize = 0; RangeSelected = NavIdSelected = -1; RangeSrcItem = NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Docking support @@ -1579,25 +1809,30 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns enum ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_ { // [Internal] - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace = 1 << 10, // Local, Saved // A dockspace is a node that occupy space within an existing user window. Otherwise the node is floating and create its own window. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode = 1 << 11, // Local, Saved // The central node has 2 main properties: stay visible when empty, only use "remaining" spaces from its neighbor. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar = 1 << 12, // Local, Saved // Tab bar is completely unavailable. No triangle in the corner to enable it back. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar = 1 << 13, // Local, Saved // Tab bar is hidden, with a triangle in the corner to show it again (NB: actual tab-bar instance may be destroyed as this is only used for single-window tab bar) - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton = 1 << 14, // Local, Saved // Disable window/docking menu (that one that appears instead of the collapse button) - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 15, // Local, Saved // - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking = 1 << 16, // Local, Saved // Disable any form of docking in this dockspace or individual node. (On a whole dockspace, this pretty much defeat the purpose of using a dockspace at all). Note: when turned on, existing docked nodes will be preserved. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe = 1 << 17, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node from splitting this node. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther = 1 << 18, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node from splitting another window/node. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe = 1 << 19, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node to be docked over this node. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther = 1 << 20, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over another window or non-empty node. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty = 1 << 21, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over an empty node (e.g. DockSpace with no other windows) - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX = 1 << 22, // [EXPERIMENTAL] - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY = 1 << 23, // [EXPERIMENTAL] + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace = 1 << 10, // Saved // A dockspace is a node that occupy space within an existing user window. Otherwise the node is floating and create its own window. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode = 1 << 11, // Saved // The central node has 2 main properties: stay visible when empty, only use "remaining" spaces from its neighbor. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar = 1 << 12, // Saved // Tab bar is completely unavailable. No triangle in the corner to enable it back. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar = 1 << 13, // Saved // Tab bar is hidden, with a triangle in the corner to show it again (NB: actual tab-bar instance may be destroyed as this is only used for single-window tab bar) + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton = 1 << 14, // Saved // Disable window/docking menu (that one that appears instead of the collapse button) + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 15, // Saved // Disable close button + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX = 1 << 16, // // + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY = 1 << 17, // // + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockedWindowsInFocusRoute= 1 << 18, // // Any docked window will be automatically be focus-route chained (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute set to this) so Shortcut() in this window can run when any docked window is focused. + // Disable docking/undocking actions in this dockspace or individual node (existing docked nodes will be preserved) + // Those are not exposed in public because the desirable sharing/inheriting/copy-flag-on-split behaviors are quite difficult to design and understand. + // The two public flags ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverCentralNode/ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit don't have those issues. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther = 1 << 19, // // Disable this node from splitting other windows/nodes. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe = 1 << 20, // // Disable other windows/nodes from being docked over this node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther = 1 << 21, // // Disable this node from being docked over another window or non-empty node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty = 1 << 22, // // Disable this node from being docked over an empty node (e.g. DockSpace with no other windows) + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther, + // Masks ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_ = ~0, - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY, - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking, - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace, // When splitting those flags are moved to the inheriting child, never duplicated - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ = (int)ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY, + + // When splitting, those local flags are moved to the inheriting child, never duplicated + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_ = (int)ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | (int)ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton, + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton, }; // Store the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field @@ -1647,6 +1882,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode ImGuiID LastFocusedNodeId; // [Root node only] Which of our child docking node (any ancestor in the hierarchy) was last focused. ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // [Leaf node only] Which of our tab/window is selected. ImGuiID WantCloseTabId; // [Leaf node only] Set when closing a specific tab/window. + ImGuiID RefViewportId; // Reference viewport ID from visible window when HostWindow == NULL. ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForPos :3; ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForSize :3; ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForViewport :3; @@ -1686,14 +1922,17 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode enum ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol { ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text, - ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Tab, ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabHovered, - ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive, - ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocused, - ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocusedActive, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabFocused, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabSelected, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabSelectedOverline, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabDimmed, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabDimmedSelected, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline, ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT }; +// We don't store style.Alpha: dock_node->LastBgColor embeds it and otherwise it would only affect the docking tab, which intuitively I would say we don't want to. struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle { ImU32 Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT]; @@ -1718,40 +1957,47 @@ struct ImGuiDockContext // Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport { + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set) int Idx; int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number this viewport was activated by a window - int LastFrontMostStampCount;// Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was made front-most (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order + int LastFocusedStampCount; // Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was focused (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order we use as fallback) ImGuiID LastNameHash; ImVec2 LastPos; + ImVec2 LastSize; float Alpha; // Window opacity (when dragging dockable windows/viewports we make them transparent) float LastAlpha; + bool LastFocusedHadNavWindow;// Instead of maintaining a LastFocusedWindow (which may harder to correctly maintain), we merely store weither NavWindow != NULL last time the viewport was focused. short PlatformMonitor; - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set) - int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used - ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + int BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* BgFgDrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. ImDrawData DrawDataP; - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData ImVec2 LastPlatformPos; ImVec2 LastPlatformSize; ImVec2 LastRendererSize; - ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) - ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). - ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. - ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. - ImGuiViewportP() { Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFrontMostStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; PlatformMonitor = -1; Window = NULL; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } - ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + // Per-viewport work area + // - Insets are >= 0.0f values, distance from viewport corners to work area. + // - BeginMainMenuBar() and DockspaceOverViewport() tend to use work area to avoid stepping over existing contents. + // - Generally 'safeAreaInsets' in iOS land, 'DisplayCutout' in Android land. + ImVec2 WorkInsetMin; // Work Area inset locked for the frame. GetWorkRect() always fits within GetMainRect(). + ImVec2 WorkInsetMax; // " + ImVec2 BuildWorkInsetMin; // Work Area inset accumulator for current frame, to become next frame's WorkInset + ImVec2 BuildWorkInsetMax; // " + + ImGuiViewportP() { Window = NULL; Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFocusedStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; LastFocusedHadNavWindow = false; PlatformMonitor = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); } void ClearRequestFlags() { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; } // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) - ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } - ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); } - void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& inset_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + inset_min.x, Pos.y + inset_min.y); } + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& inset_min, const ImVec2& inset_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - inset_min.x - inset_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - inset_min.y - inset_max.y)); } + void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkInsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkInsetMin, WorkInsetMax); } // Update public fields // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry) ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } - ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } + ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkInsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkInsetMin, BuildWorkInsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1772,7 +2018,9 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings ImGuiID ClassId; // ID of window class if specified short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible. bool Collapsed; + bool IsChild; bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + bool WantDelete; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); DockOrder = -1; } char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } @@ -1800,6 +2048,7 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler // This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack. enum ImGuiLocKey : int { + ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, @@ -1807,7 +2056,11 @@ enum ImGuiLocKey : int ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, + ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s, + ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, + ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, + ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode, ImGuiLocKey_COUNT }; @@ -1817,6 +2070,21 @@ struct ImGuiLocEntry const char* Text; }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Error handling, State recovery support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Macros used by Recoverable Error handling +// - Only dispatch error if _EXPR: evaluate as assert (similar to an assert macro). +// - The message will always be a string literal, in order to increase likelihood of being display by an assert handler. +// - See 'Demo->Configuration->Error Handling' and ImGuiIO definitions for details on error handling. +// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Error-Handling for details on error handling. +#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR +#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXPR,_MSG) do { if (!(_EXPR) && ImGui::ErrorLog(_MSG)) { IM_ASSERT((_EXPR) && _MSG); } } while (0) // Recoverable User Error +#endif + +// The error callback is currently not public, as it is expected that only advanced users will rely on it. +typedef void (*ImGuiErrorCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, void* user_data, const char* msg); // Function signature for g.ErrorCallback //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools @@ -1825,40 +2093,57 @@ struct ImGuiLocEntry enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ { // Event types - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 5, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking = 1 << 6, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport = 1 << 7, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport, - ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError = 1 << 0, // Error submitted by IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR() + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 6, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 7, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting = 1 << 8, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking = 1 << 9, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport = 1 << 10, + + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventError | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 20, // Also send output to TTY + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine = 1 << 21, // Also send output to Test Engine +}; + +struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry +{ + int FrameCount; + ImS16 AllocCount; + ImS16 FreeCount; +}; + +struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo +{ + int TotalAllocCount; // Number of call to MemAlloc(). + int TotalFreeCount; + ImS16 LastEntriesIdx; // Current index in buffer + ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations + + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; struct ImGuiMetricsConfig { - bool ShowDebugLog; - bool ShowStackTool; - bool ShowWindowsRects; - bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; - bool ShowTablesRects; - bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; - bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; - bool ShowDockingNodes; - int ShowWindowsRectsType; - int ShowTablesRectsType; - - ImGuiMetricsConfig() - { - ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; - ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; - ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; - ShowDockingNodes = false; - ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; - } + bool ShowDebugLog = false; + bool ShowIDStackTool = false; + bool ShowWindowsRects = false; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; + bool ShowTablesRects = false; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + bool ShowTextEncodingViewer = false; + bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false; + bool ShowDockingNodes = false; + int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; + int ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + int HighlightMonitorIdx = -1; + ImGuiID HighlightViewportID = 0; }; struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo @@ -1872,8 +2157,8 @@ struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// State for Stack tool queries -struct ImGuiStackTool +// State for ID Stack tool queries +struct ImGuiIDStackTool { int LastActiveFrame; int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level @@ -1882,7 +2167,7 @@ struct ImGuiStackTool bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; float CopyToClipboardLastTime; - ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } + ImGuiIDStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1913,14 +2198,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; ImGuiPlatformIO PlatformIO; - ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be tricked/written into IO structure. - ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. ImGuiStyle Style; ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsCurrFrame; // = g.IO.ConfigFlags at the time of NewFrame() ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsLastFrame; ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. + float FontScale; // == FontSize / Font->FontSize + float CurrentDpiScale; // Current window/viewport DpiScale == CurrentViewport->DpiScale ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; double Time; int FrameCount; @@ -1933,6 +2218,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data + char ContextName[16]; // Storage for a context name (to facilitate debugging multi-context setups) + + // Inputs + ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure. + ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. + ImGuiMouseSource InputEventsNextMouseSource; + ImU32 InputEventsNextEventId; // Windows state ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front @@ -1941,26 +2233,32 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentWindowStack; ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame - ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) + ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING). + ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call. ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowBeforeClear; // Window the mouse is hovering. Filled even with _NoMouse. This is currently useful for multi-context compositors. ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree. ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL + int WheelingWindowScrolledFrame; float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg; // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] + ImGuiID DebugDrawIdConflicts; // Set when we detect multiple items with the same identifier + ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; - bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. + int HoveredIdPreviousFrameItemCount; // Count numbers of items using the same ID as last frame's hovered id float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active + bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + bool HoveredIdIsDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. + bool ItemUnclipByLog; // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) float ActiveIdTimer; @@ -1970,10 +2268,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; + bool ActiveIdFromShortcut; + int ActiveIdMouseButton : 8; ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; - ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) - int ActiveIdMouseButton; + ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore; @@ -1981,63 +2280,70 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. - // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system + // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. - // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID. // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). + double LastKeyModsChangeTime; // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) + double LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime; // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic) + double LastKeyboardKeyPressTime; // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed. + ImBitArrayForNamedKeys KeysMayBeCharInput; // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' -#endif + bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (this is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations) + ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakInShortcutRouting; // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls. + //ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // [OBSOLETE] Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes --> 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' // Next window/item data - ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // == g.FocusScopeStack.back() - ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId. + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + bool DebugShowGroupRects; // Shared stacks - ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() - ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() - ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) - ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) - int BeginMenuCount; + ImGuiCol DebugFlashStyleColorIdx; // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line) + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() + ImVector ItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector GroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() + ImVector OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) + ImVector BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + ImVectorTreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() // Viewports ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (always 1+, and generally 1 unless multi-viewports are enabled). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. - float CurrentDpiScale; // == CurrentViewport->DpiScale ImGuiViewportP* CurrentViewport; // We track changes of viewport (happening in Begin) so we can call Platform_OnChangedViewport() ImGuiViewportP* MouseViewport; ImGuiViewportP* MouseLastHoveredViewport; // Last known viewport that was hovered by mouse (even if we are not hovering any viewport any more) + honoring the _NoInputs flag. ImGuiID PlatformLastFocusedViewportId; ImGuiPlatformMonitor FallbackMonitor; // Virtual monitor used as fallback if backend doesn't provide monitor information. - int ViewportFrontMostStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter + ImRect PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect; // Bounding box of all platform monitors + int ViewportCreatedCount; // Unique sequential creation counter (mostly for testing/debugging) + int PlatformWindowsCreatedCount; // Unique sequential creation counter (mostly for testing/debugging) + int ViewportFocusedStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation - ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) - ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() - ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) - ImGuiID NavActivateInputId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0. + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope) + ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Focused layer (main scrolling layer, or menu/title bar layer) + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; - ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImVector NavFocusRoute; // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain. + ImGuiID NavHighlightActivatedId; + float NavHighlightActivatedTimer; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; - ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. - ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. + ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS CAN ONLY BE ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard or ImGuiInputSource_Mouse + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavLastValidSelectionUserData; // Last valid data passed to SetNextItemSelectionUser(), or -1. For current window. Not reset when focusing an item that doesn't have selection data. bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) @@ -2047,8 +2353,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item bool NavInitRequestFromMove; - ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) - ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + ImGuiNavItemData NavInitResult; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; @@ -2068,21 +2373,29 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy + // Navigation: record of last move request + ImGuiID NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId; // Just navigated from this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). + ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + bool NavJustMovedToIsTabbing; // Copy of ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing. Maybe we should store whole flags. + bool NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData; // Copy of move result's InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData). Maybe we should just store ImGuiNavItemData. + // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) - ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828) - ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X) ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents float NavWindowingTimer; float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; + ImGuiKey NavWindowingToggleKey; ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; // Render float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) - ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; // Drag and Drop bool DragDropActive; @@ -2093,6 +2406,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext int DragDropMouseButton; ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; ImRect DragDropTargetRect; // Store rectangle of current target candidate (we favor small targets when overlapping) + ImRect DragDropTargetClipRect; // Store ClipRect at the time of item's drawing ImGuiID DragDropTargetId; ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropAcceptFlags; float DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface; // Target item surface (we resolve overlapping targets by prioritizing the smaller surface) @@ -2109,6 +2423,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Tables ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + ImGuiID DebugBreakInTable; // Set to break in BeginTable() call. int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) ImPool Tables; // Persistent table data @@ -2121,45 +2436,70 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + // Multi-Select state + ImGuiBoxSelectState BoxSelectState; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* CurrentMultiSelect; + int MultiSelectTempDataStacked; // Temporary multi-select data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use MultiSelectTempData.Size) + ImVector MultiSelectTempData; + ImPool MultiSelectStorage; + // Hover Delay system - ImGuiID HoverDelayId; - ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; - float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. - float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + ImGuiID HoverItemDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverItemDelayTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered() + float HoverItemDelayClearTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + ImGuiID HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item. + ImGuiID HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window. + + // Mouse state + ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; + float MouseStationaryTimer; // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic) + ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; // Widget state - ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; + ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. + ImGuiDataTypeStorage DataTypeZeroValue; // 0 for all data types + int BeginMenuDepth; + int BeginComboDepth; ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. + ImGuiID ColorEditCurrentID; // Set temporarily while inside of the parent-most ColorEdit4/ColorPicker4 (because they call each others). + ImGuiID ColorEditSavedID; // ID we are saving/restoring HS for + float ColorEditSavedHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditSavedSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + ImU32 ColorEditSavedColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + ImRect WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect; // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving + bool WindowResizeRelativeMode; + short ScrollbarSeekMode; // 0: scroll to clicked location, -1/+1: prev/next page. + float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // When scrolling to mouse location: distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. float SliderGrabClickOffset; float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio - float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() short DisabledStackSize; + short LockMarkEdited; short TooltipOverrideCount; + ImGuiWindow* TooltipPreviousWindow; // Window of last tooltip submitted during the frame ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once + ImGuiTypingSelectState TypingSelectState; // State for GetTypingSelectRequest() // Platform support ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame - ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data. When changed we call the platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn() handler. ImGuiID PlatformImeViewport; - char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Extensions // FIXME: We could provide an API to register one slot in an array held in ImGuiContext? ImGuiDockContext DockContext; + void (*DockNodeWindowMenuHandler)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); // Settings bool SettingsLoaded; @@ -2187,16 +2527,36 @@ struct ImGuiContext int LogDepthToExpand; int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. + // Error Handling + ImGuiErrorCallback ErrorCallback; // = NULL. May be exposed in public API eventually. + void* ErrorCallbackUserData; // = NULL + ImVec2 ErrorTooltipLockedPos; + bool ErrorFirst; + int ErrorCountCurrentFrame; // [Internal] Number of errors submitted this frame. + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInNewFrame; // [Internal] + ImGuiErrorRecoveryState*StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow; // [Internal] + // Debug Tools + // (some of the highly frequently used data are interleaved in other structures above: DebugBreakXXX fields, DebugHookIdInfo, DebugLocateId etc.) + int DebugDrawIdConflictsCount; // Locked count (preserved when holding CTRL) ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; + int DebugLogSkippedErrors; + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogAutoDisableFlags; + ImU8 DebugLogAutoDisableFrames; ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. + bool DebugBreakInLocateId; // Debug break in ItemAdd() call for g.DebugLocateId. + ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakKeyChord; // = ImGuiKey_Pause + ImS8 DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth; // Cycle between 0..9 then wrap around. bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID + float DebugFlashStyleColorTime; + ImVec4 DebugFlashStyleColorBackup; ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; - ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; + ImGuiIDStackTool DebugIDStackTool; + ImGuiDebugAllocInfo DebugAllocInfo; ImGuiDockNode* DebugHoveredDockNode; // Hovered dock node. // Misc @@ -2208,178 +2568,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " int WantTextInputNextFrame; ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer + char TempKeychordName[64]; - ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) - : InputTextState(this) - { - Initialized = false; - ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = ConfigFlagsLastFrame = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; - FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; - Font = NULL; - FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; - IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); - Time = 0.0f; - FrameCount = 0; - FrameCountEnded = FrameCountPlatformEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; - WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; - GcCompactAll = false; - TestEngineHookItems = false; - TestEngine = NULL; - - WindowsActiveCount = 0; - CurrentWindow = NULL; - HoveredWindow = NULL; - HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; - MovingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; - WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; - - DebugHookIdInfo = 0; - HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdDisabled = false; - HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveId = 0; - ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; - ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; - ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); - ActiveIdWindow = NULL; - ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; - ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - LastActiveId = 0; - LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - - ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif - - CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; - CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; - BeginMenuCount = 0; - - CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; - CurrentViewport = NULL; - MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; - PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = 0; - ViewportFrontMostStampCount = 0; - - NavWindow = NULL; - NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; - NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; - NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; - NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; - NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavIdIsAlive = false; - NavMousePosDirty = false; - NavDisableHighlight = true; - NavDisableMouseHover = false; - NavAnyRequest = false; - NavInitRequest = false; - NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - NavInitResultId = 0; - NavMoveSubmitted = false; - NavMoveScoringItems = false; - NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; - NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; - NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; - NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; - NavScoringDebugCount = 0; - NavTabbingDir = 0; - NavTabbingCounter = 0; - - ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab; - ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab; - NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; - NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - - DimBgRatio = 0.0f; - MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - - DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; - DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; - DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; - DragDropMouseButton = -1; - DragDropTargetId = 0; - DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; - DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; - DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; - DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; - DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; - memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - - ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; - - CurrentTable = NULL; - TablesTempDataStacked = 0; - CurrentTabBar = NULL; - - HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; - - TempInputId = 0; - ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; - ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; - ColorEditLastColor = 0; - SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; - SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; - SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; - DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; - DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; - ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; - DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; - DisabledStackSize = 0; - TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - - PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission - PlatformImeViewport = 0; - PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; - - SettingsLoaded = false; - SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - HookIdNext = 0; - - memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable)); - - LogEnabled = false; - LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; - LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; - LogFile = NULL; - LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; - LogLineFirstItem = false; - LogDepthRef = 0; - LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; - - DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; - DebugLocateId = 0; - DebugLocateFrames = 0; - DebugItemPickerActive = false; - DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; - DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; - DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL; - - memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); - FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; - FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; - WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - } + ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2406,27 +2597,29 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; - ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) + bool NavIsScrollPushableX; // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; - bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + bool NavWindowHasScrollY; // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f) // Miscellaneous bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. - ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. + ImU32 TreeHasStackDataDepthMask; // Store whether given depth has ImGuiTreeNodeStackData data. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. ImVector ChildWindows; ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() + ImU32 ModalDimBgColor; // Local parameters stacks // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. @@ -2439,9 +2632,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData // Storage for one window struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow { + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent). char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags, FlagsPreviousFrame; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; // Set when window is a child window. See enum ImGuiChildFlags_ ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass; // Advanced users only. Set with SetNextWindowClass() ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. ImGuiID ViewportId; // We backup the viewport id (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the window is inactive) @@ -2456,6 +2651,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + float TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight; // Note that those used to be function before 2024/05/28. If you have old code calling TitleBarHeight() you can change it to TitleBarHeight. float DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1; // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin(). float DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2; // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y). float DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1; // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes). @@ -2463,6 +2659,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") ImGuiID TabId; // == window->GetID("#TAB") ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) + ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) ImVec2 Scroll; ImVec2 ScrollMax; ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) @@ -2477,20 +2674,20 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar bool WantCollapseToggle; bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) + bool SkipRefresh; // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false. bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + signed char ResizeBorderHovered; // Current border being hovered for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. - ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; - ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames @@ -2538,10 +2735,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiWindow* RootWindowDockTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through dock nodes. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowForFocusRoute; // Set to manual link a window to its logical parent so that Shortcut() chain are honoerd (e.g. Tool linked to Document) ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + ImVec2 NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX. ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy @@ -2568,15 +2767,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetID(int n); + ImGuiID GetIDFromPos(const ImVec2& p_abs); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } - float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } - float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } - ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } - float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } - ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); } + ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2598,7 +2796,6 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted = 1 << 22, // [Docking] Trailing tabs with the _Unsorted flag will be sorted based on the DockOrder of their Window. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview = 1 << 23, // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly to compensate for the yet missing tab bar) }; // Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 48 bytes) @@ -2615,15 +2812,16 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable - ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout(). Tabs gets reordered so 'Tabs[n].IndexDuringLayout == n' but may mismatch during additions. bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } }; -// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 160 bytes) struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar { + ImGuiWindow* Window; ImVector Tabs; ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking @@ -2643,6 +2841,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar float ScrollingSpeed; float ScrollingRectMinX; float ScrollingRectMaxX; + float SeparatorMinX; + float SeparatorMaxX; ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; ImS8 BeginCount; @@ -2657,14 +2857,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. ImGuiTabBar(); - int GetTabOrder(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const { return Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } - const char* GetTabName(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) const - { - if (tab->Window) - return tab->Window->Name; - IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset != -1 && tab->NameOffset < TabsNames.Buf.Size); - return TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; - } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2672,14 +2864,13 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. -#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. -#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 512 // May be further lifted // Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. -typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; -typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; +typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; -// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 112 // We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. // We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. // This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". @@ -2691,6 +2882,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn float MaxX; float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() float WidthAuto; // Automatic width + float WidthMax; // Maximum width (FIXME: overwritten by each instance) float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column @@ -2725,7 +2917,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) - ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits) ImGuiTableColumn() { @@ -2741,24 +2933,39 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn }; // Transient cell data stored per row. -// sizeof() ~ 6 +// sizeof() ~ 6 bytes struct ImGuiTableCellData { ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number }; -// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +// Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx() +// This may end up being refactored for more general purpose. +// sizeof() ~ 12 bytes +struct ImGuiTableHeaderData +{ + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; // Column index + ImU32 TextColor; + ImU32 BgColor0; + ImU32 BgColor1; +}; + +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?) +// sizeof() ~ 24 bytes struct ImGuiTableInstanceData { + ImGuiID TableInstanceID; float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame - float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked) + float LastTopHeadersRowHeight; // Height of first consecutive header rows from last frame (FIXME: this is used assuming consecutive headers are in same frozen set) float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame + int HoveredRowLast; // Index of row which was hovered last frame. + int HoveredRowNext; // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it. - ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; } + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; } }; -// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData +// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { ImGuiID ID; @@ -2768,10 +2975,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. - ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map - ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data - ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) - ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImBitArrayPtr EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImBitArrayPtr VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables int LastFrameActive; @@ -2783,6 +2989,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float RowPosY1; float RowPosY2; float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowCellPaddingY; // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change. float RowTextBaseline; float RowIndentOffsetX; ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ @@ -2796,9 +3003,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float HostIndentX; float MinColumnWidth; float OuterPaddingX; - float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders - float CellPaddingY; - float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. float CellSpacingX2; float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width @@ -2807,6 +3013,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float ResizedColumnNextWidth; float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + float AngledHeadersHeight; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() + float AngledHeadersSlope; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is ImRect WorkRect; @@ -2827,10 +3035,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) - ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount) ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AngledHeadersCount; // Count columns with angled headers ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HighlightColumnHeader; // Index of column which should be highlighted. ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. @@ -2856,6 +3066,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsSortSpecsDirty; bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool DisableDefaultContextMenu; // Disable default context menu contents. You may submit your own using TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/EndPopup() bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) @@ -2863,6 +3074,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable; + bool IsActiveIdInTable; bool HasScrollbarYCurr; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame. bool HasScrollbarYPrev; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous. bool MemoryCompacted; @@ -2875,10 +3088,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs. +// sizeof() ~ 136 bytes. struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData { int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used + float AngledHeadersExtraWidth; // Used in EndTable() + ImVector AngledHeadersRequests; // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow() ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; @@ -2942,7 +3159,7 @@ namespace ImGui { // Windows // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window) - // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either + // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either: // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } @@ -2950,6 +3167,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); @@ -2959,12 +3177,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); + inline void SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = parent_window; } // You may also use SetNextWindowClass()'s FocusRouteParentWindowId field. inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } + inline ImVec2 WindowPosAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x - off.x, p.y - off.y); } + inline ImVec2 WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order - IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2972,10 +3194,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API int FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window); + // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL] + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags); + // Fonts, drawing IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { return GetForegroundDrawList(window->Viewport); } + IMGUI_API void AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); // Init IMGUI_API void Initialize(); @@ -2984,8 +3210,9 @@ namespace ImGui // NewFrame IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + IMGUI_API void FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window); IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock_floating_node); + IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); @@ -2995,7 +3222,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); // Viewports - IMGUI_API void TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos); + IMGUI_API void TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos, const ImVec2& old_size, const ImVec2& new_size); IMGUI_API void ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale); IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); IMGUI_API void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); @@ -3007,13 +3234,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + // Settings - Windows + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearWindowSettings(const char* name); + // Localization IMGUI_API void LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count); inline const char* LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; } @@ -3033,7 +3263,7 @@ namespace ImGui //#endif // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } @@ -3046,24 +3276,25 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed); // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); - IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); // Parameter stacks (shared) - IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); - IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); + IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); + IMGUI_API void BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); + IMGUI_API void EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); // Logging/Capture IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. @@ -3071,21 +3302,27 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); - // Popups, Modals, Tooltips - IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + // Childs + IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); + + // Popups, Modals + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); + // Tooltips + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltipHidden(); + // Menus IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true); @@ -3103,49 +3340,61 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + IMGUI_API void NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); + IMGUI_API void SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id); + + // Focus/Activation + // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are + // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones. + IMGUI_API void FocusItem(); // Focus last item (no selection/activation). + IMGUI_API void ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id); // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. - inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } - inline bool IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super || key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut; } - inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } - inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } - inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } - inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } - inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } - inline ImGuiKeyChord ConvertShortcutMod(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut); return (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Shortcut) | (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiMod_Super : ImGuiMod_Ctrl); } + inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } + inline bool IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; } + inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } + inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } + inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } + inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } + inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } + inline bool IsLRModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; } + ImGuiKeyChord FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl; if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift; if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt; if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper; - if (key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut) return (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper : ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl); return key; } - IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); - IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key); + inline ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return GetKeyData(&g, key); } + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id. // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead). - // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID. // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0). // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore: // - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case). @@ -3153,11 +3402,12 @@ namespace ImGui // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state. // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step. // Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved. - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); - IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. - IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' - inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &GImGui->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' + inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag. @@ -3165,26 +3415,32 @@ namespace ImGui // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'. // Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API. - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); - - // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing - // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. - // ImGuiKey_C (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord) - // ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord) - // ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values. - // - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. - // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. - // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route. - // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route. - // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location. - IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + + // Shortcut Testing & Routing + // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h + // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), + // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. + // (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check) + // - When using one of the routing option: + // - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.) + // - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. + // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. + // - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window). + // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route. + // - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location. + // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute() + // e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0 + IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // Docking @@ -3200,8 +3456,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); + IMGUI_API void DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true); + IMGUI_API void DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); IMGUI_API bool DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos); IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode*DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void DockNodeWindowMenuHandler_Default(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); IMGUI_API void DockNodeEndAmendTabBar(); inline ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeGetRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) { while (node->ParentNode) node = node->ParentNode; return node; } @@ -3256,7 +3515,25 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); - IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb); + IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect); + + // Typing-Select API + IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags = ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); + IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data); + + // Box-Select API + IMGUI_API bool BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); + IMGUI_API void EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); + + // Multi-Select API + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item); + inline ImGuiBoxSelectState* GetBoxSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.BoxSelectState.ID == id && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive) ? &g.BoxSelectState : NULL; } + inline ImGuiMultiSelectState* GetMultiSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.MultiSelectStorage.GetByKey(id); } // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); @@ -3274,10 +3551,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); - IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredRow(); // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet. IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count); // Tables: Internals inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } @@ -3290,10 +3569,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); - IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display); IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); - inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + inline ImGuiID TableGetInstanceID(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { return TableGetInstanceData(table, instance_no)->TableInstanceID; } IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); @@ -3305,8 +3585,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); - IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API float TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); @@ -3324,14 +3604,21 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); // Tab Bars - IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node); + inline ImGuiTabBar* GetCurrentTabBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTabBar; } + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order); IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); + inline int TabBarGetTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { return tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); } + IMGUI_API const char* TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); IMGUI_API void TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* tab_name); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker); @@ -3347,10 +3634,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); - IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool borders = true, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight + IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); @@ -3368,8 +3655,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); - IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); @@ -3388,10 +3676,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0); + + // Widgets: Tree Nodes IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). @@ -3407,16 +3698,19 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); - IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL); IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeIsZero(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data); // InputText IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data); // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); @@ -3424,30 +3718,40 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // Plot - IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size); + IMGUI_API int PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg); // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out); // Garbage collection IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); - // Debug Log - IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); - IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Error handling, State Recovery + IMGUI_API bool ErrorLog(const char* msg); + IMGUI_API void ErrorRecoveryStoreState(ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_out); + IMGUI_API void ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in); + IMGUI_API void ErrorRecoveryTryToRecoverWindowState(const ImGuiErrorRecoveryState* state_in); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip(); + IMGUI_API bool BeginErrorTooltip(); + IMGUI_API void EndErrorTooltip(); // Debug Tools - IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end); IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } - inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + IMGUI_API void DebugBreakClearData(); + IMGUI_API bool DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location); + IMGUI_API void DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location); IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); @@ -3461,11 +3765,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodePlatformMonitor(ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor, const char* label, int idx); IMGUI_API void DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list); IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); @@ -3474,16 +3781,14 @@ namespace ImGui inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89 inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 - // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + //inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! + + // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister(): // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' - // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' - // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP) - // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() - inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() - inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem -#endif -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))' + //inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() + //inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem #endif } // namespace ImGui @@ -3503,6 +3808,7 @@ struct ImFontBuilderIO #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); #endif +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); @@ -3517,14 +3823,15 @@ IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiLastItemData* item_data); // item_data may be NULL extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +// In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18934: changed IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb,id) to IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id,bb,item_data); +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_ID,_BB,_ITEM_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _ID, _BB, _ITEM_DATA) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log #else #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp index 47fc8a2873..491566d7af 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ Index of this file: */ // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. -// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. +// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Commentary @@ -48,7 +49,8 @@ Index of this file: // - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). // | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels // | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission -// | TableDrawContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu +// | TableBeginContextMenuPopup() +// | - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu contents //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) // | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction @@ -80,20 +82,20 @@ Index of this file: // - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. // - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window -// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) -// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling -// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. // - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. -// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// Important to note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. // In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. -// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not useful and not easily noticeable). //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About 'inner_width': // With ScrollX disabled: @@ -112,15 +114,16 @@ Index of this file: //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +// (Reference: ImGuiTableFlags_SizingXXX flags and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXX flags) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): -// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// We use a default parameter of -1 for 'init_width'/'init_weight'. // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom // Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) -// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with padding honored. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width @@ -134,10 +137,10 @@ Index of this file: // - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! // that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. // - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. -// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weights/widths. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About using column width: -// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// If a column is manually resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): // - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. // - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. // If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): @@ -151,7 +154,7 @@ Index of this file: // TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: -// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to submit only visible rows. // ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. // See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. // - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. @@ -168,7 +171,7 @@ Index of this file: // - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). // // [A] [B] [C] -// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() returns false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. // SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. // ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. // ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). @@ -188,20 +191,16 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -229,6 +228,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked @@ -315,28 +315,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG return false; // Sanity checks - IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); - // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve. + // FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues: + // - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine. + // - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers. + // The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be: + // - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations. + // - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[]. const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); - ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); - ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); - if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0)) + const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f)); + const ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + const bool outer_window_is_measuring_size = (outer_window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (outer_window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); // Doesn't apply to AlwaysAutoResize windows! + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size) { ItemSize(outer_rect); + ItemAdd(outer_rect, id); return false; } + // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user + if (g.DebugBreakInTable == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // Acquire storage for the table ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); - const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; - const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; - const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; - if (instance_no > 0) - IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); // Acquire temporary buffers const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); @@ -352,17 +359,34 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); // Initialize + const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive; + const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags; table->ID = id; table->Flags = flags; - table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; table->IsLayoutLocked = false; table->InnerWidth = inner_width; temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; - if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) - table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + + // Instance data (for instance 0, TableID == TableInstanceID) + ImGuiID instance_id; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + if (instance_no > 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instances" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack. + } + else + { + instance_id = id; + } + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + table_instance->TableInstanceID = instance_id; // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. if (use_child_window) @@ -384,35 +408,42 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it - if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) + if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) - ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; - BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + ImGuiWindowFlags child_window_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_None, child_window_flags); table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + // Allow submitting when host is measuring + if (table->InnerWindow->SkipItems && outer_window_is_measuring_size) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned) if (instance_no == 0) { table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; } - table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= (table->InnerWindow->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY; } else { // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; + table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; } // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables - PushOverrideID(instance_id); + PushOverrideID(id); + if (instance_no > 0) + PushOverrideID(instance_id); // FIXME: Somehow this is not resolved by stack-tool, even tho GetIDWithSeed() submitted the symbol. // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -429,6 +460,29 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Make borders not overlap our contents by offsetting HostClipRect (#6765, #7428, #3752) + // (we normally shouldn't alter HostClipRect as we rely on TableMergeDrawChannels() expanding non-clipped column toward the + // limits of that rectangle, in order for ImDrawListSplitter::Merge() to merge the draw commands. However since the overlap + // problem only affect scrolling tables in this case we can get away with doing it without extra cost). + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + // FIXME: Because inner_window's Scrollbar doesn't know about border size, since it's not encoded in window->WindowBorderSize, + // it already overlaps it and doesn't need an extra offset. Ideally we should be able to pass custom border size with + // different x/y values to BeginChild(). + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + { + table->HostClipRect.Min.x = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.x + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.x); + if (inner_window->DecoOuterSizeX2 == 0.0f) + table->HostClipRect.Max.x = ImMax(table->HostClipRect.Max.x - TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Min.x); + } + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + { + table->HostClipRect.Min.y = ImMin(table->HostClipRect.Min.y + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Max.y); + if (inner_window->DecoOuterSizeY2 == 0.0f) + table->HostClipRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->HostClipRect.Max.y - TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, table->HostClipRect.Min.y); + } + } + // Padding and Spacing // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | @@ -442,7 +496,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; - table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; @@ -455,29 +508,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); - table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y; + table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : table->HostClipRect.Max.y; table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f; table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0; + if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount) + table->IsActiveIdInTable = false; + table->AngledHeadersHeight = 0.0f; + temp_data->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = 0.0f; - // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders() table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); // Make table current g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; - if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; - // Mark as used + // Mark as used to avoid GC if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; @@ -570,34 +629,40 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG } // For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: -// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables[]) // + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) // + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) -// Shared allocations per number of nested tables +// Shared allocations for the maximum number of simultaneously nested tables (generally a very small number) // + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) // + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) -// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or == columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. // Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) { // Allocate single buffer for our arrays - ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + const int columns_bit_array_size = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(columns_count); + ImSpanAllocator<6> span_allocator; span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + for (int n = 3; n < 6; n++) + span_allocator.Reserve(n, columns_bit_array_size); table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(3); + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(4); + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = (ImU32*)span_allocator.GetSpanPtrBegin(5); } // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) { // Handle resizing request - // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // (We process this in the TableBegin() of the first instance of each table) // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) { @@ -642,8 +707,7 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); - // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], - // rebuild the later from the former. + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[]. Rebuild later from the former. for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; @@ -717,8 +781,8 @@ static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, I } } -// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). -// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable() and this is our largest function. +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() and other TableSetupXXXXX() functions to be called first. // FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. // Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) @@ -729,8 +793,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; - table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; - table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount); + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, table->ColumnsCount); table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE @@ -795,14 +859,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) else table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; - table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; - table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n); + ImBitArraySetBit(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, column->DisplayOrder); prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. - if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto && table->InstanceCurrent == 0) column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) @@ -830,8 +894,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); - // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible - // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible to avoid + // the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). Also see #6510. // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; @@ -839,12 +903,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->IsSettingsDirty = true; // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. - float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. - float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -860,7 +924,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) column->WidthRequest = width_auto; - else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && column->IsRequestOutput) column->WidthRequest = width_auto; // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets @@ -908,7 +972,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -916,7 +980,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) { float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; - column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + column->WidthRequest = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; } @@ -926,7 +990,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink - column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->WidthGiven = ImTrunc(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; } @@ -935,7 +999,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) @@ -951,23 +1015,30 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); - table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; - table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext; + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; g.ActiveId = 0; - const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None); g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; + // Determine skewed MousePos.x to support angled headers. + float mouse_skewed_x = g.IO.MousePos.x; + if (table->AngledHeadersHeight > 0.0f) + if (g.IO.MousePos.y >= table->OuterRect.Min.y && g.IO.MousePos.y <= table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + mouse_skewed_x += ImTrunc((table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->AngledHeadersHeight - g.IO.MousePos.y) * table->AngledHeadersSlope); + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. int visible_n = 0; + bool has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = false; bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; - table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; - table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + ImBitArrayClearAllBits(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->ColumnsCount); for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -984,7 +1055,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // Clear status flags column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; - if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) { // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. @@ -999,16 +1070,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) continue; } - // Detect hovered column - if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) - table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; - // Lock start position column->MinX = offset_x; // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position - float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); - column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width); + column->WidthMax = TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); + column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, column->WidthMax); column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; @@ -1017,9 +1084,10 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. + const float previous_instance_work_min_x = column->WorkMinX; column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max - column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; @@ -1037,17 +1105,18 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; if (is_visible) - table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + ImBitArraySetBit(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n); // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; - if (column->IsRequestOutput) - table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + // (table->HostSkipItems is a copy of inner_window->SkipItems before we cleared it above in Part 2) column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + if (column->IsRequestOutput && !column->IsSkipItems) + has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output = true; // Update status flags column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; @@ -1055,8 +1124,13 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; if (column->SortOrder != -1) column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; - if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) + + // Detect hovered column + if (is_hovering_table && mouse_skewed_x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && mouse_skewed_x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + { column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + } // Alignment // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in @@ -1068,8 +1142,22 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); // Reset content width variables - column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; - column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + } + else + { + // As we store an absolute value to make per-cell updates faster, we need to offset values used for width computation. + const float offset_from_previous_instance = column->WorkMinX - previous_instance_work_min_x; + column->ContentMaxXFrozen += offset_from_previous_instance; + column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen += offset_from_previous_instance; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed += offset_from_previous_instance; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal += offset_from_previous_instance; + } // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items if (table->HostSkipItems == false) @@ -1085,18 +1173,26 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) visible_n++; } + // In case the table is visible (e.g. decorations) but all columns clipped, we keep a column visible. + // Else if give no chance to a clipper-savy user to submit rows and therefore total contents height used by scrollbar. + if (has_at_least_one_column_requesting_output == false) + { + table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsRequestOutput = true; + table->Columns[table->LeftMostEnabledColumn].IsSkipItems = false; + } + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) - { - if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + if (mouse_skewed_x >= unused_x1) table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; - } if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0); + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. @@ -1108,8 +1204,16 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); } table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; - table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); - table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x; + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x; + + // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call. + float window_content_max_y; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) + window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y; + else + window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y); // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect TableSetupDrawChannels(table); @@ -1117,23 +1221,35 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) TableUpdateBorders(table); - table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight = 0.0f; table->IsLayoutLocked = true; table->IsUsingHeaders = false; - // [Part 11] Context menu - if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) + // Highlight header + table->HighlightColumnHeader = -1; + if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn != -1 && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->ContextPopupColumn; + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn) && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != table->ColumnsCount && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1) + if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)) + table->HighlightColumnHeader = table->HoveredColumnBody; + + // [Part 11] Default context menu + // - To append to this menu: you can call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). + // - To modify or replace this: set table->IsContextPopupNoDefaultContents = true, then call TableBeginContextMenuPopup()/.../EndPopup(). + // - You may call TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() with selected flags to display specific sections of the default menu, + // e.g. TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) will display everything EXCEPT columns visibility options. + if (table->DisableDefaultContextMenu == false && TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) { - TableDrawContextMenu(table); + TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(table, table->Flags); EndPopup(); } - // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a chance to use them for display. // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) TableSortSpecsBuild(table); - // [Part 14] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) + // [Part 13] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0) table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x; if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0) @@ -1145,13 +1261,11 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); else - inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false); + inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->InnerClipRect.Min, inner_window->InnerClipRect.Max, false); // FIXME: use table->InnerClipRect? } // Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() -// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise -// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets -// overlapping the same area. +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise. void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1162,14 +1276,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); - const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; - const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; - const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); - const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; + const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale); + const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight; for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -1191,12 +1305,12 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); bool hovered = false, held = false; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) { TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); ClearActiveID(); - held = hovered = false; + held = false; } if (held) { @@ -1268,7 +1382,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); - table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth; } // Pop clipping rect @@ -1305,7 +1419,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) - if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); @@ -1339,14 +1453,18 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; - const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); - const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale)); + const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; } + table->IsActiveIdInTable = (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != 0 && table->IsActiveIdAliveBeforeTable == false); + // Pop from id stack - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table_instance->TableInstanceID, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + PopID(); PopID(); // Restore window data that we modified @@ -1364,7 +1482,12 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) if (inner_window != outer_window) { + short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask; + inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently. + g.CurrentTable = NULL; // To avoid error recovery recursing EndChild(); + g.CurrentTable = table; + inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask; } else { @@ -1382,9 +1505,13 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() } else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) { - const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; - outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); - outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); + // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block + // - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags. + // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback. + const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y + const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f); + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size)); } else { @@ -1392,9 +1519,9 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() } if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) { - const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y); - outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y)); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size)); } else { @@ -1418,9 +1545,10 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; } outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } -// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file // If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) { @@ -1448,6 +1576,11 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) + { + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel; + table->AngledHeadersCount++; + } TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); column->UserID = user_id; @@ -1481,6 +1614,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo } // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) + // FIXME: If we recorded the number of \n in names we could compute header row height column->NameOffset = -1; if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) { @@ -1529,6 +1663,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] // - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal] // - TableSetBgColor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1616,14 +1751,14 @@ ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) } // Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. -ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) { IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); - ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; - return id; + ImGuiID instance_id = TableGetInstanceID(table, instance_no); + return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal } -// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if hovering the unused space at the right of the right-most visible column. int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1633,6 +1768,19 @@ int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; } +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row. +// *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value. +// This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast; +} + void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1651,7 +1799,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n return; if (column_n == -1) column_n = table->CurrentColumn; - if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) return; if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) table->RowCellDataCurrent++; @@ -1707,19 +1855,20 @@ void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; TableBeginRow(table); // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. - table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f; table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; } -// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +// [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow() void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -1740,8 +1889,10 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. + window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too. window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; @@ -1778,12 +1929,17 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); - if (table->CurrentRow == 0) - TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) && (table->CurrentRow == 0 || (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight += bg_y2 - bg_y1; const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); if (is_visible) { + // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow() + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2 && table_instance->HoveredRowNext < 0) + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow; + // Decide of background color for the row ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; @@ -1795,15 +1951,14 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; // Decide of top border color - ImU32 border_col = 0; + ImU32 top_border_col = 0; const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; - if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) - border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH)) + top_border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; - if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | top_border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) { // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. @@ -1837,13 +1992,14 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); + if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); } } // Draw top border - if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + if (top_border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), top_border_col, border_size); // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) @@ -1854,34 +2010,37 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and // get the new cursor position. if (unfreeze_rows_request) - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) - table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - if (unfreeze_rows_actual) { - IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); - const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); - table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; - - // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect - table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); - table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; - table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; - IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); - - float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; - table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; - table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y); + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) { - ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; - column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; - } + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = table->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } - // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); - table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } } if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) @@ -1926,7 +2085,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. - return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; + return table->Columns[column_n].IsRequestOutput; } // [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column @@ -1951,8 +2110,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. - int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; - return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; + return table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].IsRequestOutput; } @@ -1961,6 +2119,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; table->CurrentColumn = column_n; @@ -1971,25 +2130,22 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; - // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height - if (!column->IsEnabled) - window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); - window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.LastItemData.ID = 0; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; } @@ -2008,7 +2164,6 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) } // Logging - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) { LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); @@ -2032,7 +2187,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) else p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); - table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + if (column->IsEnabled) + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; // Propagate text baseline for the entire row @@ -2050,9 +2206,11 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) // - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] // - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Note that actual columns widths are computed in TableUpdateLayout(). +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis. -float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value differs on a per-column basis. +float ImGui::TableCalcMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) { const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; float max_width = FLT_MAX; @@ -2114,7 +2272,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; - const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n)); + const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, column_0->WidthMax); // Don't use TableCalcMaxColumnWidth() here as it would rely on MinX from last instance (#7933) column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) return; @@ -2127,7 +2285,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) // - All stretch: easy. // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. - // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only supports a single _trailing_ stretch column, we support more cases here. // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. @@ -2210,7 +2368,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) { IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); - // Measure existing quantity + // Measure existing quantities float visible_weight = 0.0f; float visible_width = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) @@ -2242,6 +2400,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) // - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] // - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] // - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnBorderCol() [Internal] // - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2292,7 +2451,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; - const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || (memcmp(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, table->EnabledMaskByIndex, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(table->ColumnsCount)) != 0)) ? +1 : 0; const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); @@ -2366,19 +2525,26 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. struct MergeGroup { - ImRect ClipRect; - int ChannelsCount; - ImBitArray ChannelsMask; - - MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; } + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount = 0; + ImBitArrayPtr ChannelsMask = NULL; }; int merge_group_mask = 0x00; MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized. + const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2); + const int size_for_masks_bitarrays_one = (int)ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(max_draw_channels); + g.TempBuffer.reserve(size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); + memset(g.TempBuffer.Data, 0, size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 5); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); n++) + merge_groups[n].ChannelsMask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * n)); + ImBitArrayPtr remaining_mask = (ImBitArrayPtr)(void*)(g.TempBuffer.Data + (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one * 4)); + // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { - if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->VisibleMaskByIndex, column_n)) continue; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -2410,11 +2576,11 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) } const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); - IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < max_draw_channels); MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + ImBitArraySetBit(merge_group->ChannelsMask, channel_no); merge_group->ChannelsCount++; merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); @@ -2450,9 +2616,8 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; - ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage - remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); - remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + ImBitArraySetBitRange(remaining_mask, LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + ImBitArrayClearBit(remaining_mask, table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; @@ -2479,20 +2644,18 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); -#if 0 - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); -#endif + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) - remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++) + remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n]; for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) { // Copy + overwrite new clip rect - if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n)) continue; - merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(merge_group->ChannelsMask, n); merge_channels_count--; ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; @@ -2510,7 +2673,7 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) { - if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(remaining_mask, n)) continue; ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); @@ -2521,6 +2684,18 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) } } +static ImU32 TableGetColumnBorderCol(ImGuiTable* table, int order_n, int column_n) +{ + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (is_resized || is_hovered) + return ImGui::GetColorU32(is_resized ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered); + if (is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize))) + return table->BorderColorStrong; + return table->BorderColorLight; +} + // FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { @@ -2535,14 +2710,14 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Draw inner border and resizing feedback ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; - const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y1 = ImMax(table->InnerRect.Min.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight) + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; - const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight) : draw_y1; if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) { for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { - if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) continue; const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; @@ -2563,21 +2738,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. - ImU32 col; - float draw_y2; - if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) - { - draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; - col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; - } - else - { - draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; - col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; - } - + float draw_y2 = (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator || (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) == 0) ? draw_y2_body : draw_y2_head; if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) - inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n), border_size); } } @@ -2609,7 +2772,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) } if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) { - // Draw bottom-most row border + // Draw bottom-most row border between it is above outer border. const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); @@ -2630,8 +2793,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) -// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since -// last call, or the first time. +// When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have +// changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, +// else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! // Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() { @@ -2647,14 +2811,13 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() TableUpdateLayout(table); TableSortSpecsBuild(table); - return &table->SortSpecs; } static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); - return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03; + return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03); } // Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) @@ -2766,7 +2929,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) } } - // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + // Fallback default sort order (if no column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { @@ -2795,6 +2958,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) } // Write output + // May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable() ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) @@ -2807,7 +2971,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID; sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; - sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection; } table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; @@ -2818,8 +2982,11 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) // [SECTION] Tables: Headers //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] +// - TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() [Internal] // - TableHeadersRow() // - TableHeader() +// - TableAngledHeadersRow() +// - TableAngledHeadersRowEx() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() @@ -2828,23 +2995,34 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... - float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) - { - ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n); - if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel)) - row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); - } - row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; - return row_height; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + float row_height = g.FontSize; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) + if ((table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) == 0) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n)).y); + return row_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; +} + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + float width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n)) + if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) + width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x); + return width + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; // Swap padding } // [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). // The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper -// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. +// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. // See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. -// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy. +// This code is intentionally written to not make much use of internal functions, to give you better direction +// if you need to write your own. // FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() { @@ -2852,14 +3030,15 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); - // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout) + // Call layout if not already done. This is automatically done by TableNextRow: we do it here _only_ to make + // it easier to debug-step in TableUpdateLayout(). Your own version of this function doesn't need this. if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) TableUpdateLayout(table); // Open row - const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. return; @@ -2869,11 +3048,9 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n)) continue; - // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) - // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide - // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + // Push an id to allow empty/unnamed headers. This is also idiomatic as it ensure there is a consistent ID path to access columns (for e.g. automation) const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); - PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + PushID(column_n); TableHeader(name); PopID(); } @@ -2882,7 +3059,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) - TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. + TableOpenContextMenu(columns_count); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. } // Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) @@ -2911,16 +3088,19 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) // If we already got a row height, there's use that. // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); - float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f); // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow float w_arrow = 0.0f; float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + bool sort_arrow = false; char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { - w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + w_arrow = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + sort_arrow = true; if (column->SortOrder > 0) { ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); @@ -2928,13 +3108,12 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } } - // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considered for merging. float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; - column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, sort_arrow ? cell_r.Max.x : ImMin(max_pos_x, cell_r.Max.x)); column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. - const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal @@ -2944,12 +3123,11 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + const bool highlight = (table->HighlightColumnHeader == column_n); bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - if (held || hovered || selected) + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); + if (held || hovered || highlight) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); @@ -2961,7 +3139,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); if (held) table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; @@ -2988,7 +3166,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } // Sort order arrow - const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text, label_pos.x); if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { if (column->SortOrder != -1) @@ -3019,19 +3197,190 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); - if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0) + SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); } +// Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets. +// FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header. +void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; + temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.resize(0); + temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsEnabledCount); + + // Which column needs highlight? + const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders"); + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader; + if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive))) + highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody; + + // Build up request + ImU32 col_header_bg = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg); + ImU32 col_text = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n)) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here. + continue; + ImGuiTableHeaderData request = { (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n, col_text, col_header_bg, (column_n == highlight_column_n) ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header) : 0 }; + temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.push_back(request); + } + + // Render row + TableAngledHeadersRowEx(row_id, g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Data, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Size); +} + +// Important: data must be fed left to right +void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentRow == -1 && "Must be first row"); + + if (max_label_width == 0.0f) + max_label_width = TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth(); + + // Angle argument expressed in (-IM_PI/2 .. +IM_PI/2) as it is easier to think about for user. + const bool flip_label = (angle < 0.0f); + angle -= IM_PI * 0.5f; + const float cos_a = ImCos(angle); + const float sin_a = ImSin(angle); + const float label_cos_a = flip_label ? ImCos(angle + IM_PI) : cos_a; + const float label_sin_a = flip_label ? ImSin(angle + IM_PI) : sin_a; + const ImVec2 unit_right = ImVec2(cos_a, sin_a); + + // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow() + // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other. + const float header_height = g.FontSize + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f; + const float row_height = ImTrunc(ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y)); + table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height; + table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); // vector from bottom-left to top-left, and from bottom-right to top-right + + // Declare row, override and draw our own background + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + TableNextColumn(); + const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, table->RowPosY2); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x; + if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) + clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1].MaxX); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel + PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Min.x, row_r.Min.y), ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Max.x, row_r.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color. + PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns + + ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL); + KeepAliveID(row_id); + + const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * g.FontScale; // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better + const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); + const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component + const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign; + + // Draw background and labels in first pass, then all borders. + float max_x = 0.0f; + for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++) + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < data_count; order_n++) + { + const ImGuiTableHeaderData* request = &data[order_n]; + const int column_n = request->Index; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + ImVec2 bg_shape[4]; + bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y); + bg_shape[1] = ImVec2(column->MinX, row_r.Max.y); + bg_shape[2] = bg_shape[1] + header_angled_vector; + bg_shape[3] = bg_shape[0] + header_angled_vector; + if (pass == 0) + { + // Draw shape + draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor0); + draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor1); // Optional highlight + max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x); + + // Draw label + // - First draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset. + // - Handle multiple lines manually, as we want each lines to follow on the horizontal border, rather than see a whole block rotated. + const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); + const char* label_name_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label_name); + const float line_off_step_x = (g.FontSize / -sin_a); + const int label_lines = ImTextCountLines(label_name, label_name_end); + + // Left<>Right alignment + float line_off_curr_x = flip_label ? (label_lines - 1) * line_off_step_x : 0.0f; + float line_off_for_align_x = ImMax((((column->MaxX - column->MinX) - padding.x * 2.0f) - (label_lines * line_off_step_x)), 0.0f) * align.x; + line_off_curr_x += line_off_for_align_x - line_off_for_ascent_x; + + // Register header width + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX + ImCeil(label_lines * line_off_step_x - line_off_for_align_x); + + while (label_name < label_name_end) + { + const char* label_name_eol = strchr(label_name, '\n'); + if (label_name_eol == NULL) + label_name_eol = label_name_end; + + // FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles. + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol); + float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text. + float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x); + ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height)); + int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, request->TextColor); + RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, clip_r.Max.x, clip_r.Max.x, label_name, label_name_eol, &label_size); + PopStyleColor(); + int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + + // Up<>Down alignment + const float available_space = ImMax(clip_width - label_size.x + ImAbs(padding.x * cos_a) * 2.0f - ImAbs(padding.y * sin_a) * 2.0f, 0.0f); + const float vertical_offset = available_space * align.y * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); + + // Rotate and offset label + ImVec2 pivot_in = ImVec2(window->ClipRect.Min.x - vertical_offset, window->ClipRect.Min.y + label_size.y); + ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y); + line_off_curr_x += flip_label ? -line_off_step_x : line_off_step_x; + pivot_out += unit_right * padding.y; + if (flip_label) + pivot_out += unit_right * (clip_width - ImMax(0.0f, clip_width - label_size.x)); + pivot_out.x += flip_label ? line_off_curr_x + line_off_step_x : line_off_curr_x; + ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { ImDrawList* fg_dl = GetForegroundDrawList(); vtx_idx_begin = fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx; fg_dl->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); ShadeVertsTransformPos(fg_dl, vtx_idx_begin, fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); } + + label_name = label_name_eol + 1; + } + } + if (pass == 1) + { + // Draw border + draw_list->AddLine(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[3], TableGetColumnBorderCol(table, order_n, column_n)); + } + } + PopClipRect(); + PopClipRect(); + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX); +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] -// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableBeginContextMenuPopup() [Internal] +// - TableDrawDefaultContextMenu() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. @@ -3067,7 +3416,13 @@ bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) // Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) // FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? -void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +// Sections to display are pulled from 'flags_for_section_to_display', which is typically == table->Flags. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable -> display Sizing menu items +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable -> display "Reset Order" +////- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable -> display sorting options (disabled) +// - ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable -> display columns visibility menu items +// It means if you have a custom context menus you can call this section and omit some sections, and add your own. +void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags_for_section_to_display) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -3079,7 +3434,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; // Sizing - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) { if (column != NULL) { @@ -3099,7 +3454,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) } // Ordering - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) { if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; @@ -3113,7 +3468,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) // Sorting // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) #if 0 - if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + if ((flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) { if (want_separator) Separator(); @@ -3128,13 +3483,13 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) #endif // Hiding / Visibility - if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + if (flags_for_section_to_display & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) { if (want_separator) Separator(); want_separator = true; - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, false); for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) { ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; @@ -3458,12 +3813,12 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle if (!save_column) continue; buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); - if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); - if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); - if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); - if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); - if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); - if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + if (column->UserID != 0) { buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); } + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); } + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); } + if (save_visible) { buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); } + if (save_order) { buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); } + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) { buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); } buf->append("\n"); } buf->append("\n"); @@ -3511,7 +3866,7 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); - table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: In theory shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort on resume. table->ColumnsNames.clear(); table->MemoryCompacted = true; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3564,13 +3919,10 @@ static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_poli void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { - char buf[512]; - char* p = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. - ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= g.FrameCount - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } - bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } if (IsItemHovered()) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); @@ -3579,13 +3931,25 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) if (!open) return; if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) - ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent) + { + if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in BeginTable()")) + g.DebugBreakInTable = table->ID; + SameLine(); + } + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n); + BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + } //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); float sum_weights = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3595,6 +3959,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + char buf[512]; ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" @@ -3710,7 +4075,7 @@ float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offse return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); } -static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) { @@ -3721,7 +4086,7 @@ static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); - float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x; x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); @@ -3883,6 +4248,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl columns->Count = columns_count; columns->Flags = flags; window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; @@ -3893,7 +4259,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl // Set state for first column // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImTrunc(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); @@ -3940,8 +4306,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl float width = offset_1 - offset_0; PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y; } void ImGui::NextColumn() @@ -3955,7 +4322,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() if (columns->Count == 1) { - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); return; } @@ -3987,7 +4354,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() window->DC.IsSameLine = false; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; @@ -4034,7 +4401,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); - const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale); const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) continue; @@ -4044,14 +4411,14 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() { ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) dragging_column = n; } // Draw column const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + const float xi = IM_TRUNC(x); window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); } @@ -4072,15 +4439,16 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } -void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool borders) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); + ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (borders ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp index dd5a002aab..6ff52da885 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.2 +// dear imgui, v1.91.4 WIP // (widgets code) /* @@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Box-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select helpers // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox // [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram // [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers @@ -32,20 +36,16 @@ Index of this file: #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif -#include "imgui.h" -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE - #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Warnings @@ -72,11 +72,13 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked @@ -124,9 +126,9 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For InputTextEx() -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); -static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard = false); +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSize(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. @@ -274,7 +276,6 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) if (window->SkipItems) return; - // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? const char* text, *text_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); @@ -291,10 +292,7 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -310,10 +308,7 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -328,13 +323,10 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + const bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set if (need_backup) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) - TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting - else - TextV(fmt, args); + TextV(fmt, args); if (need_backup) PopTextWrapPos(); } @@ -433,6 +425,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // - RadioButton() // - ProgressBar() // - Bullet() +// - Hyperlink() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets. @@ -489,6 +482,14 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // Frame N + RepeatDelay + RepeatRate*N true true - true //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - FIXME: For refactor we could output flags, incl mouse hovered vs nav keyboard vs nav triggered etc. +// And better standardize how widgets use 'GetColor32((held && hovered) ? ... : hovered ? ...)' vs 'GetColor32(held ? ... : hovered ? ...);' +// For mouse feedback we typically prefer the 'held && hovered' test, but for nav feedback not always. Outputting hovered=true on Activation may be misleading. +// - Since v1.91.2 (Sept 2024) we included io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts feature. +// One idiom which was previously valid which will now emit a warning is when using multiple overlayed ButtonBehavior() +// with same ID and different MouseButton (see #8030). You can fix it by: +// (1) switching to use a single ButtonBehavior() with multiple _MouseButton flags. +// or (2) surrounding those calls with PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag() bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -496,28 +497,33 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Default only reacts to left mouse button if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft; // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; + // Default behavior inherited from item flags + // Note that _both_ ButtonFlags and ItemFlags are valid sources, so copy one into the item_flags and only check that. + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap) + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat; + ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window->RootWindowDockTree; if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = window; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); + // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd() + if (g.LastItemData.ID != id) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL); #endif bool pressed = false; - bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); - - // Drag source doesn't report as hovered - if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) - hovered = false; + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, item_flags); // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) @@ -536,14 +542,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; - // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) - hovered = false; - // Mouse handling const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id; if (hovered) { + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // Lazily check inside rare path. + // Poll mouse buttons // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId. // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine. @@ -552,7 +556,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here. { - if (IsMouseClicked(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; } + if (IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiInputFlags_None, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; } if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; } } @@ -568,8 +572,14 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool SetActiveID(id, window); g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + { SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Still need to focus and bring to front, but try to avoid losing NavId when navigating a child + } } if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2)) { @@ -578,17 +588,23 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool ClearActiveID(); else SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + { SetFocusID(id, window); - g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Still need to focus and bring to front, but try to avoid losing NavId when navigating a child + } } } if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { if (mouse_button_released != -1) { - const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) pressed = true; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) @@ -599,8 +615,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. - if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) - if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, test_owner_id)) pressed = true; } @@ -608,21 +624,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } - // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation - // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. - if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) + // Gamepad/Keyboard handling + // We report navigated and navigation-activated items as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. + if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover) if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus)) hovered = true; if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); - if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)) { - // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events + // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); - const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); - const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration); + const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Enter); + const ImGuiKeyData* key3 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); + const float t1 = ImMax(ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration), key3->DownDuration); nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; } if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) @@ -630,9 +647,11 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. pressed = true; SetActiveID(id, window); - g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus) && !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut)) SetFocusID(id, window); + if (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut) + g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = true; } } @@ -646,7 +665,12 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; - if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) + if (mouse_button == -1) + { + // Fallback for the rare situation were g.ActiveId was set programmatically or from another widget (e.g. #6304). + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) { held = true; } @@ -658,7 +682,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; - bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps + bool is_repeating_already = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id); if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned) pressed = true; @@ -668,16 +692,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released - if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) + if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) + held = true; // hovered == true not true as we are already likely hovered on direct activation. + else ClearActiveID(); } if (pressed) g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = true; } + // Activation highlight (this may be a remote activation) + if (g.NavHighlightActivatedId == id) + hovered = true; + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; if (out_held) *out_held = held; @@ -705,9 +735,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -784,9 +811,6 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -815,14 +839,14 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? - const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); ImRect bb_interact = bb; const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) - bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + bb_interact.Expand(ImTrunc(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // (this isn't the common behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user because navigation tends to keep items visible in scrolling layer). bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; @@ -831,17 +855,15 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) return pressed; // Render - // FIXME: Clarify this mess - ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); if (hovered) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col, 12); - - float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + ImVec2 cross_center = bb.GetCenter() - ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddLine(cross_center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(cross_center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); return pressed; } @@ -852,26 +874,29 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_no ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; // Render //bool is_dock_menu = (window->DockNodeAsHost && !window->Collapsed); ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); if (dock_node) - RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, g.FontSize, text_col); + RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min, g.FontSize, text_col); else - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) - StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, dock_node, true); + StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, dock_node, true); // Undock from window/collapse menu button return pressed; } @@ -890,9 +915,9 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) - return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size); else - return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size, inner_rect.Max.y - border_size); } void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) @@ -917,10 +942,10 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) if (!window->ScrollbarX) rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } - float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; + float size_visible = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis]; - ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_visible, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll; } @@ -930,7 +955,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. // Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. -bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_visible_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -953,16 +978,16 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f); ImRect bb = bb_frame; - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_FLOOR((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. - IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. + const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). @@ -971,7 +996,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_visible_v); float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) @@ -981,31 +1006,41 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); - SetHoveredID(id); - bool seek_absolute = false; + const int held_dir = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm) ? -1 : (clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) ? +1 : 0; if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { - // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab - seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm); - if (seek_absolute) - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; - else - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + // On initial click when held_dir == 0 (clicked over grab): calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab + const bool scroll_to_clicked_location = (g.IO.ConfigScrollbarScrollByPage == false || g.IO.KeyShift || held_dir == 0); + g.ScrollbarSeekMode = scroll_to_clicked_location ? 0 : (short)held_dir; + g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = (held_dir == 0 && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f : 0.0f; } // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position - const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); + if (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0) + { + // Absolute seeking + const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); + *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); + } + else + { + // Page by page + if (IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && held_dir == g.ScrollbarSeekMode) + { + float page_dir = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f; + *p_scroll_v = ImClamp(*p_scroll_v + (ImS64)(page_dir * size_visible_v), (ImS64)0, scroll_max); + } + } // Update values for rendering scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; - // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated - if (seek_absolute) - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; + // Update distance to grab now that we have seek'ed and saturated + //if (seek_absolute) + // g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f; } // Render @@ -1022,33 +1057,30 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 return held; } -void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +// - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples +// - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2); + const float border_size = (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 padding(border_size, border_size); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } + // Render + if (border_size > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); } // ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) // We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. -bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1056,13 +1088,13 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return false; const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); // Render const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); @@ -1075,40 +1107,37 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return pressed; } -bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +// Note that ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. This is in order to facilitate fitting an image in a button. +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; - return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); } #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton() -// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) -// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding Old ImageButton() had an override argument. -// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions. +// - old ImageButton() used ImTextureId as item id (created issue with multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) +// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' +// - old ImageButton() had frame_padding' override argument. +// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding. +/* bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); - PopID(); - if (frame_padding >= 0) PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding)); - bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + bool ret = ImageButton("", user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); if (frame_padding >= 0) PopStyleVar(); + PopID(); return ret; } +*/ #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) @@ -1126,42 +1155,60 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - { - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); - return false; - } + const bool is_visible = ItemAdd(total_bb, id); + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (!is_visible) + if (!is_multi_select || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipRect.Overlaps(total_bb)) // Extra layer of "no logic clip" for box-select support + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return false; + } + + // Range-Selection/Multi-selection support (header) + bool checked = *v; + if (is_multi_select) + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &checked, NULL); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (pressed) + + // Range-Selection/Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &checked, &pressed); + else if (pressed) + checked = !checked; + + if (*v != checked) { - *v = !(*v); + *v = checked; + pressed = true; // return value MarkItemEdited(id); } const ImRect check_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz, square_sz)); - RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); - bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; - if (mixed_value) - { - // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) - // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) - ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); - } - else if (*v) + const bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + if (is_visible) { - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); + if (mixed_value) + { + // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) + ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 3.6f))); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); + } + else if (*v) + { + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f)); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); + } } - - ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + const ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + if (is_visible && label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(label_pos, label); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); @@ -1177,10 +1224,8 @@ bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) if (!all_on && any_on) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; } else { @@ -1247,17 +1292,18 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) MarkItemEdited(id); RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); + const int num_segment = window->DrawList->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), num_segment); if (active) { - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_TRUNC(square_sz / 6.0f)); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius - pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark)); } if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), num_segment, style.FrameBorderSize); } ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); @@ -1296,24 +1342,47 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; + // Fraction < 0.0f will display an indeterminate progress bar animation + // The value must be animated along with time, so e.g. passing '-1.0f * ImGui::GetTime()' as fraction works. + const bool is_indeterminate = (fraction < 0.0f); + if (!is_indeterminate) + fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); + + // Out of courtesy we accept a NaN fraction without crashing + float fill_n0 = 0.0f; + float fill_n1 = (fraction == fraction) ? fraction : 0.0f; + + if (is_indeterminate) + { + const float fill_width_n = 0.2f; + fill_n0 = ImFmod(-fraction, 1.0f) * (1.0f + fill_width_n) - fill_width_n; + fill_n1 = ImSaturate(fill_n0 + fill_width_n); + fill_n0 = ImSaturate(fill_n0); + } + // Render - fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); - const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); - RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); + RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), fill_n0, fill_n1, style.FrameRounding); // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it + // Don't display text for indeterminate bars by default char overlay_buf[32]; - if (!overlay) + if (!is_indeterminate || overlay != NULL) { - ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); - overlay = overlay_buf; - } + if (!overlay) + { + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); + overlay = overlay_buf; + } - ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); - if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); + ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); + if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) + { + float text_x = is_indeterminate ? (bb.Min.x + bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x) * 0.5f : ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fill_n1) + style.ItemSpacing.x; + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(text_x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); + } + } } void ImGui::Bullet() @@ -1339,6 +1408,79 @@ void ImGui::Bullet() SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); } +// This is provided as a convenience for being an often requested feature. +// FIXME-STYLE: we delayed adding as there is a larger plan to revamp the styling system. +// Because of this we currently don't provide many styling options for this widget +// (e.g. hovered/active colors are automatically inferred from a single color). +bool ImGui::TextLink(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); + + if (hovered) + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + + ImVec4 text_colf = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink]; + ImVec4 line_colf = text_colf; + { + // FIXME-STYLE: Read comments above. This widget is NOT written in the same style as some earlier widgets, + // as we are currently experimenting/planning a different styling system. + float h, s, v; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(text_colf.x, text_colf.y, text_colf.z, h, s, v); + if (held || hovered) + { + v = ImSaturate(v + (held ? 0.4f : 0.3f)); + h = ImFmod(h + 0.02f, 1.0f); + } + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, text_colf.x, text_colf.y, text_colf.z); + v = ImSaturate(v - 0.20f); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, line_colf.x, line_colf.y, line_colf.z); + } + + float line_y = bb.Max.y + ImFloor(g.Font->Descent * g.FontScale * 0.20f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, line_y), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, line_y), GetColorU32(line_colf)); // FIXME-TEXT: Underline mode. + + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(text_colf)); + RenderText(bb.Min, label, label_end); + PopStyleColor(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +void ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL(const char* label, const char* url) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (url == NULL) + url = label; + if (TextLink(label)) + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn != NULL) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn(&g, url); + SetItemTooltip(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_OpenLink_s), url); // It is more reassuring for user to _always_ display URL when we same as label + if (BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink))) + SetClipboardText(url); + EndPopup(); + } +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1400,7 +1542,9 @@ void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() } // Horizontal/vertical separating line -void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) +// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly trivial widget is a victim of many different legacy/tricky layout issues. +// Note how thickness == 1.0f is handled specifically as not moving CursorPos by 'thickness', but other values are. +void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -1408,55 +1552,50 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))); // Check that only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(thickness > 0.0f); - float thickness_draw = 1.0f; - float thickness_layout = 0.0f; if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) { - // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. + // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineSize.y; - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness_draw, y2)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness_layout, 0.0f)); + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + thickness, y2)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(thickness, 0.0f)); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) LogText(" |"); } else if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal) { // Horizontal Separator - float x1 = window->Pos.x; - float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - - // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator - if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) - x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; - - // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want, - // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787) - if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) - { - x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX; - x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; - } + float x1 = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float x2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + // Preserve legacy behavior inside Columns() + // Before Tables API happened, we relied on Separator() to span all columns of a Columns() set. + // We currently don't need to provide the same feature for tables because tables naturally have border features. ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) + { + x1 = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x; // Used to be Pos.x before 2023/10/03 + x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; PushColumnsBackground(); + } // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); - const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); - if (item_visible) + const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change. + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout)); + + if (ItemAdd(bb, 0)) { // Draw - window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); @@ -1476,10 +1615,80 @@ void ImGui::Separator() if (window->SkipItems) return; - // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user + // Those flags should eventually be configurable by the user + // FIXME: We cannot g.Style.SeparatorTextBorderSize for thickness as it relates to SeparatorText() which is a decorated separator, not defaulting to 1.0f. ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. - SeparatorEx(flags); + + // Only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + + SeparatorEx(flags, 1.0f); +} + +void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImVec2 padding = style.SeparatorTextPadding; + + const float separator_thickness = style.SeparatorTextBorderSize; + const ImVec2 min_size(label_size.x + extra_w + padding.x * 2.0f, ImMax(label_size.y + padding.y * 2.0f, separator_thickness)); + const ImRect bb(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + min_size.y)); + const float text_baseline_y = ImTrunc((bb.GetHeight() - label_size.y) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.y + 0.99999f); //ImMax(padding.y, ImTrunc((style.SeparatorTextSize - label_size.y) * 0.5f)); + ItemSize(min_size, text_baseline_y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + const float sep1_x1 = pos.x; + const float sep2_x2 = bb.Max.x; + const float seps_y = ImTrunc((bb.Min.y + bb.Max.y) * 0.5f + 0.99999f); + + const float label_avail_w = ImMax(0.0f, sep2_x2 - sep1_x1 - padding.x * 2.0f); + const ImVec2 label_pos(pos.x + padding.x + ImMax(0.0f, (label_avail_w - label_size.x - extra_w) * style.SeparatorTextAlign.x), pos.y + text_baseline_y); // FIXME-ALIGN + + // This allows using SameLine() to position something in the 'extra_w' + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = label_pos.x + label_size.x; + + const ImU32 separator_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + const float sep1_x2 = label_pos.x - style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float sep2_x1 = label_pos.x + label_size.x + extra_w + style.ItemSpacing.x; + if (sep1_x2 > sep1_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep1_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + if (sep2_x2 > sep2_x1 && separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep2_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("---", NULL); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Max.y + style.ItemSpacing.y), bb.Max.x, bb.Max.x, label, label_end, &label_size); + } + else + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogText("---"); + if (separator_thickness > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(sep1_x1, seps_y), ImVec2(sep2_x2, seps_y), separator_col, separator_thickness); + } +} + +void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want: + // - allow separator-text to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight) + // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (which in turns may require ID separate from formatted string) + // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...' + // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item, + // and then we can turn this into a format function. + SeparatorTextEx(0, label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label), 0.0f); } // Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. @@ -1491,14 +1700,20 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return false; + // FIXME: AFAIK the only leftover reason for passing ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap here is + // to allow caller of SplitterBehavior() to call SetItemAllowOverlap() after the item. + // Nowadays we would instead want to use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before the item. + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; +#endif + bool hovered, held; ImRect bb_interact = bb; bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); - ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (hovered) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); @@ -1506,8 +1721,7 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float ImRect bb_render = bb; if (held) { - ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; - float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; + float mouse_delta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min)[axis]; // Minimum pane size float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1); @@ -1520,12 +1734,8 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float // Apply resize if (mouse_delta != 0.0f) { - if (mouse_delta < 0.0f) - IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1); - if (mouse_delta > 0.0f) - IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2); - *size1 += mouse_delta; - *size2 -= mouse_delta; + *size1 = ImMax(*size1 + mouse_delta, min_size1); + *size2 = ImMax(*size2 - mouse_delta, min_size2); bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); MarkItemEdited(id); } @@ -1579,7 +1789,7 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) { - float width_rounded = ImFloor(items[n].Width); + float width_rounded = ImTrunc(items[n].Width); width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } @@ -1625,10 +1835,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | (ImGuiComboFlags)ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview)) == 0); const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); + const float preview_width = ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) && (preview_value != NULL)) ? CalcTextSize(preview_value, NULL, true).x : 0.0f; + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview) ? (arrow_size + preview_width + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f) : CalcItemWidth()); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); @@ -1711,12 +1924,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size + constraint_min.x = w; + if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f) + constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max); } // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx() char name[16]; - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginComboDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it) // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function? @@ -1734,7 +1952,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text + PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding.x); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(); if (!ret) @@ -1743,12 +1961,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above return false; } + g.BeginComboDepth++; return true; } void ImGui::EndCombo() { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; EndPopup(); + g.BeginComboDepth--; } // Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements @@ -1762,7 +1983,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)) return false; IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? - if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) + if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) return false; // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api @@ -1805,18 +2026,15 @@ void ImGui::EndComboPreview() } // Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] -static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +static const char* Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) { const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; - if (out_text) - *out_text = items[idx]; - return true; + return items[idx]; } // Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0" -static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +static const char* Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx) { - // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; int items_count = 0; const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; @@ -1827,22 +2045,18 @@ static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) p += strlen(p) + 1; items_count++; } - if (!*p) - return false; - if (out_text) - *out_text = p; - return true; + return *p ? p : NULL; } // Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo() const char* preview_value = NULL; if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) - items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value); + preview_value = getter(user_data, *current_item); // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) @@ -1852,27 +2066,30 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi return false; // Display items - // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) bool value_changed = false; - for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) - { - PushID(i); - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items_count); + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - value_changed = true; - *current_item = i; + const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i); + if (item_text == NULL) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + + PushID(i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i) + { + value_changed = true; + *current_item = i; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); } - if (item_selected) - SetItemDefaultFocus(); - PopID(); - } EndCombo(); - if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); @@ -1900,13 +2117,37 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa return value_changed; } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +struct ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData { void* UserData; bool (*OldCallback)(void*, int, const char**); }; +static const char* ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback(void* user_data, int idx) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData* data = (ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData*)user_data; + const char* s = NULL; + data->OldCallback(data->UserData, idx, &s); + return s; +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter }; + return ListBox(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, height_in_items); +} +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallbackData old_to_new_data = { user_data, old_getter }; + return Combo(label, current_item, ImGuiGetNameFromIndexOldToNewCallback, &old_to_new_data, items_count, popup_max_height_in_items); +} + +#endif + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - DataTypeGetInfo() // - DataTypeFormatString() // - DataTypeApplyOp() -// - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeApplyFromText() // - DataTypeCompare() // - DataTypeClamp() // - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision @@ -1930,6 +2171,7 @@ static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = #endif { sizeof(float), "float", "%.3f","%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double + { sizeof(bool), "bool", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_Bool }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -2014,20 +2256,28 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. -bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty) { + // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); + ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) buf++; if (!buf[0]) + { + if (p_data_when_empty != NULL) + { + memcpy(p_data, p_data_when_empty, type_info->Size); + return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; + } return false; - - // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); - ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; - memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + } // Sanitize format - // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + // - In theory could treat empty format as using default, but this would only cover rare/bizarre case of using InputScalar() + integer + format string without %. char format_sanitized[32]; if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; @@ -2112,6 +2362,12 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_m return false; } +bool ImGui::DataTypeIsZero(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, &g.DataTypeZeroValue) == 0; +} + static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) { static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; @@ -2170,12 +2426,13 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); + const bool is_bounded = (v_min < v_max) || ((v_min == v_max) && (v_min != 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange))); + const bool is_wrapped = is_bounded && (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); // Default tweak speed - if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) + if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_bounded && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio); // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings @@ -2188,12 +2445,12 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (g.IO.KeyShift) adjust_delta *= 10.0f; } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); - const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 10.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } @@ -2209,8 +2466,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Clear current value on activation // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. - bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; - bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); + const bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; + const bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_bounded && !is_wrapped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) { g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; @@ -2268,13 +2525,24 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0) v_cur = (TYPE)0; - // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) - if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) + if (*v != v_cur && is_bounded) { - if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) - v_cur = v_min; - if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) - v_cur = v_max; + if (is_wrapped) + { + // Wrap values + if (v_cur < v_min) + v_cur += v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1); + if (v_cur > v_max) + v_cur -= v_max - v_min + (is_floating_point ? 0 : 1); + } + else + { + // Clamp values + handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types. + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) + v_cur = v_min; + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) + v_cur = v_max; + } } // Apply result @@ -2287,7 +2555,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. - IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId == id) @@ -2295,7 +2563,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) ClearActiveID(); - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + else if ((g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) ClearActiveID(); } if (g.ActiveId != id) @@ -2347,26 +2615,25 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked)) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id; + g.NavActivateId = id; g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; temp_input_is_active = true; } @@ -2382,9 +2649,17 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (temp_input_is_active) { - // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set - const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0); - return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput is set (generally via ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) + bool clamp_enabled = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput) && (p_min != NULL || p_max != NULL)) + { + const int clamp_range_dir = (p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL) ? DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) : 0; // -1 when *p_min < *p_max, == 0 when *p_min == *p_max + if (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || clamp_range_dir < 0) + clamp_enabled = true; + else if (clamp_range_dir == 0) + clamp_enabled = DataTypeIsZero(data_type, p_min) ? ((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange) != 0) : true; + } + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, clamp_enabled ? p_min : NULL, clamp_enabled ? p_max : NULL); } // Draw frame @@ -2407,7 +2682,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0)); return value_changed; } @@ -2710,14 +2985,14 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + const float v_range_f = (float)(v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); // We don't need high precision for what we do with it. // Calculate bounds const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range_f >= 0.0f) // v_range_f < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax(slider_sz / (v_range_f + 1), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; @@ -2764,7 +3039,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ set_new_value = true; } } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { @@ -2786,8 +3061,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) - input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + if ((v_range_f >= -100.0f && v_range_f <= 100.0f && v_range_f != 0.0f) || tweak_slow) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / v_range_f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else input_delta /= 100.0f; } @@ -2834,6 +3109,10 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } } + if (set_new_value) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + set_new_value = false; + if (set_new_value) { TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); @@ -2877,12 +3156,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. - IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); - - // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) - return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the legacy 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround) == 0); // Not supported by SliderXXX(), only by DragXXX() switch (data_type) { @@ -2940,18 +3215,17 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); - const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); + const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && clicked) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + if ((clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput))) temp_input_is_active = true; if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) @@ -2965,9 +3239,9 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (temp_input_is_active) { - // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set - const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0; - return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput is set (generally via ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) + const bool clamp_enabled = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput) != 0; + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, clamp_enabled ? p_min : NULL, clamp_enabled ? p_max : NULL); } // Draw frame @@ -2995,7 +3269,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable : 0)); return value_changed; } @@ -3107,9 +3381,9 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); - if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); + if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id) { if (clicked) SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); @@ -3210,7 +3484,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) } // Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations -// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt +// fmt = "blah blah" -> return "" // fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt // fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 // fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" @@ -3218,7 +3492,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_ { const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); if (fmt_start[0] != '%') - return fmt; + return ""; const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. return fmt_start; @@ -3243,7 +3517,7 @@ void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate } -// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields and flags "%+3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) { const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); @@ -3254,7 +3528,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, while (fmt_in < fmt_end) { char c = *fmt_in++; - if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.' || c == '+' || c == '#')) continue; has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. @@ -3303,6 +3577,8 @@ int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) // Create text input in place of another active widget (e.g. used when doing a CTRL+Click on drag/slider widgets) // FIXME: Facilitate using this in variety of other situations. +// FIXME: Among other things, setting ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId in LastItemData is currently correct but +// the expected relationship between TempInputXXX functions and LastItemData is a little fishy. bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { // On the first frame, g.TempInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id. @@ -3313,6 +3589,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* ClearActiveID(); g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + g.LastItemData.InFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId; bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem); if (init) { @@ -3323,38 +3600,34 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* return value_changed; } -static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; - return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; -} - // Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! // This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) { + // FIXME: May need to clarify display behavior if format doesn't contain %. + // "%d" -> "%d" / "There are %d items" -> "%d" / "items" -> "%d" (fallback). Also see #6405 + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); char fmt_buf[32]; char data_buf[32]; format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); + if (format[0] == 0) + format = type_info->PrintFmt; DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); - ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint; bool value_changed = false; if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { // Backup old value - size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; - ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size; + ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup; memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp - DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format); + DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format, NULL); if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) { if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) @@ -3370,6 +3643,13 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG return value_changed; } +void ImGui::SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal; + memcpy(&g.NextItemData.RefVal, p_data, DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size); +} + // Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional. // Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) @@ -3384,16 +3664,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; + void* p_data_default = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal) ? &g.NextItemData.RefVal : &g.DataTypeZeroValue; + char buf[64]; - DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal) && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, p_data_default) == 0) + buf[0] = 0; + else + DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + flags |= (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint; bool value_changed = false; - if (p_step != NULL) + if (p_step == NULL) + { + if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL); + } + else { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -3401,8 +3689,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(label); SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable); // Step buttons const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; @@ -3436,11 +3724,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PopID(); EndGroup(); } - else - { - if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); - } if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); @@ -3484,7 +3767,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } @@ -3527,13 +3809,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline, InputTextWithHint //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - imstb_textedit.h include // - InputText() // - InputTextWithHint() // - InputTextMultiline() @@ -3544,6 +3826,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_f // - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace ImStb +{ +#include "imstb_textedit.h" +} + bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() @@ -3561,21 +3848,28 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, si return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } +// This is only used in the path where the multiline widget is inactivate. static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) { int line_count = 0; const char* s = text_begin; - while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding - if (c == '\n') - line_count++; - s--; - if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') + while (true) + { + const char* s_eol = strchr(s, '\n'); line_count++; + if (s_eol == NULL) + { + s = s + strlen(s); + break; + } + s = s_eol + 1; + } *out_text_end = s; return line_count; } -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +// FIXME: Ideally we'd share code with ImFont::CalcTextSizeA() +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSize(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; ImFont* font = g.Font; @@ -3585,10 +3879,15 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begi ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; - const ImWchar* s = text_begin; + const char* s = text_begin; while (s < text_end) { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s; + if (c < 0x80) + s += 1; + else + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end); + if (c == '\n') { text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); @@ -3601,7 +3900,7 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begi if (c == '\r') continue; - const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * scale; + const float char_width = ((int)c < font->IndexAdvanceX.Size ? font->IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : font->FallbackAdvanceX) * scale; line_width += char_width; } @@ -3621,19 +3920,21 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begi } // Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) +// With our UTF-8 use of stb_textedit: +// - STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR is nothing more than a a "GETBYTE". It's only used to compare to ascii or to copy blocks of text so we are fine. +// - One exception is the STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE feature which would expect a full char in order to handle full-width space such as 0x3000 (see ImCharIsBlankW). +// - ...but we don't use that feature. namespace ImStb { - -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenA; } +static char STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= obj->CurLenA); return obj->TextA[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { unsigned int c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, obj->TextA.Data + line_start_idx + char_idx, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); if ((ImWchar)c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)c) * g.FontScale; } +static char STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) { - const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; - const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; - const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + const char* text = obj->TextA.Data; + const char* text_remaining = NULL; + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSize(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenA, &text_remaining, NULL, true); r->x0 = 0.0f; r->x1 = size.x; r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; @@ -3642,61 +3943,138 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* ob r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); } -// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX_IMPL +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX_IMPL + +static int IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if (idx >= obj->CurLenA) + return obj->CurLenA + 1; + unsigned int c; + return idx + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, obj->TextA.Data + idx, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); +} + +static int IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if (idx <= 0) + return -1; + const char* p = ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(obj->TextA.Data, obj->TextA.Data + idx); + return (int)(p - obj->TextA.Data); +} + +static bool ImCharIsSeparatorW(unsigned int c) +{ + static const unsigned int separator_list[] = + { + ',', 0x3001, '.', 0x3002, ';', 0xFF1B, '(', 0xFF08, ')', 0xFF09, '{', 0xFF5B, '}', 0xFF5D, + '[', 0x300C, ']', 0x300D, '|', 0xFF5C, '!', 0xFF01, '\\', 0xFFE5, '/', 0x30FB, 0xFF0F, + '\n', '\r', + }; + for (unsigned int separator : separator_list) + if (c == separator) + return true; + return false; +} + +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + // When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. + if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0) + return 0; + + const char* curr_p = obj->TextA.Data + idx; + const char* prev_p = ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(obj->TextA.Data, curr_p); + unsigned int curr_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&curr_c, curr_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + unsigned int prev_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&prev_c, prev_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + + bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(prev_c); + bool prev_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(prev_c); + bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(curr_c); + bool curr_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(curr_c); + return ((prev_white || prev_separ) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ); +} +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + if ((obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) || idx <= 0) + return 0; + + const char* curr_p = obj->TextA.Data + idx; + const char* prev_p = ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(obj->TextA.Data, curr_p); + unsigned int prev_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&prev_c, curr_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + unsigned int curr_c; ImTextCharFromUtf8(&curr_c, prev_p, obj->TextA.Data + obj->TextA.Size); + + bool prev_white = ImCharIsBlankW(prev_c); + bool prev_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(prev_c); + bool curr_white = ImCharIsBlankW(curr_c); + bool curr_separ = ImCharIsSeparatorW(curr_c); + return ((prev_white) && !(curr_separ || curr_white)) || (curr_separ && !prev_separ); +} +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; +} +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + int len = obj->CurLenA; + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + return idx > len ? len : idx; +} +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) +{ + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + int len = obj->CurLenA; + while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) + idx = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx); + return idx > len ? len : idx; +} static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); } -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) { - ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; + char* dst = obj->TextA.Data + pos; - // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats obj->Edited = true; - obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); - obj->CurLenW -= n; + obj->CurLenA -= n; // Offset remaining text (FIXME-OPT: Use memmove) - const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n; - while (ImWchar c = *src++) + const char* src = obj->TextA.Data + pos + n; + while (char c = *src++) *dst++ = c; *dst = '\0'; } -static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const char* new_text, int new_text_len) { const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; - const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; + const int text_len = obj->CurLenA; IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); - const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); - if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) + if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) return false; // Grow internal buffer if needed - if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size) + if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextA.Size) { if (!is_resizable) return false; - IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size); - obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); + obj->TextA.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); } - ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + char* text = obj->TextA.Data; if (pos != text_len) - memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos)); + memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len); obj->Edited = true; - obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; - obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; - obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; + obj->CurLenA += new_text_len; + obj->TextA[obj->CurLenA] = '\0'; return true; } @@ -3720,15 +4098,16 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #include "imstb_textedit.h" // stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling // the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) -static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) { - stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); - ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenA, text_len); + ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenA); state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; if (text_len <= 0) return; @@ -3743,13 +4122,49 @@ static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* st } // namespace ImStb +// We added an extra indirection where 'Stb' is heap-allocated, in order facilitate the work of bindings generators. +ImGuiInputTextState::ImGuiInputTextState() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + Stb = IM_NEW(ImStbTexteditState); +} + +ImGuiInputTextState::~ImGuiInputTextState() +{ + IM_DELETE(Stb); +} + void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key) { - stb_textedit_key(this, &Stb, key); + stb_textedit_key(this, Stb, key); CursorFollow = true; CursorAnimReset(); } +void ImGuiInputTextState::OnCharPressed(unsigned int c) +{ + // Convert the key to a UTF8 byte sequence. + // The changes we had to make to stb_textedit_key made it very much UTF-8 specific which is not too great. + char utf8[5]; + ImTextCharToUtf8(utf8, c); + stb_textedit_text(this, Stb, utf8, (int)strlen(utf8)); + CursorFollow = true; + CursorAnimReset(); +} + +// Those functions are not inlined in imgui_internal.h, allowing us to hide ImStbTexteditState from that header. +void ImGuiInputTextState::CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking +void ImGuiInputTextState::CursorClamp() { Stb->cursor = ImMin(Stb->cursor, CurLenA); Stb->select_start = ImMin(Stb->select_start, CurLenA); Stb->select_end = ImMin(Stb->select_end, CurLenA); } +bool ImGuiInputTextState::HasSelection() const { return Stb->select_start != Stb->select_end; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ClearSelection() { Stb->select_start = Stb->select_end = Stb->cursor; } +int ImGuiInputTextState::GetCursorPos() const { return Stb->cursor; } +int ImGuiInputTextState::GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb->select_start; } +int ImGuiInputTextState::GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb->select_end; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::SelectAll() { Stb->select_start = 0; Stb->cursor = Stb->select_end = CurLenA; Stb->has_preferred_x = 0; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = 0; ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = Stb->select_start; ReloadSelectionEnd = Stb->select_end; } +void ImGuiInputTextState::ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; } + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); @@ -3778,6 +4193,10 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) { + // Accept null ranges + if (new_text == new_text_end) + return; + const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) @@ -3786,7 +4205,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons return; // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TextA.Data); @@ -3809,9 +4228,8 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons } // Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard) { - IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); unsigned int c = *p_char; // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) @@ -3819,14 +4237,14 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) - pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); + pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) + pass |= (c == '\t') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) != 0; if (!pass) return false; apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted. } - if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard) + if (input_source_is_clipboard == false) { // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) if (c == 127) @@ -3842,16 +4260,19 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f return false; // Generic named filters - if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))) + if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint))) { // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'. // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. // Change the default decimal_point with: - // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // ImGui::GetPlatformIO()->Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformIO.Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint; + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint)) + if (c == '.' || c == ',') + c = c_decimal_point; // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may @@ -3890,8 +4311,9 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // Custom callback filter if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; callback_data.Flags = flags; @@ -3911,34 +4333,52 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly. static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data; - const int old_length = state->CurLenW; - const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); - g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; - ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); - - const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length); + const char* old_buf = state->CallbackTextBackup.Data; + const int old_length = state->CallbackTextBackup.Size - 1; + + const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length_a); int first_diff; for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++) - if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff]) + if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf_a[first_diff]) break; - if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length) + if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length_a) return; - int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; - int new_last_diff = new_length - 1; + int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; + int new_last_diff = new_length_a - 1; for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--) - if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff]) + if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf_a[new_last_diff]) break; const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + if (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb->undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) - p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); + p[i] = old_buf[first_diff + i]; +} + +// As InputText() retain textual data and we currently provide a path for user to not retain it (via local variables) +// we need some form of hook to reapply data back to user buffer on deactivation frame. (#4714) +// It would be more desirable that we discourage users from taking advantage of the "user not retaining data" trick, +// but that more likely be attractive when we do have _NoLiveEdit flag available. +void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputTextState* state = &g.InputTextState; + if (id == 0 || state->ID != id) + return; + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID; + if (state->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + { + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(0); // In theory this data won't be used, but clear to be neat. + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(state->TextA.Data != 0); + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); + memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1); + } } // Edit a string of text @@ -3965,12 +4405,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const bool RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE = false; const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; - const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; - const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; - const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; - const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; - if (is_resizable) - IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar) BeginGroup(); @@ -3984,7 +4418,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; - ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0; ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup; if (is_multiline) { @@ -3995,17 +4428,25 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ EndGroup(); return false; } - item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; item_data_backup = g.LastItemData; window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos; + // Prevent NavActivation from Tabbing when our widget accepts Tab inputs: this allows cycling through widgets without stopping. + if (g.NavActivateId == id && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) + g.NavActivateId = 0; + + // Prevent NavActivate reactivating in BeginChild() when we are already active. + const ImGuiID backup_activate_id = g.NavActivateId; + if (g.ActiveId == id) // Prevent reactivation + g.NavActivateId = 0; + // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. - // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre. PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges - bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id; PopStyleVar(3); PopStyleColor(); if (!child_visible) @@ -4026,17 +4467,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) return false; - item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (hovered) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput); // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); - const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; - const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly; + const bool is_readonly = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; + const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; + const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; + const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + if (is_resizable) + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! + + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateId == id) && ((g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) || (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); @@ -4046,35 +4494,40 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; - const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); - const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); + const bool init_reload_from_user_buf = (state != NULL && state->ReloadUserBuf); + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb->single_line != !is_multiline); // state != NULL means its our state. + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); - if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) + if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs || init_reload_from_user_buf) { // Access state even if we don't own it yet. state = &g.InputTextState; state->CursorAnimReset(); + state->ReloadUserBuf = false; + + // Backup state of deactivating item so they'll have a chance to do a write to output buffer on the same frame they report IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit (#4714) + InputTextDeactivateHook(state->ID); - // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) - // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) + // From the moment we focused we are normally ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); - state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. - memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + if (!init_reload_from_user_buf) + { + // Take a copy of the initial buffer value. + state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + } // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? - bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); - if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) + // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differentiate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? + bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs && !init_reload_from_user_buf); + if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) recycle_state = false; // Start edition - const char* buf_end = NULL; state->ID = id; - state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. - state->TextA.resize(0); - state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) - state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. + state->TextA.resize(buf_size + 1); // we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. + state->CurLenA = (int)strlen(buf); + memcpy(state->TextA.Data, buf, state->CurLenA + 1); if (recycle_state) { @@ -4084,24 +4537,31 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - state->ScrollX = 0.0f; - stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); + state->Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + stb_textedit_initialize_state(state->Stb, !is_multiline); } - if (!is_multiline) + if (init_reload_from_user_buf) + { + state->Stb->select_start = state->ReloadSelectionStart; + state->Stb->cursor = state->Stb->select_end = state->ReloadSelectionEnd; + state->CursorClamp(); + } + else if (!is_multiline) { if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) select_all = true; if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState))) select_all = true; - if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl) select_all = true; } if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) - state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) + state->Stb->insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) } + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) { IM_ASSERT(state && state->ID == id); @@ -4117,6 +4577,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Enter, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, id); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id); if (is_multiline) @@ -4124,8 +4586,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id); } - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Tab, id); + // FIXME: May be a problem to always steal Alt on OSX, would ideally still allow an uninterrupted Alt down-up to toggle menu + if (is_osx) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id); + + // Expose scroll in a manner that is agnostic to us using a child window + if (is_multiline && state != NULL) + state->Scroll.y = draw_window->Scroll.y; } // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) @@ -4142,20 +4609,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ bool value_changed = false; bool validated = false; - // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function - // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( - if (is_readonly && state != NULL && (render_cursor || render_selection)) - { - const char* buf_end = NULL; - state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); - state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); - state->CursorClamp(); - render_selection &= state->HasSelection(); - } - // Select the buffer to render. - const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state && state->TextAIsValid; + const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state; const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph @@ -4175,11 +4630,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process mouse inputs and character inputs - int backup_current_text_length = 0; if (g.ActiveId == id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; state->Edited = false; state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; state->Flags = flags; @@ -4187,13 +4640,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; - g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Edit in progress - const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; + const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->Scroll.x; const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); - const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (select_all) { state->SelectAll(); @@ -4201,34 +4652,34 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift) { - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_click(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2); if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0) { // Double-click: Select word // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant: // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS) - const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n'; - if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol) + const bool is_bol = (state->Stb->cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb->cursor - 1) == '\n'; + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state->Stb) || !is_bol) state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb)) - ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb); - state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor); - state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor; - ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb); + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state->Stb)) + ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state->Stb); + state->Stb->cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb->cursor); + state->Stb->select_end = state->Stb->cursor; + ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, state->Stb); } else { // Triple-click: Select line - const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n'; + const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb->cursor) == '\n'; state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART); state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); if (!is_eol && is_multiline) { - ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); - state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end; + ImSwap(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end); + state->Stb->cursor = state->Stb->select_end; } state->CursorFollow = false; } @@ -4239,15 +4690,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (hovered) { if (io.KeyShift) - stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_drag(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); else - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_click(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); } } else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) { - stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + stb_textedit_drag(state, state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); state->CursorFollow = true; } @@ -4256,16 +4707,25 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) - const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && !is_readonly) { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id)) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnCharPressed(c); + } + // FIXME: Implement Shift+Tab + /* + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id)) + { + } + */ } // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. + const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl); if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) { if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav) @@ -4275,8 +4735,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnCharPressed(c); } // Consume characters @@ -4291,30 +4751,30 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); - state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; + state->Stb->row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); - const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl - const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End + const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText) // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active. const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; - const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly; - const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, f_repeat) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id); + const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id); // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true); const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)); - const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, f_repeat) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id, f_repeat)); + const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, f_repeat, id) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, f_repeat, id)); // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of. + // FIXME-OSX: Missing support for Alt(option)+Right/Left = go to end of line, or next line if already in end of line. if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } @@ -4323,14 +4783,23 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) + { + if (!state->HasSelection()) + { + // OSX doesn't seem to have Super+Delete to delete until end-of-line, so we don't emulate that (as opposed to Super+Backspace) + if (is_wordmove_key_down) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); + } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) { if (!state->HasSelection()) { if (is_wordmove_key_down) state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) + else if (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper) state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); } state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); @@ -4350,15 +4819,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (!is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + state->OnCharPressed(c); } } else if (is_cancel) { if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { - if (state->CurLenA > 0) + if (buf[0] != 0) { revert_edit = true; } @@ -4387,22 +4856,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (is_cut || is_copy) { // Cut, Copy - if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) + if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn != NULL) { - const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : 0; - const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end) : state->CurLenW; - const int clipboard_data_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie) + 1; - char* clipboard_data = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_data_len * sizeof(char)); - ImTextStrToUtf8(clipboard_data, clipboard_data_len, state->TextW.Data + ib, state->TextW.Data + ie); - SetClipboardText(clipboard_data); - MemFree(clipboard_data); + const int ib = state->HasSelection() ? ImMin(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end) : 0; + const int ie = state->HasSelection() ? ImMax(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end) : state->CurLenA; + + char backup = state->TextA.Data[ie]; + state->TextA.Data[ie] = 0; // A bit of a hack since SetClipboardText only takes null terminated strings + SetClipboardText(state->TextA.Data + ib); + state->TextA.Data[ie] = backup; } if (is_cut) { if (!state->HasSelection()) state->SelectAll(); state->CursorFollow = true; - stb_textedit_cut(state, &state->Stb); + stb_textedit_cut(state, state->Stb); } } else if (is_paste) @@ -4411,22 +4880,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { // Filter pasted buffer const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); - ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + char* clipboard_filtered = (char*)IM_ALLOC(clipboard_len + 1); int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; - for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) + for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; ) { unsigned int c; - s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (c == 0) - break; - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) + int len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); + s += len; + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, true)) continue; - clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; + memcpy(clipboard_filtered + clipboard_filtered_len, s - len, len); + clipboard_filtered_len += len; } clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation { - stb_textedit_paste(state, &state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); + stb_textedit_paste(state, state->Stb, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); state->CursorFollow = true; } MemFree(clipboard_filtered); @@ -4448,38 +4917,31 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { // Clear input + IM_ASSERT(buf[0] != 0); apply_new_text = ""; apply_new_text_length = 0; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; - stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); + value_changed = true; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; + stb_textedit_replace(state, state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); } else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) { - // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. - // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; - ImVector w_text; - if (apply_new_text_length > 0) - { - w_text.resize(ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length) + 1); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(w_text.Data, w_text.Size, apply_new_text, apply_new_text + apply_new_text_length); - } - stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, w_text.Data, (apply_new_text_length > 0) ? (w_text.Size - 1) : 0); - } - } - // Apply ASCII value - if (!is_readonly) - { - state->TextAIsValid = true; - state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. + // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself + value_changed = true; + stb_textedit_replace(state, state->Stb, state->InitialTextA.Data, state->InitialTextA.Size - 1); + } } - // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer + // before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. - // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage + // (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object + // unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { @@ -4496,7 +4958,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, 0, id)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -4523,11 +4985,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (event_flag) { ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + // FIXME-OPT: Undo stack reconcile needs a backup of the data until we rework API, see #7925 + state->CallbackTextBackup.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); + memcpy(state->CallbackTextBackup.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1); + char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; callback_data.EventKey = event_key; callback_data.Buf = callback_buf; @@ -4535,11 +5001,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; callback_data.BufDirty = false; - // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) - ImWchar* text = state->TextW.Data; - const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.cursor); - const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_start); - const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + state->Stb.select_end); + const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = state->Stb->cursor; + const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = state->Stb->select_start; + const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = state->Stb->select_end; // Call user code callback(&callback_data); @@ -4550,18 +5014,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb->cursor = callback_data.CursorPos; state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb->select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb->cursor : callback_data.SelectionStart; } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb->select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb->select_start : callback_data.SelectionEnd; } if (buf_dirty) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); + // Callback may update buffer and thus set buf_dirty even in read-only mode. IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? - if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) - state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize - state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() + state->TextA.Size = state->CurLenA + 1; state->CursorAnimReset(); } } @@ -4572,20 +5034,35 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { apply_new_text = state->TextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; + value_changed = true; } } } + // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details) + if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id) + { + if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly && strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0) + { + apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data; + apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1; + value_changed = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text); + } + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0; + } + // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id) if (apply_new_text != NULL) { - // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size - // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used - // without any storage on user's side. + //// We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + //// of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + //// without any storage on user's side. IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); if (is_resizable) { ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.Ctx = &g; callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.Buf = buf; @@ -4602,12 +5079,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); - value_changed = true; } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) - if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + // Otherwise request text input ahead for next frame. + if (g.ActiveId == id && clear_active_id) ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Render frame if (!is_multiline) @@ -4647,52 +5126,40 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. - const ImWchar* text_begin = state->TextW.Data; + const char* text_begin = state->TextA.Data; + const char* text_end = text_begin + state->CurLenA; ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; { - // Find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' (slot 0) and 'select_start' (slot 1) positions. - const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2] = { NULL, NULL }; - int searches_result_line_no[2] = { -1000, -1000 }; - int searches_remaining = 0; - if (render_cursor) - { - searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + state->Stb.cursor; - searches_result_line_no[0] = -1; - searches_remaining++; - } - if (render_selection) + // Find lines numbers straddling cursor and selection min position + int cursor_line_no = render_cursor ? -1 : -1000; + int selmin_line_no = render_selection ? -1 : -1000; + const char* cursor_ptr = render_cursor ? text_begin + state->Stb->cursor : NULL; + const char* selmin_ptr = render_selection ? text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end) : NULL; + + // Count lines and find line number for cursor and selection ends + int line_count = 1; + if (is_multiline) { - searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); - searches_result_line_no[1] = -1; - searches_remaining++; - } - - // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers - // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. - searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; - int line_count = 0; - //for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; (s = (const ImWchar*)wcschr((const wchar_t*)s, (wchar_t)'\n')) != NULL; s++) // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit - for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) - if (*s == '\n') + for (const char* s = text_begin; (s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', (size_t)(text_end - s))) != NULL; s++) { + if (cursor_line_no == -1 && s >= cursor_ptr) { cursor_line_no = line_count; } + if (selmin_line_no == -1 && s >= selmin_ptr) { selmin_line_no = line_count; } line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } - if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } } - line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_no[0] == -1) - searches_result_line_no[0] = line_count; - if (searches_result_line_no[1] == -1) - searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; + } + if (cursor_line_no == -1) + cursor_line_no = line_count; + if (selmin_line_no == -1) + selmin_line_no = line_count; // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance - cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; - cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize; - if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0) + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSize(&g, ImStrbol(cursor_ptr, text_begin), cursor_ptr).x; + cursor_offset.y = cursor_line_no * g.FontSize; + if (selmin_line_no >= 0) { - select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; - select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize; + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSize(&g, ImStrbol(selmin_ptr, text_begin), selmin_ptr).x; + select_start_offset.y = selmin_line_no * g.FontSize; } // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) @@ -4708,14 +5175,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; - if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); - else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); + if (cursor_offset.x < state->Scroll.x) + state->Scroll.x = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); + else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->Scroll.x) + state->Scroll.x = IM_TRUNC(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); } else { - state->ScrollX = 0.0f; + state->Scroll.y = 0.0f; } // Vertical scroll @@ -4736,43 +5203,41 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Draw selection - const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->ScrollX, 0.0f); + const ImVec2 draw_scroll = ImVec2(state->Scroll.x, 0.0f); if (render_selection) { - const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); - const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + const char* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end); + const char* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(state->Stb->select_start, state->Stb->select_end); ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, render_cursor ? 1.0f : 0.6f); // FIXME: current code flow mandate that render_cursor is always true here, we are leaving the transparent one for tests. float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; ImVec2 rect_pos = draw_pos + select_start_offset - draw_scroll; - for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) + for (const char* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) { if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) break; if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) { - //p = (const ImWchar*)wmemchr((const wchar_t*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit - //p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; - while (p < text_selected_end) - if (*p++ == '\n') - break; + p = (const char*)memchr((void*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); + p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; } else { - ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); - if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSize(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_TRUNC(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); + rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x; } - rect_pos.x = draw_pos.x - draw_scroll.x; rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; } } // We test for 'buf_display_max_length' as a way to avoid some pathological cases (e.g. single-line 1 MB string) which would make ImDrawList crash. + // FIXME-OPT: Multiline could submit a smaller amount of contents to AddText() since we already iterated through it. if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) { ImU32 col = GetColorU32(is_displaying_hint ? ImGuiCol_TextDisabled : ImGuiCol_Text); @@ -4784,7 +5249,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImTrunc(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); @@ -4821,18 +5286,16 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_multiline) { - // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)... + // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (see #4761, #7870)... Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= (ImGuiItemFlags)ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; EndChild(); item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active... // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window. EndGroup(); - if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0) + if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0 || g.LastItemData.ID != GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y)) { g.LastItemData.ID = id; g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags; @@ -4853,7 +5316,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) MarkItemEdited(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) return validated; else @@ -4864,27 +5327,26 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; + ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = state->Stb; ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID); - Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x); Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); - if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 10), ImGuiChildFlags_Borders | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) // Visualize undo state { PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + for (int n = 0; n < IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) { ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; if (undo_rec_type == ' ') BeginDisabled(); - char buf[64] = ""; - if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) - ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length); - Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"", - undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf); + const int buf_preview_len = (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) ? undo_rec->insert_length : 0; + const char* buf_preview_str = undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage; + Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%.*s\"", + undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf_preview_len, buf_preview_str); if (undo_rec_type == ' ') EndDisabled(); } @@ -4916,28 +5378,32 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); } +static void ColorEditRestoreH(const float* col, float* H) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0); + if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + return; + *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue; +} + // ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation. // Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting. static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) { - // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined. - // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one. - // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined. - // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision. - // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined, - // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + IM_ASSERT(g.ColorEditCurrentID != 0); + if (g.ColorEditSavedID != g.ColorEditCurrentID || g.ColorEditSavedColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) return; // When S == 0, H is undefined. // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0. - if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1)) - *H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditSavedHue == 1)) + *H = g.ColorEditSavedHue; // When V == 0, S is undefined. if (*V == 0.0f) - *S = g.ColorEditLastSat; + *S = g.ColorEditSavedSat; } // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). @@ -4952,14 +5418,15 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - const float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); - const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const float w_inputs = w_full - w_button; const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + float w_full = CalcItemWidth(); g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); BeginGroup(); PushID(label); + const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back(); // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; @@ -4986,6 +5453,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; + const float w_button = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const float w_inputs = ImMax(w_full - w_button, 1.0f); + w_full = w_inputs + w_button; // Convert to the formats we need float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; @@ -4993,7 +5463,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) { - // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]); } @@ -5009,10 +5479,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + const float w_items = w_inputs - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1); - const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); + const bool hide_prefix = (IM_TRUNC(w_items / components) <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; static const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = { @@ -5028,11 +5497,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag }; const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) ? 2 : 1; + float prev_split = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) { if (n > 0) SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - SetNextItemWidth((n + 1 < components) ? w_item_one : w_item_last); + float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * (n + 1) / components); + SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(next_split - prev_split, 1.0f)); + prev_split = next_split; // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) @@ -5057,7 +5529,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag else ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255)); SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); - if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) + if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) { value_changed = true; char* p = buf; @@ -5132,10 +5604,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB)) { - g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; - g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; + g.ColorEditSavedHue = f[0]; + g.ColorEditSavedSat = f[1]; ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); + g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID; + g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); @@ -5147,12 +5620,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag col[3] = f[3]; } + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0; PopID(); EndGroup(); // Drag and Drop Target // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) { bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) @@ -5217,9 +5692,13 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; const float width = CalcItemWidth(); + const bool is_readonly = ((g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | g.CurrentItemFlags) & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) != 0; g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); PushID(label); + const bool set_current_color_edit_id = (g.ColorEditCurrentID == 0); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = window->IDStack.back(); BeginGroup(); if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) @@ -5248,7 +5727,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, width - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_FLOOR(bars_width * 0.20f); + float bars_triangles_half_sz = IM_TRUNC(bars_width * 0.20f); float backup_initial_col[4]; memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); @@ -5268,7 +5747,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float R = col[0], G = col[1], B = col[2]; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { - // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. + // Hue is lost when converting from grayscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); } @@ -5284,7 +5763,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; @@ -5319,14 +5798,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // SV rectangle logic InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); - - // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. - if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + ColorEditRestoreH(col, &H); // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) @@ -5335,7 +5811,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) + if (IsItemActive() && !is_readonly) { H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = value_changed_h = true; @@ -5401,9 +5877,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - g.ColorEditLastHue = H; - g.ColorEditLastSat = S; - g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); + g.ColorEditSavedHue = H; + g.ColorEditSavedSat = S; + g.ColorEditSavedID = g.ColorEditCurrentID; + g.ColorEditSavedColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -5418,7 +5895,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) @@ -5505,7 +5982,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f); float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; - int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); + int hue_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(hue_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); @@ -5515,13 +5992,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); + draw_list->PrimReserve(3, 3); draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, 0); draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, col_black); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, 0); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, col_white); draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, col_midgrey, 1.5f); sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); } @@ -5543,10 +6017,11 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) - float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); + float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? wheel_thickness * 0.55f : wheel_thickness * 0.40f; + int sv_cursor_segments = draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(sv_cursor_rad); // Lock segment count so the +1 one matches others. + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, sv_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, sv_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, sv_cursor_segments); // Render alpha bar if (alpha_bar) @@ -5567,6 +6042,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); + if (set_current_color_edit_id) + g.ColorEditCurrentID = 0; PopID(); return value_changed; @@ -5650,7 +6127,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl } // Tooltip - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); return pressed; @@ -5680,7 +6157,8 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) { @@ -5717,6 +6195,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { @@ -5759,6 +6238,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) g.ColorEditOptions = opts; EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) @@ -5768,6 +6248,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; if (allow_opt_picker) { ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function @@ -5797,6 +6278,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -5837,7 +6319,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None, label, NULL); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5855,8 +6338,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, NULL); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -5883,9 +6366,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); const char* label, *label_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5894,24 +6378,32 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); const char* label, *label_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + return storage->GetInt(storage_id, 0) != 0; } -void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; - storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); + storage->SetInt(storage_id, open ? 1 : 0); } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; - // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function) + // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks, or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; @@ -5922,16 +6414,16 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(storage_id, is_open); } else { // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. - const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); + const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(storage_id, -1); if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(storage_id, is_open); } else { @@ -5941,7 +6433,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) } else { - is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; + is_open = storage->GetInt(storage_id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; } // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). @@ -5952,6 +6444,23 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) return is_open; } +// Store ImGuiTreeNodeStackData for just submitted node. +// Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase. +static void TreeNodeStoreStackData(ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + g.TreeNodeStack.resize(g.TreeNodeStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data = &g.TreeNodeStack.back(); + tree_node_data->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; + tree_node_data->TreeFlags = flags; + tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); +} + +// When using public API, currently 'id == storage_id' is always true, but we separate the values to facilitate advanced user code doing storage queries outside of UI loop. bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -5967,55 +6476,89 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it + const float text_width = g.FontSize + label_size.x + padding.x * 2; // Include collapsing arrow + // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2); + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0 && (g.CurrentTable != NULL); ImRect frame_bb; - frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; + frame_bb.Min.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - frame_bb.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth) ? window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_width + padding.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height; if (display_frame) { - // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect - // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); - frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + const float outer_extend = IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); // Framed header expand a little outside of current limits + frame_bb.Min.x -= outer_extend; + frame_bb.Max.x += outer_extend; } - const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing - const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb; - if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0) - interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f; + if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0) + interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f : 0.0f); - // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. - // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). - // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. - const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); - if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data. + ImGuiID storage_id = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID) ? g.NextItemData.StorageId : id; + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(storage_id, flags); - bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + bool is_visible; + if (span_all_columns) + { + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + is_visible = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; + } + else + { + is_visible = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + } g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; - if (!item_add) + // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled: + // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle. + bool store_tree_node_stack_data = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + store_tree_node_stack_data = true; + } + + const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; + if (!is_visible) { + if (store_tree_node_stack_data && is_open) + TreeNodeStoreStackData(flags); // Call before TreePushOverrideID() if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } + if (span_all_columns) + { + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect; + g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect; + } + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; if (!is_leaf) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; @@ -6025,8 +6568,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x; const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x; const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2); - if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (is_multi_select) // We absolutely need to distinguish open vs select so _OpenOnArrow comes by default + flags |= (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_) == 0 ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow; // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. @@ -6047,6 +6592,20 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0; const bool was_selected = selected; + // Multi-selection support (header) + if (is_multi_select) + { + // Handle multi-select + alter button flags for it + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &selected, &button_flags); + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags = (button_flags | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) & ~ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + } + else + { + if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + } + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); bool toggled = false; @@ -6054,87 +6613,110 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) { - if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) - toggled = true; + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnMask_) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id && !is_multi_select)) + toggled = true; // Single click if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) - toggled = true; + toggled = true; // Double click } else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) { IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold); if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. toggled = true; + else + pressed = false; // Cancel press so it doesn't trigger selection. } if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) { toggled = true; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? { toggled = true; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } if (toggled) { is_open = !is_open; - window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); + window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(storage_id, is_open); g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. - if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + // Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + { + bool pressed_copy = pressed && !toggled; + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &selected, &pressed_copy); + if (pressed) + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, interact_bb); + } + + if (selected != was_selected) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin; - if (display_frame) - { - // Framed type - const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); - else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); - else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text - text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) - frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } - else { - // Unframed typed for tree nodes - if (hovered || selected) + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact; + if (is_multi_select) + nav_highlight_flags |= ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw; // Always show the nav rectangle + if (display_frame) { + // Framed type const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text + text_pos.x -= text_offset_x - padding.x; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) + frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); } - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); - else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); - RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); + else + { + // Unframed typed for tree nodes + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + } + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); + } + + if (span_all_columns) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Label + if (display_frame) + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + else + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } + if (store_tree_node_stack_data && is_open) + TreeNodeStoreStackData(flags); // Call before TreePushOverrideID() if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushOverrideID(id); + TreePushOverrideID(id); // Could use TreePush(label) but this avoid computing twice + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -6173,14 +6755,19 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() window->DC.TreeDepth--; ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); - // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) + if (window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request + { + ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* data = &g.TreeNodeStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(data->ID == window->IDStack.back()); + if (data->TreeFlags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); + // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, data); } - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; + g.TreeNodeStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask &= ~tree_depth_mask; + } IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. PopID(); @@ -6201,7 +6788,17 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) return; g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen; g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open; - g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; + g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always); +} + +// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader storage id. +void ImGui::SetNextItemStorageID(ImGuiID storage_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) + return; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID; + g.NextItemData.StorageId = storage_id; } // CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). @@ -6211,8 +6808,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); } // p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header @@ -6231,7 +6828,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; if (p_visible) - flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags)ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); if (p_visible != NULL) { @@ -6241,8 +6838,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) *p_visible = false; @@ -6260,7 +6857,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl // Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. // But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. -// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. +// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap are also frequently used flags. // FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { @@ -6292,13 +6889,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + // FIXME: Not part of layout so not included in clipper calculation, but ItemSize currently doesn't allow offsetting CursorPos. ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) { const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; - const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); - const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + const float spacing_L = IM_TRUNC(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_TRUNC(spacing_y * 0.50f); bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); @@ -6306,36 +6904,45 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl } //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. - const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; - const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const ImGuiItemFlags extra_item_flags = disabled_item ? (ImGuiItemFlags)ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None; + bool is_visible; if (span_all_columns) { + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; - } - - const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; - const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); - if (span_all_columns) - { + is_visible = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_item_flags); window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } + else + { + is_visible = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_item_flags); + } + + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (!is_visible) + if (!is_multi_select || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipRect.Overlaps(bb)) // Extra layer of "no logic clip" for box-select support (would be more overhead to add to ItemAdd) + return false; - if (!item_add) - return false; - const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization BeginDisabled(); // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. - if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PushColumnsBackground(); - else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) - TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + if (span_all_columns) + { + if (g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect; + g.LastItemData.ClipRect = window->ClipRect; + } // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; @@ -6344,22 +6951,37 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; } + // Multi-selection support (header) const bool was_selected = selected; + if (is_multi_select) + { + // Handle multi-select + alter button flags for it + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &selected, &button_flags); + } + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - // Auto-select when moved into - // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch - // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control - // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons - // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) - // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items - // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) - if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) - selected = pressed = true; + // Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + { + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &selected, &pressed); + } + else + { + // Auto-select when moved into + // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch + // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control + // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons + // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) + // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items + // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + selected = pressed = true; + } // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) @@ -6373,35 +6995,53 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (pressed) MarkItemEdited(id); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - - // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. - if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + if (selected != was_selected) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - if (hovered || selected) + if (is_visible) { - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + const bool highlighted = hovered || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight); + if (highlighted || selected) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling: Color for 'selected' elements? ImGuiCol_HeaderSelected + ImU32 col; + if (selected && !highlighted) + col = GetColorU32(ImLerp(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Header), GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered), 0.5f)); + else + col = GetColorU32((held && highlighted) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : highlighted ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + } + if (g.NavId == id) + { + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding; + if (is_multi_select) + nav_highlight_flags |= ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw; // Always show the nav rectangle + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + } } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); - if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PopColumnsBackground(); - else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) - TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + if (span_all_columns) + { + if (g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + else if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + } - RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + if (is_visible) + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups) && (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups)) CloseCurrentPopup(); if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) EndDisabled(); + // Selectable() always returns a pressed state! + // Users of BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope: you may call ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() to retrieve + // selection toggle, only useful if you need that state updated (e.g. for rendering purpose) before reaching EndMultiSelect(). IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; //-V1020 } @@ -6416,6 +7056,1125 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags return false; } + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Experimental] Currently not exposed in public API. +// Consume character inputs and return search request, if any. +// This would typically only be called on the focused window or location you want to grab inputs for, e.g. +// if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused(...)) +// if (ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req = ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest()) +// focus_idx = ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(req, my_items.size(), [](void*, int n) { return my_items[n]->Name; }, &my_items, -1); +// However the code is written in a way where calling it from multiple locations is safe (e.g. to obtain buffer). +ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTypingSelectState* data = &g.TypingSelectState; + ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* out_request = &data->Request; + + // Clear buffer + const float TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER = 1.80f; // FIXME: Potentially move to IO config. + const int TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK = 4; // Lock single char matching when repeating same char 4 times + if (data->SearchBuffer[0] != 0) + { + bool clear_buffer = false; + clear_buffer |= (g.NavFocusScopeId != data->FocusScope); + clear_buffer |= (data->LastRequestTime + TYPING_SELECT_RESET_TIMER < g.Time); + clear_buffer |= g.NavAnyRequest; + clear_buffer |= g.ActiveId != 0 && g.NavActivateId == 0; // Allow temporary SPACE activation to not interfere + clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter); + clear_buffer |= IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) == 0; + //if (clear_buffer) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("GetTypingSelectRequest(): Clear SearchBuffer.\n"); } + if (clear_buffer) + data->Clear(); + } + + // Append to buffer + const int buffer_max_len = IM_ARRAYSIZE(data->SearchBuffer) - 1; + int buffer_len = (int)strlen(data->SearchBuffer); + bool select_request = false; + for (ImWchar w : g.IO.InputQueueCharacters) + { + const int w_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(&w, &w + 1); + if (w < 32 || (buffer_len == 0 && ImCharIsBlankW(w)) || (buffer_len + w_len > buffer_max_len)) // Ignore leading blanks + continue; + char w_buf[5]; + ImTextCharToUtf8(w_buf, (unsigned int)w); + if (data->SingleCharModeLock && w_len == out_request->SingleCharSize && memcmp(w_buf, data->SearchBuffer, w_len) == 0) + { + select_request = true; // Same character: don't need to append to buffer. + continue; + } + if (data->SingleCharModeLock) + { + data->Clear(); // Different character: clear + buffer_len = 0; + } + memcpy(data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len, w_buf, w_len + 1); // Append + buffer_len += w_len; + select_request = true; + } + g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + + // Handle backspace + if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + { + char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len); + *p = 0; + buffer_len = (int)(p - data->SearchBuffer); + } + + // Return request if any + if (buffer_len == 0) + return NULL; + if (select_request) + { + data->FocusScope = g.NavFocusScopeId; + data->LastRequestFrame = g.FrameCount; + data->LastRequestTime = (float)g.Time; + } + out_request->Flags = flags; + out_request->SearchBufferLen = buffer_len; + out_request->SearchBuffer = data->SearchBuffer; + out_request->SelectRequest = (data->LastRequestFrame == g.FrameCount); + out_request->SingleCharMode = false; + out_request->SingleCharSize = 0; + + // Calculate if buffer contains the same character repeated. + // - This can be used to implement a special search mode on first character. + // - Performed on UTF-8 codepoint for correctness. + // - SingleCharMode is always set for first input character, because it usually leads to a "next". + if (flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode) + { + const char* buf_begin = out_request->SearchBuffer; + const char* buf_end = out_request->SearchBuffer + out_request->SearchBufferLen; + const int c0_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(buf_begin, buf_end); + const char* p = buf_begin + c0_len; + for (; p < buf_end; p += c0_len) + if (memcmp(buf_begin, p, (size_t)c0_len) != 0) + break; + const int single_char_count = (p == buf_end) ? (out_request->SearchBufferLen / c0_len) : 0; + out_request->SingleCharMode = (single_char_count > 0 || data->SingleCharModeLock); + out_request->SingleCharSize = (ImS8)c0_len; + data->SingleCharModeLock |= (single_char_count >= TYPING_SELECT_SINGLE_CHAR_COUNT_FOR_LOCK); // From now on we stop search matching to lock to single char mode. + } + + return out_request; +} + +static int ImStrimatchlen(const char* s1, const char* s1_end, const char* s2) +{ + int match_len = 0; + while (s1 < s1_end && ImToUpper(*s1++) == ImToUpper(*s2++)) + match_len++; + return match_len; +} + +// Default handler for finding a result for typing-select. You may implement your own. +// You might want to display a tooltip to visualize the current request SearchBuffer +// When SingleCharMode is set: +// - it is better to NOT display a tooltip of other on-screen display indicator. +// - the index of the currently focused item is required. +// if your SetNextItemSelectionUserData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData. +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) +{ + if (req == NULL || req->SelectRequest == false) // Support NULL parameter so both calls can be done from same spot. + return -1; + int idx = -1; + if (req->SingleCharMode && (req->Flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode)) + idx = TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data, nav_item_idx); + else + idx = TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(req, items_count, get_item_name_func, user_data); + if (idx != -1) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + return idx; +} + +// Special handling when a single character is repeated: perform search on a single letter and goes to next. +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) +{ + // FIXME: Assume selection user data is index. Would be extremely practical. + //if (nav_item_idx == -1) + // nav_item_idx = (int)g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData; + + int first_match_idx = -1; + bool return_next_match = false; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++) + { + const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx); + if (ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SingleCharSize, item_name) < req->SingleCharSize) + continue; + if (return_next_match) // Return next matching item after current item. + return idx; + if (first_match_idx == -1 && nav_item_idx == -1) // Return first match immediately if we don't have a nav_item_idx value. + return idx; + if (first_match_idx == -1) // Record first match for wrapping. + first_match_idx = idx; + if (nav_item_idx == idx) // Record that we encountering nav_item so we can return next match. + return_next_match = true; + } + return first_match_idx; // First result +} + +int ImGui::TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data) +{ + int longest_match_idx = -1; + int longest_match_len = 0; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items_count; idx++) + { + const char* item_name = get_item_name_func(user_data, idx); + const int match_len = ImStrimatchlen(req->SearchBuffer, req->SearchBuffer + req->SearchBufferLen, item_name); + if (match_len <= longest_match_len) + continue; + longest_match_idx = idx; + longest_match_len = match_len; + if (match_len == req->SearchBufferLen) + break; + } + return longest_match_idx; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* data) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + Text("SearchBuffer = \"%s\"", data->SearchBuffer); + Text("SingleCharMode = %d, Size = %d, Lock = %d", data->Request.SingleCharMode, data->Request.SingleCharSize, data->SingleCharModeLock); + Text("LastRequest = time: %.2f, frame: %d", data->LastRequestTime, data->LastRequestFrame); +#else + IM_UNUSED(data); +#endif +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Box-Select support +// This has been extracted away from Multi-Select logic in the hope that it could eventually be used elsewhere, but hasn't been yet. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Extra logic in MultiSelectItemFooter() and ImGuiListClipper::Step() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BoxSelectPreStartDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectActivateDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectDeactivateDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag() [Internal] +// - BeginBoxSelect() [Internal] +// - EndBoxSelect() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Call on the initial click. +static void BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ImGuiID id, ImGuiSelectionUserData clicked_item) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + bs->ID = id; + bs->IsStarting = true; // Consider starting box-select. + bs->IsStartedFromVoid = (clicked_item == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce = bs->IsStartedFromVoid; + bs->KeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + bs->StartPosRel = bs->EndPosRel = ImGui::WindowPosAbsToRel(g.CurrentWindow, g.IO.MousePos); + bs->ScrollAccum = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +static void BoxSelectActivateDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] BeginBoxSelect() 0X%08X: Activate\n", bs->ID); + bs->IsActive = true; + bs->Window = window; + bs->IsStarting = false; + ImGui::SetActiveID(bs->ID, window); + ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + if (bs->IsStartedFromVoid && (bs->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0) + bs->RequestClear = true; +} + +static void BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bs->IsActive = bs->IsStarting = false; + if (g.ActiveId == bs->ID) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] BeginBoxSelect() 0X%08X: Deactivate\n", bs->ID); + ImGui::ClearActiveID(); + } + bs->ID = 0; +} + +static void BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs, ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& inner_r) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(bs->Window == window); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) // each axis + { + const float mouse_pos = g.IO.MousePos[n]; + const float dist = (mouse_pos > inner_r.Max[n]) ? mouse_pos - inner_r.Max[n] : (mouse_pos < inner_r.Min[n]) ? mouse_pos - inner_r.Min[n] : 0.0f; + const float scroll_curr = window->Scroll[n]; + if (dist == 0.0f || (dist < 0.0f && scroll_curr < 0.0f) || (dist > 0.0f && scroll_curr >= window->ScrollMax[n])) + continue; + + const float speed_multiplier = ImLinearRemapClamp(g.FontSize, g.FontSize * 5.0f, 1.0f, 4.0f, ImAbs(dist)); // x1 to x4 depending on distance + const float scroll_step = g.FontSize * 35.0f * speed_multiplier * ImSign(dist) * g.IO.DeltaTime; + bs->ScrollAccum[n] += scroll_step; + + // Accumulate into a stored value so we can handle high-framerate + const float scroll_step_i = ImFloor(bs->ScrollAccum[n]); + if (scroll_step_i == 0.0f) + continue; + if (n == 0) + ImGui::SetScrollX(window, scroll_curr + scroll_step_i); + else + ImGui::SetScrollY(window, scroll_curr + scroll_step_i); + bs->ScrollAccum[n] -= scroll_step_i; + } +} + +bool ImGui::BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + KeepAliveID(box_select_id); + if (bs->ID != box_select_id) + return false; + + // IsStarting is set by MultiSelectItemFooter() when considering a possible box-select. We validate it here and lock geometry. + bs->UnclipMode = false; + bs->RequestClear = false; + if (bs->IsStarting && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0)) + BoxSelectActivateDrag(bs, window); + else if ((bs->IsStarting || bs->IsActive) && g.IO.MouseDown[0] == false) + BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(bs); + if (!bs->IsActive) + return false; + + // Current frame absolute prev/current rectangles are used to toggle selection. + // They are derived from positions relative to scrolling space. + ImVec2 start_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->StartPosRel); + ImVec2 prev_end_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->EndPosRel); // Clamped already + ImVec2 curr_end_pos_abs = g.IO.MousePos; + if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Box-select scrolling only happens with ScopeWindow + curr_end_pos_abs = ImClamp(curr_end_pos_abs, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max); + bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs); + + // Box-select 2D mode detects horizontal changes (vertical ones are already picked by Clipper) + // Storing an extra rect used by widgets supporting box-select. + if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d) + if (bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min.x || bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max.x) + { + bs->UnclipMode = true; + bs->UnclipRect = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev; // FIXME-OPT: UnclipRect x coordinates could be intersection of Prev and Curr rect on X axis. + bs->UnclipRect.Add(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr); + } + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->UnclipRect.Min, bs->UnclipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + IM_ASSERT(bs->IsActive); + bs->UnclipMode = false; + + // Render selection rectangle + bs->EndPosRel = WindowPosAbsToRel(window, ImClamp(g.IO.MousePos, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max)); // Clamp stored position according to current scrolling view + ImRect box_select_r = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr; + box_select_r.ClipWith(scope_rect); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, 0.30f)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling + window->DrawList->AddRect(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling + + // Scroll + const bool enable_scroll = (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll) == 0; + if (enable_scroll) + { + ImRect scroll_r = scope_rect; + scroll_r.Expand(-g.FontSize); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scroll_r.Min, scroll_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!scroll_r.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag(bs, window, scroll_r); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugLogMultiSelectRequests() [Internal] +// - CalcScopeRect() [Internal] +// - BeginMultiSelect() +// - EndMultiSelect() +// - SetNextItemSelectionUserData() +// - MultiSelectItemHeader() [Internal] +// - MultiSelectItemFooter() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeMultiSelectState() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DebugLogMultiSelectRequests(const char* function, const ImGuiMultiSelectIO* io) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(function); + for (const ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] %s: Request: SetAll %d (= %s)\n", function, req.Selected, req.Selected ? "SelectAll" : "Clear"); + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] %s: Request: SetRange %" IM_PRId64 "..%" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "..0x%" IM_PRIX64 ") = %d (dir %d)\n", function, req.RangeFirstItem, req.RangeLastItem, req.RangeFirstItem, req.RangeLastItem, req.Selected, req.RangeDirection); + } +} + +static ImRect CalcScopeRect(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) + { + // Warning: this depends on CursorMaxPos so it means to be called by EndMultiSelect() only + return ImRect(ms->ScopeRectMin, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, ms->ScopeRectMin)); + } + else + { + // When a table, pull HostClipRect, which allows us to predict ClipRect before first row/layout is performed. (#7970) + ImRect scope_rect = window->InnerClipRect; + if (g.CurrentTable != NULL) + scope_rect = g.CurrentTable->HostClipRect; + + // Add inner table decoration (#7821) // FIXME: Why not baking in InnerClipRect? + scope_rect.Min = ImMin(scope_rect.Min + ImVec2(window->DecoInnerSizeX1, window->DecoInnerSizeY1), scope_rect.Max); + return scope_rect; + } +} + +// Return ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// Lifetime: don't hold on ImGuiMultiSelectIO* pointers over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginMultiSelect() or EndMultiSelect(). +// Passing 'selection_size' and 'items_count' parameters is currently optional. +// - 'selection_size' is useful to disable some shortcut routing: e.g. ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape won't claim Escape key when selection_size 0, +// allowing a first press to clear selection THEN the second press to leave child window and return to parent. +// - 'items_count' is stored in ImGuiMultiSelectIO which makes it a convenient way to pass the information to your ApplyRequest() handler (but you may pass it differently). +// - If they are costly for you to compute (e.g. external intrusive selection without maintaining size), you may avoid them and pass -1. +// - If you can easily tell if your selection is empty or not, you may pass 0/1, or you may enable ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape flag dynamically. +ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int selection_size, int items_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (++g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > g.MultiSelectTempData.Size) + g.MultiSelectTempData.resize(g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked, ImGuiMultiSelectTempData()); + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1]; + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData, IO) == 0); // Clear() relies on that. + g.CurrentMultiSelect = ms; + if ((flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) + flags &= ~(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + + // FIXME: BeginFocusScope() + const ImGuiID id = window->IDStack.back(); + ms->Clear(); + ms->FocusScopeId = id; + ms->Flags = flags; + ms->IsFocused = (ms->FocusScopeId == g.NavFocusScopeId); + ms->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + ms->ScopeRectMin = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + PushFocusScope(ms->FocusScopeId); + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Mark parent child window as navigable into, with highlight. Assume user will always submit interactive items. + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + + // Use copy of keyboard mods at the time of the request, otherwise we would requires mods to be held for an extra frame. + ms->KeyMods = g.NavJustMovedToId ? (g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing ? 0 : g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods) : g.IO.KeyMods; + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) + ms->KeyMods &= ~ImGuiMod_Shift; + + // Bind storage + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = g.MultiSelectStorage.GetOrAddByKey(id); + storage->ID = id; + storage->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + storage->LastSelectionSize = selection_size; + storage->Window = window; + ms->Storage = storage; + + // Output to user + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + ms->IO.RangeSrcItem = storage->RangeSrcItem; + ms->IO.NavIdItem = storage->NavIdItem; + ms->IO.NavIdSelected = (storage->NavIdSelected == 1) ? true : false; + ms->IO.ItemsCount = items_count; + + // Clear when using Navigation to move within the scope + // (we compare FocusScopeId so it possible to use multiple selections inside a same window) + bool request_clear = false; + bool request_select_all = false; + if (g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == ms->FocusScopeId && g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData) + { + if (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) + ms->IsKeyboardSetRange = true; + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + IM_ASSERT(storage->RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); // Not ready -> could clear? + if ((ms->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect)) == 0) + request_clear = true; + } + else if (g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId == ms->FocusScopeId) + { + // Also clear on leaving scope (may be optional?) + if ((ms->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect)) == 0) + request_clear = true; + } + + // Box-select handling: update active state. + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + if (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + { + ms->BoxSelectId = GetID("##BoxSelect"); + if (BeginBoxSelect(CalcScopeRect(ms, window), window, ms->BoxSelectId, flags)) + request_clear |= bs->RequestClear; + } + + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + // Shortcut: Clear selection (Escape) + // - Only claim shortcut if selection is not empty, allowing further presses on Escape to e.g. leave current child window. + // - Box select also handle Escape and needs to pass an id to bypass ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys lock. + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape) + { + if (selection_size != 0 || bs->IsActive) + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiInputFlags_None, bs->IsActive ? bs->ID : 0)) + { + request_clear = true; + if (bs->IsActive) + BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(bs); + } + } + + // Shortcut: Select all (CTRL+A) + if (!(flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) && !(flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll)) + if (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A)) + request_select_all = true; + } + + if (request_clear || request_select_all) + { + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, request_select_all); + if (!request_select_all) + storage->LastSelectionSize = 0; + } + ms->LoopRequestSetAll = request_select_all ? 1 : request_clear ? 0 : -1; + ms->LastSubmittedItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) + DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("BeginMultiSelect", &ms->IO); + + return &ms->IO; +} + +// Return updated ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// Lifetime: don't hold on ImGuiMultiSelectIO* pointers over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginMultiSelect() or EndMultiSelect(). +ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::EndMultiSelect() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(ms->FocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId, "EndMultiSelect() FocusScope mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && storage->Window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > 0 && &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1] == g.CurrentMultiSelect); + + ImRect scope_rect = CalcScopeRect(ms, window); + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + // We currently don't allow user code to modify RangeSrcItem by writing to BeginIO's version, but that would be an easy change here. + if (ms->IO.RangeSrcReset || (ms->RangeSrcPassedBy == false && ms->IO.RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)) // Can't read storage->RangeSrcItem here -> we want the state at begining of the scope (see tests for easy failure) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] EndMultiSelect: Reset RangeSrcItem.\n"); // Will set be to NavId. + storage->RangeSrcItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + } + if (ms->NavIdPassedBy == false && storage->NavIdItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] EndMultiSelect: Reset NavIdItem.\n"); + storage->NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + storage->NavIdSelected = -1; + } + + if ((ms->Flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) && GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId)) + EndBoxSelect(scope_rect, ms->Flags); + } + + if (ms->IsEndIO == false) + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + + // Clear selection when clicking void? + // We specifically test for IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false to allow box-selection! + // The InnerRect test is necessary for non-child/decorated windows. + bool scope_hovered = IsWindowHovered() && window->InnerRect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + if (scope_hovered && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + scope_hovered &= scope_rect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + if (scope_hovered && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.ActiveId == 0) + { + if (ms->Flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + { + if (!g.BoxSelectState.IsActive && !g.BoxSelectState.IsStarting && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 1) + { + BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ms->BoxSelectId, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + SetHoveredID(ms->BoxSelectId); + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) + SetNavID(0, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, ms->FocusScopeId, ImRect(g.IO.MousePos, g.IO.MousePos)); // Automatically switch FocusScope for initial click from void to box-select. + } + } + + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid) + if (IsMouseReleased(0) && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false && g.IO.KeyMods == ImGuiMod_None) + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, false); + } + + // Courtesy nav wrapping helper flag + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX) + { + IM_ASSERT(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow); // Only supported at window scope + ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX); + } + + // Unwind + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(ms->BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + PopFocusScope(); + + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) + DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("EndMultiSelect", &ms->IO); + + ms->FocusScopeId = 0; + ms->Flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None; + g.CurrentMultiSelect = (--g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; + + return &ms->IO; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data) +{ + // Note that flags will be cleared by ItemAdd(), so it's only useful for Navigation code! + // This designed so widgets can also cheaply set this before calling ItemAdd(), so we are not tied to MultiSelect api. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData = selection_user_data; + g.NextItemData.FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + + if (ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect) + { + // Auto updating RangeSrcPassedBy for cases were clipper is not used (done before ItemAdd() clipping) + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData | ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect; + if (ms->IO.RangeSrcItem == selection_user_data) + ms->RangeSrcPassedBy = true; + } + else + { + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; + } +} + +// In charge of: +// - Applying SetAll for submitted items. +// - Applying SetRange for submitted items and record end points. +// - Altering button behavior flags to facilitate use with drag and drop. +void ImGui::MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + + bool selected = *p_selected; + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + ImGuiSelectionUserData item_data = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.FocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId && "Forgot to call SetNextItemSelectionUserData() prior to item, required in BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope"); + + // Apply SetAll (Clear/SelectAll) requests requested by BeginMultiSelect(). + // This is only useful if the user hasn't processed them already, and this only works if the user isn't using the clipper. + // If you are using a clipper you need to process the SetAll request after calling BeginMultiSelect() + if (ms->LoopRequestSetAll != -1) + selected = (ms->LoopRequestSetAll == 1); + + // When using SHIFT+Nav: because it can incur scrolling we cannot afford a frame of lag with the selection highlight (otherwise scrolling would happen before selection) + // For this to work, we need someone to set 'RangeSrcPassedBy = true' at some point (either clipper either SetNextItemSelectionUserData() function) + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + { + IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0); + const bool is_range_dst = (ms->RangeDstPassedBy == false) && g.NavJustMovedToId == id; // Assume that g.NavJustMovedToId is not clipped. + if (is_range_dst) + ms->RangeDstPassedBy = true; + if (is_range_dst && storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) // If we don't have RangeSrc, assign RangeSrc = RangeDst + { + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + storage->RangeSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + } + const bool is_range_src = storage->RangeSrcItem == item_data; + if (is_range_src || is_range_dst || ms->RangeSrcPassedBy != ms->RangeDstPassedBy) + { + // Apply range-select value to visible items + IM_ASSERT(storage->RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid && storage->RangeSelected != -1); + selected = (storage->RangeSelected != 0); + } + else if ((ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) == 0 && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear) == 0) + { + // Clear other items + selected = false; + } + } + *p_selected = selected; + } + + // Alter button behavior flags + // To handle drag and drop of multiple items we need to avoid clearing selection on click. + // Enabling this test makes actions using CTRL+SHIFT delay their effect on MouseUp which is annoying, but it allows drag and drop of multiple items. + if (p_button_flags != NULL) + { + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = *p_button_flags; + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus; + if ((!selected || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore)) && !(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease)) + button_flags = (button_flags | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) & ~ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + else + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + *p_button_flags = button_flags; + } +} + +// In charge of: +// - Auto-select on navigation. +// - Box-select toggle handling. +// - Right-click handling. +// - Altering selection based on Ctrl/Shift modifiers, both for keyboard and mouse. +// - Record current selection state for RangeSrc +// This is all rather complex, best to run and refer to "widgets_multiselect_xxx" tests in imgui_test_suite. +void ImGui::MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + bool selected = *p_selected; + bool pressed = *p_pressed; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + if (pressed) + ms->IsFocused = true; + + bool hovered = false; + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) + hovered = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); + if (!ms->IsFocused && !hovered) + return; + + ImGuiSelectionUserData item_data = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; + + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ms->Flags; + const bool is_singleselect = (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) != 0; + bool is_ctrl = (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; + bool is_shift = (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; + + bool apply_to_range_src = false; + + if (g.NavId == id && storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + apply_to_range_src = true; + if (ms->IsEndIO == false) + { + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + ms->IsEndIO = true; + } + + // Auto-select as you navigate a list + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + if (is_ctrl && is_shift) + pressed = true; + else if (!is_ctrl) + selected = pressed = true; + } + else + { + // With NoAutoSelect, using Shift+keyboard performs a write/copy + if (is_shift) + pressed = true; + else if (!is_ctrl) + apply_to_range_src = true; // Since if (pressed) {} main block is not running we update this + } + } + + if (apply_to_range_src) + { + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + storage->RangeSelected = selected; // Will be updated at the end of this function anyway. + } + + // Box-select toggle handling + if (ms->BoxSelectId != 0) + if (ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId)) + { + const bool rect_overlap_curr = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + const bool rect_overlap_prev = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((rect_overlap_curr && !rect_overlap_prev && !selected) || (rect_overlap_prev && !rect_overlap_curr)) + { + if (storage->LastSelectionSize <= 0 && bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce) + { + pressed = true; // First item act as a pressed: code below will emit selection request and set NavId (whatever we emit here will be overridden anyway) + bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce = false; + } + else + { + selected = !selected; + MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, selected, +1, item_data, item_data); + } + storage->LastSelectionSize = ImMax(storage->LastSelectionSize + 1, 1); + } + } + + // Right-click handling. + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Currently filtered out by ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect but maybe should be moved to Selectable(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/5816 + if (hovered && IsMouseClicked(1) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id) + ClearActiveID(); + SetFocusID(id, window); + if (!pressed && !selected) + { + pressed = true; + is_ctrl = is_shift = false; + } + } + + // Unlike Space, Enter doesn't alter selection (but can still return a press) unless current item is not selected. + // The later, "unless current item is not select", may become optional? It seems like a better default if Enter doesn't necessarily open something + // (unlike e.g. Windows explorer). For use case where Enter always open something, we might decide to make this optional? + const bool enter_pressed = pressed && (g.NavActivateId == id) && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput); + + // Alter selection + if (pressed && (!enter_pressed || !selected)) + { + // Box-select + ImGuiInputSource input_source = (g.NavJustMovedToId == id || g.NavActivateId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + if (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + if (selected == false && !g.BoxSelectState.IsActive && !g.BoxSelectState.IsStarting && input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 1) + BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ms->BoxSelectId, item_data); + + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // ACTION | Begin | Pressed/Activated | End + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Keys Navigated: | Clear | Src=item, Sel=1 SetRange 1 + // Keys Navigated: Ctrl | n/a | n/a + // Keys Navigated: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Keys Navigated: Ctrl+Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=Src => Clear + SetRange Src-Dst + // Keys Activated: | n/a | Src=item, Sel=1 => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Keys Activated: Ctrl | n/a | Src=item, Sel=!Sel => SetSange 1 + // Keys Activated: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1 => Clear + SetSange 1 + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Mouse Pressed: | n/a | Src=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Ctrl | n/a | Src=item, Sel=!Sel => SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Ctrl+Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=!Sel => SetRange Src-Dst + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear) == 0) + { + bool request_clear = false; + if (is_singleselect) + request_clear = true; + else if ((input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse || g.NavActivateId == id) && !is_ctrl) + request_clear = (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect) ? !selected : true; + else if ((input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && is_shift && !is_ctrl) + request_clear = true; // With is_shift==false the RequestClear was done in BeginIO, not necessary to do again. + if (request_clear) + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, false); + } + + int range_direction; + bool range_selected; + if (is_shift && !is_singleselect) + { + //IM_ASSERT(storage->HasRangeSrc && storage->HasRangeValue); + if (storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + // Shift+Arrow always select + // Ctrl+Shift+Arrow copy source selection state (already stored by BeginMultiSelect() in storage->RangeSelected) + range_selected = (is_ctrl && storage->RangeSelected != -1) ? (storage->RangeSelected != 0) : true; + } + else + { + // Shift+Arrow copy source selection state + // Shift+Click always copy from target selection state + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + range_selected = (storage->RangeSelected != -1) ? (storage->RangeSelected != 0) : true; + else + range_selected = !selected; + } + range_direction = ms->RangeSrcPassedBy ? +1 : -1; + } + else + { + // Ctrl inverts selection, otherwise always select + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + selected = is_ctrl ? !selected : true; + else + selected = !selected; + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + range_selected = selected; + range_direction = +1; + } + MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, range_selected, range_direction, storage->RangeSrcItem, item_data); + } + + // Update/store the selection state of the Source item (used by CTRL+SHIFT, when Source is unselected we perform a range unselect) + if (storage->RangeSrcItem == item_data) + storage->RangeSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + + // Update/store the selection state of focused item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + storage->NavIdItem = item_data; + storage->NavIdSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + } + if (storage->NavIdItem == item_data) + ms->NavIdPassedBy = true; + ms->LastSubmittedItem = item_data; + + *p_selected = selected; + *p_pressed = pressed; +} + +void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected) +{ + ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll, selected, 0, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid }; + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); // Can always clear previous requests + ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request +} + +void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item) +{ + // Merge contiguous spans into same request (unless NoRangeSelect is set which guarantees single-item ranges) + if (ms->IO.Requests.Size > 0 && first_item == last_item && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) == 0) + { + ImGuiSelectionRequest* prev = &ms->IO.Requests.Data[ms->IO.Requests.Size - 1]; + if (prev->Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange && prev->RangeLastItem == ms->LastSubmittedItem && prev->Selected == selected) + { + prev->RangeLastItem = last_item; + return; + } + } + + ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, selected, (ImS8)range_dir, (range_dir > 0) ? first_item : last_item, (range_dir > 0) ? last_item : first_item }; + ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool is_active = (storage->LastFrameActive >= GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)storage->ID, "MultiSelect 0x%08X in '%s'%s", storage->ID, storage->Window ? storage->Window->Name : "N/A", is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (!open) + return; + Text("RangeSrcItem = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "), RangeSelected = %d", storage->RangeSrcItem, storage->RangeSrcItem, storage->RangeSelected); + Text("NavIdItem = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "), NavIdSelected = %d", storage->NavIdItem, storage->NavIdItem, storage->NavIdSelected); + Text("LastSelectionSize = %d", storage->LastSelectionSize); // Provided by user + TreePop(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(storage); +#endif +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +// - ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage() +{ + Size = 0; + PreserveOrder = false; + UserData = NULL; + AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage*, int idx) { return (ImGuiID)idx; }; + _SelectionOrder = 1; // Always >0 +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Clear() +{ + Size = 0; + _SelectionOrder = 1; // Always >0 + _Storage.Data.resize(0); +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Swap(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& r) +{ + ImSwap(Size, r.Size); + ImSwap(_SelectionOrder, r._SelectionOrder); + _Storage.Data.swap(r._Storage.Data); +} + +bool ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Contains(ImGuiID id) const +{ + return _Storage.GetInt(id, 0) != 0; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByValueInt(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + int lhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->val_i; + int rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->val_i; + return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0); +} + +// GetNextSelectedItem() is an abstraction allowing us to change our underlying actual storage system without impacting user. +// (e.g. store unselected vs compact down, compact down on demand, use raw ImVector instead of ImGuiStorage...) +bool ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::GetNextSelectedItem(void** opaque_it, ImGuiID* out_id) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = (ImGuiStoragePair*)*opaque_it; + ImGuiStoragePair* it_end = _Storage.Data.Data + _Storage.Data.Size; + if (PreserveOrder && it == NULL && it_end != NULL) + ImQsort(_Storage.Data.Data, (size_t)_Storage.Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByValueInt); // ~ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByValueInt() + if (it == NULL) + it = _Storage.Data.Data; + IM_ASSERT(it >= _Storage.Data.Data && it <= it_end); + if (it != it_end) + while (it->val_i == 0 && it < it_end) + it++; + const bool has_more = (it != it_end); + *opaque_it = has_more ? (void**)(it + 1) : (void**)(it); + *out_id = has_more ? it->key : 0; + if (PreserveOrder && !has_more) + _Storage.BuildSortByKey(); + return has_more; +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::SetItemSelected(ImGuiID id, bool selected) +{ + int* p_int = _Storage.GetIntRef(id, 0); + if (selected && *p_int == 0) { *p_int = _SelectionOrder++; Size++; } + else if (!selected && *p_int != 0) { *p_int = 0; Size--; } +} + +// Optimized for batch edits (with same value of 'selected') +static void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, ImGuiID id, bool selected, int size_before_amends, int selection_order) +{ + ImGuiStorage* storage = &selection->_Storage; + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(storage->Data.Data, storage->Data.Data + size_before_amends, id); + const bool is_contained = (it != storage->Data.Data + size_before_amends) && (it->key == id); + if (selected == (is_contained && it->val_i != 0)) + return; + if (selected && !is_contained) + storage->Data.push_back(ImGuiStoragePair(id, selection_order)); // Push unsorted at end of vector, will be sorted in SelectionMultiAmendsFinish() + else if (is_contained) + it->val_i = selected ? selection_order : 0; // Modify in-place. + selection->Size += selected ? +1 : -1; +} + +static void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, bool selected, int size_before_amends) +{ + ImGuiStorage* storage = &selection->_Storage; + if (selected && selection->Size != size_before_amends) + storage->BuildSortByKey(); // When done selecting: sort everything +} + +// Apply requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect(). +// - Enable 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see selection requests as they happen. +// - Honoring SetRange requests requires that you can iterate/interpolate between RangeFirstItem and RangeLastItem. +// - In this demo we often submit indices to SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + store the same indices in persistent selection. +// - Your code may do differently. If you store pointers or objects ID in ImGuiSelectionUserData you may need to perform +// a lookup in order to have some way to iterate/interpolate between two items. +// - A full-featured application is likely to allow search/filtering which is likely to lead to using indices +// and constructing a view index <> object id/ptr data structure anyway. +// WHEN YOUR APPLICATION SETTLES ON A CHOICE, YOU WILL PROBABLY PREFER TO GET RID OF THIS UNNECESSARY 'ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage' INDIRECTION LOGIC. +// Notice that with the simplest adapter (using indices everywhere), all functions return their parameters. +// The most simple implementation (using indices everywhere) would look like: +// for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) +// { +// if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) { Clear(); if (req.Selected) { for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++) { SetItemSelected(n, true); } } +// if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) { for (int n = (int)ms_io->RangeFirstItem; n <= (int)ms_io->RangeLastItem; n++) { SetItemSelected(n, ms_io->Selected); } } +// } +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io) +{ + // For convenience we obtain ItemsCount as passed to BeginMultiSelect(), which is optional. + // It makes sense when using ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage to simply pass your items count to BeginMultiSelect(). + // Other scheme may handle SetAll differently. + IM_ASSERT(ms_io->ItemsCount != -1 && "Missing value for items_count in BeginMultiSelect() call!"); + IM_ASSERT(AdapterIndexToStorageId != NULL); + + // This is optimized/specialized to cope with very large selections (e.g. 100k+ items) + // - A simpler version could call SetItemSelected() directly instead of ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected() + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(). + // - Optimized select can append unsorted, then sort in a second pass. Optimized unselect can clear in-place then compact in a second pass. + // - A more optimal version wouldn't even use ImGuiStorage but directly a ImVector to reduce bandwidth, but this is a reasonable trade off to reuse code. + // - There are many ways this could be better optimized. The worse case scenario being: using BoxSelect2d in a grid, box-select scrolling down while wiggling + // left and right: it affects coarse clipping + can emit multiple SetRange with 1 item each.) + // FIXME-OPT: For each block of consecutive SetRange request: + // - add all requests to a sorted list, store ID, selected, offset in ImGuiStorage. + // - rewrite sorted storage a single time. + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + { + Clear(); + if (req.Selected) + { + _Storage.Data.reserve(ms_io->ItemsCount); + const int size_before_amends = _Storage.Data.Size; + for (int idx = 0; idx < ms_io->ItemsCount; idx++, _SelectionOrder++) + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(this, GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected, size_before_amends, _SelectionOrder); + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(this, req.Selected, size_before_amends); + } + } + else if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + { + const int selection_changes = (int)req.RangeLastItem - (int)req.RangeFirstItem + 1; + //ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("Req %d/%d: set %d to %d\n", ms_io->Requests.index_from_ptr(&req), ms_io->Requests.Size, selection_changes, req.Selected); + if (selection_changes == 1 || (selection_changes < Size / 100)) + { + // Multiple sorted insertion + copy likely to be faster. + // Technically we could do a single copy with a little more work (sort sequential SetRange requests) + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++) + SetItemSelected(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected); + } + else + { + // Append insertion + single sort likely be faster. + // Use req.RangeDirection to set order field so that shift+clicking from 1 to 5 is different than shift+clicking from 5 to 1 + const int size_before_amends = _Storage.Data.Size; + int selection_order = _SelectionOrder + ((req.RangeDirection < 0) ? selection_changes - 1 : 0); + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++, selection_order += req.RangeDirection) + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(this, GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected, size_before_amends, selection_order); + if (req.Selected) + _SelectionOrder += selection_changes; + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(this, req.Selected, size_before_amends); + } + } + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage::ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage() +{ + UserData = NULL; + AdapterSetItemSelected = NULL; +} + +// Apply requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect(). +// We also pull 'ms_io->ItemsCount' as passed for BeginMultiSelect() for consistency with ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +// This makes no assumption about underlying storage. +void ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage::ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io) +{ + IM_ASSERT(AdapterSetItemSelected); + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + for (int idx = 0; idx < ms_io->ItemsCount; idx++) + AdapterSetItemSelected(this, idx, req.Selected); + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++) + AdapterSetItemSelected(this, idx, req.Selected); + } +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6424,6 +8183,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags // - ListBox() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. +// This handle some subtleties with capturing info from the label, but for 99% uses it could essentially be rewritten as: +// if (ImGui::BeginChild("...", ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 7.5f), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)) +// { .... } +// ImGui::EndChild(); +// ImGui::SameLine(); +// ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); +// ImGui::Text("Label"); // Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" // Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) @@ -6439,7 +8206,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImTrunc(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); @@ -6449,36 +8216,24 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); ItemAdd(bb, 0, &frame_bb); + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return false; } - // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x == 0.0f but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. BeginGroup(); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) { ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); RenderText(label_pos, label); window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); + AlignTextToFramePadding(); } - BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); + BeginChild(id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); return true; } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; - ImVec2 size; - size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; - return BeginListBox(label, size); -} -#endif - void ImGui::EndListBox() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6486,7 +8241,7 @@ void ImGui::EndListBox() IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); IM_UNUSED(window); - EndChildFrame(); + EndChild(); EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label } @@ -6498,7 +8253,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const item // This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). // Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6506,7 +8261,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v if (height_in_items < 0) height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; - ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImTrunc(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) return false; @@ -6516,11 +8271,12 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v bool value_changed = false; ImGuiListClipper clipper; clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item); while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i); + if (item_text == NULL) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; PushID(i); @@ -6555,7 +8311,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v // - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) +int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -6566,18 +8322,16 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - if (frame_size.x == 0.0f) - frame_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); - if (frame_size.y == 0.0f) - frame_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return -1; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + bool hovered; + ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, NULL); // Determine scale from values if not specified if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) @@ -6822,7 +8576,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); - ImRect clip_rect(IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), IM_ROUND(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), IM_ROUND(bar_rect.Max.y)); + ImRect clip_rect(ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize), ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize), ImFloor(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - ImMax(window->WindowRounding, window->WindowBorderSize))), ImFloor(bar_rect.Max.y)); clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); @@ -6870,12 +8624,18 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() PopClipRect(); PopID(); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; - EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 + + // FIXME: Extremely confusing, cleanup by (a) working on WorkRect stack system (b) not using a Group confusingly here. + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.EmitItem = false; + ImVec2 restore_cursor_max_pos = group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Scroll.x); // Convert ideal extents for scrolling layer equivalent. + EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 // FIXME: Misleading to use a group for that backup/restore window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = restore_cursor_max_pos; } // Important: calling order matters! @@ -6902,9 +8662,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, Im // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left) - viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size; + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMin[axis] += axis_size; else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size; + viewport->BuildWorkInsetMax[axis] += axis_size; } window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; @@ -6949,7 +8709,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); End(); } @@ -6963,9 +8723,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. - // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PushID() user code submitting menus. // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, - // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. @@ -6973,7 +8733,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent != upper_popup->ParentNavLayer) + return false; + return upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) && ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(upper_popup->Window, window, true, false); } bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) @@ -7027,21 +8789,21 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) bool pressed; // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. - const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f); float w = label_size.x; ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { @@ -7050,11 +8812,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); RenderText(text_pos, label); if (icon_w > 0.0f) RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); @@ -7068,6 +8830,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) PopItemFlag(); bool want_open = false; + bool want_open_nav_init = false; bool want_close = false; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { @@ -7078,18 +8841,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { - float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI - float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; - ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); + const float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + const float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; + const ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. + const float pad_farmost_h = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // Add a bit of extra slack. ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // Triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + pad_farmost_h) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } @@ -7097,18 +8860,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.ActiveId == 0) want_close = true; // Open + // (note: at this point 'hovered' actually includes the NavDisableMouseHover == false test) if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= 0.30f && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 0.30f) // Hover to open (timer fallback) + want_open = true; if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { - want_open = true; + want_open = want_open_nav_init = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } } else @@ -7140,13 +8907,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) { - // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame if it is a different menu ID, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. OpenPopup(label); } else if (want_open) { menu_is_open = true; - OpenPopup(label); + OpenPopup(label, ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen);// | (want_open_nav_init ? ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit : 0)); } if (menu_is_open) @@ -7158,6 +8925,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) PopStyleVar(); if (menu_is_open) { + // Implement what ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit would do: + // Perform an init request in the case the popup was already open (via a previous mouse hover) + if (want_open && want_open_nav_init && !g.NavInitRequest) + { + FocusWindow(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + NavInitWindow(g.CurrentWindow, false); + } + // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu() // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent; @@ -7227,14 +9002,14 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. float w = label_size.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f); pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) RenderText(text_pos, label); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { @@ -7243,10 +9018,10 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float checkmark_w = IM_TRUNC(g.FontSize * 1.20f); float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, label_size.y)); if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) { RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); @@ -7298,12 +9073,19 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, // - TabBarCalcTabID() [Internal] // - TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth() [Internal] // - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindTabByOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow() [Internal] +// - TabBarGetCurrentTab() [Internal] +// - TabBarGetTabName() [Internal] // - TabBarAddTab() [Internal] // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] -// - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueFocus() [Internal] +// - TabBarQueueReorder() [Internal] +// - TabBarProcessReorderFromMousePos() [Internal] +// - TabBarProcessReorder() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -7383,22 +9165,28 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.GetOrAddByKey(id); ImRect tab_bar_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); tab_bar->ID = id; - return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags | ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused, NULL); + tab_bar->SeparatorMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + //if (g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, window, false, false)) + flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused; + return BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_bb, flags); } -bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node) +bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ID != 0); if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PushOverrideID(tab_bar->ID); // Add to stack g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + tab_bar->Window = window; // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs. tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -7429,25 +9217,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1; tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); // Draw separator - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); - const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y - 1.0f; - if (dock_node != NULL) + // (it would be misleading to draw this in EndTabBar() suggesting that it may be drawn over tabs, as tab bar are appendable) + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected); + if (g.Style.TabBarBorderSize > 0.0f) { - const float separator_min_x = dock_node->Pos.x + window->WindowBorderSize; - const float separator_max_x = dock_node->Pos.x + dock_node->Size.x - window->WindowBorderSize; - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f); - } - else - { - const float separator_min_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); - const float separator_max_x = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x + IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(separator_min_x, y), ImVec2(separator_max_x, y), col, 1.0f); + const float y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMinX, y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize), ImVec2(tab_bar->SeparatorMaxX, y), col); } return true; } @@ -7484,6 +9266,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = -1; if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PopID(); @@ -7491,6 +9274,12 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() g.CurrentTabBar = g.CurrentTabBarStack.empty() ? NULL : GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(g.CurrentTabBarStack.back()); } +// Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) +static float TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) +{ + return tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; +} + // This is called only once a frame before by the first call to ItemTab() // The reason we're not calling it in BeginTabBar() is to leave a chance to the user to call the SetTabItemClosed() functions. static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -7593,7 +9382,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. - const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab); const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x; @@ -7647,7 +9436,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; - float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + float shrinked_width = IM_TRUNC(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) continue; @@ -7697,9 +9486,23 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode->TabBar == tab_bar) tab_bar->VisibleTabId = scroll_to_tab_id = g.NavWindowingTarget->TabId; - // Update scrolling + // Apply request requests if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); + else if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll) && IsMouseHoveringRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, true) && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.CurrentWindow)) + { + const float wheel = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH; + const ImGuiKey wheel_key = g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap ? ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY : ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX; + if (TestKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID) && wheel != 0.0f) + { + const float scroll_step = wheel * TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections) / 3.0f; + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget - scroll_step); + } + SetKeyOwner(wheel_key, tab_bar->ID); + } + + // Update scrolling tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) @@ -7758,6 +9561,14 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) return NULL; } +// Order = visible order, not submission order! (which is tab->BeginOrder) +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order) +{ + if (order < 0 || order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return NULL; + return &tab_bar->Tabs[order]; +} + // FIXME: See references to #2304 in TODO.txt ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { @@ -7772,6 +9583,23 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBa return most_recently_selected_tab; } +ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx < 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return NULL; + return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; +} + +const char* ImGui::TabBarGetTabName(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + if (tab->Window) + return tab->Window->Name; + if (tab->NameOffset == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(tab->NameOffset < tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Size); + return tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.Data + tab->NameOffset; +} + // The purpose of this call is to register tab in advance so we can control their order at the time they appear. // Otherwise calling this is unnecessary as tabs are appending as needed by the BeginTabItem() function. void ImGui::TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -7793,7 +9621,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGu tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(new_tab); } -// The *TabId fields be already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. +// The *TabId fields are already set by the docking system _before_ the actual TabItem was created, so we clear them regardless. void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) { if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) @@ -7809,7 +9637,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). - if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + if ((tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure)) == 0) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure @@ -7824,7 +9652,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); } } @@ -7845,11 +9673,10 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) - int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); + int order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab); // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) - // FIXME: This is all confusing. - float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + float scrollable_width = TabBarCalcScrollableWidth(tab_bar, sections); // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); @@ -7869,7 +9696,19 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGui } } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueFocus(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* tab_name) +{ + IM_ASSERT((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0); // Only supported for manual/explicit tab bars + ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, tab_name, NULL); + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_id; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) { IM_ASSERT(offset != 0); IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7877,7 +9716,7 @@ void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, in tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset; } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7920,7 +9759,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) return false; //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools - int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + int tab2_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) return false; @@ -7980,7 +9819,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (select_dir != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) { - int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); + int selected_order = TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab_item); int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached @@ -8032,7 +9871,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) continue; - const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); + const char* tab_name = TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab); if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) tab_to_select = tab; } @@ -8199,9 +10038,9 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, { if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // New tabs gets activated if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); } // Lock visibility @@ -8235,7 +10074,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; size.x = tab->Width; if (is_central_section) - window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_TRUNC(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); else window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -8259,23 +10098,19 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Click to Select a tab - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW)) // FIXME: May be an opt-in property of the payload to disable this button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (pressed && !is_tab_button) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); // Transfer active id window so the active id is not owned by the dock host (as StartMouseMovingWindow() // will only do it on the drag). This allows FocusWindow() to be more conservative in how it clears active id. if (held && docked_window && g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) g.ActiveIdWindow = docked_window; - // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - // Drag and drop a single floating window node moves it ImGuiDockNode* node = docked_window ? docked_window->DockNode : NULL; const bool single_floating_window_node = node && node->IsFloatingNode() && (node->Windows.Size == 1); @@ -8307,7 +10142,8 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Extract a Dockable window out of it's tab bar - if (docked_window != NULL && !(docked_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + const bool can_undock = docked_window != NULL && !(docked_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoUndocking); + if (can_undock) { // We use a variable threshold to distinguish dragging tabs within a tab bar and extracting them out of the tab bar bool undocking_tab = (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id); @@ -8322,7 +10158,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (distance_from_edge_y >= threshold_y) undocking_tab = true; if (drag_distance_from_edge_x > threshold_x) - if ((drag_dir < 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == 0) || (drag_dir > 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1)) + if ((drag_dir < 0 && TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) == 0) || (drag_dir > 0 && TabBarGetTabOrder(tab_bar, tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1)) undocking_tab = true; } @@ -8344,7 +10180,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) { // Enlarge tab display when hovering - bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); + bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_TRUNC(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); display_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive)); } @@ -8352,15 +10188,22 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Render tab shape ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList; - const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused)); + const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabDimmed)); TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col); + if (tab_contents_visible && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline) && style.TabBarOverlineSize > 0.0f) + { + float x_offset = IM_TRUNC(0.4f * style.TabRounding); + if (x_offset < 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale) + x_offset = 0.0f; + float y_offset = 1.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale; + display_draw_list->AddLine(bb.GetTL() + ImVec2(x_offset, y_offset), bb.GetTR() + ImVec2(-x_offset, y_offset), GetColorU32(tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline), style.TabBarOverlineSize); + } RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); - if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) - if (!is_tab_button) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != tab->ID && hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1)) && !is_tab_button) + TabBarQueueFocus(tab_bar, tab); if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; @@ -8393,8 +10236,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected if (is_tab_button) @@ -8454,7 +10296,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; - const float y2 = bb.Max.y + ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); + const float y2 = bb.Max.y - g.Style.TabBarBorderSize; draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding, y1 + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); @@ -8505,7 +10347,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } const float button_sz = g.FontSize; - const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - button_sz), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y); // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() @@ -8523,10 +10365,8 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, if (close_button_visible) { ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; - PopStyleVar(); g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button @@ -8535,7 +10375,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } else if (unsaved_marker_visible) { - const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz)); RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h index a8a823110b..b7a761c853 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -2,8 +2,11 @@ // This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) -// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000) +// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000 + #6783) +// - Added name to struct or it may be forward declared in our code. +// - Added UTF-8 support (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188 + https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/7925) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. +// - Also renamed macros used or defined outside of IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION block from STB_TEXTEDIT_* to IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_* // stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools @@ -30,7 +33,7 @@ // DEPENDENCIES // // Uses the C runtime function 'memmove', which you can override -// by defining STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. +// by defining IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove before the implementation. // Uses no other functions. Performs no runtime allocations. // // @@ -40,7 +43,7 @@ // 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management // 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash // 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield -// 1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual +// 1.10 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual // 1.9 (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word // 1.8 (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down // 1.7 (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0 @@ -208,6 +211,7 @@ // int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) // void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +// void stb_textedit_text(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int text_len) // // Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the // state. @@ -242,7 +246,12 @@ // various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit // set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is // clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to -// anything other type you wante before including. +// anything other type you want before including. +// if the STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT function is defined, selected keys are +// transformed into text and stb_textedit_text() is automatically called. +// +// text: [DEAR IMGUI] added 2024-09 +// call this to text inputs sent to the textfield. // // // When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from @@ -274,8 +283,8 @@ //// //// -#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H -#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#ifndef INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H +#define INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -286,38 +295,38 @@ // and undo state. // -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int #endif -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int #endif typedef struct { // private data - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; - STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE insert_length; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE delete_length; int char_storage; } StbUndoRecord; typedef struct { // private data - StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; + StbUndoRecord undo_rec [IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT]; + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT]; short undo_point, redo_point; int undo_char_point, redo_char_point; } StbUndoState; -typedef struct +typedef struct STB_TexteditState { ///////////////////// // @@ -371,7 +380,7 @@ typedef struct float ymin,ymax; // height of row above and below baseline int num_chars; } StbTexteditRow; -#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H +#endif //INCLUDE_IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_H //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -384,11 +393,11 @@ typedef struct // implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly // included just the "header" portion -#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION -#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove #include -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #endif @@ -398,7 +407,7 @@ typedef struct // // traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position -static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) +static int stb_text_locate_coord(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) { StbTexteditRow r; int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); @@ -437,13 +446,13 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) if (x < r.x1) { // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x' prev_x = r.x0; - for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; ++k) { + for (k=0; k < r.num_chars; k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, i + k) - i) { float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, i, k); if (x < prev_x+w) { if (x < prev_x+w/2) return k+i; else - return k+i+1; + return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, i + k); } prev_x += w; } @@ -458,7 +467,7 @@ static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y) } // API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection -static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +static void stb_textedit_click(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { // In single-line mode, just always make y = 0. This lets the drag keep working if the mouse // goes off the top or bottom of the text @@ -476,7 +485,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat } // API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location -static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) +static void stb_textedit_drag(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y) { int p = 0; @@ -502,11 +511,11 @@ static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state // // forward declarations -static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); -static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); -static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); +static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state); +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length); -static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length); typedef struct { @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ typedef struct // find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in // case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan) -static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) +static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line) { StbTexteditRow r; int prev_start = 0; @@ -549,7 +558,10 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s i += r.num_chars; find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI] + { + r.num_chars = 0; // [DEAR IMGUI] break; // [DEAR IMGUI] + } } find->first_char = first = i; @@ -559,14 +571,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s // now scan to find xpos find->x = r.x0; - for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i) + for (i=0; first+i < n; i = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, first + i) - first) find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i); } #define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s) ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end) // make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string -static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_clamp(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { @@ -580,7 +592,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *stat } // delete characters while updating undo -static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) +static void stb_textedit_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len) { stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len); STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len); @@ -588,7 +600,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *sta } // delete the section -static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { @@ -625,7 +637,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state) } // move cursor to last character of selection -static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { stb_textedit_sortselection(state); @@ -636,14 +648,25 @@ static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditStat } } +// [DEAR IMGUI] +// Functions must be implemented for UTF8 support +// Code in this file that uses those functions is modified for [DEAR IMGUI] and deviates from the original stb_textedit. +// There is not necessarily a '[DEAR IMGUI]' at the usage sites. +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(obj, idx) (idx - 1) +#endif +#ifndef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX +#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(obj, idx) (idx + 1) +#endif + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE -static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) +static int is_word_boundary( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int idx ) { return idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str,idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, idx) ) ) : 1; } #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT -static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) { --c; // always move at least one character while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( str, c ) ) @@ -658,7 +681,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) #endif #ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT -static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) +static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int c ) { const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); ++c; // always move at least one character @@ -685,7 +708,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state) } // API cut: delete selection -static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static int stb_textedit_cut(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) { stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps @@ -696,7 +719,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) } // API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text -static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len) { // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -716,36 +739,44 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta #define STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE int #endif +// [DEAR IMGUI] Added stb_textedit_text(), extracted out and called by stb_textedit_key() for backward compatibility. +static void stb_textedit_text(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +{ + // can't add newline in single-line mode + if (text[0] == '\n' && state->single_line) + return; + + if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) { + stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1); + STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1); + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, text_len)) { + state->cursor += text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } + else { + stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state); // implicitly clamps + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, text_len)) { + stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, text_len); + state->cursor += text_len; + state->has_preferred_x = 0; + } + } +} + // API key: process a keyboard input -static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) +static void stb_textedit_key(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE key) { retry: switch (key) { default: { +#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key); if (c > 0) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c; - - // can't add newline in single-line mode - if (c == '\n' && state->single_line) - break; - - if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) { - stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1); - STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1); - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { - ++state->cursor; - state->has_preferred_x = 0; - } - } else { - stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicitly clamps - if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) { - stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1); - ++state->cursor; - state->has_preferred_x = 0; - } - } + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)c; + stb_textedit_text(str, state, &ch, 1); } +#endif break; } @@ -771,7 +802,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); else if (state->cursor > 0) - --state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -780,7 +811,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); else - ++state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -790,7 +821,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); // move selection left if (state->select_end > 0) - --state->select_end; + state->select_end = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(str, state->select_end); state->cursor = state->select_end; state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -840,7 +871,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); // move selection right - ++state->select_end; + state->select_end = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->select_end); stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); state->cursor = state->select_end; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -889,14 +920,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, x = row.x0; for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i); - #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE - if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) break; #endif x += dx; if (x > goal_x) break; - ++state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); } stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -951,14 +982,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, x = row.x0; for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) { float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i); - #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE - if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) + #ifdef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE + if (dx == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE) break; #endif x += dx; if (x > goal_x) break; - ++state->cursor; + state->cursor = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); } stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); @@ -986,7 +1017,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, else { int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); if (state->cursor < n) - stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, 1); + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETNEXTCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor) - state->cursor); } state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; @@ -998,8 +1029,9 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, else { stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); if (state->cursor > 0) { - stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor-1, 1); - --state->cursor; + int prev = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETPREVCHARINDEX(str, state->cursor); + stb_textedit_delete(str, state, prev, state->cursor - prev); + state->cursor = prev; } } state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -1109,8 +1141,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state) { - state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; - state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; } // discard the oldest entry in the undo list @@ -1122,13 +1154,13 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i; // delete n characters from all other records state->undo_char_point -= n; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) (state->undo_char_point*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) state->undo_rec[i].char_storage -= n; // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it } --state->undo_point; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) (state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0]))); } } @@ -1138,7 +1170,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state) // fill up even though the undo buffer didn't static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) { - int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; + int k = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1; if (state->redo_point <= k) { // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up @@ -1146,7 +1178,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i; // move the remaining redo character data to the end of the buffer state->redo_char_point += n; - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE))); // adjust the position of all the other records to account for above memmove for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i) if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0) @@ -1154,12 +1186,12 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) } // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' // [DEAR IMGUI] - size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); + size_t move_size = (size_t)((IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point)) >= buf_begin); IM_ASSERT(((char*)(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point + 1) + move_size) <= buf_end); - STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point+1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, move_size); // now move redo_point to point to the new one ++state->redo_point; @@ -1173,32 +1205,32 @@ static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numch // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the // existing records down - if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (state->undo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo - if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + if (numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { state->undo_point = 0; state->undo_char_point = 0; return NULL; } // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room - while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) + while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) stb_textedit_discard_undo(state); return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++]; } -static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) +static IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len) { StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len); if (r == NULL) return NULL; r->where = pos; - r->insert_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; - r->delete_length = (STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; + r->insert_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) insert_len; + r->delete_length = (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE) delete_len; if (insert_len == 0) { r->char_storage = -1; @@ -1210,7 +1242,7 @@ static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, } } -static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_text_undo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; StbUndoRecord u, *r; @@ -1237,7 +1269,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo // if the last is true, we have to bail - if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { + if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) { // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters r->insert_length = 0; } else { @@ -1246,7 +1278,7 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) { // should never happen: - if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record stb_textedit_discard_redo(s); @@ -1278,11 +1310,11 @@ static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) s->redo_point--; } -static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) +static void stb_text_redo(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state) { StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate; StbUndoRecord *u, r; - if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) + if (s->redo_point == IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT) return; // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record @@ -1334,20 +1366,20 @@ static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int le stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length); } -static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) +static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length) { int i; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0); if (p) { for (i=0; i < length; ++i) p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); } } -static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) +static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length) { int i; - STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); + IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length); if (p) { for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i) p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i); @@ -1359,8 +1391,8 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin { state->undostate.undo_point = 0; state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0; - state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; - state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; + state->undostate.redo_char_point = IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT; state->select_end = state->select_start = 0; state->cursor = 0; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -1383,16 +1415,16 @@ static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_singl #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" #endif -static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) +static int stb_textedit_paste(IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len) { - return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); + return stb_textedit_paste_internal(str, state, (IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext, len); } #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif -#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif//IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h index 35c827e6b9..976f09cb92 100644 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/ImGui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip); // If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which // there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then -// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph, +// codepoints without a glyph received the font's "missing character" glyph, // typically an empty box by convention. STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/main_SDL2.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/main_SDL2.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index baef9cde69..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/main_SDL2.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -// WickedEngineTests.cpp : Defines the entry point for the application. -// - -#include "stdafx.h" -#include "sdl2.h" -#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl.h" - -int sdl_loop(Example_ImGui &tests) -{ - bool quit = false; - while (!quit) - { - tests.Run(); - SDL_Event event; - while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ - switch(event.type){ - case SDL_QUIT: - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - switch (event.window.event) { - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE: // exit tests - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED: - // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) - tests.SetWindow(tests.window); - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST: //TODO - tests.is_window_active = false; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED: - tests.is_window_active = true; - if (wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount() > 0) - { - std::thread([] { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Started checking " + std::to_string(wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount()) + " registered shaders for changes..."); - if (wi::shadercompiler::CheckRegisteredShadersOutdated()) - { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Changes detected, initiating reload..."); - wi::eventhandler::Subscribe_Once(wi::eventhandler::EVENT_THREAD_SAFE_POINT, [](uint64_t userdata) { - wi::renderer::ReloadShaders(); - }); - } - else - { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] All up to date"); - } - }).detach(); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - default: - break; - } - wi::input::sdlinput::ProcessEvent(event); - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(&event); - } - } - - return 0; -} - -int main(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - Example_ImGui exampleImGui; - // TODO: Place code here. - - wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); - - sdl2::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl2::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING | SDL_INIT_EVENTS); - if (*system) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating SDL2 system"); - } - - sdl2::window_ptr_t window = sdl2::make_window( - "Wicked Engine Tests", - SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, - 1280, 800, - SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN | SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE); - if (!window) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating window"); - } - - exampleImGui.SetWindow(window.get()); - - int ret = sdl_loop(exampleImGui); - - SDL_Quit(); - return ret; -} diff --git a/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/main_SDL3.cpp b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/main_SDL3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1dedc8180 --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Example_ImGui_Docking/main_SDL3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +// WickedEngineTests.cpp : Defines the entry point for the application. +// + +#include "stdafx.h" +#include "sdl3.h" +#include "ImGui/imgui_impl_sdl3.h" +#include + +int sdl_loop(Example_ImGui &tests) +{ + bool quit = false; + while (!quit) + { + tests.Run(); + SDL_Event event; + while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ + switch(event.type){ + case SDL_EVENT_QUIT: + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED: // exit tests + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED: + // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) + tests.SetWindow(tests.window); + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_LOST: //TODO + tests.is_window_active = false; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED: + tests.is_window_active = true; + if (wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount() > 0) + { + std::thread([] { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Started checking " + std::to_string(wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount()) + " registered shaders for changes..."); + if (wi::shadercompiler::CheckRegisteredShadersOutdated()) + { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Changes detected, initiating reload..."); + wi::eventhandler::Subscribe_Once(wi::eventhandler::EVENT_THREAD_SAFE_POINT, [](uint64_t userdata) { + wi::renderer::ReloadShaders(); + }); + } + else + { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] All up to date"); + } + }).detach(); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + wi::input::sdlinput::ProcessEvent(event); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(&event); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + Example_ImGui exampleImGui; + // TODO: Place code here. + + wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); + + sdl3::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl3::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | SDL_INIT_GAMEPAD); + if (!system) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating SDL2 system"); + } + + sdl3::window_ptr_t window = sdl3::make_window( + "Wicked Engine Tests", + 1280, 800, + SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE); + if (!window) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating window"); + } + + exampleImGui.SetWindow(window.get()); + + int ret = sdl_loop(exampleImGui); + + SDL_Quit(); + return ret; +} diff --git a/Samples/Template_Linux/main.cpp b/Samples/Template_Linux/main.cpp index fc2680592b..9d6fda2bdd 100644 --- a/Samples/Template_Linux/main.cpp +++ b/Samples/Template_Linux/main.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ #include "stdafx.h" -#include +#include +#include +#include int sdl_loop(wi::Application &application) { @@ -11,25 +13,19 @@ int sdl_loop(wi::Application &application) SDL_PumpEvents(); application.Run(); - while( SDL_PollEvent(&event)) + while( SDL_PollEvent(&event)) { - switch (event.type) + switch (event.type) { - case SDL_QUIT: + case SDL_EVENT_QUIT: quit = true; break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - switch (event.window.event) - { - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE: - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED: - application.SetWindow(application.window); - break; - default: - break; - } + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED: + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED: + application.SetWindow(application.window); + break; default: break; } @@ -52,12 +48,11 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) application.infoDisplay.resolution = true; application.infoDisplay.fpsinfo = true; - sdl2::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl2::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING | SDL_INIT_EVENTS); - sdl2::window_ptr_t window = sdl2::make_window( + sdl3::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl3::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | SDL_INIT_GAMEPAD); + sdl3::window_ptr_t window = sdl3::make_window( "Template", - SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, 2560, 1440, - SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN | SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); + SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_HIGH_PIXEL_DENSITY); SDL_Event event; diff --git a/Samples/Tests/CMakeLists.txt b/Samples/Tests/CMakeLists.txt index 2be247ede4..3f7bc5f57f 100644 --- a/Samples/Tests/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/Samples/Tests/CMakeLists.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ if (WIN32) set(LIB_DXCOMPILER "dxcompiler.dll") else() list (APPEND SOURCE_FILES - main_SDL2.cpp + main_SDL3.cpp ) add_executable(Tests ${SOURCE_FILES}) diff --git a/Samples/Tests/main_SDL2.cpp b/Samples/Tests/main_SDL2.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 7d265262c9..0000000000 --- a/Samples/Tests/main_SDL2.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -// WickedEngineTests.cpp : Defines the entry point for the application. -// - -#include "stdafx.h" -#include "sdl2.h" - -int sdl_loop(Tests &tests) -{ - bool quit = false; - while (!quit) - { - tests.Run(); - SDL_Event event; - while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ - switch(event.type){ - case SDL_QUIT: - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: - switch (event.window.event) { - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE: // exit tests - quit = true; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED: - // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) - tests.SetWindow(tests.window); - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST: - tests.is_window_active = false; - break; - case SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED: - tests.is_window_active = true; - if (wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount() > 0) - { - std::thread([] { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Started checking " + std::to_string(wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount()) + " registered shaders for changes..."); - if (wi::shadercompiler::CheckRegisteredShadersOutdated()) - { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Changes detected, initiating reload..."); - wi::eventhandler::Subscribe_Once(wi::eventhandler::EVENT_THREAD_SAFE_POINT, [](uint64_t userdata) { - wi::renderer::ReloadShaders(); - }); - } - else - { - wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] All up to date"); - } - }).detach(); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - default: - break; - } - wi::input::sdlinput::ProcessEvent(event); - } - } - - return 0; -} - -int main(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - Tests tests; - // TODO: Place code here. - - wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); - - sdl2::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl2::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING | SDL_INIT_EVENTS); - if (*system) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating SDL2 system"); - } - - sdl2::window_ptr_t window = sdl2::make_window( - "Wicked Engine Tests", - SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, - 1280, 800, - SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN | SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI); - if (!window) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating window"); - } - - tests.SetWindow(window.get()); - - int ret = sdl_loop(tests); - - SDL_Quit(); - return ret; -} diff --git a/Samples/Tests/main_SDL3.cpp b/Samples/Tests/main_SDL3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2bdd479398 --- /dev/null +++ b/Samples/Tests/main_SDL3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +// WickedEngineTests.cpp : Defines the entry point for the application. +// + +#include "stdafx.h" +#include "sdl3.h" +#include +#include + +int sdl_loop(Tests &tests) +{ + bool quit = false; + while (!quit) + { + tests.Run(); + SDL_Event event; + while(SDL_PollEvent(&event)){ + switch(event.type){ + case SDL_EVENT_QUIT: + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_CLOSE_REQUESTED: // exit tests + quit = true; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_RESIZED: + // Tells the engine to reload window configuration (size and dpi) + tests.SetWindow(tests.window); + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_LOST: + tests.is_window_active = false; + break; + case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_FOCUS_GAINED: + tests.is_window_active = true; + if (wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount() > 0) + { + std::thread([] { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Started checking " + std::to_string(wi::shadercompiler::GetRegisteredShaderCount()) + " registered shaders for changes..."); + if (wi::shadercompiler::CheckRegisteredShadersOutdated()) + { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] Changes detected, initiating reload..."); + wi::eventhandler::Subscribe_Once(wi::eventhandler::EVENT_THREAD_SAFE_POINT, [](uint64_t userdata) { + wi::renderer::ReloadShaders(); + }); + } + else + { + wi::backlog::post("[Shader check] All up to date"); + } + }).detach(); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + wi::input::sdlinput::ProcessEvent(event); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + Tests tests; + // TODO: Place code here. + + wi::arguments::Parse(argc, argv); + + sdl3::sdlsystem_ptr_t system = sdl3::make_sdlsystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | SDL_INIT_GAMEPAD | SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC); + if (!system) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating SDL3 system"); + } + + sdl3::window_ptr_t window = sdl3::make_window( + "Wicked Engine Tests", + 1280, 800, + SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN | SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE | SDL_WINDOW_HIGH_PIXEL_DENSITY); + if (!window) { + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating window"); + } + + tests.SetWindow(window.get()); + + int ret = sdl_loop(tests); + + SDL_Quit(); + return ret; +} diff --git a/WickedEngine/CMakeLists.txt b/WickedEngine/CMakeLists.txt index f6f4afe6a7..29c0d56e79 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/WickedEngine/CMakeLists.txt @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ else() endif() if (WIN32) - # TODO: Choose whether to use SDL2 on windows as well + # TODO: Choose whether to use SDL3 on windows as well set(TARGET_NAME WickedEngine_Windows) else () set(TARGET_NAME WickedEngine_Linux) - find_package(SDL2 REQUIRED) + find_package(SDL3 REQUIRED) find_package(OpenImageDenoise "${MIN_OpenImageDenoise_VERSION}" QUIET) find_package(Threads REQUIRED) if(NOT ${OpenImageDenoise_FOUND}) @@ -28,25 +28,6 @@ else () else() message("OpenImageDenoise ${OpenImageDenoise_VERSION} Found.") endif() - - if(NOT TARGET SDL2::SDL2) - # using old SDL2 cmake, lets create a SDL2 target ourselves - find_library(SDL2_LIBRARY_FILE_LOCATION SDL2 REQUIRED) - - add_library(SDL2::SDL2 SHARED IMPORTED) - set_target_properties(SDL2::SDL2 PROPERTIES - INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS} - INTERFACE_LINK_LIBRARIES ${SDL2_LIBRARIES} - IMPORTED_LOCATION ${SDL2_LIBRARY_FILE_LOCATION} - ) - - unset(SDL2_LIBRARY_FILE_LOCATION) - endif() - - # minimum sdl version is 2.0.14 for controller LED support - if((${SDL_VERSION_MAJOR} GREATER_EQUAL 2) AND (${SDL2_VERSION_MINOR} GREATER_EQUAL 0) AND (${SDL2_VERSION_PATCH} GREATER_EQUAL 14)) - add_compile_definitions(SDL2_FEATURE_CONTROLLER_LED=1) - endif() endif() add_subdirectory(LUA) @@ -95,7 +76,7 @@ else () target_link_libraries(${TARGET_NAME} PUBLIC Threads::Threads - SDL2::SDL2 + SDL3::SDL3 $<$:OpenImageDenoise> # links OpenImageDenoise only if it's found ) set(WICKEDENGINE_STATIC_LIBRARIES ${WICKEDENGINE_STATIC_LIBRARIES} FAudio) @@ -136,8 +117,8 @@ endif() target_link_libraries(${TARGET_NAME} PUBLIC ${WICKEDENGINE_STATIC_LIBRARIES}) -if (PLATFORM MATCHES "SDL2") - target_compile_definitions(${TARGET_NAME} PUBLIC SDL2=1) +if (PLATFORM MATCHES "SDL3") + target_compile_definitions(${TARGET_NAME} PUBLIC SDL3=1) endif() add_library(dxcompiler SHARED IMPORTED) diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/CMakeLists.txt b/WickedEngine/Utility/CMakeLists.txt index 26e6c0a459..216de5226d 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/CMakeLists.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.12) include(GNUInstallDirs) -if (PLATFORM MATCHES "SDL2") +if (PLATFORM MATCHES "SDL3") add_subdirectory(FAudio) endif() diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/CMakeLists.txt b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/CMakeLists.txt index f103fe43fe..0d2bf528b2 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/CMakeLists.txt @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ add_library(FAudio STATIC src/FAudio_internal.c src/FAudio_internal_simd.c src/FAudio_operationset.c - src/FAudio_platform_sdl2.c + src/FAudio_platform_sdl3.c src/FAudio_platform_win32.c # Optional source files src/XNA_Song.c @@ -95,35 +95,15 @@ set_target_properties(FAudio PROPERTIES # SDL2 Dependency if (PLATFORM_WIN32) - message(STATUS "not using SDL2") -elseif (DEFINED SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS AND DEFINED SDL2_LIBRARIES) - message(STATUS "using pre-defined SDL2 variables SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS and SDL2_LIBRARIES") - target_include_directories(FAudio PUBLIC "$") - target_link_libraries(FAudio PUBLIC ${SDL2_LIBRARIES}) - if(INSTALL_MINGW_DEPENDENCIES) - install_shared_libs(${SDL2_LIBRARIES} DESTINATION bin NO_INSTALL_SYMLINKS) - endif() + message(STATUS "not using SDL3") else() - # Only try to autodetect if both SDL2 variables aren't explicitly set - find_package(SDL2 CONFIG) - if (TARGET SDL2::SDL2) - message(STATUS "using TARGET SDL2::SDL2") - target_link_libraries(FAudio PUBLIC SDL2::SDL2) - if(INSTALL_MINGW_DEPENDENCIES) - install_shared_libs(TARGETS SDL2::SDL2 DESTINATION bin NO_INSTALL_SYMLINKS REQUIRED) - endif() - elseif (TARGET SDL2) - message(STATUS "using TARGET SDL2") - target_link_libraries(FAudio PUBLIC SDL2) - if(INSTALL_MINGW_DEPENDENCIES) - install_shared_libs(TARGETS SDL2 DESTINATION bin NO_INSTALL_SYMLINKS REQUIRED) - endif() - else() - message(STATUS "no TARGET SDL2::SDL2, or SDL2, using variables") - target_include_directories(FAudio PUBLIC "$") - target_link_libraries(FAudio PUBLIC ${SDL2_LIBRARIES}) + find_package(SDL3 CONFIG) + if (TARGET SDL3::SDL3) + message(STATUS "using TARGET SDL3::SDL3") + target_link_libraries(FAudio PUBLIC SDL3::SDL3) if(INSTALL_MINGW_DEPENDENCIES) - install_shared_libs(${SDL2_LIBRARIES} DESTINATION bin NO_INSTALL_SYMLINKS) + install_shared_libs(TARGETS SDL3::SDL3 DESTINATION bin NO_INSTALL_SYMLINKS REQUIRED) endif() + target_compile_definitions(FAudio PUBLIC FAUDIO_SDL3_PLATFORM) endif() endif() diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/F3DAudio.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/F3DAudio.h index 5fbb618243..cca0432c75 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/F3DAudio.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/F3DAudio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT.h index 579b716881..7134f5ccc1 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT3D.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT3D.h index 6ac02a8298..b40224179c 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT3D.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FACT3D.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPO.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPO.h index 0609770047..5b8442bc6f 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPO.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPO.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOBase.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOBase.h index c2fcdd2981..a9351cd3c9 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOBase.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOBase.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOFX.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOFX.h index 5aae441b2c..3600886e55 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOFX.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAPOFX.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudio.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudio.h index b3699d8239..1a1209385e 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudio.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudio.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -239,6 +239,14 @@ typedef struct FAudioFilterParameters float OneOverQ; /* [0, FAUDIO_MAX_FILTER_ONEOVERQ] */ } FAudioFilterParameters; +typedef struct FAudioFilterParametersEXT +{ + FAudioFilterType Type; + float Frequency; /* [0, FAUDIO_MAX_FILTER_FREQUENCY] */ + float OneOverQ; /* [0, FAUDIO_MAX_FILTER_ONEOVERQ] */ + float WetDryMix; /* [0, 1] */ +} FAudioFilterParametersEXT; + typedef struct FAudioBuffer { /* Either 0 or FAUDIO_END_OF_STREAM */ @@ -375,6 +383,7 @@ typedef struct FAudioXMA2WaveFormatEx #define FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE FAudioLowPassFilter #define FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_FREQUENCY FAUDIO_MAX_FILTER_FREQUENCY #define FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_ONEOVERQ 1.0f +#define FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT 1.0f #define FAUDIO_LOG_ERRORS 0x0001 #define FAUDIO_LOG_WARNINGS 0x0002 @@ -484,8 +493,8 @@ extern FAudioGUID DATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEEE_FLOAT; #define FAUDIO_TARGET_VERSION 8 /* Targeting compatibility with XAudio 2.8 */ #define FAUDIO_ABI_VERSION 0 -#define FAUDIO_MAJOR_VERSION 21 -#define FAUDIO_MINOR_VERSION 9 +#define FAUDIO_MAJOR_VERSION 24 +#define FAUDIO_MINOR_VERSION 10 #define FAUDIO_PATCH_VERSION 0 #define FAUDIO_COMPILED_VERSION ( \ @@ -909,6 +918,58 @@ FAUDIOAPI void FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParameters( FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters ); +/* Sets the filter variables for a voice. + * This is only valid on voices with the USEFILTER flag. + * + * pParameters: See FAudioFilterParametersEXT for details. + * OperationSet: See CommitChanges. Default is FAUDIO_COMMIT_NOW. + * + * Returns 0 on success. + */ +FAUDIOAPI uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetFilterParametersEXT( + FAudioVoice* voice, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT* pParameters, + uint32_t OperationSet +); + +/* Requests the filter variables for a voice. + * This is only valid on voices with the USEFILTER flag. + * + * pParameters: See FAudioFilterParametersEXT for details. + */ +FAUDIOAPI void FAudioVoice_GetFilterParametersEXT( + FAudioVoice* voice, + FAudioFilterParametersEXT* pParameters +); + +/* Sets the filter variables for a voice's output voice. + * This is only valid on sends with the USEFILTER flag. + * + * pDestinationVoice: An output voice from the voice's send list. + * pParameters: See FAudioFilterParametersEXT for details. + * OperationSet: See CommitChanges. Default is FAUDIO_COMMIT_NOW. + * + * Returns 0 on success. + */ +FAUDIOAPI uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParametersEXT( + FAudioVoice* voice, + FAudioVoice* pDestinationVoice, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT* pParameters, + uint32_t OperationSet +); + +/* Requests the filter variables for a voice's output voice. + * This is only valid on sends with the USEFILTER flag. + * + * pDestinationVoice: An output voice from the voice's send list. + * pParameters: See FAudioFilterParametersEXT for details. + */ +FAUDIOAPI void FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParametersEXT( + FAudioVoice* voice, + FAudioVoice* pDestinationVoice, + FAudioFilterParametersEXT* pParameters +); + /* Sets the global volume of a voice. * * Volume: Amplitude ratio. 1.0f is default, 0.0f is silence. @@ -1003,6 +1064,11 @@ FAUDIOAPI void FAudioVoice_GetOutputMatrix( /* Removes this voice from the audio graph and frees memory. */ FAUDIOAPI void FAudioVoice_DestroyVoice(FAudioVoice *voice); +/* + * Returns S_OK on success and E_FAIL if voice could not be destroyed (e. g., because it is in use). + */ +FAUDIOAPI uint32_t FAudioVoice_DestroyVoiceSafeEXT(FAudioVoice *voice); + /* FAudioSourceVoice Interface */ /* Starts processing for a source voice. diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudioFX.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudioFX.h index 22052d33e8..2ed0d2ab8f 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudioFX.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/include/FAudioFX.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/F3DAudio.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/F3DAudio.c index bc2b9edad2..8da22fcb01 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/F3DAudio.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/F3DAudio.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ static inline void CalculateMatrix( } } } - else + else if (curConfig != NULL) { listenerToEmitter = VectorScale(emitterToListener, -1.0f); @@ -1351,8 +1351,10 @@ static inline void CalculateMatrix( } } } - - + } + else + { + FAudio_assert(0 && "Config info not found!"); } /* TODO: add post check to validate values diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT.c index 5eca83b389..013cea36b5 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -290,6 +290,7 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_Initialize( NULL ) != 0) { FAudio_Release(pEngine->audio); + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(pEngine->apiLock); return FAUDIO_E_INVALID_CALL; } } @@ -352,6 +353,16 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_ShutDown(FACTAudioEngine *pEngine) FAudio_StopEngine(pEngine->audio); } + /* Purge All pending notifactions */ + while (pEngine->wb_notifications_list) + { + FACTNotification *note = (FACTNotification*) pEngine->wb_notifications_list->entry; + pEngine->notificationCallback(note); + LinkedList_RemoveEntry(&pEngine->wb_notifications_list, note, pEngine->apiLock, pEngine->pFree); + } + + pEngine->notifications = 0; + /* This method destroys all existing cues, sound banks, and wave banks. * It blocks until all cues are destroyed. */ @@ -433,9 +444,17 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_DoWork(FACTAudioEngine *pEngine) uint8_t i; FACTCue *cue; LinkedList *list; + FACTNotification *note; FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(pEngine->apiLock); + while (pEngine->wb_notifications_list) + { + note = (FACTNotification*) pEngine->wb_notifications_list->entry; + pEngine->notificationCallback(note); + LinkedList_RemoveEntry(&pEngine->wb_notifications_list, note, pEngine->apiLock, pEngine->pFree); + } + list = pEngine->sbList; while (list != NULL) { @@ -495,6 +514,7 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_CreateInMemoryWaveBank( uint32_t dwAllocAttributes, FACTWaveBank **ppWaveBank ) { + FACTNotification *note; uint32_t retval; FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(pEngine->apiLock); retval = FACT_INTERNAL_ParseWaveBank( @@ -507,6 +527,14 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_CreateInMemoryWaveBank( 0, ppWaveBank ); + if (pEngine->notifications & NOTIFY_WAVEBANKPREPARED) + { + note = (FACTNotification*) pEngine->pMalloc(sizeof(FACTNotification)); + note->type = FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_WAVEBANKPREPARED; + note->waveBank.pWaveBank = *ppWaveBank; + note->pvContext = pEngine->wb_context; + LinkedList_AddEntry(&pEngine->wb_notifications_list, note, pEngine->apiLock, pEngine->pMalloc); + } FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(pEngine->apiLock); return retval; } @@ -516,6 +544,7 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_CreateStreamingWaveBank( const FACTStreamingParameters *pParms, FACTWaveBank **ppWaveBank ) { + FACTNotification *note; uint32_t retval, packetSize; FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(pEngine->apiLock); if ( pEngine->pReadFile == FACT_INTERNAL_DefaultReadFile && @@ -538,6 +567,14 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_CreateStreamingWaveBank( 1, ppWaveBank ); + if (pEngine->notifications & NOTIFY_WAVEBANKPREPARED) + { + note = (FACTNotification*) pEngine->pMalloc(sizeof(FACTNotification)); + note->type = FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_WAVEBANKPREPARED; + note->waveBank.pWaveBank = *ppWaveBank; + note->pvContext = pEngine->wb_context; + LinkedList_AddEntry(&pEngine->wb_notifications_list, note, pEngine->apiLock, pEngine->pMalloc); + } FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(pEngine->apiLock); return retval; } @@ -695,6 +732,7 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_RegisterNotification( /* WaveBanks */ #define PERSIST_ACTION pEngine->wb_context = pNotificationDescription->pvContext; else HANDLE_PERSIST(WAVEBANKPREPARED) + else HANDLE_PERSIST(WAVEBANKSTREAMING_INVALIDCONTENT) #undef PERSIST_ACTION /* Anything else? */ @@ -818,6 +856,7 @@ uint32_t FACTAudioEngine_UnRegisterNotification( /* WaveBanks */ #define PERSIST_ACTION pEngine->wb_context = pNotificationDescription->pvContext; else HANDLE_PERSIST(WAVEBANKPREPARED) + else HANDLE_PERSIST(WAVEBANKSTREAMING_INVALIDCONTENT) #undef PERSIST_ACTION /* Anything else? */ @@ -1200,7 +1239,7 @@ uint32_t FACTSoundBank_Prepare( break; } } - if ((*ppCue)->variation->flags == 3) + if ((*ppCue)->variation && (*ppCue)->variation->flags == 3) { (*ppCue)->interactive = pSoundBank->parentEngine->variables[ (*ppCue)->variation->variable @@ -1383,16 +1422,13 @@ uint32_t FACTSoundBank_Destroy(FACTSoundBank *pSoundBank) FACTCue_Destroy(pSoundBank->cueList); } - if (pSoundBank->parentEngine != NULL) - { - /* Remove this SoundBank from the Engine list */ - LinkedList_RemoveEntry( - &pSoundBank->parentEngine->sbList, - pSoundBank, - pSoundBank->parentEngine->sbLock, - pSoundBank->parentEngine->pFree - ); - } + /* Remove this SoundBank from the Engine list */ + LinkedList_RemoveEntry( + &pSoundBank->parentEngine->sbList, + pSoundBank, + pSoundBank->parentEngine->sbLock, + pSoundBank->parentEngine->pFree + ); /* SoundBank Name */ pSoundBank->parentEngine->pFree(pSoundBank->name); @@ -1559,16 +1595,13 @@ uint32_t FACTWaveBank_Destroy(FACTWaveBank *pWaveBank) } } - if (pWaveBank->parentEngine != NULL) - { - /* Remove this WaveBank from the Engine list */ - LinkedList_RemoveEntry( - &pWaveBank->parentEngine->wbList, - pWaveBank, - pWaveBank->parentEngine->wbLock, - pWaveBank->parentEngine->pFree - ); - } + /* Remove this WaveBank from the Engine list */ + LinkedList_RemoveEntry( + &pWaveBank->parentEngine->wbList, + pWaveBank, + pWaveBank->parentEngine->wbLock, + pWaveBank->parentEngine->pFree + ); /* Free everything, finally. */ pWaveBank->parentEngine->pFree(pWaveBank->name); @@ -2175,11 +2208,13 @@ uint32_t FACTWave_Stop(FACTWave *pWave, uint32_t dwFlags) { FACTNotification note; note.type = FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_WAVESTOP; + note.wave.cueIndex = pWave->parentCue->index; + note.wave.pCue = pWave->parentCue; + note.wave.pSoundBank = pWave->parentCue->parentBank; note.wave.pWave = pWave; - if (pWave->parentBank->parentEngine->notifications & NOTIFY_WAVESTOP) - { - note.pvContext = pWave->parentBank->parentEngine->wave_context; - } + note.wave.pWaveBank = pWave->parentBank; + note.pvContext = pWave->parentBank->parentEngine->wave_context; + pWave->parentBank->parentEngine->notificationCallback(¬e); } @@ -2381,7 +2416,6 @@ uint32_t FACTCue_Destroy(FACTCue *pCue) { FACTCue *cue, *prev; FAudioMutex mutex; - FACTNotification note; if (pCue == NULL) { return 1; @@ -2415,20 +2449,7 @@ uint32_t FACTCue_Destroy(FACTCue *pCue) FAudio_assert(cue != NULL && "Could not find Cue reference!"); pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->pFree(pCue->variableValues); - if (pCue->notifyOnDestroy || pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->notifications & NOTIFY_CUEDESTROY) - { - note.type = FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_CUEDESTROYED; - note.cue.pCue = pCue; - if (pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->notifications & NOTIFY_CUEDESTROY) - { - note.pvContext = pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->cue_context; - } - else - { - note.pvContext = pCue->usercontext; - } - pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->notificationCallback(¬e); - } + FACT_INTERNAL_SendCueNotification(pCue, NOTIFY_CUEDESTROY, FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_CUEDESTROYED); mutex = pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->apiLock; pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->pFree(pCue); @@ -2679,6 +2700,8 @@ uint32_t FACTCue_Stop(FACTCue *pCue, uint32_t dwFlags) } } + FACT_INTERNAL_SendCueNotification(pCue, NOTIFY_CUESTOP, FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_CUESTOP); + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->apiLock); return 0; } @@ -2746,6 +2769,8 @@ uint32_t FACTCue_SetMatrixCoefficients( } } + FACT_INTERNAL_SendCueNotification(pCue, NOTIFY_CUESTOP, FACTNOTIFICATIONTYPE_CUESTOP); + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(pCue->parentBank->parentEngine->apiLock); return 0; } diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT3D.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT3D.c index c9a8f61a4d..434107fca1 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT3D.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT3D.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.c index 63b191c4ae..a18f37a578 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ #define FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_3_4 45 #define FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_3_1 44 #define FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_3_0 43 +#define FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_2_4 41 +#define FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_2_0 37 static inline int FACT_INTERNAL_SupportedContent(uint16_t version) { @@ -83,7 +85,7 @@ static inline float FACT_INTERNAL_CalculateFilterFrequency( * * -@Woflox */ - float freq = 2 * FAudio_sin( + float freq = 2.0f * FAudio_sinf( F3DAUDIO_PI * FAudio_min(desiredFrequency / sampleRate, 0.5f) ); @@ -463,6 +465,14 @@ void FACT_INTERNAL_GetNextWave( track->frequency, cue->parentBank->parentEngine->audio->master->master.inputSampleRate ); + + /* FIXME: For some reason the 0.67 Q Factor causes problems, but it's also + * the only possible value until ~1 so just clamp it for now. + */ + trackInst->upcomingWave.baseQFactor = FAudio_min( + trackInst->upcomingWave.baseQFactor, + 1.0f + ); } /* Try to change loop counter at the very end */ @@ -505,7 +515,7 @@ uint8_t FACT_INTERNAL_CreateSound(FACTCue *cue, uint16_t fadeInMS) /* Sound */ baseSound = cue->sound; } - else + else if (cue->variation) { /* Variation */ if (cue->variation->flags == 3) @@ -1017,21 +1027,21 @@ float FACT_INTERNAL_CalculateRPC( } else if (rpc->points[i].type == 1) /* Fast */ { - result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_pow(1.0f - FAudio_pow(deltaXNormalized, 1.0f / 1.5f), 1.5f)); + result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_powf(1.0f - FAudio_powf(deltaXNormalized, 1.0f / 1.5f), 1.5f)); } else if (rpc->points[i].type == 2) /* Slow */ { - result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_pow(1.0f - FAudio_pow(deltaXNormalized, 1.5f), 1.0f / 1.5f)); + result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_powf(1.0f - FAudio_powf(deltaXNormalized, 1.5f), 1.0f / 1.5f)); } else if (rpc->points[i].type == 3) /* SinCos */ { if (maxY > 0.0f) { - result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_pow(1.0f - FAudio_sqrtf(deltaXNormalized), 2.0f)); + result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_powf(1.0f - FAudio_sqrtf(deltaXNormalized), 2.0f)); } else { - result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_sqrtf(1.0f - FAudio_pow(deltaXNormalized, 2.0f))); + result += maxY * (1.0f - FAudio_sqrtf(1.0f - FAudio_powf(deltaXNormalized, 2.0f))); } } else @@ -1652,7 +1662,7 @@ void FACT_INTERNAL_UpdateCue(FACTCue *cue) FACTSoundInstance *sound; /* Interactive sound selection */ - if (!(cue->data->flags & 0x04) && cue->variation->flags == 3) + if (!(cue->data->flags & 0x04) && cue->variation && cue->variation->flags == 3) { /* Interactive */ if (cue->parentBank->parentEngine->variables[cue->variation->variable].accessibility & 0x04) @@ -2056,8 +2066,8 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseAudioEngine( rpcOffset, dspPresetOffset, dspParameterOffset; - uint16_t blob1Count, blob2Count; - uint8_t version, tool; + uint16_t blob1Count, blob2Count, tool; + uint8_t version; uint8_t se; uint32_t magic; size_t memsize; @@ -2608,6 +2618,7 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseSoundBank( /* WaveBank Name data */ FAudio_assert((ptr - start) == wavebankNameOffset); + ptr = start + wavebankNameOffset; sb->wavebankNames = (char**) pEngine->pMalloc( sizeof(char*) * sb->wavebankCount @@ -2810,45 +2821,55 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseSoundBank( /* Simple Cue data */ FAudio_assert(cueSimpleCount == 0 || (ptr - start) == cueSimpleOffset); - for (i = 0; i < cueSimpleCount; i += 1, cur += 1) + if (cueSimpleCount > 0) { - sb->cues[cur].flags = read_u8(&ptr); - sb->cues[cur].sbCode = read_u32(&ptr, se); - sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset = 0; - sb->cues[cur].instanceLimit = 0xFF; - sb->cues[cur].fadeInMS = 0; - sb->cues[cur].fadeOutMS = 0; - sb->cues[cur].maxInstanceBehavior = 0; - sb->cues[cur].instanceCount = 0; + ptr = start + cueSimpleOffset; + + for (i = 0; i < cueSimpleCount; i += 1, cur += 1) + { + sb->cues[cur].flags = read_u8(&ptr); + sb->cues[cur].sbCode = read_u32(&ptr, se); + sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset = 0; + sb->cues[cur].instanceLimit = 0xFF; + sb->cues[cur].fadeInMS = 0; + sb->cues[cur].fadeOutMS = 0; + sb->cues[cur].maxInstanceBehavior = 0; + sb->cues[cur].instanceCount = 0; + } } /* Complex Cue data */ FAudio_assert(cueComplexCount == 0 || (ptr - start) == cueComplexOffset); - for (i = 0; i < cueComplexCount; i += 1, cur += 1) + if (cueComplexCount > 0) { - sb->cues[cur].flags = read_u8(&ptr); - sb->cues[cur].sbCode = read_u32(&ptr, se); - sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset = read_u32(&ptr, se); - if (sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset == 0xFFFFFFFF) - { - /* FIXME: Why */ - sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset = 0; - } - sb->cues[cur].instanceLimit = read_u8(&ptr); - sb->cues[cur].fadeInMS = read_u16(&ptr, se); - sb->cues[cur].fadeOutMS = read_u16(&ptr, se); - sb->cues[cur].maxInstanceBehavior = read_u8(&ptr) >> 3; - sb->cues[cur].instanceCount = 0; + ptr = start + cueComplexOffset; - if (!(sb->cues[cur].flags & 0x04)) + for (i = 0; i < cueComplexCount; i += 1, cur += 1) { - /* FIXME: Is this the only way to get this...? */ - sb->variationCount += 1; - } - if (sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset > 0) - { - /* FIXME: Is this the only way to get this...? */ - sb->transitionCount += 1; + sb->cues[cur].flags = read_u8(&ptr); + sb->cues[cur].sbCode = read_u32(&ptr, se); + sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset = read_u32(&ptr, se); + if (sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset == 0xFFFFFFFF) + { + /* FIXME: Why */ + sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset = 0; + } + sb->cues[cur].instanceLimit = read_u8(&ptr); + sb->cues[cur].fadeInMS = read_u16(&ptr, se); + sb->cues[cur].fadeOutMS = read_u16(&ptr, se); + sb->cues[cur].maxInstanceBehavior = read_u8(&ptr) >> 3; + sb->cues[cur].instanceCount = 0; + + if (!(sb->cues[cur].flags & 0x04)) + { + /* FIXME: Is this the only way to get this...? */ + sb->variationCount += 1; + } + if (sb->cues[cur].transitionOffset > 0) + { + /* FIXME: Is this the only way to get this...? */ + sb->transitionCount += 1; + } } } @@ -2856,6 +2877,7 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseSoundBank( if (sb->variationCount > 0) { FAudio_assert((ptr - start) == variationOffset); + ptr = start + variationOffset; sb->variations = (FACTVariationTable*) pEngine->pMalloc( sizeof(FACTVariationTable) * sb->variationCount @@ -2941,6 +2963,7 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseSoundBank( if (sb->transitionCount > 0) { FAudio_assert((ptr - start) == transitionOffset); + ptr = start + transitionOffset; sb->transitions = (FACTTransitionTable*) pEngine->pMalloc( sizeof(FACTTransitionTable) * sb->transitionCount @@ -2988,6 +3011,7 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseSoundBank( if (cueNameIndexOffset != -1) { FAudio_assert((ptr - start) == cueNameIndexOffset); + ptr = start + cueNameIndexOffset; ptr += 6 * sb->cueCount; /* FIXME: index as assert value? */ } @@ -2995,6 +3019,7 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseSoundBank( if (cueNameOffset != -1) { FAudio_assert((ptr - start) == cueNameOffset); + ptr = start + cueNameOffset; sb->cueNames = (char**) pEngine->pMalloc( sizeof(char*) * sb->cueCount @@ -3082,7 +3107,17 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseWaveBank( #define DOSWAP_64(x) x = FAudio_swap64BE(x) fileOffset = offset; - READ(&header, sizeof(header)) + + FAudio_zero(&header, sizeof(header)); + READ(&header.dwSignature, sizeof(header.dwSignature)); + READ(&header.dwVersion, sizeof(header.dwVersion)); + if (header.dwVersion > FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_2_4) + { + READ(&header.dwHeaderVersion, sizeof(header.dwHeaderVersion)); + } + + READ(&header.Segments, sizeof(header.Segments)); + se = header.dwSignature == 0x57424E44; if (se) { @@ -3100,12 +3135,20 @@ uint32_t FACT_INTERNAL_ParseWaveBank( return -1; /* TODO: NOT XACT FILE */ } - if (!FACT_INTERNAL_SupportedContent(header.dwVersion)) + /* We support all Wavebank versions - Restore when SoundBank support them also. */ + /*if (!FACT_INTERNAL_SupportedContent(header.dwVersion)) + { + return -2; + } + */ + if ( header.dwVersion < FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_2_4 || + header.dwVersion > FACT_CONTENT_VERSION ) { return -2; } - if (!FACT_INTERNAL_SupportedWBContent(header.dwHeaderVersion)) + if ( header.dwVersion > FACT_CONTENT_VERSION_2_4 && + !FACT_INTERNAL_SupportedWBContent(header.dwHeaderVersion) ) { return -3; } diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.h index 6bf522e64c..c7001a0fce 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FACT_internal.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -111,7 +111,8 @@ typedef enum FACTNoticationsFlags NOTIFY_WAVESTOP = 0x00002000, NOTIFY_WAVELOOPED = 0x00004000, NOTIFY_WAVEDESTROY = 0x00008000, - NOTIFY_WAVEBANKPREPARED = 0x00010000 + NOTIFY_WAVEBANKPREPARED = 0x00010000, + NOTIFY_WAVEBANKSTREAMING_INVALIDCONTENT = 0x00020000 } FACTNoticationsFlags; /* Internal SoundBank Types */ @@ -440,6 +441,7 @@ struct FACTAudioEngine void *sb_context; void *wb_context; void *wave_context; + LinkedList *wb_notifications_list; /* Settings handle */ void *settings; diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOBase.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOBase.c index 91b294ddab..27a98e1216 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOBase.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOBase.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX.c index 70739bd061..5e9c3b82c2 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_echo.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_echo.c index d87d5c5b95..ec6454384f 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_echo.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_echo.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_eq.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_eq.c index 4ac45728aa..1b575e6bdf 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_eq.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_eq.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_masteringlimiter.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_masteringlimiter.c index 1b02ffe90a..2a8bb92dda 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_masteringlimiter.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_masteringlimiter.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_reverb.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_reverb.c index 782dddafa2..bd2ea48e24 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_reverb.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAPOFX_reverb.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio.c index 81363b983c..8a4ad9a4b0 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ uint32_t FAudio_CreateSourceVoice( (*ppSourceVoice)->filter.Type = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE; (*ppSourceVoice)->filter.Frequency = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_FREQUENCY; (*ppSourceVoice)->filter.OneOverQ = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_ONEOVERQ; + (*ppSourceVoice)->filter.WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; (*ppSourceVoice)->sendLock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); LOG_MUTEX_CREATE(audio, (*ppSourceVoice)->sendLock) (*ppSourceVoice)->effectLock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); @@ -293,7 +294,8 @@ uint32_t FAudio_CreateSourceVoice( if ( pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_PCM || pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_IEEE_FLOAT || - pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_WMAUDIO2 ) + pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_WMAUDIO2 || + pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_WMAUDIO3 ) { FAudioWaveFormatExtensible *fmtex = (FAudioWaveFormatExtensible*) audio->pMalloc( sizeof(FAudioWaveFormatExtensible) @@ -320,6 +322,10 @@ uint32_t FAudio_CreateSourceVoice( { FAudio_memcpy(&fmtex->SubFormat, &DATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_WMAUDIO2, sizeof(FAudioGUID)); } + else if (pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_WMAUDIO3) + { + FAudio_memcpy(&fmtex->SubFormat, &DATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_WMAUDIO3, sizeof(FAudioGUID)); + } (*ppSourceVoice)->src.format = &fmtex->Format; } else if (pSourceFormat->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_MSADPCM) @@ -586,6 +592,7 @@ uint32_t FAudio_CreateSubmixVoice( (*ppSubmixVoice)->filter.Type = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE; (*ppSubmixVoice)->filter.Frequency = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_FREQUENCY; (*ppSubmixVoice)->filter.OneOverQ = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_ONEOVERQ; + (*ppSubmixVoice)->filter.WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; (*ppSubmixVoice)->sendLock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); LOG_MUTEX_CREATE(audio, (*ppSubmixVoice)->sendLock) (*ppSubmixVoice)->effectLock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); @@ -678,16 +685,27 @@ uint32_t FAudio_CreateMasteringVoice( uint32_t DeviceIndex, const FAudioEffectChain *pEffectChain ) { - FAudioDeviceDetails details; - LOG_API_ENTER(audio) /* For now we only support one allocated master voice at a time */ FAudio_assert(audio->master == NULL); - if (FAudio_GetDeviceDetails(audio, DeviceIndex, &details) != 0) + if ( InputChannels == FAUDIO_DEFAULT_CHANNELS || + InputSampleRate == FAUDIO_DEFAULT_SAMPLERATE ) { - return FAUDIO_E_INVALID_CALL; + FAudioDeviceDetails details; + if (FAudio_GetDeviceDetails(audio, DeviceIndex, &details) != 0) + { + return FAUDIO_E_INVALID_CALL; + } + if (InputChannels == FAUDIO_DEFAULT_CHANNELS) + { + InputChannels = details.OutputFormat.Format.nChannels; + } + if (InputSampleRate == FAUDIO_DEFAULT_SAMPLERATE) + { + InputSampleRate = details.OutputFormat.Format.nSamplesPerSec; + } } *ppMasteringVoice = (FAudioMasteringVoice*) audio->pMalloc(sizeof(FAudioVoice)); @@ -704,12 +722,8 @@ uint32_t FAudio_CreateMasteringVoice( (*ppMasteringVoice)->volume = 1.0f; /* Master Properties */ - (*ppMasteringVoice)->master.inputChannels = (InputChannels == FAUDIO_DEFAULT_CHANNELS) ? - details.OutputFormat.Format.nChannels : - InputChannels; - (*ppMasteringVoice)->master.inputSampleRate = (InputSampleRate == FAUDIO_DEFAULT_SAMPLERATE) ? - details.OutputFormat.Format.nSamplesPerSec : - InputSampleRate; + (*ppMasteringVoice)->master.inputChannels = InputChannels; + (*ppMasteringVoice)->master.inputSampleRate = InputSampleRate; /* Sends/Effects */ FAudio_zero(&(*ppMasteringVoice)->sends, sizeof(FAudioVoiceSends)); @@ -1289,8 +1303,8 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputVoices( /* Allocate the whole send filter array if needed... */ if (voice->sendFilter == NULL) { - voice->sendFilter = (FAudioFilterParameters*) voice->audio->pMalloc( - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) * pSendList->SendCount + voice->sendFilter = (FAudioFilterParametersEXT*) voice->audio->pMalloc( + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) * pSendList->SendCount ); } if (voice->sendFilterState == NULL) @@ -1308,6 +1322,7 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputVoices( voice->sendFilter[i].Type = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE; voice->sendFilter[i].Frequency = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_FREQUENCY; voice->sendFilter[i].OneOverQ = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_ONEOVERQ; + voice->sendFilter[i].WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; voice->sendFilterState[i] = (FAudioFilterState*) voice->audio->pMalloc( sizeof(FAudioFilterState) * outChannels ); @@ -1633,9 +1648,9 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_GetEffectParameters( return 0; } -uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetFilterParameters( +uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetFilterParametersEXT( FAudioVoice *voice, - const FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters, uint32_t OperationSet ) { LOG_API_ENTER(voice->audio) @@ -1671,7 +1686,7 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetFilterParameters( FAudio_memcpy( &voice->filter, pParameters, - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) ); FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->filterLock); LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->filterLock) @@ -1680,9 +1695,23 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetFilterParameters( return 0; } -void FAudioVoice_GetFilterParameters( +uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetFilterParameters( + FAudioVoice* voice, + const FAudioFilterParameters* pParameters, + uint32_t OperationSet +) { + FAudioFilterParametersEXT ext_parameters; + ext_parameters.Type = pParameters->Type; + ext_parameters.OneOverQ = pParameters->OneOverQ; + ext_parameters.Frequency = pParameters->Frequency; + ext_parameters.WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; + + return FAudioVoice_SetFilterParametersEXT(voice, &ext_parameters, OperationSet); +} + +void FAudioVoice_GetFilterParametersEXT( FAudioVoice *voice, - FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters + FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters ) { LOG_API_ENTER(voice->audio) @@ -1706,17 +1735,34 @@ void FAudioVoice_GetFilterParameters( FAudio_memcpy( pParameters, &voice->filter, - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) ); FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->filterLock); LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->filterLock) LOG_API_EXIT(voice->audio) } -uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParameters( +void FAudioVoice_GetFilterParameters( + FAudioVoice* voice, + FAudioFilterParameters* pParameters +) { + FAudioFilterParametersEXT ext_parameters; + ext_parameters.Type = pParameters->Type; + ext_parameters.OneOverQ = pParameters->OneOverQ; + ext_parameters.Frequency = pParameters->Frequency; + ext_parameters.WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; + + FAudioVoice_GetFilterParametersEXT(voice, &ext_parameters); + + pParameters->Type = ext_parameters.Type; + pParameters->Frequency = ext_parameters.Frequency; + pParameters->OneOverQ = ext_parameters.OneOverQ; +} + +uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParametersEXT( FAudioVoice *voice, FAudioVoice *pDestinationVoice, - const FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters, uint32_t OperationSet ) { uint32_t i; @@ -1784,7 +1830,7 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParameters( FAudio_memcpy( &voice->sendFilter[i], pParameters, - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) ); FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->sendLock); @@ -1793,10 +1839,25 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParameters( return 0; } -void FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParameters( +uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParameters( + FAudioVoice* voice, + FAudioVoice* pDestinationVoice, + const FAudioFilterParameters* pParameters, + uint32_t OperationSet +) { + FAudioFilterParametersEXT ext_parameters; + ext_parameters.Type = pParameters->Type; + ext_parameters.OneOverQ = pParameters->OneOverQ; + ext_parameters.Frequency = pParameters->Frequency; + ext_parameters.WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; + + return FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParametersEXT(voice, pDestinationVoice, &ext_parameters, OperationSet); +} + +void FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParametersEXT( FAudioVoice *voice, FAudioVoice *pDestinationVoice, - FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters + FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters ) { uint32_t i; @@ -1852,7 +1913,7 @@ void FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParameters( FAudio_memcpy( pParameters, &voice->sendFilter[i], - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) ); FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->sendLock); @@ -1907,6 +1968,24 @@ uint32_t FAudioVoice_SetVolume( return 0; } +void FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParameters( + FAudioVoice* voice, + FAudioVoice* pDestinationVoice, + FAudioFilterParameters* pParameters +) { + FAudioFilterParametersEXT ext_parameters; + ext_parameters.Type = pParameters->Type; + ext_parameters.OneOverQ = pParameters->OneOverQ; + ext_parameters.Frequency = pParameters->Frequency; + ext_parameters.WetDryMix = FAUDIO_DEFAULT_FILTER_WETDRYMIX_EXT; + + FAudioVoice_GetOutputFilterParametersEXT(voice, pDestinationVoice, &ext_parameters); + + pParameters->Type = ext_parameters.Type; + pParameters->Frequency = ext_parameters.Frequency; + pParameters->OneOverQ = ext_parameters.OneOverQ; +} + void FAudioVoice_GetVolume( FAudioVoice *voice, float *pVolume @@ -2186,11 +2265,71 @@ void FAudioVoice_GetOutputMatrix( LOG_API_EXIT(voice->audio) } -void FAudioVoice_DestroyVoice(FAudioVoice *voice) +static uint32_t check_for_sends_to_voice(FAudioVoice *voice) { + FAudio *audio = voice->audio; + uint32_t ret = 0; + FAudioSourceVoice *source; + FAudioSubmixVoice *submix; + LinkedList *list; uint32_t i; + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(audio->sourceLock); + list = audio->sources; + while (list != NULL) + { + source = (FAudioSourceVoice*) list->entry; + for (i = 0; i < source->sends.SendCount; i += 1) + if (source->sends.pSends[i].pOutputVoice == voice) + { + ret = 0x80004005; /* E_FAIL */ + break; + } + if (ret) + break; + list = list->next; + } + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(audio->sourceLock); + + if (ret) + return ret; + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(audio->submixLock); + list = audio->submixes; + while (list != NULL) + { + submix = (FAudioSubmixVoice*) list->entry; + for (i = 0; i < submix->sends.SendCount; i += 1) + if (submix->sends.pSends[i].pOutputVoice == voice) + { + ret = 0x80004005; /* E_FAIL */ + break; + } + if (ret) + break; + list = list->next; + } + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(audio->submixLock); + + return ret; +} + +uint32_t FAudioVoice_DestroyVoiceSafeEXT(FAudioVoice *voice) +{ + uint32_t i, ret; LOG_API_ENTER(voice->audio) + if ((ret = check_for_sends_to_voice(voice))) + { + LOG_ERROR( + voice->audio, + "Voice %p is an output for other voice(s)", + voice + ) + LOG_API_EXIT(voice->audio) + return ret; + } + /* TODO: Check for dependencies and remove from audio graph first! */ FAudio_OPERATIONSET_ClearAllForVoice(voice); @@ -2364,6 +2503,12 @@ void FAudioVoice_DestroyVoice(FAudioVoice *voice) LOG_API_EXIT(voice->audio) FAudio_Release(voice->audio); voice->audio->pFree(voice); + return 0; +} + +void FAudioVoice_DestroyVoice(FAudioVoice *voice) +{ + FAudioVoice_DestroyVoiceSafeEXT(voice); } /* FAudioSourceVoice Interface */ @@ -2453,7 +2598,9 @@ uint32_t FAudioSourceVoice_SubmitSourceBuffer( FAudio_assert(voice->type == FAUDIO_VOICE_SOURCE); #ifdef HAVE_WMADEC - FAudio_assert( (voice->src.wmadec != NULL && (pBufferWMA != NULL || voice->src.format->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_XMAUDIO2)) || + FAudio_assert( (voice->src.wmadec != NULL && (pBufferWMA != NULL || + (voice->src.format->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_XMAUDIO2 || + voice->src.format->wFormatTag == FAUDIO_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE))) || (voice->src.wmadec == NULL && (pBufferWMA == NULL && voice->src.format->wFormatTag != FAUDIO_FORMAT_XMAUDIO2)) ); #endif /* HAVE_WMADEC */ diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_reverb.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_reverb.c index 4d43fa4e76..219495e791 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_reverb.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_reverb.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -130,11 +130,13 @@ static inline float DspDelay_Process(DspDelay *filter, float sample_in) return delay_out; } +/* FIXME: This is currently unused! What was it for...? -flibit static inline float DspDelay_Tap(DspDelay *filter, uint32_t delay) { FAudio_assert(delay <= filter->delay); return filter->buffer[(filter->write_idx - delay + filter->capacity) % filter->capacity]; } +*/ static inline void DspDelay_Reset(DspDelay *filter) { @@ -181,7 +183,7 @@ static inline void DspBiQuad_Change( float q, float gain ) { - const float TWOPI = 6.283185307179586476925286766559005; + const float TWOPI = (float)6.283185307179586476925286766559005; float theta_c = (TWOPI * frequency) / (float) filter->sampleRate; float mu = DbGainToFactor(gain); float beta = (type == DSP_BIQUAD_LOWSHELVING) ? @@ -507,7 +509,8 @@ static FAudio_ChannelPositionFlags FAudio_GetChannelPositionFlags(int32_t total_ case 3: return Position_Right | Position_Rear; } - + FAudio_assert(0 && "Unsupported channel count"); + break; case 5: switch (channel) { @@ -522,7 +525,8 @@ static FAudio_ChannelPositionFlags FAudio_GetChannelPositionFlags(int32_t total_ case 4: return Position_Right | Position_Rear; } - + FAudio_assert(0 && "Unsupported channel count"); + break; default: FAudio_assert(0 && "Unsupported channel count"); break; @@ -1013,35 +1017,35 @@ static inline float DspReverb_INTERNAL_Process_2_to_2( size_t sample_count ) { const float *in_end = samples_in + sample_count; - float in, in_ratio, early, late[2]; + float in, early, late[2]; float squared_sum = 0; while (samples_in < in_end) { /* Input - Combine 2 channels into 1 */ in = (samples_in[0] + samples_in[1]) / 2.0f; - in_ratio = in * reverb->dry_ratio; - samples_in += 2; /* Early Reflections */ early = DspReverb_INTERNAL_ProcessEarly(reverb, in); /* Reverberation with Wet/Dry Mix */ - late[0] = DspReverb_INTERNAL_ProcessChannel( + late[0] = (DspReverb_INTERNAL_ProcessChannel( reverb, &reverb->channel[0], early - ); + ) * reverb->wet_ratio) + samples_in[0] * reverb->dry_ratio; late[1] = (DspReverb_INTERNAL_ProcessChannel( reverb, &reverb->channel[1], early - ) * reverb->wet_ratio) + in_ratio; + ) * reverb->wet_ratio) + samples_in[1] * reverb->dry_ratio; squared_sum += (late[0] * late[0]) + (late[1] * late[1]); /* Output */ *samples_out++ = late[0]; *samples_out++ = late[1]; + + samples_in += 2; } return squared_sum; @@ -1405,6 +1409,22 @@ uint32_t FAudioFXReverb_LockForProcess( fapo->base.pMalloc ); + /* Initialize the effect to a default setting */ + if (fapo->apiVersion == 9) + { + DspReverb_SetParameters9( + &fapo->reverb, + (FAudioFXReverbParameters9*) fapo->base.m_pParameterBlocks + ); + } + else + { + DspReverb_SetParameters( + &fapo->reverb, + (FAudioFXReverbParameters*) fapo->base.m_pParameterBlocks + ); + } + /* Call parent to do basic validation */ return FAPOBase_LockForProcess( &fapo->base, @@ -1485,6 +1505,24 @@ void FAudioFXReverb_Process( FAudioFXReverbParameters *params; uint8_t update_params = FAPOBase_ParametersChanged(&fapo->base); float total; + + params = (FAudioFXReverbParameters*) FAPOBase_BeginProcess(&fapo->base); + + /* Update parameters before doing anything else */ + if (update_params) + { + if (fapo->apiVersion == 9) + { + DspReverb_SetParameters9( + &fapo->reverb, + (FAudioFXReverbParameters9*) params + ); + } + else + { + DspReverb_SetParameters(&fapo->reverb, params); + } + } /* Handle disabled filter */ if (IsEnabled == 0) @@ -1501,6 +1539,7 @@ void FAudioFXReverb_Process( ); } + FAPOBase_EndProcess(&fapo->base); return; } @@ -1514,24 +1553,6 @@ void FAudioFXReverb_Process( ); } - params = (FAudioFXReverbParameters*) FAPOBase_BeginProcess(&fapo->base); - - /* Update parameters */ - if (update_params) - { - if (fapo->apiVersion == 9) - { - DspReverb_SetParameters9( - &fapo->reverb, - (FAudioFXReverbParameters9*) params - ); - } - else - { - DspReverb_SetParameters(&fapo->reverb, params); - } - } - /* Run reverb effect */ #define PROCESS(pin, pout) \ DspReverb_INTERNAL_Process_##pin##_to_##pout( \ @@ -1664,16 +1685,6 @@ uint32_t FAudioCreateReverbWithCustomAllocatorEXT( sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters) * 3 ); result->apiVersion = 7; - #define INITPARAMS(offset) \ - FAudio_memcpy( \ - params + sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters) * offset, \ - &fxdefault, \ - sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters) \ - ); - INITPARAMS(0) - INITPARAMS(1) - INITPARAMS(2) - #undef INITPARAMS /* Initialize... */ FAudio_memcpy( @@ -1709,6 +1720,13 @@ uint32_t FAudioCreateReverbWithCustomAllocatorEXT( result->base.Destructor = FAudioFXReverb_Free; #undef ASSIGN_VT + /* Prepare the default parameters */ + result->base.base.Initialize( + result, + &fxdefault, + sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters) + ); + /* Finally. */ *ppApo = &result->base.base; return 0; @@ -1837,16 +1855,6 @@ uint32_t FAudioCreateReverb9WithCustomAllocatorEXT( sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters9) * 3 ); result->apiVersion = 9; - #define INITPARAMS(offset) \ - FAudio_memcpy( \ - params + sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters9) * offset, \ - &fxdefault, \ - sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters9) \ - ); - INITPARAMS(0) - INITPARAMS(1) - INITPARAMS(2) - #undef INITPARAMS /* Initialize... */ FAudio_memcpy( @@ -1882,6 +1890,13 @@ uint32_t FAudioCreateReverb9WithCustomAllocatorEXT( result->base.Destructor = FAudioFXReverb_Free; #undef ASSIGN_VT + /* Prepare the default parameters */ + result->base.base.Initialize( + result, + &fxdefault, + sizeof(FAudioFXReverbParameters9) + ); + /* Finally. */ *ppApo = &result->base.base; return 0; diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_volumemeter.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_volumemeter.c index ded77b9908..07c1c132e4 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_volumemeter.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudioFX_volumemeter.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.c index d7b1fed19c..37609ae888 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -105,6 +105,7 @@ static const char *get_wformattag_string(const FAudioWaveFormatEx *fmt) FMT_STRING(IEEE_FLOAT) FMT_STRING(XMAUDIO2) FMT_STRING(WMAUDIO2) + FMT_STRING(WMAUDIO3) FMT_STRING(EXTENSIBLE) #undef FMT_STRING return "UNKNOWN!"; @@ -211,9 +212,9 @@ void LinkedList_RemoveEntry( FAudioFreeFunc pFree ) { LinkedList *latest, *prev; + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(lock); latest = *start; prev = latest; - FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(lock); while (latest != NULL) { if (latest->entry == toRemove) @@ -382,6 +383,12 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( if ( voice->src.callback != NULL && voice->src.callback->OnBufferStart != NULL ) { + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) @@ -392,6 +399,12 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) } } @@ -441,6 +454,12 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( if ( voice->src.callback != NULL && voice->src.callback->OnLoopEnd != NULL ) { + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) @@ -451,6 +470,12 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) } } else @@ -503,6 +528,12 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( /* Callbacks */ if (voice->src.callback != NULL) { + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) @@ -521,6 +552,15 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( ); } + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + /* One last chance at redemption */ if (buffer == NULL && voice->src.bufferList != NULL) { @@ -530,14 +570,29 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( if (buffer != NULL && voice->src.callback->OnBufferStart != NULL) { + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + voice->src.callback->OnBufferStart( voice->src.callback, buffer->pContext ); - } - FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); - LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->sendLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->sendLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + } } voice->audio->pFree(toDelete); @@ -598,7 +653,7 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeBuffers( static inline void FAudio_INTERNAL_FilterVoice( FAudio *audio, - const FAudioFilterParameters *filter, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *filter, FAudioFilterState *filterState, float *samples, uint32_t numSamples, @@ -630,7 +685,7 @@ static inline void FAudio_INTERNAL_FilterVoice( filterState[ci][FAudioHighPassFilter] = samples[j * numChannels + ci] - filterState[ci][FAudioLowPassFilter] - (filter->OneOverQ * filterState[ci][FAudioBandPassFilter]); filterState[ci][FAudioBandPassFilter] = (filter->Frequency * filterState[ci][FAudioHighPassFilter]) + filterState[ci][FAudioBandPassFilter]; filterState[ci][FAudioNotchFilter] = filterState[ci][FAudioHighPassFilter] + filterState[ci][FAudioLowPassFilter]; - samples[j * numChannels + ci] = filterState[ci][filter->Type]; + samples[j * numChannels + ci] = filterState[ci][filter->Type] * filter->WetDryMix + samples[j * numChannels + ci] * (1.0f - filter->WetDryMix); } LOG_FUNC_EXIT(audio) @@ -1249,6 +1304,9 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_FlushPendingBuffers(FAudioSourceVoice *voice) if (voice->src.callback != NULL && voice->src.callback->OnBufferEnd != NULL) { + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) + FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) @@ -1259,6 +1317,9 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_FlushPendingBuffers(FAudioSourceVoice *voice) FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->audio->sourceLock); LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->audio->sourceLock) + + FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(voice->src.bufferLock); + LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(voice->audio, voice->src.bufferLock) } voice->audio->pFree(entry); } @@ -1862,7 +1923,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeMonoMSADPCM( int32_t midOffset; /* PCM block cache */ - int16_t blockCache[1012]; /* Max block size */ + int16_t *blockCache; /* Block size */ uint32_t bsize = ((FAudioADPCMWaveFormat*) voice->src.format)->wSamplesPerBlock; @@ -1879,6 +1940,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeMonoMSADPCM( midOffset = (voice->src.curBufferOffset % bsize); /* Read in each block directly to the decode cache */ + blockCache = (int16_t*) FAudio_alloca(bsize * sizeof(int16_t)); while (done < samples) { copy = FAudio_min(samples - done, bsize - midOffset); @@ -1896,6 +1958,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeMonoMSADPCM( done += copy; midOffset = 0; } + FAudio_dealloca(blockCache); LOG_FUNC_EXIT(voice->audio) } @@ -1913,7 +1976,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeStereoMSADPCM( int32_t midOffset; /* PCM block cache */ - int16_t blockCache[2024]; /* Max block size */ + int16_t *blockCache; /* Align, block size */ uint32_t bsize = ((FAudioADPCMWaveFormat*) voice->src.format)->wSamplesPerBlock; @@ -1930,6 +1993,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeStereoMSADPCM( midOffset = (voice->src.curBufferOffset % bsize); /* Read in each block directly to the decode cache */ + blockCache = (int16_t*) FAudio_alloca(bsize * 2 * sizeof(int16_t)); while (done < samples) { copy = FAudio_min(samples - done, bsize - midOffset); @@ -1947,6 +2011,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeStereoMSADPCM( done += copy; midOffset = 0; } + FAudio_dealloca(blockCache); LOG_FUNC_EXIT(voice->audio) } diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.h index d72cb37abc..ed255f1d5a 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ #include "FAPOBase.h" #include + #ifdef FAUDIO_WIN32_PLATFORM #include #include @@ -37,8 +38,11 @@ #include #include -#include -#include +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include + +#define NO_MEMCPY_OVERRIDE +#define NO_MEMSET_OVERRIDE #define FAudio_malloc malloc #define FAudio_realloc realloc @@ -57,6 +61,7 @@ #define FAudio_strlcpy(ptr1, ptr2, size) lstrcpynA(ptr1, ptr2, size) #define FAudio_pow(x, y) pow(x, y) +#define FAudio_powf(x, y) powf(x, y) #define FAudio_log(x) log(x) #define FAudio_log10(x) log10(x) #define FAudio_sin(x) sin(x) @@ -109,11 +114,42 @@ extern void FAudio_Log(char const *msg); ((x << 24) & 0x00FF000000000000) | \ ((x << 32) & 0xFF00000000000000) #else + +#ifdef FAUDIO_SDL3_PLATFORM +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define FAudio_swap16LE(x) SDL_Swap16LE(x) +#define FAudio_swap16BE(x) SDL_Swap16BE(x) +#define FAudio_swap32LE(x) SDL_Swap32LE(x) +#define FAudio_swap32BE(x) SDL_Swap32BE(x) +#define FAudio_swap64LE(x) SDL_Swap64LE(x) +#define FAudio_swap64BE(x) SDL_Swap64BE(x) + +#else #include #include #include #include +#define FAudio_swap16LE(x) SDL_SwapLE16(x) +#define FAudio_swap16BE(x) SDL_SwapBE16(x) +#define FAudio_swap32LE(x) SDL_SwapLE32(x) +#define FAudio_swap32BE(x) SDL_SwapBE32(x) +#define FAudio_swap64LE(x) SDL_SwapLE64(x) +#define FAudio_swap64BE(x) SDL_SwapBE64(x) +#endif + +/* SDL3 allows memcpy/memset for compiler optimization reasons */ +#ifndef SDL_SLOW_MEMCPY +#define NO_MEMCPY_OVERRIDE +#endif +#ifndef SDL_SLOW_MEMSET +#define NO_MEMSET_OVERRIDE +#endif + #define FAudio_malloc SDL_malloc #define FAudio_realloc SDL_realloc #define FAudio_free SDL_free @@ -131,6 +167,7 @@ extern void FAudio_Log(char const *msg); #define FAudio_strlcpy(ptr1, ptr2, size) SDL_strlcpy(ptr1, ptr2, size) #define FAudio_pow(x, y) SDL_pow(x, y) +#define FAudio_powf(x, y) SDL_powf(x, y) #define FAudio_log(x) SDL_log(x) #define FAudio_log10(x) SDL_log10(x) #define FAudio_sin(x) SDL_sin(x) @@ -171,13 +208,6 @@ extern void FAudio_Log(char const *msg); #define FAudio_getenv SDL_getenv #define FAudio_PRIu64 SDL_PRIu64 #define FAudio_PRIx64 SDL_PRIx64 - -#define FAudio_swap16LE(x) SDL_SwapLE16(x) -#define FAudio_swap16BE(x) SDL_SwapBE16(x) -#define FAudio_swap32LE(x) SDL_SwapLE32(x) -#define FAudio_swap32BE(x) SDL_SwapBE32(x) -#define FAudio_swap64LE(x) SDL_SwapLE64(x) -#define FAudio_swap64BE(x) SDL_SwapBE64(x) #endif /* Easy Macros */ @@ -210,6 +240,15 @@ extern void FAudio_Log(char const *msg); #define restrict #endif +/* Alignment macro for gcc/clang/msvc */ +#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__) +#define ALIGN(type, boundary) type __attribute__((aligned(boundary))) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +#define ALIGN(type, boundary) __declspec(align(boundary)) type +#else +#define ALIGN(type, boundary) type +#endif + /* Threading Types */ typedef void* FAudioThread; @@ -323,13 +362,13 @@ void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetEffectParameters( ); void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetFilterParameters( FAudioVoice *voice, - const FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters, uint32_t OperationSet ); void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetOutputFilterParameters( FAudioVoice *voice, FAudioVoice *pDestinationVoice, - const FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters, uint32_t OperationSet ); void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetVolume( @@ -433,7 +472,7 @@ struct FAudioVoice float **sendCoefficients; float **mixCoefficients; FAudioMixCallback *sendMix; - FAudioFilterParameters *sendFilter; + FAudioFilterParametersEXT *sendFilter; FAudioFilterState **sendFilterState; struct { @@ -445,7 +484,7 @@ struct FAudioVoice uint8_t *parameterUpdates; uint8_t *inPlaceProcessing; } effects; - FAudioFilterParameters filter; + FAudioFilterParametersEXT filter; FAudioFilterState *filterState; FAudioMutex sendLock; FAudioMutex effectLock; @@ -618,10 +657,10 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_debug_fmt( #define LOG_FUNC_ENTER(engine) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, FUNC_CALLS, "FUNC Enter", "%s", __func__) #define LOG_FUNC_EXIT(engine) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, FUNC_CALLS, "FUNC Exit", "%s", __func__) /* TODO: LOG_TIMING */ -#define LOG_MUTEX_CREATE(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Create", "%p", mutex) -#define LOG_MUTEX_DESTROY(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Destroy", "%p", mutex) -#define LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Lock", "%p", mutex) -#define LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Unlock", "%p", mutex) +#define LOG_MUTEX_CREATE(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Create", "%p (%s)", mutex, #mutex) +#define LOG_MUTEX_DESTROY(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Destroy", "%p (%s)", mutex, #mutex) +#define LOG_MUTEX_LOCK(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Lock", "%p (%s)", mutex, #mutex) +#define LOG_MUTEX_UNLOCK(engine, mutex) PRINT_DEBUG(engine, LOCKS, "Mutex Unlock", "%p (%s)", mutex, #mutex) /* TODO: LOG_MEMORY */ /* TODO: LOG_STREAMING */ diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal_simd.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal_simd.c index 8746d358ca..7b7997b2ad 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal_simd.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_internal_simd.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -32,23 +32,23 @@ * https://hg.icculus.org/icculus/mojoAL/file/default/mojoal.c */ -#if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) +#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(__arm64ec__) || defined(_M_ARM64EC) /* Some platforms fail to define this... */ - #ifndef __SSE2__ - #define __SSE2__ 1 + #ifndef __ARM_NEON__ + #define __ARM_NEON__ 1 #endif - /* x86_64 guarantees SSE2. */ + /* AArch64 guarantees NEON. */ #define NEED_SCALAR_CONVERTER_FALLBACKS 0 -#elif defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) +#elif defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) /* Some platforms fail to define this... */ - #ifndef __ARM_NEON__ - #define __ARM_NEON__ 1 + #ifndef __SSE2__ + #define __SSE2__ 1 #endif - /* AArch64 guarantees NEON. */ + /* x86_64 guarantees SSE2. */ #define NEED_SCALAR_CONVERTER_FALLBACKS 0 -#elif __MACOSX__ +#elif __MACOSX__ && !defined(__POWERPC__) /* Some build systems may need to specify this. */ #if !defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(__ARM_NEON__) #error macOS does not have SSE2/NEON? Bad compiler? @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #endif /* Our NEON paths require AArch64, don't check __ARM_NEON__ here */ -#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) +#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(__arm64ec__) || defined(_M_ARM64EC) #include #define HAVE_NEON_INTRINSICS 1 #endif @@ -285,10 +285,10 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_Convert_U8_To_F32_NEON( const uint16x8_t uint16hi = vmovl_u8(vget_high_u8(bytes)); /* convert top 8 bytes to 8 uint16 */ const uint16x8_t uint16lo = vmovl_u8(vget_low_u8(bytes)); /* convert bottom 8 bytes to 8 uint16 */ /* split uint16 to two uint32, then convert to float, then multiply to normalize, subtract to adjust for sign, store. */ - vst1q_f32(dst, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_low_u16(uint16hi))), divby128)); - vst1q_f32(dst+4, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_high_u16(uint16hi))), divby128)); - vst1q_f32(dst+8, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_low_u16(uint16lo))), divby128)); - vst1q_f32(dst+12, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_high_u16(uint16lo))), divby128)); + vst1q_f32(dst, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_low_u16(uint16lo))), divby128)); + vst1q_f32(dst+4, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_high_u16(uint16lo))), divby128)); + vst1q_f32(dst+8, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_low_u16(uint16hi))), divby128)); + vst1q_f32(dst+12, vmlaq_f32(negone, vcvtq_f32_u32(vmovl_u16(vget_high_u16(uint16hi))), divby128)); i -= 16; mmsrc -= 16; dst -= 16; } @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_ResampleMono_NEON( cur_frac = vdupq_n_s32( (uint32_t) (cur_scalar & FIXED_FRACTION_MASK) - DOUBLE_TO_FIXED(0.5) ); - int32_t __attribute__((aligned(16))) data[4] = + ALIGN(int32_t, 16) data[4] = { 0, (uint32_t) (resampleStep & FIXED_FRACTION_MASK), @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ void FAudio_INTERNAL_ResampleStereo_NEON( cur_frac = vdupq_n_s32( (uint32_t) (cur_scalar & FIXED_FRACTION_MASK) - DOUBLE_TO_FIXED(0.5) ); - int32_t __attribute__((aligned(16))) data[4] = + ALIGN(int32_t, 16) data[4] = { 0, 0, diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_operationset.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_operationset.c index f17cd9270d..b5cae528e3 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_operationset.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_operationset.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ struct FAudio_OPERATIONSET_Operation } SetEffectParameters; struct { - FAudioFilterParameters Parameters; + FAudioFilterParametersEXT Parameters; } SetFilterParameters; struct { FAudioVoice *pDestinationVoice; - FAudioFilterParameters Parameters; + FAudioFilterParametersEXT Parameters; } SetOutputFilterParameters; struct { @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ static inline void ExecuteOperation(FAudio_OPERATIONSET_Operation *op) break; case FAUDIOOP_SETFILTERPARAMETERS: - FAudioVoice_SetFilterParameters( + FAudioVoice_SetFilterParametersEXT( op->Voice, &op->Data.SetFilterParameters.Parameters, FAUDIO_COMMIT_NOW @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ static inline void ExecuteOperation(FAudio_OPERATIONSET_Operation *op) break; case FAUDIOOP_SETOUTPUTFILTERPARAMETERS: - FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParameters( + FAudioVoice_SetOutputFilterParametersEXT( op->Voice, op->Data.SetOutputFilterParameters.pDestinationVoice, &op->Data.SetOutputFilterParameters.Parameters, @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetEffectParameters( void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetFilterParameters( FAudioVoice *voice, - const FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters, uint32_t OperationSet ) { FAudio_OPERATIONSET_Operation *op; @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetFilterParameters( FAudio_memcpy( &op->Data.SetFilterParameters.Parameters, pParameters, - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) ); FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->operationLock); @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetFilterParameters( void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetOutputFilterParameters( FAudioVoice *voice, FAudioVoice *pDestinationVoice, - const FAudioFilterParameters *pParameters, + const FAudioFilterParametersEXT *pParameters, uint32_t OperationSet ) { FAudio_OPERATIONSET_Operation *op; @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ void FAudio_OPERATIONSET_QueueSetOutputFilterParameters( FAudio_memcpy( &op->Data.SetOutputFilterParameters.Parameters, pParameters, - sizeof(FAudioFilterParameters) + sizeof(FAudioFilterParametersEXT) ); FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(voice->audio->operationLock); diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl2.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl2.c index 476d6eb3aa..9eaa157047 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl2.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl2.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ * */ -#ifndef FAUDIO_WIN32_PLATFORM +#if !defined(FAUDIO_WIN32_PLATFORM) && !defined(FAUDIO_SDL3_PLATFORM) #include "FAudio_internal.h" #include -#if !SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2, 0, 9) -#error "SDL version older than 2.0.9" +#if !SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2, 24, 0) +#error "SDL version older than 2.24.0" #endif /* !SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST */ /* Mixer Thread */ @@ -52,8 +52,70 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_MixCallback(void *userdata, Uint8 *stream, int len) /* Platform Functions */ +static void FAudio_INTERNAL_PrioritizeDirectSound() +{ + int numdrivers, i, wasapi, directsound; + void *dll, *proc; + + if (SDL_GetHint("SDL_AUDIODRIVER") != NULL) + { + /* Already forced to something, ignore */ + return; + } + + /* Windows 10+ decided to break version detection, so instead of doing + * it the right way we have to do something dumb like search for an + * export that's only in Windows 10 or newer. + * -flibit + */ + if (SDL_strcmp(SDL_GetPlatform(), "Windows") != 0) + { + return; + } + dll = SDL_LoadObject("USER32.DLL"); + if (dll == NULL) + { + return; + } + proc = SDL_LoadFunction(dll, "SetProcessDpiAwarenessContext"); + SDL_UnloadObject(dll); /* We aren't really using this, unload now */ + if (proc != NULL) + { + /* OS is new enough to trust WASAPI, bail */ + return; + } + + /* Check to see if we have both Windows drivers in the list */ + numdrivers = SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(); + wasapi = -1; + directsound = -1; + for (i = 0; i < numdrivers; i += 1) + { + const char *driver = SDL_GetAudioDriver(i); + if (SDL_strcmp(driver, "wasapi") == 0) + { + wasapi = i; + } + else if (SDL_strcmp(driver, "directsound") == 0) + { + directsound = i; + } + } + + /* We force if and only if both drivers exist and wasapi is earlier */ + if ((wasapi > -1) && (directsound > -1)) + { + if (wasapi < directsound) + { + SDL_SetHint("SDL_AUDIODRIVER", "directsound"); + } + } +} + void FAudio_PlatformAddRef() { + FAudio_INTERNAL_PrioritizeDirectSound(); + /* SDL tracks ref counts for each subsystem */ if (SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_AUDIO) < 0) { @@ -81,16 +143,15 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( ) { SDL_AudioDeviceID device; SDL_AudioSpec want, have; - const char *driver; - int changes = 0; FAudio_assert(mixFormat != NULL); FAudio_assert(updateSize != NULL); + FAudio_assert((mixFormat->Format.nChannels <= 255) && "mixFormat->Format.nChannels out of range!"); /* Build the device spec */ want.freq = mixFormat->Format.nSamplesPerSec; - want.format = AUDIO_F32; - want.channels = mixFormat->Format.nChannels; + want.format = AUDIO_F32SYS; + want.channels = (Uint8)(mixFormat->Format.nChannels); want.silence = 0; want.callback = FAudio_INTERNAL_MixCallback; want.userdata = audio; @@ -108,48 +169,6 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( want.samples = want.freq / 100; } - /* FIXME: SDL bug! - * The PulseAudio backend does this annoying thing where it halves the - * buffer size to prevent latency issues: - * - * https://hg.libsdl.org/SDL/file/df343364c6c5/src/audio/pulseaudio/SDL_pulseaudio.c#l577 - * - * To get the _actual_ quantum size we want, we just double the buffer - * size and allow SDL to set the quantum size back to normal. - * -flibit - */ - driver = SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(); - if (SDL_strcmp(driver, "pulseaudio") == 0) - { - want.samples *= 2; - changes = SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_SAMPLES_CHANGE; - } - - /* FIXME: SDL bug! - * The most common backends support varying samples values, but many - * require a power-of-two value, which XAudio2 is not a fan of. - * Normally SDL creates an intermediary stream to handle this, but this - * has not been written yet: - * https://bugzilla.libsdl.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5136 - * -flibit - */ - else if ( SDL_strcmp(driver, "emscripten") == 0 || - SDL_strcmp(driver, "dsp") == 0 ) - { - want.samples -= 1; - want.samples |= want.samples >> 1; - want.samples |= want.samples >> 2; - want.samples |= want.samples >> 4; - want.samples |= want.samples >> 8; - want.samples |= want.samples >> 16; - want.samples += 1; - SDL_Log( - "Forcing FAudio quantum to a power-of-two.\n" - "You don't actually want this, it's technically a bug:\n" - "https://bugzilla.libsdl.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5136" - ); - } - /* Open the device (or at least try to) */ iosretry: device = SDL_OpenAudioDevice( @@ -157,7 +176,7 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( 0, &want, &have, - changes + 0 ); if (device == 0) { @@ -224,7 +243,7 @@ uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceDetails( const char *name, *envvar; int channels, rate; SDL_AudioSpec spec; - uint32_t devcount, i; + uint32_t devcount; FAudio_zero(details, sizeof(FAudioDeviceDetails)); @@ -284,86 +303,27 @@ uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceDetails( channels = 0; } -#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2, 0, 15) + /* Get the device format from the OS */ if (index == 0) { - /* Okay, so go grab something from the liquor cabinet and get - * ready, because this loop is a bit of a trip: - * - * We can't get the spec for the default device, because in - * audio land a "default device" is a completely foreign idea, - * some APIs support it but in reality you just have to pass - * NULL as a driver string and the sound server figures out the - * rest. In some psychotic universe the device can even be a - * network address. No, seriously. - * - * So what do we do? Well, at least in my experience shipping - * for the PC, the easiest thing to do is assume that the - * highest spec in the list is what you should target, even if - * it turns out that's not the default at the time you create - * your device. - * - * Consider a laptop that has built-in stereo speakers, but is - * connected to a home theater system with 5.1 audio. It may be - * the case that the stereo audio is active, but the user may - * at some point move audio to 5.1, at which point the server - * will simply move the endpoint from underneath us and move our - * output stream to the new device. At that point, you _really_ - * want to already be pushing out 5.1, because if not the user - * will be stuck recreating the whole program, which on many - * platforms is an instant cert failure. The tradeoff is that - * you're potentially downmixing a 5.1 stream to stereo, which - * is a bit wasteful, but presumably the hardware can handle it - * if they were able to use a 5.1 system to begin with. - * - * So, we just aim for the highest channel count on the system. - * We also do this with sample rate to a lesser degree; we try - * to use a single device spec at a time, so it may be that - * the sample rate you get isn't the highest from the list if - * another device had a higher channel count. - * - * Lastly, if you set SDL_AUDIO_CHANNELS but not - * SDL_AUDIO_FREQUENCY, we don't bother checking for a sample - * rate, we fall through to the hardcoded value at the bottom of - * this function. - * - * I'm so tired. - * - * -flibit - */ - if (channels <= 0) + /* TODO: Do we want to squeeze the name into the output? */ + if (SDL_GetDefaultAudioInfo(NULL, &spec, 0) < 0) { - const uint8_t setRate = (rate <= 0); - devcount -= 1; /* Subtracting the default index */ - for (i = 0; i < devcount; i += 1) - { - SDL_GetAudioDeviceSpec(i, 0, &spec); - if ( (spec.channels > channels) && - (spec.channels <= 8) ) - { - channels = spec.channels; - if (setRate) - { - /* May be 0! That's okay! */ - rate = spec.freq; - } - } - } + SDL_zero(spec); } } else { SDL_GetAudioDeviceSpec(index - 1, 0, &spec); - if ((spec.freq > 0) && (rate <= 0)) - { - rate = spec.freq; - } - if ((spec.channels > 0) && (channels <= 0)) - { - channels = spec.channels; - } } -#endif /* SDL >= 2.0.15 */ + if ((spec.freq > 0) && (rate <= 0)) + { + rate = spec.freq; + } + if ((spec.channels > 0) && (spec.channels < 9) && (channels <= 0)) + { + channels = spec.channels; + } /* If we make it all the way here with no format, hardcode a sane one */ if (rate <= 0) @@ -712,4 +672,4 @@ void FAudio_UTF8_To_UTF16(const char *src, uint16_t *dst, size_t len) extern int this_tu_is_empty; -#endif /* FAUDIO_WIN32_PLATFORM */ +#endif /* !defined(FAUDIO_WIN32_PLATFORM) && !defined(FAUDIO_SDL3_PLATFORM) */ diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl3.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6df3940363 --- /dev/null +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_sdl3.c @@ -0,0 +1,734 @@ +/* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA + * + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * + * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. + * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from + * the use of this software. + * + * Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, + * including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it + * freely, subject to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not + * claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a + * product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be + * appreciated but is not required. + * + * 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be + * misrepresented as being the original software. + * + * 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. + * + * Ethan "flibitijibibo" Lee + * + */ + +#ifdef FAUDIO_SDL3_PLATFORM + +#include "FAudio_internal.h" + +#include + +typedef struct SDLAudioDevice +{ + FAudio *audio; + SDL_AudioStream *stream; + float *stagingBuffer; + size_t stagingLen; +} SDLAudioDevice; + +/* Mixer Thread */ + +static void FAudio_INTERNAL_MixCallback( + void *userdata, + SDL_AudioStream *stream, + int additional_amount, + int total_amount +) { + SDLAudioDevice *dev = (SDLAudioDevice*) userdata; + + if (!dev->audio->active) + { + /* Nothing to do, SDL will fill in for us */ + return; + } + + while (additional_amount > 0) + { + FAudio_zero(dev->stagingBuffer, dev->stagingLen); + FAudio_INTERNAL_UpdateEngine(dev->audio, dev->stagingBuffer); + SDL_PutAudioStreamData( + stream, + dev->stagingBuffer, + dev->stagingLen + ); + additional_amount -= dev->stagingLen; + } +} + +/* Platform Functions */ + +static void FAudio_INTERNAL_PrioritizeDirectSound() +{ + int numdrivers, i, wasapi, directsound; + void *dll, *proc; + + if (SDL_GetHint("SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER") != NULL) + { + /* Already forced to something, ignore */ + return; + } + + /* Windows 10+ decided to break version detection, so instead of doing + * it the right way we have to do something dumb like search for an + * export that's only in Windows 10 or newer. + * -flibit + */ + if (SDL_strcmp(SDL_GetPlatform(), "Windows") != 0) + { + return; + } + dll = SDL_LoadObject("USER32.DLL"); + if (dll == NULL) + { + return; + } + proc = SDL_LoadFunction(dll, "SetProcessDpiAwarenessContext"); + SDL_UnloadObject(dll); /* We aren't really using this, unload now */ + if (proc != NULL) + { + /* OS is new enough to trust WASAPI, bail */ + return; + } + + /* Check to see if we have both Windows drivers in the list */ + numdrivers = SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(); + wasapi = -1; + directsound = -1; + for (i = 0; i < numdrivers; i += 1) + { + const char *driver = SDL_GetAudioDriver(i); + if (SDL_strcmp(driver, "wasapi") == 0) + { + wasapi = i; + } + else if (SDL_strcmp(driver, "directsound") == 0) + { + directsound = i; + } + } + + /* We force if and only if both drivers exist and wasapi is earlier */ + if ((wasapi > -1) && (directsound > -1)) + { + if (wasapi < directsound) + { + SDL_SetHint("SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER", "directsound"); + } + } +} + +void FAudio_PlatformAddRef() +{ + FAudio_INTERNAL_PrioritizeDirectSound(); + + /* SDL tracks ref counts for each subsystem */ + if (SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_AUDIO) < 0) + { + SDL_Log("SDL_INIT_AUDIO failed: %s", SDL_GetError()); + } + FAudio_INTERNAL_InitSIMDFunctions( + SDL_HasSSE2(), + SDL_HasNEON() + ); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformRelease() +{ + /* SDL tracks ref counts for each subsystem */ + SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_AUDIO); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformInit( + FAudio *audio, + uint32_t flags, + uint32_t deviceIndex, + FAudioWaveFormatExtensible *mixFormat, + uint32_t *updateSize, + void** platformDevice +) { + SDLAudioDevice *result; + SDL_AudioDeviceID devID; + SDL_AudioSpec spec; + int wantSamples; + + FAudio_assert(mixFormat != NULL); + FAudio_assert(updateSize != NULL); + + /* Build the device spec */ + spec.freq = mixFormat->Format.nSamplesPerSec; + spec.format = SDL_AUDIO_F32; + spec.channels = mixFormat->Format.nChannels; + if (flags & FAUDIO_1024_QUANTUM) + { + /* Get the sample count for a 21.33ms frame. + * For 48KHz this should be 1024. + */ + wantSamples = (int) ( + spec.freq / (1000.0 / (64.0 / 3.0)) + ); + } + else + { + wantSamples = spec.freq / 100; + } + + if (deviceIndex == 0) + { + devID = SDL_AUDIO_DEVICE_DEFAULT_PLAYBACK; + } + else + { + int devcount; + SDL_AudioDeviceID *devs = SDL_GetAudioPlaybackDevices(&devcount); + + /* Bounds checking is done before this function is called */ + devID = devs[deviceIndex - 1]; + + SDL_free(devs); + } + + result = (SDLAudioDevice*) SDL_malloc(sizeof(SDLAudioDevice)); + result->audio = audio; + result->stagingLen = wantSamples * spec.channels * sizeof(float); + result->stagingBuffer = (float*) SDL_malloc(result->stagingLen); + + /* Open the device (or at least try to) */ + result->stream = SDL_OpenAudioDeviceStream( + devID, + &spec, + FAudio_INTERNAL_MixCallback, + result + ); + + /* Write up the received format for the engine */ + WriteWaveFormatExtensible( + mixFormat, + spec.channels, + spec.freq, + &DATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_IEEE_FLOAT + ); + *updateSize = wantSamples; + + /* SDL_AudioDeviceID is a Uint32, anybody using a 16-bit PC still? */ + *platformDevice = result; + + /* Start the thread! */ + SDL_ResumeAudioDevice(SDL_GetAudioStreamDevice(result->stream)); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformQuit(void* platformDevice) +{ + SDLAudioDevice *dev = (SDLAudioDevice*) platformDevice; + SDL_AudioDeviceID devID = SDL_GetAudioStreamDevice(dev->stream); + SDL_DestroyAudioStream(dev->stream); + SDL_CloseAudioDevice(devID); + SDL_free(dev->stagingBuffer); + SDL_free(dev); +} + +uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceCount() +{ + int devcount; + SDL_free(SDL_GetAudioPlaybackDevices(&devcount)); + if (devcount == 0) + { + return 0; + } + SDL_assert(devcount > 0); + return devcount + 1; /* Add one for "Default Device" */ +} + +void FAudio_UTF8_To_UTF16(const char *src, uint16_t *dst, size_t len); + +uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceDetails( + uint32_t index, + FAudioDeviceDetails *details +) { + const char *name, *envvar; + int channels, rate; + SDL_AudioSpec spec; + int devcount; + SDL_AudioDeviceID *devs; + + FAudio_zero(details, sizeof(FAudioDeviceDetails)); + + devs = SDL_GetAudioPlaybackDevices(&devcount); + if (index > devcount) + { + SDL_free(devs); + return FAUDIO_E_INVALID_CALL; + } + + details->DeviceID[0] = L'0' + index; + if (index == 0) + { + name = "Default Device"; + details->Role = FAudioGlobalDefaultDevice; + + /* This variable will look like a DSound GUID or WASAPI ID, i.e. + * "{0.0.0.00000000}.{FD47D9CC-4218-4135-9CE2-0C195C87405B}" + */ + envvar = SDL_getenv("FAUDIO_FORCE_DEFAULT_DEVICEID"); + if (envvar != NULL) + { + FAudio_UTF8_To_UTF16( + envvar, + (uint16_t*) details->DeviceID, + sizeof(details->DeviceID) + ); + } + } + else + { + name = SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(devs[index - 1]); + details->Role = FAudioNotDefaultDevice; + } + FAudio_UTF8_To_UTF16( + name, + (uint16_t*) details->DisplayName, + sizeof(details->DisplayName) + ); + + /* Environment variables take precedence over all possible values */ + envvar = SDL_getenv("SDL_AUDIO_FREQUENCY"); + if (envvar != NULL) + { + rate = SDL_atoi(envvar); + } + else + { + rate = 0; + } + envvar = SDL_getenv("SDL_AUDIO_CHANNELS"); + if (envvar != NULL) + { + channels = SDL_atoi(envvar); + } + else + { + channels = 0; + } + + /* Get the device format from the OS */ + if (index == 0) + { + if (SDL_GetAudioDeviceFormat(SDL_AUDIO_DEVICE_DEFAULT_PLAYBACK, &spec, NULL) < 0) + { + SDL_zero(spec); + } + } + else + { + if (SDL_GetAudioDeviceFormat(devs[index - 1], &spec, NULL) < 0) + { + SDL_zero(spec); + } + } + SDL_free(devs); + if ((spec.freq > 0) && (rate <= 0)) + { + rate = spec.freq; + } + if ((spec.channels > 0) && (spec.channels < 9) && (channels <= 0)) + { + channels = spec.channels; + } + + /* If we make it all the way here with no format, hardcode a sane one */ + if (rate <= 0) + { + rate = 48000; + } + if (channels <= 0) + { + channels = 2; + } + + /* Write the format, finally. */ + WriteWaveFormatExtensible( + &details->OutputFormat, + channels, + rate, + &DATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM + ); + return 0; +} + +/* Threading */ + +FAudioThread FAudio_PlatformCreateThread( + FAudioThreadFunc func, + const char *name, + void* data +) { + return (FAudioThread) SDL_CreateThread( + (SDL_ThreadFunction) func, + name, + data + ); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformWaitThread(FAudioThread thread, int32_t *retval) +{ + SDL_WaitThread((SDL_Thread*) thread, retval); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformThreadPriority(FAudioThreadPriority priority) +{ + SDL_SetCurrentThreadPriority((SDL_ThreadPriority) priority); +} + +uint64_t FAudio_PlatformGetThreadID(void) +{ + return (uint64_t) SDL_GetCurrentThreadID(); +} + +FAudioMutex FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex() +{ + return (FAudioMutex) SDL_CreateMutex(); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformDestroyMutex(FAudioMutex mutex) +{ + SDL_DestroyMutex((SDL_Mutex*) mutex); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformLockMutex(FAudioMutex mutex) +{ + SDL_LockMutex((SDL_Mutex*) mutex); +} + +void FAudio_PlatformUnlockMutex(FAudioMutex mutex) +{ + SDL_UnlockMutex((SDL_Mutex*) mutex); +} + +void FAudio_sleep(uint32_t ms) +{ + SDL_Delay(ms); +} + +/* Time */ + +uint32_t FAudio_timems() +{ + return SDL_GetTicks(); +} + +/* FAudio I/O */ + +static size_t FAUDIOCALL FAudio_INTERNAL_ioread( + void *data, + void *dst, + size_t size, + size_t count +) { + return SDL_ReadIO((SDL_IOStream*) data, dst, size * count); +} + +static int64_t FAUDIOCALL FAudio_INTERNAL_ioseek( + void *data, + int64_t offset, + int whence +) { + return SDL_SeekIO((SDL_IOStream*) data, offset, whence); +} + +static int FAUDIOCALL FAudio_INTERNAL_ioclose( + void *data +) { + return SDL_CloseIO((SDL_IOStream*) data); +} + +FAudioIOStream* FAudio_fopen(const char *path) +{ + FAudioIOStream *io = (FAudioIOStream*) FAudio_malloc( + sizeof(FAudioIOStream) + ); + SDL_IOStream *stream = SDL_IOFromFile(path, "rb"); + io->data = stream; + io->read = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioread; + io->seek = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioseek; + io->close = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioclose; + io->lock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); + return io; +} + +FAudioIOStream* FAudio_memopen(void *mem, int len) +{ + FAudioIOStream *io = (FAudioIOStream*) FAudio_malloc( + sizeof(FAudioIOStream) + ); + SDL_IOStream *stream = SDL_IOFromMem(mem, len); + io->data = stream; + io->read = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioread; + io->seek = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioseek; + io->close = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioclose; + io->lock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); + return io; +} + +uint8_t* FAudio_memptr(FAudioIOStream *io, size_t offset) +{ + SDL_PropertiesID props = SDL_GetIOProperties((SDL_IOStream*) io->data); + FAudio_assert(SDL_HasProperty(props, SDL_PROP_IOSTREAM_MEMORY_POINTER)); + return ((uint8_t*) SDL_GetPointerProperty(props, SDL_PROP_IOSTREAM_MEMORY_POINTER, NULL)) + offset; +} + +void FAudio_close(FAudioIOStream *io) +{ + io->close(io->data); + FAudio_PlatformDestroyMutex((FAudioMutex) io->lock); + FAudio_free(io); +} + +#ifdef FAUDIO_DUMP_VOICES +static size_t FAUDIOCALL FAudio_INTERNAL_iowrite( + void *data, + const void *src, + size_t size, + size_t count +) { + SDL_WriteIO((SDL_IOStream*) data, src, size * count); +} + +static size_t FAUDIOCALL FAudio_INTERNAL_iosize( + void *data +) { + return SDL_GetIOSize((SDL_IOStream*) data); +} + +FAudioIOStreamOut* FAudio_fopen_out(const char *path, const char *mode) +{ + FAudioIOStreamOut *io = (FAudioIOStreamOut*) FAudio_malloc( + sizeof(FAudioIOStreamOut) + ); + SDL_IOStream *stream = SDL_IOFromFile(path, mode); + io->data = stream; + io->read = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioread; + io->write = FAudio_INTERNAL_iowrite; + io->seek = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioseek; + io->size = FAudio_INTERNAL_iosize; + io->close = FAudio_INTERNAL_ioclose; + io->lock = FAudio_PlatformCreateMutex(); + return io; +} + +void FAudio_close_out(FAudioIOStreamOut *io) +{ + io->close(io->data); + FAudio_PlatformDestroyMutex((FAudioMutex) io->lock); + FAudio_free(io); +} +#endif /* FAUDIO_DUMP_VOICES */ + +/* UTF8->UTF16 Conversion, taken from PhysicsFS */ + +#define UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE 0xFFFFFFFF +#define UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_CODEPOINT '?' + +static uint32_t FAudio_UTF8_CodePoint(const char **_str) +{ + const char *str = *_str; + uint32_t retval = 0; + uint32_t octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *str); + uint32_t octet2, octet3, octet4; + + if (octet == 0) /* null terminator, end of string. */ + return 0; + + else if (octet < 128) /* one octet char: 0 to 127 */ + { + (*_str)++; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + return octet; + } /* else if */ + + else if ((octet > 127) && (octet < 192)) /* bad (starts with 10xxxxxx). */ + { + /* + * Apparently each of these is supposed to be flagged as a bogus + * char, instead of just resyncing to the next valid codepoint. + */ + (*_str)++; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + } /* else if */ + + else if (octet < 224) /* two octets */ + { + (*_str)++; /* advance at least one byte in case of an error */ + octet -= (128+64); + octet2 = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet2 & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + *_str += 1; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + retval = ((octet << 6) | (octet2 - 128)); + if ((retval >= 0x80) && (retval <= 0x7FF)) + return retval; + } /* else if */ + + else if (octet < 240) /* three octets */ + { + (*_str)++; /* advance at least one byte in case of an error */ + octet -= (128+64+32); + octet2 = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet2 & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet3 = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet3 & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + *_str += 2; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + retval = ( ((octet << 12)) | ((octet2-128) << 6) | ((octet3-128)) ); + + /* There are seven "UTF-16 surrogates" that are illegal in UTF-8. */ + switch (retval) + { + case 0xD800: + case 0xDB7F: + case 0xDB80: + case 0xDBFF: + case 0xDC00: + case 0xDF80: + case 0xDFFF: + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + } /* switch */ + + /* 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF are illegal, too, so we check them at the edge. */ + if ((retval >= 0x800) && (retval <= 0xFFFD)) + return retval; + } /* else if */ + + else if (octet < 248) /* four octets */ + { + (*_str)++; /* advance at least one byte in case of an error */ + octet -= (128+64+32+16); + octet2 = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet2 & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet3 = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet3 & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet4 = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet4 & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + *_str += 3; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + retval = ( ((octet << 18)) | ((octet2 - 128) << 12) | + ((octet3 - 128) << 6) | ((octet4 - 128)) ); + if ((retval >= 0x10000) && (retval <= 0x10FFFF)) + return retval; + } /* else if */ + + /* + * Five and six octet sequences became illegal in rfc3629. + * We throw the codepoint away, but parse them to make sure we move + * ahead the right number of bytes and don't overflow the buffer. + */ + + else if (octet < 252) /* five octets */ + { + (*_str)++; /* advance at least one byte in case of an error */ + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + *_str += 4; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + } /* else if */ + + else /* six octets */ + { + (*_str)++; /* advance at least one byte in case of an error */ + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + octet = (uint32_t) ((uint8_t) *(++str)); + if ((octet & (128+64)) != 128) /* Format isn't 10xxxxxx? */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + + *_str += 6; /* skip to next possible start of codepoint. */ + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; + } /* else if */ + + return UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE; +} + +void FAudio_UTF8_To_UTF16(const char *src, uint16_t *dst, size_t len) +{ + len -= sizeof (uint16_t); /* save room for null char. */ + while (len >= sizeof (uint16_t)) + { + uint32_t cp = FAudio_UTF8_CodePoint(&src); + if (cp == 0) + break; + else if (cp == UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_VALUE) + cp = UNICODE_BOGUS_CHAR_CODEPOINT; + + if (cp > 0xFFFF) /* encode as surrogate pair */ + { + if (len < (sizeof (uint16_t) * 2)) + break; /* not enough room for the pair, stop now. */ + + cp -= 0x10000; /* Make this a 20-bit value */ + + *(dst++) = 0xD800 + ((cp >> 10) & 0x3FF); + len -= sizeof (uint16_t); + + cp = 0xDC00 + (cp & 0x3FF); + } /* if */ + + *(dst++) = cp; + len -= sizeof (uint16_t); + } /* while */ + + *dst = 0; +} + +/* vim: set noexpandtab shiftwidth=8 tabstop=8: */ + +#else + +extern int this_tu_is_empty; + +#endif /* FAUDIO_SDL3_PLATFORM */ diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_win32.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_win32.c index e1c69bb9e6..9e90a21199 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_win32.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/FAudio_platform_win32.c @@ -41,8 +41,17 @@ #include #include #include +#include DEFINE_GUID(CLSID_CWMADecMediaObject, 0x2eeb4adf, 0x4578, 0x4d10, 0xbc, 0xa7, 0xbb, 0x95, 0x5f, 0x56, 0x32, 0x0a); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +DEFINE_GUID(IID_IAudioClient, 0x1CB9AD4C, 0xDBFA, 0x4c32, 0xB1, 0x78, 0xC2, 0xF5, 0x68, 0xA7, 0x03, 0xB2); +DEFINE_GUID(IID_IAudioRenderClient, 0xF294ACFC, 0x3146, 0x4483, 0xA7, 0xBF, 0xAD, 0xDC, 0xA7, 0xC2, 0x60, 0xE2); +DEFINE_GUID(IID_IMMDeviceEnumerator, 0xA95664D2, 0x9614, 0x4F35, 0xA7, 0x46, 0xDE, 0x8D, 0xB6, 0x36, 0x17, 0xE6); +DEFINE_GUID(CLSID_MMDeviceEnumerator, 0xBCDE0395, 0xE52F, 0x467C, 0x8E, 0x3D, 0xC4, 0x57, 0x92, 0x91, 0x69, 0x2E); +#endif + DEFINE_MEDIATYPE_GUID(MFAudioFormat_XMAudio2, FAUDIO_FORMAT_XMAUDIO2); static CRITICAL_SECTION faudio_cs = { NULL, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; @@ -70,6 +79,44 @@ void FAudio_Log(char const *msg) OutputDebugStringA(msg); } +static HMODULE kernelbase = NULL; +static HRESULT (WINAPI *my_SetThreadDescription)(HANDLE, PCWSTR) = NULL; + +static void FAudio_resolve_SetThreadDescription(void) +{ + kernelbase = LoadLibraryA("kernelbase.dll"); + if (!kernelbase) + return; + + my_SetThreadDescription = (HRESULT (WINAPI *)(HANDLE, PCWSTR)) GetProcAddress(kernelbase, "SetThreadDescription"); + if (!my_SetThreadDescription) + { + FreeLibrary(kernelbase); + kernelbase = NULL; + } +} + +static void FAudio_set_thread_name(char const *name) +{ + int ret; + WCHAR *nameW; + + if (!my_SetThreadDescription) + return; + + ret = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, name, -1, NULL, 0); + + nameW = FAudio_malloc(ret * sizeof(WCHAR)); + if (!nameW) + return; + + ret = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, name, -1, nameW, ret); + if (ret) + my_SetThreadDescription(GetCurrentThread(), nameW); + + FAudio_free(nameW); +} + static HRESULT FAudio_FillAudioClientBuffer( struct FAudioAudioClientThreadArgs *args, IAudioRenderClient *client, @@ -121,6 +168,8 @@ static DWORD WINAPI FAudio_AudioClientThread(void *user) HRESULT hr = S_OK; UINT frames, padding = 0; + FAudio_set_thread_name(__func__); + hr = IAudioClient_GetService( args->client, &IID_IAudioRenderClient, @@ -140,6 +189,11 @@ static DWORD WINAPI FAudio_AudioClientThread(void *user) while (WaitForMultipleObjects(2, args->events, FALSE, INFINITE) == WAIT_OBJECT_0) { hr = IAudioClient_GetCurrentPadding(args->client, &padding); + if (hr == AUDCLNT_E_DEVICE_INVALIDATED) + { + /* Device was removed, just exit */ + break; + } FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get IAudioClient current padding!"); hr = FAudio_FillAudioClientBuffer(args, render_client, frames, padding); @@ -154,6 +208,141 @@ static DWORD WINAPI FAudio_AudioClientThread(void *user) return 0; } +/* Sets `defaultDeviceIndex` to the default audio device index in + * `deviceCollection`. + * On failure, `defaultDeviceIndex` is not modified and the latest error is + * returned. */ +static HRESULT FAudio_DefaultDeviceIndex( + IMMDeviceCollection *deviceCollection, + uint32_t* defaultDeviceIndex +) { + IMMDevice *device; + HRESULT hr; + uint32_t i, count; + WCHAR *default_guid; + WCHAR *device_guid; + + /* Open the default device and get its GUID. */ + hr = IMMDeviceEnumerator_GetDefaultAudioEndpoint( + device_enumerator, + eRender, + eConsole, + &device + ); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + return hr; + } + hr = IMMDevice_GetId(device, &default_guid); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + IMMDevice_Release(device); + return hr; + } + + /* Free the default device. */ + IMMDevice_Release(device); + + hr = IMMDeviceCollection_GetCount(deviceCollection, &count); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + CoTaskMemFree(default_guid); + return hr; + } + + for (i = 0; i < count; i += 1) + { + /* Open the device and get its GUID. */ + hr = IMMDeviceCollection_Item(deviceCollection, i, &device); + if (FAILED(hr)) { + CoTaskMemFree(default_guid); + return hr; + } + hr = IMMDevice_GetId(device, &device_guid); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + CoTaskMemFree(default_guid); + IMMDevice_Release(device); + return hr; + } + + if (lstrcmpW(default_guid, device_guid) == 0) + { + /* Device found. */ + CoTaskMemFree(default_guid); + CoTaskMemFree(device_guid); + IMMDevice_Release(device); + *defaultDeviceIndex = i; + return S_OK; + } + + CoTaskMemFree(device_guid); + IMMDevice_Release(device); + } + + /* This should probably never happen. Just in case, set + * `defaultDeviceIndex` to 0 and return S_OK. */ + CoTaskMemFree(default_guid); + *defaultDeviceIndex = 0; + return S_OK; +} + +/* Open `device`, corresponding to `deviceIndex`. `deviceIndex` 0 always + * corresponds to the default device. XAudio reorders the devices so that the + * default device is always at index 0, so we mimick this behavior here by + * swapping the devices at indexes 0 and `defaultDeviceIndex`. + */ +static HRESULT FAudio_OpenDevice(uint32_t deviceIndex, IMMDevice **device) +{ + IMMDeviceCollection *deviceCollection; + HRESULT hr; + uint32_t defaultDeviceIndex; + uint32_t actualIndex; + + *device = NULL; + + hr = IMMDeviceEnumerator_EnumAudioEndpoints( + device_enumerator, + eRender, + DEVICE_STATE_ACTIVE, + &deviceCollection + ); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + return hr; + } + + /* Get the default device index. */ + hr = FAudio_DefaultDeviceIndex(deviceCollection, &defaultDeviceIndex); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + IMMDeviceCollection_Release(deviceCollection); + return hr; + } + + if (deviceIndex == 0) { + /* Default device. */ + actualIndex = defaultDeviceIndex; + } else if (deviceIndex == defaultDeviceIndex) { + /* Open the device at index 0 instead of the "correct" one. */ + actualIndex = 0; + } else { + /* Otherwise, just open the device. */ + actualIndex = deviceIndex; + + } + hr = IMMDeviceCollection_Item(deviceCollection, actualIndex, device); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + IMMDeviceCollection_Release(deviceCollection); + return hr; + } + + IMMDeviceCollection_Release(deviceCollection); + + return hr; +} + void FAudio_PlatformInit( FAudio *audio, uint32_t flags, @@ -170,13 +359,19 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( HRESULT hr; HANDLE audioEvent = NULL; BOOL has_sse2 = IsProcessorFeaturePresent(PF_XMMI64_INSTRUCTIONS_AVAILABLE); - - FAudio_INTERNAL_InitSIMDFunctions(has_sse2, FALSE); +#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(__arm64ec__) || defined(_M_ARM64EC) + BOOL has_neon = TRUE; +#elif defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM) + BOOL has_neon = IsProcessorFeaturePresent(PF_ARM_NEON_INSTRUCTIONS_AVAILABLE); +#else + BOOL has_neon = FALSE; +#endif + FAudio_INTERNAL_InitSIMDFunctions(has_sse2, has_neon); + FAudio_resolve_SetThreadDescription(); FAudio_PlatformAddRef(); *platformDevice = NULL; - if (deviceIndex > 0) return; args = FAudio_malloc(sizeof(*args)); FAudio_assert(!!args && "Failed to allocate FAudio thread args!"); @@ -210,13 +405,8 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( data->stopEvent = CreateEventW(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); FAudio_assert(!!data->stopEvent && "Failed to create FAudio thread stop event!"); - hr = IMMDeviceEnumerator_GetDefaultAudioEndpoint( - device_enumerator, - eRender, - eConsole, - &device - ); - FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get default audio endpoint!"); + hr = FAudio_OpenDevice(deviceIndex, &device); + FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get audio device!"); hr = IMMDevice_Activate( device, @@ -228,8 +418,8 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to create audio client!"); IMMDevice_Release(device); - if (flags & FAUDIO_1024_QUANTUM) duration = 21330; - else duration = 30000; + if (flags & FAUDIO_1024_QUANTUM) duration = 213333; + else duration = 100000; hr = IAudioClient_IsFormatSupported( data->client, @@ -250,7 +440,7 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( data->client, AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE_SHARED, AUDCLNT_STREAMFLAGS_EVENTCALLBACK, - duration, + duration * 3, 0, &args->format.Format, &GUID_NULL @@ -287,7 +477,8 @@ void FAudio_PlatformInit( args->events[0] = audioEvent; args->events[1] = data->stopEvent; args->audio = audio; - args->updateSize = args->format.Format.nSamplesPerSec / 100; + if (flags & FAUDIO_1024_QUANTUM) args->updateSize = args->format.Format.nSamplesPerSec / (1000.0 / (64.0 / 3.0)); + else args->updateSize = args->format.Format.nSamplesPerSec / 100; data->audioThread = CreateThread(NULL, 0, &FAudio_AudioClientThread, args, 0, NULL); FAudio_assert(!!data->audioThread && "Failed to create audio client thread!"); @@ -304,6 +495,12 @@ void FAudio_PlatformQuit(void* platformDevice) SetEvent(data->stopEvent); WaitForSingleObject(data->audioThread, INFINITE); if (data->client) IAudioClient_Release(data->client); + if (kernelbase) + { + my_SetThreadDescription = NULL; + FreeLibrary(kernelbase); + kernelbase = NULL; + } FAudio_PlatformRelease(); } @@ -340,57 +537,89 @@ void FAudio_PlatformRelease() uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceCount(void) { - IMMDevice *device; + IMMDeviceCollection *device_collection; uint32_t count; HRESULT hr; FAudio_PlatformAddRef(); - hr = IMMDeviceEnumerator_GetDefaultAudioEndpoint( + + hr = IMMDeviceEnumerator_EnumAudioEndpoints( device_enumerator, eRender, - eConsole, - &device + DEVICE_STATE_ACTIVE, + &device_collection ); - FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get default audio endpoint!"); + if (FAILED(hr)) { + FAudio_PlatformRelease(); + return 0; + } + + hr = IMMDeviceCollection_GetCount(device_collection, &count); + if (FAILED(hr)) { + IMMDeviceCollection_Release(device_collection); + FAudio_PlatformRelease(); + return 0; + } + + IMMDeviceCollection_Release(device_collection); - IMMDevice_Release(device); FAudio_PlatformRelease(); - return 1; + return count; } uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceDetails( uint32_t index, FAudioDeviceDetails *details ) { + WAVEFORMATEX *format, *obtained; WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE *ext; - WAVEFORMATEX *format; IAudioClient *client; IMMDevice *device; + IPropertyStore* properties; + PROPVARIANT deviceName; + uint32_t count = 0; uint32_t ret = 0; HRESULT hr; WCHAR *str; + GUID sub; FAudio_memset(details, 0, sizeof(FAudioDeviceDetails)); - if (index > 0) return FAUDIO_E_INVALID_CALL; FAudio_PlatformAddRef(); - hr = IMMDeviceEnumerator_GetDefaultAudioEndpoint( - device_enumerator, - eRender, - eConsole, - &device - ); - FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get default audio endpoint!"); + count = FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceCount(); + if (index >= count) + { + FAudio_PlatformRelease(); + return FAUDIO_E_INVALID_CALL; + } + + hr = FAudio_OpenDevice(index, &device); + FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get audio endpoint!"); + + if (index == 0) + { + details->Role = FAudioGlobalDefaultDevice; + } + else + { + details->Role = FAudioNotDefaultDevice; + } - details->Role = FAudioGlobalDefaultDevice; + /* Set the Device Display Name */ + hr = IMMDevice_OpenPropertyStore(device, STGM_READ, &properties); + FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to open device property store!"); + hr = IPropertyStore_GetValue(properties, (PROPERTYKEY*)&DEVPKEY_Device_FriendlyName, &deviceName); + FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get audio device friendly name!"); + lstrcpynW((LPWSTR)details->DisplayName, deviceName.pwszVal, ARRAYSIZE(details->DisplayName) - 1); + PropVariantClear(&deviceName); + IPropertyStore_Release(properties); + /* Set the Device ID */ hr = IMMDevice_GetId(device, &str); FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get audio endpoint id!"); - - lstrcpynW(details->DeviceID, str, ARRAYSIZE(details->DeviceID) - 1); - lstrcpynW(details->DisplayName, str, ARRAYSIZE(details->DisplayName) - 1); + lstrcpynW((LPWSTR)details->DeviceID, str, ARRAYSIZE(details->DeviceID) - 1); CoTaskMemFree(str); hr = IMMDevice_Activate( @@ -405,6 +634,28 @@ uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceDetails( hr = IAudioClient_GetMixFormat(client, &format); FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to get audio client mix format!"); + if (format->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE) + { + ext = (WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE *)format; + sub = ext->SubFormat; + FAudio_memcpy( + &ext->SubFormat, + &DATAFORMAT_SUBTYPE_PCM, + sizeof(GUID) + ); + + hr = IAudioClient_IsFormatSupported(client, AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE_SHARED, format, &obtained); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + ext->SubFormat = sub; + } + else if (obtained) + { + CoTaskMemFree(format); + format = obtained; + } + } + details->OutputFormat.Format.wFormatTag = format->wFormatTag; details->OutputFormat.Format.nChannels = format->nChannels; details->OutputFormat.Format.nSamplesPerSec = format->nSamplesPerSec; @@ -424,6 +675,12 @@ uint32_t FAudio_PlatformGetDeviceDetails( sizeof(GUID) ); } + else + { + details->OutputFormat.dwChannelMask = GetMask(format->nChannels); + } + + CoTaskMemFree(format); IAudioClient_Release(client); @@ -474,6 +731,7 @@ static DWORD WINAPI FaudioThreadWrapper(void *user) struct FAudioThreadArgs *args = user; DWORD ret; + FAudio_set_thread_name(args->name); ret = args->func(args->data); FAudio_free(args); @@ -498,7 +756,7 @@ FAudioThread FAudio_PlatformCreateThread( void FAudio_PlatformWaitThread(FAudioThread thread, int32_t *retval) { WaitForSingleObject(thread, INFINITE); - GetExitCodeThread(thread, (DWORD *)retval); + if (retval != NULL) GetExitCodeThread(thread, (DWORD *)retval); } void FAudio_PlatformThreadPriority(FAudioThreadPriority priority) @@ -622,6 +880,7 @@ static int FAUDIOCALL FAudio_mem_close(void *data) { if (!data) return 0; FAudio_free(data); + return 0; } FAudioIOStream* FAudio_memopen(void *mem, int len) @@ -962,7 +1221,7 @@ FAUDIOAPI uint32_t XNA_GetSongEnded() return 1; } FAudioSourceVoice_GetState(songVoice, &state, 0); - return state.BuffersQueued == 0; + return state.BuffersQueued == 0 && state.SamplesPlayed == 0; } FAUDIOAPI void XNA_EnableVisualization(uint32_t enable) @@ -998,7 +1257,7 @@ struct FAudioWMADEC size_t input_size; }; -static BOOL FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessInput( +static HRESULT FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessInput( FAudioVoice *voice, FAudioBuffer *buffer ) { @@ -1010,7 +1269,7 @@ static BOOL FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessInput( HRESULT hr; copy_size = min(buffer->AudioBytes - impl->input_pos, impl->input_size); - if (!copy_size) return FALSE; + if (!copy_size) return S_FALSE; LOG_INFO(voice->audio, "pushing %x bytes at %x", copy_size, impl->input_pos); hr = MFCreateSample(&sample); @@ -1036,15 +1295,18 @@ static BOOL FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessInput( hr = IMFTransform_ProcessInput(impl->decoder, 0, sample, 0); IMFSample_Release(sample); - if (hr == MF_E_NOTACCEPTING) return TRUE; - if (FAILED(hr)) LOG_ERROR(voice->audio, "IMFTransform_ProcessInput returned %#x", hr); - FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) || !"Failed to process input sample!"); + if (hr == MF_E_NOTACCEPTING) return S_OK; + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + LOG_ERROR(voice->audio, "IMFTransform_ProcessInput returned %#x", hr); + return hr; + } impl->input_pos += copy_size; - return TRUE; + return S_OK; }; -static BOOL FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessOutput( +static HRESULT FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessOutput( FAudioVoice *voice, FAudioBuffer *buffer ) { @@ -1060,9 +1322,12 @@ static BOOL FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessOutput( FAudio_memset(&output, 0, sizeof(output)); output.pSample = impl->output_sample; hr = IMFTransform_ProcessOutput(impl->decoder, 0, 1, &output, &status); - if (hr == MF_E_TRANSFORM_NEED_MORE_INPUT) return FALSE; - if (FAILED(hr)) LOG_ERROR(voice->audio, "IMFTransform_ProcessInput returned %#x", hr); - FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to process output sample!"); + if (hr == MF_E_TRANSFORM_NEED_MORE_INPUT) return S_FALSE; + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + LOG_ERROR(voice->audio, "IMFTransform_ProcessInput returned %#x", hr); + return hr; + } if (output.dwStatus & MFT_OUTPUT_DATA_BUFFER_NO_SAMPLE) continue; @@ -1100,7 +1365,7 @@ static BOOL FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessOutput( if (!impl->output_sample) IMFSample_Release(output.pSample); } - return TRUE; + return S_OK; }; static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeWMAMF( @@ -1110,8 +1375,8 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeWMAMF( uint32_t samples ) { const FAudioWaveFormatExtensible *wfx = (FAudioWaveFormatExtensible *)voice->src.format; + size_t samples_pos, samples_size, copy_size = 0; struct FAudioWMADEC *impl = voice->src.wmadec; - size_t samples_pos, samples_size, copy_size; HRESULT hr; LOG_FUNC_ENTER(voice->audio) @@ -1163,8 +1428,14 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeWMAMF( while (impl->output_pos < samples_pos + samples_size) { - if (FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessOutput(voice, buffer)) continue; - if (FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessInput(voice, buffer)) continue; + hr = FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessOutput(voice, buffer); + if (FAILED(hr)) goto error; + if (hr == S_OK) continue; + + hr = FAudio_WMAMF_ProcessInput(voice, buffer); + if (FAILED(hr)) goto error; + if (hr == S_OK) continue; + if (!impl->input_size) break; LOG_INFO(voice->audio, "sending EOS to %p", impl->decoder); @@ -1177,8 +1448,12 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeWMAMF( impl->input_size = 0; } - copy_size = FAudio_clamp(impl->output_pos - samples_pos, 0, samples_size); - FAudio_memcpy(decodeCache, impl->output_buf + samples_pos, copy_size); + if (impl->output_pos > samples_pos) + { + copy_size = FAudio_min(impl->output_pos - samples_pos, samples_size); + FAudio_memcpy(decodeCache, impl->output_buf + samples_pos, copy_size); + } + FAudio_zero(decodeCache + copy_size, samples_size - copy_size); LOG_INFO( voice->audio, "decoded %x / %x bytes, copied %x / %x bytes", @@ -1189,11 +1464,17 @@ static void FAudio_INTERNAL_DecodeWMAMF( ); LOG_FUNC_EXIT(voice->audio) + return; + +error: + FAudio_zero(decodeCache, samples * voice->src.format->nChannels * sizeof(float)); + LOG_FUNC_EXIT(voice->audio) } uint32_t FAudio_WMADEC_init(FAudioSourceVoice *voice, uint32_t type) { static const uint8_t fake_codec_data[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + uint8_t fake_codec_data_wma3[18] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 224, 0, 0, 0}; const FAudioWaveFormatExtensible *wfx = (FAudioWaveFormatExtensible *)voice->src.format; struct FAudioWMADEC *impl; MFT_OUTPUT_STREAM_INFO info = {0}; @@ -1206,7 +1487,7 @@ uint32_t FAudio_WMADEC_init(FAudioSourceVoice *voice, uint32_t type) LOG_FUNC_ENTER(voice->audio) - if (!(impl = voice->audio->pMalloc(sizeof(*impl)))) return 0; + if (!(impl = voice->audio->pMalloc(sizeof(*impl)))) return -1; FAudio_memset(impl, 0, sizeof(*impl)); hr = CoCreateInstance( @@ -1216,7 +1497,11 @@ uint32_t FAudio_WMADEC_init(FAudioSourceVoice *voice, uint32_t type) &IID_IMFTransform, (void **)&decoder ); - FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed to create decoder!"); + if (FAILED(hr)) + { + voice->audio->pFree(impl->output_buf); + return -2; + } hr = MFCreateMediaType(&media_type); FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed create media type!"); @@ -1251,11 +1536,17 @@ uint32_t FAudio_WMADEC_init(FAudioSourceVoice *voice, uint32_t type) FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed set input block align!"); break; case FAUDIO_FORMAT_WMAUDIO3: + *(uint16_t *)fake_codec_data_wma3 = voice->src.format->wBitsPerSample; + for (i = 0; i < voice->src.format->nChannels; i++) + { + fake_codec_data_wma3[2] <<= 1; + fake_codec_data_wma3[2] |= 1; + } hr = IMFMediaType_SetBlob( media_type, &MF_MT_USER_DATA, - (void *)&wfx->Samples, - wfx->Format.cbSize + (void *)fake_codec_data_wma3, + sizeof(fake_codec_data_wma3) ); FAudio_assert(!FAILED(hr) && "Failed set codec private data!"); hr = IMFMediaType_SetGUID( diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/XNA_Song.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/XNA_Song.c index 51e178af24..d2e0021a42 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/XNA_Song.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/XNA_Song.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* FAudio - XAudio Reimplementation for FNA * - * Copyright (c) 2011-2021 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team + * Copyright (c) 2011-2024 Ethan Lee, Luigi Auriemma, and the MonoGame Team * * This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. * In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from @@ -33,14 +33,18 @@ #define malloc FAudio_malloc #define realloc FAudio_realloc #define free FAudio_free +#ifndef NO_MEMSET_OVERRIDE #ifdef memset /* Thanks, Apple! */ #undef memset #endif #define memset FAudio_memset +#endif /* NO_MEMSET_OVERRIDE */ +#ifndef NO_MEMCPY_OVERRIDE #ifdef memcpy /* Thanks, Apple! */ #undef memcpy #endif #define memcpy FAudio_memcpy +#endif /* NO_MEMCPY_OVERRIDE */ #define memcmp FAudio_memcmp #define pow FAudio_pow @@ -80,16 +84,27 @@ #define STB_VORBIS_NO_INTEGER_CONVERSION 1 #include "stb_vorbis.h" +#include "qoa_decoder.h" + /* Globals */ static float songVolume = 1.0f; static FAudio *songAudio = NULL; static FAudioMasteringVoice *songMaster = NULL; +static unsigned int songLength = 0; +static unsigned int songOffset = 0; static FAudioSourceVoice *songVoice = NULL; static FAudioVoiceCallback callbacks; -static stb_vorbis *activeSong = NULL; -static stb_vorbis_info activeSongInfo; +static stb_vorbis *activeVorbisSong = NULL; +static stb_vorbis_info activeVorbisSongInfo; + +static qoa *activeQoaSong = NULL; +static unsigned int qoaChannels = 0; +static unsigned int qoaSampleRate = 0; +static unsigned int qoaSamplesPerChannelPerFrame = 0; +static unsigned int qoaTotalSamplesPerChannel = 0; + static uint8_t *songCache; /* Internal Functions */ @@ -97,20 +112,35 @@ static uint8_t *songCache; static void XNA_SongSubmitBuffer(FAudioVoiceCallback *callback, void *pBufferContext) { FAudioBuffer buffer; - uint32_t decoded = stb_vorbis_get_samples_float_interleaved( - activeSong, - activeSongInfo.channels, - (float*) songCache, - activeSongInfo.sample_rate * activeSongInfo.channels - ); + uint32_t decoded = 0; + + if (activeVorbisSong != NULL) + { + decoded = stb_vorbis_get_samples_float_interleaved( + activeVorbisSong, + activeVorbisSongInfo.channels, + (float*) songCache, + activeVorbisSongInfo.sample_rate * activeVorbisSongInfo.channels + ); + buffer.AudioBytes = decoded * activeVorbisSongInfo.channels * sizeof(float); + } + else if (activeQoaSong != NULL) + { + /* TODO: decode multiple frames? */ + decoded = qoa_decode_next_frame( + activeQoaSong, + (short*) songCache + ); + buffer.AudioBytes = decoded * qoaChannels * sizeof(short); + } + if (decoded == 0) { return; } - buffer.Flags = (decoded < activeSongInfo.sample_rate) ? - FAUDIO_END_OF_STREAM : - 0; - buffer.AudioBytes = decoded * activeSongInfo.channels * sizeof(float); + + songOffset += decoded; + buffer.Flags = (songOffset >= songLength) ? FAUDIO_END_OF_STREAM : 0; buffer.pAudioData = songCache; buffer.PlayBegin = 0; buffer.PlayLength = decoded; @@ -138,10 +168,15 @@ static void XNA_SongKill() FAudio_free(songCache); songCache = NULL; } - if (activeSong != NULL) + if (activeVorbisSong != NULL) { - stb_vorbis_close(activeSong); - activeSong = NULL; + stb_vorbis_close(activeVorbisSong); + activeVorbisSong = NULL; + } + if (activeQoaSong != NULL) + { + qoa_close(activeQoaSong); + activeQoaSong = NULL; } } @@ -173,17 +208,45 @@ FAUDIOAPI float XNA_PlaySong(const char *name) FAudioWaveFormatEx format; XNA_SongKill(); - activeSong = stb_vorbis_open_filename(name, NULL, NULL); + activeVorbisSong = stb_vorbis_open_filename(name, NULL, NULL); - /* Set format info */ - activeSongInfo = stb_vorbis_get_info(activeSong); - format.wFormatTag = FAUDIO_FORMAT_IEEE_FLOAT; - format.nChannels = activeSongInfo.channels; - format.nSamplesPerSec = activeSongInfo.sample_rate; - format.wBitsPerSample = sizeof(float) * 8; - format.nBlockAlign = format.nChannels * format.wBitsPerSample / 8; - format.nAvgBytesPerSec = format.nSamplesPerSec * format.nBlockAlign; - format.cbSize = 0; + if (activeVorbisSong != NULL) + { + activeVorbisSongInfo = stb_vorbis_get_info(activeVorbisSong); + format.wFormatTag = FAUDIO_FORMAT_IEEE_FLOAT; + format.nChannels = activeVorbisSongInfo.channels; + format.nSamplesPerSec = activeVorbisSongInfo.sample_rate; + format.wBitsPerSample = sizeof(float) * 8; + format.nBlockAlign = format.nChannels * format.wBitsPerSample / 8; + format.nAvgBytesPerSec = format.nSamplesPerSec * format.nBlockAlign; + format.cbSize = 0; + + songOffset = 0; + songLength = stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_samples(activeVorbisSong); + } + else /* It's not vorbis, try qoa!*/ + { + activeQoaSong = qoa_open_from_filename(name); + + if (activeQoaSong == NULL) + { + /* It's neither vorbis nor qoa, time to bail */ + return 0; + } + + qoa_attributes(activeQoaSong, &qoaChannels, &qoaSampleRate, &qoaSamplesPerChannelPerFrame, &qoaTotalSamplesPerChannel); + + format.wFormatTag = FAUDIO_FORMAT_PCM; + format.nChannels = qoaChannels; + format.nSamplesPerSec = qoaSampleRate; + format.wBitsPerSample = 16; + format.nBlockAlign = format.nChannels * format.wBitsPerSample / 8; + format.nAvgBytesPerSec = format.nSamplesPerSec * format.nBlockAlign; + format.cbSize = 0; + + songOffset = 0; + songLength = qoaTotalSamplesPerChannel; + } /* Allocate decode cache */ songCache = (uint8_t*) FAudio_malloc(format.nAvgBytesPerSec); @@ -204,12 +267,30 @@ FAUDIOAPI float XNA_PlaySong(const char *name) FAudioVoice_SetVolume(songVoice, songVolume, 0); /* Okay, this song is decoding now */ - stb_vorbis_seek_start(activeSong); + if (activeVorbisSong != NULL) + { + stb_vorbis_seek_start(activeVorbisSong); + } + else if (activeQoaSong != NULL) + { + qoa_seek_frame(activeQoaSong, 0); + } + XNA_SongSubmitBuffer(NULL, NULL); /* Finally. */ FAudioSourceVoice_Start(songVoice, 0, 0); - return stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_seconds(activeSong); + + if (activeVorbisSong != NULL) + { + return stb_vorbis_stream_length_in_seconds(activeVorbisSong); + } + else if (activeQoaSong != NULL) + { + return qoaTotalSamplesPerChannel / (float) qoaSampleRate; + } + + return 0; } FAUDIOAPI void XNA_PauseSong() @@ -247,12 +328,12 @@ FAUDIOAPI void XNA_SetSongVolume(float volume) FAUDIOAPI uint32_t XNA_GetSongEnded() { FAudioVoiceState state; - if (songVoice == NULL || activeSong == NULL) + if (songVoice == NULL || (activeVorbisSong == NULL && activeQoaSong == NULL)) { return 1; } FAudioSourceVoice_GetState(songVoice, &state, 0); - return state.BuffersQueued == 0; + return state.BuffersQueued == 0 && state.SamplesPlayed == 0; } FAUDIOAPI void XNA_EnableVisualization(uint32_t enable) diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/matrix_defaults.inl b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/matrix_defaults.inl index 2262a6a074..6f540f289d 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/matrix_defaults.inl +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/matrix_defaults.inl @@ -1,6 +1,68 @@ /* This was generated by making 8 sources and 8 submixes, then assigning each * submix to each voice and dumping the output matrix. Terrible, but it worked! */ +/* +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + CoInitialize(NULL); + + IXAudio2 *engine; + XAudio2Create(&engine); + + IXAudio2MasteringVoice *master; + engine->CreateMasteringVoice(&master); + + FILE *fileOut = fopen("matrix_defaults.inl", "w"); + for (int srcChans = 1; srcChans < 9; srcChans += 1) + { + fprintf(fileOut, "{\n"); + for (int dstChans = 1; dstChans < 9; dstChans += 1) + { + IXAudio2SubmixVoice *submix; + engine->CreateSubmixVoice(&submix, dstChans, 48000); + + XAUDIO2_SEND_DESCRIPTOR sendDesc; + sendDesc.Flags = 0; + sendDesc.pOutputVoice = submix; + + XAUDIO2_VOICE_SENDS sends; + sends.SendCount = 1; + sends.pSends = &sendDesc; + + WAVEFORMATEX fmt; + fmt.wFormatTag = 1; + fmt.nChannels = srcChans; + fmt.nSamplesPerSec = 48000; + fmt.wBitsPerSample = 16; + fmt.nBlockAlign = srcChans * (fmt.wBitsPerSample / 8); + fmt.nAvgBytesPerSec = fmt.nBlockAlign * fmt.nSamplesPerSec; + fmt.cbSize = 0; + + IXAudio2SourceVoice *source; + engine->CreateSourceVoice(&source, &fmt, 0, 2.0f, NULL, &sends); + + float matrix[8 * 8]; + source->GetOutputMatrix(submix, srcChans, dstChans, matrix); + fprintf(fileOut, "\t{ "); + for (int i = 0; i < srcChans * dstChans; i += 1) + { + fprintf(fileOut, "%.9f%s ", matrix[i], (i == ((srcChans * dstChans) - 1)) ? "" : ","); + } + fprintf(fileOut, "}%s\n", (dstChans == 8) ? "" : ","); + + source->DestroyVoice(); + submix->DestroyVoice(); + } + fprintf(fileOut, "}%s\n", (srcChans == 8) ? "" : ","); + } + fclose(fileOut); + + master->DestroyVoice(); + engine->Release(); + CoUninitialize(); + return 0; +} +*/ { /* 1 x 1 */ { 1.000000000f }, diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/qoa_decoder.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/qoa_decoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a64936f2e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/qoa_decoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,536 @@ +/* QOA decoder API for FAudio + +Copyright (c) 2024 Ethan Lee. + +This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. +In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from +the use of this software. + +Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, +including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it +freely, subject to the following restrictions: + +1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not +claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a +product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be +appreciated but is not required. + +2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be +misrepresented as being the original software. + +3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. + +Ethan "flibitijibibo" Lee + +Original version: + +Copyright (c) 2024, Dominic Szablewski - https://phoboslab.org +SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT + +QOA - The "Quite OK Audio" format for fast, lossy audio compression + + +-- Data Format + +QOA encodes pulse-code modulated (PCM) audio data with up to 255 channels, +sample rates from 1 up to 16777215 hertz and a bit depth of 16 bits. + +The compression method employed in QOA is lossy; it discards some information +from the uncompressed PCM data. For many types of audio signals this compression +is "transparent", i.e. the difference from the original file is often not +audible. + +QOA encodes 20 samples of 16 bit PCM data into slices of 64 bits. A single +sample therefore requires 3.2 bits of storage space, resulting in a 5x +compression (16 / 3.2). + +A QOA file consists of an 8 byte file header, followed by a number of frames. +Each frame contains an 8 byte frame header, the current 16 byte en-/decoder +state per channel and 256 slices per channel. Each slice is 8 bytes wide and +encodes 20 samples of audio data. + +All values, including the slices, are big endian. The file layout is as follows: + +struct { + struct { + char magic[4]; // magic bytes "qoaf" + uint32_t samples; // samples per channel in this file + } file_header; + + struct { + struct { + uint8_t num_channels; // no. of channels + uint24_t samplerate; // samplerate in hz + uint16_t fsamples; // samples per channel in this frame + uint16_t fsize; // frame size (includes this header) + } frame_header; + + struct { + int16_t history[4]; // most recent last + int16_t weights[4]; // most recent last + } lms_state[num_channels]; + + qoa_slice_t slices[256][num_channels]; + + } frames[ceil(samples / (256 * 20))]; +} qoa_file_t; + +Each `qoa_slice_t` contains a quantized scalefactor `sf_quant` and 20 quantized +residuals `qrNN`: + +.- QOA_SLICE -- 64 bits, 20 samples --------------------------/ /------------. +| Byte[0] | Byte[1] | Byte[2] \ \ Byte[7] | +| 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 | 7 6 5 / / 2 1 0 | +|------------+--------+--------+--------+---------+---------+-\ \--+---------| +| sf_quant | qr00 | qr01 | qr02 | qr03 | qr04 | / / | qr19 | +`-------------------------------------------------------------\ \------------` + +Each frame except the last must contain exactly 256 slices per channel. The last +frame may contain between 1 .. 256 (inclusive) slices per channel. The last +slice (for each channel) in the last frame may contain less than 20 samples; the +slice still must be 8 bytes wide, with the unused samples zeroed out. + +Channels are interleaved per slice. E.g. for 2 channel stereo: +slice[0] = L, slice[1] = R, slice[2] = L, slice[3] = R ... + +A valid QOA file or stream must have at least one frame. Each frame must contain +at least one channel and one sample with a samplerate between 1 .. 16777215 +(inclusive). + +If the total number of samples is not known by the encoder, the samples in the +file header may be set to 0x00000000 to indicate that the encoder is +"streaming". In a streaming context, the samplerate and number of channels may +differ from frame to frame. For static files (those with samples set to a +non-zero value), each frame must have the same number of channels and same +samplerate. + +Note that this implementation of QOA only handles files with a known total +number of samples. + +A decoder should support at least 8 channels. The channel layout for channel +counts 1 .. 8 is: + + 1. Mono + 2. L, R + 3. L, R, C + 4. FL, FR, B/SL, B/SR + 5. FL, FR, C, B/SL, B/SR + 6. FL, FR, C, LFE, B/SL, B/SR + 7. FL, FR, C, LFE, B, SL, SR + 8. FL, FR, C, LFE, BL, BR, SL, SR + +QOA predicts each audio sample based on the previously decoded ones using a +"Sign-Sign Least Mean Squares Filter" (LMS). This prediction plus the +dequantized residual forms the final output sample. + +*/ + +#define QOA_MIN_FILESIZE 16 +#define QOA_MAX_CHANNELS 8 + +#define QOA_SLICE_LEN 20 +#define QOA_SLICES_PER_FRAME 256 +#define QOA_FRAME_LEN (QOA_SLICES_PER_FRAME * QOA_SLICE_LEN) +#define QOA_LMS_LEN 4 +#define QOA_MAGIC 0x716f6166 /* 'qoaf' */ + +#define QOA_FRAME_SIZE(channels, slices) \ + (8 + QOA_LMS_LEN * 4 * channels + 8 * slices * channels) + +typedef struct { + int history[QOA_LMS_LEN]; + int weights[QOA_LMS_LEN]; +} qoa_lms_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int channels; + unsigned int samplerate; + unsigned int samples; + qoa_lms_t lms[QOA_MAX_CHANNELS]; + #ifdef QOA_RECORD_TOTAL_ERROR + double error; + #endif +} qoa_desc; + +typedef struct { + unsigned char *bytes; + unsigned int size; + unsigned int frame_index; + unsigned int frame_size; + unsigned short samples_per_channel_per_frame; + int free_on_close; + qoa_desc qoa; +} qoa_data; + +typedef unsigned long long qoa_uint64_t; + +typedef struct qoa qoa; + +/* NOTE: this API only supports "static" type QOA files. "streaming" type files are not supported!! */ +FAUDIOAPI qoa *qoa_open_from_memory(unsigned char *bytes, unsigned int size, int free_on_close); +FAUDIOAPI qoa *qoa_open_from_filename(const char *filename); +FAUDIOAPI void qoa_attributes(qoa *qoa, unsigned int *channels, unsigned int *samplerate, unsigned int *samples_per_channel_per_frame, unsigned int *total_samples_per_channel); +FAUDIOAPI unsigned int qoa_decode_next_frame(qoa *qoa, short *sample_data); /* decode the next frame into a preallocated buffer */ +FAUDIOAPI void qoa_seek_frame(qoa *qoa, int frame_index); +FAUDIOAPI void qoa_decode_entire(qoa *qoa, short *sample_data); /* fill a buffer with the entire qoa data decoded */ +FAUDIOAPI void qoa_close(qoa *qoa); + +/* The quant_tab provides an index into the dequant_tab for residuals in the +range of -8 .. 8. It maps this range to just 3bits and becomes less accurate at +the higher end. Note that the residual zero is identical to the lowest positive +value. This is mostly fine, since the qoa_div() function always rounds away +from zero. */ + +static const int qoa_quant_tab[17] = { + 7, 7, 7, 5, 5, 3, 3, 1, /* -8..-1 */ + 0, /* 0 */ + 0, 2, 2, 4, 4, 6, 6, 6 /* 1.. 8 */ +}; + + +/* We have 16 different scalefactors. Like the quantized residuals these become +less accurate at the higher end. In theory, the highest scalefactor that we +would need to encode the highest 16bit residual is (2**16)/8 = 8192. However we +rely on the LMS filter to predict samples accurately enough that a maximum +residual of one quarter of the 16 bit range is sufficient. I.e. with the +scalefactor 2048 times the quant range of 8 we can encode residuals up to 2**14. + +The scalefactor values are computed as: +scalefactor_tab[s] <- round(pow(s + 1, 2.75)) */ + +static const int qoa_scalefactor_tab[16] = { + 1, 7, 21, 45, 84, 138, 211, 304, 421, 562, 731, 928, 1157, 1419, 1715, 2048 +}; + + +/* The reciprocal_tab maps each of the 16 scalefactors to their rounded +reciprocals 1/scalefactor. This allows us to calculate the scaled residuals in +the encoder with just one multiplication instead of an expensive division. We +do this in .16 fixed point with integers, instead of floats. + +The reciprocal_tab is computed as: +reciprocal_tab[s] <- ((1<<16) + scalefactor_tab[s] - 1) / scalefactor_tab[s] */ + +static const int qoa_reciprocal_tab[16] = { + 65536, 9363, 3121, 1457, 781, 475, 311, 216, 156, 117, 90, 71, 57, 47, 39, 32 +}; + + +/* The dequant_tab maps each of the scalefactors and quantized residuals to +their unscaled & dequantized version. + +Since qoa_div rounds away from the zero, the smallest entries are mapped to 3/4 +instead of 1. The dequant_tab assumes the following dequantized values for each +of the quant_tab indices and is computed as: +float dqt[8] = {0.75, -0.75, 2.5, -2.5, 4.5, -4.5, 7, -7}; +dequant_tab[s][q] <- round_ties_away_from_zero(scalefactor_tab[s] * dqt[q]) + +The rounding employed here is "to nearest, ties away from zero", i.e. positive +and negative values are treated symmetrically. +*/ + +static const int qoa_dequant_tab[16][8] = { + { 1, -1, 3, -3, 5, -5, 7, -7}, + { 5, -5, 18, -18, 32, -32, 49, -49}, + { 16, -16, 53, -53, 95, -95, 147, -147}, + { 34, -34, 113, -113, 203, -203, 315, -315}, + { 63, -63, 210, -210, 378, -378, 588, -588}, + { 104, -104, 345, -345, 621, -621, 966, -966}, + { 158, -158, 528, -528, 950, -950, 1477, -1477}, + { 228, -228, 760, -760, 1368, -1368, 2128, -2128}, + { 316, -316, 1053, -1053, 1895, -1895, 2947, -2947}, + { 422, -422, 1405, -1405, 2529, -2529, 3934, -3934}, + { 548, -548, 1828, -1828, 3290, -3290, 5117, -5117}, + { 696, -696, 2320, -2320, 4176, -4176, 6496, -6496}, + { 868, -868, 2893, -2893, 5207, -5207, 8099, -8099}, + {1064, -1064, 3548, -3548, 6386, -6386, 9933, -9933}, + {1286, -1286, 4288, -4288, 7718, -7718, 12005, -12005}, + {1536, -1536, 5120, -5120, 9216, -9216, 14336, -14336}, +}; + + +/* The Least Mean Squares Filter is the heart of QOA. It predicts the next +sample based on the previous 4 reconstructed samples. It does so by continuously +adjusting 4 weights based on the residual of the previous prediction. + +The next sample is predicted as the sum of (weight[i] * history[i]). + +The adjustment of the weights is done with a "Sign-Sign-LMS" that adds or +subtracts the residual to each weight, based on the corresponding sample from +the history. This, surprisingly, is sufficient to get worthwhile predictions. + +This is all done with fixed point integers. Hence the right-shifts when updating +the weights and calculating the prediction. */ + +static int qoa_lms_predict(qoa_lms_t *lms) { + int prediction = 0; + int i; + for (i = 0; i < QOA_LMS_LEN; i++) { + prediction += lms->weights[i] * lms->history[i]; + } + return prediction >> 13; +} + +static void qoa_lms_update(qoa_lms_t *lms, int sample, int residual) { + int delta = residual >> 4; + int i; + for (i = 0; i < QOA_LMS_LEN; i++) { + lms->weights[i] += lms->history[i] < 0 ? -delta : delta; + } + + for (i = 0; i < QOA_LMS_LEN-1; i++) { + lms->history[i] = lms->history[i+1]; + } + lms->history[QOA_LMS_LEN-1] = sample; +} + + +/* qoa_div() implements a rounding division, but avoids rounding to zero for +small numbers. E.g. 0.1 will be rounded to 1. Note that 0 itself still +returns as 0, which is handled in the qoa_quant_tab[]. +qoa_div() takes an index into the .16 fixed point qoa_reciprocal_tab as an +argument, so it can do the division with a cheaper integer multiplication. */ + +static inline int qoa_div(int v, int scalefactor) { + int reciprocal = qoa_reciprocal_tab[scalefactor]; + int n = (v * reciprocal + (1 << 15)) >> 16; + n = n + ((v > 0) - (v < 0)) - ((n > 0) - (n < 0)); /* round away from 0 */ + return n; +} + +static inline int qoa_clamp(int v, int min, int max) { + if (v < min) { return min; } + if (v > max) { return max; } + return v; +} + +/* This specialized clamp function for the signed 16 bit range improves decode +performance quite a bit. The extra if() statement works nicely with the CPUs +branch prediction as this branch is rarely taken. */ + +static inline int qoa_clamp_s16(int v) { + if ((unsigned int)(v + 32768) > 65535) { + if (v < -32768) { return -32768; } + if (v > 32767) { return 32767; } + } + return v; +} + +static inline qoa_uint64_t qoa_read_u64(const unsigned char *bytes, unsigned int *p) { + bytes += *p; + *p += 8; + return + ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[0]) << 56) | ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[1]) << 48) | + ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[2]) << 40) | ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[3]) << 32) | + ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[4]) << 24) | ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[5]) << 16) | + ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[6]) << 8) | ((qoa_uint64_t)(bytes[7]) << 0); +} + +/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Decoder */ + +static unsigned int qoa_decode_header(qoa_data *data) { + unsigned int p = 0; + qoa_uint64_t file_header, frame_header; + if (data->size < QOA_MIN_FILESIZE) { + return 0; + } + + /* Read the file header, verify the magic number ('qoaf') and read the + total number of samples. */ + file_header = qoa_read_u64(data->bytes, &p); + + if ((file_header >> 32) != QOA_MAGIC) { + return 0; + } + + data->qoa.samples = file_header & 0xffffffff; + if (!data->qoa.samples) { + return 0; + } + + /* Peek into the first frame header to get the number of channels and + the samplerate. */ + frame_header = qoa_read_u64(data->bytes, &p); + data->qoa.channels = (frame_header >> 56) & 0x0000ff; + data->qoa.samplerate = (frame_header >> 32) & 0xffffff; + data->samples_per_channel_per_frame = (frame_header >> 16) & 0x00ffff; + + if (data->qoa.channels == 0 || data->qoa.channels == 0 || data->qoa.samplerate == 0) { + return 0; + } + + return 8; +} + +qoa *qoa_open_from_memory(unsigned char *bytes, unsigned int size, int free_on_close) +{ + qoa_data *data = (qoa_data*) malloc(sizeof(qoa_data)); + data->bytes = bytes; + data->size = size; + data->frame_index = 0; + data->free_on_close = free_on_close; + if (qoa_decode_header(data) == 0) + { + qoa_close((qoa*) data); + return NULL; + } + data->frame_size = QOA_FRAME_SIZE(data->qoa.channels, QOA_SLICES_PER_FRAME); + return (qoa*) data; +} + +static qoa *qoa_open_from_file(FILE *file, int free_on_close) +{ + unsigned char *bytes; + unsigned int len, start; + start = (unsigned int) ftell(file); + fseek(file, 0, SEEK_END); + len = (unsigned int) (ftell(file) - start); + fseek(file, start, SEEK_SET); + + bytes = malloc(len); + fread(bytes, 1, len, file); + fclose(file); + + return qoa_open_from_memory(bytes, len, free_on_close); +} + +qoa *qoa_open_from_filename(const char *filename) +{ + FILE *f; + f = fopen(filename, "rb"); + + if (f) + return qoa_open_from_file(f, TRUE); + + return NULL; +} + +void qoa_attributes( + qoa *qoa, + unsigned int *channels, + unsigned int *samplerate, + unsigned int *samples_per_channel_per_frame, + unsigned int *total_samples_per_channel +) { + qoa_data *data = (qoa_data*) qoa; + *channels = data->qoa.channels; + *samplerate = data->qoa.samplerate; + *samples_per_channel_per_frame = data->samples_per_channel_per_frame; + *total_samples_per_channel = data->qoa.samples; +} + +static unsigned int qoa_frame_start(qoa_data *data, int frame_index) { + return 8 + (data->frame_size * frame_index); +} + +unsigned int qoa_decode_next_frame(qoa *qoa, short *sample_data) { + qoa_data *data = (qoa_data*) qoa; + unsigned int channels, samplerate, samples, frame_size, data_size, + num_slices, max_total_samples, sample_index, c, p; + int scalefactor, slice_start, slice_end, predicted, quantized, + dequantized, reconstructed, si, i; + qoa_uint64_t frame_header, history, weights, slice; + + p = qoa_frame_start(data, data->frame_index); + + /* Reached the end */ + if (p >= data->size) + { + return 0; + } + + /* Read and verify the frame header */ + frame_header = qoa_read_u64(data->bytes, &p); + channels = (frame_header >> 56) & 0x0000ff; + samplerate = (frame_header >> 32) & 0xffffff; + samples = (frame_header >> 16) & 0x00ffff; + frame_size = (frame_header ) & 0x00ffff; + + data_size = frame_size - 8 - QOA_LMS_LEN * 4 * channels; + num_slices = data_size / 8; + max_total_samples = num_slices * QOA_SLICE_LEN; + + if ( + channels != data->qoa.channels || + samplerate != data->qoa.samplerate || + frame_size > data->size || + samples * channels > max_total_samples + ) { + return 0; + } + + /* Read the LMS state: 4 x 2 bytes history, 4 x 2 bytes weights per channel */ + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) { + history = qoa_read_u64(data->bytes, &p); + weights = qoa_read_u64(data->bytes, &p); + for (i = 0; i < QOA_LMS_LEN; i++) { + data->qoa.lms[c].history[i] = ((signed short)(history >> 48)); + history <<= 16; + data->qoa.lms[c].weights[i] = ((signed short)(weights >> 48)); + weights <<= 16; + } + } + + /* Decode all slices for all channels in this frame */ + for (sample_index = 0; sample_index < samples; sample_index += QOA_SLICE_LEN) { + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) { + slice = qoa_read_u64(data->bytes, &p); + + scalefactor = (slice >> 60) & 0xf; + slice_start = sample_index * channels + c; + slice_end = qoa_clamp(sample_index + QOA_SLICE_LEN, 0, samples) * channels + c; + + for (si = slice_start; si < slice_end; si += channels) { + predicted = qoa_lms_predict(&data->qoa.lms[c]); + quantized = (slice >> 57) & 0x7; + dequantized = qoa_dequant_tab[scalefactor][quantized]; + reconstructed = qoa_clamp_s16(predicted + dequantized); + + sample_data[si] = reconstructed; + slice <<= 3; + + qoa_lms_update(&data->qoa.lms[c], reconstructed, dequantized); + } + } + } + + data->frame_index += 1; + return samples; +} + +void qoa_seek_frame(qoa *qoa, int frame_index) { + qoa_data* data = (qoa_data*) qoa; + data->frame_index = frame_index; +} + +void qoa_decode_entire(qoa *qoa, short *sample_data) { + qoa_data* data = (qoa_data *) qoa; + unsigned int frame_count, sample_index, sample_count; + int total_samples; + short *sample_ptr; + uint32_t i; + + /* Calculate the required size of the sample buffer and allocate */ + total_samples = data->qoa.samples * data->qoa.channels; + + frame_count = (data->size - 64) / data->frame_size; + sample_index = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < frame_count; i += 1) + { + sample_ptr = sample_data + sample_index * data->qoa.channels; + sample_count = qoa_decode_next_frame(qoa, sample_ptr); + sample_index += sample_count; + } +} + +void qoa_close(qoa *qoa) +{ + qoa_data *data = (qoa_data*) qoa; + if (data->free_on_close) + { + free(data->bytes); + } + free(qoa); +} diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb.h index 5f1724a736..5665cc48b3 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb.h @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ CREDITS * binding various stdlib functions stb.h uses to FAudio's stdlib. * -flibit */ -#ifndef FAUDIO_WIN32_PLATFORM +#ifndef NO_MEMCPY_OVERRIDE #ifdef memcpy /* Thanks Apple! */ #undef memcpy #endif diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb_vorbis.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb_vorbis.h index 3a6e009ba5..bba90fe477 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb_vorbis.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/FAudio/src/stb_vorbis.h @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ static void skip(vorb *z, int n) } #ifndef STB_VORBIS_NO_STDIO { - long x = ftell(z->f); + int64_t x = ftell(z->f); fseek(z->f, x+n, SEEK_SET); } #endif diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_enc.cpp b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_enc.cpp index 99ef7ab114..9f86e3cde3 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_enc.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_enc.cpp @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ namespace basisu // This is a Public Domain 8x8 font from here: // https://github.com/dhepper/font8x8/blob/master/font8x8_basic.h - const uint8_t g_debug_font8x8_basic[127 - 32 + 1][8] = + const uint8_t g_debug_font8x8_basic[127 - 32 + 1][8] = { { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, // U+0020 ( ) { 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00}, // U+0021 (!) @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ namespace basisu { char buf[8192]; -#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifdef _WIN32 vsprintf_s(buf, sizeof(buf), pFmt, args); #else vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), pFmt, args); @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ namespace basisu #else #error TODO #endif - + interval_timer::interval_timer() : m_start_time(0), m_stop_time(0), m_started(false), m_stopped(false) { if (!g_timer_freq) @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ namespace basisu timer_ticks delta = stop_time - m_start_time; return delta * g_timer_freq; } - + void interval_timer::init() { if (!g_timer_freq) @@ -316,21 +316,21 @@ namespace basisu init(); return ticks * g_timer_freq; } - + const uint32_t MAX_32BIT_ALLOC_SIZE = 250000000; - + bool load_tga(const char* pFilename, image& img) { int w = 0, h = 0, n_chans = 0; uint8_t* pImage_data = read_tga(pFilename, w, h, n_chans); - + if ((!pImage_data) || (!w) || (!h) || ((n_chans != 3) && (n_chans != 4))) { error_printf("Failed loading .TGA image \"%s\"!\n", pFilename); if (pImage_data) free(pImage_data); - + return false; } @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ namespace basisu return false; } } - + img.resize(w, h); const uint8_t *pSrc = pImage_data; @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ namespace basisu { interval_timer tm; tm.start(); - + if (!buf_size) return false; @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ namespace basisu return true; } - + bool load_png(const char* pFilename, image& img) { uint8_vec buffer; @@ -412,9 +412,9 @@ namespace basisu uint8_t *pImage_data = jpgd::decompress_jpeg_image_from_file(pFilename, &width, &height, &actual_comps, 4, jpgd::jpeg_decoder::cFlagLinearChromaFiltering); if (!pImage_data) return false; - + img.init(pImage_data, width, height, 4); - + free(pImage_data); return true; @@ -438,12 +438,12 @@ namespace basisu return false; } - + bool save_png(const char* pFilename, const image &img, uint32_t image_save_flags, uint32_t grayscale_comp) { if (!img.get_total_pixels()) return false; - + void* pPNG_data = nullptr; size_t PNG_data_size = 0; @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ namespace basisu else { bool has_alpha = false; - + if ((image_save_flags & cImageSaveIgnoreAlpha) == 0) has_alpha = img.has_alpha(); @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ namespace basisu pDst[0] = pSrc->r; pDst[1] = pSrc->g; pDst[2] = pSrc->b; - + pSrc++; pDst += 3; } @@ -502,10 +502,10 @@ namespace basisu } free(pPNG_data); - + return status; } - + bool read_file_to_vec(const char* pFilename, uint8_vec& data) { FILE* pFile = nullptr; @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ namespace basisu #endif if (!pFile) return false; - + fseek(pFile, 0, SEEK_END); #ifdef _WIN32 int64_t filesize = _ftelli64(pFile); @@ -601,17 +601,17 @@ namespace basisu } bool image_resample(const image &src, image &dst, bool srgb, - const char *pFilter, float filter_scale, + const char *pFilter, float filter_scale, bool wrapping, uint32_t first_comp, uint32_t num_comps) { assert((first_comp + num_comps) <= 4); const int cMaxComps = 4; - + const uint32_t src_w = src.get_width(), src_h = src.get_height(); const uint32_t dst_w = dst.get_width(), dst_h = dst.get_height(); - + if (maximum(src_w, src_h) > BASISU_RESAMPLER_MAX_DIMENSION) { printf("Image is too large!\n"); @@ -620,10 +620,10 @@ namespace basisu if (!src_w || !src_h || !dst_w || !dst_h) return false; - + if ((num_comps < 1) || (num_comps > cMaxComps)) return false; - + if ((minimum(dst_w, dst_h) < 1) || (maximum(dst_w, dst_h) > BASISU_RESAMPLER_MAX_DIMENSION)) { printf("Image is too large!\n"); @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ namespace basisu std::vector samples[cMaxComps]; Resampler *resamplers[cMaxComps]; - + resamplers[0] = new Resampler(src_w, src_h, dst_w, dst_h, wrapping ? Resampler::BOUNDARY_WRAP : Resampler::BOUNDARY_CLAMP, 0.0f, 1.0f, pFilter, nullptr, nullptr, filter_scale, filter_scale, 0, 0); @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ namespace basisu break; const bool linear_flag = !srgb || (comp_index == 3); - + color_rgba *pDst = &dst(0, dst_y); for (uint32_t x = 0; x < dst_w; x++) @@ -758,9 +758,9 @@ namespace basisu A[0].m_key = 1; return; } - + A[0].m_key += A[1].m_key; - + int s = 2, r = 0, next; for (next = 1; next < (num_syms - 1); ++next) { @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ namespace basisu for (i = 0; i < num_syms; i++) { uint32_t freq = pSyms0[i].m_key; - + // We scale all input frequencies to 16-bits. assert(freq <= UINT16_MAX); @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ namespace basisu uint32_t total_used = tab.get_total_used_codes(); put_bits(total_used, cHuffmanMaxSymsLog2); - + if (!total_used) return 0; @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ namespace basisu const uint32_t l = syms[i] & 63, e = syms[i] >> 6; put_code(l, ct); - + if (l == cHuffmanSmallZeroRunCode) put_bits(e, cHuffmanSmallZeroRunExtraBits); else if (l == cHuffmanBigZeroRunCode) @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ namespace basisu huffman_encoding_table etab; etab.init(h, 16); - + { bitwise_coder c; c.init(1024); @@ -1269,9 +1269,9 @@ namespace basisu // We now have chosen an entry to place in the picked list, now determine which side it goes on. const uint32_t entry_to_move = m_entries_to_do[best_entry]; - + float side = pick_side(num_syms, entry_to_move, pDist_func, pCtx, dist_func_weight); - + // Put entry_to_move either on the "left" or "right" side of the picked entries if (side <= 0) m_entries_picked.push_back(entry_to_move); @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ namespace basisu uint32_t hash_hsieh(const uint8_t *pBuf, size_t len) { - if (!pBuf || !len) + if (!pBuf || !len) return 0; uint32_t h = static_cast(len); @@ -1464,23 +1464,23 @@ namespace basisu const uint16_t *pWords = reinterpret_cast(pBuf); h += pWords[0]; - + const uint32_t t = (pWords[1] << 11) ^ h; h = (h << 16) ^ t; - + pBuf += sizeof(uint32_t); - + h += h >> 11; } switch (bytes_left) { - case 1: + case 1: h += *reinterpret_cast(pBuf); h ^= h << 10; h += h >> 1; break; - case 2: + case 2: h += *reinterpret_cast(pBuf); h ^= h << 11; h += h >> 17; @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ namespace basisu default: break; } - + h ^= h << 3; h += h >> 5; h ^= h << 4; @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ namespace basisu return h; } - job_pool::job_pool(uint32_t num_threads) : + job_pool::job_pool(uint32_t num_threads) : m_num_active_jobs(0), m_kill_flag(false) { @@ -1525,17 +1525,17 @@ namespace basisu job_pool::~job_pool() { debug_printf("job_pool::~job_pool\n"); - + // Notify all workers that they need to die right now. m_kill_flag = true; - + m_has_work.notify_all(); // Wait for all workers to die. for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_threads.size(); i++) m_threads[i].join(); } - + void job_pool::add_job(const std::function& job) { std::unique_lock lock(m_mutex); @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ namespace basisu std::unique_lock lock(m_mutex); m_queue.emplace_back(std::move(job)); - + const size_t queue_size = m_queue.size(); lock.unlock(); @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ namespace basisu { BASISU_NOTE_UNUSED(index); //debug_printf("job_pool::job_thread: starting %u\n", index); - + while (true) { std::unique_lock lock(m_mutex); @@ -1617,9 +1617,9 @@ namespace basisu --m_num_active_jobs; - // Now check if there are no more jobs remaining. + // Now check if there are no more jobs remaining. const bool all_done = m_queue.empty() && !m_num_active_jobs; - + lock.unlock(); if (all_done) @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ namespace basisu // Simple validation if ((hdr.m_cmap != 0) && (hdr.m_cmap != 1)) return nullptr; - + if (hdr.m_cmap) { if ((hdr.m_cmap_bpp == 0) || (hdr.m_cmap_bpp > 32)) @@ -1837,13 +1837,13 @@ namespace basisu bytes_remaining += bytes_to_skip; } } - + width = hdr.m_width; height = hdr.m_height; const uint32_t source_pitch = width * tga_bytes_per_pixel; const uint32_t dest_pitch = width * n_chans; - + uint8_t *pImage = (uint8_t *)malloc(dest_pitch * height); if (!pImage) return nullptr; @@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ namespace basisu int pixels_remaining = width; uint8_t *pDst = &input_line_buf[0]; - do + do { if (!run_remaining) { @@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ namespace basisu if (!filedata.size() || (filedata.size() > UINT32_MAX)) return nullptr; - + return read_tga(&filedata[0], (uint32_t)filedata.size(), width, height, n_chans); } @@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ namespace basisu va_list args; va_start(args, pFmt); -#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifdef _WIN32 vsprintf_s(buf, sizeof(buf), pFmt, args); #else vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), pFmt, args); @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ namespace basisu for (uint32_t x = 0; x < 8; x++) { const uint32_t q = row_bits & (1 << x); - + const color_rgba* pColor = q ? &fg : pBG; if (!pColor) continue; @@ -2105,5 +2105,5 @@ namespace basisu } } } - + } // namespace basisu diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_opencl.cpp b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_opencl.cpp index 81e3090a26..d7f3107066 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_opencl.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/encoder/basisu_opencl.cpp @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ namespace basisu class ocl { public: - ocl() + ocl() { memset(&m_dev_fp_config, 0, sizeof(m_dev_fp_config)); - + m_ocl_mutex.lock(); m_ocl_mutex.unlock(); } @@ -161,12 +161,12 @@ namespace basisu deinit(); return false; } - + printf("OpenCL init time: %3.3f secs\n", tm.get_elapsed_secs()); return true; } - + bool deinit() { if (m_program) @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ namespace basisu return obj; } - + bool destroy_buffer(cl_mem buf) { if (buf) @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ namespace basisu cl_command_queue m_command_queue = nullptr; cl_program m_program = nullptr; cl_device_fp_config m_dev_fp_config; - + bool m_use_mutex = false; std::mutex m_ocl_mutex; @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ namespace basisu private: ocl* m_p; }; - + cl_image_format get_image_format(uint32_t bytes_per_pixel, bool normalized) { cl_image_format fmt; @@ -721,10 +721,10 @@ namespace basisu return fmt; } }; - + // Library blobal state ocl g_ocl; - + bool opencl_init(bool force_serialization) { if (g_ocl.is_initialized()) @@ -753,11 +753,11 @@ namespace basisu g_ocl.deinit(); return false; } - + pKernel_src = (char*)kernel_src.data(); kernel_src_size = kernel_src.size(); #endif - + if (!kernel_src_size) { ocl_error_printf("opencl_init: Invalid OpenCL kernel source file \"%s\"\n", BASISU_OCL_KERNELS_FILENAME); @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ namespace basisu g_ocl.deinit(); return false; } - + printf("OpenCL support initialized successfully\n"); return true; @@ -816,10 +816,10 @@ namespace basisu opencl_context* pContext = static_cast(calloc(sizeof(opencl_context), 1)); if (!pContext) return nullptr; - + // To avoid driver bugs in some drivers - serialize this. Likely not necessary, we don't know. // https://community.intel.com/t5/OpenCL-for-CPU/Bug-report-clCreateKernelsInProgram-is-not-thread-safe/td-p/1159771 - + pContext->m_command_queue = g_ocl.create_command_queue(); if (!pContext->m_command_queue) { @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ namespace basisu g_ocl.destroy_kernel(pContext->m_ocl_refine_endpoint_clusterization_kernel); g_ocl.destroy_command_queue(pContext->m_command_queue); - + memset(pContext, 0, sizeof(opencl_context)); free(pContext); @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ namespace basisu assert(pContext->m_ocl_pixel_blocks); if (!pContext->m_ocl_pixel_blocks) return false; - + cl_encode_etc1s_param_struct ps; ps.m_total_blocks = pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks; ps.m_perceptual = perceptual; @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ namespace basisu cl_mem vars = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue , &ps, sizeof(ps)); cl_mem block_buf = g_ocl.alloc_write_buffer(sizeof(etc_block) * pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks); - + if (!vars || !block_buf) goto exit; @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ namespace basisu interval_timer tm; tm.start(); - + cl_encode_etc1s_param_struct ps; ps.m_total_blocks = total_clusters; ps.m_perceptual = perceptual; @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ namespace basisu return false; } } - + cl_mem vars = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue , &ps, sizeof(ps)); cl_mem input_clusters = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue, pClusters, (size_t)(sizeof(cl_pixel_cluster) * total_clusters)); cl_mem input_pixels = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue, pPixels, (size_t)(sizeof(color_rgba) * total_pixels)); @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ namespace basisu assert(pContext->m_ocl_pixel_blocks); if (!pContext->m_ocl_pixel_blocks) return false; - + cl_rec_param_struct ps; ps.m_total_blocks = pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks; ps.m_perceptual = perceptual; @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ namespace basisu cl_mem cluster_info = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue, pCluster_info, sizeof(cl_endpoint_cluster_struct) * total_clusters); cl_mem sorted_block_indices = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue, pSorted_block_indices, sizeof(uint32_t) * pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks); cl_mem output_buf = g_ocl.alloc_write_buffer(sizeof(uint32_t) * pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks); - + if (!pixel_block_info || !cluster_info || !sorted_block_indices || !output_buf) goto exit; @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ namespace basisu goto exit; debug_printf("opencl_refine_endpoint_clusterization: Elapsed time: %3.3f secs\n", tm.get_elapsed_secs()); - + status = true; exit: @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ namespace basisu fosc_param_struct ps; ps.m_total_blocks = pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks; ps.m_perceptual = perceptual; - + bool status = false; cl_mem input_block_info = g_ocl.alloc_and_init_read_buffer(pContext->m_command_queue, pInput_block_info, sizeof(fosc_block_struct) * pContext->m_ocl_total_pixel_blocks); @@ -1192,9 +1192,9 @@ namespace basisu goto exit; debug_printf("opencl_determine_selectors: Elapsed time: %3.3f secs\n", tm.get_elapsed_secs()); - + status = true; - + exit: g_ocl.destroy_buffer(input_etc_color5_intens); g_ocl.destroy_buffer(output_blocks); @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ namespace basisu return status; } -#else +#else namespace basisu { // No OpenCL support - all dummy functions that return false; @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ namespace basisu BASISU_NOTE_UNUSED(pPixel_weights); BASISU_NOTE_UNUSED(perceptual); BASISU_NOTE_UNUSED(total_perms); - + return false; } diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstd.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstd.c index eaf1373835..3c04a7b7fe 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstd.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstd.c @@ -6341,7 +6341,7 @@ ZSTDLIB_API size_t ZSTD_insertBlock (ZSTD_DCtx* dctx, const void* blockStart, * * You can contact the author at : * - xxHash source repository : https://github.com/Cyan4973/xxHash - * + * * This source code is licensed under both the BSD-style license (found in the * LICENSE file in the root directory of this source tree) and the GPLv2 (found * in the COPYING file in the root directory of this source tree). @@ -6618,7 +6618,7 @@ XXH_PUBLIC_API XXH64_hash_t XXH64_hashFromCanonical(const XXH64_canonical_t* src * You can contact the author at : * - xxHash homepage: http://www.xxhash.com * - xxHash source repository : https://github.com/Cyan4973/xxHash - * + * * This source code is licensed under both the BSD-style license (found in the * LICENSE file in the root directory of this source tree) and the GPLv2 (found * in the COPYING file in the root directory of this source tree). @@ -7776,7 +7776,7 @@ typedef struct { /* longLengthPos and longLengthID to allow us to represent either a single litLength or matchLength * in the seqStore that has a value larger than U16 (if it exists). To do so, we increment - * the existing value of the litLength or matchLength by 0x10000. + * the existing value of the litLength or matchLength by 0x10000. */ U32 longLengthID; /* 0 == no longLength; 1 == Represent the long literal; 2 == Represent the long match; */ U32 longLengthPos; /* Index of the sequence to apply long length modification to */ @@ -22539,7 +22539,7 @@ void ZSTD_ldm_fillHashTable( while (ip < iend) { size_t hashed; unsigned n; - + numSplits = 0; hashed = ZSTD_ldm_gear_feed(&hashState, ip, iend - ip, splits, &numSplits); @@ -23865,7 +23865,7 @@ static void ZSTD_optLdm_processMatchCandidate(ZSTD_optLdm_t* optLdm, ZSTD_match_ */ U32 posOvershoot = currPosInBlock - optLdm->endPosInBlock; ZSTD_optLdm_skipRawSeqStoreBytes(&optLdm->seqStore, posOvershoot); - } + } ZSTD_opt_getNextMatchAndUpdateSeqStore(optLdm, currPosInBlock, remainingBytes); } ZSTD_optLdm_maybeAddMatch(matches, nbMatches, optLdm, currPosInBlock); @@ -27361,7 +27361,7 @@ size_t HUF_decompress1X1 (void* dst, size_t dstSize, const void* cSrc, size_t cS HUF_CREATE_STATIC_DTABLEX1(DTable, HUF_TABLELOG_MAX); return HUF_decompress1X1_DCtx (DTable, dst, dstSize, cSrc, cSrcSize); } -#endif +#endif #ifndef HUF_FORCE_DECOMPRESS_X1 size_t HUF_readDTableX2(HUF_DTable* DTable, const void* src, size_t srcSize) diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstddeclib.c b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstddeclib.c index e06ad172d4..de206f64bf 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstddeclib.c +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/basis_universal/zstd/zstddeclib.c @@ -6060,7 +6060,7 @@ ZSTDLIB_API size_t ZSTD_insertBlock (ZSTD_DCtx* dctx, const void* blockStart, * * You can contact the author at : * - xxHash source repository : https://github.com/Cyan4973/xxHash - * + * * This source code is licensed under both the BSD-style license (found in the * LICENSE file in the root directory of this source tree) and the GPLv2 (found * in the COPYING file in the root directory of this source tree). @@ -6337,7 +6337,7 @@ XXH_PUBLIC_API XXH64_hash_t XXH64_hashFromCanonical(const XXH64_canonical_t* src * You can contact the author at : * - xxHash homepage: http://www.xxhash.com * - xxHash source repository : https://github.com/Cyan4973/xxHash - * + * * This source code is licensed under both the BSD-style license (found in the * LICENSE file in the root directory of this source tree) and the GPLv2 (found * in the COPYING file in the root directory of this source tree). @@ -7495,7 +7495,7 @@ typedef struct { /* longLengthPos and longLengthID to allow us to represent either a single litLength or matchLength * in the seqStore that has a value larger than U16 (if it exists). To do so, we increment - * the existing value of the litLength or matchLength by 0x10000. + * the existing value of the litLength or matchLength by 0x10000. */ U32 longLengthID; /* 0 == no longLength; 1 == Represent the long literal; 2 == Represent the long match; */ U32 longLengthPos; /* Index of the sequence to apply long length modification to */ @@ -8901,7 +8901,7 @@ size_t HUF_decompress1X1 (void* dst, size_t dstSize, const void* cSrc, size_t cS HUF_CREATE_STATIC_DTABLEX1(DTable, HUF_TABLELOG_MAX); return HUF_decompress1X1_DCtx (DTable, dst, dstSize, cSrc, cSrcSize); } -#endif +#endif #ifndef HUF_FORCE_DECOMPRESS_X1 size_t HUF_readDTableX2(HUF_DTable* DTable, const void* src, size_t srcSize) diff --git a/WickedEngine/Utility/vk_mem_alloc.h b/WickedEngine/Utility/vk_mem_alloc.h index 0f4619d3af..648d7733eb 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/Utility/vk_mem_alloc.h +++ b/WickedEngine/Utility/vk_mem_alloc.h @@ -1443,17 +1443,17 @@ typedef struct VmaAllocationInfo typedef struct VmaAllocationInfo2 { /** \brief Basic parameters of the allocation. - + If you need only these, you can use function vmaGetAllocationInfo() and structure #VmaAllocationInfo instead. */ VmaAllocationInfo allocationInfo; /** \brief Size of the `VkDeviceMemory` block that the allocation belongs to. - + In case of an allocation with dedicated memory, it will be equal to `allocationInfo.size`. */ VkDeviceSize blockSize; /** \brief `VK_TRUE` if the allocation has dedicated memory, `VK_FALSE` if it was placed as part of a larger memory block. - + When `VK_TRUE`, it also means `VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo` was used when creating the allocation (if VK_KHR_dedicated_allocation extension or Vulkan version >= 1.1 is enabled). */ @@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@ VMA_CALL_PRE VkResult VMA_CALL_POST vmaCreateAliasingBuffer( \param allocator \param allocation Allocation that provides memory to be used for binding new buffer to it. \param allocationLocalOffset Additional offset to be added while binding, relative to the beginning of the allocation. Normally it should be 0. -\param pBufferCreateInfo +\param pBufferCreateInfo \param[out] pBuffer Buffer that was created. This function automatically: diff --git a/WickedEngine/WickedEngineConfig.cmake.in b/WickedEngine/WickedEngineConfig.cmake.in index 842e82374d..147018fda7 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/WickedEngineConfig.cmake.in +++ b/WickedEngine/WickedEngineConfig.cmake.in @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ include(CMakeFindDependencyMacro) if (WIN32) - # TODO: Choose whether to use SDL2 on windows as well + # TODO: Choose whether to use SDL3 on windows as well set(TARGET_NAME WickedEngine::WickedEngine_Windows) set(LIBDXCOMPILER "dxcompiler.dll") else () set(TARGET_NAME WickedEngine::WickedEngine_Linux) find_package(Vulkan REQUIRED) - find_package(SDL2 REQUIRED) + find_package(SDL3 REQUIRED) find_package(OpenImageDenoise QUIET) find_package(Threads REQUIRED) if(NOT ${OpenImageDenoise_FOUND}) @@ -19,20 +19,6 @@ else () else() message("OpenImageDenoise Found.") endif() - - if(NOT TARGET SDL2::SDL2) - # using old SDL2 cmake, lets create a SDL2 target ourselves - find_library(SDL2_LIBRARY_FILE_LOCATION SDL2 REQUIRED) - - add_library(SDL2::SDL2 SHARED IMPORTED) - set_target_properties(SDL2::SDL2 PROPERTIES - INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${SDL2_INCLUDE_DIRS} - INTERFACE_LINK_LIBRARIES ${SDL2_LIBRARIES} - IMPORTED_LOCATION ${SDL2_LIBRARY_FILE_LOCATION} - ) - - unset(SDL2_LIBRARY_FILE_LOCATION) - endif() set(LIBDXCOMPILER "libdxcompiler.so") endif() diff --git a/WickedEngine/sdl2.h b/WickedEngine/sdl3.h similarity index 86% rename from WickedEngine/sdl2.h rename to WickedEngine/sdl3.h index 745e50e405..10b9834e3b 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/sdl2.h +++ b/WickedEngine/sdl3.h @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ #pragma once -#include +#include #include #include -namespace sdl2 { +namespace sdl3 { // Very useful function from Eric Scott Barr: // https://eb2.co/blog/2014/04/c-plus-plus-14-and-sdl2-managing-resources/ @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ inline void SDL_DestroySDL(SDL_System* init_status) using sdlsystem_ptr_t = std::unique_ptr; using window_ptr_t = std::unique_ptr; using renderer_ptr_t = std::unique_ptr; -using surf_ptr_t = std::unique_ptr; +using surf_ptr_t = std::unique_ptr; using texture_ptr_t = std::unique_ptr; // Initialize SDL (the returned int* contains the return value from SDL_Init) @@ -51,22 +51,22 @@ inline sdlsystem_ptr_t make_sdlsystem(Uint32 flags) } // Create a window (that contains both a SDL_Window and the destructor for SDL_Windows) -inline window_ptr_t make_window(const char* title, int x, int y, int w, int h, Uint32 flags) +inline window_ptr_t make_window(const char* title, int w, int h, Uint32 flags) { - return make_resource(SDL_CreateWindow, SDL_DestroyWindow, title, x, y, w, h, flags); + return make_resource(SDL_CreateWindow, SDL_DestroyWindow, title, w, h, flags); } // Create a renderer given a window, containing both the renderer and the destructor -inline renderer_ptr_t make_renderer(SDL_Window* win, int x, Uint32 flags) +inline renderer_ptr_t make_renderer(SDL_Window* win, const char *name) { - return make_resource(SDL_CreateRenderer, SDL_DestroyRenderer, win, x, flags); + return make_resource(SDL_CreateRenderer, SDL_DestroyRenderer, win, name); } // Create a surface from a bmp file, containing both the surface and the destructor -inline surf_ptr_t make_bmp(SDL_RWops* sdlfile) +inline surf_ptr_t make_bmp(SDL_IOStream* sdlfile) { // May throw an exception if sdlfile is nullptr - return make_resource(SDL_LoadBMP_RW, SDL_FreeSurface, sdlfile, 1); + return make_resource(SDL_LoadBMP_IO, SDL_DestroySurface, sdlfile, 1); } // Create a texture from a renderer and a surface diff --git a/WickedEngine/shaders/compressonator/common_def.h b/WickedEngine/shaders/compressonator/common_def.h index aac8f7d228..b618d17b7e 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/shaders/compressonator/common_def.h +++ b/WickedEngine/shaders/compressonator/common_def.h @@ -54,19 +54,19 @@ #endif #endif -#if defined(A_GPU) +#if defined(A_GPU) #ifndef ASPM_GPU #define ASPM_GPU #endif #endif -#if defined(A_GLS) +#if defined(A_GLS) #ifndef ASPM_GLS #define ASPM_GLS #endif #endif -#if defined(A_HLSL) +#if defined(A_HLSL) #ifndef ASPM_HLSL #define ASPM_HLSL #endif @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ // RGBA to channels [0,1,2,3] else BGRA maps to [0,1,2,3] // BC4 alpha always maps as AAAA to channels [0,1,2,3] // BC5 decoded (Red&Green) maps R,G,B=0,A=255 to [0,1,2,3] else maps [B=0,G,R,A=255] to [0,1,2,3] -#define CMP_SET_BC13_DECODER_RGBA +#define CMP_SET_BC13_DECODER_RGBA #define CMP_FLOAT_MAX 3.402823466e+38F // max value used to detect an Error in processing #define CMP_FLOAT_MAX_EXP 38 #define USE_PROCESS_SEPERATE_ALPHA // Enable this to use higher quality code using CompressDualIndexBlock @@ -174,12 +174,12 @@ //#define USE_BLOCK_LINEAR // Source Data is organized in linear form for each block : Experimental Code not fully developed //#define USE_DOUBLE // Default is to use float, enable to use double data types only for float definitions -#ifdef ASPM +#ifdef ASPM #define CMP_UNIFORM uniform #define CMP_VARYING varying #else #define CMP_UNIFORM -#define CMP_VARYING +#define CMP_VARYING #endif //--------------------------------------------- // Predefinitions for GPU and CPU compiled code @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ struct texture_surface //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // TODO // ==== -// - Replace transcendentals with manual versions. +// - Replace transcendentals with manual versions. //============================================================================================================================== #ifdef A_GCC A_STATIC AD1 AAbsD1(AD1 a){return __builtin_fabs(a);} @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ struct texture_surface A_STATIC AL1 AMaxL1(AL1 a,AL1 b){return a>b?a:b;} A_STATIC AU1 AMaxU1(AU1 a,AU1 b){return a>b?a:b;} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - // These follow the convention that A integer types don't have signage, until they are operated on. + // These follow the convention that A integer types don't have signage, until they are operated on. A_STATIC AL1 AMaxSL1(AL1 a,AL1 b){return (ASL1_(a)>ASL1_(b))?a:b;} A_STATIC AU1 AMaxSU1(AU1 a,AU1 b){return (ASU1_(a)>ASU1_(b))?a:b;} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ struct texture_surface #ifndef A_SKIP_EXT #ifdef A_HALF #extension GL_EXT_shader_16bit_storage:require - #extension GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types:require + #extension GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types:require #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifdef A_LONG @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ struct texture_surface #define AU4_AF4(x) asuint(AF4(x)) //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AU1 AU1_AH2_AF2_x(AF2 a){return f32tof16(a.x)|(f32tof16(a.y)<<16);} - #define AU1_AH2_AF2(a) AU1_AH2_AF2_x(AF2(a)) + #define AU1_AH2_AF2(a) AU1_AH2_AF2_x(AF2(a)) #define AU1_AB4Unorm_AF4(x) D3DCOLORtoUBYTE4(AF4(x)) //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AF2 AF2_AH2_AU1_x(AU1 x){return AF2(f16tof32(x&0xFFFF),f16tof32(x>>16));} @@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ struct texture_surface // IDEAS // ===== // - Polaris hardware has 16-bit support, but non-double rate. -// Could be possible still get part double rate for some of this logic, +// Could be possible still get part double rate for some of this logic, // by clearing out the lower half's sign when necessary and using 32-bit ops... //============================================================================================================================== #ifdef A_HALF @@ -1932,14 +1932,14 @@ struct texture_surface // Valid input range is {-1 to 1} representing {0 to 2 pi}. // Output range is {-1/4 to -1/4} representing {-1 to 1}. AF1 APSinF1(AF1 x){return x*abs(x)-x;} // MAD. - AF1 APCosF1(AF1 x){x=AFractF1(x*AF1_(0.5)+AF1_(0.75));x=x*AF1_(2.0)-AF1_(1.0);return APSinF1(x);} // 3x MAD, FRACT + AF1 APCosF1(AF1 x){x=AFractF1(x*AF1_(0.5)+AF1_(0.75));x=x*AF1_(2.0)-AF1_(1.0);return APSinF1(x);} // 3x MAD, FRACT //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifdef A_HALF // For a packed {sin,cos} pair, // - Native takes 16 clocks and 4 issue slots (no packed transcendentals). // - Parabolic takes 8 clocks and 8 issue slots (only fract is non-packed). AH2 APSinH2(AH2 x){return x*abs(x)-x;} // AND,FMA - AH2 APCosH2(AH2 x){x=AFractH2(x*AH2_(0.5)+AH2_(0.75));x=x*AH2_(2.0)-AH2_(1.0);return APSinH2(x);} // 3x FMA, 2xFRACT, AND + AH2 APCosH2(AH2 x){x=AFractH2(x*AH2_(0.5)+AH2_(0.75));x=x*AH2_(2.0)-AH2_(1.0);return APSinH2(x);} // 3x FMA, 2xFRACT, AND #endif //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ struct texture_surface AF1 ATo709F1(AF1 c){return max(min(c*AF1_(4.5),AF1_(0.018)),AF1_(1.099)*pow(c,AF1_(0.45))-AF1_(0.099));} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Note 'rcpX' is '1/x', where the 'x' is what would be used in AFromGamma(). - AF1 AToGammaF1(AF1 c,AF1 rcpX){return pow(c,rcpX);} + AF1 AToGammaF1(AF1 c,AF1 rcpX){return pow(c,rcpX);} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AF1 AToPqF1(AF1 x){AF1 p=pow(x,AF1_(0.159302)); return pow((AF1_(0.835938)+AF1_(18.8516)*p)/(AF1_(1.0)+AF1_(18.6875)*p),AF1_(78.8438));} @@ -1993,7 +1993,7 @@ struct texture_surface AF1 AFrom709F1(AF1 c){return max(min(c*AF1_(1.0/4.5),AF1_(0.081)), pow((c+AF1_(0.099))*(AF1_(1.0)/(AF1_(1.099))),AF1_(1.0/0.45)));} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - AF1 AFromGammaF1(AF1 c,AF1 x){return pow(c,x);} + AF1 AFromGammaF1(AF1 c,AF1 x){return pow(c,x);} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AF1 AFromPqF1(AF1 x){AF1 p=pow(x,AF1_(0.0126833)); return pow(ASatF1(p-AF1_(0.835938))/(AF1_(18.8516)-AF1_(18.6875)*p),AF1_(6.27739));} @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ struct texture_surface #ifdef A_HALF AH2 ATo709H2(AH2 c){return max(min(c*AH2_(4.5),AH2_(0.018)),AH2_(1.099)*pow(c,AH2_(0.45))-AH2_(0.099));} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - AH2 AToGammaH2(AH2 c,AH1 rcpX){return pow(c,AH2_(rcpX));} + AH2 AToGammaH2(AH2 c,AH1 rcpX){return pow(c,AH2_(rcpX));} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ AH2 AToSrgbH2(AH2 c){return max(min(c*AH2_(12.92),AH2_(0.0031308)),AH2_(1.055)*pow(c,AH2_(0.41666))-AH2_(0.055));} //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -2045,14 +2045,14 @@ struct texture_surface // Details, // LANE TO 8x8 MAPPING // =================== - // 00 01 08 09 10 11 18 19 + // 00 01 08 09 10 11 18 19 // 02 03 0a 0b 12 13 1a 1b // 04 05 0c 0d 14 15 1c 1d - // 06 07 0e 0f 16 17 1e 1f - // 20 21 28 29 30 31 38 39 + // 06 07 0e 0f 16 17 1e 1f + // 20 21 28 29 30 31 38 39 // 22 23 2a 2b 32 33 3a 3b // 24 25 2c 2d 34 35 3c 3d - // 26 27 2e 2f 36 37 3e 3f + // 26 27 2e 2f 36 37 3e 3f AU2 ARmpRed8x8(AU1 a){return AU2(ABfiM(ABfe(a,2u,3u),a,1u),ABfiM(ABfe(a,3u,3u),ABfe(a,1u,2u),2u));} #endif diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiAudio.cpp b/WickedEngine/wiAudio.cpp index 4f25cfda99..26981c9e82 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiAudio.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/wiAudio.cpp @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ namespace wi::audio } } -#elif SDL2 +#elif SDL3 //FAudio implemetation #include diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiAudio.h b/WickedEngine/wiAudio.h index 65bad3c4cf..7efa72f9ee 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiAudio.h +++ b/WickedEngine/wiAudio.h @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ #include #include -#ifdef SDL2 -#include +#ifdef SDL3 +#include #endif namespace wi::audio diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiGraphicsDevice_Vulkan.cpp b/WickedEngine/wiGraphicsDevice_Vulkan.cpp index aaa553a179..28ada1ea9f 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiGraphicsDevice_Vulkan.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/wiGraphicsDevice_Vulkan.cpp @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ #define VMA_DYNAMIC_VULKAN_FUNCTIONS 1 #include "Utility/vk_mem_alloc.h" -#ifdef SDL2 -#include -#include "sdl2.h" +#ifdef SDL3 +#include +#include "sdl3.h" #endif #include @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ namespace vulkan_internal } VKAPI_ATTR VkBool32 VKAPI_CALL debugUtilsMessengerCallback( - VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT message_severity, + VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT message_severity, VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT message_type, const VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT* callback_data, void* user_data) @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ namespace vulkan_internal allocationhandler->destroyer_semaphores.push_back(std::make_pair(swapchainAcquireSemaphores[i], framecount)); } -#ifdef SDL2 +#ifdef SDL3 // Checks if the SDL VIDEO System was already destroyed. // If so we would delete the swapchain twice, causing a crash on wayland. if (SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_VIDEO)) @@ -2438,20 +2438,17 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; #if defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR) instanceExtensions.push_back(VK_KHR_WIN32_SURFACE_EXTENSION_NAME); -#elif SDL2 +#elif SDL3 { uint32_t extensionCount; - SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(window, &extensionCount, nullptr); - wi::vector extensionNames_sdl(extensionCount); - SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(window, &extensionCount, extensionNames_sdl.data()); - instanceExtensions.reserve(instanceExtensions.size() + extensionNames_sdl.size()); - for (auto& x : extensionNames_sdl) + char const * const * extensions = SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(&extensionCount); + for (int i=0; iallocator, &bufferInfo, &allocInfo, &nullBuffer, &nullBufferAllocation, nullptr); assert(res == VK_SUCCESS); - + VkBufferViewCreateInfo viewInfo = {}; viewInfo.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW_CREATE_INFO; viewInfo.format = VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT; @@ -3412,7 +3409,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; // Try to read pipeline cache file if exists. wi::vector pipelineData; - std::string cachePath = GetCachePath(); + std::string cachePath = GetCachePath(); if (!wi::helper::FileRead(cachePath, pipelineData)) { pipelineData.clear(); @@ -3680,7 +3677,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; res = vkGetPipelineCacheData(device, pipelineCache, &size, nullptr); assert(res == VK_SUCCESS); - // Get data of pipeline cache + // Get data of pipeline cache wi::vector data(size); res = vkGetPipelineCacheData(device, pipelineCache, &size, data.data()); assert(res == VK_SUCCESS); @@ -3689,7 +3686,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; std::string cachePath = GetCachePath(); wi::helper::FileWrite(cachePath, data.data(), size); - // Destroy Vulkan pipeline cache + // Destroy Vulkan pipeline cache vkDestroyPipelineCache(device, pipelineCache, nullptr); pipelineCache = VK_NULL_HANDLE; } @@ -3725,10 +3722,10 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; res = vkCreateWin32SurfaceKHR(instance, &createInfo, nullptr, &internal_state->surface); assert(res == VK_SUCCESS); -#elif SDL2 - if (!SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(window, instance, &internal_state->surface)) +#elif SDL3 + if (!SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(window, instance, nullptr, &internal_state->surface)) { - throw sdl2::SDLError("Error creating a vulkan surface"); + throw sdl3::SDLError("Error creating a vulkan surface"); } #else #error WICKEDENGINE VULKAN DEVICE ERROR: PLATFORM NOT SUPPORTED @@ -4072,7 +4069,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; dependencyInfo.pBufferMemoryBarriers = &barrier; vkCmdPipelineBarrier2(cmd.transitionCommandBuffer, &dependencyInfo); - + copyAllocator.submit(cmd); } } @@ -5446,7 +5443,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; default: break; } - + } VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo pipelineLayoutInfo = {}; @@ -6424,7 +6421,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; info.referencePictureFormat = info.pictureFormat; info.pVideoProfile = &video_capability_h264.profile; info.pStdHeaderVersion = &video_capability_h264.video_capabilities.stdHeaderVersion; - + res = vkCreateVideoSessionKHR(device, &info, nullptr, &internal_state->video_session); assert(res == VK_SUCCESS); @@ -7031,7 +7028,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; VkResult res = vkGetRayTracingShaderGroupHandlesKHR(device, to_internal(rtpso)->pipeline, group_index, 1, SHADER_IDENTIFIER_SIZE, dest); assert(res == VK_SUCCESS); } - + void GraphicsDevice_Vulkan::SetName(GPUResource* pResource, const char* name) const { if (!debugUtils || pResource == nullptr || !pResource->IsValid()) @@ -7375,7 +7372,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; } allocationhandler->destroylocker.unlock(); - // Destroy Vulkan pipeline cache + // Destroy Vulkan pipeline cache vkDestroyPipelineCache(device, pipelineCache, nullptr); pipelineCache = VK_NULL_HANDLE; @@ -7697,7 +7694,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; assert(0); } commandlist.prev_swapchains.push_back(*swapchain); - + VkRenderingInfo info = {}; info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDERING_INFO; info.renderArea.offset.x = 0; @@ -7936,7 +7933,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; barrier.newLayout = _ConvertImageLayout(image.layout); assert(barrier.newLayout != VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED); - + barrier.srcStageMask = _ConvertPipelineStage(image.layout_before); barrier.dstStageMask = _ConvertPipelineStage(image.layout); barrier.srcAccessMask = _ParseResourceState(image.layout_before); @@ -9089,7 +9086,7 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; raygen.deviceAddress += desc->ray_generation.offset; raygen.size = desc->ray_generation.size; raygen.stride = raygen.size; // raygen specifically must be size == stride - + VkStridedDeviceAddressRegionKHR miss = {}; miss.deviceAddress = desc->miss.buffer ? to_internal(desc->miss.buffer)->address : 0; miss.deviceAddress += desc->miss.offset; @@ -9114,8 +9111,8 @@ using namespace vulkan_internal; &miss, &hitgroup, &callable, - desc->width, - desc->height, + desc->width, + desc->height, desc->depth ); } diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiHelper.cpp b/WickedEngine/wiHelper.cpp index 7ae09b49cf..2fa05458ba 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiHelper.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/wiHelper.cpp @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ namespace wi::helper MessageBoxA(GetActiveWindow(), msg.c_str(), caption.c_str(), 0); #endif // PLATFORM_WINDOWS_DESKTOP -#ifdef SDL2 +#ifdef SDL3 SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR, caption.c_str(), msg.c_str(), NULL); -#endif // SDL2 +#endif // SDL3 } std::string screenshot(const wi::graphics::SwapChain& swapchain, const std::string& name) @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ namespace wi::helper #ifdef PLATFORM_LINUX if (!pfd::settings::available()) { const char *message = "No dialog backend available"; -#ifdef SDL2 +#ifdef SDL3 SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR, "File dialog error!", message, diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiInput.cpp b/WickedEngine/wiInput.cpp index 9d882f572a..f00b7181bb 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiInput.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/wiInput.cpp @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@ #include #include -#ifdef SDL2 -#include -#endif // SDL2 +#ifdef SDL3 +#include +#include +#include +#endif // SDL3 #ifdef PLATFORM_PS5 #include "wiInput_PS5.h" @@ -48,7 +50,7 @@ namespace wi::input const KeyboardState& GetKeyboardState() { return keyboard; } const MouseState& GetMouseState() { return mouse; } - struct Input + struct Input { BUTTON button = BUTTON_NONE; int playerIndex = 0; @@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ namespace wi::input #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PLATFORM_XBOX) wi::input::rawinput::GetMouseState(&mouse); // currently only the relative data can be used from this - wi::input::rawinput::GetKeyboardState(&keyboard); + wi::input::rawinput::GetKeyboardState(&keyboard); // apparently checking the mouse here instead of Down() avoids missing the button presses (review!) mouse.left_button_press |= KEY_DOWN(VK_LBUTTON); @@ -134,7 +136,7 @@ namespace wi::input mouse.position.x /= canvas.GetDPIScaling(); mouse.position.y /= canvas.GetDPIScaling(); -#elif SDL2 +#elif SDL3 wi::input::sdlinput::GetMouseState(&mouse); mouse.position.x /= canvas.GetDPIScaling(); mouse.position.y /= canvas.GetDPIScaling(); @@ -369,21 +371,21 @@ namespace wi::input ::SetCursor(cursor_table[cursor_next]); #endif // PLATFORM_WINDOWS_DESKTOP -#ifdef SDL2 +#ifdef SDL3 static SDL_Cursor* cursor_table[] = { - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND), - SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_DEFAULT), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_TEXT), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_MOVE), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NS_RESIZE), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_EW_RESIZE), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NESW_RESIZE), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NWSE_RESIZE), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_POINTER), + SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NOT_ALLOWED), SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR), }; SDL_SetCursor(cursor_table[cursor_next] ? cursor_table[cursor_next] : cursor_table[CURSOR_DEFAULT]); -#endif // SDL2 +#endif // SDL3 cursor_current = cursor_next; } @@ -440,15 +442,15 @@ namespace wi::input switch (button) { case wi::input::MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT: - if (mouse.left_button_press) + if (mouse.left_button_press) return true; return false; case wi::input::MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT: - if (mouse.right_button_press) + if (mouse.right_button_press) return true; return false; case wi::input::MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE: - if (mouse.middle_button_press) + if (mouse.middle_button_press) return true; return false; #ifdef _WIN32 @@ -473,7 +475,7 @@ namespace wi::input case wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_LSHIFT: keycode = VK_LSHIFT; break; - case wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_F1: + case wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_F1: keycode = VK_F1; break; case wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_F2: @@ -598,7 +600,7 @@ namespace wi::input } #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PLATFORM_XBOX) return KEY_DOWN(keycode) || KEY_TOGGLE(keycode); -#elif SDL2 +#elif SDL3 return keyboard.buttons[keycode] == 1; #endif } @@ -677,24 +679,24 @@ namespace wi::input p.y = (LONG)(props.y * dpiscaling); ClientToScreen(hWnd, &p); SetCursorPos(p.x, p.y); -#elif defined(SDL2) - // Keeping with the trend of 'Set Pointer' API on different platforms, - // SDL_WarpMouseInWindow is used in the case of SDL2. This unfortunately - // causes SDL2 to generate a mouse event for the delta between the old - // and new positions leading to 'rubber banding'. +#elif defined(SDL3) + // Keeping with the trend of 'Set Pointer' API on different platforms, + // SDL_WarpMouseInWindow is used in the case of SDL3. This unfortunately + // causes SDL3 to generate a mouse event for the delta between the old + // and new positions leading to 'rubber banding'. // The current solution is to artifically generate a motion event of our own // which will 'undo' this unwanted motion event during the mouse motion // accumulation in wiSDLInput.cpp Update() XMFLOAT4 currentPointer = GetPointer(); - SDL_MouseMotionEvent motionEvent = {0}; - motionEvent.type = SDL_MOUSEMOTION; + SDL_MouseMotionEvent motionEvent {}; + motionEvent.type = SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION; motionEvent.x = motionEvent.y = 0; // doesn't matter motionEvent.xrel = currentPointer.x - props.x; motionEvent.yrel = currentPointer.y - props.y; SDL_PushEvent((SDL_Event*)&motionEvent); SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(window, props.x, props.y); -#endif // SDL2 +#endif // SDL3 } void HidePointer(bool value) { @@ -707,8 +709,11 @@ namespace wi::input { while (ShowCursor(true) < 0) {}; } -#elif SDL2 - SDL_ShowCursor(value ? SDL_DISABLE : SDL_ENABLE); +#elif SDL3 + if (value) + SDL_HideCursor(); + else + SDL_ShowCursor(); #endif // _WIN32 } diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiPlatform.h b/WickedEngine/wiPlatform.h index 58ec885557..c88ce6eb22 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiPlatform.h +++ b/WickedEngine/wiPlatform.h @@ -30,10 +30,11 @@ typedef void* HMODULE; #endif // _WIN32 -#ifdef SDL2 -#include -#include -#include "sdl2.h" +#ifdef SDL3 +#include +#include +#include +#include "sdl3.h" #endif @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ namespace wi::platform { #ifdef _WIN32 using window_type = HWND; -#elif SDL2 +#elif SDL3 using window_type = SDL_Window*; #else using window_type = void*; @@ -52,9 +53,9 @@ namespace wi::platform #ifdef _WIN32 PostQuitMessage(0); #endif // _WIN32 -#ifdef SDL2 +#ifdef SDL3 SDL_Event quit_event; - quit_event.type = SDL_QUIT; + quit_event.type = SDL_EVENT_QUIT; SDL_PushEvent(&quit_event); #endif } @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ namespace wi::platform #ifdef PLATFORM_LINUX int window_width, window_height; SDL_GetWindowSize(window, &window_width, &window_height); - SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize(window, &dest->width, &dest->height); + SDL_GetWindowSizeInPixels(window, &dest->width, &dest->height); dest->dpi = ((float)dest->width / (float)window_width) * 96.f; #endif // PLATFORM_LINUX } diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.cpp b/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.cpp index 02216dda16..a6d9119fb3 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.cpp +++ b/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ #include "wiSDLInput.h" -#ifdef SDL2 -#include +#ifdef SDL3 +#include +#include +#include #include "wiUnorderedMap.h" #include "wiBacklog.h" @@ -15,7 +17,7 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput { Sint32 portID; SDL_JoystickID internalID; - SDL_GameController* controller; + SDL_Gamepad* controller; Uint16 rumble_l, rumble_r = 0; wi::input::ControllerState state; }; @@ -33,7 +35,7 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput void RemoveController(); void Initialize() { - if(!SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile("gamecontrollerdb.txt")){ + if(!SDL_AddGamepadMappingsFromFile("gamecontrollerdb.txt")){ wi::backlog::post("[SDL Input] No controller config loaded, add gamecontrollerdb.txt file next to the executable or download it from https://github.com/gabomdq/SDL_GameControllerDB"); } } @@ -50,36 +52,36 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput for(auto& event : events){ switch(event.type){ // Keyboard events - case SDL_KEYDOWN: // Key pressed + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN: // Key pressed { - int converted = to_wicked(event.key.keysym.scancode, event.key.keysym.sym); + int converted = to_wicked(event.key.scancode, event.key.key); if (converted >= 0) { keyboard.buttons[converted] = true; } break; } - case SDL_KEYUP: // Key released + case SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP: // Key released { - int converted = to_wicked(event.key.keysym.scancode, event.key.keysym.sym); + int converted = to_wicked(event.key.scancode, event.key.key); if (converted >= 0) { keyboard.buttons[converted] = false; } } - case SDL_TEXTEDITING: // Keyboard text editing (composition) - case SDL_TEXTINPUT: // Keyboard text input - case SDL_KEYMAPCHANGED: // Keymap changed due to a system event such as an + case SDL_EVENT_TEXT_EDITING: // Keyboard text editing (composition) + case SDL_EVENT_TEXT_INPUT: // Keyboard text input + case SDL_EVENT_KEYMAP_CHANGED: // Keymap changed due to a system event such as an // input language or keyboard layout change. break; // mouse events - case SDL_MOUSEMOTION: // Mouse moved + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION: // Mouse moved mouse.position.x = event.motion.x; mouse.position.y = event.motion.y; mouse.delta_position.x += event.motion.xrel; mouse.delta_position.y += event.motion.yrel; break; - case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN: // Mouse button pressed + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN: // Mouse button pressed switch(event.button.button){ case SDL_BUTTON_LEFT: mouse.left_button_press = true; @@ -92,7 +94,7 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput break; } break; - case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: // Mouse button released + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_BUTTON_UP: // Mouse button released switch(event.button.button){ case SDL_BUTTON_LEFT: mouse.left_button_press = false; @@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput break; } break; - case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL: // Mouse wheel motion + case SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_WHEEL: // Mouse wheel motion { float delta = static_cast(event.wheel.y); if (event.wheel.direction == SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_FLIPPED) { @@ -117,113 +119,106 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput // Joystick events - case SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: // Joystick axis motion - case SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: // Joystick trackball motion - case SDL_JOYHATMOTION: // Joystick hat position change - case SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN: // Joystick button pressed - case SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: // Joystick button released - case SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED: // A new joystick has been inserted into the system - case SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED: // An opened joystick has been removed + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MOTION: // Joystick axis motion + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_BALL_MOTION: // Joystick trackball motion + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_HAT_MOTION: // Joystick hat position change + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_BUTTON_DOWN: // Joystick button pressed + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_BUTTON_UP: // Joystick button released + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_ADDED: // A new joystick has been inserted into the system + case SDL_EVENT_JOYSTICK_REMOVED: // An opened joystick has been removed break; // Game controller events - case SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION: // Game controller axis motion + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_AXIS_MOTION: // Game controller axis motion { - auto controller_get = controller_mapped.find(event.caxis.which); + auto controller_get = controller_mapped.find(event.gaxis.which); if(controller_get != controller_mapped.end()){ - float raw = event.caxis.value / 32767.0f; + float raw = event.gaxis.value / 32767.0f; const float deadzone = 0.2; float deadzoned = (raw < -deadzone || raw > deadzone) ? raw : 0; - switch(event.caxis.axis){ - case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX: + switch(event.gaxis.axis){ + case SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX: controllers[controller_get->second].state.thumbstick_L.x = deadzoned; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY: + case SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY: controllers[controller_get->second].state.thumbstick_L.y = -deadzoned; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX: + case SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX: controllers[controller_get->second].state.thumbstick_R.x = deadzoned; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY: + case SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY: controllers[controller_get->second].state.thumbstick_R.y = deadzoned; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT: + case SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER: controllers[controller_get->second].state.trigger_L = (deadzoned > 0.f) ? deadzoned : 0; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT: + case SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER: controllers[controller_get->second].state.trigger_R = (deadzoned > 0.f) ? deadzoned : 0; break; } } break; } - case SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN: // Game controller button pressed + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DOWN: // Game controller button pressed { - auto find = controller_mapped.find(event.cbutton.which); + auto find = controller_mapped.find(event.gbutton.which); if(find != controller_mapped.end()){ - controller_to_wicked(&controllers[find->second].state.buttons, event.cbutton.button, true); + controller_to_wicked(&controllers[find->second].state.buttons, event.gbutton.button, true); } break; } - case SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP: // Game controller button released + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_UP: // Game controller button released { - auto find = controller_mapped.find(event.cbutton.which); + auto find = controller_mapped.find(event.gbutton.which); if(find != controller_mapped.end()){ - controller_to_wicked(&controllers[find->second].state.buttons, event.cbutton.button, false); + controller_to_wicked(&controllers[find->second].state.buttons, event.gbutton.button, false); } break; } - case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED: // A new Game controller has been inserted into the system + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_ADDED: // A new Game controller has been inserted into the system { auto& controller = controllers.emplace_back(); - controller.controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(event.cdevice.which); + controller.controller = SDL_OpenGamepad(event.cdevice.which); if(controller.controller){ controller.portID = event.cdevice.which; - controller.internalID = SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(controller.controller)); + controller.internalID = SDL_GetJoystickID(SDL_GetGamepadJoystick(controller.controller)); } controller_map_rebuild(); break; } - case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED: // An opened Game controller has been removed + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_REMOVED: // An opened Game controller has been removed { auto find = controller_mapped.find(event.cdevice.which); if(find != controller_mapped.end()){ - SDL_GameControllerClose(controllers[find->second].controller); + SDL_CloseGamepad(controllers[find->second].controller); controllers[find->second] = std::move(controllers.back()); controllers.pop_back(); } controller_map_rebuild(); break; } - case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED: // The controller mapping was updated + case SDL_EVENT_GAMEPAD_REMAPPED: // The controller mapping was updated break; // Touch events - case SDL_FINGERDOWN: - case SDL_FINGERUP: - case SDL_FINGERMOTION: + case SDL_EVENT_FINGER_DOWN: + case SDL_EVENT_FINGER_UP: + case SDL_EVENT_FINGER_MOTION: wi::backlog::post("finger!"); break; - - // Gesture events - case SDL_DOLLARGESTURE: - case SDL_DOLLARRECORD: - case SDL_MULTIGESTURE: - wi::backlog::post("gesture!"); - break; default: break; } - // Clone all events for use outside the internal code, e.g. main_SDL2.cpp can benefit from this + // Clone all events for use outside the internal code, e.g. main_SDL3.cpp can benefit from this //external_events.push_back(event); } //Update rumble every call for(auto& controller : controllers){ - SDL_GameControllerRumble( + SDL_RumbleGamepad( controller.controller, controller.rumble_l, controller.rumble_r, @@ -311,7 +306,7 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput return wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_INSERT; case SDL_SCANCODE_TAB: return wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_TAB; - case SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE: + case SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE: return wi::input::KEYBOARD_BUTTON_TILDE; } @@ -329,20 +324,20 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput void controller_to_wicked(uint32_t *current, Uint8 button, bool pressed){ uint32_t btnenum; switch(button){ - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_UP; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DOWN; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_1; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_2; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_3; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_4; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_5; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_6; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_7; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_8; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_9; break; - case SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_10; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_UP; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DOWN; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_WEST: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_1; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_SOUTH: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_2; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_EAST: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_3; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_NORTH: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_4; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_5; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_6; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_7; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_8; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_9; break; + case SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START: btnenum = wi::input::GAMEPAD_BUTTON_10; break; default: assert(0); return; } btnenum = 1 << (btnenum - wi::input::GAMEPAD_RANGE_START - 1); @@ -381,13 +376,11 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput } void SetControllerFeedback(const wi::input::ControllerFeedback& data, int index) { if(index < controllers.size()){ -#ifdef SDL2_FEATURE_CONTROLLER_LED - SDL_GameControllerSetLED( + SDL_SetGamepadLED( controllers[index].controller, data.led_color.getR(), data.led_color.getG(), data.led_color.getB()); -#endif controllers[index].rumble_l = (Uint16)floor(data.vibration_left * 0xFFFF); controllers[index].rumble_r = (Uint16)floor(data.vibration_right * 0xFFFF); } diff --git a/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.h b/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.h index 2024efd154..203c7373f3 100644 --- a/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.h +++ b/WickedEngine/wiSDLInput.h @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ #include "wiInput.h" #include "wiVector.h" -#ifdef SDL2 -#include +#ifdef SDL3 +#include #endif namespace wi::input::sdlinput @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ namespace wi::input::sdlinput // Sends feedback data for the controller identified by index parameter to output void SetControllerFeedback(const wi::input::ControllerFeedback& data, int index); - // External events can be used for events that is needed outside the engine library, like main_SDL2.cpp for example -#ifdef SDL2 + // External events can be used for events that is needed outside the engine library, like main_SDL3.cpp for example +#ifdef SDL3 // Call this within the main.cpp program loop for the engine to be able handle the input void ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event &event); #endif